HC RulesACJLACJRPCLEvidence CFRN

Kaduna State High Court (Civil Procedure) Rules, 2007

ORDERS

END NOTES
Order 1

1. (1) These Rules shall apply to all proceedings including all part-heard causes and matters in respect of steps to be further taken in such causes and matters.

(2) Application of these Rules shall be directed towards the achievement of a just, efficient and speedy dispensation of justice.

Application
Order 1; Rule 2

2. (1) These Rules shall be interpreted in accordance with the Interpretation Law, Cap. 77 Laws of Kaduna State 1991 or any re-enactment thereof.

(2) In the construction of these Rules, unless there is anything in the subject or context repugnant thereto, the several words hereinafter mentioned or referred to shall have or include the following meanings:

“Plaintiff” shall include a defendant who has a counter claim;

“Court” means the High Court of Kaduna State;

“Court Process or “Process” includes writ of summons, originating summons, originating process, notices, petition, pleadings, orders, motions, summons, warrants and all documents or written communications;

“Decision” means any decision of a Court and includes judgment, ruling, decree, order, conviction, sentence or recommendation;

“Defendant” shall include a Plaintiff who is a defendant to a counter claim;

“Guardian” means any person who has for the time being, the charge of or control over a person under legal disability and includes a person appointed to institute or defend an action on behalf of any person under legal disability;

“Law” means the High Court Law, Cap. 67 Laws of Kaduna State, 1991 or any re-enactment thereof; “Minor” means a person who has not attained the age of 18 years;

“Originating Process” means any Court process by which a suit is initiated;

“Persons Under Legal Disability” means person who lacks capacity to institute or defend any proceedings by reason of age, insanity, unsoundness of mind or otherwise;

“Probate action” means an action for the grant of probate of the will, or letters of administration of the estate of a deceased person or for the revocation of such a grant or for a decree pronouncing for or against the validity of an alleged will, not being an action which is non-contentious or common form probate business;

“Registrar” means the Chief Registrar, Deputy Chief Registrar, Assistant Chief Registrar, or any other officer acting or performing the functions of a Registrar;

“Registry” means the Registry of the High Court of Kaduna State in the appropriate judicial division;

“Taxing Officer” means the Chief Registrar or such other officer of the Court as the Chief Judge may appoint to tax costs.

Interpretation of Terms
ORDER 2

1. Subject to the provisions of any Law on transfer of suits, the place for trial of any suit shall be as follows:

Suits relating to land and property distrained or seized.
(1) All suits relating to land or any mortgage or charge on land or any interest in land, or any inquiry or damage to land and actions relating to personal property distrained or seized for any cause, shall be commenced and determined in the Judicial Division in which the land is situated, or in which the distrain or seizure took place.

Suits for recovery of penalties, forfeitures and against public officers.
(1) All actions for recovery of penalties, forfeitures, and all actions against public officers shall be commenced and tried in the Judicial Division in which the cause of action arose.

Suits upon contract.
(2) All suits for the specific performance, or upon the breach of any contract, may be commenced and determined in the Judicial Division in which such contract ought to have been performed or in which the defendant resides or carries on business.

Other suits.
(3) (a) All other suits may be commenced and determined in the Judicial Division in which the defendant resides or carries on business, or in which the cause of action arose.

Action against several defendants.
(b) Where there are several defendants who reside or carry on business in different Judicial Divisions the suit may be commenced in any one of those Judicial Divisions subject to any order or direction a Judge may make or give as to the most convenient arrangement for trial of the suit.

Suits commenced in wrong Judicial division.
(2) If any suit is commenced in the wrong Judicial Division, it may be tried in that Division unless the court otherwise directs.

Suits relating to land and property distrained or seized.
Order 2; Rule 2

2. If any suit is commenced in the wrong Judicial Division, it may be tried in that Division unless the court otherwise directs.

Suits Commenced in Wrong Judicial Division
ORDER 3

1. Subject to the provisions of these rules or any applicable law requiring any proceedings to be begun otherwise than by writ, a writ of summons shall be the form of commencing all proceedings.

Mode of beginning Court Proceedings
Order 3; Rule 2

2. (1) All proceedings commenced by writ of summons shall be accompanied by:

(a) statement of claim;

(b) list of witnesses to be called at the trial;

(c) depositions of the witnesses and

(d) copies of every document to be relied upon at the trial.

(2) Where a Plaintiff fails to comply with Rule 2(1) of this Order, the writ of summons shall not be issued.

Documents to accompany a Writ
Order 3; Rule 3

3. Except in the cases in which any different forms are provided in these Rules, the writ of summons shall be in Form 1 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require.

Form of Writ; Civil Form 1
Order 3; Rule 4

4. A writ of summons to be served out of Nigeria shall be in Form 2 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require.

Form of writ for Service out of Nigeria. Civil Form 2
Order 3; Rule 5

5. Any person claiming to be interested under a deed, will, enactment or other written instrument may commence an action by originating summons for the determination of any question of construction arising under the instrument and for a declaration of the rights of the persons interested.

Proceedings which may be begun by Originating Summons
Order 3; Rule 6

6. Any person claiming any legal or equitable right in a case where the determination of the question whether he is entitled to the right depends upon a question of construction of an enactment, may commence an action by originating summons for the determination of such question of construction and for a declaration as to the right claimed.

Construction of Enactment
Order 3; Rule 7

7. A Court shall not be bound to determine any such question of construction if in its opinion it ought not to be determined on originating summons but may make any such orders as it deems fit.

Discretion of the Court
Order 3; Rule 8

8. (1) An originating summons shall be in Forms 3, 4 or 5 with such variations as circumstances may require. It shall be prepared by the Plaintiff or Plaintiff’s Legal Practitioner, and shall be sealed and filed in the Registry, and when so sealed and filed shall be deemed to be issued.

(2) An originating summons shall be accompanied by:

(a) an affidavit setting out the facts relied upon;

(b) all the exhibits to be relied upon;

(c) a written address in support of the summons.

Defence to Originating summons.

(3) The person filing the originating summons shall leave at the Registry sufficient number of copies thereof together with the documents in sub-rule 2 above for service on the Defendant or Defendants.

(4) A defendant in any proceedings commenced by originating summons shall within 21 days after service of the originating summons and the accompanying documents, file a counter affidavit together with all the exhibits which the defendant intends to rely upon and a written address.

Service outside Kaduna State Cap. S.6 LFN 2004

(9) Subject to the provisions of the Sheriffs and Civil Process Act, a writ of summons or other originating process issued by the Court for service in Nigeria outside Kaduna State shall be endorsed by the Registrar of the court with the following notice:

“This summon(or as the case may be) is to be served out of Kaduna State of Nigeria and in the …………….. State”.

Forms of Originating Summons
Order 3; Rule 9

9. Subject to the provisions of the Sheriffs and Civil Process Act, a writ of summons or other originating process issued by the Court for service in Nigeria outside Kaduna State shall be endorsed by the Registrar of the Court with the following notice. “This summons (or as the case may be) is to be served out of Kaduna State of Nigeria and in the…..State”.

Service outside Kaduna State Cap. S6 LFN. 2004
Order 3; Rule 10

10. (1) The Registrar shall indicate the date and time of receipt of every originating process presented to the Court for filing and shall arrange for service thereof to be effected.

(2) An originating process which has been sealed shall not be altered except upon an application to a Judge.

Date and Time of Receipt of Originating process
ORDER 4

1. Every originating process shall contain the claim, the relief or remedy sought and the full names and address of the Plaintiff.

Indorsement
Order 4; Rule 2

2. Where a Plaintiff sues, or the defendant or any of several defendants is sued in a representative capacity, the originating process shall state that capacity.

Indorsement to show Representative Capacity
Order 4; Rule 3

3. In probate actions the originating process shall state whether a Plaintiff claims as creditor, executor, administrator, beneficiary, next of kin or in any other capacity.

Probate Actions
Order 4; Rule 4

4. Where the claim is for debt or liquidated demand only, the originating process shall state the amount claimed for debt or in respect of such demand with costs and shall further state that the defendant may pay the amount with costs to the Plaintiff’s Legal Practitioner within the time allowed for appearance and that upon such payment the proceedings shall terminate.

What is indorsed where the Claim is liquidated
Order 4; Rule 5

5. In all cases where a Plaintiff in the first instance desires to have an account taken, the originating process shall so state.

Ordinary Account
Order 4; Rule 6

6. (1) A Plaintiff suing in person shall state on the originating process Plaintiff’s residential or business address as the address for service. If the Plaintiff lives and carries on business outside the jurisdiction, the Plaintiff shall state an address within the jurisdiction as the address for service.

(2) Where a Plaintiff sues through a Legal Practitioner, the Legal Practitioner shall state on the originating process the Legal Practitioner’s chambers’ address as the address for service. If the Legal Practitioner is based outside the jurisdiction, the Legal Practitioner shall state a chambers’ address within the jurisdiction as the address for service.

Indorsement of address by Plaintiff of the Legal Practitioner
Order 4; Rule 7

7. An originating process shall state the address for service on a Defendant.

Indorsement of Address
Order 4; Rule 8

8. If the originating process does not state an address for service, it shall not be accepted by the Registry.

Originating Process without an Address
ORDER 5

1. (1) Where in beginning or purporting to begin any proceeding there has been a failure to comply with the requirements of these rules, the failure shall nullify the proceedings.

(2) Where at any stage in the course of or in connection with any proceedings there has by reason of anything done or left undone been a failure to comply with the requirements as to time, place, manner, or form, the failure shall be treated as an irregularity and may not nullify such step taken in the proceedings. The Court may give any direction as it thinks fit to regularize such steps.

(3) The court shall not wholly set aside any proceedings or the writ or other originating process by which they were begun on the ground that the proceedings were required by any of these rules to be begun by an originating process other than the one employed.

Non-compliance with Rules
Order 5; Rule 2

2. (1) An application to set aside for irregularity any step taken in the course of any proceedings may be allowed where it is made within a reasonable time and before the party applying has taken any fresh step after becoming aware of the irregularity.

(2) An application under this rule may be made by summons or motion and the grounds of objection shall be stated in the summons or notice of motion.

Application to set aside for irregularity
ORDER 6

1. Originating process shall be prepared by a Plaintiff or the Plaintiff’s Legal Practitioner, and shall be clearly printed on A4 opaque paper of good quality.

Preparing Originating Process
Order 6; Rule 2

2. (1) Issue of an originating process takes place upon its being signed by the Registrar or other officer of the court authorised to sign the writ.

(2) A Plaintiff or the Plaintiff’s Legal Practitioner shall, on presenting any originating process for sealing, leave with the Registrar as many copies of the process as there are defendants to be served and one copy for endorsement of service on each defendant.

(3) Each copy shall be signed by the Legal Practitioner or by a Plaintiff where the Plaintiff sues in person.

Issue of Originating Process
Order 6; Rule 3

3. The Registrar shall, after sealing an originating process, file it and note on it the date of filing and the number of copies supplied by a Plaintiff or the Plaintiff’s Legal Practitioner for service on the defendants. The Registrar shall then make an entry of the filing in the cause book and identify the action with a suit number that may comprise abbreviation of the Judicial Division, a chronological number and the year of filing.

What is to be done after sealing
Order 6; Rule 4

4. The Registrar shall promptly arrange for service on each defendant of a copy of the originating process and accompanying documents.

Copies to be served
Order 6; Rule 5

5. The originating process in probate actions shall be accompanied by an affidavit sworn to by the Plaintiff or one of several Plaintiffs verifying the contents of the process.

Probate actions: Affidavit with Originating Process
Order 6; Rule 6

6. (1) The life span of every originating process shall be 3 months.

Renewal of Originating Process: Civil Form 6

(2) If the Chief Registrar is satisfied that it has proved impossible to serve an originating process on any defendant within its life span and a Plaintiff applies before its expiration for renewal of the process, the Chief Registrar may renew the originating process for 3 months from the date of such renewal. A renewal of an originating process shall be as in Form 6.

Renewal of Originating Process: Civil Form 6
Order 6; Rule 7

7. The Chief Registrar may order two renewals in each case strictly for good cause and upon prompt application, provided that no originating process for which service is required but which has not been served shall be in force for longer than a total of 9 months.

Order 6; Rule 8

8. Where an originating process is lost after issue, the Chief Registrar, upon being satisfied of the loss and of the correctness of the process, may order the copy to be filed and sealed in place of the lost originating process.

Loss of Originating Process
Order 6; Rule 9

9. A Plaintiff may, at the issuance of an originating process or at any time during its life span, cause to be issued one or more concurrent originating processes each to bear the same date as the initial process marked ‘CONCURRENT’ and have stated on it the date of issue.

Concurrent Originating process
Order 6; Rule 10

10. An originating process for service within jurisdiction may be issued and marked as a concurrent original process with one for service out of jurisdiction and an originating process for service out of the jurisdiction may be issued and marked as a concurrent originating process with one for service within jurisdiction.

Concurrent originating process for service within and out of jurisdiction
ORDER 7

1. (1) Service of originating process shall be made by a Sheriff, Deputy Sheriff, Bailiff, Special Marshal or other officer of the court. The Chief Judge may also appoint and register any law Chambers, Courier Company or any other person to serve court processes and such person shall be called process server.

(2) When a party is represented by a Legal Practitioner, service of court process of which personal service is not required may be made on such Legal Practitioner or an employee of the Legal Practitioner in Chambers.

By whom service is to be effected
Order 7; Rule 2

2. The process server shall serve an originating process by delivering to the party to be served a copy of the process.

Service of originating process etc. how effected.
Order 7; Rule 3

3. No personal service of an originating process shall be required where the defendant has authorised his Legal Practitioner in writing to accept service and such Legal Practitioner enters appearance.

When originating process need not be served personally.
Order 7; Rule 4

4. All processes in respect of which personal service is not expressly required by these rules or any applicable law shall be sufficiently served if left with an adult person resident or employed at the address for service given under Order 4 Rule 6 of these rules.

Mode of service when not personal
Order 7; Rule 5

5. (1) Where personal service of an originating process is required by these Rules or otherwise and a Judge is satisfied that prompt personal service cannot be effected, the Judge may upon application by the Plaintiff make such order for substituted service as may seem just.

(2) Every application to the Judge for substituted or other service, shall be supported by an affidavit setting forth the grounds upon which the application is made.

Substituted service
Order 7; Rule 6

6. (1) Where a person under legal disability is a defendant, service on his guardian shall be deemed good and sufficient personal service, unless a Judge otherwise orders. Provided that personal service on a minor who is over 16 years of age living independently or doing business is good and sufficient.

(2) The Judge may order that personal service on a person under legal disability shall be deemed good and sufficient.

Persons under legal disability
Order 7; Rule 7

7. Where a detainee or prisoner is a defendant, service on the head or other officer in charge of the station, facility or prison where the defendant is, or on an officer of the agency in charge of the station, facility or prison shall be deemed good and sufficient personal service on the defendant.

Prisoner or detainee
Order 7; Rule 8

8. Where persons are sued as partners in the name of their firm the originating process shall be served upon anyone or more of the partners at the principal place of business within the jurisdiction or upon any person having control or management of the partnership business there; and such service shall be deemed good service upon the firm whether any of the partners is out of the jurisdiction of the court or not, and no leave to issue an originating process against them shall be necessary.
Provided that in the case of a partnership that has been dissolved to the knowledge of the Plaintiff before the commencement of the action, the originating process shall be served upon every person within the jurisdiction of the court against whom the Plaintiff commences the action.

Partners
Order 7; Rule 9

9. In the absence of any statutory provision regulating service on a registered company, corporation or body corporate, every originating process or other process requiring service may be served on the organisation by delivery to a Director, Secretary, Trustee or other Senior, Principal or other officer of the organisation, or by leaving it with an officer at the registered, principal or advertised office or place of business of the organisation within the jurisdiction of the court.

Corporation or Company
Order 7; Rule 10

10. When the suit is against a foreign Corporation or Company within the meaning of Section 54 of the Companies and Allied Matters Act having an office and carrying on business within the jurisdiction, and such suit is limited to a cause of action which arose within the jurisdiction, the originating process or other documents requiring service may be served on the Principal Officer or Representative of such foreign Corporation or Company within the jurisdiction of the court.

Provided that where a foreign company has complied with the provisions of Chapter 3 of the Companies and Allied Matters Act, service shall be effected on one of the persons authorised to accept service on behalf of the said company.

Foreign Corporation or Company Cap. C20 LFN. 2004
Order 7; Rule 11

11. Where service is to be made upon a person residing out of, but carrying on business within, the jurisdiction of the court in his own name or under the name of a firm through an authorized agent, and the proceeding is limited to a cause of action which arose within the jurisdiction, the writ or other document may be served by giving it to such agent, and such service shall be equivalent to personal service.

Service on Local agent of Principal who is out of jurisdiction
Order 7; Rule 12

12. Where a person to be served, whether alone or in concert with others, resists service or applies or threatens violence to the process server, the process server may leave the process within the reach of person to be served, and this shall be deemed good and sufficient service for all purposes.

Where violence threatened
Order 7; Rule 13

13. (1) After serving any process, the process server shall promptly depose to and file an affidavit setting out the fact, date, time, place and mode of service, describing the process served and shall exhibit a copy of the process served.

(2) After service, the affidavit shall be prima facie proof of service.

Proof of service generally
Order 7; Rule 14

14. (1) The party requiring service of any process shall pay in advance all costs and expenses of and incidental to service.

(2) The rate for service shall be as directed by the Chief Judge in Practice Directions from time to time.

Expenses of service
Order 7; Rule 15

15. (1) Service of originating and other processes, pleadings, notices, summons, orders, and documents whatsoever shall be effected between the hours of six in the morning and six in the evening.

(2) Save in exceptional circumstances and as may be authorized by a Judge, service shall not be effected on a Sunday or on a public holiday.

Time of service
Order 7; Rule 16

16. (1) A Register shall be kept at the Registry in such form as the Chief Judge may direct for recording service of processes by any process server. The Registrar shall record therein the names of the Plaintiff and Defendant, the method of service, whether personal or otherwise.

(2) Where any process was not served, the cause of failure shall be recorded in the register. Every entry in such register or certified copy thereof shall be prima facie evidence of the matters stated therein.

Recording of service
ORDER 8

1. A Judge may allow any originating or other process to be served outside Nigeria where:


(a) the whole subject matter of the claim is land situate within jurisdiction, or

(b) any act, deed, will, contract, obligation, or liability affecting land or hereditaments situate within jurisdiction is sought to be construed, rectified, set aside or enforced, or

(c) any relief is sought against any person domiciled or ordinarily resident within jurisdiction, or

(d) the claim is for the administration of the personal estate of any deceased person, who at the time of his death was domiciled within jurisdiction or for the execution (as to property situate within jurisdiction) of the trusts of any written instrument, which ought to be executed according to the law in force in Kaduna State, or

(e) the claim is brought against the defendant to enforce, rescind, dissolve, annul or otherwise affect a contract or to recover damages or other relief for or in respect of a contract:

(i) made within jurisdiction, or
(ii) made by or through an agent residing or carrying on business within jurisdiction on behalf of a principal residing or carrying on business out of jurisdiction and
(iii) which by its terms or by implication is to be governed by the applicable law in Kaduna State, or the parties have agreed that the court shall have jurisdiction to entertain any claim in respect of such contract, or is brought against the defendant in respect of a breach committed within jurisdiction, of a contract wherever made notwithstanding that such breach was preceded or accompanied by a breach out of jurisdiction which rendered impossible the performance of the contract which ought to have been performed within jurisdiction.

(f) the claim is founded on a tort committed within jurisdiction, or

(g) an injunction is sought as to anything to be done within jurisdiction or any nuisance within jurisdiction is sought to be prevented or removed, whether or not damages are sought in respect thereof, or

(h) any person out of the jurisdiction is a necessary or proper party to an action properly brought against some other person duly served within jurisdiction, or

(i) the claim is by a mortgagee or mortgagor in relation to a mortgage of property situate within jurisdiction and seeks relief of the nature or kind following, that is: sale, foreclosure, delivery of possession by the mortgagor; redemption, reconveyance, delivery of possession by the mortgagee; but does not seek (unless and except so far as permissible under paragraph (e) of this Rule) any judgement or order for payment of any monies due under the mortgage, or

(j) the proceedings relate to a person under legal disability, or

(k) the proceedings relate to probate matters, or

(l) where any proceedings under any law or rule of court has been instituted by any originating process.

Cases where service of originating process, etc. are allowed out of Nigeria.
Order 8; Rule 2

2. Where parties have, by their contract, prescribed the mode or place of service, or the person that may serve or the person who may be served any process in any claim arising out of the contract, service as prescribed in the contract shall be deemed good and sufficient service.

Agreement as to service.
Order 8; Rule 3

3. Where leave is granted to serve an originating process in any foreign country with which no convention in that behalf has been made, the following procedure may be adopted:

(a) the process to be served shall be sealed with the seal of the court for service out of Nigeria, together with a copy of the process translated into the language of that country if not English, and shall be transmitted to the Minister responsible for Foreign Affairs together with a request, as in Form 7 for its further transmission to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in that country.

(b) A party wishing to serve a process under this rule shall file a praecipe in Form 8 with such modifications or variation as circumstances may require;

(c) A certificate, declaration, affidavit or other notification of due service transmitted through diplomatic channels by a court or other appropriate authority of the foreign country, to the Court, shall be deemed good and sufficient proof of service;

(d) Where a certificate, declaration affidavit or other notification transmitted as aforesaid states that efforts to serve a process have failed a Judge may, on an ex parte application, order substituted service whereupon the process and a copy as well as the order for substituted service shall be sealed and transmitted to the Minister responsible for Foreign Affairs together with a request in Form 9 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require:

Provided that notwithstanding the foregoing provision a Plaintiff may with leave of a Judge serve any originating process by courier. Nothing herein contained shall in any way affect any power of a judge in cases where lands, funds, choses in action, rights or property within the jurisdiction are sought to be dealt with or affected. The Court may, without assuming jurisdiction over any person out of the jurisdiction, cause such person to be informed of the nature or existence of the proceedings with a view to such person having an opportunity of claiming, opposing or otherwise intervening.

Service abroad by letter of Request.
Order 8; Rule 4

4. (1) Where leave is granted or is not required in a civil suit and it is desired to serve any process in a foreign country with which Convention in that behalf has been made, the following procedure shall, subject to any special provisions contained in the Convention, be adopted:

(a) the party desiring such service shall file in the registry a request in form 10 with such modifications of variations as circumstances may require and the request shall state the medium through which it is desired that service shall be effected, either:

(i) directly through diplomatic channels or

(ii) through the foreign judicial authority:

(b) the request shall be accompanied by the original document and a translation thereof in the language of the country in which service is to be effected, certified by or on behalf of the person making the request, and a copy of each for every person to be served and any further copies which the convention may require (unless the service is required to be made on a Nigerian subject directly through diplomatic channels, in which case the translation and copies thereof need not accompany the request, unless there is a provision in the Convention to the contrary);

(c) the documents to be served shall be sealed with the seal of the Court for use out of the jurisdiction and shall be forwarded by the Chief Registrar to the Minister responsible for Foreign Affairs for onward transmission to the foreign country;

(d) an official certificate, transmitted through the diplomatic channel by the foreign judicial authority, or by a Nigerian diplomatic agent to the Court, establishing the fact and the date of the service of the process, shall be deemed to be sufficient proof of service within the requirements of these Rules.

(2) A Judge, in granting leave to serve a process out of Jurisdiction under this order, may upon request therefore in appropriate cases, direct that courier shall be used by the party effecting service.

Where leave is granted or not required.
Order 8; Rule 5

5. Where in any civil matter pending before a court or tribunal of a foreign country a request for service of any process on a person within the jurisdiction is received by the Chief Judge from the Consular or other authority of that country, the following procedure shall be adopted:

(a) the request for service shall be accompanied by a translation of the request in the English Language, and by two copies of the process to be served, and two copies of the process in English Language;

(b) service of the process shall be effected by a process server unless a Judge otherwise directs;

(c) such service shall be effected by delivering to and leaving with the person to be served one copy of the process to be served, and one copy of the translation thereof in accordance with the rules and practice of the Court regulating service;

(d) after service has been effected by the process server, he shall file an affidavit of service in which he shall furnish particulars of charges for the cost of effecting the service. The affidavit shall be transmitted to the Chief Registrar with one copy of the process annexed;

(e) the Chief Registrar shall examine and verify the process server’s particulars of charges and may approve it or approve some lesser figure, whereupon the Chief Judge shall forward to the Consular or other authority of the foreign country a request for service, the approved amount for service, evidence of service and a certificate appended to it.

Service of foreign processes.
Order 8; Rule 6

6. Rule 4 of this Order shall not apply to or render invalid, defective or insufficient any otherwise valid or sufficient mode of service in any foreign country with which a convention has been made, provided that no mode of service expressly excluded by the convention shall be allowed.

Inapplicability of Rule 4
Order 8; Rule 7

7. Where in any civil suit pending before a court or tribunal in a foreign country with which a convention in that behalf has been made, request for service of any process or document on any person within the jurisdiction is received by the Chief Judge from the appropriate authority in that country, the following procedure shall, subject to any special provisions in the Convention, be adopted:

(a) the process server shall deliver the original or a copy thereof, along with a copy of its translation to the party to be served;

(b) the process server shall submit the particulars of the costs and expenses of service to the Chief Registrar who shall certify the amount payable in respect of the service;

(c) the Chief Registrar shall transmit to the appropriate foreign authority a certificate establishing the fact and date of service, or indicating reasons for failure to serve, and also notify the authority as to the amount certified under paragraph (b) of this rule.

Substituted service of foreign process.

(d) In appropriate cases, upon application, a Judge may order substituted or other service of the foreign process.

Service on behalf of foreign tribunals
ORDER 9

1. (1) A defendant served with an originating process shall, within the period prescribed in the process for appearance, file in the registry the original and copy of a duly completed and signed memorandum of appearance as in Form 11 with such modifications or variations as circumstance may require.

(2) On receipt of the memorandum of appearance, the Registrar shall make entry thereof in the cause book and stamp the copy showing the date the Registrar received the process, and serve a copy thereof on the Plaintiff or, as the case may be on the Plaintiffs Legal Practitioner.

Mode of entry of appearance
Order 9; Rule 2

2. (1) A defendant appearing in person shall state in the memorandum of appearance an address for service which shall be within Kaduna State.

(2) Where a defendant appears by a Legal Practitioner, the Legal Practitioner shall state in the memorandum of appearance his place of business and an address for service which shall be within Kaduna State, and where any such legal Practitioner is only the agent of another Legal Practitioner he shall also insert the name and place of business of the principal Legal Practitioner.

Defendant appearing in person or represented by Legal Practitioner
Order 9; Rule 3

3. The Registrar shall not accept any memorandum of appearance, which does not contain an address for service within jurisdiction. If any such address is illusory, fictitious or misleading, the appearance may be set aside by a Judge on the application of the Plaintiff.

Fictitious address
Order 9; Rule 4

4. If two or more defendants in the same action appear through the same Legal Practitioner; the memorandum of appearance shall include the names of all defendants so appearing.

Defendants appearing through same Legal Practitioner
Order 9; Rule 5

5. If a defendant files an appearance after the time prescribed in the originating process, the defendant shall pay to the Court an additional fee of 200.00 (two hundred naira) for each day of default.

Late appearance
Order 9; Rule 6

6. In probate matters, any person not named in the originating process may intervene and appear in the matter on filing an affidavit showing the intervener’s interest in the estate of the deceased.

Intervener in probate matters
Order 9; Rule 7

7. Any person not named as a defendant in an originating process for recovery of land may, with leave of a Judge, appear and defend on filing an affidavit showing that the person who is seeking leave is in possession of the land either in person or through a tenant.

Recovery of land
Order 9; Rule 8

8. Any person appearing to defend an action for the recovery of land as landlord, in respect of property of which the person is in possession only through a tenant, the person shall state in the memorandum of appearance that the person appears as landlord.

Landlord appearing
Order 9; Rule 9

9. A person under legal disability shall enter an appearance by a guardian.

Person under legal disability appearing
Order 9; Rule 10

10. In this Order the word “Tenant” includes a sub-tenant or any person occupying any premises whether on payment of rent or otherwise.

Tenant
ORDER 10

1. Where no appearance has been entered for a person under legal disability, the Plaintiff shall apply to a Judge for an order that some person be appointed guardian for such defendant and when appointed the person may appear and defend. The application shall be made after service of the originating process. Notice of the application shall be served on the person intended to be appointed the guardian of the defendant.

Default of appearance by person under legal disability
Order 10; Rule 2

2. Where the claim in the originating process is a liquidated demand and the defendant or all of several defendants fail to appear, the Plaintiff may apply to a Judge for judgement for the claim on the originating process or such lesser sum and interest as a Judge may order.

Liquidated demand
Order 10; Rule 3

3. Where the claim in the originating process is a liquidated demand and there are several defendants of whom one or more appear to the process and another or others fail to appear, a plaintiff may apply to a Judge for judgement against those who have not appeared and may execute the judgement without prejudice to the plaintiff’s right to proceed with the action against those who have appeared.

Liquidated demand: several defendants
Order 10; Rule 4

4. Where the claim in the originating process is for pecuniary damages, or for detention of goods with or without a claim for pecuniary damages, and the defendant or all of several defendants fail to appear, the Plaintiff may apply to a Judge for judgement. The value of the goods and the damages or the damages only as the case may be shall be ascertained in such manner and subject to the filing of such particulars as a Judge may direct before judgement in respect of that part of the claim.

Detention of goods
Order 10; Rule 5

5. Where the claim in the originating process is as in Rule 4 of this Order and there are several defendants, one or some of whom appear while another or others do not appear, the Plaintiff may apply for judgement against the defendant(s) failing to appear. The value of the goods and the damages or the damages only as the case may be shall be ascertained in such manner and subject to the filing of such particulars as a Judge may direct before judgement in respect of that part of the claim.

Several defendants
Order 10; Rule 6

6. Where the claim in the originating process is for pecuniary damages or for detention of goods with or without a claim for pecuniary damages and includes a liquidated demand and any of the defendants fails to appear, the Plaintiff may apply to a Judge for judgement. The value of the goods and the damages, or the damages only as the case may be shall be ascertained in such manner and subject to the filing of such particulars as a Judge may direct before judgement in respect of that part of the claim.

Detention of goods, damages and liquidated demand
Order 10; Rule 7

7. If no appearance is entered within the time prescribed in the originating process in a claim for recovery of land or if appearance is entered but the defence is limited to part only, the Plaintiff may apply to a Judge for judgement stating that the person whose title is asserted in the originating process shall recover possession of the land, or of that part of it to which the defence does not apply.

Recovery of land
Order 10; Rule 8

8. Where in an originating process for recovery of land a Plaintiff claims mesne profits, arrears of rent, damages for breach of contract or wrong or injury to the premises, the Plaintiff may apply for judgement as in Rule 7 of this Order for the land, and may proceed to prove the other claims.

Mesne profits
Order 10; Rule 9

9. In any case to which Rules 2 – 7 of this Order do not apply and the defendant or all of several defendants fail to appear, but by reason of payment, satisfaction, abatement of nuisance, or any other reason, it is unnecessary for a Plaintiff to proceed, he may apply to a Judge for judgement for costs:

Provided that such application shall be filed and served in the manner in which service of the originating process was effected or in such manner as a Judge shall direct.

Judgement for costs: upon payment satisfaction etc.
Order 10; Rule 10

10. Where judgement is entered pursuant to any of the preceding rules of this Order, a Judge may set aside or vary such judgement on just terms upon an application made by Motion on Notice by the defendant. The application shall be made within a reasonable time, showing a good defence to the claim and a just cause for the default.

Setting aside judgement
Order 10; Rule 11

11. In all claims not specifically provided for under this Order, where the party served with the originating process does not appear within the time prescribed in the originating process, the Plaintiff may proceed as if appearance had been entered.

Default of appearance in actions not otherwise specifically provided for
ORDER 11

1. Where a Plaintiff believes that there is no defence to the claim, the Plaintiff shall file with the originating process the statement of claim, the exhibits, the depositions of the Plaintiff’s witnesses and an application for summary judgement which application shall be supported by an affidavit stating the grounds for the Plaintiff’s belief and a written address in respect thereof.

Where Plaintiff believes there is no defence.
Order 11; Rule 2

2. A Plaintiff shall deliver to the Registrar as many copies of all the processes and documents referred to in Rule 1 of this Order as there are defendants.

Delivery of extra copies.
Order 11; Rule 3

3. Service of all the processes and documents referred to in Rule 1 of this Order shall be effected in the manner provided under Order 7 of these Rules.

Service.
Order 11; Rule 4

4. Where any defendant served with the processes and documents referred to in Rule 1 of this Order intends to defend the suit, such defendant shall, not later than the time prescribed by these Rules for filing a defence, file:

(a) a statement of defence;

(b) depositions of witnesses;

(c) the exhibits to be used in the defence; and

(d) a written address in reply to the application for summary judgement

Where defendant intends to defend
Order 11; Rule 5

5. (1) Where it appears to a Judge that a defendant has a good defence and ought to be permitted to defend the claim, the Judge may grant the defendant leave to defend the claim.

(2) Where any defendant fails or neglects to comply with the provisions of Rule 4 of this Order, or it appears to the Judge that the defendant has no good defence to the claim, the Judge may enter judgement for the Plaintiff.

(3) Where it appears to a Judge that the defendant has a good defence to part of the claim but no defence to other parts of the claim, the Judge may thereupon enter judgement for that part of the claim to which there is no defence and grant leave to defend that part to which there is a defence.

Where defendant has good defence, or has no good defence or has good defence to part of the claim.
Order 11; Rule 6

6. Where there are several defendants and it appears to a Judge that any of the defendants has a good defence and ought to be permitted to defend the claim and other defendants have no good defence and ought not to be permitted to defend, the former may be permitted to defend and the Judge shall enter judgement against the latter.

Where there are several defendants
Order 11; Rule 7

7. Under this Order the parties shall be at liberty to advance before a Judge oral submissions to expatiate their respective written addresses.

Oral submission on written addresses
ORDER 12

1. Where in an originating process the Plaintiff seeks an account under Order 4 Rule 5 or where the claim involves taking an account, if the defendant either fails to appear, or after appearance fails to satisfy a Judge that there is a preliminary question to be tried, the Judge shall, on application, make an order for the proper accounts with all necessary inquiries and directions.

Order for account.
Order 12; Rule 2

2. An application for account shall be supported by an affidavit filed on the Plaintiff’s behalf, stating concisely the grounds of the claim to an account. The application may be made at any time after the time prescribed for defence.

Application how made.
Order 12; Rule 3

3. Where an order is made for account under this Order, the account may be taken by a Judge or a Referee appointed by the Judge.

Account may be taken by a Judge or Referee.
ORDER 13

1. All persons may be joined in one action as Plaintiffs in whom any right to relief is alleged to exist whether jointly or severally and judgement may be given for such Plaintiff(s) as may be found to be entitled to relief and for such relief as the Plaintiff or Plaintiffs may be entitled to, without any amendment.

Person claiming jointly or severally
Order 13; Rule 2

2. Where an action has been commenced in the name of the wrong person as Plaintiff or where it is doubtful whether it has been commenced in the name of the right Plaintiff, a judge may order the substitution or addition of any other person as Plaintiff on such terms as may be just.

Action in name of wrong Plaintiff.
Order 13; Rule 3

3. Where in commencing an action any person has been wrongly or improperly included as a Plaintiff and a defendant has set up a counter-claim or set-off, such defendant may establish the set off or counter-claim as against the parties other than a Plaintiff so included, notwithstanding the inclusion of such Plaintiff or any proceeding based thereon.

Misjoinder and counter-claim.
Order 13; Rule 4

4. Any person may be joined as defendant against whom the right to any relief is alleged to exist, whether jointly, severally or in the alternative. Judgement may be given against one or more of the defendants as may be found to be liable, according to their respective liabilities, without any amendment.

Any persons may be joined as defendant.
Order 13; Rule 5

5. Where an action has been instituted against a wrong defendant or where the name of a defendant has been incorrectly stated, a Judge may, upon application, order a substitution or addition of any person as defendant or correction of any such name on any term as may be just.

Action in name of wrong defendant.
Order 13; Rule 6

6. (1) It shall not be necessary that every defendant shall be interested as to all the reliefs prayed for, or as to every cause of action included in any proceeding against the defendant.

(2) A Judge upon considering the defence filed by any defendant may, on application by that defendant, make such order as may appear just to prevent the defendant from being embarrassed or put to expense by being required to attend any proceedings in which the defendant may have no interest.

Defendant need not be interested in all the reliefs sought.
Order 13; Rule 7

7. A Plaintiff may join as parties to the same action all or any of the persons severally, or jointly and severally, liable on anyone contract, including parties to bills of exchange and promissory notes.

Joinder of persons severally or jointly and severally liable.
Order 13; Rule 8

8. Where a Plaintiff is in doubt as to the person from whom the Plaintiff is entitled to redress, the plaintiff may, in such manner as hereinafter mentioned, or as may be prescribed by any special order, join two or more defendants, to the intent that the question as to which if any of the defendants is liable and to what extent may be determined as between all parties.

Plaintiff in doubt as to person from whom redress is to be sought.
Order 13; Rule 9

9. Persons under legal disability may sue by their guardians or defend by guardians appointed for that purpose.

Persons under legal disability.
Order 13; Rule 10

10. Where any person’s name is to be used in any action as guardian of a person under legal disability or other party or as relator, a written authority for that purpose signed by that person shall be filed in the registry.

Guardian.
Order 13; Rule 11

11. Trustees, executors and administrators may sue and be sued on behalf of or as representing the property or estate of which they are trustees or representatives, without joining any of the persons beneficially interested in the trust or estate, and shall be considered as representing such person, but a Judge may, at any stage of the proceedings order any of such persons to be made parties in addition to or in lieu of the previously existing parties. This rule shall apply to trustees, executors and administrators in proceedings to enforce a security by foreclosure or otherwise.

Trustees, executors etc. may be sued as representing the estate.
Order 13; Rule 12

12. (1) Where there are numerous persons having the same interest in one suit, one or more of such persons may sue or be sued on behalf of or for the benefit of all persons so interested.

(2) Where there are numerous persons having the same interest in one suit and they seek to defend the action, a Judge may allow one or more of such persons to defend the action on behalf or for the benefit of all persons so interested

Numerous persons.
Order 13; Rule 13

13. (1) Where in any proceedings concerning:

(a) the administration of an estate or

(b) property subject to a trust or

(c) land held under customary law as family or community property or

(d) the construction of any written instrument, including a statute,

a Judge is satisfied that:

(i) the person, the class or some members of the class interested cannot be ascertained or cannot readily be ascertained;

(ii) the person, the class or some members of the class interested if ascertained cannot be found;

(iii) though the person or the class and the members thereof can be ascertained and found; it is expedient for the purpose of efficient procedure that one or more persons be appointed to represent that person or class or member of the class, the Judge may make the appointment. The decision of the Judge in the proceedings shall be binding on the person or class of persons so represented.

(2) Notice of appointment made by a judge under this rule and all processes filed in court shall be served on a person(s) so appointed.

(3) If in any proceedings mentioned in sub-rule 1 of this Rule, several persons having the same interest in relation to the matter to be determined attend the hearing by separate Legal Practitioners, then, unless the Judge considers that the circumstances justify separate representation, not more than one set of costs of the hearing shall be allowed to these persons, and the judgement or order shall be framed accordingly.

(4) In this Rule, the word “class” includes the persons recognized by Customary Law as members of a family or as members of a land owning community.

Representation of persons or classes of persons in certain proceedings.
Order 13; Rule 14

14. Where in any proceedings mentioned in sub-rule (1) of Rule 13 of this Order, a compromise is proposed and some of the absent persons who are interested in or may be affected by the compromise are not parties to the proceedings (including unborn or unascertained persons) but where:

(i) there are some other persons having the same interest before the court who assent to the compromise or on whose behalf the court sanctions the compromise or

(ii) the absent persons are represented by a person under Rule 13 of this Order who so assents:

a Judge, if satisfied that the compromise will be for the benefit of the absent persons and that it is expedient to exercise this power, may approve the compromise and order that such compromise shall be binding on the absent persons, and they shall be bound accordingly, except where the order has been obtained by fraud or non-disclosure of material facts.

Power to approve compromise.
Order 13; Rule 15

15. (1) If in any proceedings it appears to a Judge that any deceased person who was interested in the proceedings has no legal personal representative, the Judge may proceed in the absence of any person representing the estate of the deceased person, or may appoint some person to represent the estate for the purpose of the proceedings, on such notice to such person (if any) as the judge shall deem fit, either specifically or generally by public advertisement, and the order so made and any order consequent thereon shall bind the estate of the deceased person in the same manner in every respect as if a duly constituted legal personal representative of the deceased had been a party to the proceedings.

(2) Where a sole or sole surviving Plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings dies and the cause of action survives but the person entitled to proceed fails to proceed, a Judge may, on the application of either the deceased’s Legal Practitioner or the opposing party, order any person to take the place of the said deceased and proceed with the suit.

(3) In default of such application or where the person substituted fails to proceed, judgement may be entered for the defendant or as the case may be for the person against whom the proceedings might have been continued.

Where there is no personal representative.
Order 13; Rule 16

16. (1) No proceedings shall be defeated by reason of misjoinder or nonjoinder of parties, and a judge may deal with the matter in controversy so far as regards the rights and interest of the parties actually before the court.

(2) A Judge may at any stage of the proceedings, either upon or without the application of either party, and on such terms as may appear to the Judge to be just, order that the name of any party improperly joined be struck out.

(3) A Judge may order that the name of any person who ought to have been joined or whose presence before the court is necessary to effectually and completely adjudicate upon and settle the questions involved in the proceedings be added.

(4) No person under legal disability shall be added as a Plaintiff suing without a guardian and no person shall be added as the guardian of a Plaintiff under legal disability without the consent in writing of the person to be added.

(5) Every person whose name is added as defendant shall be served with the originating processes or notice in such manner as may be prescribed by a Judge and the proceedings against such person shall be deemed to have begun on the service of such originating processes or notice.

Proceedings not defeated by misjoinder or nonjoinder.
Order 13; Rule 17

17. (1) Any application to add or strike out or substitute or vary the name of a Plaintiff or defendant may be made to a Judge by motion.

(2) Where the application is to add a Plaintiff or a defendant, the application shall be accompanied by the statement of claim or defence as the case may be, all the exhibits intended to be used and the depositions of all the witnesses: Provided that where the application is to substitute a deceased party with another person the application may not be accompanied by the documents specified above.

Application to add or strike out.
Order 13; Rule 18

18. Where a defendant is added or substituted, the originating process shall be amended accordingly and the Plaintiff shall, unless otherwise ordered by a Judge, file an amended originating process and cause the new defendant to be served in the same manner as the original defendant.

Where defendant is added.
Order 13; Rule 19

19. (1) Where it appears to a Judge that any person not a party in the proceedings may bear eventual liability, either in whole or in part, the Judge may, upon an ex-parte application, allow that person to be joined as a Third Party by any of the defendants. The application shall state the grounds for the applicant’s belief that such Third Party may bear eventual liability.

(2) The order of joinder and all existing processes shall be served on the Third Party within the time prescribed for delivering the defence.

Third Parties may be joined.
Order 13; Rule 20

20. Where a person is joined to any proceedings as a Third Party, the person may, after service of the order and all existing processes, enter appearance within 8 days, or within 30 days if the person resides or carries on business outside jurisdiction, or within such further time as a Judge may order

Appearance by Third Party.
Order 13; Rule 21

21. If a Third Party duly served with the order and all existing processes does not enter an appearance or makes default in filing any pleading, the Third Party shall be deemed to admit the validity of and shall be bound by any judgement given in the action, whether by consent or otherwise.

Default by Third Party.
Order 13; Rule 22

22. A party joined as a Third Party in any proceedings may join any other party in the same manner as the party was joined and the expression “Third Party” shall apply to and include every person so joined.

Subsequent Third Party.
Order 13; Rule 23

23. A Defendant may in the defence make a claim against a co-defendant

Claim against co-defendant.
Order 13; Rule 24

24. Any two or more persons claiming or alleged to be liable as partners and doing business within the jurisdiction may sue or be sued in the name of the firm, if any, of which they were partners when the cause of action arose and any party to an action may in such case apply to the Judge for a statement of the names and addresses of the persons who were partners in the firm when the cause of action arose, to be furnished in such manner, and verified on oath or otherwise as the Judge may direct.

Actions by and against firms.
Order 13; Rule 25

25. (1) When an originating process is issued by partners in the name of their firm, the partners or their Legal Practitioners shall, on demand in writing by or on behalf of any defendant declare in writing the names and residential addresses of all the persons constituting the firm on whose behalf the action is brought.

(2) Where the Plaintiffs or their Legal Practitioners fail to comply with such demand, all proceedings in the action may, upon an application for that purpose, be stayed upon such terms as a Judge may direct.

(3) Where the names of the partners are so declared, the suit shall proceed in the same manner and the same consequences in all respects shall follow as if they had been named as Plaintiffs in the originating process provided that the proceedings may continue in the name of the firm.

Disclosure of partners’ names.
Order 13; Rule 26

26. (1) Where persons are sued as partners in the name of their firm, they shall appear individually in their own names; but all subsequent proceedings shall continue in the name of the firm. (2) Where an originating process is served upon a person having the control or management of the partnership business, no appearance by the person shall be necessary unless the person is a member of the firm sued.

Appearance of partners.
Order 13; Rule 27

27. The above rules in this Part shall apply to proceedings between a firm and one or more of its partners and between firms having one or more partners in common, provided such firm or firms carry on business within the jurisdiction.

Application of rules to actions between co-partners.
Order 13; Rule 28

28. Any person carrying on business within the jurisdiction in a name or style other than the person’s own name may be sued in such name or style as if it were a firm name, and, so far as the nature of the case will permit, all rules relating to proceedings against firms shall apply.

Persons trading as firms.
Order 13; Rule 29

29. No proceedings shall abate by reason of death or bankruptcy of any of the parties, if the cause of action survives and shall not become defective by the assignment, creation or devolution of any estate or title pendente lite, and, whether the cause or action survives or not, there shall be no abatement by reason of the death of either party between the finding on issues of fact and judgement, but judgement may in such case be entered notwithstanding the death.

Action not abated where cause of action survives.
Order 13; Rule 30

30. (1) Where by reason of death or bankruptcy, or any other event occurring after the commencement of a proceedings and causing a change or transmission of interest or liability, or by reason of any person interested coming into existence after the commencement of the proceedings, it becomes necessary or desirable that any person not already a party should be made a party or that any person already a party should be made a party in another capacity, an order that the proceedings shall be carried on between the continuing parties and such new party or parties may be obtained ex parte upon an allegation of such change, or transmission of interest or liability, or of any such person interested having come into existence.

(2) An order obtained under this rule shall be served upon the continuing party or parties, or their Legal Practitioner(s) and also upon such new party unless the person making the application is the new party.

(3) Every person served who is not already a party to the proceedings shall, where applicable, enter an appearance thereto within the same time and in the same manner as if the person had been served with the originating process. The person shall thereupon be served with the originating and all existing processes.

(4) Any party served under this rule who was not already a party to the proceedings shall file the appropriate pleadings and other documents as if the person had been an original party in the proceedings.

Order to carry on proceedings.
Order 13; Rule 31

31. In case of an assignment, creation or devolution of any estate or title pendente lite, the cause or matter may be continued by or against the person to or upon whom such estate or title has come or devolved.

In case of assignment, creation or devolution of estate or title.
Order 13; Rule 32

32. Where any person who is under no legal disability or being under any legal disability but having a guardian in the proceedings is served with an order under Rule 30, such person may apply to a Judge to discharge or vary such order at any time within 14 days from the date of service of the order.

Application to discharge order by person under disability having a guardian.
Order 13; Rule 33

33. Where any person under any legal disability and not having a guardian in the proceedings is served with an order under Rule 30, such a person may apply to a Judge to discharge or vary such order at any time within 14 days from the appointment of a guardian for such party, and until such period of 14 days has expired, such order shall have no force, or effect as against the person under legal disability.

By persons under disability having no guardian.
Order 13; Rule 34

34. Where by these rules any act may be done by any party in any proceedings, such act may be done either by the party in person, or by the party’s Legal Practitioner, or by the party’s agent (unless an agent is expressly barred under these rules).

Acts may be done by Legal Practitioner or agent.
ORDER 14

1. Subject to the following rules of this Order, the Plaintiff may unite in the same action several causes of action; but if it appears that they cannot be conveniently tried or disposed of together, a judge may order separate trials of any such causes of action or may make such order as may be necessary or expedient for the separate disposal thereof.

All causes of action may be joined.
Order 14; Rule 2

2. (1) An action for recovery of land may be joined with an action for declaration of title, mesne profit or arrears of rent, damages for breach of any contract under which the land or any part thereof is held, or for any wrong or injury to the premises.

(2) An action for foreclosure or redemption may be joined with a claim for delivery of possession of the mortgaged property and a claim for payment of principal money or interest secured by or any other relief in respect of the mortgage of or charge on such land.

Recovery of land.
Order 14; Rule 3

3. Claims by or against an executor or administrator as such may be joined with claims by or against the executor or administrator personally provided the last-mentioned claims are alleged to arise with reference to the estate in respect of which the Plaintiff or defendant sues or is sued as executor or administrator.

Executor and administrator.
Order 14; Rule 4

4. Claims by Plaintiffs jointly may be joined with claims by them or any of them separately against the same defendant.

Claims by joint Plaintiffs
ORDER 15

1. (1) Where by these rules any application is authorised to be made to a Judge, such application may be made by motion or summons which shall be supported by affidavit and shall state under what rule of Court or Law the application is brought.

(2) Every such application shall be accompanied by a written address in support of the relief sought.

(3) Where any party intends to oppose the application, that party shall within 7 days of the service of such application, file a written address and may accompany it with a counter affidavit.

(4) The applicant may, on being served with the written address of the opposing party, file and serve an address in reply on points of law within 7 days of being served. Where a counter affidavit is served, the applicant may file a further affidavit with the reply.

Application by motion or summons
Order 15; Rule 2

2. No motion or application for a rule nisi or order to show cause shall be made in any action.

Restriction on rule nisi and order to show cause.
Order 15; Rule 3

3. (1) Except where an application ex-parte is required or permitted under any Law or Rules, every motion shall be on notice to the other party.

(2) No application for an injunction shall be made ex-parte unless the applicant files with it a motion on notice in respect of the application.

(3) An order of injunction made upon an application ex-parte shall abate after 7 days.

(4) A Judge may, upon application, extend the effective period of an order made ex parte if the Judge is satisfied that such extension is necessary in the interest of justice or to prevent an irreparable or serious mischief. The application for such an extension shall be made before abatement of the order and the extension shall not be for a period exceeding 7 days from the day the extension is granted.

When notice of motion should be given.
Order 15; Rule 4

4. (1) Every motion on notice to set aside, remit or enforce an arbitral award shall state in general terms the grounds of the application and where any such motion is founded on evidence by affidavit, a copy of any affidavit intended to be used shall be served with the notice of motion.

(2) The party relying on an award, on applying for its enforcement, shall supply:

(a) the duly authenticated original award or a duly certified copy thereof;

(b) the original arbitration agreement or a duly certified copy thereof.

(3) An award made by an arbitrator or a decision reached at the Multi-Door Court House may, by leave of a Judge, be enforced in the same manner as a judgement or order of Court.

(4) An application to set aside or remit any award may be made at any time within 6 weeks after such award has been made, and published to the parties.

Motion on arbitral award.
Order 15; Rule 5

5. Unless a Judge grants special leave to the contrary, there must be at least 2 clear days between the service of all processes in respect of a motion and the day named in the notice for hearing the motion.

Special leave.
Order 15; Rule 6

6. If on the hearing of a motion or other application a Judge shall be of opinion that any person to whom notice has not been given ought to have had such notice, the Judge may either dismiss the motion or application or adjourn the hearing thereof in order that such notice may be given upon such terms, if any, as the Judge may deem fit to impose.

Motions may be dismissed or adjourned where necessary notice not given.
Order 15; Rule 7

7. The hearing of any motion or application may from time to time be adjourned upon such terms, if any, as the Judge shall deem fit:

Provided that application for adjournment at the request of a party shall not be made more than two times.

Adjournment of hearing.
Order 15; Rule 8

8. A Plaintiff may file any application along with an originating process and may serve both on any defendant simultaneously.

Service of motion with writ
Order 15; Rule 9

9. Where the relationship of Legal Practitioner and client exists or has existed, a summons may be issued by the client or the client’s representative for the delivery of a cash account or the payment of moneys or the delivery of securities, and a Judge may from time to time order the respondent to deliver to the applicant a list of the moneys or securities in the custody or control of the respondent which are held on behalf of the applicant or to bring into court the whole or any part of the same, within such time as the Judge may order. In the event of the respondent alleging that the respondent has a claim for costs, the Judge may make such provision for the taxation and the payment or security thereof or the protection of the respondent’s lien, if any, as the Judge may deem fit.

Account by Legal Practitioner
Order 15; Rule 10

10. If during the taxation of any bill of costs or the taking of any account between Legal Practitioner and client, it shall appear to the taxing officer that there must in any event be moneys due from the Legal Practitioner to the client, the taxing officer may from time to time make an interim certificate as to the amount so payable by the Legal Practitioner. Upon the filing of such certificate, a Judge may order the moneys so certified to be forthwith paid to the client or brought into Court.

Interim certificate.
ORDER 16

1. Upon any motion, petition, summons or other application, evidence may be given by affidavit, but the Judge may, suo motu or on application, order the attendance for cross-examination of the deponent and where, after such an order has been made the deponent does not attend, the deponent’s affidavit shall not be used as evidence save by special leave.

Evidence on motions, etc.
Order 16; Rule 2

2. Every affidavit shall bear the title in the cause or matter in which it is sworn but in every case in which there is more than one plaintiff or defendant, it shall be sufficient to state the full name of the first plaintiff or defendant respectively, and that there are other plaintiffs or defendants, as the case may be.

Title of affidavit.
Order 16; Rule 3

3. The Judge may receive any affidavit sworn for the purpose of being used in any cause or matter, notwithstanding any defect by misdescription of parties or otherwise in the title or jurat, or any other irregularity in the form thereof, and may direct a memorandum to be made on the document that it has been so received.

Use of defective affidavit
Order 16; Rule 4

4. Where a special time is limited for filing affidavits, no affidavit filed after that time shall be used, unless by leave of the Judge.

Special time for filing affidavits
Order 16; Rule 5

5. Except by leave of the Judge no order made ex-parte in court founded on any affidavit shall be of any force unless the affidavit on which the application was based was made before the order was applied for, and produced or filed at the time of making the application.

Affidavits in support of ex-parte applications
Order 16; Rule 6

6. The party intending to use any affidavit in support of any application made by the party shall give notice to the other parties concerned.

Notice of intention to use affidavit.
Order 16; Rule 7

7. Every alteration in any account verified by affidavit shall be marked with the initials of the Commissioner before whom the affidavit is sworn and such alterations shall not be made by erasure.

Alterations in accounts to be initialled.
Order 16; Rule 8

8. Accounts, extracts from registers, particulars of creditors’ debt, and other documents referred to by affidavit, shall not be annexed to the affidavit or referred to as annexed, but shall be referred to as exhibits.

Exhibits.
Order 16; Rule 9

9. Every certificate on an exhibit referred to in an affidavit signed by the commissioner before whom the affidavit is sworn shall be marked with the short title of the cause or matter.

Certificate of exhibit.
Order 16; Rule 10

10. The provisions of Sections 79 to 90 of the Evidence Act, which set out provisions governing affidavits, shall be applicable under these Rules.

Application of Evidence Act. Cap. E14 LFN.
ORDER 17

1. (1) A statement of claim shall include the relief or remedy which a Plaintiff claims to be entitled to. Filing of Statement of defence.

(2) A defendant shall file a statement of defence, set off or counter-claim, if any, not later than 21 days after service on the defendant of the Plaintiff’s originating process and accompanying documents. A counter-claim shall have the same effect as a cross action, so as to enable the court pronounce a final judgement in the same proceedings. A set-off must be specifically pleaded.

Filing of Reply.

(3) A plaintiff shall, within 14 days of service of the statement of defence and counter-claim, if any, file a reply, if any, to such defence or counter-claim:

Provided that where a defendant sets up a counter-claim, if a Plaintiff or any other person named as party to such counter-claim contends that the claim thereby raised ought not to be disposed of by way of counter-claim, but in an independent proceedings, a Judge may, at any time, order that such counter-claim be excluded.

Statement of claim.
Order 17; Rule 2

2. Every pleading shall contain a statement in a summary form of the material facts on which the party pleading relies for the claim or defence, as the case may be, but not the evidence by which they are to be proved and shall, when necessary be divided into paragraphs numbered consecutively. Dates, sums and numbers shall be expressed in figures. Pleadings shall be signed by a Legal Practitioner or by the party if the party sues or defends in person.

Pleadings to state material facts and not evidence.
Order 17; Rule 3

3. (1) In all cases in which the party pleading relies on any misrepresentation, fraud, breach of trust, wilful default, or undue influence and in all other cases, in which particulars may be necessary, particulars (with dates and items, if necessary) shall be stated in the pleadings.

(2) In an action for libel or slander, if the Plaintiff alleges that the words or matter complained of were used in a defamatory sense other than their ordinary meaning, the plaintiff shall give particulars of the facts and matters on which the plaintiff relies in support of the allegation.

Particulars to be given where necessary.
Order 17; Rule 4

4. An application for a further and better statement of the nature of the claim or defence, or further and better particulars of any matter stated in any pleadings requiring particulars shall be made to a Judge at the first pre-trial conference. The Judge may grant such application upon such terms as may be just.

Further and better statement or particulars.
Order 17; Rule 5

5. (1) Every allegation of fact in any pleadings if not specifically denied in the pleadings of the opposite party shall be taken as admitted except as against a person under legal disability.

(2) A general denial in any pleadings shall not operate as denial of any specific fact in the pleadings of the opposing party.

Denial.
Order 17; Rule 6

6. Each party shall specify distinctly in the party’s pleadings any condition precedent, the performance or occurrence of which is intended to be contested.

Conditions Precedent.
Order 17; Rule 7

7. (1) All grounds of defence or reply which makes an action not maintainable or if not raised will take the opposite party by surprise or will raise issues of facts not arising out of the preceding pleadings shall be specifically pleaded.

(2) A party shall specifically plead any ground which makes a transaction void or voidable or such matters as fraud, Limitation Law, release, payment, performance, facts showing insufficiency in contract or illegality either by an enactment or by common law.


Defence, reply; certain facts, surprise, specifically pleaded.
Order 17; Rule 8

8. A party may, by the pleadings, join issues upon the pleadings of the opposing party and such joinder of issues shall operate as a denial of every material allegation of fact in the pleadings upon which issue is joined except any fact which the party may be willing to admit.

Joinder of issue.
Order 17; Rule 9

9. Where the contents of any document are material it shall be sufficient in any pleadings to state the effect thereof as briefly as possible, without setting out the whole or any part thereof, unless the precise words of the document or any part thereof are material.

Effect of documents to be stated.
Order 17; Rule 10

10. Wherever it is material to allege notice to any person of any fact, matter or thing, it shall be sufficient to allege such notice as a fact, unless the form or the precise terms of such notice or the circumstances from which such notice is to be inferred are material.

Notice.
Order 17; Rule 11

11. Where any contract or any relation between any persons is to be implied from a series of letters or conversations, or otherwise from a number of circumstances, it shall be sufficient to allege such contract or relation as a fact, and to refer generally to such letters, conversations or circumstances without setting them out in detail. If in such case the person so pleading desires to rely in the alternative upon more contracts or relations than one as to be implied from such circumstances, the person may state the same in the alternative.


Implied contract or relation.
Order 17; Rule 12

12. A party may not allege in any pleadings any matter or fact the law presumes in the party’s favour or as to which the burden of proof lies upon the other side, unless the same has first been specifically denied.

Presumptions of law.
Order 17; Rule 13

13. In every case in which the cause of action is a stated or settled account, the same shall be alleged with particulars but in every case in which a statement of account relied on by way of evidence or admission of any other cause of action which is pleaded, the same shall not be alleged in the pleadings.

Stated or settled account.
Order 17; Rule 14

14. No technical objection shall be raised to any pleadings on the ground of any alleged want of form.

Technical objection.
Order 17; Rule 15

15. A Judge may, at the pre-trial conference, in any proceedings order to be struck out or amended, any matter in any endorsement or Pleadings which may be unnecessary or scandalous or which may tend to prejudice, embarrass or delay the fair trial of the action; and may in any such case, if the Judge shall deem fit, order costs of the application to be paid as between Legal Practitioner and client.

Striking out of Pleadings.
Order 17; Rule 16

16. (1) Wherever it is material to allege malice, fraudulent intention, knowledge or other condition of the mind of any person, it shall be sufficient to allege the same as a fact without setting out the circumstances from which the same is to be inferred.

(2) Where in an action for libel or slander the defendant pleads that any of the words or matters complained of are fair comment on a matter of public interest or were published upon a privileged occasion, the Plaintiff shall, if he intends to allege that the defendant was actuated by express malice, deliver a reply giving particulars of the facts and matters from which such malice is to be inferred.

(3) Where in an action for libel or slander the defendant alleges that in so far as the words complained of consist of statement of fact, they are true in substance and in fact, and in so far as they consist of expressions of opinion, they are fair comment on a matter of public interest, or pleads to the like effect, the defendant shall give particulars stating which of the facts and matters are relied upon in support of the allegation that the words are true.

Defamation.
Order 17; Rule 17

17. (1) A Judge may, at any stage of the proceedings, order to be struck out or amended any pleadings or the indorsement of any writ in the action, or anything in any pleadings or in the indorsement on the ground that:

(a) it discloses no reasonable cause of action or defence as the case may be; or

(b) it is scandalous, frivolous or vexatious; or

(c) it may prejudice, embarrass or delay the fair trial of the action or

(d) it is otherwise an abuse of the process of the Court:

and may order the action to be stayed or dismissed or judgement to be entered accordingly, as the case may be.

(2) No evidence shall be admissible upon an application under paragraph (1)(a) of this rule.

(3) This rule shall, so far as applicable, apply to an originating summons and a petition as if the summons or petition, as the case may be, were a pleading.

(4) No proceedings shall be open to objection on the ground that only a declaratory judgement or order is sought thereby, and a Judge may make a binding declaration of right whether any consequential relief is or could be claimed or not.

Where pleadings discloses no reasonable cause of action.
Order 17; Rule 18

18. (1) Where a pleading subsequent to reply is not ordered, then, at the expiration of 7 days from the service of the defence or reply (if a reply has been filed) pleadings shall be deemed closed.

(2) Where a pleading subsequent to reply is ordered, and the party who has been ordered or given leave to file the same fails to do so within the period limited for that purpose, then, at the expiration of the period so limited the pleadings shall be deemed closed:

Provided that this rule shall not apply to a defence to Counter-claim, and unless the plaintiff files a defence to counter-claim, the statements of fact contained in such counter-claim shall, at the expiration of 14 days from the service thereof or of such time (if any) as may by order be allowed for filing of a defence thereto, be deemed to be admitted, but the Judge may at any subsequent time give leave to the plaintiff to file a defence to counter-claim.

Close of pleading.
ORDER 18

1. (1) Every statement of claim, defence or counter claim shall state specifically the relief claimed either singly or in the alternative, and it shall not be necessary to ask for general or other relief, which may be given as a Judge may think just as if it had been asked for.

(2) Where the Plaintiff seeks relief in respect of several distinct claims or causes of complaint founded upon separate and distinct grounds, they shall be stated, as far as may be, separately and distinctly. The same rule shall apply where the defendant relies upon several distinct ground of defence, set-off or counter-claim founded upon separate and distinct facts.

Statement of claim
Order 18; Rule 2

2. Whenever a statement of claim is filed, the Plaintiff may alter, modify or extend the claim therein without any amendment of the indorsement of the writ:

Provided that the Plaintiff may not completely change the cause of action indorsed on the writ without amending the writ.

Claim beyond indorsement.
ORDER 19

1. The statement of defence shall be a statement in summary form, and shall be supported by

(a) list of witnesses to be called at the trial.

(b) Depositions of the witnesses, and

(c) Copies of every document to be relied upon at the trial.

Statement of defence.
Order 19; Rule 2

2. A defendant shall, within 21 days of service of the originating process and the accompanying documents on the defendant, deliver to the Plaintiff a statement of defence, along with the documents prescribed in rule 1 of this Order.

Time to file defence.
Order 19; Rule 3

3. (1) Where a party in any pleading denies an allegation of fact in the pleading of the opposite party, the denial shall not be done evasively, but the party shall answer the point of substance.

(2) Where an allegation is made with diverse circumstances, it shall not be sufficient to deny the allegation along with those circumstances, but a full and substantial answer shall be given.

….
Order 19; Rule 4

4. (1) In an action for debt or liquidated demand in money, a mere denial of the debt shall not be sufficient defence.

(2) In an action for money had and received, a defence in denial must deny the receipt of the money or the existence of those facts which are alleged to make such receipt by the defendant a receipt to the use of the Plaintiff.

(3) In an action for goods sold and delivered, the defence must deny the order or contract, the delivery, or the amount claimed.

(4) In an action upon a bill of exchange, promissory note or cheques, a defence in denial must deny some matter of fact, e.g. the drawing, making, indorsing, accepting, presenting or notice of dishonour of the bill or note.

Denials generally.
Order 19; Rule 5

5. If either party wishes to deny the right of any other party to claim as executor, or a trustee or if any representative or other alleged capacity, or the alleged constitution of any partnership firm, he shall deny the same specifically.

Persons in representative capacity.
Order 19; Rule 6

6. No denial or defence shall be necessary as to damages claimed or their amount as they are deemed to be in issue in all cases, unless expressly admitted.

Pleadings to damages.
Order 19; Rule 7

7. Where any defendant seeks to rely upon any ground as supporting a right of set-off or counter claim, the defendant shall, in the defence, state specifically that the ground is relied upon by way of set off or counter-claim as the case may be, and the particulars of the set off or counter-claim shall be given.

Set-off and counter-claim.
Order 19; Rule 8

8. Where a defendant by a defence sets up any counter-claim which raises questions between the defendant and the Plaintiff along with any other persons, the defendant shall add to the title of the defence a further title similar to the title in a statement of claim, setting forth the names of all persons who, if such counter-claim were to be enforced by cross action, would be defendant to such cross action, and shall deliver the defence to such of them as are parties to the action within the period which the defendant is required to deliver the defence to the Plaintiff.

Title of counter-claim.
Order 19; Rule 9

9. Where any such person as in Rule 8 of this Order is not a party to the action, the person shall be summoned to appear by being served with a copy of the defence and counter-claim, and such service shall be regulated by the same rules as those governing the service of the originating process, and every defence and counter-claim so served shall be indorsed in form 13 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require.

Claim against persons not party.
Order 19; Rule 10

10. Any person not already a party to the action, who is served with a defence and counter-claim as aforesaid, must appear thereto as if the person had been served with an originating process to appear in an action.

Appearance by added parties.
Order 19; Rule 11

11. Any person not already a party to the action, who is named in a defence as a party to a counter-claim thereby made, shall deliver a defence in a mode and manner prescribed under this Order and the provisions of the Order shall apply to such a person.

Reply to counter-claim.
Order 19; Rule 12

12. If, in any case in which the defendant sets up a counterclaim, the action of the Plaintiff is stayed, discontinued or dismissed, the counter-claim may nevertheless be proceeded with.

Discontinuance of the Plaintiff’s claim.
Order 19; Rule 13

13. Where in an action a set off or counter-claim is established as a defence against the Plaintiff’s claim, the Judge may, if the balance is in favour of the defendant, give judgement for the defendant for such balance, or may otherwise adjudge to the defendant such relief as the defendant may be entitled to upon the merits of the case.

Judgment for Balance.
Order 19; Rule 14

14. (1) Any ground of defence which arises after the action has been filed, but before the defendant has delivered a defence, and before the time limited for doing so has expired, may be raised by the defendant in the defence, either alone or together with other grounds of defence.

(2) If after a defence has been delivered along with a set-off or counter-claim, any basis for answer or ground of defence arises to any such set-off or counter-claim respectively, it may be raised by the plaintiff in the reply (in the case of a set-off) or defence to counter-claim, either alone or together with any other ground of reply or defence to counter-claim.

Grounds of defence after action brought.
Order 19; Rule 15

15. (1) Where any ground of defence arises after the defendant has delivered a defence, or after the time limited for delivering a defence has expired, the defendant may within 8 days after such ground of defence has arisen, or at any subsequent time by leave of a judge, deliver a further defence setting forth that ground of defence.

(2) Where any ground of defence to any set-off or counter-claim arises after reply or after the time limited for delivering a reply has expired, the Plaintiff may within 8 days after such ground of defence has arisen, or at any subsequent time by leave of a Judge, deliver a further defence setting forth that ground of defence.

Further defence or reply.
Order 19; Rule 16

16. Whenever in a defence or in any further defence pursuant to Rule 15 of this Order, the defendant alleges any ground of defence which has arisen after the commencement of the action, the Plaintiff may concede to such defence (which concession may be in Form 12 with such modifications as circumstances may require) and may thereupon obtain judgement up to the time of the pleading of such defence, unless the Judge either before or after the delivery of such concession otherwise orders.

Concession to defence.
Order 19; Rule 17

17. Where the plaintiff desires to make a reply, the plaintiff shall file it within 7 days from the service of the defence.

Filing of reply.
ORDER 20

1. A party to a proceeding may give notice by the party’s pleadings or otherwise in writing, that the party admits the truth of the whole or any part of the case of any other party..

Nature of admission of facts.
Order 20; Rule 2

2. (1) Either party may, not later than 7 days before the first pre-trial conference, by notice in writing filed and served, require any other party to admit any document and the party so served shall, not later than 4 days after service, give notice of admission or non-admission of the document, failing which the party so served shall be deemed to have admitted the document, unless a Judge otherwise orders.

(2) When a party decides to challenge the authenticity of any document, the party shall, not later than 7 days of service of that document, give notice that the party does not admit the document, and require the document to be proved at the trial.

(3) Where a party gives notice of non-admission and the document is proved at the trial, the cost of proving the document, which shall not be less than a sum of five thousand naira, shall be paid by the party who has challenged it, unless at the trial or hearing the Judge shall certify that there were reasonable grounds for not admitting the authenticity of the document.

Notice to admit documents.
Order 20; Rule 3

3. (1) Either party may, not later than 7 days before the first pre-trial conference, by notice in writing filed and served require any other party to admit any specific fact or facts mentioned in the notice, and the party so served shall, not later than 4 days after service, give notice of admission or non-admission of the fact or facts failing which the party so served shall be deemed to have admitted the fact or facts, unless a Judge otherwise orders.

(2) Any admission made pursuant to such notice shall be deemed to be made only for the purposes of that particular proceeding and not as an admission to be used against the party or any other party than the party giving the notice.

(3) Where there is a refusal or neglect to admit the fact or facts within 4 days after service of such notice or within such further time as may be allowed by the Judge, the cost of proving such fact or fact, which shall not be less than a sum of five thousand naira, shall be paid by the party so refusing or neglecting whatever the result of the proceedings, unless the Judge certifies that the refusal to admit was reasonable or unless the Judge at any time otherwise orders or directs.

Notice to admit facts.
Order 20; Rule 4

4. A Judge may, on application, at a pre-trial conference or at any other stage of the proceedings where admissions of facts have been made, either on the pleadings or otherwise, make such orders or give such judgement as upon such admissions a party may be entitled to, without waiting for the determination of any other question between the parties.

Judgment or Order upon admission of facts.
Order 20; Rule 5

5 . Where a notice to admit or produce comprises documents that are not necessary, the costs occasioned thereby, which shall not be less than five thousand naira, shall be borne by the party giving such notice.

Cost of notice where documents unnecessary
ORDER 21

1. If the claim is only for a debt or liquidated demand, and the defendant does not, within the time allowed for the purpose, file a defence, the Plaintiff may, at the expiration of such time, apply for final judgement for the amount claimed with costs.

Claim for debt or liquidated demand.
Order 21; Rule 2

2. When in any such action as in Rule 1 of this Order there are several defendants, if one or more of them make default as mentioned in Rule 1 of this Order, the plaintiff may apply for final judgment against the defendant or defendants making default and issue execution upon such judgement without prejudice to the Plaintiffs right to proceed with the action against the other defendant or defendants.

Several defendants: default of one or more.
Order 21; Rule 3

3. If the Plaintiff’s claim be for pecuniary damages or for detention of goods with or without a claim for pecuniary damages only, and the defendant or all the defendants, if more than one, make default as mentioned in Rule 1 of this Order, the Plaintiff may apply to a Judge for interlocutory judgement against the defendant or defendants and the value of the goods and the damages, or the damages only as the case may be, shall be ascertained in any way which the Judge may order.

Damages and detention of goods.
Order 21; Rule 4

4. When in any such action as in Rule 3 of this Order there are several defendants, if one or more of them make default as mentioned in Rule 1 of this Order, the Plaintiff may apply to a Judge for interlocutory judgement against the defendant or defendants so making default and proceed with the action against the others. In such case, the value and amount of damages against the defendant or defendants making default shall be assessed at the trial of the action or issues therein against the other defendants, unless the Judge shall otherwise order.

Default of one or more defendants.
Order 21; Rule 5

5. Where the claim is for debt or liquidated demand and also for pecuniary damages or for detention of goods with or without a claim for pecuniary damages and includes a liquidated demand and any defendant makes default as mentioned in Rule 1, the Plaintiff may apply to a Judge for final judgement for the debt or liquidated demand, and may also apply for interlocutory judgement for the value of the goods and damages, or the damages only as the case may be, and proceed as mentioned in Rules 3 and 4 of this Order.

Debt or damages and detention of goods or damages.
Order 21; Rule 6

6. In an action for the recovery of land, if the defendant makes default as mentioned in Rule 1, the Plaintiff may apply for judgement that the person whose title is asserted in the writ of summons shall recover possession of the land with costs.

Recovery of land.
Order 21; Rule 7

7. Where the Plaintiff has indorsed a claim for mesne profits or arrears of rent in respect of the premises claimed, or any part of them or damages for breach of contract or wrong or injury to the premises claimed upon a writ for the recovery of land, if the defendant makes default as mentioned in Rule 1, or if there be more than one defendant some or one of the defendants make such default, the Plaintiff may apply for final judgement against the defaulting defendant or defendants and proceed as mentioned in Rules 3 and 4 of this Order.

Claim for Mesne-profits, arrears or damages.
Order 21; Rule 8

8. If the Plaintiff’s claim is for a debt or liquidated demand or for pecuniary damages only, or for detention of goods with or without a claim for pecuniary damages, or for any such matters, or for the recovery of land, and the defendant files a defence which purports to offer an answer to part only of the Plaintiffs alleged cause of action, the Plaintiff may apply for judgement, final or interlocutory, as the case may be, for the part unanswered:

Provided that the unanswered part consists of a separate cause of action or is severable from the rest, as in the case of part of a debt or liquidated demand:

Provided also that where there is a counterclaim, execution on any such judgement as above mentioned in respect of the Plaintiff’s claim shall not issue without leave of the Judge.

Where a defence is filed to part of claim only.
Order 21; Rule 9

9. In all actions other than those in the preceding rules of this Order, if the defendant makes default in filing a defence, the Plaintiff may apply to a Judge for judgement, and such judgement shall be given upon the statement of claim as the Judge shall consider the Plaintiff to be entitled to.

Defendant in default.
Order 21; Rule 10

10. Where in any such action as mentioned in Rule 9 of this Order, there are several defendants, if one of such defendants makes such default as aforesaid, the Plaintiff may apply for judgement against the defendant so making default, and proceed against the other defendants.

One of several defendants in default.
Order 21; Rule 11

11. In any case in which issues arise in a proceeding other than between Plaintiff and defendant, if any party to any such issue makes default in filing any pleading, the opposite party may apply to a Judge for such judgement, if any, as upon the pleadings the party may appear to be entitled to, and the Judge may order judgement to be entered accordingly or may make such other order as may be necessary to do justice between the parties.

Default of third Party.
Order 21; Rule 12

12. Any judgement by default, whether under this Order or under any Order of these Rules, shall be final and remain valid and may only be set aside upon application to a Judge on grounds of fraud, non-service or lack of jurisdiction upon such terms as the court may deem fit.

Setting aside judgment by default.
ORDER 22

1. (1) Where after service in any proceeding for debt or damages, a defendant envisages an intention to pay money into court in respect of the proceeding, the defendant shall notify the Chief Registrar who will thereupon direct the defendant to pay the money into an interest yielding account in a commercial bank and the defendant shall file the teller for such payment with the Chief Registrar.

(2) Where a teller for payment is filed under sub-rule 1, the Chief Registrar, shall forthwith give notice of the payment to the plaintiff who may apply to a Judge for an order to withdraw the amount so paid.

(3) Where a defence of tender before action is set up, the sum of money alleged to have been tendered shall be brought into Court.

(4) The defendant may, without leave, give a written notice to the Chief Registrar of an intention to increase the amount of any sum paid into Court.

(5) Where the money is paid into Court in satisfaction of one or more of several causes of action, the notice shall specify the cause of action in respect of which payment is made and the sum paid in respect of each such cause of action unless a Judge otherwise directs.

(6) The notice shall be in Form 13 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require. The receipt of the notice shall be acknowledged in writing by the Plaintiff within 3 days. The notice may be modified or withdrawn or delivered in an amended form by leave of a Judge upon such terms as may be just.

(7) Where money is paid into Court with denial of liability, the Plaintiff may proceed with the action in respect of the claim and if the plaintiff succeeds, the amount paid shall be applied so far as is necessary in satisfaction of the claim, and the balance, if any, shall, on the order of a Judge, be repaid to the defendant. Where the defendant succeeds in respect of such claim, the whole amount paid into court shall be repaid to the defendant on the order of a Judge.

Payment into and out of Court
Order 22; Rule 2

2. (1) Where money is paid into Court under Rule 1, the plaintiff, within 14 days of the receipt of the notice of payment into Court, or where more than one payment into Court has been made, within 14 days of the receipt of the notice of the last payment into Court, accept the whole sum or any one or more of the specific sum in satisfaction of the cause or causes of action to which the specified sum or sums relate by giving notice to the defendant in Form 14 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require and thereupon shall be entitled to receive payment of the accepted sum or sums in satisfaction as aforesaid.

(2) Payment shall be made to the Plaintiff or, on the Plaintiff’s written authority, to the Plaintiff’s Legal Practitioner and thereupon proceedings in the action or in respect of the specified cause or causes of action (as the case may be) shall be stayed.

(3) If the Plaintiff accepts money paid into court in satisfaction of the claim, or accepts a sum or sums paid in respect of one or more specified causes of action, and gives notice of abandoning the other causes of action, the plaintiff may after 4 days from payment out and unless a Judge otherwise orders, tax the plaintiff’s costs incurred to the time of payment into court, and 48 hours after taxation may sign judgement for the taxed costs.

(4) Where in an action for libel or slander, the Plaintiff accepts money paid into court, either party may apply by summons to a Judge for leave for the parties or either of them to make a statement in open court in terms approved by the Judge.

Plaintiff may take out money.
Order 22; Rule 3

3. If the whole of the money in court is not taken out under Rule 2, the money remaining in court shall not be paid out except in satisfaction of the claim or specified cause or causes of action in respect of which it was paid in pursuance of an order of a Judge which may be made at any time before, at or after trial.

Money remaining in Court.
Order 22; Rule 4

4. (1) Money may be paid into court under Rule 1 of this Order by one or more of several defendants sued jointly or in the alternative upon notice to the other defendant or defendants.

(2) If the Plaintiff elects within 14 days after receipt of notice of payment into court to accept the sum or sums paid into Court, the Plaintiff shall give notice as in Form 15 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require to each defendant and thereupon all further proceedings in the action or in respect of the specified cause or causes of action (as the case may be) shall abate.

(3) The money shall not be paid out except in pursuance of an order of a judge dealing with the whole cause or causes of action.

(4) In an action for libel or slander against several defendants sued jointly, if any defendant pays money into court, the plaintiff may, within 14 days, elect to accept the sum paid into court in satisfaction of the claim against the defendant making the payment and shall give notice to all the defendants as in Form 14 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require. The Plaintiff may tax the costs against the defendant who has made such payment in accordance with Rule 2(3) of this Order and the action shall abate against that defendant.

(5) The Plaintiff may continue with the action against any other defendant but the sum paid into court shall be set off against any damages awarded to the Plaintiff against the defendant or defendants against whom the action continued.

Several defendants
Order 22; Rule 5

5. A person made a defendant to a counter-claim may pay money into court in accordance with the foregoing rules, with necessary modifications.

Counter-claims.
Order 22; Rule 6

6. (1) In any proceeding in which money or damages is or are claimed by or on behalf of a person under legal disability suing either alone or in conjunction with other parties, no settlement or compromise or payment or acceptance of money paid into court, whether before, at or after the trial, shall, as regards the claims of any such person, be valid without the approval of a Judge.

(2) No money (which expression for the purposes of this Rule includes damages) in any way recovered or adjudged or in respect of the claims of any such person under legal disability whether by judgement, settlement, compromise, payment into court or otherwise, before, at or after the trial shall be paid to the plaintiff or to the guardian of the Plaintiff or to the plaintiff’s Legal Practitioner unless a Judge shall so direct.

(3) All money so recovered or adjudged or ordered or awarded or agreed to be paid shall be dealt with as the Judge shall direct. The directions thus given may include any general or special directions that the judge may deem fit to give, including directions on how the money is to be applied or dealt with and as to any payment to be made either directly or out of money paid into court to the Plaintiff or to the guardian in respect of moneys paid or expenses incurred or for maintenance or otherwise for or on behalf of or for the benefit of the person under legal disability or otherwise or to the Plaintiff’s Legal Practitioner in respect of costs or of the difference between party and party and Legal Practitioner and client costs.

Persons under legal disability
Order 22; Rule 7

7. Every application for the withdrawal of any money under this Order shall be made ex-parte.

Withdrawal of money from court
ORDER 23

1. No demurrer shall be allowed.

Demurrer abolished
Order 23; Rule 2

2. (1) Any party may, by that party’s pleading, raise any point of law, and the judge may dispose of the point so raised before, at or after the trial.

Decision on points raised.

(2) If in the opinion of the Judge, the decision on such point of law substantially disposes of the whole proceedings or of any distinct part thereof, the Judge may make such decision as may be just.

Points of law may be raised by pleading
ORDER 24

1. (1) The Plaintiff may, at any time before receipt of the defence or after the receipt thereof, before taking any other proceeding in the action, by notice in writing duly filed and served, wholly discontinue the claim against all or any of the defendants or withdraw any part or parts of the claim. The Plaintiff shall thereupon pay such defendant’s costs of the action, or if the action be not wholly discontinued, the costs, occasioned by the matter so withdrawn.

(2) A discontinuance or withdrawal as the case may be, shall not be a defence to any subsequent claim.

(3) Where a Plaintiff has, after receipt of the defence taken further action, the Plaintiff may, with the leave of the Judge, discontinue the proceedings or any part thereof on such terms and conditions as the Judge may order.

(4) Where proceedings have been stayed or struck out upon a Plaintiff’s withdrawal or discontinuance under this Order, no subsequent claim shall be filed by that Plaintiff on the same or substantially the same facts until the terms imposed on the Plaintiff by the judge have been fully complied with.

(5) The Judge may, upon the application of a defendant, order the whole or any part of the alleged grounds of defence or counter-claim to be withdrawn or struck out, upon such terms and conditions as the Judge may order.

Plaintiff may discontinue before defence
Order 24; Rule 2

2. When a cause is ready for trial, it may be withdrawn by either Plaintiff or defendant upon producing to the Registrar a consent in writing signed by the parties, and thereupon a judge shall strike out the matter without the necessity of attendance of the parties or their Legal Practitioners.

Withdrawal by consent
ORDER 25.

1. A party may, upon an application, amend the originating process and pleadings at any time before the close of pre-trial conference and not more than twice during the trial but before closing the case.

Amendment of originating process and pleadings.
Order 25; Rule 2

2. No amendment shall be sought to introduce or raise any new ground of claim or contain any allegation of fact inconsistent with the pleadings of a party.

No amendment to raise new ground of claim.
Order 25; Rule 3

3. Any application to amend shall be made to a Judge. Such application shall be supported by the proposed amendment, and the amendment may be allowed upon such terms as to costs or otherwise as may be just.

Application
Order 25; Rule 4

4. Where any originating process and/or a pleading is to be amended, a list of any additional witness to be called together with the depositions of the witness and copy or copies of any document or documents to be relied upon consequent on such amendment shall be filed with the application.

Amendment of originating process.
Order 25; Rule 5

5. If a party who has obtained an order to amend does not amend accordingly within the time limited for that purpose by the order, or if no time is thereby limited, then within 7 days from the date of the order, such party shall pay an additional fee of N200.00 (two hundred naira) for each day of default.

Failure to amend after Order.
Order 25; Rule 6

6. Wherever any originating process or pleading is amended, a copy of the document as amended shall be filed in the Registry and additional copies served on all the parties to the action.

Filing and service of amended process
Order 25; Rule 7

7. Subject to the provisions of Rule 1 of this Order, a Judge may at any time and on such terms as to costs or otherwise as may be just, amend any defect or error in any proceedings.

General power to amend.
ORDER 26

1. (1) Within 14 days after close of pleadings, the Plaintiff shall apply for the issuance of a pre-trial Conference Notice.

(2) Upon application by the Plaintiff under sub-rule 1 above, the Judge shall cause to be issued to the parties and their Legal Practitioners (if any) a pre-trial conference notice as in Form 16 accompanied by a pre-trial information sheet as in Form 17 for the purposes set out hereunder:

(a) consideration of the legibility or otherwise of the processes filed by the parties in the action, and giving such directions as the Judge may deem fit.

(b) disposal of non-contentious matters which must or can be dealt with on interlocutory applications;

(c) giving such directions as to the future course of the action as appear best adapted to secure its just, expeditious and economical disposal;

(d) promoting amicable settlement of the case or adoption of alternative dispute resolution.

(3) If the Plaintiff does not make the application in accordance with sub-rule 1 of this rule, the defendant may do so or apply for an order to dismiss the action.

Pre-trial Conferences notice.
Order 26; Rule 2

2. At the pre-trial conference, the Judge shall enter a scheduling Order for:

(e) joining other parties;

(f) amending pleadings or other processes;

(g) filing motions;

(h) further pre-trial conferences;

(i) any other matter appropriate in the circumstances of the case.

Scheduling and planning.
Order 26; Rule 3

3. At the pre-trial conference, the Judge shall consider and take appropriate action with respect to such of the following (or aspects of them) as may be necessary or desirable:

(a) formulation and settlement of issues;

(b) amendments and further and better particulars;

(c) the admissions of facts, and other evidence by consent of the parties;

(d) control and scheduling of discovery, inspection and production of documents;

(e) narrowing the field of dispute between expert witnesses, by their participation at pre-trial conference or in any other manner;

(f) eliciting preliminary objections on point of law;

(g) hearing and determination of non-contentious motions;

(h) giving orders or directions for separate trial of a claim, counter-claim, set-off, cross-claim or third party claim or of any particular issue in the case;

(i) settlement of issues, inquiries and accounts under Order 28;

(j) securing statement of special case of law or facts under Order 29;

(k) determining the form and substance of the pre-trial order;

(l) such other matters as may facilitate the just and speedy disposal of the action.

Agenda.
Order 26; Rule 4

4. The pre-trial conference or series of pre-trial conferences with respect to any case shall be completed within 45 days of close of pleadings, and the parties and their Legal Practitioners shall co-operate with the judge in working within this timetable. As far as practicable, pre-trial conferences shall be held from day to day or adjourned only for purposes of compliance with pre-trial conference orders.

Timetable.
Order 26; Rule 5

5. After a pre-trial conference or series of pre-trial conferences, the Judge shall issue a Report. This Report shall guide the subsequent course of the proceedings unless modified by the trial Judge.

Report.
Order 26; Rule 6

6. If a party or the party’s Legal Practitioner fails to attend the pre-trial conference or obey a scheduling or pre-trial order or is substantially unprepared to participate in the conference or fails to participate in good faith, the Judge shall:

(a) in the case of the Plaintiff dismiss the claim;

(b) in the case of the defendant enter final judgement against the defendant.

Any Judgement given under this rule may be set aside upon an application made within 7 days of the judgement or such other period as the Pre-trial Judge may allow not exceeding the pre-trial conference period. The application shall be accompanied by an undertaking to participate effectively in the pre-trial conference.

Sanctions
Order 26; Rule 7

7. The Judge shall direct the pre-trial conference with due regard to its purposes and agenda as provided under this order, and shall require parties or their Legal Practitioners to co-operate with the Judge effectively in dealing with the conference agenda.

Management
ORDER 27

1. In any cause or matter, the Plaintiff or defendant may deliver interrogatories in writing for the examination of the opposite parties or anyone or more of such parties and such interrogatories when delivered shall have a note at the end of it stating which of the interrogatories each person is required to answer. Interrogatories shall be delivered with 7 days of close of pleadings and shall form part of the agenda of pre-trial conference

Discovery by interrogatories.
Order 27; Rule 2

2. Interrogatories shall be in form 18 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require.

Civil form 18.
Order 27; Rule 3

3. If any party to a cause or matter is a limited or unlimited company, body corporate, firm, enterprise, friendly society, association or any other body or group of persons, whether incorporated or not, empowered by law to sue or be sued, whether in its own name or in the name of any officer or other person, any opposite party may deliver interrogatories to any member or officer of such party.

Corporation or Companies.
Order 27; Rule 4

4. Any objection to answering anyone or more of several interrogatories on the ground that it is or they are scandalous or irrelevant may be taken in the affidavit in answer at the pre-trial conference.

Objection to interrogatories by answer.
Order 27; Rule 5

5. Interrogatories shall be answered by affidavit to be filed within 7 days, or within such other time as the Judge may allow. Two copies of the affidavit in answer shall be supplied to the Registrar.

Affidavit in answer; filing of.
Order 27; Rule 6

6. An affidavit in answer to interrogatories shall be in Form 19 with such modifications or variations as circumstances may require.

Form of affidavit in answer; Civil Form 19.
Order 27; Rule 7

7. If any person interrogated omits to answer or answers insufficiently, the pre-trial Judge shall, on application, issue an order requiring the person to answer or to answer further as the case may be.

Order to answer or answer further.
Order 27; Rule 8

8. (1) Any party may in writing request any other party to any cause or matter to make discovery on oath of the documents that are or have been in the party’s possession, custody, power or control, relating to any matter in question in the case. Request for discovery shall be served within 7 days of close of pleadings and shall form part of the agenda of pre-trial conference. The party on whom such a request is served shall answer on oath completely and truthfully within 7 days of the request and it shall be dealt with at pre-trial conference.

(2) Every affidavit in answer to a request for discovery of documents shall be accompanied by office copies of documents referred to therein.

(3) The affidavit to be made by any person in answer to a request for discovery of documents shall specify which, if any, of the listed documents the person objects to producing, stating the grounds of the objection, and it shall be in Form 20 with such modifications or variations a circumstance may require.

Application for discovery of documents.
Order 27; Rule 9

9. (1) Any process to be filed after the pre-trial conference shall be accompanied by copies of documents referred to in the process.

(2) Where a process filed is not accompanied by a document referred to therein the Judge may, on application, strike out the process.

Processes filed after pre-trial conference.
Order 27; Rule 10

10. (1) Where any document required to be attached to any process or produced under this or any other rule is a business book, the Judge may, upon application, order a copy of any entry therein to be furnished and verified in an affidavit. Such affidavit shall be made by a person who keeps the book or under whose supervision the book is kept.

(2) Notwithstanding that a copy has been supplied, the Judge may order inspection of the book from which the copy was made.

(3) The Judge may, upon application, whether or not an affidavit of document has been ordered or filed, make an order requiring any party to state by affidavit whether any particular document or any class of documents is or has at any time been in the party’s possession, custody, power or control, when the party parted with the same and what has become of it.

Verification of business books.
Order 27; Rule 11

11. An order for interrogatories or discovery or inspection made against any party if served on the party’s Legal Practitioner shall be sufficient service to found an application for attachment of a party for disobedience to the order.

Attachment of party after service on Legal Practitioner.
Order 27; Rule 12

12. A Legal Practitioner upon whom an order against any party for interrogatories or discovery or inspection is served under the last preceding Rule, who neglects without reasonable excuse to give notice thereof to the party, shall be liable to attachment.

Attachment of Legal Practitioner.
Order 27; Rule 13

13. Any party may, at the trial of a cause, matter or issue, use in evidence anyone or more of the answers or any part of an answer of the opposite party to interrogatories without putting in the others or the whole of such answer:

Provided that the Judge may look at the whole of the answers and order that any of them may be put in.

Using answers to interrogatories at trial.
Order 27; Rule 14

14. In any action against or by a Sheriff in respect of any matters connected with the execution of that office, a Judge may, on application of either party, order that the affidavit to be made in answer either to interrogatories or to any order for discovery shall be made by the officer actually concerned.

Discovery against Sheriff.
Order 27; Rule 15

15. This Order shall apply to persons under legal disability and their guardians.

Order to apply to persons under legal disability.
ORDER 28

1. (1) In all proceedings, issues of facts in dispute shall be defined by each party and filed within 7 days after close of pleadings.

(2) If the parties differ on the issues, the pre-trial Judge may settle the issues.

Issues of facts.
Order 28; Rule 2

2. In any legal proceeding, the Judge may at any time order the whole cause or matter or any question or issue of facts arising therein, to be tried before an official referee or officer of the Court, notwithstanding that it may appear that there is a special or other relief sought or some special issue to be tried, as to which it may be proper that the cause or matter should proceed in the ordinary manner.

Reference to referee
Order 28; Rule 3

3. In any case in which a matter is referred to a referee, the Court shall furnish the referee with such part of the proceedings and such information and detailed instructions as may appear necessary for the referees’ guidance, and shall direct the parties if necessary to attend upon the referee during the inquiry.

Instructions to referee.
Order 28; Rule 4

4. The referee may, subject to the order of the Judge, hold the inquiry at or adjourn it to any place which may seem most expedient, and have any inspection or view which the referee may deem expedient for the disposal of the controversy before the referee. The referee shall, so far as practicable, proceed with the inquiry from day to day.

General powers of referee
Order 28; Rule 5

5. (1) Subject to any order made by the Judge ordering the inquiry, evidence shall be taken at any inquiry before a referee, and be enforced by the Judge in the same manner as such attendance may be enforced before the Court; and every such inquiry shall be conducted in the same manner or as nearly as circumstances will admit as trials before a Court.

(2) The referee shall have the same authority in the conduct of any inquiry as a Judge when presiding at any trial.

(3) Nothing in these rules shall authorise any referee to commit any person to prison or to enforce any order by attachment or otherwise; but the Judge may, in respect of matters before a referee, make such order of attachment or commitment as the Judge may, consider necessary.

Evidence.
Order 28; Rule 6

6. (1) The report made by a referee in pursuance or a reference under this Order shall be made to the Judge and notice thereof served on the parties to the reference.

(2) A referee may, by the referee’s report, submit any question arising therein for the decision of the Judge or make a special statement of facts from which the Judge may draw such inferences as the Judge deems fit.

(3) On the receipt of a referee’s report, the judge may;

(a) adopt the report in whole or in part;

(b) vary the report;

(c) require an explanation from the referee;

(d) remit the whole or any part of the question or issue originally referred to the referee for further consideration by the referee or any other referee;

(e) decide the question or issue originally referred to the referee on the evidence taken before the referee either with or without additional evidence.

(4) When the report of the referee has been made, an application to vary the report or remit the whole or any part of the question or issue originally referred may be made on the hearing by the Judge of the further consideration of the cause or matter, after giving not less than 4 days’ notice thereof, and any other application with respect to the report may be made on that hearing without notice.

(5) Where on a reference under this Order a Judge orders that the further consideration of the cause or matter in question shall not stand adjourned until the receipt of the referee’s report, the order may contain directions with respect to the proceedings on the receipt of the report and the foregoing provisions of this rule shall have effect subject to any such directions.

Reports made in pursuance of reference under order.
Order 28; Rule 7

7. The Judge may order or direct an account to be taken or by any subsequent order give special directions with regard to the mode in which the account is to be taken or vouched and in particular may direct that in taking the account, the books of accounts in which the accounts in question have been kept shall be taken as prima facie evidence of the truth of their contents, with liberty to the interested parties to object.

Special directions as to mode of taking account.
Order 28; Rule 8

8. Where any account is directed to be taken, the accounting party shall make out the account and verify the same by affidavit. The items on each side of the account shall be numbered consecutively, and the account shall be referred to by the affidavit as an exhibit and left in the Registry.

Accounts to be verified by affidavit, numbered and left in the registry.
Order 28; Rule 9

9. Upon the taking of any account, the Judge may direct that the voucher be produced at the chambers of the accounting party’s Legal Practitioner or at any other convenient place and that only such items as may be contested or surcharged shall be brought before the Judge.

Mode of vouching accounts
Order 28; Rule 10

10. Any party seeking to charge any accounting party beyond what the accounting party has by the account admitted to have received, shall give notice to the accounting party, stating the amount sought to be charged with particulars.

Surcharge.
Order 28; Rule 11

11. Where by any judgement or order any accounts are directed to be taken or inquiries to be made, each such direction shall be numbered so that, as far as may be, each distinct account and inquiry may be designated by a number and such judgement or order shall be in Form 21 with such modifications or variations as the circumstances of the case may require.

Accounts and inquiries to be numbered; Civil Form 21.
Order 28; Rule 12

12. In taking any account directed by any judgement or order, all just allowances shall be made without any direction for that purpose.

Just allowances
Order 28; Rule 13

13. If it shall appear to the Judge that there is any undue delay in the prosecution of any proceedings, the Judge may require the party having the conduct of the proceedings or any other party, to explain the delay and may thereupon make such order with regard to expediting the proceedings or the conduct thereof, or the stay thereof and as to the costs of the proceedings as the circumstances of the case may require; and for the purposes aforesaid any party may be directed to summon the persons whose attendance is required, and to conduct any proceeding and carry out any directions which may be given.

Expediting proceedings in case of undue delay.
ORDER 29

1. At the pre-trial conference, parties may concur in stating the questions of law arising in their case in the form of a special case for the opinion of the Judge. Every such special case shall be divided into paragraphs numbered consecutively, and shall concisely state such facts and documents as may be necessary to enable the court to decide the questions. Upon the argument of such case, the judge and the parties may refer to all the contents of such documents and the Judge may draw from the facts and documents stated in any such special case any inference, whether of fact or law, which might have been drawn from them if proved at a trial.

Special case by consent.
Order 29; Rule 2

2. If at the pre-trial conference it appears to the judge that there is in any cause or matter a question of law, which could be conveniently decided before any evidence is given or any question or issue of fact is tried, the Judge may make an order accordingly, and may raise such questions of law or direct them to be raised at the trial either by special case or in such other manner as the Judge may deem expedient, and all such further proceedings as the decision of such question of law may render unnecessary may thereupon be stayed.

Special case by order before trial
Order 29; Rule 3

3. Every special case agreed pursuant to Rule 1 shall be signed by the several parties or their Legal Practitioners and shall be filed by the plaintiff or other party having conduct of the proceedings.

Special case to be signed.
Order 29; Rule 4

4. An application to set down a special case in any cause or matter to which a person under legal disability is a party shall be supported by sufficient evidence that the statements contained in such case, so far as the same affects the interest of such persons are true.

Application to set down where a person under legal disability is a party.
Order 29; Rule 5

5. (1) The parties to a special case may, if they think fit, enter into an agreement in writing that on the judgement of the court being given in the affirmative or negative on the questions of law raised by the special case, a sum of money fixed by the parties or to be ascertained by the court or in such manner as the Court may direct, shall be paid by one of the parties to the other of them, either with or without costs as the case may be.

(2) The judgment of the court may be entered for the sum so agreed or ascertained, with or without costs, as the case may be, and execution may issue upon such judgement forthwith, unless otherwise agreed or unless stayed on appeal.

Agreement as to payment of money and costs.
Order 29; Rule 6

6. This Order shall apply to every special case stated in a cause or matter and in any proceedings incidental thereto.

Application of order.
ORDER 30

1. (1) The Registrar shall keep a list (hereinafter called the Pre-Trial List) of actions directed to be set down for pre-trial conference under Order 26 Rule 3.

(2) The Registrar shall also keep a Weekly Cause List of all other actions which are ready for trial or hearing.

List of causes for hearing.
Order 30; Rule 2

2. (1) The Registrar shall post up every Friday a Pre-Trial and Weekly Cause List which shall set out the arrangement of causes before each of the Judges sitting in Court during the following week.

(2) Nothing in this rule shall preclude the Chief Judge from making special arrangements, whenever necessary or convenient, for the disposal of causes and matters included in the list.

Pre-trial and Weekly Cause List.
Order 30; Rule 3

3. Where any Friday is a public holiday, the Pre-Trial list and Weekly Cause List shall be posted up on the day last preceding which is not a public holiday.

Public Holidays.
Order 30; Rule 4

4. On any day when a Judge shall be unable to sit in Court and deal with any case or matter fixed for hearing, a minute, recording the parties present and the step taken by the Registrar shall be entered on the court’s file.

Judge unable to sit.
Order 30; Rule 5

5. Pre- Trial Lists and Weekly Case Lists and other such lists shall be posted up on one or more notice boards set up in such place or places within or near the Court premises as the Chief Judge may designate.

Notice boards.
ORDER 31

1. When a case on the Weekly Case List has been called for hearing and neither party appears, the Judge shall, unless there is a good reason to the contrary, strike the case out.

Non-appearance of both parties.
Order 31; Rule 2

2. When a case is called for hearing if the Plaintiff appears and the defendant does not appear, the Plaintiff may prove the claim, so far as the burden of proof lies upon the Plaintiff.

Default of appearance by defendant at trial.
Order 31; Rule 3

3. When a case is called for hearing, if the defendant appears and the Plaintiff does not appear, the defendant, if the defendant has no counter-claim shall be entitled to judgement dismissing the action, but if the defendant has a counter-claim, then the defendant may prove such counter-claim, so far as the burden of proof lies upon the defendant.

Default of appearance by plaintiff.
Order 31; Rule 4

4. (1) Where a case is struck out under Rule 1 of this order, either party may apply that the case be relisted on the case list on such terms as the Judge may deem fit.

(2) Any judgement obtained where any party does not appear at the trial may be set aside by the Judge upon such terms as the Judge may deem fit.

(3) An application to re-list a cause struck out or to set aside a judgement shall be made within 6 days after the order or judgement or such other larger period as the Judge may allow.

Judgment by default may be set aside on terms.
Order 31; Rule 5

5. The Judge may, if it appears to be expedient in the interest of justice, postpone or adjourn a trial for such time and upon such terms if any, as the Judge shall deem fit.

Adjournment of trial.
Order 31; Rule 6

6. The Registrar or other proper officer present at any trial or hearing shall make a note of the times at which the trial or hearing commences and terminates respectively and the time it actually occupies on each day it goes on for communication to the Taxing Officer if required.

Times of commencement and termination of trial.
Order 31; Rule 7

7. The order of proceeding at the trial of a cause shall be as prescribed in the following rules:

Burden of proof by party to begin.

(i) The party on whom the burden of proof lies by the nature of the issues or questions between the parties shall begin.

Documentary evidence.

(ii) Documentary evidence shall be put in and may be read or taken as read by consent.

Additional witness.

(iii) (a) A party who desires to call any witness, not being a witness whose deposition accompanied the pleading, shall apply to the Judge for leave to call such witness.

(b) An application for leave in sub-rule iii(a) above shall be accompanied by the deposition of such witness. Close of case of parties.

(iv) (a) A party’s case shall close when that party has concluded evidence. Either the Plaintiff or defendant may make oral application to have the case closed.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-rule iv(a) above, the Judge may suo motu, where the Judge considers that either party fails to conclude the party’s case within a reasonable time, close the case for the party.

Exhibits during trial.

(v) (a) The Registrar shall take charge of every document or object put in as an exhibit during the trial of an action, and shall mark or label every exhibit with a letter or letters indicating the party by whom the exhibit is put in (or where more convenient the witness by whom the exhibit is proved) and with a number, so that all the exhibits put in by a party (or proved by a witness) are numbered in one consecutive series.

(b) The Registrar shall cause a list of all the exhibits in the action to be made.


(c) The list of exhibits when completed shall form part of the record of the action.


(d) For the purpose of this rule a bundle of documents may be treated and counted as one
exhibit.

(e) In this rule a witness by whom an exhibit is proved includes a witness in the course of
whose evidence the exhibit is put in.

Order of proceeding.
Order 31; Rule 8

8. When the party beginning has concluded evidence, the Judge shall ask the other party if the party intends to call evidence. If the other party does not intend to call evidence, the party beginning shall, within 21 days after close of evidence, file a written address. Upon being served with the written address, the other party shall, within 21 days, file a written address in response to that of the party beginning.

Written address by party beginning.
Order 31; Rule 9

9. Where the other party calls evidence, that party shall, within 21 days after the close of evidence, file a written address.

Written address.
Order 31; Rule 10

10. Upon being served with the other party’s written address, the party beginning shall, within 21 days, file a written address.

Written address of party beginning.
Order 31; Rule 11

11. The party who files the first address shall have a right of reply on points of law only. The reply shall be filed within 7 days after service of the other party’s address.

Right of reply.
Order 31; Rule 12

12. (1) An exhibit shall not be released after the trial to the party who has put it in unless the period during which notice of appeal may be given has elapsed without such notice having been given, and then only if the trial Judge (or in the absence of the trial Judge, another Judge) grants leave to release such exhibit on being satisfied:

(a) that the exhibit will be kept duly marked and labelled and will be produced, if required, at the hearing of an appeal (if any such appeal is lodged), or

(b) that the release of the exhibit will not in any way prejudice any other party.

(2) After a notice of appeal has been filed, an exhibit produced at the trial shall not be released by the High Court unless leave to release such exhibit is granted by the Court of Appeal.

Custody of exhibit after trial
Order 31; Rule 13

13. (1) Any party may apply for and, on payment of the prescribed fee, obtain an office copy of the list of exhibits for the purpose of an appeal.

(2) Where there is an appeal, an office copy of the list of exhibits shall be included amongst the documents supplied for the purpose of the appeal.

Office copy of list of exhibits.
Order 31; Rule 14

14. A Judge may, suo motu or on application, strike out any proceedings not being prosecuted diligently.

Indolent prosecution
ORDER 32

1. This order shall apply to all applications and final addresses.

Application.
Order 32; Rule 2

2. A written address shall be set out in paragraphs numbered serially and shall contain:

(i) the claim or application on which the address is based;

(ii) a brief statement of the facts with reference to the exhibit attached to the application or tendered at the trial;

(iii) the issues arising for determination;

(iv) a succinct statement of argument on each issue incorporating the purport of the authorities referred to together with full citation of each such authority.

Content of written address.
Order 32; Rule 3

3. All written addresses shall be concluded with a numbered summary of the points raised and the party’s prayer. A list of all authorities referred to shall be submitted with the address. Where any unreported judgement is relied upon, the Certified True Copy shall be submitted along with the written address.

Summation of address.
Order 32; Rule 4

4. Oral argument of not more than twenty minutes shall be allowed for each party to emphasise and clarify the written address already filed.

Oral argument.
ORDER 33

1. (1) Subject to these rules and to any enactment relating to evidence, any fact required to be proved at the trial of any action shall be proved by written depositions and oral examination of witnesses in open court.

(2) The oral examination of a witness during evidence-in-chief shall be limited to confirming written depositions and tendering in evidence all documents or other exhibits referred to in the depositions.

Facts how proved.
Order 33; Rule 2

2. (1) A Judge may, at or before the trial of an action, order or direct that evidence of any particular fact be given at the trial in such manner as may be specified by the order or direction.

(2) The power conferred by sub-rule 1 of this rule extends in particular to ordering or directing that evidence of any particular fact be given at the trial:

(a) by statement on oath of information or belief;

(b) by the production of documents or entries in books;

(c) by copies of documents or entries in books; or

(d) in the case of a fact which is or was a matter of common knowledge either generally or in a particular district, by the production of a specified newspaper which contains a statement of that fact.

Particular facts.
Order 33; Rule 3

3. A Judge may, at or before the trial of an action, order or direct that the number of medical or expert witnesses who may be called at the trial be limited as specified by the order or direction.

Limitation of medical and expert medical and expert
Order 33; Rule 4

4. Unless, at or before trial, a Judge for special reasons otherwise orders or directs, no document, plan, photograph or model shall be receivable in evidence at the trial of an action unless it has been filed along with the pleadings of the parties under these rules.

Limitation on use of documentary evidence.
Order 33; Rule 5

5. Any order or direction under this Order may, on sufficient cause being shown, be revoked or varied by a subsequent order or direction of a Judge made or given at or before the trial.

Revocation and variation.
Order 33; Rule 6

6. Office copies of all writs, processes, records, pleadings, and documents filed in the High Court shall be admissible in evidence in all matters to the same extent as the original would be admissible.

Office copies admissible in evidence.
Order 33; Rule 7

7. Where an order is made for the issue of a request to examine a witness or witnesses in any foreign country with which a Convention in that behalf has been or shall be made, the following procedure shall be adopted.

(a) the party obtaining such order shall file in the Registry an undertaking in Form 22 which form may be varied as may be necessary to meet the circumstances of the particular case in which it is used;

(b) such undertaking shall be accompanied by –

(i) a request in Form 23, with such modifications or variations as may be directed in the order for its issue, together with a translation in the language of the country in which it is to be executed (if not English);

(ii) a copy of the interrogatories (if any) to accompany the requests, with a translation if necessary;

(iii) a copy of the cross-interrogatories (if any) with a translation if necessary.

Examination of witnesses abroad.
Order 33; Rule 8

8. Where an order is made for the examination of a witness or witnesses before the Nigerian Diplomatic Agent in any foreign country with which a Convention in that behalf has been made, the order shall be in Form 24. The form may be modified or varied as may be necessary to meet the circumstances of the particular case in which it is used.

Form of order for examination of witnesses abroad.
Order 33; Rule 9

9. The Judge may at any stage of any proceedings order the attendance of any person for the purpose of being examined or producing any writings or other documents named in the order:

Provided that no person shall be compelled to produce under any such order any writing or other document which the person could not be compelled to produce at the hearing or trial.

Order for attendance of person to produce document.
Order 33; Rule 10

10. Any person wilfully disobeying any order requiring the person’s attendance for the purpose of being examined or producing any document shall be in contempt of court, and may be dealt with accordingly.

Disobedience to order for attendance.
Order 33; Rule 11

11. Any person required to attend for the purpose of being examined or of producing any document, shall be entitled to payment for expenses and loss of time occasioned by the person’s attendance.

Expenses of persons ordered to attend.
Order 33; Rule 12

12. If any person duly summoned by subpoena to attend for examination shall refuse to attend or if, having attended, the person shall refuse to be sworn or to answer any lawful question, the person shall be in contempt of court and may be dealt with accordingly by the Judge.

Contempt of court.
Order 33; Rule 13

13. When the examination of any witness before any examiner under Rule 7 above shall have been conducted, the original depositions, authenticated by the signature of the examiner, shall be transmitted by the examiner to the Registry and filed.

Examination of witnesses.
Order 33; Rule 14

14. Except where by this Order it is otherwise provided or directed by a Judge, no deposition shall be given in evidence at the hearing or trial of the cause or matter without the consent of the party against whom the same may be offered, unless the Judge is satisfied that the deponent is dead or beyond the jurisdiction of the court or unable from sickness or other infirmity to attend the hearing or trial, in any of which case the depositions certified under the hand of the person taking the examination shall be admissible in evidence, saving all just exceptions, without proof of the signature to such certificate.

Depositions not to be given in evidence without consent or by leave of a Judge
Order 33; Rule 15

15. Any officer of the Court or other person directed to take the examination of any witness or person, or any person nominated or appointed to take the examination of any witness or person pursuant to the provisions of any convention now made or which may hereafter be made with any foreign country, may administer oaths.

Oaths.
Order 33; Rule 16

16. A party may by subpoena ad testificandum or subpoena duce tecum require the attendance of any witness before an officer of the court or other person appointed to take the examination, for the purpose of using the witness’ evidence upon any proceeding in the cause or matter in like manner as such witness would be bound to attend and be examined at the hearing or trial; and any party or witness having made an affidavit to be used in any proceeding in the cause or matter shall be bound on being so subpoenaed to attend before such officer or person for cross examination.

Attendance of witness under subpoena for examination or to produce document.
Order 33; Rule 17

17. The practice with reference to the examination, cross-examination and re-examination of witnesses at a trial shall extend and be applicable to evidence taken in any cause or matter at any stage.

Practice as to taking evidence at any stage of cause or matter
Order 33; Rule 18

18. The practice of the court with respect to evidence at a trial, when applied to evidence to be taken before an officer of the court or other person in any cause or matter after the hearing or trial, shall be subject to any special directions which may be given in any case.

Special directions as to taking evidence
Order 33; Rule 19

19. Subject to the provisions of Section 34 of the evidence Act, all evidence taken at the hearing or trial of any cause or matter may be used in any subsequent proceedings in the same cause or matter.

Evidence in proceedings subsequent to trial.
Order 33; Rule 20

20. Where it is intended to issue out a subpoena, a Praecipe for that purpose in Form 25 containing the name or firm and the place of business or residence of the Legal Practitioner intending to issue out the same, and where such Legal Practitioner is agent only, then also the name or firm and place of business or residence of the principal Legal Practitioner, shall in all cases be delivered and filed at the Registry. No subpoena shall be issued unless all court fees have been paid (including fee for service) and unless sufficient conduct money on the prescribed scale is deposited to cover the first day’s attendance.

Form of Preacipe for a subpoena.
Order 33; Rule 21

21. A subpoena shall be in one of Forms 26, 27 or 28 with such variations as circumstances may require.

Form of subpoena.
Order 33; Rule 22

22. Where a subpoena is required for the attendance of a witness for the purpose of proceedings in Chambers, such subpoena shall issue from the Registry upon the Judge’s directive.

Subpoena for attendance of witness in Chambers.
Order 33; Rule 23

23. In the interval between the issue and service of any subpoena, the Legal Practitioner issuing it may correct any error in the names of parties or witnesses, and may have the writ resealed upon leaving a corrected praecipe of the subpoena marked with the words “altered and resealed” with the signature, name and address of the Legal Practitioner.

Correction of errors in subpoena
Order 33; Rule 24

24. A subpoena shall be served personally unless substituted service has been ordered by a Judge in a case where a person persistently evades service. The provisions of Order 7 shall, so far as possible, apply to service and proof of service of a subpoena.

Personal service of subpoena.
Order 33; Rule 25

25. Any subpoena shall remain in force from the date of issue until the trial of the action or matter in which it is issued.

Duration of subpoena.
ORDER 34

1. The Judge shall, at the pre-trial conference or after trial, deliver judgement in open court, and shall direct judgement to be entered.

Delivery of judgment at or after trial.
Order 34; Rule 2

2. Where any judgement is pronounced by a judge, the Judgement shall be dated as of the day on which such judgement is pronounced and shall take effect from that date unless the Judge otherwise orders.

Date of judgment pronounced in Court.
Order 34; Rule 3

3. When any judgement is directed to be entered by an order made on application for judgement, the judgement shall, unless the Judge otherwise orders, be dated as of the day on which the order is made and take effect from that date:

Provided that the order may direct that the judgement shall not be entered until a given date, in which case it shall take effect from that date.

Date of judgment directed to be entered.
Order 34; Rule 4

4. Unless otherwise ordered by the court, interest shall be paid upon any judgement for the payment of money at a rate not exceeding 10% per annum from the date of judgement.

Interest on judgment for payment of money
Order 34; Rule 5

5. When any judgement or order directs the payment of money, the court may, for any good reason, order that the amount shall be paid in instalments, with or without interest. Such order may be made at the time of giving judgement, or at any time afterwards, and may be rescinded upon good cause at any time.

Payment in instalments
Order 34; Rule 6

6. The Judge, at the time of making any judgement or order or at any time afterwards, may direct the time within which payment is to be made or other act is to be done, reckoned from the date of the judgement or order or from some other point of time, as the Judge deems fit, and may order interest at a rate not exceeding 10% per annum to be paid upon such judgement.

Judge may direct time for payment or performance and interest.
Order 34; Rule 7

7. Every judgement or order made in any cause or matter requiring any person to do an act shall state the time or the time after service of the judgement or order, within which the act is to be done; there shall be indorsed on the judgement or order a memorandum by the Registrar in the following words, viz:

“If you, the within-named A.B., neglect to obey this judgement (or order) by the time therein limited, you will be liable to process or execution for the purpose of compelling you to obey the said judgement (or order)”,

and same shall be served upon the person required to obey the judgement or order.

Time to be stated for doing any act: Memorandum to be indorsed.
Order 34; Rule 8

8. In any cause or matter where the defendant has appeared by Legal Practitioner, no order for entering judgement shall be made by consent unless the consent of the defendant is given by his Legal Practitioner or agent.

Judgment by consent where defendant appears by a Legal Practitioner.
Order 34; Rule 9

9. Where the defendant has no legal Practitioner, such order shall not be made unless the defendant gives his consent in person in open court.

Judgment by consent where defendant has no Legal Practitioner.
Order 34; Rule 10

10. Where satisfactory evidence is not given entitling the Plaintiff or defendant to the Judgement of the court, the Judge may, suo motu or on application, non-suit the Plaintiff, but the parties’ Legal Practitioners retain the right to make submissions about the propriety or otherwise of making such order.

Power of court to non-suit.
Order 34; Rule 11

11. Every order shall be drawn up by the Registrar and signed by the Judge and it shall bear the date on which it was made, unless the Judge otherwise directs.

Drawing up of orders.
Order 34; Rule 12

12. Where an order has been made not embodying any special terms, nor including any special directions, but simply enlarging time for taking any proceeding or doing any act or giving leave –

(a) for the issue of any writ other than a writ of attachment;

(b) for the amendment of any writ or pleading;

(c) for the filing of any document; or

(d) for any act to be done by any officer of the Court other than a Legal Practitioner;

It shall not be necessary to draw up such order unless the Judge otherwise directs; but the production of a note or memorandum, of such order signed by a Judge shall be sufficient authority for such enlargement of time, issue, amendment, filing or other act. A direction that the costs of such order shall be costs in any cause or matter shall not be deemed to be a special direction within the meaning of this rule.

What orders need not be drawn up.
Order 34; Rule 13

13. An order shall be sealed, and shall be marked with the name of the Judge by whom it is made.

Form of order.
ORDER 35

1. Where the Chief Judge has in exercise of any powers conferred on the Chief Judge by any relevant law, ordered the transfer of any action or matter from a lower court to the High Court a copy of the order duly certified by the Registrar shall forthwith be sent to the Registrar of the lower court and the latter shall forthwith transmit to the High Court documents referred to in the relevant law and other necessary documents and processes.

Order transferring proceedings to High Court.
Order 35; Rule 2

2. (1) On receipt by the court of the relevant documents and processes, the Registrar shall notify the party who applied for the transfer, or where the transfer was not made on the application of any party, the Plaintiff, to attend at the Registry and pay the fees for filing the documents. Such payment shall be without prejudice to the question of how the costs shall ultimately be borne.

(2) Such notification shall be effected by serving a notice personally on the party concerned or where an address for service has been given by such party, at that address.

Payment of filing fees.
Order 35; Rule 3

3. (1) The Registrar shall on payment of the prescribed fees, in any case not later than 7 days:

(a) file the documents received from the lower Court;

(b) make an entry of the filing in the Cause Book; and

(c) transmit the documents to the Chief Judge or such other Judge appointed by the Chief Judge.

(2) The Registrar shall then give notice to the parties to attend in person or by counsel before a named Judge on the day and at the time specified in the notice. The fees for the service of this notice shall be borne in the first instance by the party who has paid the fees for filing as provided by Rule 2 of this Order.

Duties of Registrar.
Order 35; Rule 4

4. (1) The Chief Judge or such other Judge appointed by the Chief Judge shall, not later than 14 days after receiving the documents referred to in Rule 3 of this order:

(a) hear the parties or their Legal Practitioners;

(b) take cognizance of the documents; and thereafter;

(c) give directions for the trial or hearing of the action or matter.

(2) Directions given under this rule may include directions for the filing and service of pleadings.

Directions
Order 35; Rule 5

5. (1) If the plaintiff fails to attend in compliance with a notice given under sub-rule 2 of Rule 3 of this order, the Judge shall record the default and may, suo motu or on application, dismiss the action or matter. Upon an application by a defendant to dismiss the action or matter, the Judge may either dismiss the action or matter upon such terms as may be just or make such other order on such terms as seem just.

(2) If the defendant fails or all of several defendants fail to attend in compliance with a notice given under sub-rule 2 or Rule 3, the plaintiff may obtain judgement with costs or obtain the order prayed for in the transferred proceedings.

Party failing to attend.
Order 35; Rule 6

6. In the preceding rule of this Order, the references to the plaintiff and the defendant shall, in relation to proceedings commenced otherwise than by writ or plaint, be construed as references to the applicant and the respondent.

Construction.
Order 35; Rule 7

7. (1) A Judge may, on application, consolidate several actions where it appears that the issues are the same in all the actions, and can therefore be properly tried and determined at the same time.

(2) An order to consolidate may be made where two or more actions are pending between the same plaintiff and the same defendant or between different plaintiffs and the same defendant or between different plaintiffs and different defendants.

Provided that where the same plaintiff brings actions against different defendants, they shall not be consolidated without the consent of all the parties unless the issues to be tried are identical.

(3) Where an order for consolidation has been made, it shall be drawn up at the expense of the party or parties who applied for consolidation and shall be recorded in the Cause Book.

Consolidation of actions
Order 35; Rule 8

8. In the application of rule 7(3) of this Order references to the plaintiff or plaintiffs and the defendant or defendants shall, in relation to proceedings commenced otherwise than by writ be construed as references to the applicant or applicants and the respondent or respondents.

ORDER 36

1. (1) When by any contract a prima facie case of liability is established and there is alleged as a matter of defence a right to be relieved wholly or partially from such liability, a Judge may make an order for the preservation or interim custody of the subject matter of the Litigation or may order that the amount in dispute be brought into Court or otherwise secured.

(2) An application for an order under Rule 1 sub-rule 1 of this Order may be made by any party at any time after the party’s right thereto appears from the pleadings or, if there be no pleadings, is made to appear by affidavit or otherwise to the satisfaction of the Judge.

Preservation or interim custody of subject matter of disputed contract.
Order 36; Rule 2

2. Whenever an application shall be made before trial for an injunction or other order and on the opening of such application, or at any time during the hearing thereof, it shall appear to the Judge that the matter in controversy in the cause or matter is one which can be most conveniently dealt with by an early trial, without first going into the whole merits on affidavit or other evidence for the purposes of the application, it shall be lawful for the Judge to make an order for such trial accordingly, and in the meantime to make such order as the justice of the case may require.

Early trial of cause.
Order 36; Rule 3

3. The Judge may, upon the application of any party, make any order for the sale by any person or persons named in such order and in such manner and on such terms as the Judge may deem desirable, of any goods, wares, or merchandise which may be of a perishable nature, or likely to deteriorate if kept, or which for any other just and sufficient reason it may be desirable to sell at once.

Order for sale of perishable goods, etc.
Order 36; Rule 4

4. (1) A Judge may, upon the application of any party to an action or matter and upon such terms as may be just, make any order for the detention, preservation or inspection of any property or thing, being the subject of such action or matter or as to which any question may arise therein, and for all or any of the purposes aforesaid, to authorise any person to enter upon or into any land or building in the possession of any party to such action or matter, and for all or any of the purposes aforesaid to authorise any samples to be taken or any observation to be made or experiment to be tried, which may be necessary or expedient for the purpose of obtaining full information or evidence.

(2) Where an order for the inspection of any property or thing is made on an application under this rule (including an application made before any pleadings have been delivered in the action or matter), it appears that inspection was requested in writing by the applicant and was not given, then, unless the Judge is satisfied that the respondent did not unreasonably fail or refuse to permit the inspection, the Judge shall order the costs to be paid by the respondent in any event and except where the respondent is a “Poor Person”, shall order the costs’ to be paid forthwith.

Inspection by Judge.

(3) The Judge by whom any action or matter may be heard or tried may inspect any property or thing concerning which any question may arise or has arisen in the cause or matter.

Detention, preservation or inspection of property; the subject of an action.
Order 36; Rule 5

5. (1) Where any property is in possession of the court either before or after judgement, and it has remained so for a period of 12 months, a Judge may, suo-motu or upon application, make an order for the sale of that property, and the proceeds thereof to be paid into an interest yielding account in a commercial bank directed by the Judge for the benefit of the person that succeeds at the trial or on appeal.

(2) The money paid after disposal of any property shall be withdrawn from the bank by the successful party who shall present to the Chief Registrar a certified true copy of the enrolment of the judgement.

Sale of property in possession of court
Order 36; Rule 6

6. Where an action or counterclaim is filed to recover specific property and the party from whom such recovery is sought does not dispute title but claims to retain the property by virtue of a lien or otherwise as security for any sum of money, the Judge may at the pre-trial conference order that the party claiming to recover the property be at liberty to pay into Court, to abide the event of the action, the amount of money in respect of which the lien or security is claimed and such further sum, if any, for interest and costs as the Judge may direct and that upon such payment into Court being made, the property claimed be given up to the party claiming it.

Order for recovery of specific property other than land subject to lien, etc.
Order 36; Rule 7

7. Where any real or personal estate or property forms the subject of any proceedings and the Judge is satisfied that the same will be more than sufficient to answer all the claims thereon which ought to be provided for in such proceedings, the Judge may, at any time after the commencement of the proceedings, allow the parties interested therein or anyone or more of them, the whole or part of the annual income of the real estate or a part of the personal estate or property or the whole or part of the income thereof, up to such time as the Judge shall direct.

Allowance of income of property pendente lite
Order 36; Rule 8

8. In any action or matter in which an injunction has been or might have been claimed, the Plaintiff may, before or after judgement, apply for an injunction to restrain the defendant or respondent from the repetition or continuance of the wrongful act or breach of contract complained of or from the commission of any injury relating to the same property or right or arising out of the same contract and the Judge may grant the injunction either upon or without terms as may be just.

Injunction against repetition of wrongful act for breach of contract
Order 36; Rule 9

9. In every case in which an application is made for the appointment of a receiver by way of equitable execution, the Judge in determining whether it is just or convenient that such appointment should be made shall have regard to the amount of the debt claimed by the applicant, to the amount which may probably be obtained by the receiver and to the probable costs of the receivers appointment and may if the Judge shall deem fit, direct any inquiries on these or other matters before making the appointment.

Appointment of a receiver by way of equitable execution.
Order 36; Rule 10

10. Where an order is made directing a receiver to be appointed, unless otherwise ordered, the person to be appointed shall first give security, to be approved by the Judge, duly to account for what the person shall receive as such receiver, and to pay the same as the Judge shall direct; and the person so to be appointed shall, unless otherwise ordered be allowed a proper salary or allowance. The security to be given shall be by guarantee or by an undertaking in Forms 29 and 30 with such variations as circumstances may require. The undertaking shall be filed in the Registry and form part of the record of proceedings until it has been duly vacated.

Receivers: Security and remuneration.
Order 36; Rule 11

11. Where any judgement or order is pronounced or made in court appointing a person therein named to be receiver, the court may adjourn the proceedings then pending in order that the person named as receiver may give security as in the last preceding rule mentioned, and may thereupon direct such judgement or order to be drawn up.

Where receiver appointed in court: Adjournment to give security.
Order 36; Rule 12

12. When a receiver is appointed with a direction to pass accounts, the judge shall fix the days upon which the receiver shall (quarterly or at shorter periods) leave and pass such accounts, and also the days upon which the receiver shall pay the balances appearing due on the accounts so left or such part of them as shall be certified as proper to be paid by the receiver. With respect to any such receiver as the times fixed for the purpose as aforesaid, the Judge may from time to time, when subsequent accounts are produced to be examined and passed, disallow the salary claimed by such receiver and may also charge the receiver with interest at a rate not exceeding twenty-five percent per annum upon the balances so neglected to be paid by the receiver during the time the same appears to have remained in the hands of the receiver.

Fixing days for receivers to leave and pass their accounts and pay in balances and neglect balances and neglect of receiver
Order 36; Rule 13

13. Receivers’ accounts shall be in Form 31 with such variations as circumstances may require.

Form of receivers’ accounts.
Order 36; Rule 14

14. Every receiver shall deliver to the Registrar the receiver’s account, together with an affidavit verifying the same in Form 32 with such variations as circumstances may require. An appointment shall thereupon be obtained by the Plaintiff or person having the conduct of the action for the purpose of passing such account.

Leaving account at the Registry.
Order 36; Rule 15

15. Where any receiver fails to leave any account or affidavit or to pass such account or to make any payment or otherwise, the receiver or the parties or any of them, may be required to show cause why such account passed or such payment was made or any other proper proceedings taken and thereupon such directions as shall be proper may be given, including the discharge of any receiver and appointment of another and payment of costs.

Consequences of default by receiver.
Order 36; Rule 16

16. The accounts of guardians shall be passed and verified in the same manner as is by this Order directed as to receivers’ accounts.

Passing of guardians’ accounts.
ORDER 37

1. (1) An application for:

(a) an order of mandamus, prohibition or certiorari; or

(b) an injunction restraining a person from acting in any office in which the person is not entitled to act

shall be made by way of an application for judicial review in accordance with the provisions of this Order.

(2) An application for a declaration or an injunction (not being an injunction in rule (1)(b) of this Rule) may be made by way of an application for judicial review and the court may grant the declaration or injunction if it deems it just and convenient to grant it by way of judicial review, having regard to:

(a) the nature of the matters in respect of which relief may be granted by way of an order of mandamus, prohibition, or certiorari;

(b) the nature of the persons and bodies against whom relief may be granted by way of such an order;

(c) all the circumstances of the case.

Cases appropriate for application for judicial review.
Order 37; Rule 2

2. On an application for judicial review, any relief mentioned in Rule 1 may be claimed as an alternative or in addition to any other relief so mentioned if it arises out of, relates to or is connected with the same matter.

Joinder of claims for relief
Order 37; Rule 3

3. (1) No application for judicial review shall be made unless the leave of the Court has been obtained in accordance with this rule.

(2) An application for leave shall be made ex-parte to the Judge and shall be supported by:

(a) a statement setting out the name and description of the applicant, the reliefs sought and the grounds on which they are sought;

(b) an affidavit in support of the application for leave.

(c) A written address in support of the application for leave.

(3) A Judge hearing an application for leave may allow the applicant’s statement to be amended, whether by specifying different or additional grounds of relief or otherwise on such terms, if any, as the Judge deems fit.

(4) A Judge shall not grant leave unless the Judge considers that the applicant has a sufficient interest in the matter to which the application relates.

(5) Where leave is sought to apply for an order of certiorari to remove for the purpose of its being quashed any judgement, order, conviction or other proceedings which is subject to appeal and a time is limited for the bringing of the appeal, the Judge may adjourn the application for leave until the appeal is determined or the time for appealing has expired.

(6) Where leave to apply for judicial review is granted, then:

(a) if the relief sought is an order of prohibition or certiorari and the Judge so directs, the grant shall operate as a stay of the proceedings to which the application relates until the determination of the application or until the Judge otherwise orders;

(b) if any other relief is sought, the Judge may, at any time, grant in the proceedings such interim relief as could be granted in an action begun by writ;

(c) the Judge may impose such terms as to costs and as to giving security as the Judge deems fit.

Grant of leave to apply for judicial review
Order 37; Rule 4

4. An application for judicial review shall be brought within 3 months of the date of occurrence of the subject of the application.

Time within which to bring application
Order 37; Rule 5

5. (1) Where leave has been granted, the application shall be made by motion or by summons.

(2) The notice of motion or summons shall be served on all persons directly affected, and where it relates to any proceedings before a Judge and the object of the application is either to compel the Judge or an officer of the court to do any act in relation to the proceedings, or to quash them or any order made therein, the notice or summons shall also be served on the Clerk or Registrar of the Court and where any objection to the conduct of the Judge is to be made, on the Judge.

(3) Unless the Judge granting leave has otherwise directed, there shall be at least 7 days between the service of the notice of motion or summons and the day named therein for the hearing.

(4) A motion or summons shall be entered for hearing within 14 days after the grant of leave.

(5) If, on the hearing of the motion or summons, the Judge is of opinion that any person who ought, whether under this rule or otherwise, to have been served has not been served, the judge may adjourn the hearing on such terms, if any, as the Judge may direct in order that the notice or summons may be served on that person.

Mode of applying for judicial review
Order 37; Rule 6

6. (1) Copies of the statement in support of an application for leave under Rule 3 of this Order shall be served with the notice of motion or summons and, subject to sub-rule 3 of this Rule, no grounds shall be relied upon or any relief sought at the hearing except the grounds and relief set out in the statement.

(2) The notice of motion or summons shall be supported by an affidavit and shall be accompanied by a written address in support of the relief sought.

(3) The Judge may on the hearing of the motion or summons allow the applicant to amend the statement whether by specifying different or additional grounds of relief or otherwise, on such terms, if any, as the Judge deems fit and may allow further affidavits to be used if they deal with new matters arising out of an affidavit of any other party to the application.

(4) Where the applicant intends to ask to be allowed to amend the statements or to use further affidavits, the applicant shall give notice of such intention and of any proposed amendment to every other party.

(5) Each party to the application shall supply to every other party a copy of every affidavit which the party proposes to use at the hearing including, in the case of the applicant, the affidavit in support of the application for leave under Rule 3(2) of this Order.

Statements and affidavits.
Order 37; Rule 7

7. On an application of judicial review, the judge may, subject to Rule 2 of this Order, award damages to the applicant if:

(a) the applicant has included in the statement in support of the application for leave under Rule 3 of this Order a claim for damages arising from any matter to which the application relates and

(b) the Judge is satisfied that if the claim had been made in an action begun by the applicant at the time of making the application, the applicant could have been awarded damages.

Claim for damages.
Order 37; Rule 8

8. Any interlocutory application in proceedings on an application for judicial review may be made to the Judge.

Interlocutory application.
Order 37; Rule 9

9. (1) On the hearing of any motion or summons under Rule 5 of this Order, any person who desires to be heard on the motion or summons, and appears to the Judge to be a proper person to be heard, shall be heard notwithstanding that the person has not been served with notice of the motion or the summons.

(2) Where the relief sought is or includes an order of certiorari to remove any proceedings for the purpose of quashing them, the applicant may not question the validity of any order, warrant, commitment, conviction, inquisition or record unless before the hearing of the motion or summons, the applicant has filed a copy thereof verified by affidavit or accounts for the failure to do so to the satisfaction of the Judge hearing the motion or summons.

(3) Where an order of certiorari is made in any such case as is referred to in sub-rule 2 of this Rule, the order shall, subject to sub-rule 4 of this Rule, direct that the proceedings shall be quashed forthwith on their removal into Court.

(4) Where the relief sought is an order of certiorari and the judge is satisfied that there are grounds for quashing the decision to which the application relates, the Judge may, in addition to quashing it, remit the matter to the Court, tribunal or authority concerned with a direction to reconsider it and reach a decision in accordance with the findings of the Judge.

(5) Where the relief sought is a declaration, an injunction or damages and the judge considers that it should not be granted on an application for judicial review but might have been granted if it had been sought in an action begun by writ by the applicant at the time of making the application, the Judge may, instead of refusing the application, order the proceeding to continue as if it had been begun by writ.

Hearing of application for judicial review.
Order 37; Rule 11

10. No action or proceeding shall begin or be prosecuted against any person in respect of anything done in obedience to an order of mandamus.

Person acting in obedience to an order of mandamus
Order 37; Rule

11. Where there is more than one application pending against several persons in respect of the same matter and on the same grounds, the judge may order the applications to be consolidated.

Consolidation of applications.
ORDER 38

1. In this Order, any reference to the Chief Registrar means the Chief Registrar of the High Court and includes the Deputy Chief Registrar.

Chief Registrar.
Order 38; Rule 2

2. The Chief Registrar may transact all such business and exercise all such authority and jurisdiction as may be transacted or exercised by a Judge in respect of the following matters:

(a) applications for the taxation and delivery of bills of costs and applications for the delivery by any Legal Practitioner of deeds, documents and papers;

(b) the taking of an account in any case where a Judge has ordered that the account be taken by the Chief Registrar;

(c) the taxation of bills of costs;

(d) applications leading to the issue of the grant of probate of the Wills or Letters of Administration of the estates of deceased persons in non-contentious or common form probate business.

Business to be transacted by Chief Registrar.
Order 38; Rule 3

3. If any matter appears to the Chief Registrar proper for the decision of a Judge, the Chief Registrar may refer the same to the Chief Judge or the Judge who referred the matter to the Chief Registrar. The Chief Judge or the Judge may either dispose of the matter or refer the same back to the Chief Registrar with such directions as the Chief Judge or the Judge may deem fit.

Chief Registrar may refer matters to the Chief Judge.
Order 38; Rule 4

4. Any person affected by an order or decision of the Chief Registrar in the exercise of the jurisdiction conferred by this Order may appeal therefrom to a Judge. Such appeal shall be by notice in writing to attend before the Judge without a fresh summons within 5 days after the decision complained of or such further time as may be allowed by the Judge. Unless otherwise ordered, there shall be at least 2 clear days between service of the notice of appeal and the day of hearing. An appeal from the decision of the Chief Registrar shall not operate as a stay of proceedings unless so ordered by the Judge.

Appeal from order of Chief Registrar
Order 38; Rule 5

5. Lists of matters to be heard by the Chief Registrar shall be made out and published by being posted on the courts’ notice boards.

Chief Registrar’s lists.
Order 38; Rule 6

6. In any proceeding before the Chief Registrar in respect of the jurisdiction conferred by this Order, a Legal Practitioner may represent any party.

Legal Practitioner may represent Party
Order 38; Rule 7

7. Except as otherwise provided for in these Rules, the directions to be given for or concerning any proceeding before the Chief Registrar shall require no particular form, but the result of such proceeding shall be stated in a concise certificate.

Certificate.
Order 38; Rule 8

8. The certificate of the Chief Registrar regarding accounts and inquiries shall not, unless the circumstances of the case render it necessary, set out the judgement or order or any documents or evidence or reasons but shall refer to the judgement or order, documents and evidence or particular paragraphs thereof, so that it may appear upon what the result stated in the certificate is founded.

Reference to judgment, etc
Order 38; Rule 9

9. (1) In case of accounts and inquiries, the certificate of the Chief Registrar shall be in Form 33 with such variations as the circumstances may require.

Contents of certificate in cases of accounts and transcripts.

(2) The certificate shall state the result of the account and not set the same out by way of schedule, but shall refer to the account verified by the affidavit filed and shall specify by the numbers attached to the items in the account which, if any, of such items have been disallowed or varied and shall state what additions, if any, have been made by way of surcharge or otherwise and where the account verified by the affidavit has been so altered that it is necessary to have a fair transcript of the account so altered, such transcript may be required to be made by the party prosecuting the judgement or order and shall then be referred to by the certificate. The accounts and transcripts, if any, referred to by certificate shall be filed therewith.

Form of Certificate.
Order 38; Rule 10

10. Every certificate with the accounts, if any, to be filed therewith shall be transmitted by the Chief Registrar to the Registry for filing and shall thenceforth be binding on all the parties to the proceedings unless discharged or varied upon an application made to a Judge before the expiration of 8 clear days after the filing of the certificate.

When certificate becomes binding.
Order 38; Rule 11

11. When taxing a bill of costs, the chief Registrar shall insert in red ink against every item disallowed, reduced or altered by the Chief Registrar, the substance of the modification made and at the bottom of the bill of costs, the Chief Registrar shall certify the net result of the taxation. The Chief Registrar shall then transmit the bill of costs to the Registry for filing and the provisions of Rule 10 of this Order shall apply in respect of such certificate.

Bill of costs.
Order 38; Rule 12

12. The Judge may, if the special circumstances of the case require, upon an application, direct a certificate to be discharged or varied at any time after the same has become binding on the parties.

Discharge or variation of certificate after lapse of any time.
ORDER 39

1. An application for an Order of Habeas Corpus Ad Subjiciendum shall be made to the Court, except that:

(a) in vacation or at any time when not Judge is sitting in Court, it may be made to a Judge sitting otherwise than in court;

(b) in cases where the application is made on behalf of a child, it shall be made in the first instance to a Judge sitting otherwise than in Court.

Application: How made
Order 39; Rule 2

2. (1) The application may be made ex-parte and shall be accompanied by an affidavit by the person restrained showing that it is made at the person’s instance and setting out the nature of the restraint.

(2) Where the person restrained is unable owing to the restraint to make the affidavit, the application shall be accompanied by an affidavit to the like effect made by some other person which shall state that the person restrained is unable to make the affidavit.

Order 39; Rule 3

3. (1) A Judge to whom the application is made may make the order forthwith.

(2) Where the application is made to a Judge sitting otherwise than in court, the Judge may direct the Order to issue or that an application therefore be made by summons or notice of motion to the Judge or to a Judge.

(3) A Judge to whom the application is made may adjourn it so that notice thereof may be given to the detainer or jailer.

(4) Where the person detained is produced before a Judge, the Judge may discharge the person immediately with or without conditions.

Power to issue order of release immediately.
Order 39; Rule 4

4. (1) The summons or notice of motion mentioned in Rule 3(2) of this Order shall be served on the person against whom the order is sought and on such other persons as the Judge may direct.

(2) Unless the Judge otherwise directs, there shall be at least 2 clear days between the service of the notice and the date named for the hearing of the application.

Service of notice.
Order 39; Rule 5

5. Every party to the application shall supply to the other party or parties copies of the affidavits which the party proposes to use at the hearing of the application.

Copies of affidavits
Order 39; Rule 6

6. (1) The order or notice of motion may be served personally or by courier on a detainer or jailer where the person is confined or restrained, or on any other public official and copies of the order or motion may be served in like manner on each person connected with or having authority over the place of confinement or restraint.

(2) The order shall contain the date on which the person restrained is to be brought before a Judge and that in default of obedience proceedings for attachment of the party disobeying will be taken.

Service of order to release.
Order 39; Rule 7

7. Upon service of the order or notice of motion in accordance with Rule 6(1) of this Order, the party served shall within 2 days file a statement stating the reasons for the detention the period of the detention and any other matter that may be directed by the Judge. The statement shall be verified by an affidavit deposed to by the detainer or jailer.

Statement and verifying affidavit.
Order 39; Rule 8

8. (1) Where the prisoner is brought up in accordance with the order, the prisoner’s Legal Practitioner shall be heard first, then the Legal Practitioner for the State and then the Legal Practitioner for the prisoner in reply.

(2) Where the prisoner is not brought in accordance with the order, a Judge may, upon the application of the prisoner’s Legal Practitioner order that the prisoner be discharged or make any other order.

Procedure at hearing.
Order 39; Rule 9

9. (1) The procedure in applications for attachment for contempt of court in cases to which this Rule applies shall be the same as for applications for an order for judicial review under Order 37 so far as may be applicable.

(2) The notice of motion shall be personally served unless the Judge dispenses with such service.

(3) This Rule applies to cases where the contempt is committed:

(a) in connection with proceedings to which this Order relates; or

(b) in connection with criminal proceedings or

(c) subject to the provisions of the Sheriff and Civil Process Act, any proceedings in the High Court or where the contempt consists of disobedience to an order of the Court; or

(d) in connection with proceedings in an inferior Court.

Provided that this Rule shall not apply where the contempt is committed in facie curiae.

Procedure for attachment.
Order 39; Rule 10

10. When an order enforceable by committal has been made against a judgement debtor, and if the order is for delivery of goods without the option of paying their value or is in the nature of an injunction, the Registrar shall, when the order in drawn up, endorse it as follows:

Notice of Consequence of Disobedience to Court.
To………………………………. of………………………….

TAKE NOTICE that unless you obey the direction(s) contained in this order you will be guilty of contempt of court and will be liable to be committed to prison.

Dated this…………………….. day of………………… 20………
————– Registrar

Procedure on disobedience of order of court.
Order 39; Rule 11

11. Upon service of the application for committal issued in a case to which Rule 9 of this Order applies, the respondent shall, within two days, file a statement stating the reasons why an order for attachment should not be issued. The statement shall be verified by an affidavit deposed to by the respondent.

Response.
Order 39; Rule 12

12. Every order of attachment issued in a case to which Rule 9 of this Order applies shall be made returnable before the Judge. If a return of non est inventus (not found) is made, a subsequent order or orders may be issued on the return of the previous order.

Return.
ORDER 40

1. Relief by way of Interpleader may be granted where the person seeking relief (“the applicant”) is under liability for any debt, money, goods, or chattels for or in respect of which he is, or expects to be sued by two or more parties (“the claimants”) making adverse claims:

Provided that where the applicant is a Sheriff or other officer charged with the execution of process by or under the authority of the High Court, the provisions of Section 34 of the Sheriffs and Civil Process Act and the Rules made under it shall apply.

When relief by Interpleader is granted.
Order 40; Rule 2

2. The applicant must satisfy the Judge, by affidavit or otherwise, that the applicant:

(a) claims no interest in the subject matter in dispute other than for charges or costs;

(b) does not collude with any of the claimants and

(c) is willing to pay or transfer the subject matter into court or to dispose of it as the Judge may direct.

Matters to be proved by application.
Order 40; Rule 3

3. The applicant shall not be disentitled to relief by reason only that the titles of the claimants have not a common origin, but are adverse to and independent of one another.

Adverse titles of claimants.
Order 40; Rule 4

4. Where the applicant is a defendant, application for relief may be made at any time after service of the originating process.

When application to be made by a defendant.
Order 40; Rule 5

5. The applicant may take out a summons calling on the claimants to appear and state the nature and particulars of their claims, and either to maintain or relinquish them.

Summons by applicant.
Order 40; Rule 6

6. If the application is made by a defendant in an action, the Judge may stay all further proceedings in the action.

Stay of action.
Order 40; Rule 7

7. If the claimants appear in pursuance of the summons, the judge may order either that any claimant be made a defendant in any action already commenced in respect of the subject matter in dispute in lieu of or in addition to the applicant or that an issue between the claimants be stated and tried, and in the latter case may direct which of the claimants is to be plaintiff and which is to be defendant.

Order upon summons.
Order 40; Rule 8

8. Where the question is a question of law and the facts are not in dispute, the Judge may either decide the questions without directing the trial of an issue or order that a special case be stated for the opinion of the Judge. If a special case is stated, Order 28 shall as far as applicable apply thereto.

Questions of law.
Order 40; Rule 9

9. If a claimant, having been duly served with a summons to appear and maintain or relinquish the claim, does not appear in pursuance of the summons or having appeared, neglects or refuses to comply with any order made after the appearance, the Judge may make an order declaring that claimant and all persons claiming under that claimant for ever barred against the applicant and persons claiming under the applicant but the order shall not affect the rights of the claimants as between themselves.

Failure of claimant to appear, or neglect to obey summons
Order 40; Rule 10

10. The Judge may, in or for the purposes of any Interpleader proceedings, make all such orders as to costs and all other matters as may be just.

Costs, etc.
ORDER 41

1. Where by any written law or any special order made by the Court in the course of any proceedings, any limited time from or after any date or event is appointed or allowed for the doing of any act or the taking of any proceedings, and such time is not limited by hours, the following rules shall apply:

(a) the limited time does not include the day of or the happening of the event, but commences at the beginning of the day next following that day;

(b) the act or proceeding shall be done or taken at latest on the last day of the limited time;

(c) where the time limited is less than five days, no public holiday shall be reckoned as part of the time;

(d) when the time expires on a public holiday the act or proceeding shall be considered as done or taken in due time if it is done or taken on the next day afterwards not being a public holiday.

Rules for computation of time.
Order 41; Rule 2

2. No pleading, summons motions, orders, originating process, documents and other processes shall be served before 6.00 am or after 6.00 pm. Service effected after 6.00 pm, shall be deemed to have been effected the following day.

Time of service.
Order 41; Rule 3

3. The Court may, as often as it deems fit, and either before or after the expiration of the time appointed by these Rules or by any judgement or order of the court, extend or adjourn the time for doing any act or taking any proceedings:

Provided that any party who defaults in performing an act within the time authorised by the Court or under these Rules shall, at the time of compliance, pay to the court an additional fee of N200.00 (two hundred naira) for each day of such default.

Court may extend time.
ORDER 42

1. Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Judge may appoint any day or days and any place or places from time to time for the hearing of causes as circumstances require.

Days of sittings.
Order 42; Rule 2

2. The sittings of the Judge for the hearing of causes shall ordinarily be public, but, subject to the provisions of the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, the Judge may for special reasons, hear any particular cause or matter in the presence only of the parties, with their Legal Practitioners if any, and the officers of Court.

Public or private sittings of the Court
Order 42; Rule 3

3. The several offices of the Court shall be open at such times as the Chief Judge shall direct.

Office hours.
Order 42; Rule 4

4. Subject to the directions of the Chief Judge, sittings of the High Court for the despatch of civil matters shall be held on every week day except:

(i) on any public holiday;

(ii) during the week beginning with Easter Monday.

(iii) during the period beginning on 20th December of a given year and ending on the 6th January next following;

(iv) during an annual vacation of the Court to commence on such date in August and of such duration, not exceeding six weeks, as the Chief Judge may appoint.

Days of sittings and long vacation
Order 42; Rule 5

5. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Rule 4 of this Order, any cause or matter may be heard by a Judge during any of the periods mentioned in paragraphs (b), (c) or (d) of Rule 4 of this Order (except on a Sunday or public holiday);

(a) where such cause or matter is urgent; or

(b) a Judge, at the request of all the parties concerned, agrees to hear a cause or matter

(2) An application for an urgent hearing under sub-rule 1(a) of this Rule shall be made by motion ex-parte and the decision of the Judge on such an application shall be final.

Vacation.
Order 42; Rule 6

6. The time for filing and service of pleadings shall not run during the annual vacation unless otherwise directed by the Judge.

Vacation not reckoned in time for pleadings.
Order 42; Rule 7

7. All fines, forfeitures, pecuniary penalties and costs ordered to be paid may be levied by distress, seizure and sale of the movable and immovable property of the person making default in payment.

Recovery of penalties and costs.
Order 42; Rule 8

8. When the publication of any notice is required, the same may be made by advertisement in the Gazette, unless otherwise provided in any particular case by any Rule of Court or otherwise ordered by the Judge.

Notice.
Order 42; Rule 9

9. A document shall not be filed unless it has indorsed on it the name and number of the cause, the date of filing and whether filed by plaintiff or defendant; and on being filed such indorsement shall be initialled by the Registrar and recorded in the Process Register.

Filing.
Order 42; Rule 10

10. All warrants and orders of whatever description shall be sufficiently addressed for execution by being directed to the Sheriff; but this provision shall not prevent any order or warrant from being addressed to a person by name or to a person named and to officers of Court generally or to a Local Government Authority.

How process addressed.
Order 42; Rule 11

11. No fees are to be taken in respect of any proceedings where such fees would be payable by any Government department:

Provided however that when any person is ordered to pay the costs of the state or of any Government department in any case, whether criminal or civil, all fees which would have been payable but for the provisions of this Rule shall be taken as paid and shall be recoverable from such person.

No fees where proceedings by Government Department.
Order 42; Rule 12

12. The Regulations regarding fees shall govern the payment and disposal of fees and the duties of court officers in regard thereto.

Regulations
Order 42; Rule 13

13. Where a matter arises in respect of which no provision or adequate provision is made by these Rules or by any other written law, the Court shall adopt such procedure as will in its view do substantial justice between the parties concerned, and the Court may make any order which it considers necessary for doing justice in the circumstances.

Where no Rules exist.
Order 42; Rule 14

14. All parties to any proceeding before the Court shall file legible processes, which shall be printed on white opaque paper of good quality.

Legible processes; opaque paper of good quality.
Order 42; Rule 15

15. The Registrar shall not accept any process that is not legible and printed on white opaque paper of good quality.

.
ORDER 43

1. If in any action the defendant is about to leave the jurisdiction of the Court, or has disposed of or removed from the jurisdiction of the Court, the defendant’s property, the plaintiff may, either at the institution of the suit or at any time thereafter until final judgement, apply by ex-parte motion to the Court for an order that the defendant do show cause why security should not be taken for the defendant’s appearance to answer and satisfy any judgement that may be passed against the defendant in the suit.

Defendant leaving Kaduna.
Order 43; Rule 2

2. (1) If the Court, after making such investigation as it may consider necessary, shall be of opinion that there is probable cause for believing that the defendant is about to leave the jurisdiction of the Court and that by reason thereof the execution of any judgement which may be made against the defendant is likely to be obstructed or delayed, the Court shall issue a warrant to bring the defendant before it to show cause why the defendant should not give good and sufficient bail for the defendant’s appearance.

(2) The defendant shall be brought to Court within 2 days of the execution of the warrant.

Warrant to arrest.
Order 43; Rule 3

3. If the defendant fails to show cause, the Court shall order the defendant to give bail for the defendant’s appearance at any time when called upon while the suit is pending and until execution or satisfaction of any judgement that may be passed against the defendant in the suit or to give bail for the satisfaction of such judgement; and the surety or sureties shall undertake in default of such appearance or satisfaction to pay any sum of money that may be adjudged against the defendant in the suit with costs.

Bail for appearance or satisfaction.
Order 43; Rule 4

4. (1) Where a defendant offers to deposit a sum of money in lieu of bail for the defendant’s appearance, sufficient to answer the claim against the defendant, with costs of the suit, the Court may accept such deposit and direct that the deposit be paid into an interest yielding account in a bank.

(2) Where a defendant offers security other than money in lieu of bail for the defendant’s appearance, sufficient to answer the claim against the defendant, the Court may accept such security and make such order as it may deem fit in the circumstance.

Deposit in lieu of bail.
Order 43; Rule 5

5. (1) If the defendant fails to furnish security or offer a sufficient deposit, the Court may commit the defendant into custody until the decision of the suit, or, if judgement has been given against the defendant, until the execution of the judgement.

(2) Committal to custody under this Rule shall not exceed a period of 6 months.

(3) The Court may, at any time, upon reasonable cause being shown and upon such terms as to security or otherwise as may seem just, release the defendant.

Committal in default.
Order 43; Rule 6

6. The expenses incurred for the subsistence in prison of the person so arrested shall be paid by the plaintiff in the action in advance, and the amount so disbursed may be recovered by the plaintiff in the suit, unless the Court shall otherwise order. The Court may release the person so imprisoned on failure by the plaintiff to pay the subsistence money, or, in case of serious illness, order the removal of the person to hospital.

Cost of subsistence of person arrested
ORDER 44

1. This Order shall apply to proceedings in respect of which there is no statutory provision for Legal Aid.

Application.
Order 44; Rule 2

2. A Judge may admit a person to sue or defend in forma pauperis if satisfied that the person has no means to employ legal representation in the prosecution or the case and that the person has reasonable grounds for suing or defending as the case may be.

Who may sue or defend in forma pauperis.
Order 44; Rule 3

3. (1) A person seeking relief under this Order shall write an application to the Chief Judge accompanied by an affidavit, signed and sworn to by the applicant, stating that by reason of poverty, the applicant is unable to afford the services of a Legal Practitioner.

(2) If in the opinion of the Chief Judge the application is worthy of consideration, the Chief Judge shall appoint a Legal Practitioner to act for the applicant.

(3) Where a Legal Practitioner is so appointed, the applicant shall not discharge the Legal Practitioner except with the leave of the Chief Judge.

Conditions to be fulfilled
Order 44; Rule 4

4. Court fees payable by a person admitted to sue or defend in forma pauperis may be remitted either in whole or in part as a Judge may deem fit and a person so admitted to sue or defend shall not, unless the Judge otherwise orders, be liable to pay or be entitled to receive any costs.

Fees and costs
Order 44; Rule 5

5. (1) The Legal Practitioner shall not, except by leave of the Chief Judge, take or agree to take any payment whatsoever from the applicant or any person connected with the applicant or the action taken or defended thereunder.

(2) If the applicant pays or agrees to pay any money to any person whatsoever either in connection with the application or the action taken or defended thereunder, the order appointing the Legal Practitioner shall be revoked.

(3) If the Legal Practitioner assigned to the applicant discovers that the applicant is possessed of means beyond those stated in the affidavit, if any, the Legal Practitioner shall at once report the matter in writing to the Registrar.

Procedure to be followed.
Order 44; Rule 6

6. (1) The Chief Judge may at any time revoke the order granting the application and thereupon the applicant shall not be entitled to the benefit of this Order in any proceedings to which the application relates unless otherwise ordered.

(2) Neither the applicant nor the Legal Practitioner assigned to the applicant shall discontinue, settle or compromise the action without the leave of a Judge.

Revocation of order, discontinuance, etc
Order 44; Rule 7

7. The Judge may order payment to be made to the Legal Practitioner out of any money recovered by the applicant or may charge in favour of the Legal Practitioner upon any property recovered by the applicant, such sum as in all the circumstances may deem fit.

Payment to Legal Practitioner.
Order 44; Rule 8

8. Every order, notice or application on behalf of the applicant, except an application for the discharge of the applicant’s Legal Practitioner, shall be signed by the Legal Practitioner, who shall take care that no application or notice is made or given without reasonable cause.

Duty of Legal Practitioner
ORDER 45

1. Every Legal Practitioner who shall be engaged in any cause or matter shall be bound to conduct same on behalf of the plaintiff or defendant as the case may be, by or for whom the Legal Practitioner shall have been so engaged until final judgement, unless allowed for any special reason to cease acting therein.

Legal Practitioner to conduct cause or matter to final judgement.
Order 45; Rule 2

2. An application for a change of Legal Practitioner or withdrawal may be made by the plaintiff or defendant or the Legal Practitioner as the case may be, not less than 7 clear days before the date fixed for hearing.

Application for change of Legal Practitioner or withdrawal.
Order 45; Rule 3

3. Where the application is made by a Legal Practitioner, it shall be served on all parties to the cause or matter and where applicable also on the out-going Legal Practitioner if the outgoing Legal Practitioner is not the applicant.

Service of application by Legal Practitioner.
ORDER 46

1. (1) In fixing the amount of costs, the principle to be observed is that the party who is in the right is to be indemnified for the expenses to which the party has been necessarily put in the proceedings, as well as compensated for the time and effort in coming to court. But the court may take into account all the circumstances of the case.

(2) When costs are ordered to be paid, the amount of such costs shall, if practicable, be summarily determined by the court at the time of making the judgement or order and stated therein.

(3) When the court deems it to be impracticable to determine summarily the amount of any costs which it has adjudged or ordered to be paid, all questions relating thereto shall be referred by the court to a taxing officer for taxation.

Principle to be observed in fixing costs.
Order 46; Rule 2

2. In any cause or matter in which security for costs is required, the security shall be of such amount and be given at such times and in such manner as the court shall direct.

Security for costs
Order 46; Rule 3

3. A plaintiff ordinarily resident out of the jurisdiction may be ordered to give security for costs.

Security for costs by plaintiff temporarily within jurisdiction.
Order 46; Rule 4

4. In actions brought by persons resident out of the jurisdiction, when the plaintiff’s claim is founded on a judgement or order or on a bill of exchange or other negotiable instrument, the power to require the plaintiff to give security for costs shall be exercised at the court’s discretion.

Action founded on judgment or bill of exchange
Order 46; Rule 5

5. Where a bond is to be given as security for costs, it shall, unless the court otherwise directs, be given to the party or person requiring the security and not to an officer of the Court.

Bond as security for costs
Order 46; Rule 6

6. Subject to the provisions of any applicable law and these Rules, the costs of and incidental to all proceedings in the High Court, including the administration of estates and trusts, shall be at the discretion of the court, and the court shall have full power to determine by whom and to what extent the costs are to be paid.

Costs at discretion of court.
Order 46; Rule 7

7. The Court may order any costs to be paid out of any fund or property to which a suit or proceedings relates.

Costs out of fund or property.
Order 46; Rule 8

8. Where the Court orders costs to be paid or security to be given for costs by any party, the Court may order all proceedings by or on behalf of that party in the same suit or proceeding or connected with it, to be stayed until the costs are paid or security given accordingly, but such order shall not supersede the use of any other lawful method of enforcing payment.

Stay of proceedings till costs paid
Order 46; Rule 9

9. (1) Costs when ordered immediately become payable, and in all events shall be paid within 7 days of the order, otherwise the defaulting party or the defaulting party’s legal Practitioner may be denied further audience in the proceedings.

(2) In addition to any penalty payable for default under these Rules, the costs of and occasioned by any application to extend the time fixed by the rules or any direction or order thereunder, for delivering or filing any document or doing any other act (including the costs of any Order made on the application) shall be borne by the party making the application unless the Court otherwise orders.

When costs to follow the event.
Order 46; Rule 10

10. Costs may be dealt with by the Court at any stage of the proceedings and any order of the court for the payment of any costs may, if the court deems fit and the person against whom the Order is made is not a person to whom Order 44 applies, require the costs to be paid forthwith notwithstanding that the proceedings have not been concluded.

State of proceedings at which costs to be dealt with.
Order 46; Rule 11

11. The Court in exercising its discretion as to costs shall take into account any offer or contribution made by any of the parties and any payment into Court and the amount of such payment.

Matters to be taken into account in exercising discretion.
Order 46; Rule 12

12. (1) Where in any cause or matter anything is done or omission is made improperly or unnecessarily by or on behalf of a party, the Court may direct that any costs to that party in respect of it shall not be allowed to the party and that any costs occasioned by it to other parties shall be paid by the party to them.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of sub-rule 1 of this Rule, the court, shall for the purpose of that sub-rule have regard in particular to the following matters, that is to say:

(a) the omission to do anything the doing of which would have been calculated to save costs;

(b) the doing of anything calculated to occasion or in a manner or at a time calculated to occasion unnecessary costs;

(c) any unnecessary delay in the proceedings.

(3) The Court may, instead of giving a direction under sub-rule 1 of this Rule in relation to anything done or any omission made, direct the taxing officer to inquire into it and, if it appears to the Court that such a direction as aforesaid should have been given in relation to it, to act as if the appropriate direction had been given.

Costs arising from misconduct or neglect.
Order 46; Rule 13

13. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this Rule, where in any proceedings costs are incurred improperly or without reasonable cause or are wasted by undue delay or by any other misconduct or default the Court may make against any Legal Practitioner whom it considers to be responsible (whether personally or through a servant or agent) an order:

(a) disallowing the costs as between the Legal Practitioner and the client; and

(b) directing the Legal Practitioner to pay to the client costs which the client has been ordered to pay to other parties to the proceedings; or

(c) directing the Legal Practitioner personally to indemnify such other parties against costs payable by them.

(2) The provisions of Rule 13 sub-rule 1 shall apply where proceedings in court cannot conveniently proceed or fails or are adjourned without useful progress being made:

(a) because of the failure of the Legal Practitioner to attend in person or by a proper representative; or

(b) because of the failure of the Legal Practitioner to deliver any document for the use of the court which ought to have been delivered or to be prepared with any proper evidence or account or otherwise to proceed.

(3) No order under this Rule shall be made against a Legal Practitioner unless the Legal Practitioner has been given a reasonable opportunity to appear before the Court to show cause why the order should not be made.

(4) The Court may direct that notice of any proceedings or order against a Legal Practitioner under this Rule shall be given to the Legal Practitioner’s client in such manner as may be specified in the direction.

(5) If, on the taxation of costs to be paid out of a fund, one sixth or more of the amount of the bill for those costs is taxed off, the Legal Practitioner whose bill it is shall not be allowed the fees to which the Legal Practitioner would otherwise be entitled for drawing the bill and for attending the taxation.

Personal liability of Legal Practitioner for costs
Order 46; Rule 14

14. Every bill of costs (other than a bill delivered by a Legal Practitioner to the client which falls to be taxed under the Legal Practitioners Act) shall be referred to the Registrar for taxation and may be taxed by the Registrar or such other taxing officer as the Chief Judge may appoint.

Taxation of costs.
Order 46; Rule 15

15. The party applying for taxation shall file the bill and give notice to other parties entitled to be heard on the taxation, and shall at the same time, if the party has not already done so, supply them with a copy of the bill.

Notice to other party.
Order 46; Rule 16

16. A taxing officer shall have power to tax any costs the taxation of which is required by any law or directed by order of the Court.

Power of taxing officer.
Order 46; Rule 17

17. A taxing officer may, with respect to the taxation of costs:

(a) take an account of any dealings in money made in connection with the payment of the costs being taxed, if the Court so directs;

(b) require any party represented jointly with any other party in any proceedings before the taxing officer to be separately represented;

(c) examine any witness in those proceedings;

(d) direct the production of any document which may be relevant in connection with those proceedings.

Supplementary powers of taxing officers
Order 46; Rule 18

18. (1) A taxing officer may:

(a) extend the period with which a party is required by or under these Rules to begin proceedings for taxation or to do anything in or in connection with proceedings before that officer;

(b) where no period is specified by or under these Rules or by the Court for the doing of anything in connection with such proceedings, specify the period within which the thing is to be done.

(2) Where an order of the Court specifies a period within which anything is to be done by or before a taxing officer, then unless the Court otherwise directs, the taxing officer may from time to time extend the period so specified on such terms, if any, as the taxing officer deems fit.

(3) A taxing officer may extend any such period as is referred to in the foregoing provisions of this Rule although the application for extension is not made until after the expiration of that period.

Extension of time
Order 46; Rule 19

19. Where a party entitled to be paid costs is also liable to pay costs, the taxing officer may:


(a) tax the costs which that party is liable to pay and set off the amount allowed against the amount the party is entitled to be paid and direct payment of any balance; or

(b) delay the issue of a certificate for the costs the party is entitled to be paid until the party has paid or tendered the amount the party is liable to pay.

Power of taxing officer where party liable to be paid and to pay costs
Order 46; Rule 20

20. (1) A party entitled to require any costs to be taxed shall begin proceedings for the taxation of those costs by filing in the registry, a bill of costs and obtain a day and time for the taxation thereof. Such party shall give at least 7 days’ notice to every other party of the day and time appointed for taxation proceedings and at the same time serve a copy of the bill of costs to the other party if the party has not already done so.

(2) A notice under sub-rule 1 of this Rule need not be given to any party who has not entered an appearance or taken any part in the proceedings which gave rise to the taxation proceedings.

Mode of beginning proceedings for taxation.
Order 46; Rule 21

21. (1) In any bill of costs, the professional charge and the disbursements shall be entered in separate columns and every column shall be cast before the bill is left for taxation.

(2) Before a bill of costs is left for taxation it shall be indorsed with:

(a) the name or firm and business address of the Legal Practitioner whose bill it is; and

(b) if the Legal Practitioner is the agent of another, with the name or firm and business address of that other Legal Practitioner.

Provisions as to bills of costs.
Order 46; Rule 22

22. (1) If any party entitled to be heard in any taxation proceedings does not attend within a reasonable time after the time appointed for the taxation, the taxing officer, if satisfied by affidavit or otherwise that the party had due notice of the time appointed, may proceed with the taxation.

(2) The taxing officer by who any taxation proceedings are being conducted may, if the taxing officer deems it necessary to do so, adjourn those proceedings from time to time.

Provisions as to taxation proceedings.
Order 46; Rule 23

23. Upon the completion of the taxation of any bill of costs the taxing officer shall certify the result of the taxation including the costs thereof.

Certificate of taxing officer
Order 46; Rule 24

24. The fees payable on taxation shall be paid by the party on whose application the bill is taxed and shall be allowed as part of the bill.

Fees on taxation
Order 46; Rule 25

25. Any party to any taxation proceedings who is dissatisfied with the allowance or disallowance in whole or in part of any item by a taxing officer or with the amount allowed by a taxing officer in respect of any item, may apply to the Court for an order to review the taxation as to that item.

Application for review.
Order 46; Rule 26

26. (1) An application under Rule 25 of this Order shall be made by summons at any time within 14 days after the taxing officer’s certificate.

(2) Unless the Court otherwise directs, no further evidence shall be received on the hearing of an application under this Rule, and no ground of objection shall be raised which was not raised on taxation. But save as aforesaid, on the hearing of any such application, the court may exercise all such powers and discretion as are vested in the taxing officer in relation to the subject matter of the application.

(3) On an application under this Rule, the Court may make such order as the circumstances require and in particular may order the taxing officer’s decision to be amended or, except where the dispute as to the item under review is as to amount only, order the item to be remitted to the same or another taxing officer for taxation.

Application by summons.
ORDER 47

1. In any proceeding before a Judge in Chambers, any party may, if the party so desires, be represented by a Legal Practitioner.

Representation in Chambers.
Order 47; Rule 2

2. Unless the opposite party or the counsel to the opposite party objects, the Judge may, on application, conduct any proceeding (except actual trial) in Chambers, and may also, on application, adjourn any such proceeding from court to Chambers or vice versa.

Matter to be disposed of in Chambers.
Order 47; Rule 3

3. Upon application for the appointment of guardians of infants and allowance for maintenance, the evidence shall show:
(a) the ages of the infants;

(b) the nature and amount of the infants’ fortunes and incomes; and

(c) what relations the infants have.

Evidence upon applications for appointment of guardians and for maintenance.
Order 47; Rule 4

4. At any time during the proceeding under any judgement or order, the Judge may, if the judge deems fit, require a guardian to be appointed for any person under legal disability not adjudged a lunatic, who has been served with notice of such judgement or order.

Guardian with reference to proceeding in Chambers
Order 47; Rule 5

5. Where any matter originating in Chambers shall, at the original or any subsequent hearing have been adjourned for further consideration in chambers, such matter may, after the expiration of 8 days and within 14 days from the filing of the certificate, be brought on for further consideration by a summons to be taken out by the party having the conduct of the matter, and after the expiration of such 14 days by a summons to be taken out by any other party. Such summons shall be in the form following:

“That this matter, the further consideration whereof was adjourned by the order of the……………….. on…………………. ………………. day of………………….. 20……… may be further considered”

and shall be served 7 clear days before the return:

Provided that this Rule shall not apply to any matter, the further consideration whereof shall, at the original or any subsequent hearing, have been adjourned in Court.

Further consideration of matter originating in Chambers.
Order 47; Rule 6

6. Notes shall be kept of all proceeding in the Judges’ Chambers with proper dates, so that all such proceedings in such cause or matter may appear consecutively and in chronological order, with a short statement of the question or points decided or ruled at every hearing.

Order 47; Rule 7

7. Orders made in Chambers shall, unless the Judge otherwise directs, be drawn up by the Registrar and signed by the Judge. Such orders shall be entered in the same manner as orders made in Court.

Notes of proceeding in Chambers
Order 47; Rule 8

8. Subject to the provisions of the Law and of these Rules, the costs of, and incident to all proceedings in Chambers shall be at the discretion of the Judge.

Drawing up any entry of orders made in Chambers
Order 47; Rule 9

9. This Rule shall apply in the case of decisions given by a Judge in Chambers on appeal from the Chief Registrar under Rule 4 of Order 40.

Costs.
ORDER 48

1. Any mortgagee or mortgagor, whether legal or equitable, or any person entitled to or having property subject to a legal or equitable charge, or any person having the right to foreclose or redeem any mortgage, whether legal or equitable, may take out an originating summons, for such relief of the nature or kind following as may by the summons be specified, and as the circumstances of the case may require, that is:

(a) payment of moneys secured by the mortgage or charge;

(b) sale;

(c) foreclosure;

(d) delivery of possession (whether before or after foreclosure) to the mortgagee or person entitled to the charge, by the mortgagor or person having the property subject to the charge, or by any other person in, or alleged to be in possession of the property;

(e) redemption;

(f) reconveyance;

(g) delivery of possession by the mortgagee.

Originating summons for foreclosure
Order 48; Rule 2

2. Orders for payment and for possession shall be in Forms 34, 35 and 36 of these Rules with such variations as the circumstances of the case may require, and the like forms shall be used under corresponding circumstances in actions for the like relief commenced by writ.

Civil forms 34, 35, 36
Order 48; Rule 3

3. The Court may give any special directions concerning the execution of the judgement, or the service thereof upon persons not parties to the cause or matter as it deems fit.

Service and execution of judgment
ORDER 49

1. Every judgement or order directing accounts or inquiries to be taken or made shall be brought to a Judge by the party entitled to prosecute the same within 10 days after such judgement or order shall have been entered or filed, and in default thereof any other party to the cause or matter shall be at liberty to bring in the same, and such party shall have the prosecution of such judgement or order unless the Judge shall otherwise direct.

Bringing in judgment etc., directing accounts and inquiries.
Order 49; Rule 2

2. Upon a copy of the judgement or order being left, a summons shall be issued to proceed with the accounts or inquiries directed, and upon the return of such summons the Judge, if satisfied by proper evidence that all necessary parties have been served with notice of the judgement or order, shall thereupon give directions as to:
(i) the manner in which each of the accounts and inquires is to be prosecuted;

(ii) the evidence to be adduced in support thereof;

(iii) the parties who are to attend on the several accounts and inquiries; and

(iv) the time within which each proceeding is to be taken,

and a day or days may be appointed for the further attendance of the parties, and all such directions may afterwards be varied by addition thereto or otherwise, as may be found necessary.

Summons to proceed with accounts and inquires. Durations.
Order 49; Rule 3

3. Where by a judgement or order a deed is directed to be settled by a Judge in case the parties differ, a summons to proceed shall be issued, and upon the return of the summons the party entitled to prepare the draft deed shall be directed to deliver a copy thereof, within such time as the judge shall deem fit, to the party entitled to object thereto, and the party so entitled to object shall be directed to deliver to the other party a statement in writing of the objections, if any, within 8 days after the delivery of such copy, and the proceeding shall be adjourned until after the expiration of the said period of 8 days.

Settling deed in case parties differ
Order 49; Rule 4

4. Where, upon the hearing of the summons to proceed, it appears to the Judge that by reason of absence, or for any other sufficient cause, the service of notice of the judgement or order upon any party cannot be made, the Judge may, if the Judge shall deem fit, order any substituted service or notice by advertisement or otherwise in lieu of such service.

Where service of notice of judgment or order dispensed with
Order 49; Rule 5

5. If on the hearing of the summons to proceed it shall appear that all necessary parties are not parties to the action or have not been served with notice of the judgement or order, directions may be given for advertisement for creditors, and for leaving the accounts in Chambers. Adjudication on creditors’ claims and the accounts are not to be proceeded with, and no other proceeding is to be taken, except for the purpose of ascertaining the parties to be served, until all necessary parties shall have been served and until directions shall have been given as to the parties who are to attend the proceedings.

Stoppage of proceedings where all necessary parties have not been served with notice of judgement or order
Order 49; Rule 6

6. Copies, abstracts, extracts of or from accounts, deeds or other documents and pedigrees and concise statements shall, if directed, be supplied for the use of the judge, and where so directed, copies shall be handed over to the other parties.

Provided that no copies shall be made of deeds or documents where the originals can be brought in unless the Judge shall otherwise direct.

Documents: Copies for use of Judge.
Order 49; Rule 7

7. At the time any summons to proceed is obtained, an entry thereof shall be made in the Summons Book, stating the date on which the summons issued, the name of the cause or matter, and by what party, and shortly for what purpose such summons is obtained, and at what time such summons is returnable.

Entry in Summons to Proceed Book
ORDER 50

1. (1) This order shall not apply where the person in occupation of land is:

(a) a tenant; or

(b) a tenant holding over after termination of a tenancy; or

(c) a licensee of the owner or person entitled to possession; or

(d) a person who had the consent of the predecessor in title of the person who is entitled to possession.

(2) Where a person claims possession of land under this Order, proceedings may be brought by originating summons in accordance with the provisions of this Order.

Application of this Order.
Order 50; Rule 2

2. The originating summons shall be in Form 37 and no acknowledgement of service shall be required.

Form of originating summons.
Order 50; Rule 3

3. The Plaintiff shall file in support of the originating summons an affidavit stating:

(a) the plaintiffs interest in the land;

(b) the circumstances in which the land has been occupied without license or consent and in which the claim to possession arises; and

(c) that the plaintiff does not know the name of any person occupying the land who is not named in the summons.

Affidavit in support
Order 50; Rule 4

4. (1) Where any person in occupation of the land is named in the originating summons, the summons together with a copy of the affidavit in support shall be served on the person:

(a) personally or in accordance with Order 7 Rule 1 sub-rule 2; or

(b) by leaving a copy of the summons and of the affidavit or sending them to the person at the premises; or

(c) in such other manner as the Judge may direct.

(2) The summons shall, in addition to being served on the named defendants, if any, in accordance with sub-rule 1 of this Rule be served, unless the judge otherwise directs by:

(a) affixing a copy of the summons and a copy of the affidavit to the main door or other conspicuous part of the premises; and

(b) if practicable, inserting through the letter box at the premises, a copy of the summons and a copy of the affidavit enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to “the occupiers”

(3) Every copy of an originating summons for service under sub-rule 1 or 2 this Rule shall be sealed with the seal of the Court out of which the summons was issued.

Service of originating summons.
Order 50; Rule 5

5. Without prejudice to Rule 16 of Order 13, any person not named as a defendant who is in occupation of the land and wishes to be heard on the question whether an order for possession should be made may apply at any stage of the proceedings to be joined as a defendant.

Application by occupier to be made a party
Order 50; Rule 6

6. (1) An order for possession in proceedings under this Order shall be in Form 38 with such variations as circumstances may require.

(2) Nothing in this Order shall prevent the Judge from ordering possession to be given on a specified date, in the exercise of any power which could have been exercised if possession had been claimed in an action begun by writ.

Order for possession
Order 50; Rule 7

7. No writ of possession to enforce an Order for possession under this Order shall be issued after the expiration of 3 months from the date of the order without the leave of the Judge. An application for leave may be made ex-parte unless the Judge otherwise directs.

Writ of possession
Order 50; Rule 8

8. (1) The judge may, on such terms as the Judge deems fit, set aside or vary any order made in any proceedings under this Order.

(2) In this Order “landed property” means land with or without building thereon.

Setting aside of order
ORDER 51

1. Where any application is made to a Judge for a stay of execution or of proceedings under any judgement or decision appealed from, such application shall be made by notice of motion supported by affidavit setting forth the grounds upon which a stay of execution or of proceedings is sought.

Stay of execution pending appeal
Order 51; Rule 2

2. An applicant for an order of stay of execution of a judgement or stay of proceedings shall compile the records of appeal within 60 days from the day of judgement or decision appealed from and where the record is not so compiled, the respondent may apply to strike out the application or discharge the order if already granted.

Compilation of record.
Order 51; Rule 3

3. (1) The Court may make or refuse to make an order for stay of execution or of proceedings.

(2) An order for stay may be made subject to such conditions as shall appear just, including the deposit in Court of any money adjudged due to any party in the judgement or decision appealed from.

Court may grant or refuse order for stay
ORDER 52

1. Every appeal shall be brought by notice of appeal, which shall be lodged in the lower Court within 30 days of the decision appealed from and served on all other parties affected by the appeal within that period.

Notice of appeal
Order 52; Rule 2

2. (1) The notice of appeal shall set out the reference number of the proceedings in which the decision complained of was given, the names of the parties, the date of such decision and the grounds for appeal in full.

(2) Where the appellant complains only of a part of the decision, appeal shall be taken to be against the decision as a whole.

(3) The notice of appeal shall give an address within the Judicial Division in which the lower court appealed from is situated, to which notices may be sent to the appellant, and such notices may be sent to the appellant by registered post.

Form 39.

(4) The notice of appeal shall be in Form 39 in the appendix and may be varied to suit the circumstances of the case but so that no variation of substance shall be made.

Contents, etc., of notice of appeal.
Order 52; Rule 3

3. The Registrar of the lower Court shall, within three months of the decision appealed from, prepare as many certified copies of the proceedings required for the consideration of the appeal as there are parties on record. Save where the fees for preparing such copies are remitted, a deposit decided upon by the Registrar as likely to cover such fees, shall be made by the appellant before preparation of such copies.

Copies of proceedings.
Order 52; Rule 4

4. The Registrar of the lower Court shall within 7 days of preparing the copies aforesaid send the same to the Registrar of the Court in the Judicial Division in which the lower Court is situated, and the appeal shall be decided by the Court of that Division.

Appeal to High Court.
Order 52; Rule 5

5 . When notifying a party of the day fixed for the hearing of the appeal, the Registrar of the Court shall send a copy of the proceedings to such party.

Respondent to be supplied with copy of proceedings
Order 52; Rule 6

6. The times prescribed in rules 1 to 4 maybe enlarged at any time by the Court on such terms (if any) as may seem fit, after notice given to the respondent by the appellant of an application for enlargement of time.

Proceedings time
Order 52; Rule 7

7. Where the time available to the appellant for the taking of any step has expired before such step has been taken or completed, the respondent may, on notice to the appellant, apply to the Court to strike out the appeal, and the Court may strike out, or enlarge time for sufficient reason shown.

Where time expires
Order 52; Rule 8

8. The appeal shall come on for hearing at such time and at such place as the Registrar of the Court shall notify to the parties.

Time and place for hearing.
Order 52; Rule 9

9. (1) If, on the day of hearing and at any adjournment of the case, the appellant does not appear, the appeal shall be struck out and the decision shall be affirmed, unless the Court thinks fit, for sufficient cause, to order otherwise.

(2) If in any such case the respondent appears, the judgement shall be with costs of the appeal against the appellant, unless the Court expressly orders otherwise; but if the respondent does not appear, the costs of appeal shall be at the discretion of the Court.

Where appellant fails to appear.
Order 52; Rule 10

10. If, on the day of hearing and at any adjournment of the case, the appellant appears, the court shall, whether the respondent appears or not, proceed to the hearing or further hearing and determination of the appeal, and shall give judgement according to the merits of the case without regarding to any imperfection or defect of form.

Provided that if it appears or is proved to the Court that the appellant has not complied with the requirements precedent to the hearing of an appeal herein before contained, the Court shall dismiss the appeal and affirm the decision, with or without costs of appeal against the appellant.

Where appellant appears.
Order 52; Rule 11

11. At the hearing of the appeal, it shall not be competent for the appellant to go into any grounds of appeal other than those set forth in the notice of appeal:

Provided that where, in the opinion of the Court, other grounds of appeal than those set forth in the notice of appeal should have been given or the statement of grounds of appeal is defective, the Court, in its discretion, may allow such amendments of the notice of appeal upon such conditions as to service upon the respondent and as to costs as it may think fit.

Appeal limited to grounds given in notice
Order 52; Rule 12

12. (1) The respondent may give notice that the respondent intends at the hearing to ask the court to confirm the judgement of the lower Court on grounds other than those stated by the lower Court.

(2) The notice shall be accompanied by a clear statement of the grounds on which the respondent intends to ask the Court to confirm the judgement of the lower Court.

(3) Such notice and grounds shall be filed in Court within 14 days of service on the respondent of the notice of appeal, and shall be served on the appellant or the appellant’s Legal Practitioner.

Request to confirm judgement on other grounds.
Order 52; Rule 13

13. (1) The respondent may file grounds of appeal against any part of the judgement of the lower Court.

(2) Such grounds shall be filed by the respondent within 14 days of service on the respondent of the appellant’s notice of appeal, and shall be served on the appellant or the appellant’s Legal Practitioner before the hearing.

Cross appeal
Order 52; Rule 14

14. (1) No objection on account of any defect in the form of setting forth any ground of appeal shall be allowed, unless the Court is of the opinion that the ground of appeal is so imperfectly or incorrectly stated as to be insufficient to enable the respondent to enquire into the subject matter thereof or to prepare for the hearing.

(2) In any case where the Court is of the opinion that any objection to any ground of appeal ought to prevail, the Court may, if it thinks fit, cause the ground of appeal forthwith to be amended upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Court may think just.

Objections to form of grounds of appeal.
Order 52; Rule 15

15. On any appeal from a decision of a lower Court, no objection shall be taken or allowed to any proceeding in such Court for any defect or error which might have been amended by that Court, or to any complaint, summons, warrant, or other process to or of such Court for any alleged defect therein in substance or in form, or for any variance between any complaint or summons and the evidence adduced in support thereof in such Court.

Provided, however, that if any error, defect, or variance mentioned in this rule appears to the Court at the hearing of any appeal to be such that the appellant has been thereby deceived or misled, it shall be lawful for the Court either to refer the case back to the lower Court with directions to rehear and determine the same or to reverse the decision appealed from, or to make such other order for disposing of the case as justice may require.

Defects in proceedings under appeal.
Order 52; Rule 16

16. No objection shall be taken or allowed, on any appeal, to any notice of appeal which is in writing or to any recognizance entered into under this Order for the due prosecution of such appeal for any alleged error or defect therein: but if any such error or defect appears to the Court to be such that the respondent on such appeal has been thereby deceived or misled, it shall be lawful for the Court to amend the same and, if it is amendment and the adjournment, if any, being made on such terms as the Court may deem just.

Defects in notice of appeal or recognizance.
Order 52; Rule 17

17. The Court may, in any case where it may consider it necessary that evidence should be adduced, either:-

(a) order such evidence to be adduced before the Court on some day to be fixed in that behalf; or

(b) refer the case back to the lower Court to take such evidence, and may in such case either direct the lower Court to adjudicate afresh after taking such evidence and subject to such directions in law, if any, as the Court may think fit to give, or direct the lower Court, after taking such evidence, to report specific findings of fact for the information of the Court, and on any such reference the case shall, so far as may be practicable and necessary, be dealt with as if it were being heard in the first instance.

Additional evidence.
Order 52; Rule 18

18. (1) When additional evidence is to be taken by the lower Court and specific findings of facts reported, it shall certify such evidence to the Court which shall thereupon proceed to dispose of the appeal.

(2) The appellant or the appellant’s Legal Practitioner shall be present when the additional evidence is being taken.

(3) Evidence taken in pursuance of rule 17 shall be taken as if it were evidence taken at the trial before the lower Court.

(4) When forwarding to the Court any additional evidence taken by a lower Court in pursuance of rule 17, the lower Court may express its opinion on the demeanour of the witnesses and of the value of their evidence and may also, if it is the same Court against whose decision the appeal has been made, state whether or not it would have come to a different decision had the additional evidence been brought forward at the trial.

Mode of taking evidence.
Order 52; Rule 19

19. The fees in the 1st Appendix shall be chargeable in civil appeals save where the same would have to be paid by a government officer acting in an official capacity or where the lower Court or the Court waives or remits the same on the ground of the poverty of the person chargeable therewith where it appears that there are substantial grounds of appeal.

Fees. 1st Appendix
Order 52; Rule 20

20. Allowances may be made to witnesses in accordance with the provisions of the 2nd Appendix.

Allowances to witness. 2nd Appendix.
Order 52; Rule 21

21. (1) On application being made for stay of execution under any enactment establishing the lower Court, the lower Court or the Court may impose one or more of the following conditions:-

(a) that the appellant shall deposit a sum fixed by the Court not exceeding the amount of the money or the value of the property affected by the decision or judgement appealed from, or give security to the satisfaction of the Court for the said sum;

(b) that the appellant shall deposit a sum equal to the amount of the costs allowed against the appellant or give security to the satisfaction of the Court for the said sum;

(c) that the appellant shall, where the decision or judgement appealed from relates to possession of land or houses, give security to the satisfaction of the Court for the performance of the decision or judgement in the event of the appeal being dismissed;

(d) that the appellant’s property shall be seized and attached pending the making of a deposit or the giving of security as aforesaid including a deposit or security for the expenses incidental to the seizure and attachment.

(2) Any order made on any such application shall limit the time, not being more than thirty days, for the performance of the conditions imposed, and direct that in default of such performance within the time so limited execution may issue or proceed.

(3) An application for stay of execution under the enactment establishing the lower Court may be made at any time after lodging of the notice of appeal and shall in the first instance be made to the lower Court.

Provided that where the Court has ordered execution, the application shall not be made to the lower Court but to the Court.

(4) The application may be made ex-parte but the Court may direct notice thereof to be given to the other party to the appeal. Where an order is made ex- parte, the Registrar of the Court shall notify the other party of the order made.

(5) Where the appellant proposes to give security instead of making a deposit, the application shall state the nature of the security and the name of the surety proposed, if any.

(6) Any party dissatisfied with an order made by the lower Court may apply to the Court by motion with notice to the other party for a review of the order, and the Court may thereupon make such an order as may seem just.

(7) An appeal shall not operate as a stay of execution under the decision or judgement appealed from except so far as the lower Court or the Court may order.

Stay of execution.
Order 52; Rule 22

22 . The Court may make such order as to the payment of costs by or to the appellant as it may deem to be just and such order may be made also in any case where an appeal has not been entered or prosecuted.

Costs.
Order 52; Rule 23

23. (1) The Court may, in special circumstances, upon an application by motion on notice, supported by affidavit, order the appellant to deposit such sum or give such security as may seem fit for the respondent’s costs of appeal including the costs incidental to the application.

(2) The order shall limit the time, not exceeding thirty days, within which the deposit or security shall be made or given and may direct that in default of its being made or given within the time so limited the appeal shall, without further order, stand dismissed.

(3) Where an appeal so stands dismissed, the respondent shall be entitled to all reasonable costs occasioned by the appeal and the amount of such costs may be stated in the order in anticipation or may be assessed at any time by the Court of its own motion or upon an application made ex parte or on notice as the court may deem fit.

(4) Where an appeal so stands dismissed, the appellant shall take no further step or proceeding therein save by leave of the Court for reinstatement of the appeal, which may be granted on such terms, if any, as may seem just upon an application by motion on notice made within a month of such dismissal, but not otherwise.

(5) Without prejudice to the discretion of the Court to grant costs where it seems proper on an application made under sub-rule (1) of this rule, costs shall not normally be granted to the applicant save where the net proceeds of execution levied on the applicant’s goods are insufficient to satisfy the amount payable under the judgement or decision appealed from.

Security for costs
Order 52; Rule 24

24. (1) When a case is decided on appeal, the Court shall certify its judgement or order to the lower court in which the decision appealed against was pronounced.

(2) The lower Court to which the Court certifies its judgement or order shall thereupon make such orders as are in conformity with the judgement or order of the Court, and, if necessary, the records shall be amended in accordance therewith.

Orders of High Court to be certified to District Court.
Order 52; Rule 25

25. After the pronouncement of the judgement of the Court, the lower Court from which the appeal came shall have the same jurisdiction and power to enforce, and shall enforce, any decision which may have been affirmed, modified, amended, or substituted by the Court or any judgement which may have been pronounced by the Court, in the same manner in all respects as if such decision or judgement had been pronounced by itself.

Enforcing of judgment.
Order 52; Rule 26

26. Any order given or made by the Court may be enforced by the Court or by the lower Court as may be most expedient.

Enforcement of orders.
Order 52; Rule 27

27. The Court may, if it deems fit, enlarge any period of time prescribed by this Order.

High Court may enlarge time
Order 52; Rule 28

28. In this Order:-

“the lower Court” means the Court whose judgement is appealed against, and includes a District Court but does not include an Arbitrator, a Referee or an Auditor;

“judgement” includes an Order or a Ruling.

Interpretation.
ORDER 53

1. This Order shall apply to any appeal to the Court from a decision of an Auditor made under the provisions of any written law, which confers the right to appeal to the High Court against any such decision.

Application.
Order 53; Rule 2

2. An appeal to the Court from a decision of an Auditor shall be by notice of motion.

Method of appeal.
Order 53; Rule 3

3. The evidence upon the hearing of the appeal shall be by affidavit except in so far as the Court at the hearing may direct oral evidence to be given.

Evidence
Order 53; Rule 4

4. The notice of motion shall be served, before the expiration of six weeks after the date of the decision to which it relates, upon the Auditor in charge of the audit in respect of which the decision has been made and also upon the local government or other body in relation to whose accounts or to the accounts of whose officer the decision was given, if that local government or other body is not the appellant.

Service.
Order 53; Rule 5

5. The notice of motion shall state the grounds of appeal, and the date mentioned in the notice for the hearing of the appeal shall be not less than twenty-eight days after the service of the notice.

Contents of notice date of hearing
Order 53; Rule 6

6. (1) The appellant shall within seven days after service on the Auditor of the notice of motion, file with the Registrar a copy of such notice and an affidavit or affidavits setting out the reasons stated by the Auditor for the Auditor’s decision, and the facts upon which the appellant intends to rely at the hearing and thereupon the motion shall be set down for hearing.

(2) If the notice of motion is not set down in accordance with this provision, either the local government or other body or the Auditor may apply to the Court, upon notice to the appellant, for an order discharging the notice of motion and for the costs of the application.

Reasons for appeal to be filed.
Order 53; Rule 7

7. The appellant shall deliver forthwith to the local government or other body and to the Auditor a copy of any affidavit filed under rule 6 in support of the motion and any person intending to oppose the motion shall within four days at least before the hearing, deliver to the appellant a copy of any affidavit intended to be filed by in opposition to the motion.

Copy of affidavits to be served on the parties.
Order 53; Rule 8

8. Where under rule 4 the notice of motion is served on an Auditor other than the Auditor who gave the decision, the Auditor served with the notice of motion may appear in opposition thereto in all respects as the Auditor by whom the decision was given, and these provisions shall apply accordingly.

Service on Auditor other than the Auditor who gave the decision
ORDER 54

1. In this Order “petitioner” means a person applying for a legitimacy declaration, and “petition” has a corresponding meaning.

Definition.
Order 54; Rule 2

2. The practice and rules of the Court shall, so far as practicable, govern all proceedings under the Legitimacy Law, subject nevertheless to the particular provisions of this Order.

Practice and rules.
Order 54; Rule 3

3. (1) A petition shall be headed “In the matter of the Legitimacy Law”, and “In the matter of – (the person to be declared legitimated)” and shall be according to the prescribed form, with such variations and additions as the circumstances may require, and shall state among other matters:-

(a) the place and date of the marriage concerned;

(b) the status and residence of each of the parents and the occupation and domicile of the father of the person whose legitimacy the Court is asked to declare:-

(i) at the date of the person’s birth, and

(ii) at the date of the marriage;

(c) whether there are other living issues of the parents of such person as aforesaid and the respective names and dates of birth of all such issues;

(d) the person, if any, affected by the legitimation of such person as aforesaid and the value so far as is known of the property, if any, thereby involved;

(e) whether any and if so what previous proceedings under the Legitimacy Law, or otherwise with reference to the paternity of such person as aforesaid, or the validity of the marriage leading to the person’s legitimation have been taken in any Court;

(f) that there is no collusion.

(2) A petition shall also include an undertaking by the petitioner, if not an infant or person of unsound mind, to pay the costs of the respondents if the Court shall so direct.

(3) If the petitioner is an infant or person of unsound mind, the petition shall be made by a next friend or guardian ad litem and the full names, occupation or description, and residence or place of business, of the next friend or guardian ad litem shall be stated in the petition, and there shall be lodged by the next friend or guardian ad litem with the petition an undertaking to be responsible for costs.

Matters to be stated. Forms 40, 42 and 43.
Order 54; Rule 4

4. If the petitioner does not reside in the State, the petition shall state an address within the State at which the petitioner may be served with any summons, notice, order of court or other process.

Petitioner resident outside the State.
Order 54; Rule 5

5. Where it appears on the presentation of a petition that the petitioner does not reside in the state, the petition shall not be filed until security for costs, by deposit of money or otherwise, has been given to the satisfaction of the Registrar.

Provided that where the petition is filed through a legal practitioner, an undertaking by him, in form to be approved by the Registrar, to be responsible for the costs shall be sufficient.

Security for costs by petitioner resident outside the State
Order 54; Rule 6

6. The respondents to a petition shall be the Attorney-General of the State and all persons whose interests may be affected by the legitimacy declaration asked for, and the Court may at any time direct any person not made a respondent to be made respondent and to be served with the petition and affidavit, and may adjourn the hearing of the petition for that purpose on such terms as to costs or otherwise as may be just.

Persons to be respondents
Order 54; Rule 7

7. The petition shall be accompanied by an affidavit made by the petitioner, or by the next friend or guardian ad litem, if any, verifying the facts alleged in the petition, and the affidavit shall be filed with the petition.

Affidavit of verification. Form 41.
Order 54; Rule 8

8 . (1) There shall filed with the petition as many copies of the petition and the affidavit as there are respondents to be served and also two copies for the use of the Court.

(2) There shall be lodged with the petition every birth, death or marriage certificate intended to be relied upon at the hearing.

Copies of petition to be filed
Order 54; Rule 9

9. (1) A copy of the petition and a copy of the affidavit shall be delivered or sent by registered post by the petitioner to the Attorney-General’s Chambers at least two months before the petition is presented or filed.

(2) Any document or notice addressed to the Attorney- General shall be addressed to the Attorney-General’s Chambers, Ministry of Justice, Kaduna State……………..

Copies of papers to be sent to Attorney General Form 44.
Order 54; Rule 10

10. (1) A sealed copy of the petition and affidavit shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be served personally on every respondent other than the Attorney-General, by a bailiff or other officer of the Court at least fifty-six days before the date fixed for hearing of the petition, and the petition and every copy to be served on a respondent, other than the Attorney-General, shall be endorsed with a notice in the prescribed form.

(2) A least fifty-six days’ notice of the day the petition will first be heard shall be given by the Registrar to the Attorney-General

Personal service on other respondents
Order 54; Rule 11

11. (1) A respondent may within twenty-eight days after service of the petition upon that respondent file an answer to the petition.

Form 45

(2) Every answer which contains matters other than a simple denial of the facts stated in the petition shall be accompanied by an affidavit made by the respondent verifying such other matter.

(3) There shall be filed with the answer as many copies of the answer and the affidavit, if any, as there are other parties to be served and also two copies for the use of the Court.

(4) The Registrar shall within forty-eight hours of receiving them send by post one sealed copy of the answer and the affidavit, if any, to the petitioner, the Attorney-General, and any other respondent.

Filing of answers.
Order 54; Rule 12

12. Evidence on the hearing of the petition shall be given orally:

Provided that the Court or a Judge in Chambers may, on application made before or at the hearing, for good cause shown, direct that any particular fact or facts alleged in the petition or answer may be proved by affidavit.

Evidence.
Order 54; Rule 13

13. The Court may make such orders as to costs as it shall think just.

Costs.
Order 54; Rule 14

14. A copy of the order made on the hearing of a petition sealed with the seal of the Court shall be supplied by the Registrar to any party to the proceedings on payment of the prescribed fee.

Copy of order to be supplied. Form 46.
ORDER 55

1. (1) Subject to the provisions, of Rules 44 and 45 of this Order, when any person subject to the jurisdiction of the Court dies, all applications for the granting of any Letters of Administration of the estate of the deceased person, with or without a Will attached, and all applications on other matters connected therewith shall be made to the Probate Registrar of the Court.

(2) The Chief Judge shall request a Judge of any Judicial Division to take measures and make such orders as may appear necessary or expedient for the interim preservation of the property of the deceased within such Judicial Division, for the discovery or preservation of the Will of the deceased or for any other purposes connected with the duties of the Judge under this Order, and every Judge shall carry out any such request as far as practicable and report to the Chief Judge.

(3) No grant of administration with the Will attached shall issue within 7 days of the death of the deceased; and no grant of administration, without the Will attached, shall issue within 14 days of such death,

Application to be made to Probate Registrar
Order 55; Rule 2

2. The Judge shall, when the circumstances of the case appear so to require, forthwith on the death of a person, or as soon after as may be, appoint and authorize an officer of the Court, or some other fit person, to take possession of the property of the deceased within its jurisdiction, or put it under seal and so keep it until it can be dealt with according to law.

Preservation of property.
Order 55; Rule 3

3. If any person other than the named executor or administrator, or an officer of the Court, or a person authorized by the Judge, takes possession of and administers or otherwise deals with the property of any deceased person, he shall, besides the other liabilities he may incur, be liable to a fine of not less than N10,000:00 (ten thousand naira) as the judge, having regard to the condition of the person so interfering with the property and the other circumstances of the case, may deem fit to impose.

Unauthorized person intermeddling with property.
Order 55; Rule 4

4. Any person having in his possession or under his control any paper or writing or any deceased person, being or purporting to be testamentary, shall forthwith deliver the original to the Probate Registrar of the Court. If any person fails to do so within 3 months after having had knowledge of the death of the deceased, he may be liable to a fine of N5,000:00 (five thousand naira) as the Judge, having regard to the condition of such person in default and other circumstances of the case, may deem fit to impose.

Production of testamentary papers.
Order 55; Rule 5

5. Where it appears that any paper of the deceased, being or purporting to be testamentary is in the possession of, or under the control of any person, a Judge may, upon an ex-parte application, whether or not a suit or proceeding respecting probate or administration is pending, order him to produce the paper and bring it into Court.

Judge may order production
Order 55; Rule 6

6. Where it appears that there are reasonable grounds for believing that any person had knowledge of any paper being or purporting to be testamentary, although it is not shown that the paper is in his possession or under his control, a Judge may, upon an ex-parte application, whether or not a suit or proceeding in respect of probate or administration is pending, order that he be examined in respect of the same in Court, or on interrogatories, and that he attends Court for that purpose, and after examination that he produces the paper and bring it into Court.

Examination respecting papers
Order 55; Rule 7

7. The Judge may, on the application of any person claiming an interest under a Will, give notice to the executors therein named to come in and prove the Will, or to renounce probate, and they, or some or one of them, shall within 21 days after notice, come in and prove or renounce accordingly.

Notice to executor to come in and prove
Order 55; Rule 8

8. If any named executor in the Will of the deceased takes neglecting to apply possession and administers or otherwise deals with any part of the property of the deceased, and does not apply for probate within 3 months after the death of the deceased, or after the termination of any suit for or dispute in respect of probate or administration, he may, independent of any other liability, be deemed to be in contempt of Court, and shall be liable to such fine of not less than N10,000:00(ten thousand naira) as the Judge may deem fit to impose.

Liability of executor neglecting to apply for probate
Order 55; Rule 9

9. The Judge shall require evidence, in addition to that offered by the applicant, where additional evidence in that behalf seems to the Judge necessary or desirable, in regard to the identity of the deceased or of the applicant, or in regard to the relationship of the applicant to the deceased, or in regard to any person or persons in existence with a right equal or prior to that of the applicant to the grant of probate or administration sought by the applicant or in respect of any other matter which may be considered by the Judge relevant to the question whether the applicant is the proper person to whom the grant should be made:

Provided that the Judge may refuse the grant unless the applicant produces the required evidence on these points or any of them as required by the Judge.

Evidence of Identity
Order 55; Rule 10

10. Where it appears to the Judge that some person or persons other than the applicant may have at least an equal right with the applicant to the grant sought, the Judge may refuse the grant until due notice of the application has been given to such person or persons, and an opportunity given to such person or persons to be heard in respect of the application:

Provided that the Judge may in his discretion refuse the grant unless and until all persons entitled to the grant in priority to the applicant shall have expressly renounced their prior right.

Judge may refuse grant until all persons person interested are given due notice
Order 55; Rule 11

11. Every applicant for a grant of Probate or Letters of Administration shall file in the Court a true declaration of all the personal property of the deceased and the value thereof:

Provided that for the purpose of the fees payable on Probate or Letters of administration, the value of the property in respect of which the grant is made shall be deemed not to include:

(a) any gratuity payable by the Government of the Federation of Nigeria, or of a State, to the estate of any person formerly employed by either of such Government or by a Statutory Corporation;

(b) any sum of money payable to an estate from a Provident or Pensions Fund established under the provisions of any applicable law.

Value of property
Order 55; Rule 12

12. All inquiries that a Judge sees fit to institute shall be answered to his satisfaction before the issuance of Letters of Administration. The Judge shall afford as great a facility for the obtaining of Letters of Administration as is consistent with due regard to the prevention of error and fraud.

Answers required before grant.
Order 55; Rule 13

13. Suits in respect of administration shall be instituted and carried on as nearly as may be practicable in the like manner and subject to the same rules of procedure as suits in respect of ordinary claims.

Form of Suits.
Order 55; Rule 14

14 . Any person may deposit his Will for safe custody in the Probate Registry, sealed under his own seal and the seal of the Court.

Testator may deposit Will.
Order 55; Rule 15

15. Every original Will, of which probate or administration with Will attached is granted, shall be filed and kept in the Probate Registry in such manner as to secure at once its due preservation and convenient inspection. A copy of every such Will and of the probate or administration shall be preserved in the Registry.

Custody of Wills of which probate is granted.
Order 55; Rule 16

16. No original Will shall be given out for any purpose without the direction in writing of a Judge. A certified transcript under the seal of the Court of the probate or administration with the Will attached may be obtained from the Court.

Will not given out without order of Judge.
Order 55; Rule 17

17. (1) On receiving an application for administration with Will attached, a Judge shall inspect the Will, and see whether it appears to be signed by the testator or by some other person in the presence or the testator, and by the testator’s direction, and subscribed by two witnesses according to the applicable Law and shall not proceed further if the Will does not appear to be so signed and subscribed .

(2) If the will appears to be so signed and subscribed, the Judge shall refer to the attestation clause and consider whether the wordings thereof state the Will to have been in fact executed in accordance with those enactments.

Examination of Will as to its execution.
Order 55; Rule 18

18. (1) Where a Will contains no attestation clause or the attestation clause is insufficient or where it appears to the Judge that there is some doubt about the due execution of the Will, he shall before admitting it to proof, require an affidavit as to due execution from one or more of the attesting witnesses or, if no attesting witness is conveniently available, from any other person who was present at the time the Will was executed.

(2) If no affidavit can be obtained in accordance with the foregoing paragraph, the Judge may, if he deems fit, having regard to the desirability of protecting the interest of any person who may be prejudiced by the Will, accept evidence on affidavit from any person he may deem fit to show that the signature on the Will is the signature of the deceased, or of any other matter which may raise a presumption in favour of the due execution of the Will.

(3) If the Judge, after considering the evidence, is satisfied that the Will was not duly executed, he shall refuse probate and mark the Will accordingly.

Evidence as to due execution of Will.
Order 55; Rule 19

19. Where the witnesses who subscribed to the Will are dead or if from other circumstances such an affidavit cannot be obtained from either of such witnesses, resort for such an affidavit shall be had to other persons present at the execution of the Will. But if no such affidavit can be obtained, proof shall be required of that fact, and of the handwriting of the deceased and of the subscribing witnesses, and also of other circumstances raising a presumption in favour of the due execution of the Will.

Evidence on failure of attesting witnesses
Order 55; Rule 20

20. (1) Where in a Will, there is any obliteration, interlineations or other alteration which is not authenticated in the manner prescribed by law or by the re-execution of the Will or by the execution of a Codicil, the Judge shall require evidence to show whether the alteration was present at the time the Will was executed and shall give directions as to the form in which the Will is to be proved:

Provided that this sub-rule shall not apply to any alteration, which appears to the Judge to be of no practical importance.

(2) Where, from any mark on the Will, it appears to the Judge that some other document has been attached to the Will or if a Will contains any reference to another document in such terms as to suggest that it ought to be incorporated in the Will, the judge may require the document to be produced and may call for such evidence in respect of the attachment or incorporation of the document as he may deem fit.

(3) Where there is doubt as to the date on which a Will was executed, the Judge may require such evidence as he may deem necessary to establish the date.

Evidence as to terms, conditions and date of execution of Will.
Order 55; Rule 21

21. Any appearance of attempted revocation of a Will by burning, tearing or otherwise and every other circumstance leading to a presumption of revocation of the Will by the testator, shall be accounted for to the satisfaction of the Judge.

Attempted revocation of Will
Order 55; Rule 22

22. The Judge may require an affidavit from any person he may deem fit for the purpose of satisfying himself as to any of the matters referred to in Rules 18, 20 and 21 of this Order. In any such affidavit sworn by an attesting witness or other person present at the time of the execution of the Will, the deponent shall depose to the manner in which the Will was executed.

Affidavit as to due execution, terms, etc. of Will.
Order 55; Rule 23

23. Where it appears to the Judge that there is prima facie evidence that a Will is one to which Section 9 of the Wills Act 1837 or any provision of the equivalent enactment in force in the state applies, the Will may be admitted to proof if the judge is satisfied that it was made by the testator in accordance with the provisions of that section or enactment as the case may be.

Will of persons in military service and seamen.
Order 55; Rule 24

24. Where evidence of foreign law is required on any application for a grant, the Judge may accept an affidavit from any person whom, having regard to the particulars of his knowledge or experience given in the affidavit, he regards as suitably qualified to give expert evidence of the law in question.

Evidence of foreign law
Order 55; Rule 25

25. Where the deceased died after commencement of this Order, the person or persons entitled to a grant of probate or administration with the Will attached shall be determined in accordance with the following order of priority:

(a) the executor;

(b) any residuary legatee or devisee holding in trust for any other person;

(c) any residuary legatee or devisee for life;

(d) the ultimate residuary legatee or devisee, including one entitled on the happening of any contingency or where the residue is not wholly disposed of by the Will, any person entitled to share in the residue not so disposed of, or the personal representative of any such person:

Provided that:

i) unless the Judge otherwise directs, a residuary legatee or devisee whose legacy or devise is vested in interest shall be preferred to one entitled on the happening of a contingency; and

ii) where the residue is not in terms wholly disposed of, the Judge may, if he is satisfied that the testator has nevertheless disposed of the whole or substantially the whole of the estate as ascertained at the time of the application for the grant, allow a grant to be made subject to Rule 68 of this Order to any legatee or devisee entitled to, or to a share in the estate so disposed of, without regard to the persons entitled to share in any residue not disposed of by the Will;

(e) any specific legatee or devisee or any creditor or, subject to sub-rule 3 of Rule 59, the personal representative of any such person or where the estate is not wholly disposed of by Will, any person who, notwithstanding that the amount of the estate is such that he has no immediate beneficial interest therein may have a beneficial interest in the event of an accretion to it;

(f) any specific legatee or devisee entitled on the happening of any contingency, or any person having no interest under the Will who would have been entitled to a grant if the deceased had died wholly intestate.

Order of priority for grant where deceased left a Will
Order 55; Rule 26

26. (1) An application to join with a person entitled to a grant of administration, a person entitled in a lower degree shall, in default of remuneration by all persons entitled in priority to the latter, be made to the Judge and shall be supported by an affidavit by the person entitled, the consent of the person proposed to be joined as personal representative and such other evidence as the Judge may require.

(2) An application to join with a person entitled to a grant of administration, a person having no right to it, shall be made to the Judge and shall be supported by an affidavit by the person entitled, the consent of the person proposed to be joined as personal representative and such other evidence as the Judge may require:

Provided that there may, without any such application be joined with a person entitled to administration;

(a) on the renunciation of all other persons entitled to join in the grant; any kin of the deceased having no beneficial interest in the estate;

(b) unless the Judge otherwise directs, any person whom the guardian of a minor may nominate for the purpose;

(c) a trust corporation.

Joinder of Administor.
Order 55; Rule 27

27. Where the testator was blind or illiterate, the Judge shall not grant administration with the Will attached, unless the Judge is first satisfied, by proof or by what appears on the face of the Will, that the Will was read over to the deceased before its execution or that the deceased had at that time knowledge of its contents.

Will of blind or illiterate testator
Order 55; Rule 28

28. (1) The Judge, on being satisfied that the Will was duly executed, shall inspect it to see whether there are any interlineations, alterations, erasures, or obliterations appearing in it and requiring to be accounted for.

(2) lnterlineations, alterations, erasures, and obliterations are invalid unless they existed in the Will at the time of its execution or unless, if made afterwards, they have been executed and attested in the mode required by the relevant enactments; or unless they have been made valid by the re-execution of the Will or by the subsequent execution of some Codicil thereto.

(3) Where interlineations, alterations, erasures, or obliterations appear in the Will, unless duly executed or recited in or otherwise identified by the attestation clause, an affidavit in proof of their having existed in the Will before its execution shall be filed.

(4) Where no satisfactory evidence is adduced respecting the time when an alteration, erasure or obliteration was made and the words erased or obliterated are not entirely effaced, and can, on inspection of the Will, be ascertained, they shall form part of the probate. Where any words have been erased which might have been of importance, an affidavit shall be required.

Interlineations, Erasures, obliterations.
Order 55; Rule 29

29. (1) Where a Will contains a reference to any document of such nature as to raise the question whether it ought or ought not to form a constituent part of the Will, the Judge shall require the production of the document, with a view to ascertaining whether or not it is entitled to probate, and if it is not produced, a satisfactory account of its non production shall be given. A document cannot form part of a Will unless it was in existence at the time when the Will was executed.

(2) If there are vestiges of sealing wax or wafers, or other marks on the Will leading to the inference that some document has been at some time attached to the Will, a satisfactory account of them shall be required, and if this is not produced, a satisfactory account of its non- production shall be given.

Documents referred to in a Will or annexed or attached thereto.
Order 55; Rule 30

30. Where a person appointed executor in a Will survives the testator but either dies without having taken probate or having been called on by the Court to take probate and does not appear, his right in respect of the executorship wholly ceases; and, further renunciation, the representation to the testator and the administration of his property may go and be committed as if that person had not been appointed executor.

Executor dying without proving or not appearing
Order 55; Rule 31

31 . Every Will in respect of which an application for a grant is made shall be marked by the signature(s) of the applicant(s) and the person before whom the oath is sworn, and shall be exhibited to any affidavit which may be required under this Order as to the validity, terms, condition or date of execution of the Will.

Provided that where the Judge is satisfied that compliance with this Rule might result in the loss of the Will, he may allow a photocopy to be marked or exhibited in lieu of the original document

Marking of Wills
Order 55; Rule 32

32. In every case where evidence is directed or allowed to be given by affidavit, the Judge may require the personal attendance of the deponent if within the jurisdiction, before the Court, to be examined viva voce respecting the content of his affidavit. The examination may take place before any affidavit has been sworn or prepared if the Judge deems fit.

Viva voce examination of persons making affidavits
Order 55; Rule 33

33. (1) A Judge in granting Letters of Administration shall proceed as far as may be as in cases of probate.

(2) The Judge shall ascertain the time and place of the deceased’s death and the value of the property to be covered by the administration.

Letters of Administration.
Order 55; Rule 34

34. (1) The person to whom administration is to be granted shall give a bond with two or more responsible sureties to the satisfaction of the Judge. The bond shall affirm that the administrator shall be duly conditioned to collecting, getting in and administering the personal property of the deceased.

(2) The Judge may, if he deems fit, take one surety only where the gross value of the estate does not exceed N250, 000:00 (two hundred and fifty thousand naira) or where a corporation is proposed as a surety.

(3) The bond shall be in form of a penalty, which shall be twice the sum value of the estate of the deceased, unless the Judge deems it expedient to reduce the amount.

(4) The Judge may also in any case direct that more bonds than one shall be given, so as to limit the liability of any surety to such amount as the Judge deems reasonable.

Administration bond.
Order 55; Rule 35

35. (1) The Judge shall not require a guarantee as a condition of making a grant where it is proposed to make it:

a. by virtue of Rule 25(e) of this Order to a creditor or the personal representative of a creditor or to a person who has no immediate beneficial interest in the estate of the deceased but may have such an interest in the event of an accretion to the estate;

b. under Rule 61 of this Order to a person or some of the persons who would, if the person beneficially entitled to the whole of the estate died intestate be entitled to his estate;

c. under Rule 63 of this Order to the attorney of a person entitled to a grant;

d. under Rule 64 of this Order for the use and benefit of a minor:

e. under Rule 66 of this Order for the use and benefit of a person who by reason of mental or physical incapacity is incapable of managing his affairs;

f. to an applicant who appears to the Judge to be resident elsewhere than in the State.

(2) Notwithstanding that it is proposed to make a grant as aforesaid, a guarantee shall not be required, except in special circumstances, on an application for administration where the applicant or one of the applicants is the administrator-general or a trust corporation.

Probate Form 1.

(3) Every guarantee entered into by a surety for the purpose of this Order shall be in Probate Form 1 with such variations as circumstances may require.

(4) Except where the surety is a corporation, the signature of the surety on every such guarantee shall be attested by an authorized officer, Commissioner for Oaths or other person authorised by law to administer an oath.

(5) Unless the Registrar otherwise directs:

(a) if it is decided to require a guarantee, it shall be given by two sureties, except where the gross value of the estate does not exceed N250,000:00 (two hundred and fifty thousand naira) or a corporation is a proposed surety, and in those cases one will suffice;

(b) no person shall be accepted as a surety unless he is resident in the State;

(c) no officer of the judiciary shall be a surety;

(d) the limit of the liability of the surety or sureties under a guarantee shall be the gross amount of the estate as sworn on the application for the grant;

(e) every surety other than a corporation, shall justify his eligibility.

(6) Where the proposed surety is a corporation, there shall be filed an affidavit by the proper officer of the corporation to the effect that it has power to act as surety and has executed the guarantee in the manner prescribed by its constitution or articles of association and containing sufficient information as to the financial position of the corporation to satisfy the Judge that its assets are sufficient to satisfy all claims which may be made against it under any guarantee which it has given or is likely to give.

Guarantee.
Order 55; Rule 36

36. The Judge may, on being satisfied that the condition of the bond has been broken, assign to some person, and that person may thereupon sue on the bond in his own name as if it had been originally given to him, and may recover thereof, as trustee for persons interested, the full amount recoverable in respect of any breach of the bond.

Assignment of bond
Order 55; Rule 37

37. Any person claiming to be a creditor or legatee or the next of kin or one of the next of kin of a deceased, may apply for and obtain a summons from the Court requiring the executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the deceased to attend the court and show cause why an order for the administration of the property of the deceased should not be made.

Administration summons.
Order 55; Rule 38

38. (1) On proof of service of the summons or on appearance of the executor or administrator, and on proof of all such other things as the Judge may direct, the Judge may, if he deems fit, make an order for the administration of the property of the deceased.

(2) The Judge may make or refuse any such order or give any special directions in respect of the carriage or execution of it and where there are applications for such an order by two or more different persons or classes of persons, to grant the same to such one or more of the claimants or classes of claimants, as the Judge deems fit.

(3) Where the Judge deems fit the carriage of the order may subsequently be given to such person and on such terms as he may direct.

Order for administration
Order 55; Rule 39

39. Where the Judge makes such an order or at any time afterwards, he may, if he deems fit, make any further or other order which may appear requisite to secure the proper collection, recovery for safe-keeping and disposal of the property or any part thereof.

Order relating to property.
Order 55; Rule 40

40. In a case of intestacy, where the special circumstances of the case require, the Judge may, if he deems fit on the application of any person having interest in the estate of the deceased or of his own motion, grant Letters of Administration to an officer of the Court, to a Consular Officer or to a person in the service of the Government.

Administration may be granted to officer
Order 55; Rule 41

41. (1) The officer or person so appointed shall act under the direction of the Judge and shall be indemnified thereby.

(2) The Judge shall require and compel him to file in Court the accounts of his administration at intervals not exceeding 12 months.

Officer to act under the direction of Judge
Order 55; Rule 42

42. Where a person has died intestate as to his personal estate or leaving a Will affecting personal estate, but without having appointed an executor thereof willing and competent to take probate or where the executor shall, at the time of the death of such person, be resident out of the jurisdiction, and it shall appear to the Judge to be necessary or convenient in any such case to appoint some person as administrator of the estate of the deceased or of any part thereof, the Judge may appoint such person as he shall deem fit to be such administrator upon his giving such security, if any as the Judge shall direct, and every such administrator may be limited as the Judge shall deem fit.

Court may appoint person to be administrator
Order 55; Rule 43

43. The Judge may direct that any administrator (with or without the Will attached) shall receive out of the personal and real estate of the deceased such reasonable remuneration as he shall deem fit not exceeding 10% per centum on the amount of the realized property, or when not converted into money, on the value of the property duly administered and accounted for by him:

Provided that where the Judge is satisfied that by reason of exceptional circumstances the administration of the property has required an extraordinary amount of labour to be bestowed on it, he may allow in respect of such property a higher rate of remuneration.

Remuneration of administrators
Order 55; Rule 44

44. Where any citizen of any foreign country dies within the jurisdiction without leaving within the jurisdiction a widower, widow or next of kin, the Probate Registrar shall collect and secure all moneys and other property belonging to the deceased, and shall then inform the nearest Consular Officer of such country of the death, and transmit to him a list of the money and property of the deceased.

Security and collection of estate.
Order 55; Rule 44

45. Application may be made to the Court by any such Consular Officer or by any person authorised by him in writing and under the consular seal, for leave to administer the estate of the deceased, and the Judge may make such order as to security for payment of debts and the method of administration as the Judge shall deem fit, and vary such order when and so often as it is expedient.

Application by Consular Officer or person authorised by him to administer estate.
Order 55; Rule 46

46. (1) Every person to whom a grant of Probate or Letters of Administration shall have been made, and every administrator appointed by the Judge shall, file in Court the accounts of his administration every 12 months from the date of the grant or the appointment until the completion of the administration.

(2) Any executor or administrator who fails to file his accounts within the prescribed period as aforesaid shall be liable to a penalty of N100:00 (one hundred naira) for every day of default. A fine for non-payment shall be enforceable by distress, and failing sufficient distress, by imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months.

(3) When an account is filed in Court under this rule, the Judge shall scrutinize such account and if it appears to the Judge that by reason of improper, un-vouched or unjustifiable entries or otherwise such account is not a full and proper account the Judge shall require the person filing the account to remedy such defects as there may be within such time as the Judge may deem reasonable for the purpose; and on failure to remedy such defects within such time, the person who filed such defective account shall be deemed to have failed to file an account within the meaning of this rule and proceedings may be taken against such person accordingly.

(4) The registrar shall bring to the notice of the Judge the fact that any executor or administrator has failed to file his accounts as required by this rule.

(5) The Judge may, on the motion of any party interested, or suo motu, summon any executor or administrator failing as aforesaid to show cause why he should not be punished.

(6) The Judge may, for good cause shown, extend the time for such filing of accounts.

(7) Any executor or administrator who has been granted an extension of time to file such accounts, and who fails within such extended time to file such accounts shall be liable to the penalty set out in sub-rule 2 of this rule.

(8) The accounts shall be open to the inspection of any person who satisfies the Registrar that he is interested in the administration.

(9) In this rule, the word “accounts” shall mean and include an inventory, an account of the administration, the vouchers in the hands of the executor or administrator relating thereto and an affidavit in verification.

Accounts to be filed
Order 55; Rule 47

47. The grant of Letters of Administration under this Order shall be signed by the Registrar on behalf of the Court.

Grant to be signed by Probate Registrar
Order 55; Rule 48

48. In this Part, Rules 1, 4 ,5 ,6, 7, 8, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 71(1) and 72(1) or (4) of this Order shall also apply.

Application.
Order 55; Rule 49

49. Application for a grant may be made through a Legal Practitioner, and every Legal Practitioner through whom an application for a grant is made shall give the address of his place of business within the jurisdiction.

Application for grants through Legal Practitioners.
Order 55; Rule 50

50. (1) An applicant for a grant may apply in person.

(2) A personal applicant may not apply through an agent, whether paid or unpaid, and may not be represented by any person acting or appearing to act as his adviser.

(3) No personal application shall be received or proceeded with if:

(a) It becomes necessary to bring the matter before the Court by motion or by action;

(b) An application has already been made by a Legal Practitioner on behalf of the applicant and has not been withdrawn:

(c) The Judge otherwise directs.

(4) After a Will has been deposited in the Registry by a personal applicant, it may not be delivered to the applicant or to any other person unless in special circumstances and the Judge so directs.

(5) A personal applicant shall produce a certificate of the death of the deceased or such other evidence of the death as the Judge may approve.

(6) A personal applicant shall supply all information necessary to enable the papers leading to the grant to be prepared in the Registry or he may prepare such papers and lodge them unsworn.

(7) Unless the judge otherwise directs, every oath, affidavit or guarantee required of a personal application shall be sworn or executed by all the deponents or sureties before an authorised officer.

Personal Applications.
Order 55; Rule 51

51. (1) The Judge shall not allow any grant to issue until all inquires, which he may deem fit to make, have been answered to his satisfaction.

(2) The Judge may require proof of the identity of the deceased or of the applicant for the grant beyond those contained in the Oath.

(3) No grant of probate or of administration with the Will attached shall issue within 3 months of the death of the deceased; and no grant of administration (not with the will attached shall issue within 3 months of such death).

Order 55; Rule 52

52. (1) Every application for a grant shall be supported by an oath in the form applicable to the circumstances of the case, which shall be contained in an affidavit sworn by the applicant, and by such other papers as the Judge may require.

(2) Unless otherwise directed by the Judge, the oath shall state where the deceased was domiciled at the time of death.

Oath in support of grant
Order 55; Rule 53

53. Where it is necessary to describe the deceased in a grant by some name in addition to his true name, the applicant shall state in the oath the true name of the deceased and shall depose that some part of the estate, specifying it, was held in the other name; or as to any other reason that there may be for the inclusion of the other name in the grant.

Grant in additional name
Order 55; Rule 54

54. (1) Where the Judge considers that in any particular case a photocopy of the original Will would not be satisfactory for purposes of record, he may require that an engrossment suitable for photo reproduction be lodged.

(2) Where a Will contains alterations which are not admissible to proof, there shall be lodged an engrossment of the Will in the form in which it is to be proved.

(3) Any engrossment lodged under this rule shall reproduce the punctuation, spacing and division into paragraphs of the Will and, if it is one to which sub-rule 2 of this rule applies, it shall be made book-wise on durable paper following continuously from page to page.

(4) Where any pencil writing appears on a Will, there shall be lodged a copy of the Will or of the pages or sheets containing the pencil writing in which there shall be underlined in red ink those portions which appear in pencil in the original.

Engrossment for purposes of record.
Order 55; Rule 55

55. Where a gift to any person fails by reason of the fact that he is an attesting witness or the spouse of an attesting witness, such person shall not have any right to a grant as a beneficiary named in the Will, without prejudice to his right to a grant in any other capacity.

Grant to attesting witnesses etc.
Order 55; Rule 56

56 . (1) Where all the persons entitled to the estate of the deceased under a Will have assigned their whole interest in the estate to one or more persons, the assignee or assignees shall replace in order of priority for a grant of probate the assignor or if there are two or more assignors, the assignors with the highest priority, in the absence of a proving executor.

(2) Where there are two or more assignees, probate may be granted with the consent of the others to anyone or more but not exceeding four of them.

(3) In any case where probate is applied for by an assignee, a copy of the instrument of assignment shall be lodged in the Registry.

Right of assignee to a grant.
Order 55; Rule 57

57. (1) An application to add a personal representative shall be made to the Judge and shall be supported by an affidavit by the personal applicant, the consent of the person proposed to be added as personal representative and such other evidence as the Judge may require.

(2) On any such application the Judge may direct that a note shall be made on the original grant of the addition of a further personal representative, or he may impound or revoke the grant or make such order as the circumstances of the case may require.

Additional personal representatives.
Order 55; Rule 58

58. (1) A grant may be made to any person entitled thereto without more persons notice to other persons entitled in the same degree.

(2) A dispute between persons entitled to a grant in the same degree shall be brought by application before the Judge.

(3) If an application under this rule is brought before the Judge, he shall not allow any grant to be sealed until such application is finally disposed of.

(4) Unless the Judge otherwise directs, administration shall be granted to a living person in preference to the personal representative of a deceased person who would, if living, be entitled in the same degree and to a person not under disability in preference to an infant entitled in the same degree.

Grants where two or more persons entitled in the same degree.
Order 55; Rule 59

59. (1) Nothing in Rules 56, 59 or 61 shall operate to prevent a grant being made to any person to whom a grant may, or may required to be made under any enactment.

(2) The rules mentioned in sub-rule 1 of this rule shall not apply where the deceased died domiciled outside the State except in a case to which the provisions of Rule 62 apply.

Prevention of grant.
Order 55; Rule 60

60. When the beneficial interest in the whole estate of the deceased is vested absolutely in a person who has renounced his right to a grant of administration with the Will attached and has consented to such administration being granted to the person or person who would be entitled to his estate if he himself had died intestate, administration may be granted to such person or one or more but not exceeding four of such persons.

Provided that a surviving spouse shall not be regarded as person whom the estate has vested absolutely unless he would be entitled to the whole of the estate, whatever its value maybe.

Grants to person having spes successionis.
Order 55; Rule 61

61. Where the deceased was domiciled outside the State, the Judge may order that a grant should issue:

(a) to the person entrusted with the administration of the estate by the Court having jurisdiction at the place where the deceased died domiciled;

(b) to the person entitled to administer the estate by the law of the place where the deceased died domiciled;

(c) if there is no such person as is mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) of this rule or if in the opinion of the Judge the circumstances so require, to such person as the Judge may direct;

(d) if a grant required to be made to, or if the Judge in his discretion considers that a grant should be made to, not less than two administrators, to such person as the Judge may direct jointly with any such person as is mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) of this rule or with any other person:

Provided that without any such order as aforesaid:

a. probate of any Will which is admissible to proof may be granted.

(i) where the Will is in English or in the local language to the executor named therein;

(ii) where the will describes the duties of a named person in terms sufficient to constitute him executor according to the tenor of the Will, to that person;

b. where the whole of the estate in the state consists of immovable property, a grant limited thereto may be made in accordance with the law that would have been applicable if the deceased had died domiciled in the State.

Grants where deceased was domiciled outside the State.
Order 55; Rule 62

62. (1) Where a person entitled to a grant resides outside the State, a grant may be made to his lawful attorney for his use and benefit, until such person shall obtain a grant or in such other way as the Judge may direct:

Provided that where the person so entitled is an executor, administration shall not be granted to his attorney without notice to the other executors if any.

(2) Where the Judge is satisfied by affidavit that it is desirable for a grant to be made to the lawful attorney or a person entitled to a grant and resident in the State he may direct the grant to be made to the attorney for the use and benefit of such person, until such person obtains a grant or in such other way as the Judge may direct.

Grant to attorney.
Order 55; Rule 63

63. (1) Where the person to whom a grant would otherwise be made is a minor, a grant for his use and benefit until he attains the age of 18 years shall, subject to sub-rules 3 and 5 of this rule, be granted,

(a) to both parents of the minor jointly or to any guardian appointed by a Judge; or

(b) where there is no such guardian able and willing to act and the minor has attained the age of 16 years to any next of kin nominated by the minor, or where the minor is a married woman, to any such next of kin or to her spouse if nominated by her.

(2) Any person nominated under sub-rule 1(b) of this rule may represent any other minor whose next of kin he is, being a minor below the age of 16 years entitled in the same degree as the minor who made the nomination.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in this rule, administration for the use and benefit of the minor until he attains the age of 18 years may be granted to any person assigned as guardian by order of a Court in default of, or jointly with, or to the exclusion of any such person as is mentioned in sub-rule 1 of this rule and such an order may be made on application by the intended guardian, who shall file an affidavit of fitness sworn by a responsible person.

(4) Where a grant is required to be made to not less than two persons and there is only one person competent and willing to take a grant under the foregoing provisions of this rule, a grant may unless the Judge otherwise directs, be made to such person jointly with any other person nominated by him as a fit and proper person to take the grant.

(5) Where a minor who is sole executor has no interest in the residuary estate of the deceased, administration with the Will attached for the use and benefit of the minor until he attains the age of 18 years shall, unless the Judge otherwise directs be granted to the person entitled to the residuary estate.

(6) A minor’s right to administration may be renounced only by a person assigned as guardian under sub-rule 3 of this rule and authorized to renounce by the Judge.

Grants on behalf of minors.
Order 55; Rule 64

64. (1) Where one of several executors is a minor, probate may be granted to the adult executors, with power reserved for making the like grant to the minor on his attaining the age of 18 years and administration for the use and benefit of the minor until he attains the age of 18 years may be granted under Rule 63 only if the adult executors renounce or, on being cited to accept or refuse a grant, fail to make an effective application.

(2) A minor executor’s right to probate on attaining the age of 18 years shall not be renounced by any person on his behalf.

Grants where minor is co-executor.
Order 55; Rule 65

65. (1) Where the Judge is satisfied that a person entitled to a grant is by reason of mental or physical infirmity incapable of managing his affairs, a grant for his use and benefit, during his incapacity may be made:

(a) in the case of mental incapacity, to the person authorized by the Judge to apply for the grant;

(b) where there is no person so authorized or in the case of physical incapacity:

(i) if the person incapable is entitled as executor and has no interest in the residuary estate of the deceased, to the person entitled to such residuary estate;

(ii) where the person incapable is entitled otherwise than as executor or is an executor having an interest in the residuary estate of the deceased, to the person who would be entitled to a grant in respect of his estate if he had died intestate; or to such other person as the Judge may by order direct.

(2) Unless the Judge otherwise directs, no grant shall be made under this rule unless all persons entitled in the same degree as the person incapable have been considered and excluded.

(3) Where legal disability arises out of unsoundness of mind or insanity of the person entitled to a grant, notice of intended application for a grant under this rule shall, unless the Judge otherwise directs, be given to his guardian.

(4) Where there is physical disability, notice of intended application of a grant under this rule shall, unless the Judge otherwise directs, be given to the person alleged to be incapable.

Grants in case of mental or physical incapacity.
Order 55; Rule 66

66. (1) Renunciation of probate by an executor shall not operate as renunciation of any right which he may have to a grant of administration in some other capacity unless he expressly renounces such right.

(2) Unless the Judge otherwise directs, no person who has renounced a grant in one capacity may obtain a grant in some other capacity.

(3) A renunciation of probate or administration may be retracted at any time on the order of the Judge:

Provided that only in exceptional circumstances may leave be given to an executor to retract a renunciation of probate after a grant has been made to such other person entitled in a lower degree.

Renunciation of probate and administration.
Order 55; Rule 67

67. Where the state is or may be beneficially interested in the estate of a deceased person, notice of intended application of grant shall be given by the applicant to the Kaduna State Attorney-General and the Judge may direct that no grant shall issue within a specified time after the notice has been given.

Notice to State of intended application for grant.
Order 55; Rule 68

68. (1) An application for the resealing of probate or administration with the Will attached granted by a Court outside the State shall be made by the person to whom the grant was made or by any person authorised in writing to apply on his behalf.

(2) On any such application:

(a) an Inland Revenue affidavit shall be lodged as if the application were one for a grant in the State.

(b) the application shall be advertised in such manner as the Judge may direct and shall be supported by an oath sworn by the person making the application.

(3) On an application for the resealing of such a grant:

(a) the Judge shall not require sureties except where it appears to him that the grant is made to a person or for a purpose mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (f) of Rule 35(1) of this Order or except where he considers that there are special circumstances making it desirable to require sureties;

(b) Rules 35(2), (4), (5), (6) and 51(4) of this Order shall apply with any necessary modifications; and

Probate Form 2.

(c) A guarantee entered into by a surety shall be in Probate Form 2 with such variations as circumstances may require.

(4) Except by leave of the Judge, no grant shall be resealed unless it was made to such a person as is mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) of Rule 61 of this Order or to a person to whom a grant could be made under a provision to that rule.

(5) No limited or temporary grant shall be resealed except by leave of the Judge.

(6) Every grant lodged for resealing shall include a copy of any Will to which the grant relates or shall be accompanied by a copy certified as correct by or under the authority of the Court by which the grant was made.

(7) The Registrar shall send notice of the resealing to the Court which made the grant.

(8) Where notice is received by the Registry from outside the State in respect of the resealing of a grant made by the Court, notice of any amendment or revocation of the grant shall be sent to the Court outside the State for the purpose of such resealing.

Resealing
Order 55; Rule 69

69. If a Judge is satisfied that a grant should be amended or revoked, he may make an order accordingly:

Provided that, except in special circumstances, no grant shall be amended or revoked under this rule except on the application or with the consent of the person to whom the grant was made.

Amendment and revocation of grant
Order 55; Rule 70

70. (1) A notice to prohibit a grant of administration may be filed in Court. Caveats.

(2) Any person who wishes to ensure that no grant is sealed without notice to himself may enter a caveat in the Registry.

Probate Form 3

(3) Any person who wishes to enter a caveat, in this rule called “the caveator” may do so by completing Probate Form 3 in the appropriate book at the Registry and obtaining an acknowledgement of entry from the proper officer, or by sending through the post at his own risk a notice in Probate Form 3 to the Registry in which he wishes the caveat to be entered.

Probate Form 4

(4) Where the caveat is entered by a Legal Practitioner on behalf of the caveator, the name of the caveator shall be stated in Probate Form 4.

(5) Except as otherwise provided by this rule, a caveat shall remain in force for 3 months from the date on which it is entered and shall then cease to have effect, without prejudice to the entry of a further caveat or caveats.

(6) The Registrar shall maintain an index of caveats entered in the Registry and on receiving an application for a grant in the Registry, he shall cause the index to be searched and shall notify the applicant in the event of any caveat having been entered against the sealing of a grant for which application has been made.

(7) The Registrar shall not allow any grant to be scaled if he has knowledge of an effective caveat in respect thereof:

Provided that no caveat shall operate to prevent the sealing of a grant on the day on which the caveat is entered.

Probate Form 5

(8) A warning in Probate Form 5 may issue from the Registry against a caveator at the instance of any person interested, in this rule called “the person warning”, which shall slate his interest and if he claims under a Will, the date of the Will, and shall require the caveator to give particulars of any contrary interest which he may have in the estate of the deceased; and every warning or a copy thereof shall be served on the caveator.

Probate Form 6

(9) A caveator having an interest contrary to that of the person warning may within 8 days of service of the warning upon him inclusive or the day of such service; or at any time thereafter if no affidavit has been filed under sub-rule 12 of this rule, enter an appearance in the Registry by filing Probate Form 6 and making an entry in the appropriate book, and shall forthwith serve on the person warning a copy of Probate Form 6 sealed with the seal of the Registry.

(10) A caveator who has not entered an appearance to a warning may at any time withdraw his caveat by giving notice at the Registry and the caveat shall then cease to have effect and if he has been warned, the caveator shall forthwith give notice of withdrawal of the caveat to the person warning.

(11) A caveator having no interest contrary to that of the person warning but wishing to show cause against the sealing of a grant to that person may, within 8 days of service of the warning upon him inclusive of the day of such service, or at any time thereafter if no affidavit has been filed under sub-rule 12 of this rule, issue and serve a summons for directions, which shall be returnable before the Registrar.

(12) If the time limited for appearance has expired and the caveator has not entered an appearance, the person warning may file in the Registry an affidavit showing that the warning was duly served and that he has not received a summons for directions under sub-rule 11 and thereupon the caveat shall cease to have effect.

(13) Upon commencement of a probate action, the Probate Registrar shall, if a caveat is in force, other than a caveat entered by the plaintiff, give to the caveator notice of the commencement of the action and, upon the subsequent entry of a caveat at any time when the action is pending, shall likewise notify the caveator of the existence of the action.

(14) Unless the Judge otherwise directs:

(a) any caveat in force at the commencement of proceedings by way of citation or motion shall unless withdrawn pursuant to sub-rule 9 of this rule, remain in force until an application for grant is made by the person shown to be entitled thereto by the decision of the Court in such proceedings and upon such application any caveat entered by a party who had notice of the proceedings shall cease to have effect;

(b) any caveat in respect of which an appearance to a warning has been entered shall remain in force until the commencement of a probate action;

(c) the commencement of a probate action shall whether or not any caveat has been entered, operate to prevent the sealing of a grant until application for a grant is made by the person shown to be entitled thereto by the decision of the Judge in such action, and upon such application any caveat entered by a party who had notice of the action, or by a caveator who was given notice under sub-rule 13 of this rule, shall cease to have effect.

(15) Except with the leave of the Judge, no further caveat may be entered by or on behalf of any caveator whose caveat has ceased to have effect under sub-rule 12 or 14 of this rule.

Notice to prohibit grant.
Order 55; Rule 71

71. (1) Notices in the nature of citation shall be given in such manner as the Judge directs.

(2) Every citation shall be settled by the Registrar before being issued.

(3) Every averment in a citation and such other information as the Registrar may require shall be verified by an affidavit sworn to by the person issuing the citation in this Order called “the citor”, or, if there are more citors, by one of them:

Provided that the Registrar may in special circumstances accept an affidavit sworn to by the citors Legal Practitioner.

(4) The citor shall enter a caveat before issuing a citation.

(5) Every citation shall be served personally on the person cited unless a Judge, on cause shown by affidavit, directs some other mode of service, which may include notice by advertisement.

(6) Every Will referred to in a citation shall be lodged in the Registry before the citation is issued except where the Will is not in the citor’s possession and the judge is satisfied that it is impracticable to require it to be lodged.

(7) A person who has been cited to appear may, within 8 days of service of the citation upon him inclusive of the day of such service, or at any time thereafter if no application has been made by the citor under sub-rule 5 of rule 35 or sub-rule 2 of Rule 69 of this Order enter an appearance in the Registry by filing Probate Form 6 and making an entry in the appropriate book, and shall thereafter serve on the citor a copy of Form 5 sealed with the seal of the Registry.

Citations
Order 55; Rule 72

72 . (1) A citation to accept or refuse a grant may be issued at the instance of any person who would himself be entitled to a grant in the event of the person cited renouncing his right thereto.

(2) Where power to make a grant to an executor has been reserved, a citation calling on him to accept or refuse a grant may be issued at the instance of any person who would himself be entitled to a grant in the event of the person cited renouncing his right thereto.
(3) A citation calling on an executor who has intermeddled in the estate of the deceased to show cause why he should not be ordered to take a grant may be issued at the instance of any person interested in the estate at any time after the expiration of 6 months from the death or the deceased:

Provided that no citation to take a grant shall issue while proceeding as to the validity of the Will is pending.

(4) A person cited who is willing to accept or take a grant may apply ex-parte to the Judge for an order for a grant on filing an affidavit showing that he has entered an appearance and that he has not been served by the citor with notice of any application for 3 grant to himself.

(5) If the time limited for appearance has expired and the person cited has not entered an appearance, the citor may:

(a) in the case of a citation under sub-rule 1 of this rule, apply to the Judge for an order for a grant to himself;

(b) in the case of a citation under sub-rule 2 of this rule, apply to the Judge for an order that a note be made on the grant that the executor in respect of whom power was reserved has been duly cited and has not appeared and that all his rights or interest in respect thereof have ceased:

(c) in the case of a citation under sub-rule 3 of this rule, apply to the Judge by summons, which shall be served on the person cited for an order requiring such person to take a grant within a specified time or for a grant to himself or some other person specified in the summons.

(6) An application under sub-rule 5 of this rule shall be supported by an affidavit showing that the citation was duly served, and that the person cited has not entered an appearance.

(7) if the person cited has entered an appearance but has not applied for a grant under sub-rule 4 of this rule, or has failed to prosecute his application with reasonable diligence, the citor may:

(a) in the case of a citation under sub-rule 1 of this rule apply by summons to the Judge for an order for a grant to himself;

(b) in the case of a citation under sub-rule 2 of this rule apply by summons to the Judge for an order striking out the appearance and for the endorsement on the grant of such a note as is mentioned in paragraph (b) of sub-rule 5 of this rule;

(c) in the case of a citation under sub-rule 3 of this rule, apply by summons to the Judge for an order requiring the person cited to take a grant within a specified time or for a grant to himself or some other person specified in the summons;

and the summons shall be served on the person cited in each case.

Citation to accept or refuse a grant
Order 55; Rule 73

73. (1) A citation to propound a Will shall be directed to the executors named in the Will and to all persons interested thereunder, and may be issued at the instance of any citor having any interest contrary to that of the executors or such other persons.

(2) Where the time limited for appearance has expired, the citor may:

(a) where no person cited has entered an appearance, apply to the Judge for an order for a grant as if the Will were invalid;

(b) in the case of a citation under sub-rule 2 of Rule 72 of this Order apply by summons to the Judge for an order striking out the appearance and for endorsement on the grant of such a note as mentioned in paragraph (b) of sub-rule 5 of Rule 72 of this Order;

(c) in the case of a citation under sub-rule 3 of Rule 72 of this Order apply by summons to the Judge for an order requiring the person cited to take a grant within a specified time in the summons;

and the summons shall be served on the persons cited in each case.

Citation to propound a Will.
Order 55; Rule 74

74. All caveats, citations, warnings and appearances shall contain an address for service within the jurisdiction.

Address for service.
Order 55; Rule 75

75. (1) An application for an order requiring a person to bring in a Will or to attend for examination may, unless a probate action has been commenced, be made to the Court by summons, which shall be served on every such person as aforesaid.

(2)An application for the issue by the Judge of a subpoena to bring in a Will shall be supported by an affidavit setting out the grounds for the application, and if any person served with the subpoena denies that the Will is in his possession or control he may file an affidavit to that effect.

Application for order to order to bring or to attend for examination.
Order 55; Rule 76

76. An application for an order for a grant limited to part of an estate may be made to the Judge and shall be supported by an affidavit stating:

(a) whether the application is made in respect of the real estate only or any part thereof, or real estate together with personal estate, or in respect of a trust estate only;

(b) whether the estate of the deceased is known to be insolvent;

(c) that the persons entitled to a grant in respect of the whole estate in priority to the applicant have been considered and excluded.

Limited grants
Order 55; Rule 77

77. An application for an order for grant of administration where the goods in the estate are of perishable nature may be made to the Judge, and shall be supported by an affidavit setting out the grounds of the application.

Grants ad colligenda bona.
Order 55; Rule 78

78. An application for leave to swear to the death of a person in whose estate a grant is sought may be made to the Judge, and shall be supported by an affidavit setting out the grounds of the application and containing particulars of any policies of insurance effected on the life of the presumed deceased.

Application for leave to swear to death of a person.
Order 55; Rule 79

79. (1) An application for an order admitting to proof a codicil or a Will contained in a copy, a completed draft, a reconstruction or other evidence of its contents where the original Will is not available may be made to the Judge.

Provided that where a Will is not available owing to its being retained in the custody of a foreign Court or official, a duly certified copy of the Will may be admitted to proof without any such order as aforesaid.

(2) The application shall be supported by an affidavit setting out the grounds of the application and by such evidence on affidavit as the applicant can adduce as to:

(a) the due execution of the Will;

(b) its existence after the death of the testator; and

(c) the accuracy of the copy or other evidence of the contents of the Will, together with any consent in writing to the application given by any person not under disability who would be prejudiced by the grant.

Grants in respect of codicils and copies of Wills
Order 55; Rule 80

80. An application for an order for a grant of special administration where a personal representative resides outside the State shall be made to the Judge by a motion.

Grants durants absentia
Order 55; Rule 81

81. (1) Where a surviving spouse who is the sole personal representative of the deceased is entitled to a life interest in part of the residuary estate and elects to have the life interest redeemed, he may give written notice of the election to the Registrar by filing a notice in Probate Form 7 with such variations as circumstances may require.

(2) A notice filed under this rule shall be notice on the grant and the record shall be open to inspection.

Notice of election by surviving spouse to redeem life interest
Order 55; Rule 82

82. (1) Where copies are required of original Wills or other documents deposited under the provisions of any written law such copies may be photocopies sealed with the seal of the Registry and issued as office copies and where such office copies are available copies certified under the hand of a Registrar to be true copies shall be issued only if it is required that the seal of the court be affixed thereto.

(2) Copies, not being photocopies of original Wills or other documents deposited as aforesaid shall be examined against the documents of which they purport to be copies if so required by the person demanding the copy, and in such case the copy shall be certified under the hand of a Registrar to be a true copy and may in addition be sealed with the seal of the Court

Photocopy of Wills or other document may be certified and sealed
Order 55; Rule 83

83. The Registrar may require any application under this Order to be made by motion or summons to a Judge.

Power to require application to be made by summons or motions
Order 55; Rule 84

84. (1) A Judge may direct that a notice of motion or summons for the service of which no other provision is made in this Order shall be served on such person or persons as the Judge may direct.

(2) Where by the provisions of this Order or by any direction given under sub-rule 1 of this rule a notice of motion or summons is required to be served on any person, it shall be served not less than 5 days, before the hearing of the motion or summons.

Service of notice of motion and summons
Order 55; Rule 85

85. Unless the Judge otherwise directs or this Order provides, any notice or other document required to be given or served on any person may be given or served by leaving it at, or by sending it by courier to that person’s address for service, or if he has no address for service, his last known address.

Service of Notices etc. at the person’s address.
Order 55; Rule 86

86. Every affidavit used in non-contentious probate business shall satisfy the requirements of Order 16 of these Rules.

Affidavit.
Order 55; Rule 87

87. The provisions of Order 41 of these Rules shall apply to the computation, enlargement and abridgement of time under this Order.

Time.
Order 55; Rule 88

88. Subject in any particular case to any direction given by a Judge, this Order shall apply to any proceeding which is pending on the date on which these Rules come into operation as well as to any proceeding commenced on or after that date:

Provided that where the deceased died before the commencement of these Rules, the right to a grant shall, subject to the provisions of any enactment, be determined by the principles and rules in accordance with which the Court would have acted at the date of the death .

Application.
Order 55; Rule 89

89. Suits in respect of probate shall be instituted and carried on as nearly as practicable in the like manner and subject to the same rules of procedure as suits in respect of civil claims.

Contentious probate; Form of suits.
Order 55; Rule 90

90. In probate actions, the originating process shall state whether the Plaintiff claims as creditor, executor, administrator, beneficiary, next of kin or in any other capacity.

Probate actions
Order 55; Rule 91

91. In probate actions, service of a Writ of Summons may by leave of a Judge be allowed out of Nigeria.

Service of Writ of Summons.
Order 55; Rule 92

92. In probate actions, a party shall state with regard to every defence which is pleaded, what is the substance of the case on which it is intended to rely; and further where it is pleaded that the testator was not of sound mind, memory and understanding, particulars of any specific instances of delusion shall be delivered before the case is set down for trial and, except by leave of a Judge, no evidence shall be given of any other instances at the trial.

Pleadings and further actions
Order 55; Rule 93

93. In probate actions where the Plaintiff disputes the interest of the Defendant, he shall allege in his statement of claim that he denies the Defendant’s interest.

Where Plaintiff disputes Defendants interest.
Order 55; Rule 94

94. In probate actions, the party opposing a Will may, with his defence, give notice to the party setting up the Will that he merely insists upon the Will being proved in solemn form of law and only intends to cross-examine the witnesses produced in support of the Will, and he shall thereupon be at liberty to do so and shall not in any event be liable to pay the costs of the other side unless the Judge finds that there was no reasonable ground for opposing the Will.

Notice of opposition to Will.
Order 55; Rule 95

95. Every Judgment or order for a general account of the personal estate of a testator or intestate shall contain a direction for any inquiry as to what parts of such personal estate are outstanding or undisposed of, unless the Judge shall otherwise direct.

Inquiry as to outstanding personal estate.
Order 55; Rule 96

96. Where a person is or has been a party to any proceedings in the capacity of trustee, personal representative or mortgagee, he shall, unless the Judge otherwise orders, be entitled to the costs of such proceedings in so far as they are not recovered from or paid by any other person out of the fund held by the trustee or personal representative or the mortgaged property, as the case may be; and the Judge may otherwise order only on the ground that the trustee, personal representative or mortgagee has acted unreasonably or, in the case of a trustee or personal representative, has in substance acted for his own benefit rather than for the benefit of the fund.

Discretion to order costs.
Order 55; Rule 97

97. The executors or administrators of a deceased person or any of them, and the trustees under any deed or instrument or any of them, and any person claiming to be interested in the relief sought as creditor, beneficiary, next of kin, heir-at-law of a deceased person, or as Cestui que trust under the trust of any deed or instrument, or as claiming by assignment or administration otherwise under any such creditor or other person as aforesaid, may take out an originating summons for such relief as listed hereunder as may be specified by the summons and as the circumstances of the case may require; that is, the determination without an administration of the estate or trust of any of the following questions or matters:

(a) any question affecting the rights or interests of the person claiming to be creditor, beneficiary, next of kin, or heir-at-law or cestui que trust;

(b) the ascertainment of any class of creditors, beneficiary, next of kin, or others;

(c) the furnishing of any particular accounts by the executors or administrators or trustees and the vouching, when necessary, of such accounts;

(d) the payment into Court of any money in the hands of the executors or administrators or trustees;

(e) directing the executors or administrators or trustees to do or abstain from doing any particular act in their character as such executors or administrators or trustees;

(f) the approval of any sale, purchase, compromise, or other transaction;

(g) the determination of any question arising in the administration of the estate or trust.

Originating summons relating to deceased person
Order 55; Rule 98

98. Any of the persons named in Rule 97 of this Order may in like manner apply for and obtain an order for:

(a) the administration of the personal or real estate of the deceased;

(b) the administration of the trust;

(c) any act to be done or step to be taken which the Judge could have ordered to be done or taken if any such administration order as aforesaid had previously been made.

Order for administration of estate of deceased and of trust.
Order 55; Rule 99

99. The person to be served with the summons under Rules 97 and 98 of this Order in the first instance shall be the following;

Where the summons is taken out by an executor or administrator or trustee:

(a) for the determination of any question, under paragraph (a), (c), (f) or (g) of Rule 97 of this Order, the persons, or one of the persons, whose rights or interests, are sought to be affected;

(b) for the determination of any question, under paragraph (b) of Rule 97 of this Order any member or alleged member of the class;

(c) for the determination of any question under paragraph (c) of Rule 97 of this Order, any person interested in taking such accounts;

(d) for the determination of any question under paragraph (d) of Rule 97 of this Order, any person interested in taking such money;

(e) for relief under paragraph (a) or Rule 98 of this Order, the residuary legatees, or next of kin, or some of them, or the residuary devisees, or heirs, or some of them, as the case may be;

(f) for relief under paragraph (b) or Rule 98 of this Order, the Cestui que trust or some of them;

(g) if there are more than one executor or administrator or trustee and they do not all concur in taking out the summons, those who do not concur;

Where summons taken out by any other person.

(h) where the summons is taken out by any person other than the executors, administrators or trustees the executors, administrators or trustees, or some of them must he served.

Persons to be served
Order 55; Rule 100

100. It shall not be obligatory on the Judge to pronounce or make judgment or order, whether on summons or otherwise for the administration of any trust or of the estate of any deceased person if the questions between the parties can be properly determined without such judgment or order.

Judge not bound to order administration
Order 55; Rule 101

101. Upon an application for administration or execution of trusts by a creditor or beneficiary under a Will, intestacy, or deed of trust, where no accounts or insufficient accounts have been rendered, the Judge may, in addition to the powers already existing:

(a) order that the application shall stand over for a certain time, and that the executors, administrators or trustees in the meantime shall render to the applicant proper statement of their accounts, with an intimation that if this is not done they may be made to pay the costs of the proceedings;

(b) when necessary, to prevent proceedings by other creditors, or by persons beneficially interested, make the usual judgement or order for administration with a provision that no proceedings are to be taken under such judgement or order without leave of the Judge.

Order which may be made on application for administration or execution of trusts, where no account or insufficient accounts have been rendered.
Order 55; Rule 102

102. The issue of a summons under Rule 97 of this Order shall not interfere with or control any power or discretion vested in any executor, administrator or trustee except so far as such interference or control may necessarily be involved in the particular relief sought.

Interference with discretion of trustee.
Order 55; Rule 103

103. Any of the following applications may be made by summons:

Appointment of new trustees and vesting order.

(a) an application for the appointment of a new trustee with or without a vesting or other consequential order;

(b) an application for a vesting order or other order consequential on the appointment of a new trustee where the appointment is made by a Judge.

Vesting order on sale, etc.

(c) an application for vesting or other consequential order in any case where a judgement or order has been given or made for the sale, conveyance, or transfer of any land or stock or the suing for or recovering any chose in action;

Payment out of Court.

(d) an application relating to a fund paid into court in any case coming within the provisions of rule 8 of this Order.

Application by summons
Order 55; Rule 104

104. (1) The provisions of the Interpretation Law shall apply to the interpretation of this Order.

(2) In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires:

“authorised officer” means any officer of the Registry who is for the time being authorised by law to administer any oath or to take any affidavit required for any purpose connected with his duties;

“gross value” in relation to any estate means the value of the estate without deduction for debts, encumbrances, funeral expenses or estate duty;

“oath” means the oath required by this Order to be sworn by every applicant for grant;

“personal applicant” means a person other than a trust corporation who seeks to obtain a grant without employing a Legal Practitioner, and

“personal application” has a corresponding meaning:

“Registrar” means the Probate Registrar; “Registry” or “Probate Registry” means the Probate Registry of the Court;

“Will” includes a Codicil and any testamentary document or copy or reconstruction of it.

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference in this Order to any rule or enactment shall be construed as a reference to that rule or enactment as amended, extended or applied by any other rule or enactment.

Interpretation Law Cap. 77 Laws of Kaduna State
ORDER 56

1. Subject to the provisions of any written law and of the foregoing Orders:-

(1) The fees set out in the 1st, 2nd, 4th and 5th appendices shall be payable by any person commencing the respective proceedings or desiring the respective services for which they are specified in those appendices.

Allowances, 2nd Appendix.

(2) The allowances set out in the 2nd appendix shall be payable to the various categories of witnesses mentioned therein by any person at whose instance they testify.

Provided that a witness who testifies at the instance of the Court acting on its own motion shall be paid out of public revenue.

Fees – 1st, 2nd, 4th and 5th Appendices.
Order 56; Rule 2

2. The regulations set out in the 3rd appendix shall be observed by all officers of Court concerned with the rendering of services, and or collection of fees payable, under the provisions of these Rules.

Regulations, 3rd appendix.

Kaduna State Administration of Criminal Justice Law, 2017

KADUNA STATE ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE LAW, 2017.

SECTION NO.PROVISIONMARGINAL NOTES
PART I

PRELIMINARY

SECTION 1

This Law may be cited as the Kaduna State Administration of
Criminal Justice Law, 2017.

Short Title
SECTION 2

This Law shall come into operation on the 29th day of
May, 2017.

Commencement
SECTION 3

In this Law unless the context otherwise requires:

“Adult” means a person who has attained the age of 18 years or
above;

“Asylum” includes a lunatic asylum, a mental or other hospital, a
prison and any other suitable place of safe custody of person of
unsound mind for medical observation;

“Attorney-General” means the Attorney-General of Kaduna State;

“Charge” means the statement of offence or statement of offences
with which a Defendant is charged in a trial.

“Chief Judge” means the Chief Judge of the High Court of Kaduna
State;

“Child” means a person who has not attained the age of 18 years
under the Children and Young Persons Law;

“Committee” means the Administration of Criminal Justice Monitoring
Committee established under Section 466 (1) of this Law;

“Complainant” includes any informant or Prosecutor in any case
relating to summary trial

“Complaint” means the allegation that any named person has
committed an offence made before a Court or Police Officer for the
purpose of moving him to issue process under this Law;

“Court” includes Customary Courts presided over by legal
practitioners, Shari’a Court, Magistrates’ Court, and State High Court;

“Currency” means coins, notes and other legal tender;
“Defendant” means any person against whom a complaint or charge
is made;

“District” means a District into which the State is divided for the
purposes of any Law or Law under which a Magistrate’s Court is
established;

“Division” means a judicial division of the High Court;
“Federation” means the Federal Republic of Nigeria;

“Federal Law” means any Act enacted by the National Assembly
having effect with respect to the Federation or any part thereof

“Felony” means an offence on conviction for which a person can,
without proof of his having been previously convicted of an offence,
be sentenced to death or to imprisonment for three years or more, or
which is declared by Law to be a felony;

“Fine” includes any pecuniary penalty or pecuniary forfeiture or
pecuniary compensation payable under this Law;

“Functions” includes powers and duties;
“Future enactment” means any enactment passed after the
commencement of this Law;

“Governor” mean the Governor of Kaduna State;

“Guardian” in relation to a Child or young person means the parent
or other person having Lawful custody of such Child or young
person, and includes any person who, in the opinion of the Court
having cognizance of any case in which such Child or young person is
concerned, has, for the time being, the custody, control over, or
charge of such Child or young person;

“House of Assembly” means the Kaduna State House of Assembly;

“High Court” means the High Court of Kaduna State;

“Indictable offence” means an offence which on conviction may be
punished by:

(a) a term of imprisonment exceeding two years; or

(b) of a fine exceeding N40,000.00 not being an offence declared
by the Law creating it to be punishable on summary
conviction;

“Indictment” means the filing of a charge against a person in Court;

“Infant” means a person who has not attained the age of seven
years;

“Judge” includes a Judge of a High Court, Magistrate or a Judge of
the Customary Court and Khadi or Grand Khadi;

“Law Officer” means the Attorney-General and the Solicitor-General
and such other qualified Officers, by whatever names designated, to
whom any of the powers of a Law Officer are delegated to by Law
and a private legal practitioner authorized by the Attorney-General to
appear for and on behalf of the Attorney-General;

“Law Enforcement Officer” means where the context so admits,
include any Officer of any Law enforcement agency established by an
Act of the National Assembly or any Law made by the House of
Assembly;

“Legal guardian” in relation to an infant, Child, young person, or
juvenile offender, means a person appointed, according to Law, to
be his guardian by deed or will, or by order of a Court of competent
jurisdiction;

“Licensed courier company” means a courier company registered
under the relevant Law;

“Magistrate” means a Magistrate appointed in accordance with the
Law of Kaduna State;

“Magistrates’ Court” means Magistrates’ Court established under the
Law of Kaduna State;

“Medical Officer” means a Medical Doctor attached to an asylum or
Medical Doctor from whom a Court requires an opinion;

“Misdemeanour” means an offence punishable by imprisonment for
not less than 6 months, but less than 3 years or which is declared by
Law to be a misdemeanour;

“Member” means a member of the Committee and includes the
Chairman;

“Offence” means an offence against a Law of the State House of
Assembly or the National Assembly for which Courts of Kaduna State
have jurisdiction.

“Officer in charge” includes, the Officer in charge of a police station
or the Officer in charge of a unit in any other Law enforcement
agency or other Officer who acts in the absence of the Officer in charge;

“Open Court” means a room or place in which a Court sits to hear
and determine a matter within its jurisdiction and to which room or
place the public may have access so far as the room or space can
conveniently contain them;

“Order” includes any conviction in respect of a summary conviction
offence;

“Part-heard criminal matter” means a trial which has not been
concluded by the Court.

“Penalty” includes any pecuniary fine, forfeiture, costs, or
compensation recoverable or payable under an Order;

“Place of safety” includes a suitable place, the occupier of which is
willing temporarily to receive an infant, Child, or young person;

“Plea bargain” means the process in criminal proceedings whereby
the Defendant and the prosecution work out a mutually acceptable
disposition of the case; including the plea of the Defendant to a
lesser offence than that charged in the complaint or charge and in
conformity with other conditions imposed by the prosecution, in
return for a lighter sentence than that for the higher charge subject
to the Court’s approval;

“Police Officer” includes any member of the Nigeria Police Force
established by the Police Act;

“Prescribed” means as provided by rules made under the authority of
this Law;

“Private Prosecutor” does not include a person prosecuting on behalf
of the State or a public Officer prosecuting in his official capacity;

“Reasonable time” is as defined in Section 35 (5) of the Constitution
of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (as amended);

“Registrar” includes the Chief Registrar and a registrar of a Court;

“Rules’’ or “the rules” means rules of Court relating to the practice
and procedure of the High Court or of the Magistrates’ Courts or of the Shari’a or Customary Courts in the exercise of their criminal
jurisdiction;

“Sentenced to imprisonment” shall include cases where
imprisonments imposed by a Court on any person either with or
without the option of a fine, or in respect of the non-payment of any
sum of money, or for failing to do or abstaining from doing any act
or thing required to be done or left undone, and the expression

“sentence of imprisonment” shall be construed accordingly;

“Sheriff” means a Sheriff within the meaning of the Sheriffs and Civil
Process Act and includes a deputy sheriff and any person authorized
by the sheriff or a deputy sheriff to execute process of a Court;

“State” means Kaduna State;
“Summary conviction offence” means an offence punishable by a
High Court or a Magistrates’ Court on summary conviction and
includes any matter in respect of which a High Court or a
Magistrate’s Court can make an order in the exercise of its summary
jurisdiction;

“Summary Court” means unless the same is expressly or by
necessary implication qualified:

(a) a Judge of the High Court when sitting in Court and presiding
over a summary trial, and

(b) a Magistrate or Customary Court Judge when sitting in Court
to hear and determine any matters within his power and
jurisdiction either under the provisions of this Law or any
other Law, and the Judge when so sitting and presiding, and
the Magistrate when so sitting, shall be deemed to be a
“Court” or ‘’summary Court” within the meaning of this Law or
any other Law;

“Summary trial” means any trial by a Magistrate or a trial by a High
Court commenced without filing a charge;

“Superintendent of Prison” has the same meaning as in the Prisons
Act;

“Superior Police Officer” has the same meaning as in the Police Act;

“Suspect” means a person who has been arrested on the suspicion of
committing any offence, and who is yet to be formally charged for
that offence;

Interpretation
SECTION 4

(1) The purpose of this Law is to ensure that the system of
administration of criminal justice in Kaduna State promotes
efficient management of criminal justice institutions, speedy
dispensation of justice, protection of the society from crime and protection of the rights and interests of the Suspect, the
Defendant, and the victim.

(2) The Courts, Law enforcement agencies and other authorities
or persons involved in criminal justice administration shall
ensure compliance with the provisions of this Law for the
realization of its purposes.

Purpose
SECTION 5

Without prejudice to Section 100 of this Law, the provisions of this
Law shall apply to criminal trials for offences established by the Law
of the State House of Assembly and other offences punishable in the
State, except otherwise provided by any other Law.

Application
SECTION 6

Nothing in this Law shall affect the status, appointment or tenure of
office of:

(1) Any Magistrate, Alkali or Judge appointed within the State
before the commencement of this Law. Accordingly, every
Magistrate shall be deemed to have been appointed under this
Law and shall exercise his duties in the District in which he
was serving before the commencement of this Law

(2) Any Officer performing duties in connection with a Court
constituted under any Law before the commencement of this
Law shall be deemed to have been appointed as such under
this Law.

Saving Existing
Appointments
SECTION 7

All offences against any Law shall be investigated, inquired into, tried
and dealt with in accordance with the provisions of this Law, subject
to any other Law for the time being in force regulating the manner or
place of investigation, inquiry or trial of such offences.

Trial of Offences Under
Other Laws
PART
II

THE CONSTITUTION AND POWERS
OF CRIMINAL COURTS

SECTION 8

There shall be the following classes of Criminal Courts in Kaduna
State, namely:

(a) the High Court;

(b) Courts of the Chief Magistrates of the First grade;

(c) Courts of the Chief Magistrates of the Second grade;

(d) Courts of the Senior Magistrates of the First grade;

(e) Courts of the Senior Magistrates of the Second grade;

(f) Courts of the Magistrates of the First, Second and Third
grades;

(g) Shari’a Court of the Upper grade;

(h) the Shari’a Court;

(i) the Upper Customary Court;

(j) the Customary Court; and

(k) any other Court that may be created by the House of
Assembly.

Power to Divide the
State Into Divisions or
Districts

Classes of State Criminal
Courts
SECTION 9

(1) The Chief Judge may:

(a) divide the State into Magisterial Districts for the
purpose of establishing Magistrate Courts;

(b) constitute any part of the State as a Magisterial District
for the purpose of establishing Magistrate Courts;

(c) distinguish such Magisterial Districts by such names or
numbers as he may deem appropriate.;

(d) vary the limit of any such Magisterial Districts; and


(e) create or designate divisions of the High Court to
handle specific criminal matters solely or in addition to
other matters or causes.

(2) In exercising the powers conferred in this Section, the Chief
Judge shall be guided by Section 1 of this Law.

Power to Divide the
State Into Divisions or
Districts
SECTION 10

(1) In each Magisterial District there shall be, and accordingly,
there is hereby established a Court, to be called the
Magistrate’s Court.

(2) A Magistrate Court shall have such jurisdiction as is conferred
upon it by this Law or any other Law.

Establishment and
Jurisdiction of Magistrate
Court in Each District
SECTION 11

. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Law:

(a) the Magistrate of each Magisterial District shall be the
Presiding Magistrate of the Court of such District
wherein he shall have and exercise all the jurisdiction
and powers conferred upon him by his appointment;
and accordingly;

(b) no Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary Courts shall
exercise any jurisdiction or powers in excess of those
conferred upon him by his appointment.

(2) Where the Chief Judge assigns two or more Magistrates to
any Magisterial District, each Magistrate shall be a Presiding
Officer of the Court of such District, and each sitting
separately shall have and exercise all the jurisdiction and
powers conferred upon him by his appointment.

Presiding Officer Not to
Exceed Powers
SECTION 12

(1) Magistrates shall be the Chief Magistrates of the First and
Second grades, Senior Magistrates of the First and Second
grades and Magistrates of the First, Second and Third grades.

(2) The Judicial Service Commission may appoint any qualified
person to the office of Magistrate.

(3) The appointment of Magistrates shall be made in compliance
with the provisions of any Law made by the State House of
Assembly.

Appointment of Magistrates
SECTION 13

Every Magistrate shall have jurisdiction throughout the State unless
his appointment is specifically limited to a Magisterial District, or
group of Magisterial Districts.

Territorial Jurisdiction of
Magistrates
SECTION 14

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13, a Chief Magistrate who
is assigned to a group of magisterial Districts may direct a Magistrate
in one of the Districts within the group to assist another Magistrate
within the said group, and may direct to the best of his ability the
movements of any additional Magistrate within the group.

Power of Chief Magistrate
to Direct a Subordinate
Magistrate
SECTION 15

(1) Subject to other provisions of this Law, any offence under the
Penal Code may be tried by any Court by which such offence
is shown in the sixth column of Appendix A to be triable or by
any Court other than a Customary Court with greater powers.

(2) Any offence under the Penal Code, other than Sections 57 (b),
60 (1), 60 (2), 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88 , 89, 90, 91,
248, 257, 258, 259, 279, 280, 283, 287, 289, 355, 338, 343,
344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351 and 370, may be tried
by any Customary Court by which such offence is shown in
the seventh column of Appendix A to be triable or by any
Court with greater powers.

(3) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2), the jurisdiction of
the Shari’a and Customary Court shall be governed by the
provisions of the Law establishing them.

Offences Under the Penal
Code and the Jurisdiction of
Customary Courts
SECTION 16

(1) Any offence under the Penal Code may be tried by any Court
given jurisdiction in that behalf in that Law or by any Court
with greater powers.

(2) When no Court is so mentioned, such offence may be tried by
the High Court or any Court constituted under this Law.
PROVIDED that, in trying any such offence:

(a) a Chief Magistrate of the First grade shall not try such
an offence punishable with imprisonment for a term
which may exceed fourteen years or with a fine
exceeding three hundred thousand naira;

(b) a Chief Magistrate of the Second grade shall not try an
offence punishable with an imprisonment for a term
which may exceed twelve years or with a fine
exceeding two hundred thousand naira;

(c) a Senior Magistrate of the First grade shall not try an
offence punishable with imprisonment for a term which
may exceed ten years or with a fine exceeding hundred
thousand naira;

(d) a Senior Magistrate of the Second grade shall not try an
offence punishable with imprisonment for a term which
may exceed eight years or with a fine exceeding
seventy thousand naira;

(e) a Magistrate of the First grade shall not try an offence
punishable with imprisonment for a term which may
exceed five years or with fine exceeding fifty thousand
naira;

(f) a Magistrate of the Second grade shall not try an
offence punishable with imprisonment for a term not
exceeding three years or with a fine not exceeding
forty thousand naira;

(g) a Magistrate of the Third grade shall not try an offence
punishable with a imprisonment for a term that may
exceed eighteen months or with a fine exceeding
twenty thousand naira.

(3) Nothing in subsection (2) shall be deemed to confer upon any
Court any jurisdiction in excess of that conferred upon that
Court by Sections 18 to 23.

Offences Under Other Laws
SECTION 17

The High Court may pass any sentence authorized by Law.

Jurisdiction of High Court
SECTION 18

(1) A Chief Magistrate of the First grade may pass the following
sentences:

(a) imprisonment for a term not exceeding fourteen years;

(b) fine not exceeding three hundred thousand naira;

(c) canning; and

(d) detention under Section 34 of the Penal Code.

(2) A Chief Magistrate of the Second grade may pass the following
sentence:

(a) imprisonment for a term not exceeding twelve years;

(b) fine not exceeding two hundred thousand

(c) canning; and

(d) detention under Section 34 of the Penal Code.

(3) A Senior Magistrate of the First grade may pass the following
sentences:

(a) imprisonment for a term not exceeding ten years;

(b) fine not exceeding one hundred thousand Naira

(c) canning; and

(d) detention under Section 34 of the Penal Code.

(4) A Senior Magistrate of the Second grade may pass the
following sentences:

(a) imprisonment for a term not exceeding eight years;


(b) fine not exceeding seventy thousand naira;

(c) canning;

(d) detention under Section 34 of Penal Code.

(5) A Magistrate of the First grade may pass the following
sentences:

(a) imprisonment for a term of not exceeding five years;

(b) fine not exceeding fifty thousand naira;

(c) canning; and

(d) detention under Section 34 of the Penal Code.

(6) A Magistrate of the Second grade may pass the following
sentences:

(a) imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years;

(b) fine not exceeding forty thousand naira;

(c) canning; and

(d) detention under Section 34 of the Penal Code.

(7) A Magistrate of the Third grade may pass the following
sentences:

(a) imprisonment for a term not exceeding eighteen
months;

(b) fine not exceeding twenty hundred naira;

(c) canning; and

(d) detention under Section 34 of the Penal Code.

Jurisdiction of the Magistrate
to Pass Sentence
SECTION 19

The House of Assembly may on the recommendation of the Chief
Judge expand the jurisdiction in criminal matters of any Magistrate to
such extent as he may specify.

Power of the House of
Assembly to Expand
Jurisdiction
SECTION 20

Any Court may pass any Lawful sentence combining any of the types
of sentences which it is authorized by Law to pass.

Combination of Sentences
SECTION 21

Any Court may award any term of imprisonment in default of
payment of a fine which it is authorized by Section 37 of the Penal
Code.
PROVIDED that, the term of imprisonment shall not be in excess of
the powers of the Court under Section 18 of this Law.

Imprisonment in default of
Payment of Fine
SECTION 22

(1) Where a person is convicted at one trial of two or more
distinct offences, the Court may, subject to the provisions of
Section 39 of the Penal Code, sentence him for such offences
to the several punishments prescribed thereof which such
Court is competent to impose to run consecutively or
concurrently.

(2) In cases falling under this Section a Court shall not be limited
by the provisions of Section 18 but shall not impose
consecutive sentences exceeding in the aggregate twice the
amount of punishment which is in excess of its ordinary
jurisdiction.

Sentences in Case of
Conviction of Several
Offences at One Trial
SECTION 23

A Court may, whether the Defendant is discharged or not, bind over
the complainant or Defendant, or both, with or without sureties, to
be of good behaviour and may order any person so bound, in default
of compliance with the Order, to be imprisoned for a term not
exceeding three months in addition to any other punishment to
which that person is liable.

Power to Bind Parties to be
Good Behaviour
PART III

ARREST, BAIL AND PREVENTIVE JUSTICE.

SECTION 24

Any Police may arrest:

(1) With or without a Court Order or Warrant only in the
circumstances mentioned in Section 40 of this Law,

(2) Where there is a reasonable suspicion that any Suspect has
committed an indictable offence, the Commissioner of Police
shall ensure that the investigation of such offence is
conducted in conjunction with designated Law Officers from
the Ministry of Justice of the State.

(3) Upon a request by the Police, the Attorney-General shall, not
later than 3 days of receiving such request assign a Law
Officer to work with the Police in the investigation provided
that this provision shall not derogate from the powers of the
Police to conduct investigation speedily.

Arrest generally and Investigation.
SECTION 25

A Suspect or Defendant alleged to have committed an offence
established by a Law of the State House of Assembly shall be
arrested, investigated, inquired into, tried or dealt with according to
the provisions of this Law, except otherwise provided by this Law.

Mode of Arrest.
SECTION 26

In making an arrest, the Police Officer or other persons making the
arrest shall actually touch or confine the body of the Suspect, unless
there is a submission to the custody by word or action.

Manner of Arrest.
SECTION 27

A Suspect or Defendant shall not be handcuffed, bound or be
subjected to restraint except:
(a) there is reasonable apprehension of violence or an attempt to
escape;
(b) the restraint is considered necessary for the safety of the
Suspect or Defendant; or
(c) by Order of a Court.

Manner of Arrest
SECTION 28

(1) Except when the Suspect is in the actual course of the
commission of an offence or is pursued immediately after the
commission of an offence or has escaped from Lawful
custody, the Police Officer or other persons making the arrest
shall inform the Suspect immediately of the reason for the
arrest.

(2) The Police Officer or the person making the arrest shall inform
the Suspect of his rights to:

(a) remain silent or avoid answering any question until
after consultation with a legal practitioner or any other
person of his own choice;

(b) consult a legal practitioner of his choice before making,
endorsing or writing any Statement or answering any
question put to him after arrest; and

(c) free legal representation by the Legal Aid Council of
Nigeria where applicable:

PROVIDED the authority having custody of the Suspect shall
have the responsibility of notifying the next of kin or relative
of the Suspect of the arrest at no cost to the Suspect.

Notification of Cause of Arrest and Rights of Suspect.
SECTION 29

A person shall not be arrested in place of a Suspect.

Arrest in Lieu Prohibited.
SECTION 30

(1) A Suspect shall:

(a) be accorded humane treatment, having regard to his
right to the dignity of his person; and

(b) not be subjected to any form of torture, cruel, inhuman
or degrading treatment.

(2) A person shall not be arrested merely on a civil wrong or
breach of contract.

(3) A Suspect shall be brought before the Court as prescribed by
this Law or any other Law or otherwise released conditionally
or unconditionally.

(4) The arraignment and trial of a Suspect for a crime shall be in
accordance with the provisions of this Law unless otherwise
Stated in this Law.

Humane Treatment of Arrested Suspect.
SECTION 31

(1) Where a Suspect is arrested by a Police Officer or a private
person, the Officer making the arrest or to whom the private
person hands over the Suspect:

(a) may search the Suspect, using such force as may be
reasonably necessary for the purpose; and

(b) shall keep in safe custody all articles other than
necessary wearing apparel found on the Suspect.

(2) Where a Suspect is admitted to bail, he shall not, subject to
the provisions of Section 33 of this Law, be searched unless
there are reasonable grounds for believing that he has on his
person any:

(a) stolen articles;

(b) instruments of violence or poisonous substance;

(c) tools connected with the kind of offence which he is
alleged to have committed; or

(d) other articles which may furnish evidence against him
in regard to the offence, which he is alleged to have
committed.

(3) Where it is necessary to search a Suspect, the search shall be
made decently and by a person of the same gender.

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, a Police Officer
or any other person making an arrest may in any case take
from the Suspect any instrument of violence or poisonous
substance which he has on his person.

Search of Arrest Suspect.
SECTION 32

(1) A Police Officer making an arrest or to whom a private person
hands over the Suspect, shall immediately record information
about the Suspect and take an inventory of all items or
property recovered from the Suspect.

(2) An inventory recorded under subsection (1) of this Section
shall be duly signed by the Police Officer and the Suspect, but
the failure or neglect of the Suspect to sign the inventory shall
not invalidate it.

(3) The Suspect, his legal practitioner or such other person, as
the suspect may direct, shall be given a copy of the inventory.

(4) Where any property has been taken under this Section from a
suspect, a Police Officer may, upon request by either the
owner of the property or parties having interest in the
property, release such property on bond pending the
arraignment of the Suspect before a Court.

(5) Where a Police Officer refuses to release the property to the
owner or any person having interest in the property under
subsection (4) of this Section, the Police Officer shall make a
report to the Court of the fact of the property taken from the
arrested Suspect and the particulars of the property.

(6) The Court to which a report is made under subsection (5) of
this Section, may, if it is of the opinion that the property or
any portion of it can be returned in the interest of justice to
the safe custody of the owner or person having interest in the
property, direct that the property or any portion of it be
returned to the owner or to such person having interest in the
property.

(7) Where any property has been taken from a Suspect under this
Section, and the Suspect is not charged before a Court but is
released on the ground that there is no sufficient reason to
believe that he has committed an offence, any property so
taken from the Suspect shall be returned to him, provided the
property is neither connected to nor a proceed of an offence.

Inventory of Property of Suspect.
SECTION 33

Where a Suspect is in Lawful custody on a charge of committing an
offence of such a nature and under circumstances that there are
reasonable grounds for believing that an examination of his person
will afford evidence as to the commission of the offence, a qualified
Medical practitioner or any certified professional with relevant skills,
acting on the request of a Police Officer, may make such an
examination of the Suspect in custody as is reasonably necessary in
order to obtain the requisite evidence necessary for his Prosecution.

Examination of Suspect.
SECTION 34

(1) Where a person or Police Officer acting under a warrant of
arrest or otherwise having authority to arrest, has reason to
believe that the Suspect to be arrested has entered into or is
within any house or place, the person residing in or being in
charge of the house or place shall, on demand by the Police
Officer or person acting for the Police Officer, allow him free
access to the house or place and afford all reasonable facilities
to search the house or place for the Suspect sought to be
arrested.

(2) Where access to a house or place cannot be obtained under
subsection (1) of this Section, the person or Police Officer may
enter the house or place and search it for the Suspect to be
arrested, and in order to effect an entrance into the house or
place, may break open any outer or inner door or window of
any house or place, whether that of the Suspect to be
arrested or of any other person or otherwise effect entry into
such house or place, if after notification of his authority and
purpose, and demand of admittance duly made, he cannot
obtain admittance.

(3) Where the Suspect to be arrested enters a house or place in
the actual occupancy of another person being a woman who
by custom or religious practice does not appear in public, the
person making the arrest shall:

(a) before entering the house or place, give notice to the
woman that she is at liberty to withdraw; and

(b) afford her every reasonable opportunity and facility for
withdrawing, and may then enter the house or place,
but the notice shall not be necessary where the person
making the arrest is a woman.

Search of Place Entered by Suspect Sought to be Entered Arrested
SECTION 35

A Police Officer or any other person authorized to make an arrest
may break out of a house or place in order to liberate himself or any
other person who, having Lawfully entered for the purpose of making
an arrest, is detained in the house or place.

Power to Break Out of a House or Place for Purpose of Liberation.
SECTION 36

. (1) A Suspect who is arrested, whether with or without a
warrant, shall be taken immediately to a police station, or any
other lawful place and shall be promptly informed of the
allegation against him in the language he understands.

(2) A person who has the custody of an arrested Suspect shall
give the Suspect reasonable facilities for obtaining legal
advice, access to communication for taking steps to furnish
bail, and otherwise making arrangements for his defence or
release.

(3) Notwithstanding the provision of subsection (2) of this
Section, any such communication or legal advice shall be done
in the presence of an Officer who has custody of the arrested
Suspect.

Suspect to be Taken Immediately to Police Station.
SECTION 37

(1) Where a Suspect is arrested, whether with or without a
warrant, and taken to a police station or any other agency
effecting the arrest, the Police Officer making the arrest or the
Officer in charge shall cause to be taken immediately, in the
prescribed form, the following record of the Suspect arrested:

(a) the alleged offence;

(b) the date and circumstances of his arrest;

(c) his full name, occupation, residential address, email;
and

(d) for the purpose of identification:

(i) his height,

(ii) his photograph,

(iii) his full fingerprint impressions,

(iv) Bank Verification Number,

(v) DNA whenever possible

(vi) national identity number,

(vii) telephone number, and

(viii) such other means of his identification.

(2) The process of recording in subsection (1) of this Section shall
be concluded within a reasonable time of the arrest of the
Suspect, but not exceeding 48 hours.

(3) Any further action in respect of the Suspect arrested pursuant
to subsection (1) of this Section shall be entered in the record
of arrests.

(4) Where a Suspect who is arrested with or without a warrant
volunteers to make a confessional Statement, the Police
Officer shall ensure that the making and taking of the
Statement shall be in writing and may be recorded
electronically on a retrievable video or audio device.

(5) An oral confession of arrested Suspect shall be admissible in
evidence.

(6) A Prosecutor who seeks to rely on a confessional Statement
allegedly made voluntarily by a Suspect shall, while presenting
the prosecution’s case adduce evidence to show the
voluntariness of the said Statement.

(7) Any objection to the admissibility to such confessional
Statement shall be recorded and shall be ruled upon by the
Court while delivering judgment in the substantive case.

Recording of Arrest.
SECTION 38

(1) There shall be established in the State Command of the
Nigeria Police Force a State Criminal Records Registry.

(2) The Registry shall maintain in both electronic and manual
forms a record of all persons arrested, discharged, acquitted
or convicted in the State.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this Section, there shall
be established at every Area Command a Criminal Records
Registry which shall keep and transmit all such records to the
State Criminal Records Registry, Kaduna and the Central
Criminal Records Registry at the Police Headquarters, Abuja.

(4) The State Police Command shall ensure that the decisions of
the Court in all criminal trials are transmitted to the State and
Central Criminal Records Registries within 30 days of the
judgment.

Central Criminal Records Registry.
SECTION 39

(1) Where a Suspect is arrested on allegation of having committed
an offence, his Statement shall be taken, if he so wishes to
make a Statement.

(2) Such statement may be taken in the presence of a legal
practitioner of his choice, or where he has no legal practitioner
of his choice, in the presence of an Officer of the Legal Aid
Council of Nigeria or an official of a Civil Society or any other
person of his choice. Provided that the Legal Practitioner or
any other person mentioned in this subsection shall not
interfere while the Suspect is making his Statement, except
for the purpose of discharging his role as a legal practitioner.

(3) Where a Suspect does not understand or speak or write in the
English language, an interpreter shall record and read over
the Statement to the Suspect to his understanding and the
Suspect shall then endorse the statement as having been
made by him, and the interpreter shall attest to the making of
the statement.

(4) The interpreter shall endorse his name, address, occupation,
designation, telephone number and/or other particulars on the
Statement.

(5) The Suspect referred to in subsection (1) of this Section shall
also endorse the Statement with his full particulars.

Recording of Statement of Suspects.
SECTION 40

(1) A Police Officer may, without an Order of a Court and without
a warrant, arrest a Suspect:

(a) whom he suspects on reasonable grounds of having
committed an offence against a Law of the State or
against the Law of any other State, unless the Law
creating the offence provides that the Suspect cannot
be arrested without a warrant;

(b) who commits any offence in his presence;

(c) who obstructs a Police Officer while in the execution of
his duty, or who has escaped or attempts to escape
from Lawful custody;

(d) in whose possession anything is found which may
reasonably be suspected to be stolen property or who
may reasonably be suspected of having committed an
offence with reference to the thing;

(e) whom he suspects on reasonable grounds of being a
deserter from any of the armed forces of Nigeria;

(f) whom he suspects on reasonable grounds of having
been involved in an act committed at a place outside
the State which, if committed in the State, would have
been punished as an offence, and for which he is,
under a Law in force in the State, liable to be
apprehended and detained in the State;

(g) having in his possession without Lawful excuse, the
burden of proving same shall lie on such person, any
implement of housebreaking, car theft, firearm or any
offensive or dangerous weapon;
(h) whom he has reasonable cause to believe a warrant of
arrest has been issued by a Court of competent
jurisdiction in Nigeria;

(i) found in the State taking precautions to conceal his
presence in circumstances, which afford reason to
believe that he is taking such precautions with a view
to committing an offence;

(j) whose arrest warrant has been issued or whom he is
directed to arrest by a Judge, Magistrate, or superior
Police Officer;

(k) whom he reasonably suspects to be designing to
commit an offence for which the police may arrest
without a warrant, if it appears to him that the
commission of the offence cannot be otherwise
prevented;

(l) required to appear by a public summons issued under
this Law or any other Law; or

(m) whom he reasonably suspects to be damaging any
public property.

(2) The authority given to a Police Officer to arrest a Suspect who
commits an offence in his presence shall be exercisable in
respect of offences committed in the Officer’s presence
notwithstanding that the Law creating the offence provides
that the Suspect cannot be arrested without a warrant.

Arrest by Police Officer Without Warrant.
SECTION 41

(1) Where a Suspect who, in the presence of a Police Officer, has
committed or has been accused of committing an offence
triable summarily, refuses on demand of the Officer to give his
name and residential address, or gives a name or residential
address which the Officer has reason to believe to be false, he
may be arrested by the Officer in order that his name or
residential address may be ascertained.

(2) Where the true name and residential address of the Suspect
has been ascertained, he shall be released on his executing a
recognizance, with or without sureties, to appear before a
Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary if so required, but if the
person is not resident in the State, a surety or sureties
resident in the State shall secure the recognizance.

(3) Where the true name and address of the Suspect cannot be
ascertained within 24 hours from the time of arrest, or if he
fails to execute recognizance, or, where so required, to furnish
sufficient sureties, he shall forthwith be brought before the
nearest Magistrate having jurisdiction.

(4) Where the Suspect on being brought before the Court still
refuses, the Court may deal with him as it will deal with an
uncooperative witness.

Refusal to Give Name and Residential Address.
SECTION 42

(1) A private person may arrest a Suspect in the State who in his
presence commits an offence, or whom he reasonably
suspects of having committed an offence for which the police
is entitled to arrest without a warrant.

(2) A Suspect found committing an offence involving injury to
property may be arrested without a warrant by the owner of
the property or his servants, agent or any other person.

(3) A private person may arrest any Suspect found damaging
public property.

Arrest by Private Persons and Arrest by Property Owner.
SECTION 43

(1) A private person who arrests a Suspect without a warrant
shall immediately hand over the Suspect so arrested to a
Police Officer, or, in the absence of a Police Officer, shall take
the Suspect to the nearest police station, and the Police
Officer shall make a note of the name, address and other
particulars of the private person making the arrest.

(2) Where there is reason to believe that the arrested Suspect
comes under the provisions of Section 41 (1) of this Law, a
Police Officer shall re-arrest him.

(3) Where there is reason to believe that the Suspect has
committed an offence, and he refuses on the demand of a
Police Officer to give his name and address, or gives a name
or address which the Officer reasonably believes to be false,
he shall be dealt with under the provisions of Section 41 (2) of
this Law.

(4) Where a Suspect so arrested by a private person is handed
over to a Police Officer or to an official of an agency
authorized by Law to make arrests, the Police Officer or
official shall take note of the name, residential address and
other particulars of the private person making the arrest, and
the date, time and other circumstances of the arrest, and
where the arrested Suspect is taken to the police station or to
the agency, the Officer in charge shall make the entries in the
crime diary or relevant record.

(5) The Police Officer or official to whom the arrested Suspect is
handed over by the private person shall obtain from the
private person who made the arrest a formal witness
Statement setting out the facts and circumstances of the
arrest.

(6) Where there is sufficient reason to believe that the Suspect
handed over has committed an offence, he shall immediately
be re-arrested but if there is no sufficient reason to believe
that the Suspect has committed an offence, he shall be
released immediately provided that no person shall be liable
for any action carried out in good faith.

(7) The provisions of Section 37 of this Law do not apply to this
Section unless the Suspect arrested and handed over has
been re-arrested in accordance with sub Section (2) of this
Section.

Handing Over of an Arrested Suspect by Private Person Owner.
SECTION 44

(1) Where an offence is committed in the presence of a Judge or
Magistrate within the division or District in which the Judge is
sitting or to which the Magistrate is assigned, the Judge or
Magistrate may himself arrest or order a person to arrest the
Suspect and may thereupon, subject to the provisions
contained in this Law as to bail, commit the Suspect to
custody.

(2) A Magistrate may arrest or direct the arrest in his presence of
a Suspect whose arrest on a warrant he could have Lawfully
ordered if the facts known to him at the time of making or
directing the arrest had been Stated before him on oath by
some other person.

(3) Where a Suspect is arrested in accordance with the provisions
of either subsection (1) or (2) of this Law, the Judge or
Magistrate making or directing the making of such arrest may
deal with the Suspect so arrested in the same manner as if the
Suspect had been brought before him by any other person.

(4) A Judge or Magistrate may arrest or direct the arrest of a
Suspect committing an offence in his presence and shall
thereupon hand him over to a Police Officer who shall proceed
to take necessary action.

Arrest for Offence Committed in Presence of Judge or Magistrate.
SECTION 45

A person is bound to assist a Judge or Magistrate, Police Officer or
other person reasonably demanding his aid in arresting or preventing
the escape of a Suspect whom the Judge, Magistrate, Police Officer
or other person is authorized to arrest.

When Public is Bound to Assist in Arrest.
SECTION 46

A person authorized to effect the arrest of any Suspect may, for the
purpose of effecting the arrest, pursue him into any part of Nigeria.

Pursuit of Suspect into Other Jurisdiction.
SECTION 47

(1) The Commissioner of Police and the head of every agency
authorized by Law to make arrest within the State shall remit
monthly to the Attorney-General a record of all arrests made
with or without warrant in relation to offences or arrests
within the State.

(2) The report shall contain the full particulars of arrested
Suspects as prescribed by Section 37 of this Law.

(3) A register of arrests containing the particulars prescribed in
Section 37 of this Law shall be kept in the prescribed form at
every police station or agency authorized by Law to make
arrests, and every arrest, whether made with or without
warrant, within the local limits of the police station or agency,
shall be entered accordingly by the Officer in charge of the
police station or official in charge of the agency as soon as the
Suspect is brought to the station or agency.

(4) The Attorney-General shall establish an electronic and manual
database of all records of arrests in the State.

Monthly Report of Arrests to the Attorney-General.
SECTION 48

(1) Where a Suspect has been taken into police custody without a
warrant for an offence other than an offence punishable with
death, an Officer in charge of the police station shall inquire
into the case and release the Suspect on bail subject to
subsection (2) of this Section where it is not practicable to
bring the Suspect before a Court having jurisdiction with
respect to the offence alleged within 24 hours after the arrest.

(2) The Officer in charge of a police station shall release the
Suspect on bail on his entering into a recognizance with or
without sureties upon the execution of a bond to appear
before the Court or at the police station at the time and place
named in the recognizance.

(3) Where a Suspect is taken into custody and it appears to the
Police Officer in charge of the station that the offence is of a
capital nature, the arrested Suspect shall be detained in
custody, and the Police Officer shall refer the matter to the
Attorney-General for legal advice and cause the Suspect to be
taken before a Court having jurisdiction with respect to the
offence within a reasonable time.

Release on Bail of a Suspect Arrested Without Warrant.
SECTION 49

. (1) Where a Suspect is taken into custody, and it appears to the
Officer that the inquiry into the case cannot be completed
forthwith, he may discharge the Suspect on his entering into a
recognizance, with or without sureties upon the execution of a
bond, to appear at the police station and at such times as are
named in the recognizance, unless he previously receives
notice in writing from the Police Officer in charge of that police
station that his attendance is not required.

(2) A recognizance under subsection (1) of this Section may be
enforced as if it were a recognizance conditional for the
appearance of the said Suspect before a Court or the place in
which the police station named in the recognizance is situate.

Power to Release on Bail Before Charge is Accepted.
SECTION 50

(1) Where a Suspect taken into custody in respect of a non-capital
offence is not released on bail after 24 hours, a Court having
jurisdiction with respect to the offence may be notified by
application on behalf of the Suspect.

(2) The Court shall order the production of the Suspect detained
and inquire into the circumstances constituting the grounds of
the detention and where it deems fit, admit the Suspect
detained to bail.

(3) An application for bail under this Section may be made orally
or in writing.

Remedy of Suspect Detained in Custody Warrant.
SECTION 51

(1) An Officer in charge of a police station or an official in charge
of an agency authorized to make arrest shall, on the last
working day of every month, report to the nearest Magistrate
the cases of all Suspects arrested without warrant within the
limits of their respective stations or agency whether the
Suspects have been admitted to bail or not.

(2) The report shall contain the particulars of the Suspects
arrested as prescribed in Section 34 of this Law.

(3) The Magistrate shall on receipt of the report, forward them to
the Administration of Criminal Justice Monitoring Committee
which shall analyze the reports and advice the Attorney General as to the mode of arrests, bail and related matters.

(4) The Attorney-General may, upon request by the National
Human Rights Commission, the Legal Aid Council of Nigeria or
a Non-Governmental Organization, make the report available.

(5) Where no report is made in accordance with subsection (1) of
this Section, the Magistrate shall forward a report to the Chief
Judge for appropriate remedial action.

Police to Report Monthly to Supervising Magistrate.
SECTION 52

(1) The Chief Magistrate, or where there is no Chief Magistrate
within the police division, any Magistrate designated by the
Chief Judge for that purpose, shall, at least every month,
conduct an inspection of police stations or other places of
detention within his territorial jurisdiction other than the
prison.

(2) During a visit, the Magistrate may:

(a) call for, and inspect, the record of arrests;

(b) direct the arraignment of a Suspect;

(c) where bail has been refused, grant bail to any Suspect
where appropriate if the offence for which the Suspect
is held is within the jurisdiction of the Magistrate.

(3) An Officer in charge of a police station or official in charge of
an agency authorized to make an arrest shall make available
to the visiting Chief Magistrate or designated Magistrate
exercising his powers under subsection (1) of this Section:

(a) the full record of arrest and record of bail;

(b) applications and decisions on bail made within the
period; and

(c) any other facility the Magistrate requires to exercise his
powers under that subsection.

(4) Where there is default by an Officer in charge of a police
station or official in-charge of an agency authorized to make
arrest to comply with the provisions of subsection (3) of this
Section, the default shall be treated as a misconduct and shall
be dealt with in accordance with the relevant Police Regulation
under the Police Act, or pursuant to any other disciplinary
procedure prescribed by any provision regulating the conduct
of the Officer or official of the agency.

Chief Magistrate to Visit Police Stations Every Month.
PART IV

WARRANTS

SECTION 53

Where under a Law, there is power to arrest a Suspect without
warrant, a warrant for his arrest may be issued.

General Authority to Issue Warrant.
SECTION 54

(1) A warrant of arrest issued under this Law , unless the contrary
is expressly provided under any other Law, shall:

(a) bear the date of the day of issue;

(b) contain all necessary particulars; and

(c) be signed by the Judge or Magistrate by whom it is
issued.

(2) A warrant shall state concisely the offence or matter for which
it is issued and shall name or otherwise describe the Suspect
to be arrested, and it shall order the Police Officer or Officers
to whom it is directed to arrest the Suspect and bring him
before the Court to answer the complaint or statement, or to
testify or be dealt with according to the circumstances of the
case, and to be further dealt with according to Law.

Form and Requisites of Warrant of Arrest.
SECTION 55

A warrant of arrest shall not be issued in the First instance in respect
of any complaint or statement unless the complaint or statement is
on oath either by the complainant himself or by a material witness.

Warrant to be Issued on Complaint only if on Oath.
SECTION 56

A warrant of arrest may be issued on any day, including a Sunday or
public holiday.

SECTION 57

(1) A warrant of arrest may be directed to a Police Officer by
name or to all Police Officers.

(2) It is not necessary to make a warrant of arrest returnable at
any particular time and a warrant shall remain in force until it
is executed or until a Judge or a Magistrate cancels it.

(3) Where a warrant of arrest has been executed and the Suspect
arrested has been released, the warrant shall no longer be
valid authority for re-arresting the Suspect.

Warrant to whom Directed and Duration.
SECTION 58

(1) A Court issuing a warrant of arrest may, where its immediate
execution is necessary and no Police Officer is immediately
available, direct it to some other person or persons and the
person or persons shall execute the same.

(2) A person, when executing a warrant of arrest directed to him,
shall have all the powers, rights, privileges and protection
given to or afforded by Law to a Police Officer executing a
warrant of arrest and shall conform with the requirement
placed by Law on a Police Officer.

(3) Where a Court has reason to believe, whether after evidence
or not, that a Suspect, against whom a warrant of arrest has
been issued by itself or by any Court has absconded or is
concealing himself so that the warrant cannot be executed,
the Court may publish a public summons in writing requiring
that person to appear at a specific place and a specific time
not less than 30 days from the date of publishing the public
summons.

Warrant to Arrest may in Exceptional Cases be Directed to Other Persons.
SECTION 59

(1) A public summons shall be published:

(a) in a newspaper that enjoys wide circulation or
circulated in any other medium as may be appropriate;

(b) by affixing it to some conspicuous part of the house or
the premises or to some conspicuous place in the town
or village in which the persons to be served ordinarily
resides; or

(c) by affixing a copy to some conspicuous part of the High
Court or Magistrate’s Court building.

(2) A Statement in writing from a judge of the High Court or
Magistrate to the effect that the public summons was duly
published on a specified day, shall be conclusive evidence that
the requirements of this Section have been complied with and
that the public summons was published on such day.

Publication of Public Summons of Persons Absconding.
SECTION 60

(1) A warrant of arrest may be executed on any day, including a
Sunday or public holiday.

(2) A warrant of arrest may be executed by any Police Officer at
any time and in any place in the State other than within a
Court room in which a Court is sitting.

(3) The Police Officer executing a warrant of arrest shall, before
making the arrest, inform the Suspect to be arrested that
there is a warrant for his arrest unless there is reasonable
cause for abstaining from giving the information on the
ground that it is likely to occasion escape, resistance or
rescue.

(4) A Suspect arrested on a warrant of arrest shall be brought
before the Court that issued the warrant of arrest.

Execution of Warrant and Procedure.
SECTION 61

A warrant of arrest may be executed notwithstanding that it is not in
the possession at the time of the person executing the warrant but
the warrant shall, on the demand of the Suspect, be shown to him as
soon as practicable after his arrest.

Power to arrest on warrant but without the warrant.
SECTION 62

(1) A Court, on issuing a warrant for the arrest of a Suspect in
respect of a matter other than an offence punishable with
death, may, if it thinks fit by endorsement on the warrant,
direct that the Suspect named in the warrant be released on
bail on his entering into such a recognizance for his
appearance as may be required in the endorsement.

(2) The endorsement shall specify:

(a) the number of sureties, if any;

(b) the amount in which they and the Suspect named in
the warrant are, respectively, to be bound; or are to
provide as cash security on the request of the surety or
Suspect;

(c) the Court before which the arrested Suspect is to
attend; and

(d) the time at which the Suspect is to attend, including an
undertaking to appear at a subsequent time as may be
directed by any Court before which he may appear.

(3) Where an endorsement is made, the Officer in charge of a
police station to which on arrest the Suspect named in the
warrant is brought, shall discharge him on his entering into a
recognizance, with or without sureties approved by that
Officer, in accordance with the endorsement, conditioned for
his appearance before the Court and at the time and place
named in the recognizance.

(4) Where security is taken under this Section the Officer who
takes the recognizance shall cause it to be forwarded to the
Court before which the Suspect named in the recognizance is
bound to appear.

(5) Subject to the provisions of Section 60 of this Law, the
provisions of subsections (3) and (4) of this Section shall not
have effect with respect to a warrant executed outside the
State.

Court may direct particulars of security to be taken on execution of warrant.
SECTION 63

(1) Where a warrant of arrest is executed in the State outside the
division or District of the Court by which it was issued, the Suspect shall, unless security is taken under Section 59 of this
Law, be taken before the Court within the division or District
in which the arrest was made.

(2) The Court shall, if the Suspect, on such inquiry as the Court
considers necessary, appears to be the Suspect intended to be
arrested by the Court which issued the warrant, direct his
removal in custody to that Court, but if the Suspect has been
arrested in respect of any matter other than an offence
punishable with death and:

(a) is ready and willing to give bail to the satisfaction of the
Court within the division or District of which he was
arrested; or

(b) where a direction has been endorsed under Section 59
of this Law on the warrant and the Suspect is ready
and willing to give the security required by the
direction, the Court shall take bail or security, as the
case may be, and shall forward the recognizance, if
such be entered into, to the Court which issued the
warrant.

(3) Nothing in this Section is deemed to prevent a Police Officer
from taking security under Section 59 of this Law.

SECTION 64

(1) A warrant of arrest issued by a Court sitting anywhere in the
State may be executed in any part of Nigeria.

(2) A warrant issued under this Section may be executed in
accordance with Section 58 of this Law.

Warrant issued by Court.
SECTION 65

Where a Suspect in Lawful custody escapes or is rescued, the person
from whose custody he escapes or is rescued or any other person
may pursue and re-arrest him in any place in Nigeria.

Re-arrest of suspect escaping.
SECTION 66

The provisions of Sections 31 and 32 of this Law shall apply to
arrests under Section 62 of this Law, although the person making
such arrest is not acting under a warrant and is not a Police Officer
having authority to arrest.

Provisions of sections 31 to apply to arrests under section 62.
PART V

PREVENTION OF OFFENCES AND SECURITY
FOR GOOD BEHAVIOUR

SECTION 67

(1) A Police Officer may intervene for the purpose of preventing,
and shall, to the best of his ability, prevent the commission of
an offence.

(2) A Police Officer may on his authority intervene to prevent an
injury attempted to be committed in his presence to any
person, or damage to public property, whether movable or immovable, or removal of or damage to any public landmark
or buoy or other mark used for navigation.

Police to prevent offences and injury to public property.
SECTION 68

A Police Officer receiving information of a design to commit any
offence shall communicate the information to the Police Officer to
whom he is subordinate, and to any other Officer whose duty it is to
prevent or take cognizance of the commission of the offence.

Information of design to commit offence.
SECTION 69

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Law or any other Law relating
to arrest, a Police Officer upon a reasonable suspicion of a design to
commit an offence may arrest, without orders from a Magistrate,
Shari’a and Customary Courts and without warrant, the Suspect
where it appears to the Officer that the commission of the offence
cannot otherwise be prevented.

Arrest by police to prevent offences.
SECTION 70

(1) A Judge, Magistrate, or any other public Officer charged with
responsibility for maintaining Law and order may intervene for
the purpose of preventing and shall, to the best of his ability,
prevent the commission of an offence, for which he is
authorized to arrest without a warrant or any damage to any
public property, movable or immovable.

(2) A person is bound to assist a Judge or Magistrate or Police
Officer or any other public Officer reasonably demanding his
aid:

(a) in preventing, and shall to the best of his ability,
prevent the commission of an offence for which he is
authorized to arrest without a warrant or any damage
to any public property, movable or immovable;

(b) in the suppression of a breach of the peace or in the
prevention of any damage to any property, movable or
immovable or to any railway, canal, water supply,
telecommunication system, oil pipeline or gas
installation, or electrical installation; or

(c) in the prevention of the removal of, or damage to any
public landmark, buoy or other mark used for
navigation.

Prevention by other public officers of offences and injury to public property.
SECTION 71

(1) Where a Magistrate, Shari’a or Customary Court is informed
on oath that a Suspect is likely to:

(a) commit a breach of the peace or disturb the public
tranquillity, or

(b) do any wrongful act that may probably occasion a
breach of the peace or disturb the public tranquillity,
the Magistrate, Shari’a or Customary Court may, in the
manner provided in this Part, require the Suspect to show cause why he should not be ordered to enter into a
recognizance, with or without sureties, for keeping the peace
for such period, not exceeding one year, as the Magistrate
deems fit.

(2) Proceedings shall not be taken under this Section unless the
Suspect is:

(a) in the State, and

(b) subject of the information under subsection (1) of this
Section within the jurisdiction of the Magistrate, or the
place where the breach of the peace or disturbance has
occurred or where the Suspect is, is within the
jurisdiction of the Magistrate.

Power of magistrate to require execution of recognizance for keeping peace.
SECTION 72

Where a Magistrate is informed on oath that:

(a) a Suspect is taking precautions to conceal his presence within
the local limits of the Magistrate’s District; and

(b) there is reason to believe that the Suspect is taking steps
with a view to committing an offence,
the Magistrate may, in the manner provided in this Part,
require the Suspect to show cause why he should not be
ordered to enter into a recognizance, with sureties, for his
good behaviour for such period not exceeding 1 year, as the
Magistrate deems fit.

Security for good behaviour for susppected persons.
SECTION 73

Where a Magistrate, Shari’a or Customary Court is informed on oath
that a suspect within the local limits of his jurisdiction:

(a) is by habit an armed robber, a housebreaker, or a thief;

(b) is by habit a receiver of stolen property, knowing the same to
have been stolen;

(c) habitually protects or harbours thieves, or aids in the
concealment or disposal of stolen property;

(d) habitually commits or attempts to commit, or aids or abets the
commission of any offence relating to property;

(e) habitually commits or attempts to commit, or aids or abets in
the commission of offence involving a breach of the peace;

(f) habitually commits or attempts to commit offences involving
violence to, or abuse of children or women;

(g) is so desperate or dangerous as to render his being at large
without security hazardous to the community, such Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary Courts may, in the
manner provided in this Law, require such Suspect to show
cause why he should not be ordered to enter into a
recognizance with sureties for his good behaviour for such
period, not exceeding 3 years, as the Magistrate deems fit.

Security for good behaviour for habitual offenders.
SECTION 74

Where a Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary Courts acting under
Sections 68, 69 or 70 of this Law considers it necessary to require a
Suspect to show cause under the Section, he shall make an order in
writing setting out:

(a) the substance of the information received;

(b) the amount of the recognizance to be executed;

(c) the term for which it is to be in force; and

(d) the number, character, and class of sureties, if any, required.

Order to be made.
SECTION 75

Where the Suspect in respect of whom an order is made is present in
Court, it shall be read over to him or, if he so desires, the substance
of the information shall be explained to him.

Procedure in respect oof suspect present in Court.
SECTION 76

(1) Where the Suspect is not present in Court, the Magistrate,
Shari’a and Customary Courts shall issue a summons requiring
him to appear, or, where the Suspect is in custody, a warrant
directing the Officer in whose custody he is to bring him
before the Court.

(2) Where it appears to the Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary
Courts on the report of a Police Officer or on other
information, the substance of which report or information shall
be recorded by the Magistrate, that there is reason to fear the
commission of a breach of the peace, and that the breach of
the peace cannot be prevented otherwise than by the
immediate arrest of the Suspect, the Magistrate, Shari’a and
Customary Courts may at any time issue a warrant for his
arrest.

Summons or warrant in case off suspect not present.
SECTION 77

A summons or warrant of arrest issued under Section 73 of this Law
shall be accompanied by a copy of the order made under Section 71
of this Law, and the copy shall be delivered by the Officer serving or
executing the summons or warrant to the Suspect served with or
arrested under it.

Copy of order under section 73 to accompany summons or warrant.
SECTION 78

The Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary Courts may, where he sees
sufficient cause, dispense with the personal attendance of a Suspect
called on to show cause why he should not be ordered to enter into
a recognizance for keeping the peace, and may permit him to appear
by a legal practitioner.

Power to dispense with personal attendance.
SECTION 79

(1) Where an order under Section 71 of this Law has been read or
explained under Section 72 of this Law to a Suspect in Court,
or where the Suspect appears or is brought before a
Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary Courts in compliance with
or in execution of a summons or warrant issued under Section
73 of this Law, the Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary Courts
shall proceed to inquire into the truth of the information upon
which the action has been taken, and to take such further
evidence as may appear necessary.

(2) The inquiry shall be made, as nearly as may be practicable, in
the manner prescribed in this Section for conducting trials,
and recording evidence, except that the standard of proof
shall be that of preponderance of evidence.

(3) Pending the completion of the inquiry under subsection (1) of
this Section, the Magistrate, if he considers that immediate
measures are necessary for the prevention of:

(a) a breach of the peace or disturbance of the public
tranquillity; or

(b) the commission of any offence or for the public safety,
may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, direct the Suspect
in respect of whom the order under Section 71 of this Law has
been made, to enter into a recognizance, with or without
sureties, for keeping the peace or maintaining good behaviour
until the conclusion of the inquiry, and may detain the Suspect
in custody until the recognizance is entered into or, in default
of execution, until the inquiry is concluded.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3) of this Section:

(a) a Suspect against whom proceedings are not being
taken under Section 68 of this Law shall not be directed
to enter into a recognizance for maintaining good
behaviour;

(b) the conditions of the recognizance, whether as to the
amount or as to the provisions of sureties or the
number of sureties or the pecuniary extent of their
liability shall not be more onerous than those specified
in the order under Section 71 of this Law; and

(c) a Suspect shall not be remanded in custody under the
powers conferred by this Section for a period exceeding
15 days at a time.

(5) For the purposes of this Section, the fact that a Suspect
comes within the provisions of Section 70 of this Law may be
proved by evidence of general repute or otherwise.

(6) Where two or more Suspects have been associated together in
the matter under inquiry, they may be dealt with in the same
or separate inquiries as the Magistrate thinks fit.

Inquiry as to truth of information.
SECTION 80

(1) Where on an inquiry it is proved that it is necessary for
keeping the peace or maintaining good behaviour, as the case
may be, that the Suspect in respect of whom the inquiry is
made should enter into a recognizance, with or without
sureties, the Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary Courts shall
make an order accordingly, but:

(a) a Suspect shall not be ordered to give security of a
nature different from or of an amount larger than or for
a period longer than that specified in the order made
under Section 71 of this Law ;

(b) the amount of a recognizance shall be fixed with due
regard to the circumstances of the case and shall not
be excessive; and

(c) where the Suspect in respect of whom the inquiry is
made is a Child, the recognizance shall be entered into
as provided in Section 184 of this Law.

(2) A Suspect ordered to give security for good behaviour under
this Section may appeal to the High Court.

Order to give security.
SECTION 81

Where on an inquiry under Section 76 of this Law it is not proved
that it is necessary for keeping the peace or maintaining good
behaviour, as the case may be, that the Suspect in respect of whom
the inquiry is made should enter into a recognizance, the Magistrate,
Shari’a and Customary Courts shall make an entry on the record to
that effect, and shall, if the Suspect is:

(a) in custody only for the purpose of the inquiry, release him; or

(b) not in custody, discharge him.

Discharge of suspect informed against.
PART VI

PROCEEDINGS IN ALL CASES SUBSEQUENT
TO ORDER TO FURNISH SECURITY

SECTION 82

(1) Where a Suspect in respect of whom an Order requiring
security is made under Section 71 of this Law is, at the time
the order is made, sentenced to or undergoing a sentence of
imprisonment, the period for which the security is required
shall commence on the expiration of the sentence.

(2) In other cases, the period shall commence on the date of the
order unless the Court, for sufficient reason, fixes a later date.

Commencement of period for which security is required.
SECTION 83

The recognizance to be entered into by a Suspect under Section 71
of this Law shall bind him to keep the peace or be of good behaviour,
as the case may be, and in the latter case the commission or attempt
to commit or the aiding, abetting, counselling, or procuring the
commission, anywhere within the State, of an offence punishable
with imprisonment, wherever it may be committed, any time during
the continuance of the recognizance, shall be a breach of the
recognizance.

Conditions of recognition.
SECTION 84

A Court may refuse to accept a surety offered under any of the
preceding Sections on the ground that, for reasons to be recorded by
the Court, the surety is an unfit person.

Power to reject sureties
SECTION 85

Where a Suspect ordered to give security does not give the security
on or before the date on which the period for which the security is to
be given commences, he shall, except in the case mentioned in this
Section, be committed to prison until the period expires or the period
he gives the security to the Court that made the order requiring it.

Procedure on failure of suspect to give security.
SECTION 86

Where a Court is of the opinion that a Suspect imprisoned for failing
to give security may be released without hazard to the community,
the Court may, if it deems fit, order the Suspect to be discharged.

Power to release suspect imprisoned for failure to give security.
SECTION 87

The High Court may at any time, for sufficient reasons to be
recorded in writing, cancel any recognizance for keeping the peace
or for good behaviour executed under any of the preceding Sections
by order of any lower Court.

Power of the High Court to cancel recognizance.
SECTION 88

(1) A surety for the peaceable conduct or good behaviour of
another Suspect may at any time apply to a Court to
discharge a recognizance executed under any of the preceding
Sections within the District or division to which the Court is
assigned.
(2) On an application being made, the Magistrate, Shari’a and
Customary Courts shall, if satisfied that there is good reason
for the application, issue such summons or warrant, as he
thinks fit, requiring the Suspect for whom the surety is bound
to appear or to be brought before him.

(3) Where the Suspect appears or is brought before a Magistrate,
Shari’a and Customary Courts, the Court after hearing the
Suspect may discharge the recognizance and order the
Suspect to give, for the unexpired portion of the term of the
recognizance, fresh security for the unexpired portion of the
same description as the original security.

(4) An order made under subsection (3) of this Section shall, for
the purposes of Sections 79, 80, 81 and 82 of this Law, be
deemed to be an order under Section 76 of this Law.

Discharge of sureties.
PART VII

PUBLIC NUISANCE

SECTION 89

Where a Court considers, on receiving a police report or other
information and on taking such evidence, if any, as it deems fit, that
an offence relating to public nuisance is being committed, the Court
may make a conditional order requiring the Suspect:

(a) within a time fixed in the order to cease committing the
offence and to amend or remove the cause of the nuisance in
such manner as is specified in the order; or

(b) to appear before the Court at a time and place to be fixed by
the order and apply to have the order set aside or modified in
the manner hereinafter provided.

Conditional Order for removal of nuisance.
SECTION 90

(1) An Order made under Section 86 of this Law shall, if
practicable, be served on the Suspect against whom it is made
in the manner provided for the service of a summons.

(2) Where an Order referred to in subsection (1) cannot be served
in the manner laid down in that subsection, it may be served
by registered courier, addressed to the Suspect against whom
it is made at his last known address or, where his last address
is not known, then by affixing a notice in some conspicuous
place in the town or village or near which the nuisance or
offence is being committed.

Service of Order.
SECTION 91

A Suspect against whom an Order under Section 86 of this Law is
made shall:

(a) perform, within the time and in the manner specified in the
order, the act directed by the order; or

(b) appear in accordance with the Order and apply to have the
order set aside or modified.

Suspect to whom Order is addressed to obey or appear before Court.
SECTION 92

(1) Where the Court making an Order under Section 86 of this
Law considers that immediate measures should be taken to
prevent imminent danger or injury of a serious kind to the
public, it may issue such further Order to the Suspect against
whom the Order was made as is required to obviate or
prevent the danger or injury pending the determination of the
matter.

(2) In default of the Suspect referred to in subsection (1) of this
Section immediately disobeying the further order referred to in
that subsection or if notice of the order cannot, by the
exercise of due diligence, be served on him immediately, the
Court may use or cause to be used such means as it thinks fit
to obviate the danger or to prevent the injury.

Order pending inquiry.
SECTION 93

A Court may, in any proceeding under this Part or in any criminal
proceeding in respect of a public nuisance, order any Suspect not to
repeat or continue the public nuisance.

Prohibition of repetation or continuance of nuisance.
PART VIII

ATTACHMENT WHERE A PERSON DISOBEYS
SUMMONS OR WARRANT

SECTION 94

A Judge or a Magistrate may, at any time after action has been taken
under Section 60 of this Law or on an application made in that
regard after summons or warrant has been issued but disobeyed,
Order the attachment of any property, movable or immovable or
both, belonging to a Suspect the subject of the public summons or
warrant.

Attachment of property of suspect abscondiing.
SECTION 95

(1) An Order under Section 94 of this Law shall authorize a public
Officer named in it to attach any property belonging to a
Suspect named in the Order as the owner of the property
within the area of jurisdiction of the Judge or Magistrate by
seizure or in any other manner by which for the time being
the property may be attached by way of civil process.

(2) Where a Suspect who is the subject of an Order does not
appear within the time specified in the public summons, the
property under attachment shall be at the disposal of the
Court.

(3) Any property under attachment shall not be sold until the
expiration of three months from the date of the attachment
unless it is subject to speedy decay or the Judge or Magistrate
considers that the sale would be for the benefit of the owner,
in either of which cases the Judge or Magistrate may cause it
to be sold whenever he thinks fit.

Order to attach property.
SECTION 96

(1) Where within one year from the date of the attachment, a
Suspect, whose property is or has been at the disposal of the
Court under Section 95 of this Law, appears voluntarily or
being arrested is brought before the Court and proves to its
satisfaction that he:

(a) did not abscond or conceal himself for the purpose of
avoiding execution of the warrant; and

(b) had no notice of the public summons or warrant as to
enable him to attend within the time specified therein,
that property, so far as it has not been sold, and the
net proceeds of any part of it which has been sold
shall, after satisfying from the proceeds all costs
incurred in consequence of the attachment, be
delivered to him.

(2) Where after one year from the date of attachment, the
Suspect whose property is attached or has been at the
disposal of the Court does not appear voluntarily, the property
or the net proceed of its sale shall be forfeited to the State
Government as the case maybe.

Restoration of attached property.
SECTION 97

(1) A Court empowered by this Law to issue a summons for the
appearance of a Suspect may, after recording reasons in
writing, issue a warrant for his arrest in addition to or instead
of the summons where:

(a) before or after the issue of the summons, the Court
sees reason to believe that the Suspect has absconded
or will not obey the summons; or

(b) at the time fixed for his appearance, the Suspect fails
to appear and the summons is proved to have been
duly served in time to allow for his appearance and no
reasonable excuse is offered for his failure to appear.

(2) A Court empowered by this Law to issue a warrant for the
arrest of a Suspect may issue a summons in place of a
warrant where he thinks fit.

Issue of warrant in lieu of or in addition to summons.
SECTION 98

Where a Suspect for whose appearance or arrest a summons or
warrant may be issued is present before a Court, the Court may
require him to execute a bond, with or without sureties, for his
appearance before a Court.

Power to take bond for appearance.
SECTION 99

The provisions contained in this Part relating to summonses and
warrants and their issue, service and execution shall, so far as may
be, apply to every summons and every warrant issued under this
Law.

Provision of this part generally applicable to summons and warrant.
PART IX

PROVISIONS RELATING TO CRIMINAL
TRIALS AND INQUIRIES IN GENERAL

SECTION 100

The provisions of Parts 9 to 44 of this Law shall apply to all criminal
trials and proceedings unless express provision is made in respect of
any particular Court or form of trial or proceedings.

Application of Part IX – XLIV.
SECTION 101

A Court shall have authority to compel the attendance before it of a
Suspect who is outside the jurisdiction but is charged with an offence
committed within the State.

General authority to bring suspect before a Court.
SECTION 102

(1) A person may make a complaint against any other person
alleged to have committed or to be committing an offence.

(2) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any
other Law, a Police Officer may make a complaint in a case of
assault even though the party aggrieved declines or refuses to
make a complaint.

Right of making complaint.
SECTION 103

(1) It is not necessary that a complaint shall be in writing, unless
it is required to be so by the Law on which it is founded, or by
some other Law, and where a complaint is not made in
writing, the registrar shall reduce it into writing.

(2) Subject to the provisions of Section 69 of this Law, a
complaint may, unless some Laws otherwise requires, be
made without oath.

(3) A complaint may be made by the complainant in person, or by
a legal practitioner representing him, or by any person
authorized in writing in that behalf.

(4) A complaint shall be for one offence only, or for a number of
offences disclosed in one transaction or events, but the
complaint shall not be voided by describing the offence, or
any material act relating to it in alternative words according to
the language of the Law constituting such offence.

(5) All complaints made to the Court directly under this Section
may first be referred to the police for investigation before any
action is taken by the Court provided the referral shall include
an order not to detain the Suspect before investigation.

(6) After the investigation the police shall charge the Suspect to
Court where the punishment for the offence is less than 3
years or refer the matter to the Attorney-General where the
offence attracts more than 3 years imprisonment.

(7) Any complaint which is based on a civil cause shall not be
entertained save such complaints have obvious criminal
elements,

Form of complaint.
SECTION 104

A complaint, summons, warrant or any other document laid, issued
or made for the purpose of or in connection with any proceedings
before a Court for an offence, shall be sufficient if it contains a
Statement of the specific offence with which the Suspect is charged,
together with such particulars as may be necessary for giving
reasonable information as to the nature of the charge.

Form of documents in criminal proceedings.
SECTION 105

Any exception, exemption, proviso, condition, excuse, or qualification
may be proved by the Defendant, but need not be specified or
refuted in the complaint, and where so specified or refuted, no proof
in relation to the matter so specified or refuted shall be required on
the part of the complainant.

Rule as to statement of exception.
SECTION 106

In every case where no time is specially limited for making a
complaint for a summary conviction for an offence in the Law
relating to such offence, such complaint, if made other than by a
person in his official capacity, shall be made within two (2) years from the time when the matter of such complaint arose, and not
after.

Limitation of period for making a private complaint.
PART X

PLACE OF TRIAL OR INQUIRY

SECTION 107

(1) An offence shall ordinarily be inquired into and tried by a
Court within the local limits of its jurisdiction if:
(a) the offence was wholly or in part committed, or some
act forming part of the offence was done within its
jurisdiction;
(b) the consequence of the offence has ensued within its
jurisdiction;
(c) some offence was committed by reference to which the
offence is defined; or
(d) a person against whom, or property in respect of
which, the offence was committed is found, having
been transported there by the Suspect or by a person
having knowledge of the offence.
(2) A criminal charge shall be filed and tried in the division or
District where the alleged offence was committed unless it can
be shown that it is convenient to do otherwise for
administrative, security or other reasons.

Venue generally.
SECTION 108

An offence committed while the Suspect is in the course of
performing a journey or voyage may be tried or inquired into by a
Court in the State, division or District of whose jurisdiction the
Suspect or the person against whom or the thing in respect of which
the offence was committed resides, is or passed in the course of that
journey or voyage.

Offence committed
on a journey.
SECTION 109

Where an offence:
(a) is commenced in the State and completed in another State, or
(b) is completed in the State after being commenced in another
State,
the Suspect may be tried and punished as if the offence had
actually or wholly been committed in the State.

Offence commenced and completed in different states.
SECTION 110

Where a question arises as to which of the two or more Courts of the
State ought to inquire into or try any offence, it shall be decided by
the Chief Judge.

Chief Judge to decide question as to Court of inquiry or place.
SECTION 111

(1) The Chief Judge may, where it appears to him that the
transfer of a case will promote the ends of justice or will be in the interest of the public peace, transfer any case from one
Court to another.
(2) The power of the Chief Judge referred to in subsection (1) of
this Section shall not be exercised where the prosecution has
called witnesses.
(3) Where the Chief Judge is to exercise this power subsequent to
a petition, the Chief Judge shall cause the petition to be
investigated by an independent body of not more than three
reputable legal practitioners within one week of receipt of
such petition.
(4) The investigating body shall submit its report within two
weeks of appointment except otherwise specified.

Chief Judge may transfer a case.
SECTION 112

A Court before which a person charged with having committed an
offence is brought shall, where:
(a) the offence ought to be properly inquired into or tried by
another Court; or
(b) in the opinion of the Court, the offence ought to be
conveniently inquired into or tried by another Court, within a
reasonable period not exceeding 7 days, send the case and all
processes relating to the case to the head of Court for reassignment to that other Court, and where appropriate,
remand the Defendant charged in custody or require him to
give security for his attendance before that other Court to
answer the charges and to be dealt with accordingly.

When cases may be remitted to another Court.
SECTION 113

(1) Where a Suspect is to be remanded in custody, a warrant shall
be issued by the remitting Court and that warrant shall be
sufficient authority to any person to whom it is directed to:
(a) receive and detain the Suspect named in the warrant;
and
(b) produce him to the Court to which the Suspect charged
is remitted.
(2) The person to whom the warrant is directed shall execute it
according to its terms without any delay.

Removal under warrant.
SECTION 114

Where a Suspect is:
(a) in custody and the Court directing a transfer thinks it
expedient that the custody should be continued, or
(b) not in custody, that he should be placed in custody, the Court shall, by its warrant, commit the Suspect to prison
for a period not exceeding 14 days, subject to such security as
it may deem appropriate in the circumstances, until he can be
taken before a Court wherein the cause of complaint arose, or
is to be dealt with.the Court shall, by its warrant, commit the Suspect to prison
for a period not exceeding 14 days, subject to such security as
it may deem appropriate in the circumstances, until he can be
taken before a Court wherein the cause of complaint arose, or
is to be dealt with.

Transfer of case where cause of complaint has arisen out of jurisdiction of Court.
SECTION 115

(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 107 and 111 of this
Law, a Judge or Magistrate of a division or District in which a
Suspect:
(a) is arrested and charged with an offence, alleged to
have been committed in another division or District;
(b) is in custody on the charge; or
(c) has appeared in answer to summons Lawfully issued
charging the offence,
may, where he considers that justice would be better
served and having regards to the accessibility and
convenience of the witnesses, proceed to hear the
charge, try and punish the Suspect as if the offence
had been committed in the division or District.
(2) The offence referred to in subsection (1) of this Section shall,
for all purposes, be deemed to have been committed in that
division or District.

Court may assume jurisdiction under certain conditions arisen out of jurisdiction of Court.
SECTION 116

Where a case is commenced in any other division or District than
that in which it ought to have been commenced, the Court may
assume jurisdiction in accordance with the provisions of Section 114
of this Law and all acts performed and all decisions given by the
Court during the trial or any other proceeding shall be deemed to be
valid in all respect as if the jurisdiction had been assumed prior to
the performance of the acts and the giving of the decisions.

Assumption of jurisdiction after commencement of proceedings conditions arisen out of jurisdiction of Court.
PART XI

POWERS OF THE ATTORNEY-GENERAL

SECTION 117

(1) The Attorney-General may prefer a charge in any Court in
respect of an offence created by a Law of the State House of
Assembly.
(2) The Attorney-General may authorize any other person to
exercise any or all the powers conferred on him under this
Section.

Charges by the Attorney General.
SECTION 118

(1) The Attorney-General may issue legal advice or such other
directive to the Police or any other Law enforcement agency in
respect of an offence created by a Law of the State House of
Assembly.
(2) Where any proceeding is pending in respect of the offence for
which legal advice or other direction referred to in subsection
(1) of this Section is given, a copy of the legal advice or
direction shall be forwarded by the Attorney General or
Director of Public Prosecutions to the Court before whom the
proceeding is pending.
(3) The Attorney-General may request from the Police or any
other agency for the case file in any matter and the Police or
other agency shall immediately send the case file as
requested.

Issuance of Legal advice and other directives to the Police.
SECTION 119

(1) In pursuance of the provisions of the Constitution relating to
the powers of prosecution by the Attorney-General the
prosecution of all offences in any Court shall be undertaken
by:
(a) the Attorney-General or a Law Officer in his Ministry or
Department;
(b) a legal practitioner authorized by the Attorney-General
or any other person;
(c) a legal practitioner authorized to prosecute by this Law
or any other Law of the State House of Assembly.
(2) On receipt of a complaint relating to the Commission of an
offence punishable with death, or such other offence(s) as
may be specified by the Governor and published in the State
gazette, the Attorney-General shall assign a Law Officer to
investigate the said offence(s) in conjunction with the police
(3) It shall be the responsibility of the Commissioner of Police of
the State to, within 7 days of the commission of any offence
covered by subsection 2 of this section, notify the Attorney-General.

Prosecution of offences.
PART XII

CONTROL OF CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS
BY THE ATTORNEY-GENERAL

SECTION 120

(1) In any criminal proceeding for an offence created by a Law of
the State House of Assembly, and at any stage of the
proceeding before judgment, the Attorney-General may
discontinue the proceedings either by stating in Court or
informing the Court in writing that the Attorney-General
intends that the proceeding should be discontinued and, the
Suspect shall immediately be discharged in respect of the
charge or information for which the discontinuance is entered.
(2) Where the Suspect:
(a) has been committed to prison, he shall be released; or
(b) is on bail, the recognizance shall be discharged.
(3) Where the Suspect is not:
(a) before the Court when the discontinuance is entered,
the registrar or other proper Officer of the Court shall
immediately cause notice in writing of the entry of the
discontinuance to be given to the Officer in charge of
the prison or other place in which the Suspect may be
detained and the notice shall be sufficient authority to
discharge the Suspect; or
(b) in custody, the Court shall immediately cause notice in
writing to be given to the Suspect and his sureties and
shall in either case cause a similar notice in writing to
be given to any witness bound over to testify.
(4) Where discontinuance is entered in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, the discharge of a Suspect shall not
operate as a bar to any subsequent proceeding against him on
account of the same facts.

Discontinuance of criminal cases.
SECTION 121

(1) In any trial or proceeding before a Court, a Prosecutor may, on
the instruction of the Attorney-General in case of offences
against a Law of the State House of Assembly, at any stage
before judgment is pronounced, withdraw the charge against
any Defendant either generally or in respect of one or more of
the offences with which the Defendant is charged.
(2) Where the withdrawal is made:
(a) before the Defendant is called upon to make his
defence, he shall be discharged of the offence; and
(b) after the Defendant is called upon to make his defence,
he shall be acquitted of the offence.
(3) In any trial before a Court in which the Prosecutor withdraws
in respect of the prosecution of an offence before the
Defendant is called upon to make his defence, the Court may,
in its discretion, Order the Defendant to be acquitted if it is
satisfied, on the merits of the case, that the order is a proper
one, and when an order of acquittal is made, the Court shall
endorse its reasons for making the order on the record.
(4) Where a private Prosecutor withdraws from a prosecution for
an offence under the provisions of this Section, the Court
may, in its discretion, award costs against the Prosecutor.
(5) A discharge of a Defendant under this Section shall not
operate as a bar to subsequent proceedings against him on account of the same facts, except as otherwise provided
under this Section.

Withdrawals from prosecution in trials and inquiries before a Court.
PART XIII

INSTITUTION OF PROCEEDINGS

SECTION 122

Subject to the provisions of any other Law, criminal proceedings
may, in accordance with the provisions of this Law, be instituted:
(a) in a Magistrates, Shari’a and Customary Courts, by a
complaint whether or not on oath or upon receiving a First
Information Report;
(b) in the High Court, by a charge filed by or on behalf of the
Attorney-General subject to Section 117 of this Law;
(c) by a charge filed in the Court after the Defendant has been
summarily committed for perjury by a Court under the
provisions of this Law;
(d) by a charge filed in the Court by any other prosecuting
authority; or
(e) by a charge filed by a private Prosecutor subject to the
provisions of this Law.

Different methods of instituting criminal proceedings.
SECTION 123

(1) Criminal proceedings instituted in a Magistrate Court may be:
(a) by bringing a Suspect arrested without a warrant
before the Court on a complaint specifying the name,
address, age, sex and occupation of the Suspect
charged, the charge against him and the time and
place where the offence is alleged to have been
committed; and the charge sheets shall be signed by
any of the persons mentioned in Section 119 of this
Law;
(b) upon receiving a First Information Report on the
commission of an offence for which the police are
authorized to arrest without a warrant and which may
be tried by the Court within the jurisdiction where the
police station is situate; the particulars in the Report
shall disclose the offence for which the complaint is
brought and shall be signed by the Police Officer in
charge of the case; or
(c) subject to the provision of Section 103 of this Law, by
complaint to the Court, whether or not on oath, that an
offence has been committed by a Suspect whose
presence the Magistrate has power to compel, and an
application to the Magistrate, in the manner set out in
this Section for the issue of either a summons directed
to, or a warrant to arrest, the Suspect.
(2) The charge sheet filed by the prosecution shall be served on
the Defendant within seven days of its being filed or such time
as the Court may allow.
(3) The trial of a charge preferred under subsection (1) (a) and
(b) of this Section shall commence not later than 30 days from
the date of filing the charge, and the trial of the person
brought under the charge shall be completed within a
reasonable time.
(4) Where a charge is preferred under subsection (1) (a) and (b)
of this Section and the trial does not commence within 30
days of bringing the charge, or trial has commenced but has
not been completed after 180 days of arraignment on that
charge, the Court shall forward to the Chief Judge the
particulars of the charge and reasons for failure to commence
the trial or to complete the trial.
(5) A Court seized of criminal proceedings shall make quarterly
returns of the particulars of all cases, including charges,
remand and other proceedings commenced and dealt with in
his Court within the quarter, to the Chief Judge.
(6) In reviewing the returns made by a Court under subsections
(4) and (5) of this Section, the Chief Judge shall have regard
to the need to ensure that:
(a) criminal matters are speedily dealt with;
(b) congestion of cases in Courts is drastically reduced;
(c) congestion of prisons is reduced to the barest
minimum; and
(d) persons awaiting trial are, as far as possible, not
detained in prison custody for a length of time beyond
that prescribed in Section 308 of this Law.
(7) The Administration of Criminal Justice Monitoring Committee,
shall have power to consider all returns made to the Chief
Judge under subsections (4) and (5) of this Section for the
purpose of ensuring expeditious disposal of cases, and the
National Human Rights Commission set up under the National
Human Rights Commission Act shall have access to the
returns on request to the Chief Judge.

Mode of instituting criminal proceedings in a Magistrate Court.
SECTION 124

(1) The Controller of Prisons shall make returns every 90 days to
the Chief Judge and to the Attorney-General of all persons
awaiting trial held in custody in the prisons in the State for a
period beyond 180 days from the date of arraignment.
(2) The returns referred to in subsection (1) of this Section shall
be in a prescribed form and shall include:
(a) the name of the Suspect held in custody or Awaiting
Trial Persons;
(b) passport photograph of the Suspect;
(c) the date of his arraignment or remand;
(d) the date of his admission to custody;
(e) the particulars of the offence with which he was
charged;
(f) the Courts before which he was arraigned;
(g) name of the prosecuting agency;
(h) name of the Prosecutor; and
(i) any other relevant information.
(3) Upon receipt of such return, the recipient shall take such
steps as are necessary to address the issues raised in the
return in furtherance of the purpose of this Law.

Returns by Comptroller of Prison.
PART XIV

FIRST INFORMATION REPORT

SECTION 125

(1) Where a complaint is brought before a Police Officer in charge
of a police station concerning the commission of an offence
and is:
(a) one for which the police are authorised to arrest
without a warrant, and
(b) triable by a Magistrate, Alkali or Judge within which
jurisdiction the police station is situated,
the police shall, if the complaint is made orally, reduce the
complaint or cause it to be reduced into writing in the Police
Diary.
(2) The complaint, whether given in writing or orally shall be
reduced in writing into the Police Diary and read or cause to be
read over to the complainant and every such complaint shall be
signed by the Officer receiving the complaint.
(3) where on any other ground the Officer in charge of a police
station has reason to Suspect the commission of an offence referred to in subsection (1), he shall enter or cause to be
entered the grounds of his suspicion in a Police Diary.
(4) Where the Officer is satisfied that no public interest may be
served by prosecuting, he may refuse to accept the complaint
provided that he notifies the complainant of his right to
complain to a Court under Section 122 (a) of this Law.
(5) Notwithstanding the provision of subsection (2) of this Section,
the Officer in charge of a police station may, if in his opinion
the matter might more conveniently be inquired into by an
Officer in charge of another police station, refer the complaint
to such other police station.
(6) After complying with the provisions of subsection (3) of this
Section, the Officer in charge of the police station shall act as
follows:
(a) he shall forthwith proceed to the scene and investigate
the case and if the Suspect is not in custody, take such
steps as may be necessary for the discovery and arrest
of the Suspect or he may direct a Police Officer
subordinate to him to do so and report to him;
(b) in cases involving death or serious injury to any person,
the Officer in charge of the police station shall arrange,
if possible, for the person to be taken to the nearest
hospital for such further examination as may be
necessary;
(c) where the complaint is given against a person by name
and the alleged offence is not of a serious nature, the
Officer in charge of a police station need not make or
direct investigation on the spot;
(d) in the cases mentioned in paragraph (c) of this
subsection, the Officer in charge of the police station
shall record in the book referred to in subsection (2)
and in the First Information Report to the Court his
reason for not entering on an investigation or for not
making or directing investigation on the spot or not
investigating the case;
(e) where after the investigation, it appears that the
complaints against the Suspect are unfounded, the
investigation shall be terminated and this fact shall be
recorded in the Police Diary mentioned in subsection
(2) of this Section; and
(f) where the Officer considers that the prosecution of the
alleged offence will serve the public interest, the Officer
shall reduce the complaint into the prescribed form called First Information Report and the Officer shall
take the alleged Suspect with the First Information
Report before a Magistrate, Alkali or Judge within
whose jurisdiction the police station is situated.
(7) Where the Suspect appears or is brought before the
Magistrate, Alkali or Judge, the particulars of the offence of
which he is accused shall be read to him and he shall be
asked if he has any cause to show why he should not be tried
by the Magistrate, Alkali or Judge.
(8) Where upon hearing the information, the alleged Suspect
admits the commission of the offence contained in the First
Information Report, his admission shall be recorded as near as
possible in the words used by him and if he shows no
sufficient cause why he should not be convicted, the
Magistrate, Alkali or Judge may convict him accordingly and in
that case it shall not be necessary to frame a formal charge.
(9) Where the Suspect denies the allegation against him and
States that he intends to show cause why he should not be
convicted, the Magistrate, Alkali or Judge shall proceed to
hear the complainant and take such evidence as may be
produced in support of the prosecution and the Suspect shall
be at liberty to cross-examine the witnesses for the
prosecution and if he so does, the Prosecutor may re-examine
the witnesses where necessary.
(10) Where the evidence referred to in subsection (9) of this
Section has been taken or at any stage of the case, the
Magistrate, Alkali or Judge is of the opinion that there is
ground that the Suspect has committed an offence triable
under this part, which such Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary
Courts is competent to try and which, in the opinion of the
Magistrate, Alkali or Judge could be adequately punished, the
Magistrate, Alkali or Judge shall frame a charge stating the
offence and direct that the Suspect be tried in another
Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary Court.
(11) Where in the proceeding before a Magistrate, Shari’a and
Customary Courts, the Court, at any stage before judgment, is
of the opinion that the case is one which ought to be tried by
the High Court, he shall transfer the case along with the
Suspect to a High Court for trial upon a charge in accordance
with the provisions of this Law.

Procedure forr receiving complaint and first information report.
PART XV

ENFORCING APPEARANCE OF SUSPECTS

SECTION 126

A Court may issue a summons or warrant as provided in this Law to
compel the appearance before it of a suspect accused of having committed an offence in any place, whether within or outside the
State, triable in the State.

Compelling appearance of a Suspect.
SECTION 127

In every case, the Court may proceed either by way of summons to
the Defendant or by way of warrant for his arrest in the First
instance according to the nature and circumstances of the case.

Summons and warrants.
SECTION 128

(1) Subject to the provisions of Section 104 of this Law, a person
who believes from a reasonable or probable cause that an
offence has been committed by another person whose
appearance a Magistrate, Alkali or Judge has power to
compel, may make a complaint of the commission of the
offence to a Magistrate, Alkali or Shari’a who shall consider
the allegations of the complainant and may:
(a) in his discretion, refuse to issue a process and shall
record his reasons for such refusal; or
(b) issue a summons or warrant as he shall deem fit to
compel the attendance of the Defendant before a
Magistrate Court in the District.
(2) The Magistrate, Alkali or Judge shall not refuse to issue a
summons or warrant only because the alleged offence is one
for which a Suspect may be arrested without warrant.

Making of complaint and issue of process.
PART XVI

ISSUE, FORM AND SERVICE OF SUMMONS

SECTION 129

A summons may be issued or served on any day, including a Sunday
or public holiday.

Issue and service.
SECTION 130

Where a complaint is made before a Magistrate, Alkali or Judge as
provided in Section 128 of this Law and the Magistrate, Alkali or
Judge decides to issue a summons, the summons shall be directed to
the Suspect, stating concisely the substance of the complaint and
requiring him to appear at a certain time and place not less than 48
hours after the service of the summons before the Court to answer
to the complaint and to be further dealt with according to Law.

Issue of summons and contents.
SECTION 131

The Court may, if it deems fit and with the consent of the parties,
hear and determine a complaint notwithstanding that the time within
which the Defendant was required to appear may not have elapsed.

Hearing by consent before retuen date of summons.
SECTION 132

Where, on a complaint being made before a Magistrate, Alkali or
Judge as provided in Section 128 of this Law, the Magistrate, Alkali
or Judge decides to issue a summon, the Defendant may be directed
to appear immediately in cases where an affidavit is made by the
complainant either at the time of making the complaint or
subsequently that the Defendant is likely to leave the District within
48 hours.

Summons with immediate return date in special circumstances.
SECTION 133

An application for a summons under this Law shall be made ex parte
to the Court or to such other Officer as the Chief Judge may specify,
from time to time.

Discretion in ex parte application.
SECTION 134

A summons issued by a Court under this Law shall be in writing,
made in duplicate, signed by the Presiding Officer of the Court or by
such other Officer as the Chief Judge may specify, from time to time.

Summons to be in duplicate.
SECTION 135

A summons shall be served by a Police Officer or by an Officer of the
Court issuing it or other public Officer, by e-mail or through a courier
service company duly registered with the Chief Judge as a process
service agent of the Court under this Law.

Service of summons.
SECTION 136

The person effecting service of a summons shall effect it by
delivering it on:
(a) an individual, to him personally; or
(b) a firm or corporation;
(i) to one of the partners,
(ii) to a Director,
(iii) to the Secretary,
(iv) to the chief agent within the jurisdiction,
(v) by leaving it at the principal place of business in Nigeria
of the firm or corporation, or
(vi) to anyone having, at the time of service, control of the
business of the firm;
(c) a Local Government Council, in accordance with the Local
Government Law;
(d) the Commissioner of Police of the State; or the Divisional
Police Officer within the jurisdiction of the issuing Court;
(e) any State Government Ministry, Department or Agency, to the
Attorney-General or to the Legal Department or Legal Adviser
of such Ministry, Department or Agency;
(f) any arm of the armed forces, to the Director of Legal Services
of the Service or Command concerned.

Normal methods of effecting service.
SECTION 137

Where service in the manner provided by Section 136(a) of this Law
cannot, by the exercise of due diligence, be effected, the serving
Officer may, with leave of the Court, affix one of the duplicates of
the summons to some conspicuous part of the premises or place in
which the individual to be served ordinarily resides or works, and on
doing so the summons shall be deemed to have been duly served.

Service where person summoned cannot be found.
SECTION 138

(1) Where a public Officer is to be served with a summons, the
Court issuing the summons may send it in duplicate to the
Officer in charge of the department in which the person is
employed for the purpose of being served on the person, if it
appears to the Court that it may be most conveniently so
served.
(2) The Officer in charge of the department shall, on receiving the
summons, cause it to be served in the manner provided by
Section 136 (a) of this Law and shall return the duplicate to
the Court under his signature, with the endorsement required
by Section 140 of this Law, which signature shall be evidence
of the service.

Service on Public Officers.
SECTION 139

Where a Court issues summons to a person outside its jurisdiction or
Kaduna State, the summons shall be sent in duplicate to a Court in
whose jurisdiction the person resides or works.

Service outside jurisdiction of Court.
SECTION 140

Where the Officer who served a summons is not present at the
hearing of the case, proof of service may be done by endorsement
on a duplicate of the summons and by an affidavit showing when
and how the service was effected.

Proof of service when servfing officer not present.
SECTION 141

(1) Where a summons has been served on the person to whom it
is addressed or is delivered to any other person, the person to
whom it is addressed or the person to whom it is delivered, as
the case may be, shall acknowledge receipt at the back of the
duplicate.
(2) Where service is not effected by delivering the summons to an
individual but by some other method under this Law, the
person effecting service shall endorse on the duplicate
particulars of the method by which he effected service.

Receipt of service when serving officer not present.
SECTION 142

A person who is required to sign a receipt on the back of a duplicate
summons to the effect that he has received the summons and fails to
sign the receipt may be:
(a) arrested by the person serving the summons or any other
person with powers of arrest under this Law and taken before
the Court which issued the summons; and
(b) detained in custody or committed to prison for such time not
exceeding 14 days as the Court may deem fit.

Person refusing to sign receipt may be arrested.
SECTION 143

An affidavit or declaration made before a Court by the serving Officer
or by a witness to the service or return slip of a registered courier
service company that a summons has been served and a duplicate of
the summons endorsed, by the person to whom it was delivered or
tendered or with whom it was left is admissible in evidence and the
Statements made in it is deemed to be correct unless the contrary is
proved.

Proof of service.
SECTION 144

Where the Court is satisfied that the Suspect has been served with a
summons and the Suspect does not appear at the time and place
appointed in and by the summons and his personal attendance has
not been dispensed with under Section 148 of this Law, the Court
may issue a warrant for his arrest and production before the Court.

Summons disobeyed, warrant may be issued.
SECTION 145

Where a complaint is before a Magistrate, Alkali or a Judge as
provided in this Law, and the Magistrate, Alkali or Judge decides to
issue a warrant, he shall issue a warrant to arrest the Suspect and
bring him before the Court to answer the complaint and be dealt with
according to Law.

Issue of warrant for Suspect in the first instance.
SECTION 146

Where a warrant of arrest is issued in consequence of a complaint on
oath as provided under Section 145 of this Law, the provisions of
Sections 50 to 63 of this Law shall apply to such warrant.

Application of
sections 50 to 63 to such warrant.
SECTION 147

Notwithstanding the issue of a summons as in Section 144 of this
Law, a warrant may be issued at any time before or after the time
appointed for the appearance of the Suspect.

Warrant may be issued before or after return date of summons.
SECTION 148

(1) Where a Magistrate, Alkali or Judge issues a summon in
respect of any offence for which the penalty is a fine not
exceeding N50,000.00 or imprisonment for a term not
exceeding six months or both, the Magistrate, Alkali or Judge
on application of the Defendant:
(a) may dispense with his personal attendance; or
(b) where the offence is punishable by fine only, the
Defendant may plead guilty in writing or by his legal
practitioner.
(2) The Magistrate, Alkali or Judge trying a case in which the
presence of the Defendant has been dispensed with, may in
his discretion, at any subsequent stage of the proceedings,
direct the personal attendance of the Defendant and where
necessary, enforce the attendance by means of the issuance
of a warrant to arrest the Defendant and bring him before the
Court.
(3) Where a Magistrate, Alkali or Judge imposes a fine on a
Defendant whose personal attendance has been dispensed
with under this Section, the Magistrate, Alkali or Judge may at
the same time direct that if the fine is not paid within a Stated
time, the amount shall be recovered by distress or that the
Defendant shall be imprisoned for a period calculated in
accordance with the provisions contained in this Law for the
non-payment of a fine.
(4) Where the attendance of a Defendant is dispensed with and
previous convictions are alleged against him not admitted in writing or through his legal practitioner, the Court may
adjourn the proceedings and direct the personal attendance in
the same manner as provided in subsection (2) of this Section.
(5) Where the attendance of a Defendant has been dispensed
with, and his attendance is subsequently required, the cost of
any adjournment for that purpose shall be borne by him.

Power to dispense with personal attendance of Defendant in certain cases.
PART XVII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING PROCESS

SECTION 149

Where a Defendant is before a Court, whether voluntarily, or on
summons, or after being arrested with or without warrant, or while in
custody for the same or any other offence, the trial may be held
notwithstanding:
(a) any irregularity, defect, or error in the summons or warrant,
or the issuing, service, or execution of the summons or
warrant;
(b) the want of any complaint on oath; or
(c) any defect in the complaint, or any irregularity in the arrest or
custody of the Defendant.

Irregularities in summons, warrant, service, or arrest.
SECTION 150

Where a Court which is not empowered by Law does any of the
following things:
(a) attaches and sells property under Section 95 of this Law;
(b) demands security to keep the peace;
(c) demands security for good behaviour;
(d) discharges a person Lawfully bound to be of good behaviour;
(e) cancels a bond to keep the peace;
(f) makes an Order under Section 87 of this Law as to a public
nuisance;
(g) prohibits, under Section 93 of this Law, the repetition or
continuance of a public nuisance;
(h) tries an offender; or
(i) decides an appeal;
the proceedings shall be void.

Irregularities
which validate proceedings.
SECTION 151

A variance between the charge contained in the summons or warrant
and the offence alleged in the complaint, or between any of them and the evidence adduced on the part of the prosecution, shall not
affect the validity of any proceeding.

Variance between Charge and Complaint.
SECTION 152

A summons, warrant of any description or other process issued
under a Law shall not be invalidated by reason of the fact that the
person who signed the summons or warrant is dead, ceases to hold
office or no longer has jurisdiction.

Process valid notwithstanding death or vacation of office of person issuing.
PART XVIII

SAVING OF VALIDITY OF PROCESS

SECTION 153

(1) A warrant of committal shall not be held void by reason of any
defect in it, where it is alleged that the Defendant has been
convicted or ordered to do or abstain from doing an act or a
thing required to be done or left undone and there is a good
and valid order to sustain the warrant.
(2) A warrant of distress shall not be held void by reason of any
defect, where it is alleged that an Order has been made and
there is a good and valid ground to sustain the order, and a
person acting under a warrant of distress is not deemed a
trespasser by reason of any defect in the warrant or of any
irregularity in the execution of the warrant.
(3) This Law shall not prejudice the right of a person to
compensation for any special damage caused by defect or
irregularity in the execution of a warrant of distress.

Validity of process warrant of commitment and warrant of distress.
SECTION 154

(1) All summonses, warrant of every description and process of
whatever description shall be sufficiently addressed for service
or execution by being directed to the Sheriff.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1) of this
Section, a warrant or summons may be addressed to a person
by name or to an Officer by his official designation.
(3) Where a warrant of arrest is addressed to the Sheriff the
warrant may be executed by a Police Officer or Officer of a
Court.

General addressee of process for issuee anf execution.
SECTION 155

The provisions contained in this Law in respect of warrants of
arrest, and the provisions contained in this Part relating to
summonses, warrants of any description and other process
and their issuance, service, enforcement and execution shall,
so far as may be, apply to every summons, warrant of any
description and other process issued in respect of matters
within the criminal jurisdiction of the Court.

Certain provisions applicable to all summonses and warrants in criminal matters.
PART XIX

SEARCH WARRANTS

SECTION 156

Where an investigation under this Law is being made by a Police
Officer, he may apply to a Court within the local limits of whose
jurisdiction he is for the issuance of a search warrant.

Application for search warrant matters.
SECTION 157

(1) Where a Court is satisfied by information on oath and in
writing that there is reasonable ground for believing that there
is in any building, ship, carriage, receptacle, motor vehicle,
aircraft or place:
(a) anything upon or in respect of which any offence has
been or is suspected to have been committed,
(b) anything for which there is reasonable ground of
believing will provide evidence to the commission of an
offence, or
(c) anything for which there is reasonable ground of
believing is intended to be used for the purpose of
committing an offence,
the Court may at any time issue a warrant authorizing
an Officer of the Court, a member of the police force,
or other person named to act in accordance with
subsection (2) of this Section.
(2) A search warrant issued under subsection (1) of this Section
shall authorize the Officer of the Court, a Police Officer, or
other person named to:
(a) search such building, ship, carriage, receptacle, motor
vehicle, aircraft or place for any such thing, and to
seize any such thing until further proceeding before
the Court issuing the search warrant or some other
Court to be dealt with according to Law; and
(b) arrest the occupier of the house or place where the
thing was found where the Court deems so fit to direct
on the warrant.

Cases in which search warrants may be issued.
SECTION 158

Where the occupier of any building or the person in whose
possession a thing named in a search warrant is found and is
brought before a Court or a complaint is not made that he has
committed an offence, the Court shall immediately discharge him.

Discharge of suspected person.
SECTION 159

(1) A search warrant shall be under the hand of the Magistrate or
Judge issuing it.
(2) A warrant shall remain in force until it is executed or cancelled
by the Court which issued it.

Search warrant to be signed by Magistrate or Judge.
SECTION 160

A search warrant may be directed to one or more persons and,
where directed to more than one, it may be executed by all or by any
one or more of them.

Search warrant to whom directed.
SECTION 161

A search warrant may be issued and executed at any time, on any
day, including a Sunday or public holiday.

Time when search warrant may be issued and executed.
SECTION 162

(1) Where any building or other thing or place liable to search is
closed, a person residing in or being in charge of the building,
thing or place shall, on demand of the Police Officer or other
person executing the search warrant, allow him free and
unhindered access to it and afford all reasonable facilities for
its search.
(2) Where access into the building, thing or place cannot be so
obtained, the Police Officer or other person executing the
search warrant may proceed in the manner prescribed by
Section 31 of this Law.
(3) Where a Suspect in or about the building, thing or place is
reasonably suspected of concealing on his person an article
for which search should be made, the Suspect may be
searched and where the Suspect to be searched is a woman
she shall be searched by another woman and may be taken to
a police station for that purpose.
(4) A search under this Part shall, except the Court or owing to
the nature of the case otherwise directs, be made in the
presence of two witnesses and the person to whom the search
warrant is addressed may also provide a witness within the
neighbourhood.
(5) A list of all things found on his person and seized shall be
drawn up by the person carrying out the search and shall be
signed or sealed by the person to whom the search warrant is
addressed, the person executing the search warrant, the
witnesses and a copy thereof of shall be delivered to the
person searched.
(6) Where a place to be searched is a building physically occupied
by a woman who, according to custom or religion does not
appear in public, the person making the search shall, before
entering the building, shall give notice to the woman that she
may withdraw and shall afford her every reasonable facility for
withdrawing and may then enter the building.

Person incharge of closed place to allow access.
SECTION 163

The occupant of a place searched or some person on his behalf shall
be permitted to be present at the search and shall, if he so requires, receive a copy of the list of things seized, signed or sealed by the
witnesses, if any.

Occupant of a place searched may attend.
SECTION 164

A person executing a search warrant beyond the jurisdiction of the
Court issuing it shall, before doing so, apply to the Court within
whose jurisdiction search is to be made and shall act under its
directions.

Execution of Bench warrant outside jurisdiction.
SECTION 165

A Magistrate may direct a search to be conducted in his presence of
any place for the search of which he is competent to issue a search
warrant.

Magistrate may direct search in his presence.
SECTION 166

(1) Where upon the execution of a search warrant anything
referred to in Section 157 of this Law is recovered, it may be
detained by the police, taking reasonable care that it is
preserved until the trial or any further proceeding.
(2) A list of all things recovered in the course of search and of the
places in which they were found shall be drawn up by the
person carrying out the search in accordance with Section 162
(5) of this Law and a copy of the list forwarded to the Judge,
Magistrate who issued the warrant for his information with
indication as in the prescribed form set out in the Appendix D
to this Law on the search warrant of the things:
(a) seized, detained or caused to be detained; and
(b) items that were seized but have been released to the
owners.
(3) Where a Defendant is charged to Court with an offence or no
appeal or further proceedings is pending in relation to an item
recovered during a search, the police shall:
(a) restore to the person who appears to be entitled to
them; and
(b) where he is the Defendant, cause to be restored to him
or to his legal practitioner or to such other person as
the Defendant may direct.
(4) Where the police or any other agency carrying out the search
is authorized or required by Law to dispose of the items seized
in accordance with the provisions of Section 157 of this Law,
the police or agency shall release the proceeds of, or the
disposal of the seized items to the person entitled to it.
(5) Any property or a part of the property may be applied to the
payment of any cost or compensation directed by the Court to
be paid by the Defendant, or person entitled to the property.

Detention of articles recorded.
SECTION 167

Where a thing seized under a search warrant is of a perishable or
noxious nature, it may be disposed of in such manner as the Court
may direct.

Perishable articles may be disposed of by Court.
SECTION 168

Where the thing to be searched for under a search warrant is
gunpowder, arms, ammunition or any other explosive, dangerous or
noxious substance or thing, the person making the search has
powers and protection as are given by a Law for the time being in
force to a person Lawfully authorized to search for the thing, the
thing shall be disposed of in the same manner as directed by the
Law, or in the absence of the direction, as the Court may either
generally or in any particular instance order.

Search for an disposal of gunpowder.
SECTION 169

Where, in consequence of the execution of a search warrant, there is
brought before a Court any forged banknote, banknote paper,
counterfeit currency, instrument, or other thing for forgery or
counterfeiting, the possession of which, in the absence of Lawful
excuse, is an offence, the Court may cause the thing to be defaced
or destroyed.

Disposal of counterfeit currency and other thing.
SECTION 170

Where a search warrant is issued in respect of an offence against the
Law of the State and a summons has been issued for that offence or
any person has been charged with that offence before a Court, the
Court issuing the search warrant may, except he has disposed of the
thing in accordance with Section 166 (4) of this Law, transmit
anything seized and brought before him to that Court and in relation
to anything so transmitted, the functions conferred on a Magistrate
by this Law shall be exercised by that Court instead of the Magistrate
who issued the search warrant.

Transmission to Court of other state.
PART XX

BAIL AND RECOGNISANCES GENERALLY

SECTION 171

When a person who is suspected to have committed an offence or is
accused of an offence is arrested or detained, or appears or is
brought before a Court, he shall, subject to the provisions of this
Part, be entitled to bail.

General entitlement to bail.
SECTION 172

(1) Where a Suspect or Defendant is detained in a prison, police
station or any other place of detention, the Court may issue
an Order to the Officer in charge of the prison, police station
or other place to produce the Suspect or Defendant at the
time and date specified in the Order before the Court.
(2) The Court may, on production of the person or subsequently, make
such order or give such directives, as it considers appropriate in the
circumstances in accordance with the provisions of this Law.

Power of Court to Order person in custody to be brought before it.
SECTION 173

(1) Where a Child is arrested with or without warrant and cannot
be brought forthwith before a Court, the Police Officer in
immediate charge for the time being of the police station to which the Child is brought, shall inquire into the case and shall
except:
(a) the charge is one of homicide;
(b) the offence charged is punishable with imprisonment
for a term exceeding three years;
(c) it is necessary in the interest of the Child to remove
him from association with any reputed criminal or
prostitute,
release the Child on a recognizance entered into by his parent
or guardian, with or without sureties.
(2) The parents or guardian of the Child shall execute a bond for
such an amount as will in the opinion of the Officer secure the
attendance of the Child for the hearing of the charge.

Recognisance by parent or guardian of a child.
SECTION 174

(1) A Suspect arrested, detained or charged with an offence
punishable with a term of 21 years or more, life imprisonment,
or death, shall not be released on bail. He may, however be
admitted to bail by a Judge of the High Court only under
exceptional circumstances.
(2) For the purpose of exercise of discretion in subsection (1) of
this Section, “exceptional circumstance” includes:
(a) ill health of the applicant which shall be confirmed and
certified by a qualified Medical practitioner employed in
a Government hospital, provided that the Suspect is
able to prove that there are no medical facilities to take
care of his illness by the authority detaining him;
(b) extraordinary delay in the investigation, arraignment
and prosecution for a period exceeding two years; or
(c) any other circumstances that the Judge may, in the
particular facts of the case, consider exceptional.

Bail where a Suspect is charged with capital offence.
SECTION 175

A Defendant charged with an offence punishable with imprisonment
for a term exceeding three years may, on application to the Court, be
released on bail except in any of the following circumstances:
(a) where there is reasonable ground to believe that the
Defendant will, where released on bail, commit the same or
another offence;
(b) attempt to evade his trial;
(c) attempt to influence, intimidate witnesses, and or interfere
with the investigation of the case;
(d) attempt to conceal or destroy evidence;
(e) undermine or jeopardize the objectives or the purpose or the
functioning of the criminal justice administration, including
the bail system;
(f) any offence involving sexual misconduct, bodily harm of any
kind, or affecting the well-being of a child.

Bail where a Defendant is charged with offence exceeding three years imprisonment.
SECTION 176

In any other circumstance other than those referred to in Sections
174 and 175 of this Law, the Defendant shall be entitled to bail,
unless the Court sees reasons to the contrary.

Bail where a Defendant is charged with offence not exceeding three years imprisonment.
SECTION 177

Where a Defendant is brought before a Court on any process in
respect of any matter not included within Sections 171 to 176 of this
Law, the person may, at the discretion of the Court, be released on
his entering into recognizance, in the manner provided in this Law,
for his appearance before the Court or any other Court at the time
and place mentioned in the recognizance.

Bail in respect of otherr offences.
SECTION 178

(1) The conditions for bail in any case shall be at the discretion of
the Court with due regard to the circumstances of the case
and shall not be excessive.
(2) The Court may require the deposit of a sum of money or other
security as the Court may specify from the Defendant or his
surety before the bail is approved.
(3) The money or security deposited shall be returned to the
Defendant or his surety or sureties, as the case may be, at the
conclusion of the trial or on an application by the surety to the
Court to discharge his recognizance.

Condition of Bail.
SECTION 179

Where in any case the Defendant in respect of whom the Court
makes an order requiring that a recognizance be entered into is a
Child, the Child shall not execute the recognizance but the Court
shall require a parent, legal guardian or other fit person, with or
without sureties, to enter into a recognizance that the Child shall do
what is required under the Court’s order.

Recognizance in respect of a child.
SECTION 180

(1) A Defendant admitted to bail may be required to produce such
surety or sureties as, in the opinion of the Court, will be
sufficient to ensure his appearance as and when required.
(2) The Defendant or his surety or sureties may be required to
enter into recognizance, accordingly.
(3) A person shall not be denied, prevented or restricted from
entering into a recognizance or standing as surety for any
Defendant or applicant on the ground only that the person is a
woman.

Sureties.
SECTION 181

A Judge of a High Court may, other than in the circumstances
mentioned in section 174, direct that the:
(a) bail conditions required by a Magistrate’s Court or Police
Officer be reviewed; or
(b) Defendant in custody in the State be admitted to bail.

Judge may vary bail fixed by Magistrate or police.
SECTION 182

Where a Defendant has been admitted to bail and circumstances
arise which, in the opinion of the Attorney-General would justify the
Court in cancelling the bail or requiring a greater amount, a Court
may, on application being made by the Attorney-General of the
State, issue a warrant for the arrest of the Defendant and, after
giving the Defendant an opportunity of being heard, may commit him
to prison to await trial, or admit him to bail for the same or an
increased amount.

Reconsideration of a Bail.
SECTION 183

(1) The terms of recognizance fixed by the Court in respect to any
surety or sureties shall be processed in that Court.
(2) The recognizance as mentioned in subsection (1) of this
Section may be entered into by the parties before any other
Court, any registrar, superior Police Officer, Officer in charge
of a police station or any official in charge of a prison.
(3) recognizance entered into as prescribed in subsection (2) of
this Section shall have the same effect as if they have been
entered into before that Court.

Before whom recognizance may be executed.
SECTION 184

(1) As soon as recognizance has been entered into in accordance
with the provisions of Section 177 of this Law or money or
other security deposited in the registry of the Court:
(a) the Defendant for whose appearance it has been
entered into or security executed shall be released; and
(b) where he is in prison or police station or other place of
detention, the Court admitting him to bail shall
immediately issue a written Order of release to the
official in charge of the prison or such other place of
detention and the official on receipt of the Order shall
immediately release him.
(2) The release Order or any process in relation to it may be
served in accordance with the relevant Law regulating service
of processes in the Court, or by such person or courier
company as the Chief Judge may authorize to serve criminal
processes of the Court.
(3) Nothing in this Section or in any other Section relating to bail
is deemed to require the release of a Defendant liable to be detained for some matter other than that in respect of which
the recognizance was entered into or to which the bail relates.

Release on execution of recognizance.
SECTION 185

Where as a condition for the release of any Defendant, he is required
to enter into a recognizance with sureties, the recognizance of the
sureties may be taken separately and either before or after the
recognizance of the principal, and if so taken, the recognizance of
the principal and sureties shall be as binding as if they had been
taken together and at the same time.

Mode of entering into recognizance.
SECTION 186

(1) Where a Defendant is released on bail, the recognizance may
be conditioned for his appearance at every time and place to
which, during the course of the proceedings, the hearing may
from time to time be adjourned.
(2) The Court may, where the circumstances appear just:
(a) vary the Order of release on bail of the Defendant at
any subsequent hearing; and
(b) at any subsequent stage of any proceeding, cause a
Defendant who has been released on bail to be
arrested and be committed to custody:
PROVIDED that, the Judge shall State in his records the
reason for the variation of the Order or Committal of the
Defendant.

Continous Bail.
SECTION 187

Where an application is made before the Court by information on
oath by a complainant, surety or other person that a Defendant
bound by recognizance to appear before a Court or Police Officer:
(a) is about to leave the State, or
(b) for the purpose of evading justice, is about to leave or has left
the division or District of the Court before which he is to
appear or in which he normally resides, the Court may cause
him to be arrested and may commit him to prison until the
trial, unless the Court considers it fit to admit him to bail on
further recognizance.

Defendant bound by recognizance to appear before a court or police may be committed to prison.
SECTION 188

Where a Defendant has been admitted to bail and circumstances
arise which, if the Defendant had not been admitted to bail would, in
the opinion of a Law Officer or Police Officer, justify the Court in
refusing bail or in requiring bail of greater amount, a Court, may:
(a) on the circumstances being brought to its notice by a Law
Officer or Police Officer, issue a warrant for the arrest of the
Defendant; and
(b) after giving him an opportunity of being heard, commit him to
prison to await trial or admit him to bail for the same or an
increased amount as the Court may deem just.

Reconsideration of amount of bail on application by Law officer or police.
SECTION 189

Where at any time after a recognizance has been entered into, it
appears to the Court that for any reason the surety or sureties are
unsuitable, the Court may:
(a) issue a summons or warrant for the appearance of the
principal; and
(b) on his coming to the Court, order him to execute a fresh
recognizance with other surety or sureties, as the case
may be.

Variation of a recognizance if surety unsuitable imprisonment.
SECTION 190

(1) All or any of the Sureties to a recognizance may at any time
apply to the Court which caused the recognizance to be taken
to discharge the bond either wholly or so far as relates to the
applicant.
(2) On an application under subsection (1) of this Section, the
Court shall issue a warrant for the arrest of the Defendant on
whose behalf the recognizance was executed and on his
appearance shall discharge the recognizance either wholly or
so far as relates to the Surety and shall require the Defendant
to find other sufficient sureties or meet some other conditions
and if he fails to do so, may make such order as it considers
fit.

Discharge of sureties.
SECTION 191

Where a Surety to a recognizance becomes insolvent or dies or
where a recognizance is forfeited, the Court may order the
Defendant from whom the recognizance was demanded to furnish
fresh security in accordance with the directions of the original order
and, if the security is not furnished, the Court may proceed as if
there had been default in complying with the original order.

Order of fresh security upon original Order.
SECTION 192

(1) Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court by which a
recognizance has been taken or, when the recognizance bond
is for appearance before a Court and it is proved to the
satisfaction of the Court that a recognizance has been
forfeited, the Court shall record the grounds of proof and may
call on any person bound by the bond to pay the penalty
thereof or to show cause why it should not be paid.
(2) Where sufficient cause is not shown and the penalty is not
paid, the Court may proceed to recover the penalty from a
person bound, or from his estate if he is dead, in the manner
laid down in this Law for the recovery of fines.
(3) A surety’s estate shall only be liable under this Section if the
surety dies after the recognizance is forfeited.
(4) When the penalty is not paid and cannot be recovered in the
manner provided in this Law, the person bound shall be liable
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months.
(5) The Court may at its discretion remit any portion of the
penalty and enforce payment in part only.

Forfeiture of recognizance.
SECTION 193

The Court may at any time cancel or mitigate the forfeiture, on the
person liable under the recognizance applying and giving security to
the satisfaction of the Court, for the future performance of the
condition of the recognizance and paying, or giving security for the
payment of the costs incurred in respect of the forfeiture or on such
other conditions as the Court may consider just.

Mitigation of forfeiture.
SECTION 194

Where a Defendant required by a Court to find sufficient sureties fails
to do so, the Court, shall, unless it is just and proper in the
circumstances, make some other order in the case of a Defendant:
(a) charged with an offence and released on bail, an order
committing him to prison until he is brought to trial,
discharged or finds sufficient sureties, or meets such other
conditions as the Court may direct in the
circumstances; or
(b) ordered to give security for good behaviour, an order
committing him to prison for the remainder of the period for
which he was originally ordered to give security or until he
finds sufficient sureties.

Where Defendant fails to find surety
SECTION 195

(1) Where a recognizance to keep the peace and be of good
behaviour or not to do or commit some act or thing, has been
entered into by a Defendant as principal or as surety before a
Court, a Court, on proof that the person bound by the
recognizance as principal has been convicted of an offence
which is by Law a breach of the condition of the recognizance,
may order that the:
(a) recognizance be forfeited; and
(b) persons bound by it, whether as principal or as sureties
or any of those persons, shall pay the sums for which
they are respectively bound.
(2) A certified copy of the judgment of the Court by which the
Defendant was convicted of the offence may be used as
evidence in proceedings under this Section and, where the
certified copy is so used, the Court shall presume the
Defendant committed the offence until the contrary is proved.

Forfeiture on conviction.
SECTION 196

Where a recognizance is ordered to be forfeited, the Court having
jurisdiction over the matter, may, immediately or at any time after
the order, issue a warrant of committal against a person liable, whether as principal or surety under the recognizance, for any term
not exceeding the term prescribed in respect of a like sum in the
scale of imprisonment set out in this Law except the amount due
under the recognizance is paid.

Where recognizance forfeited, warrant may be issued.
SECTION 197

Where a Defendant who is bound by a recognizance or bond to
appear before a Court or Police Station does not so appear, the Court
may issue a warrant for his arrest.

Arrest on failure to appear.
SECTION 198

All sums paid or recovered in respect of a recognizance order by a
Court in pursuance of Section 192 of this Law to be forfeited shall be
paid to the Treasury and a receipt issued which shall be produced in
Court as evidence of payment.

Payment on recognizance.
SECTION 199

An Order of forfeiture made under this Law shall be subject to
appeal.

Appeal.
SECTION 200

(1) The Chief Judge may make regulation for the registration and
licensing of corporate bodies or persons to act as bonds
persons within the jurisdiction of the Court in which they are
registered.
(2) A person shall not engage in the business of bail bond services
without being duly registered and licensed in accordance with
subsection (1) of this Section.
(3) A person who engages in bail bond services without
registration and license or in contravention of the regulation or
terms of his license is liable to a fine of at least five hundred
thousand naira or imprisonment for a term not less than 12
months or to both fine and imprisonment.
(4) On conviction under this Section, the Court shall forward a
report to the Chief Judge and in instances of gross violation of
the terms of the license, revoke same.
(5) A bonds person registered under subsection (1) of this Section
may undertake recognizance, act as surety, or guarantee the
deposit of money as required by the bail condition of a
Defendant granted bail by the Court within the division or
District in which the bondsperson is registered.
(6) A person or organization shall not be registered as a
bondsperson unless the person is, or the organization is
composed of persons of unquestionable character and
integrity and deposits with the Chief Judge sufficient bank
guarantee in such amount as may be determined by the Chief
Judge in the regulation, having regard to the registered class
or limit of the bondsperson’s recognizance.
(7) A registered bondsperson shall maintain with a bank or
insurance company designated in his license, such fully paid deposit to the limit of the amount of bond or recognizance to
which his license permits him to undertake.
(8) The Chief Judge may withdraw the registration of a
bondsperson who contravenes the terms of his license.

Registration of bound persons.
SECTION 201

Where a bondsperson arrests a Defendant or Suspect who is
absconding or who he believes is trying to evade or avoid
appearance in Court, he shall:
(a) immediately hand him over to the nearest police station; and
(b) the Defendant arrested shall be taken to the appropriate Court
within 12 hours.

Bounds person.
PART XXI

PROPERTY AND PERSONS

SECTION 202

Where in a complaint, summons, warrant of any description, charge
sheet, or any document issued by a Court in the exercise of its
criminal jurisdiction it is necessary to refer to the ownership of any
property, whether movable or immovable, which belongs to or is in
the possession of more than one person, if:
(a) the property belongs to, or was in the possession of more
than one person whether as partners in trade or otherwise,
joint tenants, tenants in common or other joint owners or
possessors, be described in the name of any one of those
persons and another or others;
(b) the property belongs to a company, association, club or
society, be described, subject to the provisions of any other
Law, as the property of the official of the company,
association, club or society, or as belonging to the company,
association, club or society by its legal or registered title;
(c) the property belongs to, or is provided for the use of a public
establishment, service or department, be described as the
property of the State, as the case may be;
(d) it is necessary to state the ownership of a church, chapel,
mosque or building or place set apart for religious worship or
of anything belonging to or being in the place, be Stated as
the property of a person in charge of or officiating in the
church, chapel, mosque, or building or place, or thing, without
naming him or them;
(e) it is necessary to state the ownership of any money or other
property in the charge, custody, or under the control of, a
public Officer, be Stated to be the money or property of the
State, as the case may be;
(f) where it is necessary to State the ownership of:
(i) any work or building made, erected or maintained,
either wholly or in part, at the expense of the public
revenue or of any part of it,
(ii) any town, or village or any Local Government, or of
anything belonging to or being in or used in relation to
the same,
(iii) anything provided for the use of any part or of any
public institution or establishment, or of any materials
or tools provided or used for repairing any work or
building or any public road or highway, or
(iv) any other property whatsoever, whether movable or
immovable, as aforesaid, be sufficient to state as the
property of the State or of the town, or village, or of
any Local Government, as the case may be, without
naming any of the inhabitants of the area or
jurisdiction;
(g) the property belongs to a woman who has contracted a
marriage under the Marriage Act or a marriage recognized as
a valid marriage under any Law in force in Nigeria, be stated
as belonging to the married woman.

Methods of stating multiples ownership of property.
SECTION 203

(1) Where in a complaint, summons, warrant of any description,
charge sheet, or any document issued by a Court in the
exercise of its criminal jurisdiction, it is necessary to refer to a
person, the description or designation of that person shall be
such as is reasonably sufficient to identify him.
(2) It shall not be necessary to state the person’s correct name,
or his residence, degree, or occupation, so far as the person
has been reasonably described to identify him.
(3) Where it is impracticable to give the person’s correct and
exact description or designation because the name or the
description or designation of the person is not known or for
any other reason, the description or designation shall be given
as is reasonably practicable in the circumstances, or the
person may, subject to subsection (4) of this Section, be
described as “Person Unknown”.
(4) A Defendant who is accused of an offence shall not be
described as “a person unknown” except in the case of a
verdict found upon a coroner’s inquisition.

Description of persons in criminal process.
SECTION 204

A woman who has contracted a valid marriage shall have in her own
name against all persons, including the husband of the marriage, the same remedies and redress by way of criminal proceeding for the
protection and security of her person.

Remedies of married woman against her husband and others in respect of her person.
SECTION 205

In any proceeding taken under the provisions of this Law, the
husband and wife shall be competent and compellable witnesses in
accordance with the provisions of the Evidence Act, 2011.

Husband and wife competent as witness
PART XXII

THE CHARGE

SECTION 206

A Charge may be as in the forms set out in Appendix B of this Law,
with such modification as may be necessary in the circumstances of
each case.

Forms of charges in Appendix B to be used and adapted.
SECTION 207

(1) A charge shall state the offence with which the Defendant is
charged.
(2) Where the Law creating the offence:
(a) gives it a specific name, the offence shall be described
in the charge by that name only; and
(b) does not give it a specific name, so much of the
definition of the offence shall be stated as to give the
Defendant notice of the facts of the offence with which
he is charged.
(3) The Law, the Section of the Law and the punishment Section
of the Law against which the offence is said to have been
committed, shall be set out in the charge.

Contents of a Charge.
SECTION 208

The fact that a Charge is made is equivalent to a statement that
every legal condition required by Law to constitute the offence
charged was fulfilled in the particular case.

Legal presumption of Charge.
SECTION 209

(1) The charge shall contain such particulars as to the time and
place of the alleged offence and the victim, if any, against
whom or the thing, if any, in respect of which it was
committed as are reasonably sufficient to give the Defendant
notice of the offence with which he is charged.
(2) A charge sheet may be filed with the photograph of the
Defendant print, provided that where the photograph is not
available, it shall not invalidate the charge.

Particulars in Charge.
SECTION 210

(1) A charge shall be filed in the registry of the High Court before
which the prosecution seeks to prosecute the offence, and
shall include the proof evidence consisting of:
(i) the list of witnesses,
(ii) the list of exhibits to be tendered,
(iii) summary of statements of the witnesses,
(iv) copies of statement of the Defendant,
(v) any other document, report, or material that the
prosecution intends to use in support of its case at the
trial,
(vi) particulars of bail or any recognizance, bond or cash
deposit, if the Defendant is on bail,
(vii) particulars of place of custody, where the Defendant is
in custody,
(viii) particulars of any plea bargain arranged with the
Defendant if any;
(ix) particulars of any previous interlocutory proceedings,
including remand proceedings, in respect of the charge,
and
(x) any other relevant document as may be directed by the
Court.
(2) The prosecution may, at any time before judgment, file and
serve notice of additional evidence.
(3) The charge and all accompanying processes shall be served
on the Defendant or his legal representative, if any.

Proof of evidence, etc.
SECTION 211

Where a Defendant is charged with criminal breach of trust or
fraudulent appropriation of property, it is sufficient to specify the
gross sum in respect of which the offence is alleged to have been
committed and the dates between which the offence is alleged to
have been committed without specifying particular items or exact
dates, and the charge so framed shall be deemed to be a charge of a
single offence.

Charge of criminal breach of trust.
SECTION 212

When a Defendant is charged with falsification of accounts,
fraudulent falsification of accounts or fraudulent conversion, it shall
be sufficient to allege a general intent to defraud without naming any
particular person intended to be defrauded or specifying any
particular sum of money intended to be the subject of the fraud or
any particular day on which the offence was committed.

Charge of criminal falsification of account.
SECTION 213

Where the nature of the offence is such that the particulars required
by Sections 207 and 209 of this Law do not give the Defendant
sufficient notice of the matter with which he is charged, the charge
shall also contain such particulars of the manner in which the offence
was committed as will be sufficient for that purpose.

Charge may contain the manner in which the offence was committed.
SECTION 214

(1) In a charge, words used in describing an offence are deemed
to have been used in the sense attached to them,
respectively, in the Law creating the offence.
(2) Figures, expressions and abbreviation may be used for
expressing anything which is commonly expressed by those
figures, expression or abbreviation.

Sense of words used in charge.
SECTION 215

(1) The description of property in a charge shall be in ordinary
language indicating with reasonable clarity the property
referred to and where the property is so described it is not
necessary, except when required for the purpose of describing
an offence depending on any special ownership of property or
special value of property, to name the person to whom the
property belongs or the value of the property.
(2) Where property is vested in more than one persons and the
owners of that property are referred to in the charge, the
property may be described as being owned in accordance with
the appropriate provision set out in Section 202 of this Law.
(3) Where the owner of any property is a company, association,
club or society, proof of the registration of the company,
association, club or society shall not be required unless the
Court decides that proof shall be given, in which case, the
further hearing may be adjourned for that purpose or the
Court may, in its discretion, amend the proceedings by
substituting the name of some person or persons for the
registered title.

Description of property and joint owners.
SECTION 216

(1) Any bank note or currency note may be described as money,
and any averment as to money, regarding the description of
the property, shall be sustained by proof of any amount of any
bank or currency note, although the particular species of
currency of which the amount was composed or the particular
nature of the bank or currency note need not be proved.
(2) In a case of theft and receiving by false pretences, the bank
note or currency note may be described by proof that the
Defendant dishonestly appropriated or obtained any bank or
currency note, or any portion of its value, although the bank
or currency note may have been delivered to him in order that
some part of its value should be returned to the party
delivering it or to any other person, and that part should have
been returned accordingly.

Description of bank or currency notes.
SECTION 217

(1) Where a Law constituting an offence states the offence to be
the omission to do any one of different acts in the alternative,
or the doing or the omission to do any act in any one of the
different capacities, or with any one of the different intentions,
or states any part of the offence in the alternative, the act,
omission, capacity, or intention, or other matter stated in the alternative in the Law, may be stated in the alternative in the
charge.

Privision to statutory offences.
SECTION 218

(1) The description or designation of the Defendant in a charge or
of any other person to whom reference is made therein may
be in the manner set out in Section 203 of this Law.
(2) Where it is necessary to refer to a document or an instrument
in a charge, it is sufficient to describe it by any name or
designation by which it is commonly known, or by the purport
of the document without setting out the content.

Description of persons and documents.
SECTION 219

Subject to any other provision of this Law, it is sufficient to describe
any place, time, thing, matter, act, or omission to which it is
necessary to refer in a charge in ordinary language in such a manner
as to indicate with reasonable clarity the place, time, thing, matter,
act or omission referred to.

General rule as to description.
SECTION 220

It is not necessary in stating an intent to defraud, deceive or injure
any particular person, where the Law creating the offence does not
make an intent to defraud, deceive or injure a particular person an
essential ingredient of the offence.

Statement of intend.
SECTION 221

The following Defendants may be charged and tried together for:
(a) the same offence committed in the course of the same
transaction;
(b) an offence and another of abetting or being accessory to or
attempting to commit the same offence;
(c) more than one offence of the same or similar character,
committed by them jointly;
(d) different offences committed in the course of the same
transaction;
(e) offences which include theft, extortion or criminal
misappropriation and another accused of receiving or retaining
or assisting in the disposal or concealment of property, the
possession of which has been transferred by offences
committed by the First named persons, or of abetment of or
attempting to commit any of the last named offences; and
(f) dishonestly receiving stolen property or assisting in
concealment of stolen property, or in respect of stolen
property the possession of which has been transferred by one offence, and another accused of offences committed during a
fight or series of fights arising out of another fight, and
persons accused of abetting any of these offences.

Defendants who may be charged jointly.
SECTION 222

For every distinct offence with which a Defendant is accused, there
shall be a separate charge and every charge shall be tried separately
except in the following circumstances:
(a) any three offences committed by a Defendant within 12
months whether or not they are of the same or similar
character or whether or not they are in respect of the same
person or persons;
(b) any number of the same type of offence committed by a
Defendant;
(c) any number of offence committed by a Defendant in the
course of the same transaction having regard to the proximity
of the time and place, continuity of action and community of
purpose; or
(d) cases mentioned in Sections 223 to 228 of this Law.

Charge of criminal breach of trust.
SECTION 223

An offence is deemed to be an offence of the same kind as an
attempt to commit that offence where the attempt is itself an
offence.

Attempt same as substantive offences.
SECTION 224

Where in one series of acts or omissions so connected together as to
form the same transaction or which form or are part of a series of
offences of the same or a similar character, more offences than one
are committed by the same Defendant, charges for the offences may
be joined and the Defendant accused tried for the offences at one
trial.

Trial for more than one offence.
SECTION 225

Where the acts or omissions alleged constitute an offence falling
within two or more separate definitions in any Law for the time being
in force under which offences are defined or punished, the
Defendant accused of them may be charged with and tried at one
trial for each of those offences.

Offences falling within two definitions.
SECTION 226

Where several acts or omissions, of which one or more than one
would by itself or themselves constitute an offence, constituted when
combined with a different offence, the Defendant accused of them
may be charged with and tried at one trial for the offence constituted
by those acts or omission when combined or for any offence
constituted by any one or more of those acts.

Acts constituting one offence but constituting a different.
SECTION 227

Where a single act or omission or series of acts or omissions is of
such a nature that it is doubtful which of several offences, the facts
of which can be proved, will constitute the offence with which the
Defendant may be charged with having committed all or any of those
offences and any number of those charges may be tried at once or he may be charged in the alternative with having committed any of
those offences.

Where it is doubtful which offence has been committed.
SECTION 228

Where a single act or omission the fact or combination of facts
constitutes more than one offence, the Defendant may be charged
and tried at one trial for one or more of those offences.

Incidental offences in the same transactions.
PART XXIII

ALTERATION OR AMENDMENT OF CHARGES

SECTION 229

(1) Where a Defendant is arraigned on an imperfect charge, a
Court shall permit an alteration or amendment to the charge
or framing of a new charge at any time before judgment is
pronounced.
(2) The Court may in appropriate cases frame a charge or add or
alter the charge as the case may be having regard to the
provisions of this Law.
(3) An alteration or amendment of a new charge shall be read
and explained to the Defendant and his plea to the amended
or new charge shall be taken.

Alteration and amendment of charges by permission of court.
SECTION 230

(1) Where a new charge is framed or alteration made to a charge
under the provisions of Section 229 of this Law, the Court
shall call on the Defendant to plead to the new or altered
charge as if he has been arraigned for the First time.
(2) The Court shall proceed with the trial as if the new or altered
charge had been the original charge.

Procedure on alteration of charge.
SECTION 231

(1) Where the charge as revised under Section 229 or 230 of this
Law is such that proceeding immediately with the trial is not
likely in the opinion of the Court, to prejudice the Defendant in
his defence or the Prosecutor, as the case may be, in the
conduct of the case, the Court may in its discretion forthwith
proceed with the trial as if the charge so revised had been the
original charge.
(2) Where a charge is so amended, a note of the order for amendment
shall be endorsed on the charge, and the charge shall be treated, for
the purpose of all proceedings in connection therewith, as having
been filed in the amended form.

When court may proceed with trial immediately after altering or adding to a framing charge.
SECTION 232

Where a charge is altered, amended or substituted after the
commencement of the trial, the Prosecutor and the Defendant shall
be allowed to recall or re-summon and examine any witness who
may have been examined and to call any further witness, provided
that such examination shall be limited to the alteration, amendment
or substitution made.

Recall of a witness when charge is revised.
SECTION 233

An error in stating the offence or the particulars required to be stated
in a charge or an omission to state the offence or those particulars,
or any duplicity, mis-joinder or non-joinder of the particulars of the
offence shall not be regarded at any stage of the case as material
unless the Defendant was in fact misled by the error or omission.

Effect of error.
SECTION 234

Objections shall not be taken or entertained during proceeding or
trial on the ground of an imperfect or erroneous charge.

Objection to a charge.
SECTION 235

(1) Where an appellate Court is of the opinion that a Defendant
convicted of an offence was misled in his defence by an error
in the charge, which has occasioned a miscarriage of justice, it
may direct that the trial be recommenced on another charge.
(2) Where the appellate Court is of the opinion that the facts of
the case are such that no valid charge could have been
preferred against the Defendant in respect of the facts
proved, it shall quash the conviction.

Effect of material error.
PART XXIV

CONVICTION WHEN CHARGED WITH ONE OF
SEVERAL OFFENCES OR OF ANOTHER OFFENCE

SECTION 236

Where a Defendant is charged with one offence and it appears in
evidence that he committed a similar offence with which he might
have been charged under the provisions of this Law, he may be
convicted of the offence, which he is shown to have committed
although he was not charged with it.

Where Defendant charged with one offence may be convicted of another.
SECTION 237

Where a Defendant is charged with an offence but the evidence
establishes an attempt to commit the offence, he may be convicted
of having attempted to commit that offence although the attempt is
not separately charged.

Full offence charged attempt proved.
SECTION 238

Where a Defendant is charged with an attempt to commit an offence
but the evidence establishes the commission of the full offence he
shall not be entitled to an acquittal but he may be convicted of the
offence and punished accordingly.

Attempt charged, full offence proved.
SECTION 239

Where a Defendant has been convicted of an attempt under either
Section 237 or 238 of this Law, he shall not subsequently be liable to
be prosecuted for the offence for which he was convicted of
attempting to commit.

Liability as to further prosecution.
SECTION 240

Where a Defendant is charged with an offence and the evidence
establishes that he is an accessory after the fact to that offence or to
some other offence of which a Defendant charged with the Firstmentioned offence may be convicted by virtue of any of the
provisions of this Law, he may be convicted as an accessory after the
fact to that offence or that other offence, as the case may be and be
punished accordingly.

On charged of an offence but a higher offence is proved.
SECTION 241

(1) Where on the trial of a Defendant for a lesser offence it
appears that the facts proved in evidence amount in Law to a
higher offence not charged, the Defendant shall not by this
reason be acquitted of the lesser offence.
(2) The Defendant referred to in subsection (1) of this Section is
not liable afterwards to be prosecuted for the higher offence
proved, but the Court may in its discretion stop the trial of the
lesser offence or direct that the Defendant be charged and
tried for the higher offence, in which case, the Defendant may
be dealt with in all respects as if he had not been put to trial
for the lesser offence.
(3) Where a charge is brought for the higher offence pursuant to
this Section, the Defendant shall be tried before another
Court.

Defendant tried for lesser offence but a higher offence is proved.
SECTION 242

Where a Defendant is charged with an offence relating to property
and the evidence establishes the commission by him with respect to
the same property of another offence, he may be convicted of that
other offence although he was not charged with it.

Conviction of kindred offences relating to property.
SECTION 243

Where on trial for burglary, housebreaking or related offence, the
facts proved in evidence justify a conviction for some other offences
and not the offence with which the Defendant is charged, the
Defendant may be convicted of the other offence and be punished as
if he had been convicted on a charge with the offence.

Defendant charged with burglary may be convicted of kindred offence.
SECTION 244

Where on a trial for rape, defilement, incest, unnatural or indecent
offences against a person, the facts proved in evidence can ground
conviction for an indecent assault and not the offence with which the
Defendant is charged, he may be convicted of the offence of
indecent assault, and be punished as if he had been convicted on a
charge with the offence of indecent assault.

On charge of rape, defilement, incest, unnatural offence conviction for indecent assault may follow.
SECTION 245

(1) A trial for the offences referred to in subsection (4) of this
Section may not, where the Court so determines, be held in
an open Court.
(2) The names, addresses, telephone numbers and identity of the
victims of such offences or witnesses shall not be disclosed in
any record or report of the proceedings and it shall be
sufficient to designate the names of the victims or witnesses
with a combination of letters of the alphabet.
(3) Where in any proceeding the Court deems it necessary to
protect the identity of the victim or a witness, the Court may
take any or all of the following measures:
(a) receive evidence by video link or other electronic
means;
(b) permit the witness to be screened or masked;
(c) receive written deposition of expert evidence; and
(d) any other measure that the Court considers appropriate
in the circumstance.
(4) The provision of this Section shall apply to:
(a) offences mentioned under Section 244 of this Law;
(b) offences of Armed Robbery, kidnapping, abduction and
other crimes involving the use of or threat of violence;
(c) offences under the Terrorism (Prevention) Act and its
amendments;
(d) offences relating to Economic and Financial Crimes;
(e) trafficking in Persons and related offences; and
(f) any other offence in respect of which a Law of the
State House of Assembly permits the use of such
protective measures or as the Judge may consider
appropriate in the circumstances.
(5) Any contravention of the provisions of subsection (2) of this
Section shall be an offence and liable on conviction to a
minimum term of one year imprisonment.

Procedure for trial on charge certain offences requiring witness protection.
SECTION 246

Where a Defendant is charged and tried for homicide of a Child or
causing the death of an unborn Child and it appears on the evidence
that the Defendant was not guilty of homicide of a Child or causing
the death of an unborn Child, as the case may be, but was guilty of
the offence of concealment of birth, the Defendant may be convicted
of that offence.

Where homicide is death of unborn child is charged and cancealiment of birth is proved.
SECTION 247

(1) Where a Defendant is charged and tried for homicide of a
newly-born Child and it appears on the evidence that the
Defendant was not guilty of homicide but was guilty of
causing the death of an unborn Child, the Defendant may be
convicted of that offence.
(2) Nothing in subsection (1) of this Section prevents a Defendant
who is tried for the homicide of a newly-born Child from
being:
(a) convicted of manslaughter;
(b) found guilty of concealment of birth; or
(c) acquitted on the ground that by virtue of an applicable
Law he was not criminally responsible, and dealt with
accordingly or in accordance with this Law or any other
Law.

Where homicide is charged and death of an unborn child is proved.
SECTION 248

(1) Where a Defendant is charged with an offence consisting of
several particulars, a combination of some of which
constitutes a lesser offence in itself and the combination is
proved but the remaining particulars are not proved, he may
be convicted of, or plead guilty to the lesser offence although
he was not charged with it.
(2) Where a Defendant is charged with an offence and facts are
proved which reduce it to a lesser offence, he may be
convicted of the lesser offence although he was not charged
with it.

Where ofgfence proved is not included in offence charged.
SECTION 249

(1) Where more than one charge is made against a Defendant
and a conviction has been had on one or more of them, the
Prosecutor may, with the consent of the Court, withdraw the
remaining charge or charges or the Court, of its own motion,
may stay the trial of the charge or charges.
(2) A withdrawal has the effect of an acquittal on the charge or
charges unless the conviction which has been had is set aside,
in which case, subject to any order of the Court setting aside
such conviction, the Court before which the withdrawal was
made may, on the request of the Prosecutor, proceed on the
Charge or the charges withdrawn.

Withdrawal of remaining charges on conviction on one of several charges.
PART XXV

PREVIOUS ACQUITTALS OR CONVICTION

SECTION 250

(1) Without prejudice to Section 239 of this Law, a Defendant
charged with an offence is not liable to be tried for that
offence where it is shown that he has previously been:
(a) convicted or acquitted of the same offence by a
competent Court;
(b) convicted or acquitted by a competent Court on a
charge on which he might have been convicted of the
offence charged; or
(c) convicted for or acquitted of an offence by a competent
Court other than the offence charged, being an offence
for which, apart from this Section, he might be
convicted by virtue of being charged with the offence
charged.
(2) Nothing in subsection (1) of this Section shall prejudice the
operation of a Law giving power to a Court, on an appeal, to et aside a verdict or finding of another Court and order a retrial.

Defendant convicted or acquitted not to be tried again for same or kindred offence.
SECTION 251

A Defendant acquitted or convicted of an offence may afterwards be
tried for a distinct offence for which a separate charge might have
been made against him on the previous trial under the provisions of
Section 224 of this Law.

A defendant may be tried again on seperate charge in certain cases
SECTION 252

A Defendant acquitted or convicted of an offence constituted by an
act or omission causing consequences which together with that act
or omission constitute a different offence from that for which he was
acquitted or convicted, may afterwards be tried for the lastmentioned offence if the consequences had not happened or were
not known to the Court to have happened at the time when he was
acquitted or convicted when the consequences create the offence of
homicide or manslaughter.

Consequences superversing or not known at previous trial.
PART XXVI

WITNESSES: COMPELLING ATTENDANCE AND
TAKING OF OATH OR MAKING OF AFFIRMATION

SECTION 253

(1) The Court may, on an application of the prosecution or the
defence, issue a summon or writ of subpoena on a witness
requiring him to attend Court to give evidence in respect of
the case, and to bring with him any specified documents or
things and any other document or thing relating to them
which may be in his possession or power or under his control.
(2) Where the Prosecutor is not a public Officer the person to
whom the summons is addressed is not bound to attend
unless his travelling expenses are paid to him.

Issue of summons for witness.
SECTION 254

(1) A Court with criminal jurisdiction shall have a process server
specifically assigned to it.
(2) The process server has the responsibility to effect efficient
service of witness summons, Defendant’s production orders,
writs and all other processes issued in the Court in respect of
all criminal matters.
(3) A summons shall be served on the person to whom it is
directed in the same manner as is set out in Section 135 or
136 of this Law or, with leave of the Court.
(4) Section 138 and Sections 141 to 144 of this Law shall apply to
the summons.
(5) Service of processes may be effected by registered reputable
courier companies, recognized and authorized by the Chief
Judge in accordance with the provisions of this Law, and such
registered courier companies may be assigned to the Courts
with criminal jurisdiction as process servers in accordance with
subsection (1) of this Section.
(6) The Attorney-General or a person so authorized by him or the
police, may serve on a person whom the Prosecutor wishes to
call as witness, a witness summons or writ of subpoena.
(7) Proof of service of a process or document shall be endorsed
by the recipient and the process server shall file the endorsed
copy together with an affidavit of service.

Service of Summons and other processes on witness.
SECTION 255

Where a witness summoned to give evidence does not:
(a) attend Court at the time and place indicated on the summons,
and
(b) provide any reasonable excuse for his non-attendance,
then after proof that the summons was duly served on him, or that
the person to be served wilfully avoids service, the Court may issue a
warrant to arrest and bring him before the Court.

Warrant for witness after summons.
SECTION 256

Where the Court is satisfied in the first instance, by proof on oath,
that a person likely to give material evidence, either for the
prosecution or for the defence, will not attend to give evidence
without being compelled to do so, then, instead of issuing a
summons, it may issue a warrant for the arrest of the person.

Issue of warrant for witness.
SECTION 257

(1) A witness arrested under a warrant shall, if practicable and
where the hearing of the case for which his evidence is
required is fixed for a time which is more than 24 hours after
the arrest, be taken before a Magistrate and the Magistrate:
(a) may, on the witness furnishing security by recognizance
to the satisfaction of the Magistrate for his appearance
at the hearing, order him to be released from custody;
or
(b) shall, on the witness failing to furnish the security,
order him to be detained for production at the hearing.
(2) The provisions of this Law relating to bail, summons and
warrants in respect of the Defendant shall apply to witnesses.
(3) A witness arrested or detained under this Section shall not be
kept in the same room or place as the Defendant, if the
Defendant is in custody and the Defendant shall not be
allowed to make any contact with the witness.

Mode of dealing with witness arrested under warrant.
SECTION 258

(1) A witness who:
(a) refuses or neglects, without reasonable cause, to
attend Court in compliance with the requirements of a
summons duly served in the manner prescribed by Law,
or
(b) departs from the premises of the Court without the
leave of the Judge or Magistrate hearing the case,
is liable on summary conviction, to a fine not less than
N50,000.00 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two
months.
(2) A complaint shall not be made for an offence under this
Section except by the order of the Court made during the
hearing of the case for which the evidence of the witness is
required.

Penalty on witness refusing to attend.
SECTION 259

A witness who is present when the hearing or further hearing of a
case is adjourned, or who has been duly notified of the time and
place to which the hearing or further hearing is so adjourned, shall
attend any subsequent hearing and if he defaults, he may be dealt
with in the same manner as if he had refused or neglected to attend
the Court in obedience to a witness summons.

Non attendance of witness on adjourned hearing.
SECTION 260

A person present in Court and compellable as a witness, whether a
party or not in a cause, may be compelled by a Court to give
evidence, and produce any document in his possession, or in his
power, in the same manner and subject to the same rules as if he
had been summoned to attend and give evidence, or to produce the
document and may be punished in like manner for any refusal to
obey the order of the Court.

Persons in court may be required to give evidence though not summoned.
SECTION 261

A witness shall take an oath or make a solemn affirmation in such a
manner as the Court considers binding on his conscience.

Manner of taking oath or affirmation.
SECTION 262

(1) Where a person attending Court and who is required to give
evidence, without any sufficient excuse or reason:
(a) refuses to be sworn or to affirm as a witness;
(b) having been sworn or having taken affirmation refuses
to answer any question put to him; or
(c) refuses or neglects to produce any document or
anything which he is required by the Court to produce,
the Court may adjourn the hearing of the case and may in the
meantime by warrant, commit the person to prison or other
place of safe custody for a period not less than 30 days.
(2) Nothing in this Section shall:
(a) affect the liability of the person to any other
punishment for refusing or neglecting to do what is so
required of him; or
(b) prevent the Court from disposing of the case in the
meantime according to any other sufficient evidence
taken by it.

Witness refusing to be sworn or produce produce documents.
WITNESSES: EXPENSES

PART XXVII

SECTION 263

Where a person attends Court as a State witness, the witness shall
be entitled to payment of such reasonable expenses as may be
prescribed.

Expenses of witnesses for the prosecution.
SECTION 264

Where a person attends Court as a witness to give evidence for the
defence, the Court may in its discretion on application, order
payment by the Registrar to such witness of Court such sums of
money, as it may deem reasonable and sufficient to compensate the
witness for the expenses he reasonably incurred in attending the
Court.

Expenses of witnesses for the defence.
SECTION 265

The Court may permit an application of a party for an adjournment
of the proceedings and in so doing, may order the party seeking the
adjournment to pay to a witness present in Court and whose
evidence it has not been possible to take owing to the adjournment,
such sum in the amount payable to a witness in accordance with
Section 263 of this Law, or such sum as the Court may fix.

Adjournment may be granted subject to witness costs.
SECTION 266

The amount of the expenses payable to a witness pursuant to
Sections 263 of this Law shall be processed and paid by the Registrar
of the Court to the witness out of the relevant vote as appropriated
by the Judiciary.

Acertainment of witnesses expenses.
PART XXVIII

EXAMINATION OF WITNESSES

SECTION 267

Subject to the provisions of any other Law, the examination of
witnesses shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Evidence
Act.

Application of Evidence Act.
SECTION 268

The Court may, at any stage of a trial, inquiry or other proceedings
under this Law, either of its own motion or on application of either
party to the proceeding, call a person as a witness or recall and reexamine a person already examined where his evidence appears to
the Court to be essential to the just determination of the case.

Power to call or recall witnesses.
SECTION 269

A certificate signed by any of the Officers named in Section 55 of the
Evidence Act, shall be admissible in evidence in accordance with the
provisions of that Law.

Certificates of certain Government Technical Officers.
SECTION 270

In a case where the right of reply depends on the question whether
evidence has been called for the defence, the fact that the Defendant
charged has been called as a witness shall not of itself confer on the
prosecution the right of reply, but a Law Officer for the prosecution
shall in all cases have the right of reply.

Right of reply.
SECTION 271

(1) Subject to the provisions of Sections 245 and 272 to 274 of
this Law and of any other Law specifically relating thereto, the
room or place in which a trial is to take place under this Law
shall be an open Court to which the public generally may have
access as far as it can conveniently contain them.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1) of this Section,
the Judge or Magistrate presiding over a trial may, in his
discretion and subject to the provisions of Section 272 of this
Law, exclude the public at any stage of the hearing on the
grounds of public policy, decency or expediency.
(3) Where the Court is sitting in a place other than in a building, the
authority given in subsection (2) of this Section to exclude the
public shall be construed as being authority to prevent the
public approaching so near to where the Court is sitting, as in
the opinion of the Judge or Magistrate, to be able to hear
what is taking place at the trial or be able to communicate
with a person allowed to be present.

Public to have access to hearing.
SECTION 272

Where a person who, in the opinion of the Court has not attained the
age of 18 is called as witness in any proceeding in relation to an
offence against or any conduct contrary to decency or morality, the
Court may direct that all or any person not being:
(a) members or Officers of the Court, or
(b) parties to the case, their legal representatives or persons
otherwise directly concerned in the case,
be excluded from the Court during the taking of the evidence of such
person.

Court may exclude certain persons while taking evidence of a child or young person.
SECTION 273

(1) An order made under Section 271 or 272 of this Law excluding
the public from a Court shall not unless specifically stated:
(a) authorise the exclusion of bona fide representatives of
a newspaper, broadcast or news agency; or
(b) apply to messengers, clerks and other persons required
to attend the Court for purposes connected with their
employment.
(2) Where an order is made, the Court shall record the grounds
on which the order is made.

Order under 271 or 272 not to apply to Press and certain orders.
SECTION 274

An infant, other than an infant in the arms of parent or guardian, or
Child shall not be permitted to be present in Court during the trial of
a Defendant charged with an offence or during any proceeding
preliminary to the trial except:
(a) he is the Defendant charged with the alleged offence; or
(b) his presence is required as a witness or otherwise for the
purposes of justice in which event he may remain for so long
as his presence is necessary.

Prohibition being present in court during the trial of other persons.
SECTION 275

(1) Where it appears to the Court that in the interest of justice,
the Court should have a view of any place, person or thing
connected with the case, the Court may, where the view
relates to a place, either adjourn the Court to that place and
there continue the proceedings or adjourn the case and
proceed to view the place, person or thing concerned.
(2) The Defendant shall be present at the viewing of the place,
person or thing concerned.
(3) At the locus, the Court shall give directions as it may deem fit
for the purpose of preventing communication between the
witnesses and the Defendant.
(4) A breach of a direction given under subsection (3) of this
Section shall not affect the validity of the proceedings unless
the Court otherwise directs.

Visit by court to lacus.
SECTION 276

(1) Where the age of a person is in issue in any criminal
proceeding, the Court may determine the question by taking
into account one or both of the following:
(a) the apparent physical appearance of the person
concerned;
(b) any evidence in relation to the age of the person
concerned, received by the Court in accordance with
the provisions of the Evidence Act, the Children and
Young Persons Law, or any other Law in force.
(2) The evidence of a witness, who is not an expert within the
meaning of Section 68 of the Evidence Act, 2011, shall be
admissible for the purpose of this Section.
(3) An order or judgment of the Court shall not be invalidated by
any subsequent proof that the age of the person has not been
correctly stated to the Court, and the age presumed or
declared by the Court to be the age of that person shall, for
the purpose of this Law, be deemed to be the true age of that
person.

Determination of age.
SECTION 277

Where in a charge for an offence, it is alleged that the person by or
in respect of whom the offence was committed, was a Child under
or above a specified age, and he appears to the Court to have been
at the date of the commission of the alleged offence a Child under or
above the specified age, as the case may be, he shall, for the
purposes of this Law, be presumed at that date to have been a Child
or to have been under or above that age, as the case may be, unless
the contrary is proved.

Age in relation to offences.
SECTION 278

A Defendant shall, subject to the provisions of Section 148 of this
Law, be present in Court during the whole of his trial unless:
(a) he misconducts himself in such a manner as to render his
continuing presence impracticable or undesirable; or
(b) at the hearing of an interlocutory application.

Presence of defendant in trial.
SECTION 279

(1) The complainant and Defendant shall be entitled to conduct
their cases by a legal practitioner or in person except in a trial
for a capital offence or an offence punishable with life
imprisonment.
(2) Where the Defendant is in custody or on remand, he shall be
allowed access to his legal practitioner at all reasonable times.
(3) Where the Defendant elects to defend himself in person, the
Court shall inform him of his rights within the trial and the
consequences of his election.
(4) The Court shall ensure that the Defendant is represented by a
counsel in capital offences provided that a Defendant who
refuses to be represented by counsel shall, after being
informed under Section 402 of this Law of the risks of
defending himself in person, be deemed to have elected to
defend himself in person and this shall not be a ground to
void the trial.

Conduct of cases by legal practitioner for complainant or defendant.
SECTION 280

(1) Where a private legal practitioner prosecutes on behalf of the
Attorney-General or a public Officer prosecuting in his official
capacity in any criminal proceeding, the private legal
practitioner or public Officer shall prosecute subject to such
directions as may be given by the Attorney-General.
(2) Where proceedings in respect of an offence are instituted by a
Police Officer, it shall be in the name of the Police or
Commissioner of Police.
(3) Where a proceeding in respect of an offence is instituted on
behalf of the Attorney-General, it shall be in the name of the
People of Kaduna State.
(4) The Attorney-General of the Federation may delegate to the
Attorney-General of the State powers conferred on him by this
Section either generally or with respect to any offence or class
of offences and such offence shall be prosecuted in the name
of the Federal Republic of Nigeria.
(5) Such powers so delegated to the Attorney-General of a State
may be exercised directly by him or any Officer in his Ministry
or department.
(6) Where proceedings in respect of an offence are instituted by
an agency authorized by Law to prosecute, it shall do so in its
name.

General control of prosecution by Attorney General.
SECTION 281

Where a Defendant appears before a Court on a summons, he shall
be required to enter the dock, to stand or sit in it, except where
circumstances do not permit, as may be directed by the Court.

Position in court of person summoned.
PART XXIX

PLEA BARGAIN AND PLEA GENERALLY

SECTION 282

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Law or in any other Law, the
Prosecutor may:
(a) receive and consider a plea bargain from a Defendant
charged with an offence either directly from that
Defendant or on his behalf; or
(b) offer a plea bargain to a Defendant charged with an
offence.
(2) The prosecution may enter into plea bargaining with the
Defendant during or after the presentation of the evidence of
the prosecution, but before the presentation of the evidence
of the defence, provided that in any offence affecting the
human body, the consent of the victim must First be sought
and obtained before entering into a plea bargain.
(3) Where the Prosecutor is of the view that the offer or
acceptance of a plea bargain is in the interest of justice, the
public interest, public policy and the need to prevent abuse of
legal process, he may offer or accept the plea bargain.
(4) The Prosecutor and the Defendant or his legal practitioner
may, before the plea to the charge, enter into an agreement
in respect of:
(a) the terms of the plea bargain which may include the
sentence recommended within the appropriate range of
punishment stipulated for the offence or a plea of guilty
by the Defendant to the offence charged or a lesser offence of which he may be convicted on the charge;
and
(b) an appropriate sentence to be imposed by the Court
where the Defendant is convicted of the offence to
which he intends to plead guilty.
(5) The Prosecutor may only enter into an agreement
contemplated in subsection (4) of this Section:
(a) after consultation with the police responsible for the
investigation of the case and the victim or his
representative; and
(b) with due regard to the nature of and circumstances
relating to the offence, the Defendant and public
interest;
PROVIDED that, in determining whether it is in the public
interest to enter into a plea bargain, the prosecution shall
weigh all relevant factors, including:
(i) the Defendant’s willingness to cooperate in the
investigation or prosecution of others by providing
relevant information for the prosecution of other
Defendants,
(ii) the Defendant’s history with respect to criminal activity,
(iii) the Defendant’s remorse or contrition and his
willingness to assume responsibility for his conduct,
(iv) the desirability of prompt and certain disposition of the
case,
(v) the likelihood of obtaining a conviction at trial and the
probable effect on witnesses,
(vi) the probable sentence or other consequences if the
Defendant is convicted,
(vii) the need to avoid delay in the disposition of other
pending cases,
(viii) the expense of trial and appeal, and
(ix) the Defendant’s willingness to make restitution or
returns the proceeds of the crime or pay compensation
to the victim where appropriate
(6) The prosecution shall afford the victim or his representative
the opportunity to make representations to the Prosecutor
regarding:
(a) the content of the agreement; and
(b) the inclusion in the agreement of a compensation or
restitution order.
(7) An agreement between the parties contemplated in subsection
(4) of this Section shall be reduced to writing and shall:
(a) state that, before conclusion of the agreement, the
Defendant has been informed:
(i) that he has a right to remain silent,
(ii) of the consequences of not remaining silent, and
(iii) that he is not obliged to make any confession or
admission that could be used in evidence against
him;
(b) state fully, the terms of the agreement and any
admission made;
(c) be signed by the Prosecutor, the Defendant, the legal
practitioner and the interpreter, as the case may be;
and
(d) a copy of the agreement forwarded to the AttorneyGeneral
(8) The presiding judge or Magistrate before whom the criminal
proceedings are pending shall not participate in the discussion
contemplated in subsection (4) of this Section.
(9) Where a plea agreement is reached by the prosecution and
the defence, the Prosecutor shall inform the Court that the
parties have reached an agreement and the presiding judge or
Magistrate shall then inquire from the Defendant to confirm
the terms of the agreement.
(10) The presiding judge or Magistrate shall ascertain whether the
Defendant admits the allegation in the charge to which he has
pleaded guilty and whether he entered into the agreement
voluntarily and without undue influence and may where:
(a) he is satisfied that the Defendant is guilty of the
offence to which he has pleaded guilty, convict the
Defendant on his plea of guilty to that offence, and
shall award the compensation to the victim in accordance with the terms of the agreement which
shall be delivered by the Court in accordance with
Section 325 of this Law; or
(b) he is for any reason of the opinion that the Defendant
cannot be convicted of the offence in respect of which
the agreement was reached and to which the
Defendant has pleaded guilty or that the agreement is
in conflict with the Defendant’s right referred to in
subsection (7) of this Section, he shall record a plea of
not guilty in respect of such charge and order that the
trial proceed.
(11) Where a Defendant has been convicted under subsection (10)
(a), the presiding judge or Magistrate shall consider the
sentence as agreed upon and where he is:
(a) satisfied that such sentence is an appropriate sentence,
impose the sentence;
(b) of the view that he would have imposed a lesser
sentence than the sentence agreed, impose the lesser
sentence; or
(c) of the view that the offence requires a heavier
sentence than the sentence agreed upon, he shall
inform the Defendant of such heavier sentence he
considers to be appropriate.
(12) The presiding Judge or Magistrate shall make an order that
any money, asset or property agreed to be forfeited under the
plea bargain shall be transferred to and vest in the victim or
his representative or any other person as may be appropriate
or reasonably feasible.
(13) Notwithstanding the provisions of the Sheriffs and Civil
Process Law, the Prosecutor shall take reasonable steps to
ensure that any money, asset or property agreed to be
forfeited or returned by the offender under a plea bargain are
transferred to or vested in the victim, his representative or
other person lawfully entitled to it.
(14) Any person who, wilfully and without just cause, obstructs or
impedes the vesting or transfer of any money, asset or
property under this Law, commits an offence and is liable on
conviction to imprisonment for 5 years without an option of
fine.
(15) Where the Defendant has been informed of the heavier
sentence as contemplated in subsection (11) (c) of this
Section, the Defendant may:
(a) abide by his plea of guilty as agreed upon and agree
that, subject to the Defendant’s right to lead evidence
and to present argument relevant to sentencing, the
presiding judge or Magistrate proceed with the
sentencing; or
(b) withdraw from his plea agreement, in which event the
trial shall proceed de novo before another presiding
judge or Magistrate, as the case may be.
(16) Where a trial proceeds as contemplated under subsection
(15),
(a) no references shall be made to the agreement;
(b) no admission contained therein or statements relating
thereto shall be admissible against the Defendant; and
(c) the Prosecutor and the Defendant shall not enter into a
similar plea and sentence agreement.

Plea bargain guideline.
SECTION 283

(1) Before a Defendant takes his plea, the Court shall inform him
of his rights under the provisions of Section 282 of this Law.
(2) The Defendant to be tried on a charge shall be:
(a) brought before the Court unfettered unless the Court
sees cause otherwise to order and the charge shall be
read over and explained to him to the satisfaction of
the Court by the registrar or other Officer of the Court;
and
(b) called upon to plead instantly unless, where the person
is entitled to service of the charge, he objects to the
non-service and where the Court finds that he has not
be been duly served.
(3) The Court shall record the fact that it is satisfied that the
Defendant understands the charge read over and explained to
him in the language he understands, and shall record the plea
of the Defendant to the charge as nearly as possible in the
words used by him.

Plea to a charge.
SECTION 284

Where the fact of a previous conviction of a Defendant is a fact in
issue, the prosecution shall prove the same in accordance with the
provisions of the Evidence Act.

Proof of previous conviction.
SECTION 285

A Defendant who pleads not guilty shall be deemed to have put
himself to trial.

Effect of plea of not guilty.
SECTION 286

(1) Where a Defendant pleads guilty to an offence with which he
is charged, the Court shall:
(a) record his plea as nearly as possible;
(b) invite the prosecution to state the facts of the case;
and
(c) enquire from the Defendant whether his plea of guilty
is to the fact as stated by the prosecution;
(2) Where the Court is satisfied that the Defendant intends to
admit the truth of all the essential elements of the offence for
which he has pleaded guilty, the Court shall convict and
sentence him or make such order as may be necessary, unless
there shall appear sufficient reason to the contrary.
(3) Where the Defendant pleads guilty to a capital offence, a plea
of not guilty shall be recorded for him.

Effect of plea of guilty.
SECTION 287

Without prejudice to other provisions of this Law, where the
Defendant pleads guilty to an offence not contained in the charge on
which he was arraigned, the Court shall direct the prosecution to
amend the charge accordingly to include the admitted offence, in
which case, a fresh plea of the Defendant shall be taken on the
amended charge.

Amending charge where Defendant pleads guilty to the offence not charged.
SECTION 288

(1) Where the Defendant, when called upon to plead remains
silent or refuses to answer, the Court shall enter a plea of not
guilty on his behalf.
(2) A plea entered under subsection (1) of this Section shall have
the same effect as if the Defendant actually pleaded to the
charge.
(3) The Court may inquire into the mental state of the Defendant,
and if the Court is satisfied that the Defendant is of sound
mind, the Court shall proceed with his trial.
(4) Where the Court finds that the Defendant is of unsound mind,
the provisions of this Law in relation to persons of unsound
mind shall apply.

Failure to plead due to malice or otherwise.
SECTION 289

(1) A Defendant against whom a charge or information is filed
may plead that:
(a) by virtue of Section 250 of this Law he is not liable to
be tried for the offence with which he is charged; or
(b) he has obtained a pardon for his offence.
(2) Where either of the pleas under subsection (1) of this Section
is raised in any case and denied to be true in fact, the Court
shall determine whether such plea is true in fact or not.
(3) Where the Court holds that the facts alleged by the Defendant
do not prove the plea, or if it finds that it is false in fact, the
Defendant shall be required to plead to the charge.
(4) Nothing in this Section shall prevent a Defendant from
pleading that, by virtue of some other provision of Law, he is
not liable to be prosecuted or tried for an offence with which
he is charged.

Pleas: autretois acquit or conviction or pardon.
PART XXX

PERSONS OF UNSOUND MIND

SECTION 290

(1) Where in the course of a criminal trial, the Court has reason to
suspect the mental capacity or soundness of mind of a
Defendant, by virtue of which he is unable to stand trial or
defend himself, the Court shall order the medical examination
of the Defendant’s mental state or soundness of mind.
(2) An investigation under subsection (1) of this Section may be
held in the absence of the Defendant where the Court is
satisfied that owing to the state of the Defendant’s mind it
would be in the interests of the Defendant or of other persons
or in the interests of public decency that he should be absent.
(3) Where the Court is not satisfied that the Defendant is capable
of making his defence, the Court shall adjourn the trial or
proceedings and shall remand the person for a period not
exceeding 1 month to be detained for observation in some
suitable place.
(4) A Defendant detained in accordance with subsection (3) of
this Section shall be kept under observation by a Medical
Officer during the period of his remand and before the
expiration of that period, the Medical Officer shall:
(a) give to the Court his opinion in writing as to the state
of mind of that person; and
(b) where he is unable within the period to form any
definite opinion, he shall so certify to the Court and ask
for a further remand and such further remand may
extend to a period of 3 months.
(5) Where further period of remand is granted under subsection
(4) of this Section, the case shall be fixed returnable by the
Court at the expiration of the period granted under subsection
4 (b) of this Section.
(6) A Court, before which a Defendant suspected to be of
unsound mind is accused of any offence may, on the
application of the Attorney-General or a Law Officer made at any stage of the proceedings prior to the trial, order that the
person be sent to an asylum or such other suitable place for
observation.
(7) The Medical Officer in charge of the asylum or such other
suitable place shall, within a period not exceeding 1 month in
the First instance or on application to the Court for a further
period of 3 months, submit to the Court a report in writing
containing his opinion on the soundness of mind of the
Defendant.

Procedure when Defendant is suspected to be unsound mind.
SECTION 291

Where the Medical Officer or such Officer in charge of the asylum or
other suitable place to which the Defendant is referred for
observation under the provisions of this Section fails to submit a
report as provided in Section 290(4) and (7) of this Law within the
period stipulated in those sub Sections, the Court may discharge the
person, or shall release him on bail in accordance with the provisions
of this Law relating to bail.

Report from Medical Officer.
SECTION 292

(1) Where the Medical Officer certifies that the Defendant is of:
(a) sound mind and capable of making his defence, the
Court shall, unless it is satisfied by the defence that the
Defendant is of unsound mind, proceed with the trial;
or
(b) unsound mind and incapable of making his defence, the
Court shall, where it is satisfied of the fact, postpone
the proceeding.
(2) The trial of the issue as to whether or not the Defendant is of
unsound mind and incapable of making his defence shall,
where the finding is that he is of sound mind and capable of
making his defence, be deemed to be part of his trial before
the Court.
(3) The certificate of the Medical Officer who issued the certificate
shall be admissible under this Section even in the absence
from Court of the Medical Officer provided there is sufficient
explanation for his absence.
(4) Where the Defendant is certified to be of unsound mind and
incapable of making his defence, it shall not be compulsory for
him to be present in Court during proceedings under this
Section.

Certificate of Medical Officer.
SECTION 293

(1) Where a Defendant is found to be of unsound mind and
incapable of making his defence, if the offence charged is
bailable by the Court, it may in its discretion, release him on
sufficient security being given:
(a) that he shall be properly taken care of and shall be
prevented from doing injury to himself or to any other
person; and
(b) for his appearance when required before the Court or
such Officer as the Court appoints in that behalf.
(2) Where a Defendant is before a Magistrate charged with an
offence which is bailable by a Judge but not by a Magistrate or
where the offence is bailable by a Magistrate but the
Magistrate refused to grant bail, the Magistrate shall inform
the Defendant of his right to apply to a Judge for bail.
(3) Where the offence charged is not bailable by the High Court
or where a Judge has refused bail under subsection (1) of this
Section or after an application made under subsection (2) of
this Section or where sufficient security is not given or where
no application is made for bail, the Judge shall report the case
to the Attorney-General, who, after consideration of the report
may, in his discretion, order the Defendant to be confined in a
lunatic asylum or other suitable place of safe custody and the
Judge shall give effect to the order.
(4) Where the order is not given within 2 months, the Court may
discharge the Defendant or release him on bail on satisfaction
that doing so will not endanger the life of the Defendant or
the life of anyone else.
(5) Pending the order of the Attorney-General, the Defendant may
be committed to an asylum or other suitable place of custody
for safe custody.

Release of Defendant of unsound mind pending investigation on trial.
SECTION 294

Where a proceeding or trial is postponed under Section 291 or 292 of
this Law, the Court may at any time re-open the proceeding or recommence the trial and require the Defendant to appear or be
brought before the Court.

Resumption of proceedings or trial.
SECTION 295

Where the Defendant has been released under Section 293 of this
Law, the Court may at any time require the Defendant to appear or
be brought before it and may again proceed with the proceeding or
trial.

Resumption of proceeding after release under section 293.
SECTION 296

Where the Defendant appears to be of unsound mind at the time of
any remand or similar pre-trial proceedings before a Court, and the
issue of the State of soundness of mind of the Defendant is in issue,
being a defence to the main offence for which he is arrested relating
to insanity or intoxication, the Court shall proceed to deal with the
Defendant in accordance with Sections 291 to 304 of this Law and
shall not make any finding of fact in relation to such defence that the
Defendant is open to plead at his trial for the offence.

Ehere Defendant appears to have been of unsound mind.
SECTION 297

Where the finding states that the Defendant committed the act
alleged, the Court before which the trial has been held shall, where
the act would have but for the finding of incapacity constituted an
offence, order the person to be kept in safe custody in such place
and manner as the Court thinks fit and shall, within 31 days of the
order, report the case for an order of the Attorney-General.

Safe custody of Defendant discharged.
SECTION 298

(1) The Attorney-General may at his discretion order the
Defendant to be confined pursuance to Section 297 in a
mental health asylum, prison or other suitable place of safe
custody.
(2) In exercising this discretion, the Attorney-General shall ensure
that the Defendant is placed in such facility as to afford him
adequate care at the expense of the State.

Order of the Attorney General in pursuant to section 297.
SECTION 299

Where a Defendant is confined under Sections 293 (3) and (5), 297
or 298 of this Law, the Medical Officer of the prison, where such
Defendant is confined in a prison, or the Medical Officer attached to
the asylum or other facility, where he is confined in any asylum or
such facility shall keep him under observation in order to ascertain
his state of mind and such Medical Officer shall make a special report
for the information of the Attorney-General as to the state of mind of
such Defendant at that time or times as the Attorney-General shall
require.

Observation of prisoners of unsound mind.
SECTION 300

Where a Defendant is, under the provisions of Section 291 of this
Law, confined in a prison, asylum or other facility and is certified by
the Medical Officer to whom the case is referred for his report to be
capable of making his defence, the Defendant shall be taken before
the Court at such time as the Court appoints, and the Court shall
proceed with the trial or proceeding, as the case may be, and the
certificate shall be receivable as evidence.

Procedure when Defendant of Unsound Mind is reported to be able to make his defence.
SECTION 301

(1) Where the Medical Officer of a prison or the Medical Officer
attached to an asylum or other facility in which a Defendant is
confined under Sections 293, 297 or 298 of this Law certifies
that the Defendant in his judgment may be discharged
without the danger of him causing injury to himself or to any
other person, the Attorney-General may, on the receipt of that
report, order the Defendant to be discharged or to be
detained in custody or in prison or to be in custody or be
transferred to an asylum where he has not already been sent
to an asylum.
(2) Where the Attorney-General orders a Defendant to be
transferred to an asylum, he may appoint two Medical Officers
to report on the state of mind of the Defendant and on any
other facts the Court may require, and on receipt of the
report, the Court may order his discharge or detention as it
thinks fit.

Procedure where Defendant of Unsound Mind is reported fit for discharge.
SECTION 302

Where a Defendant is confined in a prison or an asylum, the
Attorney-General may direct his transfer from one prison or asylum
to any other prison or asylum as often as may be necessary or may
at any time order for his release from detention as he may consider
necessary.

Transfer from one place of custody to another.
SECTION 303

(1) Where a relative or friend of a Defendant confined under
Section 293 or 298 of this Law desires that the Defendant be
delivered over to his care and custody, the Court may, on the
application of the relative or friend and on his giving security
to the satisfaction of the Court that the Defendant delivered
shall be:
(a) properly taken care of; and
(b) prevented from doing injury to himself or to any other
person,
in its discretion, order the Defendant to be delivered to the
relative or friend on condition that the Defendant shall be
produced for the inspection of such Officer and at such times
as the Court may direct.
(2) Where a Defendant delivered to a relative or friend under
subsection (1) of this Section is confined under the provisions
of Section 290 of this Law, the Court may further require the
relative or friend to give satisfactory security that if at any
time it appears to the Court that the Defendant is capable of
making his defence, the relative or friend shall produce the
Defendant for trial.
(3) Sections 293 and 299 of this Law shall apply, with necessary
modifications, to a Defendant delivered to the care and
custody of a relative or friend under this Section.

Delivery of Unsound Mind to care of relative.
SECTION 304

Where it is necessary to remove a prisoner to a prison or asylum
under the provisions of this Part, an order for the removal given
under the provisions of this Part shall be sufficient authority for the
removal and the detention of the prisoner in any prison or such other
place of detention within the State.

Remove to another detention facility.
PART XXXI

REMAND PROCEEDINGS & TIME LIMITS

SECTION 305

(1) A Suspect arrested for an offence which a Magistrate Court
has no jurisdiction to try may take cognizance of the offence
brought before a Magistrate within a reasonable time of the
arrest and the Magistrate upon taking cognizance of the
offence, may order the remand of the Suspect in custody.
(2) An application for remand under this Section shall be made ex
parte and shall:
(a) be made in the prescribed “Report and Request for
Remand Form” as contained ins Appendix D to this
Law; and
(b) be verified on oath and contain reasons for the remand
request.

Application for remand or other interlocutory proceedings.
SECTION 306

(1) Where the Court, after examining the reason for the arrest
and for the request for remand in accordance with the
provisions of Section 305 of this Law, is satisfied that there is
probable cause to remand the Suspect pending the receipt of
a copy of the legal advice from the Attorney-General and
arraignment of the Suspect before the appropriate Court, as
the case may be, may remand the Suspect in custody.
(2) In considering whether “probable cause” has been established
for the remand of a Suspect pursuant to subsection (1) of this
Section, the Court may take into consideration the following:
(a) the nature and seriousness of the alleged offence;
(b) reasonable grounds to Suspect that the Suspect has
been involved in the commission of the alleged offence;
(c) reasonable grounds for believing that the Suspect may
abscond or commit further offence where he is not
committed to custody; and
(d) any other circumstance of the case that justifies the
request for remand.

A court may remand a suspect in prison custody.
SECTION 307

The Court may, in considering an application for remand brought
under Section 305 of this Law, grant bail to the Suspect brought
before it, taking into consideration the provisions of Sections 171 to
201 of this Law relating to bail.

Court may grant bail in remand proceeding.
SECTION 308

(1) Where an Order of remand of the Suspect is made pursuant to
Section 305 of this Law, the order shall be for a period not
exceeding 21 days in the First instance, and the case shall be
returnable within the same period.
(2) Where, on application in writing, good cause is shown why
there should be an extension of the remand period, the Court
may make an order for further remand of the Suspect for a
period not exceeding 14 days and make the proceedings
returnable within the same period.
(3) Where the Suspect is still in custody on remand at the
expiration of the period provided for under subsection (1) or
(2) of this Section, the Court may, on application of the
Suspect, grant bail in accordance with the provisions of
Sections 171 to 201 of this Law.
(4) At the expiration of the remand order made pursuant to
subsection (1) or (2) of this Section, and where the Suspect is
still remanded with his trial having not commenced, or charge
having not been filed at the relevant Court having jurisdiction,
the Court shall issue a hearing notice on:
(a) the Commissioner of Police and the Attorney-General,
(b) any relevant authority in whose custody the Suspect is
or at whose instance the Suspect is remanded, and
adjourn the matter within a period not exceeding 14
days of the expiration of the period of remand order
made under subsection (1) or (2) of this Section,
to inquire as to the position of the case and for the
Commissioner of Police or the Attorney-General of the State to
show cause why the Suspect remanded should not be
unconditionally released.
(5) Where the Commissioner of Police and the Attorney-General
show good cause pursuant to subsection (4) of this Section
and make a request to that effect, the Court:
(a) may extend the remand of the Suspect for a final
period not exceeding 14 days for the Suspect to be
arraigned for trial before an appropriate Court; and
(b) shall make the case returnable within the said period of
14 days from the date the hearing notice was issued
pursuant to subsection (4) of this Section.
(6) Where a good cause is not shown for the continued remand of
the Suspect pursuant to subsection (4) of this Section, or
where the Suspect is still on remand custody after the
expiration of the extended period under subsection (5), the
Court shall, with or without an application to that effect,
discharge the Suspect and the Suspect shall be immediately
released from custody.
(7) No further application for remand shall be entertained by any
Court after the proceeding in subsection (6) of this Section.

Time and protocol for remand orders.
SECTION 309

(1) The powers conferred on the Court under this Part may be
exercised by the Court:
(a) whether the Suspect remanded is present in Court or
not; and
(b) on its own motion or on application, including an
application by a person in charge of the prison or other
place of custody where the Suspect remanded is
detained.
(2) The legal advice of the Attorney-General shall in all cases be
copied to the Court, and the Court may act only on the copy
of the advice to make any order that may be necessary in the
circumstances.
(3) Where the legal advice of the Attorney-General indicates that
the Suspect remanded has no case to answer, the Court shall
release the Suspect immediately.

When court may exercise power of remand.
SECTION 310

(1) During remand, the Court may nevertheless order the Suspect
remanded to be brought before it.
(2) The Court may order that the Suspect remanded be
transferred to a hospital, asylum or any suitable place for the
purpose of giving him medical treatment, or may make any
order that it considers necessary to make at any time during
the remand period.

Court may bring up person remanded or make any order during remand.
SECTION 311

A Suspect committed to prison under this Law shall be remanded in
prison or other place of safe custody.

Place of remand.
PART XXXII

PRESENTATION OF CASE BY PROSECUTION AND DEFENCE

SECTION 312

(1) After a plea of not guilty has been taken or no plea has been
made, the Prosecutor may open the case against the
Defendant stating shortly by what evidence he expects to
prove the guilt of the Defendant.
(2) The Prosecutor shall then examine the witnesses for the
prosecution who may be cross-examined by the Defendant or
his legal practitioner and thereafter re-examined by the
Prosecutor, where necessary.
(3) After the case of the prosecution is concluded, the Defendant
or the legal practitioner representing him, if any, is entitled to
address the Court to present his case and to adduce evidence
where so required.

SECTION 313

The Court may, on its own motion or on application by the a
Defendant after hearing the evidence for the prosecution, where it
considers that the evidence against the Defendant or any of several
Defendants is not sufficient to justify the continuation of the trial,
record a finding of not guilty in respect of the Defendant without
calling on him or them to enter his or their defence and the
Defendant shall accordingly be discharged and the Court shall then
call on the remaining Defendant, if any, to enter his defence.

No case submission.
SECTION 314

(1) Where the Defendant or his legal practitioner makes a no case
submission in accordance with the provisions of this Law, the
Court shall call on the Prosecutor to reply.
(2) The Defendant or his legal practitioner shall have the right to
reply to any new point of Law raised by the Prosecutor, after
which, the Court shall give its ruling.
(3) In considering the application of the Defendant under this
Section, the Court shall, have regard to whether:
(a) an essential element of the offence has been proved;
(b) there is evidence linking the Defendant with the
commission of the offence with which he is charged;
(c) the evidence so far led is such that no reasonable Court
or tribunal would convict on it; and
(d) any other ground on which the Court may find that a
prima facie case has not been made out against the
Defendant for him to be called upon to answer.

No case submission by the defence and replies.
SECTION 315

(1) After the case for the prosecution is concluded, the Defendant
or the legal practitioner representing him, if any, is entitled to
address the Court at the commencement or conclusion of his
case, as he deems fit, and if no witnesses have been called for
the defence than the Defendant himself or witnesses solely as
to character of the Defendant and no document is put in as
evidence for the defence, the prosecution shall not be entitled
to address the Court a Second time but if, in opening the case
for the defence, the legal practitioner appearing for the
Defendant introduced a new matter without supporting it by
evidence, the Court in its discretion may allow the prosecution
to reply.
(2) Where any witness, other than the Defendant himself or
witnesses solely as to the Defendant’s character, is called or
any document is put in as evidence for the defence, the legal
practitioner appearing for the Defendant is entitled after
evidence has been adduced to address the Court a Second
time on the whole case and the prosecution shall have a right
of reply.
(3) The provisions of this Section shall not affect the right of reply
by a Law Officer.

Defence and prosecutor’s right of reply.
SECTION 316

(1) Where a question as to the interpretation of the Constitution
of the Federal Republic of Nigeria arises in the course of a trial
and is referred to the Court of Appeal under the provisions of the Constitution, the Court before which the question arose
may in its discretion:
(a) adjourn the trial until the question has been considered
and decided,
(b) conclude the trial and postpone the verdict until such
time as the question has been considered and decided,
or
(c) conclude the trial and pass sentence but suspend
execution until such time as the question has been
considered and decided,
and in any such case the Court in its discretion shall commit
the Defendant or convict to prison or admit him to bail in
accordance with the provisions of Part 20 of this Law.
(2) When the question referred to in subsection (1) (a) of this
Section has been decided by the Court of Appeal, the Court
shall:
(a) continue the trial or discharge the Defendant;
(b) acquit or convict the Defendant; or
(c) order the execution of the sentence as the
circumstance may require.

Reference to the Court of Appeal.
SECTION 317

An application for stay of proceedings in respect of a criminal matter
before the Court shall not be entertained.

Stay of proceedings.
SECTION 318

(1) When the case for both sides is closed, the Court shall
consider its verdict and for this purpose may retire or adjourn
the trial.
(2) After the Court has made its finding, the Court shall
pronounce that finding in the open Court.

Consideration of case vy court and announcement of findings.
SECTION 319

(1) The Judge or Magistrate shall record his judgment in writing
and every judgment shall contain the point or points for
determination, the decision and the reasons for the decision
and shall be dated and signed by the Judge or Magistrate at
the time of pronouncing it.
(2) The Magistrate, instead of writing the judgment, may record
briefly in the book or file his decision or finding and his reason
for the decision or finding.

Judgement to be in writing.
SECTION 320

Where the Court finds the Defendant not guilty, it shall immediately
discharge him and record an order of discharge and acquittal
accordingly.

Defendant to bbe discharged where found not guilty.
SECTION 321

(1) Where the finding is guilty, the convict shall, where he has not
previously called any witness to character, be asked whether
he wishes to call any witness and, after the witness, if any,
has been heard, he shall be asked whether he desires to make
any statement or produce any necessary evidence or
information in mitigation of punishment in accordance with
Section 322 (3) of this Law.
(2) After the Defendant has made his statement, if any, in
mitigation of punishment the prosecution shall, unless such
evidence has already been given, produce evidence of any
previous conviction of the Defendant.

Procedure on finding of guilty.
SECTION 322

(1) Where the provisions of Section 321 of this Law have been
complied with, the Court may pass sentence on the convict or
adjourn to consider and determine the sentence and shall
then announce the sentence in open Court.
(2) The Court shall, in pronouncing sentence, consider the
following factors:
(a) the objectives of sentencing, including the principles of
reformation and deterrence;
(b) the interest of the victim, the convict and the
community;
(c) appropriateness of non-custodial sentence or treatment
in lieu of imprisonment; and
(d) previous conviction of the convict.
(3) A Court, after conviction, shall take all necessary aggravating
and mitigating evidence or information in respect of each
convict that may guide it in deciding the nature and extent of
sentence to pass on the convict in each particular case, even
though the convicts were charged and tried together.

Sentence and sentencing hearing.
SECTION 323

The Court may, in any case in recording sentence, make a
recommendation for mercy and shall give the reasons for its
recommendation.

Recommendation for mercy.
SECTION 324

(1) Where a Defendant is found guilty of an offence, the Court
may, in passing sentence, take into consideration any other
charge then pending against him, where the Defendant admits
the other charge and desires that it be taken into
consideration and if the Prosecutor of the other charge
consents.
(2) Where a desire is expressed under subsection (1) of this
Section and consent is given:
(a) make an entry to that effect on the record book or file;
and
(b) the prosecution shall state the facts of the case in
accordance with Section 312 of this Law.
(3) Where the other charge pending against the Defendant is
considered in accordance with subsections (1) and (2) of this
Section and sentence passed on the Defendant with
consideration or in respect of the other pending charge, the
Defendant shall not, subject to the provisions of Sections 248
to 249 of this Law, or unless the conviction has been set
aside, be liable to be charged or tried in respect of any such
offence so taken into consideration.

Conviction of other charges pending.
SECTION 325

(1) Notwithstanding the limit of its civil or criminal jurisdiction, a
Court has power, in delivering its judgment, to award to a
victim commensurate compensation to be paid by the
Defendant or any other person or the State.
(2) The Court in considering the award of compensation to the
victim may call for additional evidence to enable it determine
the quantum of compensation to award in subsection (1) of
this Section.

Compensation to victim in judgement.
SECTION 326

Where a Judge or Magistrate having tried a case is prevented by
illness or other unavoidable cause from delivering his judgment or
sentence, the judgment or the sentence, if it has been reduced into
writing and signed by the Judge or Magistrate, may be delivered and
pronounced in open Court by any other Judge or Magistrate in the
presence of the Defendant.

Delivery of judgement when judge or Magistrate is unavoidable absent.
SECTION 327

Where a sentence or conviction does not order the payment of
money but orders the convict to be imprisoned, the Court shall issue
a warrant of commitment accordingly.

Warrant of commitment.
SECTION 328

A warrant under the hand of the Judge or Magistrate by whom a
convict has been sentenced or committed to prison for non-payment
of a penalty or fine grants full authority to the Officer in charge of
any prison and to all other persons for carrying into effect the
sentence described in the warrant not being a sentence of death.

Authority for carrying out sentence other than of death.
SECTION 329

The Court may, at any time, amend any defect in an order or
warrant of commitment and no:
(a) omission or error as to time and place; or
(b) defect in form in any order or warrant of commitment given
under this Law,
shall be held to render void or unlawful an act done or intended to
be done by virtue of the order or warrant if it is mentioned, or may
be inferred, that it is founded on a conviction or judgment sufficient
to sustain it

Error or Ommission not to affect legality of act.
PART XXXIII

COSTS, COMPENSATION, DAMAGES AND RESTITUTION

SECTION 330

(1) A Court may, within the proceedings or while passing
judgment, order the Defendant or convict to pay a sum of
money:
(a) as compensation to any person injured by the offence,
irrespective of any other fine or other punishment that
may be imposed or that is imposed on the Defendant
or convict, where substantial compensation is in the
opinion of the Court recoverable by civil suit;
(b) in compensating a bona fide purchaser for value
without notice of the defect of the title in any property
in respect of which the offence was committed and has
been compelled to give it up; and
(c) in defraying expenses incurred on medical treatment of
a victim injured by the convict in connection with the
offence.
(2) Where the payment referred to in subsection (1) of this
Section is imposed in a case which is subject to appeal, no
payment may be made before the period allowed for
presenting the appeal has elapsed or, where an appeal is
presented, before the decision on the appeal.
(3) Order for compensation may be made under this Section
irrespective of the fact that no fine has been imposed on the
Defendant in the judgment.

Power of court to order payment of expenses or compensation.
SECTION 331

(1) At the time of awarding compensation in any subsequent civil
suit relating to the same matter, the Court shall take into
consideration any sum paid or recovered as compensation
under this Section.
(2) The pendency of criminal proceedings shall not be a bar to a
civil action in Court in respect of the same subject matter.

Payment to be taken into consideration in subsequent civil suit.
SECTION 332

(1) A Court after conviction in a joint trial may adjourn
proceedings to consider and determine the sentence
appropriate for each convict:
(a) order for the restitution or compensation for the loss or
destruction of the victim’s property and in so doing the
Court may direct the convict:
(b) to return the property to the owner or to a person
designated by the owner,
(c) where the return of the property is impossible or
impracticable, to pay an amount equal to the value of
the property, or
(d) where the property to be returned is inadequate or
insufficient, to pay an amount equal to the property
calculated on the basis of what is fair and just.
(2) in addition to or in lieu of any other penalty authorized by
Law, order the convict to make restitution or pay
compensation to any victim of the crime for which the
offender was convicted, or to the victim’s estate; or

Power of court to order restitution.
SECTION 333

(1) The Court may, in a proceeding instituted by a private
Prosecutor or on a summons or complaint of a private person,
on acquittal of the Defendant, order the private Prosecutor or
person to pay to the Defendant such reasonable costs as the
Court may deem fit.
(2) In this Section, “Private Prosecutor” does not include a person
prosecuting on behalf of the State, a public Officer
prosecuting in his official capacity and a Police Officer.

Cost against private prosecutor.
SECTION 334

(1) Where a person causes the arrest, or arrest and charge of a
Defendant or Defendants and it appears to the Court that
there was no sufficient ground for causing the arrest, or that
the accusation is false, vexatious or frivolous, it may for
reason recorded, order the person to pay reasonable
compensation to the Defendant or Defendants arrested and
charged.
(2) The Court may, in default of payment of such compensation
or any part of it, award a term of imprisonment against the
person against whom the order was made, for any term not
exceeding the term prescribed in respect of a like sum in the
scale of imprisonment set out in this Law or the Court may
sentence the person to Community Service in accordance with
Section 457 of this Law.
(3) Subject to the provisions of the Constitution relating to
appeals, a person against whom an order for payment of
compensation is made under this Section may appeal against
the order as if he had been convicted after trial by the Court
that issued the order. Provided that the amount ordered to be
paid as compensation shall be paid into an interest yielding
account in any manner as may be directed by the Court
pending the determination of the appeal.

Compensation in cases of false and vexatious accusation.
SECTION 335

(1) A person to whom compensation is awarded may refuse to
accept the compensation.
(2) Where the person receives the compensation or where the
convict, having been ordered to pay compensation, suffers
imprisonment for non-payment, the receipt of the
compensation, or the undergoing of the imprisonment, as the
case may be, shall act as a bar to any further action for the
same injury.
(3) Before making an order for compensation under this Law, the
Court shall explain the full effect of this Section to the person
to whom compensation is payable.

Injured person may refuse to accept compensation, but payment of compensation is bar to further liability.
SECTION 336

Any compensation ordered to be paid under this Law or any other
Law, relating to any criminal proceeding, may be enforced as if it
were a fine.

Monies paid as compensation, recoverable as fine.
SECTION 337

(1) Where a convict is ordered to pay a fine, or a Defendant is
ordered to pay compensation to another person under Section
330 of this Law, or a person is subject to recovery of penalty
for forfeiture of a bond under this Law, the Court passing the
sentence or making the order may, notwithstanding that, in
default of the payment of the fine or compensation or penalty,
the convict or Defendant may be imprisoned, issue a warrant
for the levy of the amount by any means permitted by Law,
including:
(a) the seizure and sale of any movable property belonging
to the Defendant or convict;
(b) the attachment of any debt due to the Defendant or
convict; and
(c) subject to the provisions of the Land Use Act, the
attachment and sale of any immovable property of the
convict situated within the jurisdiction of the Court.
(2) A warrant for seizure and sale of the movable property of a
person under this Section shall be addressed to the Court
within whose jurisdiction it is to be executed.
(3) Where execution of a warrant is to be enforced by attachment
of debts or sale of immovable property, the warrant shall be
sent for execution to any Court competent to execute orders
for the payment of money in civil suits and the Court shall
follow the procedure for the time being in force for the
execution of such orders.

Warrant for levy of fine.
SECTION 338

(1) Where a convict has been ordered by the Court to pay a fine
with or without a sentence of imprisonment in default of
payment of the fine, the Court authorized by Section 337 of this Law to issue a warrant may, exercise any of the following
powers:
(a) allow time for payment of the fine;
(b) direct that the fine be paid by instalments;
(c) postpone the issue of a warrant under Section 337 of
this Law;
(d) without postponing the issue of a warrant under
Section 337 of this Law, postpone the sale of any
property seized under the warrant; or
(e) postpone the execution of the sentence of
imprisonment in default of payment of the fine.
(2) An order made in the exercise of the powers referred to in
subsection (1) of this Section may be made subject to the
convict giving such security as the Court may consider fit, by
means of a bond with or without sureties, in which case, the
bond may be conditioned either for the payment of the fine in
accordance with the order or for the appearance of the convict
as required in the bond or both.
(3) The Court may also, in the exercise of the powers referred to
in subsection (1) of this Section, order that the execution of
the sentence of imprisonment on a convict who has been
committed to prison in default of payment of a fine, be
suspended and, that he be released but only subject to the
convict giving security as specified in subsection (2) of this
Section.
(4) Where the fine or any instalment of the fine is not paid in
accordance with an order under this Section, the authority
making the order may enforce payment of the fine or of the
balance outstanding, by any means authorized in this Law and
may cause the offender to be arrested and may commit or
recommit him to prison under the sentence of imprisonment in
default of payment of the fine.

Power of court when convict sentenced to only fine.
SECTION 339

(1) Where in a charge of an offence relating to property and the
Court is of the opinion that the evidence is insufficient to
support the charge, but that it establishes wrongful conversion
or detention of property, the Court may order that such
property be restored and may also award reasonable damages
to the person entitled to the property.
(2) The damages awarded under this Section, shall be recovered
in like manner, as prescribed in Section 336 of this Law.

Wrongful conversion or detention of property and award of damages.
PART XXXIV

CUSTODY, DISPOSAL, RESTORATION OF PROPERTY

SECTION 340

In this Part, “property” in the case of property regarding which an
offence appears to have been committed, includes not only the
property as has been originally in the possession or under the control
of a party, but also any property into or for which that same has
been converted or exchanged and anything acquired by the
conversion or exchange, whether immediately or otherwise.

Meaning of property.
SECTION 341

Where any property regarding which an offence appears to have
been committed or which appears to have been used for the
commission of an offence is produced before a Court during an
inquiry or a trial, the Court:
(a) may make such order as it thinks fit for the proper custody of
that property pending the conclusion of the proceedings or
trial; and
(b) where the property is subject to speedy decay, may, after
recording such evidence as it thinks necessary, order it to be
sold or otherwise disposed of, and the proceeds dealt with as
the Court may direct.

Order for custody and disposal of property pending trial.
SECTION 342

(1) Where any proceeding or trial in a criminal case is concluded,
the Court may make such order as it thinks fit, for the disposal
by destruction, confiscation or delivery to a person appearing
to be entitled to the possession or otherwise, of any movable
property or document produced before it or in its custody or
regarding which an offence appears to have been committed
or which has been used for the commission of an offence.
(2) Notwithstanding that the trial, proceeding or an appeal is
pending in respect of the case, the Court may, in any case,
make an order under the provisions of subsection (1) of this
Section for the delivery of any property, to a person appearing
to be entitled to the possession of the property, on his
executing a bond, with or without sureties, to the satisfaction
of the Court, undertaking to restore the property to the Court.
(3) An order made under this Section may be appealed against as
if it is a decision in the final judgment of the Court giving the
direction.

Order of disposal of property after trial.
SECTION 343

(1) Where the Court orders the forfeiture or confiscation of any
property but does not make an order for its destruction or for
its delivery to any person, the Court may direct that the
property be kept or sold and that the property, if sold, the
proceeds of the sale be held as it directs until some person
establishes to the Court’s satisfaction, a right to the property.
(2) Where no person establishes a right within six months from
the date of forfeiture or confiscation of the property, the
proceeds of the sale shall be paid into the Consolidated
Revenue Fund of the State, or any other appropriate account,
as the may be authorized.
(3) Where an order is made under this Section in a case from
which an appeal lies, the order shall not, except when the
property is livestock or is subject to speedy and natural decay,
be carried out until the period allowed for presenting the
appeal has passed or when the appeal is entered, until the
disposal of the appeal.

Custody or sale of property.
PART XXXV

SEIZURE, FORFEITURE, CONFISCATION AND
DESTRUCTION OF INSTRUMENTS OF CRIME

SECTION 344

The Court may:
(a) order the seizure of any instrument, material or thing which
there is reason to believe is provided or prepared, or being
prepared, with a view to the commission of an offence triable
by the Court; and
(b) direct the instrument, material or thing to be forfeited,
confiscated, held or otherwise dealt with in the same manner
as property under Section 347 of this Law.

Seizure of Things Intended to be Used in Commission of Crime.
SECTION 345

(1) Upon a conviction for an offence relating to obscene
publication, the Court may order the confiscation and
destruction of all the copies of the publication or thing,
including those that remain in the possession or power of the
convict.
(2) Upon arrest for an offence relating to adulterated or unfit
food, drink or drug, the Court may order the confiscation and
destruction of the food, drink or drug, including such other
adulterated or unfit items in the possession or power of the
Defendant.

Destruction of Seditious, Prohibited or Obsence Publications and of Obsence Object.
SECTION 346

Where a Court is satisfied, by information on oath, that there is
reasonable ground for believing that there is in the State in any
building, ship, carriage, receptacle or place, anything in respect of
which an order may be made under Section 344 or 345 of this Law,
the Court may issue a search warrant to search for the thing and
where the thing is found, it shall be brought before a Court and dealt
with as that Court may deem proper.

Search Warrant may be Used to Search for Things Subject to Subjects 344 or 345.
SECTION 347

(1) Where a Defendant is convicted of an offence carried out by
criminal force, and it appears to the Court that by that force a
victim has been dispossessed of any immovable property, the Court may, where it deems fit, order the possession of the
property to be restored to the victim.
(2) An order under this Section shall not prejudice any right or
interest or in the immovable property which a victim, including
the convict, may be able to establish in a civil suit.

Restoration of Possession of Immovable Property.
SECTION 348

(1) The seizure by the police of property taken during arrest or
investigation under this Law, or alleged or suspected to have
been stolen or found in circumstances which create a
suspicion of the commission of an offence, shall, within a
period not exceeding 48 hours of the taking of the property or
thing, be reported to a Court, and the Court shall make an
order in respect of the disposal of the property or its delivery
to the person entitled to its possession or such other orders as
it may deem fit in the circumstances.
(2) Where the person entitled to the possession of property
referred to in subsection (1) of this Section is unknown, the
Court may detain it and shall issue a public notice specifying
the articles of which the property consists and requiring any
person who may have a claim to it, to appear before the Court
and establish his claim within six months from the date of the
notice.

Procedure on Seizure of Property Taken During Arrest or Investigation or Stolen.
SECTION 349

(1) Where no person within the period referred to in Section 348
of this Law establishes his claim to property referred to in that
Section and where the person in whose possession the
property was found is unable to show that it was Lawfully
acquired by him, the property shall be at the disposal of the
Court and may be sold in accordance with the order of the
Court and proceed forfeited to the Kaduna State Government.
(2) At any time within six years from the date of the property
coming into the possession of the police, the Court may direct
the property or the proceeds of the sale of the property to be
delivered to any person proving his title to it, on payment by
him, of any expenses incurred by the Court in the matter.

Procedure where Owner of Property Seized is Unknown.
SECTION 350

Where the person entitled to the possession of property referred to
in Section 348 of this Law is unknown or absent and the property is
subject to speedy decay or, for the benefit of the owner, the Court
may, at any time, direct it to be sold and the provisions of Sections
348 and 349 of this Law shall, as nearly as may be practicable, apply
to the net proceeds of the sale.

Power to sale perishable property.
SECTION 351

Where a Defendant is convicted of an offence relating to property
and it is proved that a person has bought the stolen property from
him without knowing or having reason to believe that the property
was stolen, and that money has, on the arrest of the convict been
taken out of his possession, the Court may:
(a) on the application of the purchaser; and
(b) on the restitution of the stolen property to the person entitled
to the possession,
order that out of the money a sum not exceeding the price paid by
the purchaser, shall be delivered to him.

Payment to innocent person of money found on Defendant.
SECTION 352

Where, on the arrest of a Defendant charged with an offence, any
property, other than that used in the commission of the offence, is
taken from him, the Court before which he is charged may order that
the property or any part of it be:
(a) restored to the person who appears to the Court to be entitled
to it, and, where he is the person charged, that it be restored
either to him or to such other person as he may direct; or
(b) applied to the payment of any costs or compensation directed
to be paid by the Defendant charged.

Restitution and disposition off property found on Defendant.
SECTION 353

(1) Where a Defendant is convicted of an offence relating to
property, the Court convicting him may order that the
property or any part of it be restored to the person who
appears to it to be the owner, either on payment or without
payment by the owner, to the person in possession of the
property or any part of it is, of any sum named in the order.
(2) This Section does not apply to:
(a) a valuable security which has been paid or discharged
in good faith by a person liable to pay or discharge the
instrument; or
(b) a negotiable instrument which has been received in
good faith by transfer or delivery by a person for a just
and valuable consideration without notice or without
any reasonable cause to suspect that it had been
stolen.

Restitution of stolen property.
SECTION 354

Where a Defendant is charged with an offence relating to counterfeit
currency and in that Defendant’s possession, actual or constructive,
was found a counterfeit currency or thing intended to be used for the
purpose of making counterfeit currency, then, whether the charge
proceeds to conviction or not, the currency or thing shall not be
returned to the Defendant charged or to the person from whom it
was taken but shall be destroyed in such a manner as the Court may
order.

Destruction of articles relating to counterfeiting where charge is laid.
SECTION 355

(1) Where a person comes into possession of a currency, which
he believes to be counterfeit or which, in his opinion, is to be
used for the purpose of making counterfeit currency, he may
hand the currency or thing to any Officer of the Central Bank of Nigeria designated by the Bank to receive it, or to any
Police Officer not below the rank of an Inspector, and the
Officer of the Central Bank of Nigeria, or Police Officer if
satisfied that the currency:
(a) is not counterfeit, or is not intended to be used for the
purpose of making counterfeit currency shall return the
currency or thing, as the case may be, to the person
purporting to be the owner of it, if known, and
(b) is counterfeit or is intended to be used for the purpose
of making counterfeit currencies and if no charge is to
be preferred against a person in connection with the
currency or thing,
may destroy, or cause to be destroyed the currency or thing in
such manner and by such persons as may be approved by the
Central Bank of Nigeria.
(2) Notice of an action to be taken under subsection (1) (a) of this
Section shall have been given to the person who appears to
be the owner of a currency, matter or thing, where the person
is known and can easily be found, that the coin or thing will
be destroyed at the end of a specified number of days unless
the owner shows that the currency is not counterfeit or that
the thing is not intended to be used for the purpose of making
counterfeit currency.
(3) A reasonable time shall be allowed for the person to provide
proof that the currency is not counterfeit or that the thing is
not intended to be used for the purpose of making counterfeit
currency and the person who alleges that he is the owner of
or otherwise entitled to the currency or thing shall have no
claim against the Officer of the Central Bank of Nigeria, Police
Officer or the Federal Government in respect of the coin or
thing so destroyed.

Destruction of articles relating to counterfeiting where no charge is laid.
SECTION 356

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Section, Sections 354 and 355
of this Law shall apply in relation to notes purporting to be
legal tender in Nigeria as those Sections apply in relation to
currency.
(2) Any currency, matter or thing shall not be destroyed by virtue
of the provisions of this Part except:
(a) a Court orders its destruction, in connection with a
conviction for an offence;
(b) it appears to a Magistrate Court having jurisdiction in
the place where the currency, matter or thing is for the
time being situated, on an application made in
accordance with rules of Court, that the existence of the currency, matter or thing involves a breach of the
Law and the Court makes an order for its forfeiture and
destruction accordingly; or
(3) in the absence of a conviction for an offence in respect of the
currency, matter or thing and any pending prosecution for the
offence, and of an order or pending application for an order
for its forfeiture, the currency, matter or thing:
(i) has been voluntarily surrendered by the person having
possession of it, to the proper official of the Central
Bank of Nigeria or a superior Police Officer, or
(ii) is discovered in a lodgment made with the Central Bank
by a commercial bank.

Detention and destruction of counterfeit currency.
SECTION 357

Subject to the express provisions of any Law, an article, not
pecuniary, forfeited in respect of a summary conviction for an
offence, the seizure, forfeiture or disposition of which may be
enforced by the Court may be sold or disposed of in such manner as
the Court may direct, and the proceeds of the sale shall be applied in
the like manner as if the proceeds were a penalty imposed under the
Law on which the proceedings for the forfeiture is founded.

Mode of dealing with forfeiture not pecuniary.
PART XXXVI

SUMMARY PROCEDURE IN PERJURY

SECTION 358

(1) Where it appears to a Court that a person has committed
perjury in any proceeding before it, the Court, subject to the
provisions of subsection (2) of this Section and in addition, in
the case of a Magistrate, to subsection (3) of this Section,
may:
(a) commit him for trial on a charge of perjury and bind
any person by Recognizance to give evidence at his
trial; or
(b) try him summarily for contempt of Court and where he
is found guilty, commit him to prison for a period not
exceeding 6 months or fine him in such sum in
accordance with the scale of fine in the Appendix E to
this Law.
(2) Where a Court decides to try a person summarily, under
subsection (1) of this Section, for contempt of Court, the
Court shall:
(a) specify the perjury alleged and shall direct the attention
of the person to be charged to the inconsistencies on
which the charge is based; and
(b) require him to give his explanation to the
inconsistencies and record the explanation.
(3) Where a Court orders a person to be imprisoned or to pay a
fine under subsection (1) of this Section, it shall:
(a) not issue a warrant of commitment or make an order
for imprisonment for non-payment of the fine but shall
either remand the person or release him on a
Recognizance with or without sureties, to come up
before the Court when called upon; and
(b) immediately forward to the Chief Judge or such Judge
as the Chief Judge may direct, a certified copy of the
proceedings.
(4) The Chief Judge or Judge to whom a certified copy of the
proceedings is forwarded pursuant to subsection (3) of this
Section:
(a) may, without hearing argument and in the absence of
the person concerned, set aside or confirm the order or
reduce the sentence of imprisonment or the amount of
the fine; and
(b) shall inform the Court immediately of his decision.
(5) Where the Chief Judge or Judge does not wholly set aside the
Court’s order, the Court shall immediately issue its warrant of
commitment or make the necessary order for payment of the
fine in accordance with the terms of the Chief Judge or
Judge’s order.
(6) An imprisonment or a fine ordered or imposed under this
Section is a bar to any other proceeding for the same offence
except where the order of the Court has been wholly set
aside.

Summary procedure in perjury.
PART XXXVII

TRIALS AND SUMMARY TRIALS GENERALLY

SECTION 359

(1) Trials shall be held in the High Court on a charge filed:
(a) by the Attorney General or a Law Officer in his office;
(b) by a Legal Officer of any prosecuting agency;
(c) by a private Prosecutor duly authorized by the
Attorney-General; or
(d) summarily, in accordance with the provisions of this
Law.
(2) Trials shall be held in the Magistrate Court or any other Court
exercising criminal jurisdiction in accordance with the
provisions of this Law relating to summary trials.

Trials.
SECTION 360

(1) Where a Defendant charged before the Court is not
represented by a legal practitioner, the Court shall:
(a) inform him of his rights to a legal practitioner of his
choice; and
(b) enquire from him, whether he wishes to engage his
own legal practitioner, or a legal practitioner engaged
for him by way of Legal Aid.
(2) Where the legal practitioner who had appeared on behalf of
the Defendant ceases to appear in Court on two consecutive
sessions of the Court, the Court shall enquire from the
Defendant if he wishes to engage another legal practitioner or
a legal practitioner engaged for him by way of Legal Aid.
(3) Where the Defendant wishes to engage another legal
practitioner of his choice, the Court shall allow him reasonable
time but not exceeding 30 days to do so.
(4) Where the Defendant fails or is unable to engage a legal
practitioner for himself within a reasonable time, the Court
may direct that the Defendant be represented by a legal
practitioner engaged by way of Legal Aid.
(5) The Court may assign to any legal practitioner whose place of
practice is within the jurisdiction of the Court, any case of a
Defendant who has no legal representation, and the legal
practitioner shall undertake the defence of the Defendant with
all due diligence, in which case, the legal practitioner shall not
pay any filing fee or service fee in respect of the case so
assigned.
(6) A legal practitioner so engaged shall be paid such reasonable
sum as may be determined by the Attorney-General
(7) Where the Defendant chooses to represent himself, the Court
shall:
(a) inform him of his rights under the Constitution of the
Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 and under this Law;
and
(b) indicate the fact of having so informed the Defendant
on the record;
(c) a Defendant charged with a capital offence or an
offence punishable with life imprisonment shall not be
allowed to represent and defend himself in person.
(8) A legal practitioner, other than a Law Officer, engaged in any
matter shall be bound to conduct the case on behalf of the
prosecution or Defendant until final judgment, unless allowed
for any special reason to cease from acting by the Court of its
own motion or upon application by the legal practitioner.
(9) Where a legal practitioner intends to disengage from a matter,
he shall notify the Court, not less than seven (7) days before
the date fixed for hearing and such notice shall be served on
the Court and all parties.

Non appearance and non representation of Legal Practioner.
SECTION 361

(1) Trial shall be held summarily in:
(a) the High Court in respect of perjury;
(b) respect of an offence which by a Law made by the
House of Assembly is triable summarily; and
(c) respect of a trial for an offence punishable with less
than 3 years imprisonment in the Magistrate Court.
(2) In a trial in any Court, the prosecution shall, provide the
Defendant all materials that the prosecution intends to rely on
at the trial, before or at the commencement of the trial.

When summary trials shall be held.
SECTION 362

(1) When the case is called, the Defendant appears voluntarily in
obedience to the summons or is brought before the Court
under a warrant, and the complainant having, to the
satisfaction of the Court, had due notice of the time and place
of hearing, does not appear in person or in the manner
authorized by a written Law, the Court may dismiss the
complaint.
(2) Where the Court receives a reasonable excuse for the nonappearance of the complainant or his representative or for
other sufficient reason, it shall adjourn the hearing of the
complaint to some future day on such terms as the Court may
deem just.

Non appearance of Complaint.
SECTION 363

(1) Where a case is called in which summons has been issued and
the Defendant does not appear and no sufficient excuse is
offered for his absence, then the Court where it is:
(a) satisfied that the summons, if any, has been duly
served, may issue a bench warrant for his arrest; or
(b) not satisfied that the summons has been duly served or
where a warrant had been issued, in the First instance,
for the arrest of the Defendant,
shall adjourn the hearing of the case to some future day, in
order that proper service may be effected or, until the
Defendant is arrested, as the case may be.
(2) Where the Defendant is afterward arrested on a bench
warrant, he shall be brought before the Court immediately
which may then commit him by warrant to prison or to such
other place of safe custody as it deems fit, and order him to
be brought before the Court at a certain time and place.
(3) The complainant shall, by direction of the Court, be served
due notice of the time and place ordered under subsection (2)
of this Section.
(4) Where the Court, in exercise of its discretion, has granted bail
to the Defendant and the Defendant fails to attend Court
without reasonable explanation, the Court shall continue with
the trial in his absence and convict him unless the Court sees
reasons otherwise, provided that proceedings in the absence
of the Defendant shall take place after two adjournments or
as the Court may deem fit.
(5) The Court shall impose a sentence only when the Defendant is
arrested or surrenders to the custody of the Court.

Non appearance of Defendant.
SECTION 364

(1) Where the case is called and neither the Prosecutor nor the
Defendant appears, or the Defendant appears and the
Prosecutor does not appear, the Court shall make such order
as the justice of the case requires.
(2) The Court may, in the order, include such direction as to the
payment of costs as the Court considers fit.

Non appearance of both parties.
SECTION 365

When the case is called and both the complainant and the Defendant
appear, the Court shall proceed to hear and determine the case.

Appearance of Complaint.
SECTION 366

Where a complainant, at any time before judgment is delivered in a
case, satisfies the Court that there are sufficient grounds for
permitting him to withdraw his complaint, the Court may permit him
to withdraw the complaint and shall thereupon acquit the Defendant.

Withdrawal of Complaint.
SECTION 367

(1) At the commencement of the hearing, the Court shall state, or
cause to be stated to the Defendant, the substance of the
complaint, and shall ask him whether he is guilty or not guilty.
(2) Where the Defendant pleads guilty and the Court is satisfied
that he has admitted the offence and shown no cause or no sufficient cause why sentence should not be passed, the Court
shall proceed to sentence him.
(3) Where the Defendant pleads not guilty, the Court shall direct
all witnesses to leave the Court and upon the direction, the
provisions of Section 212 of the Evidence Act, shall apply, but
failure to comply with the provisions of this subsection shall
not invalidate the proceedings but would affect the weight of
evidence given by that witness who fails to leave the Court on
the direction being given.
(4) Notwithstanding the provision of subsections (1), (2) and (3),
in capital offences the Court shall proceed with the trial
irrespective of the plea by the Defendant.
(5) The Court shall then proceed:
(a) to hear the Prosecutor and such witnesses as he may
call and such other evidence as he may adduce in
support of the charge;
(b) also to hear the Defendant and such witnesses as he
may call and such other evidence as he may adduce in
his defence; and
(6) The Prosecutor may put questions to each witness called by
the Defendant and where the Defendant gives evidence, he
may be cross-examined.
(7) Where the Defendant is not represented by a legal
practitioner, the Court shall, at the close of the examination of
each witness for the prosecution, ask the Defendant whether
he wishes to put any question to that witness, and shall
record the Defendant’s answer.
(8) The Defendant shall take his plea in the dock, except the
Judge directs otherwise.

Manner of hearing.
SECTION 368

Where at the close of the evidence in support of the charge, it
appears to the Court that a case is not made out against the
Defendant sufficiently to require him to make a defence, the Court
shall, as to that particular charge, discharge him being guided by the
provisions of Section 313 of this Law.

Discharge of Defendant with no case to answer.
SECTION 369

(1) At the close of the evidence in support of the charge, where it
appears to the Court that a prima facie case is made out
against the Defendant sufficiently to require him to make a
defence, the Court shall call on him for his defence and where
the Defendant is not represented by a legal practitioner, the
Court shall inform him of the alternatives open to him that he
may:
(a) make a statement, without being sworn, from the place
where he then is, in which case he will not be liable to
cross-examination; or
(b) give evidence in the witness box, after being sworn as
a
witness; in which case he will be liable to crossexamination; or
(c) call any witness or adduce any other evidence in his
defence.
(2) Where the Defendant is represented by a legal practitioner,
the Court shall call on the legal practitioner to proceed with
the defence.

Defence.
SECTION 370

(1) The Defendant may apply to the Court to issue a process for
compelling the attendance of a witness for the purpose of
examination or the production of a document or any other
thing.
(2) On an application by the Defendant under subsection (1) of
this Section, the Court shall issue the process unless for
reasons to be recorded by it in writing it considers that the
application is made for the purpose of vexation or delay or of
defeating the aims of justice.

Process forr compelling production of evidence at the instance of the Defendant.
SECTION 371

Failure to comply with the requirements of Section 369 (a) of this
Law shall not of itself vitiate the trial where the Court:
(a) called on the Defendant for his defence;
(b) asked the Defendant if he had any witness; and
(c) heard the Defendant and his witnesses and other evidence, if
any.

Saving as to section 369(a).
SECTION 372

Where the Defendant adduces in his defence a new matter, which
the prosecution could not foresee, the prosecution may, with the
leave of the Court, adduce evidence to rebut the new matter or
evidence.

Evidence reply.
SECTION 373

(1) In certain exceptional circumstances, where the evidence of a
technical, professional or expert witness would not ordinarily
be contentious as to require cross-examination, the Court may
grant leave for the evidence to be taken in writing or by
electronic recording device, on oath or affirmation of the
witness, and the deposition shall form part of the record of
the Court.
(2) Where it appears to the Court that a person who is seriously ill
or hurt may not recover, but is able and willing to give material evidence relating to an offence and it is not
practicable to take the evidence in accordance with the
provisions of this Law, the Judge or Magistrate shall:
(a) take in writing the statement on oath or affirmation of
the person and subscribe the statement and certify that
it contains accurately the whole of the statement made
by the person; and
(b) add a statement of his reason for taking the statement,
the date and place when and where the Statement was
taken, and shall preserve the statement and file it for
record.
(3) The Court shall cause reasonable notice of the application to
take the deposition in accordance with subsections (1) and (2)
of this Section and of the time and place where it is to be
taken to be served on the Prosecutor and Defendant and if
the Defendant, is in custody and his presence is required for
the deposition, he shall be brought by the person in whose
custody he is, to the place where the statement is to be taken,
under an order in writing of the Court.

Power to take deposition in certain cases.
SECTION 374

(1) A statement taken under Section 373 of this Law may
afterwards be used in evidence on the trial of a Defendant
accused of an offence to which the statement relates in
accordance with the provisions of Section 46 of the Evidence
Act.
(2) The signature and attestation of the Judge or Magistrate shall
be sufficient prima facie proof of the content of the statement,
and that the statement was taken in all respects according to
Law and the attestation and signature shall be admitted
without further proof unless the Court sees reason to doubt its
genuineness.

When statement may be used in evidence.
SECTION 375

(1) Without prejudice to Section 359 (2) of this Law, Court
proceedings may be recorded electronically and verbatim such
that at the end of each day’s proceeding a transcript of such
recording shall be printed to enable certification or
authentication by the Judge or Magistrate who conducted the
proceedings.
(2) Where Court proceedings are not recorded as stated in subSection (1), the Court shall in every case take notes in writing
of the oral evidence it considers material, in a book or file to
be kept for that purpose and the book or files shall be signed
by the Court at the conclusion of each day’s proceedings.
(3) The transcript of the recordings of the Court shall be signed or
otherwise authenticated by the presiding judge at an
adjournment of the case or at the conclusion in a manner authorized from time to time by the Chief Judge in accordance
with such condition as may be imposed by rules of Court, and
the signed transcript shall be taken as part of the record of
the proceedings.
(4) A person is not entitled, as of right, to inspection of or to a
copy of the record so kept except as may be expressly
provided for by the rules of the Court or by any other Law.
(5) The record so kept or a copy of it purporting to be signed and
certified as a true copy by the Court shall, at all times, without
further proof, be admitted as evidence of the proceedings as
statement made by the witnesses.

Notes of evidence to be recorded electronically or in writing.
SECTION 376

A Court trying a case summarily shall make or cause to be made
such local inspection as the circumstances of the case may require.

Local Inspection.
SECTION 377

Where a complaint is made by one or more parties against another
party or parties and there is a cross-complaint by the Defendant or
Defendants in the First named case, the Court may, where it deems
fit, hear and determine the complaints in the same proceeding.

Cross Examination.
SECTION 378

Where two or more complaints are made by one or more parties
against another party or parties and the complaints refer to the same
matter, the Court may, where it deems fit, hear and determine the
complaints in the same proceedings.

Joinder or Complaint.
SECTION 379

On the conclusion of the hearing, the Court shall either at the same
or at an adjourned sitting give its decision on the case either by
dismissing or convicting the Defendant and may make such other
orders as may seem just.

Giving of decision upon conclusion of hearing.
SECTION 380

(1) In a summary trial, the Court may, whether the complaint is
dismissed or not, by order bind over either the complainant or
Defendant, or both, with or without a surety or sureties, to be
of good behaviour.
(2) A person who breaches an order made, pursuant to
subsection (1) of this Section, may be imprisoned for a term
not exceeding three months in addition to any other
punishment to which the person is liable.
(3) Before a binding order pursuant to subsection (1) of this
Section or an order for imprisonment or any other punishment
under subsection (2) of this Section is made, the person to be
affected by the order shall be given an opportunity to be
heard.

Power to bind partied to be of good behaviour.
SECTION 381

(1) Where a charge is dismissed on merits, the dismissal has the
same effect as an acquittal.
(2) Where a charge is dismissed but not on merits, or stated to be
dismissal without prejudice, the dismissal does not have the
same effect as an acquittal.

Effect of judgement of dismissal on merits, not on merits and without prejudice.
SECTION 382

Where a Child is proceeded against before a Court for an offence,
the Court shall have regard to the provisions of the Children and
Young Persons Law.

Summary trial of child bby Magistrate.
SECTION 383

Without prejudice to any other power which a Magistrate may
possess, he may, for the purposes of ascertaining whether it is
expedient to deal with a case summarily, either before or during the
hearing of the case, adjourn the case and remand the person
charged for a period not exceeding 48 hours or release him on bail.

Poer to remand.
SECTION 384

(1) A Law Officer, in a case where a charge of an indictable
offence is being proceeded with summarily by a Magistrate,
may, at any time before judgment, request the Magistrate to
deal with the case as one for trial on charge.
(2) On receipt of the request, the Magistrate shall adjourn the
proceeding until such a time as information or charge is filed
in the High Court, provided that the information shall be filed
within a period of 30 days of the date the order granting the
request.
(3) The Magistrate shall make the case returnable for a period not
exceeding 32 days from the date of the grant of the request.
(4) Where at the end of the period of 30 days provided in
subsection (2) of this Section, the information or charge
against the Defendant has not been filed at the High Court,
the Magistrate shall proceed on the return date to try the
charge summarily where he has jurisdiction, or may make an
order releasing the Defendant on bail pending his arraignment
on the information or charge as requested by the Law Officer.

Law Officer may request case to be adjourned or dealt with specially.
SECTION 385

(1) Where a charge for an offence is being tried summarily by a
Magistrate, he shall, at the request of a person in charge of
the prosecution made at any time before judgment, adjourn
the hearing of the charge for consultation with a Law Officer
with a view to obtaining a request to proceed in accordance
with Section 384 of this Law.
(2) The request of the Law Officer so consulted shall be filed
within 14days of the date the Magistrate grants the request of
the person prosecuting, failing which the Magistrate shall
proceed to try and conclude the case summarily.
(3) Where the Magistrate grants an adjournment at a request
under subsection (1) of this Section, the adjournment shall not
be for a period exceeding 15 days, and the Magistrate may
grant the Defendant bail.

Adjournment for Law Law Officer’s decision.
SECTION 386

(1) A Defendant convicted of an offence tried summarily may,
instead of, or in addition to any prescribed punishment, be
ordered to enter into his own recognizance, with or without
sureties, in such amount as the Court thinks fit that he shall
keep the peace and be of good behaviour for a reasonable
period fixed by the Court.
(2) The convict may be ordered to be imprisoned until the
recognizance is entered into, but the imprisonment shall not:
(a) extend for a term longer than 1 year; and
(b) together with the fixed term of imprisonment, if any,
extend for a term longer than the longest term for
which he might be sentenced to be imprisoned without
fine for the offence which he was convicted.

Security for peace in cases tried summarily.
SECTION 387

(1) Where an offence for which the Magistrate Court has no
jurisdiction to try is preferred against a Defendant, the police
shall at the end of investigation submit the original case file to
the office of the Attorney-General.
(2) The Attorney-General shall, within 14 days of receipt of the
police case, file, issue and serve his legal advice indicating
whether or not there is a prima facie case against the
Defendant for which he can be prosecuted.
(3) Where the Attorney-General is of the opinion, as contained in
the legal advice, that the Suspect has no prima facie case to
answer, he shall serve a copy of the legal advice on the:
(a) police or the head of the police legal unit through
whom the police case file was sent to the AttorneyGeneral;
(b) Court before whom the Suspect was remanded in
prison, where he is in remand custody, or before whom
the Suspect was granted bail, where he is on bail; and
(c) Suspect in respect of whom legal advice is preferred
through the prison authority, where the Suspect is
remanded in custody, or through his legal
representative, if any.
(4) Where the offence is one for which a Magistrate Court has
jurisdiction to try, the Prosecutor shall file the charge at the
Magistrate Court, accompanied with:
(a) the list of witnesses;
(b) the list of exhibits;
(c) statements of the witnesses and of the Defendant; and
(d) any report, document or material that the prosecution
intends to rely on at the trial of the offence, but the
prosecution may, with leave of the Court, file and serve
any additional document.
(5) The police or the Officer in charge of the prison in which the
Suspect is remanded in custody shall on receipt of the legal
advice, release the Suspect immediately from detention where
there is no case to answer.
(6) The Court referred to in subsection (4) (b) of this Section,
shall, on receipt of the legal advice, dismiss the charge against
the Suspect and accordingly discharge the Suspect.
(7) The Attorney-General shall send a Law Officer in his office to
the Court where the order of remand was made and ensure
the discharge of the remand order and of the Suspect.
(8) Where the Attorney-General is of the opinion, as contained in
the legal advice, that the Suspect has a prima facie case to
answer, he shall file and serve the charge or information in
accordance with the provisions of this Law.
(9) A form as prescribed in Appendix F to this Law, indicating a
desire to be represented by legal practitioner of his choice or
by a legal practitioner from the Legal Aid Council or any other
organization providing free legal representation to Defendants
shall be attached to each legal advice for the purpose of
endorsement by the person in respect of whom legal advice is
preferred and against whom the information is filed.
(10) Where the Defendant indicates in the form referred to in
subsection (8) of this Section that, he wishes to be
represented by a legal practitioner of the Legal Aid Council or
any other organization providing free legal representation, he
shall forward the form to the Chief Registrar of the Court
before whom the charge or information for his trial has been
filed and the Chief Registrar shall, within 14 days of receipt of
the form, ensure that a legal practitioner of the Legal Aid
Council as stipulated under this subsection or any other
organization providing free legal representation for the
Defendant, and by notice in writing inform the Defendant of
the particulars of the legal representation arranged for him.
(11) The Chief Registrar shall, upon receipt of the form, forward
same to the State Director of the Legal Aid Council or to the
nearest Legal Aid Council office where the Court is located.

Case File, legal advice and related proceeding.
SECTION 388

A charge may be filed by:
(a) the Attorney-General or Officers in his office;
(b) a public Officer acting in his official capacity;
(c) a private legal practitioner authorized by the AttorneyGeneral; or
(d) a private person, provided the charge is endorsed by a Law
Officer that he has seen such charge and declined to
prosecute at the public instance and the private person enters
into a bond to prosecute diligently and to a logical conclusion.

Filing of charges.
SECTION 389

(1) Where a charge has been filed in the Court, the Chief Judge
shall take appropriate steps to ensure that the charge filed is
assigned to a Court for trial within 15 working days of its
filing.
(2) On assigning the charge, the Court to which the charge is
assigned shall within 10 working days of the assignment issue
notice of trial to the witnesses and Defendants and a
production warrant properly endorsed by the Judge in respect
of the Defendant charged, where he is in custody, for the
purpose of ensuring his appearance on the date of
arraignment, and the Chief Registrar shall ensure the prompt
service of the notice and charge not more than 3 days from
the date they are issued.
(3) Where the Defendant named in the charge is in custody, the
notice of trial and the charge shall be delivered to him through
the Officer in charge of the prison in which he is detained, and
the warrant for his production shall be served on the Officer of
the prison.
(4) Where the Defendant is not in custody, the notice of trial and
the charge shall be served on him personally.
(5) Where it is impossible or impracticable to effect personal
service of the notice of trial and charge on the Defendant,
they may be served on him, with leave of Court, through his
legal practitioner, if any, or on his surety or sureties, or on an
adult in his household or in such other manner as the Court
shall deem fit and the service shall be deemed to be duly
served on the Defendant.
(6) Nothing in this Section shall prevent the Defendant from being
tried by reason only that the notice of trial and the charge
were served on him less than 3 days before the date of trial,
where he consents to being so tried.

Assignment of charge and notice of trial.
SECTION 390

(1) The registrar shall receive a charge from a private legal
practitioner where:
(a) the charge is endorsed by the Attorney-General or a
Law Officer acting on his behalf stating that he has
seen the charge and has declined to prosecute the
offence set out in the charge; and
(b) the private legal practitioner shall enter into a
recognizance in:
(i) such sum as may be fixed by the Court, with a surety,
to prosecute the charge to conclusion from the time the
Defendant shall be required to appear,
(ii) pay such costs as may be ordered by the Court, or
(iii) deposit in the registry of the Court, such sum of money
as the Court may fix.
(2) Where an application for consent to prosecute is made to the
Attorney-General by a private legal practitioner and the
Attorney-General declines to grant such consent, he shall give
his reasons for doing so in writing within 15 working days
from the date of the receipt of the application.

Charge by private person.
SECTION 391

Where a private legal practitioner has complied with the provisions of
Section 390 of this Law, the charge shall be signed by such private
legal practitioner who shall be entitled to prosecute the charge.

Condition for private prosecution.
SECTION 392

The place of trial shall be determined in accordance with the
provisions of this Law.

Venue.
SECTION 393

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 392 of this Law:
(a) where a cause is commenced in any other division than that in
which it ought to have been commenced, it may,
notwithstanding, be tried in that division in which it was
commenced, but where the Defendant objects, the Court may,
where it considers the objection reasonable, transfer the case
to the proper division in which it ought to have been
commenced; and
(b) the Prosecutor or the Defendant may, whenever he considers
that the ends of justice so require in any case, apply to the
Court either to transfer the hearing from one division to
another or from one part of the division to another p art of the
same division.
(c) no appeal shall lie from any order of transfer made under this
Section.

Change of Venue.
SECTION 394

Where a case is transferred from one place in a division to another
place in the same division or to another division, the case shall be
tried and determined at the place or in the division to which it has
been transferred; and all recognizance, subpoenas, and proceedings
in or relating to the case are deemed to be returnable at the latter
place or division and all witnesses who are or summoned to attend
the trial shall be informed accordingly and shall attend at such latter
place or division.

Effect of change of venue.
SECTION 395

The registrar or any other person directed by the Court, shall
endorse on, or annex to, every charge delivered to the sheriff or
proper Officer, for service, a notice of trial and such notice shall
specify the particular sessions at which the party is to be tried on the
charge and shall be in the following form or as near to it as may be.

Form of notice of trial.
SECTION 396

The registrar or other proper Officer shall deliver, or cause to be
delivered, to the Sheriff or proper Officer serving the charge, a copy,
with the notice of trial endorsed on or annexed to it, and where there
are more parties charged than one, then as many copies as there are
parties, together with a similar notice for service on each witness
bound to attend the trial.

Copy of charge and notice of trial to be delivered to Sheriff.
SECTION 397

The Sheriff or other proper Officer shall, on receipt of the charge and
notice of trial, serve the person named in the notice at least 7
working days before the date specified on the notice.

Time and mode of summoning parties on charge..
SECTION 398

Notice of trial at the same time shall be served on all the witnesses,
and the service of the notice on the witnesses shall be in the like
manner as service on a Defendant who is not in custody.

Service notice of trial on witnesses.
SECTION 399

The Chief Judge may engage the services of a reputable courier
company for the purpose of undertaking service of criminal
processes, and such company shall serve processes in accordance
with this Law.

Registered courier company may serve processes.
SECTION 400

The Officer of such courier company serving the copy of the charge
and notices shall immediately make to the registrar or other proper
Officer a return of the mode of service with the necessary
endorsement of service on the person named for service on the
notice or charge.

Return of service.
SECTION 401

Where a Defendant against whom a charge has been duly preferred,
and on whom the charge and notice of trial have been duly served,
does not appear to plead to the charge, whether he is under
recognizance to appear or not, the Court may issue a warrant for his
arrest.

Warrant where Defendant does not appear.
SECTION 402

Where a Defendant is accused of a capital offence or offence
punishable by life imprisonment, the State shall be represented by a
Law Officer, or a legal practitioner, and where the Defendant is not
defended by a legal practitioner, the Court shall assign a legal
practitioner for his defence.

Law Officer or Legal Practitioner for state and defence in capital cases.
SECTION 403

(1) The Defendant to be tried on a charge shall be arraigned in
accordance with the provisions of this Law relating to the
taking of pleas and the procedure on it.
(2) After the plea has been taken, the Defendant may raise any
objection to the validity of the charge at any time before
judgment provided that such objection shall only be
considered along with the substantive issues and a ruling
thereon made at the time of delivery of judgment.
(3) Upon arraignment, the trial of the Defendant shall proceed
from day-to-day until the conclusion of the trial.
(4) Where day-to-day trial is impracticable after arraignment, no
party shall be entitled to more than five adjournments from
arraignment to final judgment provided that the interval
between each adjournment shall not exceed 14 working days.
(5) Where it is impracticable to conclude a criminal proceeding
after the parties have exhausted their five adjournments each,
the interval between one adjournment to another shall not
exceed seven days inclusive of weekends
(6) In all circumstances, the Court may award reasonable costs in
order to discourage frivolous adjournments.
(7) Where a Judge or Magistrate conducting a trial is transferred
to another jurisdiction he shall be given a dispensation by the
Chief Judge to conclude any part that matters in his last
jurisdiction within a reasonable time after assuming office in
the new jurisdiction.
(8) Notwithstanding the provision of any other Law to the
contrary, a Judge of the High Court who has been elevated to
the Court of Appeal shall have dispensation to continue to sit
as a High Court Judge only for the purpose of concluding any
part-heard criminal matter pending before him at the time of
his elevation and shall conclude the same within a reasonable
time:
PROVIDED that, this subsection shall not prevent him from
assuming duty as a Justice of the Court of Appeal.

Time for raising certain objections, day-to-day trial and adjournment.
SECTION 404

A person who is summoned as a witness, whether for the
prosecution or for the defence, shall be bound to attend the Court
on the day fixed for the trial of the case and on subsequent dates
until the conclusion of the case or until he has been discharged by
the Court from further attendance.

Attendance of witness bound by recognizance to attend.
SECTION 405

Where a person who has been summoned to attend as a witness,
whether for the prosecution or for the defence, does not attend the Court on the day fixed for the trial of the case or on any further
adjourned date, and he offers no reasonable excuse for his absence,
despite the fact that he was duly served with the notice of the trial,
the Court may issue a bench warrant that the person be arrested and
be brought before the Court, at a time to be mentioned in the
warrant, in order to give evidence on behalf of the prosecution or of
the defence, as the case may be.

Warrant for arrest of witness not attending on recognizance.
SECTION 406

Where a person named on a summons or writ of subpoena wilfully
refused to accept service of the summons or writ of subpoena, the
Court shall issue a warrant for the person to be arrested and be
brought before the Court at a time to be mentioned in the warrant in
accordance with the summons or writ of subpoena.

Warrant for arrest of witness disobeying summons.
SECTION 407

A person who fails to attend as witness in either of the cases
mentioned in Sections 405 and 406 of this Law is liable, on the
summary order of the Court, to a fine in a reasonable sum to be
fixed by the Court, but not less than N5, 000.00 and, in default of
payment, to imprisonment for a term corresponding to the fixed
sum, but the period of imprisonment shall not exceed a period of one
month.

Fine for non-attendance.
PART XXXIX

PROVISIONS RELATING TO SENTENCE OF DEATH

SECTION 408

(1) Subject to the provisions of any Law relating to a specific
offence or class of offences and to the jurisdiction conferred
on any Court , the provisions in this part shall apply to
sentences of death, imprisonment, fine, and non-custodial
sentences.
(2) In determining a sentence, the Court shall have the following
objectives in mind, and may decide in each case the
objectives that are more appropriate or even possible:
(a) prevention, that is, the objective of persuading the
convict to give up committing offence in the future,
because the consequences of crime is unpleasant;
(b) restraint, that is, the objective of keeping the convict
from committing more offence by isolating him from
society;
(c) rehabilitation, that is, the objective of providing the
convict with treatment or training that will make him
into a reformed citizen;
(d) deterrence, that is, the objective of warning others not
to commit offence by making an example of the
convict;
(e) education of the public, that is, the objective of making
a clear distinction between good and bad conduct by
punishing bad conduct;
(f) retribution, that is, the objective of giving the convict
the punishment he deserves, and giving the society or
the victim revenge; and
(g) restitution, that is, the objective of compensating the
victim or family of the victim of the offence.

Construction of provisions relating to punishments.
SECTION 409

(1) Punishment of death is inflicted by hanging the convict by the
neck till he is dead or by lethal injection.
(2) Sentence of death shall be pronounced by the Court in the
following form:
“The sentence of the Court upon you is that you be hanged by
the neck until you are dead or by lethal injection.”

Death.
SECTION 410

Where sentence of death has been passed, the sentence shall only
be carried out in accordance with the provisions of this Part as
provided in Appendix G.

How sentence of death is to be carried out.
SECTION 411

Where a woman found guilty of a capital offence is pregnant, the
sentence of death shall be passed on her but its execution shall be
suspended until the baby is delivered and weaned.
v

Sentencing in the case of a Pregnancy.
SECTION 412

Where a convict who, in the opinion of the Court, had not attained
the age of 18 years at the time the offence was committed is found
guilty of a capital offence, sentence of death shall not be pronounced
or recorded but in lieu of it, the Court shall sentence the Child to life
imprisonment or to such other term as the Court may deem
appropriate in consideration of the principles in Section 423 of this
Law.

Sentencing in the case of a child offender.
SECTION 413

A certificate under the hand of the registrar, or other Officer of the
Court, that a sentence has been passed, and naming the convict
against whom it has been passed, shall be sufficient authority for the
detention of the convict.

Authority for detention of Convict.
SECTION 414

A Judge who pronounces a sentence of death shall issue, under his
hand and the seal of the Court, a certificate to the effect that
sentence of death has been pronounced upon the convict named in
the certificate, and the certificate shall be sufficient and full authority
in Law for the detention of the convict in safe custody until the
sentence of death pronounced upon him can be carried into effect in
accordance with the provisions of this Part.

Judge’s Certificate of death Sentence to be Sufficient and full authority Excution of Convict, unless he is pardoned or reprived.
SECTION 415

The Registrar of the Court that sentenced the Convict to death shall,
as soon as practicable after the sentence has been pronounced:
(a) hand a copy each of the certificate issued by the Judge under
the provisions of Section 414 of this Law to the Commissioner
of Police, and the superintendent or other Officer in charge of
the prison in which the convict is to be confined;
(b) transmit to the Sheriff one copy of the certificate; and
(c) file one copy of the certificate with the record of the
proceedings in the case.

Step to be taken by the Registrar.
SECTION 416

(1) Where a Convict desires to have his case considered by the
Committee on Prerogative of Mercy, he shall forward his
request through his legal practitioner or Officer in charge of
the Prison in which he is confined to the Committee on
Prerogative of Mercy.
(2) The Committee on Prerogative of Mercy shall consider the
request and make its recommendation to the Governor.

Convict may send request to the committee in pre-rogative of mercy.
SECTION 417

The Governor shall, after considering the recommendation made
under Section 416(2) of this Law, may, decide to confirm the
sentence or commute the sentence to imprisonment for life, or that
the sentence should be commuted to any specific period, or that the
convict should be otherwise pardoned or reprieved.

State at which Governor is to consider report.
SECTION 418

(1) Where the Governor decides that the sentence should be
commuted or that the convict should be otherwise pardoned
or reprieved, he shall issue an order, one copy of which shall
be sent to the superintendent or other Officer in charge of the
prison in which the convict is confined, and another copy of
which shall be sent to the Sheriff, directing that the execution
shall not be carried out.
(2) The recommendation may be that the convict shall be
imprisoned or be released, subject in either case to such
conditions, if any, as may be specified.
(3) The Sheriff and the superintendent or other Officer in charge
of the prison in which the convict is confined shall comply
with, and give effect to every order issued under the
provisions of subsections (1) and (2) of this Section.

Where a pardon or reprieved is granted.
SECTION 419

The Attorney-General shall communicate the decision referred to in
Section 418 (1) and (2) of this Law to the Judge who presided over
the trial.

Copy of order to be sent to Judge.
SECTION 420

(1) Where the Governor decides that the sentence should not be
commuted or that the convict should not be pardoned or
reprieved, the order of the Governor shall be duly signed by
him and sealed in accordance with Appendix H to this Law or
as near to it as circumstances permit.
(2) The Order of the Governor:
(a) shall State the date and time the execution is to be
carried out, and give directions as to the place of the
burial or
(b) may direct that the execution shall take place at such
time and such place and the body of the convict
executed shall be buried at such place as shall be
appointed by some Officer specified in the order.
(3) When the place or time of execution or the place of burial is
appointed by some person and is not Stated in the order of
the Governor, the specified Officer shall endorse on the order
his signature the place and time of execution and place of
burial.
PROVIDED that, where the Governor fails or neglects to sign the
execution order, the execution order shall take effect on the First
working day after the First anniversary of the death sentence.

Where Pardon or reprieve is not granted.
SECTION 421

A copy of the order issued by the Governor shall be forwarded to the
official in charge of the prison in which the person sentenced is
confined, and the official in charge of the prison shall give effect to
the order of execution.

Copy of order to be sent to prison official.
PART XL

PROCEDURE WHERE WOMAN CONVICTED OF
CAPITAL OFFENCE IS ALLEGED TO BE PREGNANT

SECTION 422

(1) Where a woman convicted of an offence punishable with
death alleges that she is pregnant, the Court shall, before
sentence is passed on her, determine the question whether or
not she is pregnant.
(2) The question whether the woman is pregnant or not shall be
determined by the Court on such evidence as may be
presented to the Court by the woman or on her behalf or by
the Prosecutor.
(3) Where in proceedings under this Section the Court finds that
the woman in question is not pregnant, the Court shall
pronounce sentence of death upon her.
(4) Where in the proceedings under this Section, the Court finds
the woman in question to be pregnant, the Court shall
sentence her to death subject to the provision of Section 411
of this Law.

Provision where woman is convicted of capital offence alleged to be pregnant.
PART XLI

SENTENCING GENERALLY OTHER THAN CAPITAL SENTENCE

SECTION 423

(1) On conviction, a Court may sentence the convict to a term of
imprisonment as prescribed by the Law.
(2) In exercising its discretion of sentencing or review of
sentence, the Court shall take into consideration the following
factors, in addition to the provisions of Section 408 of this
Law:
(a) each case shall be treated on its own merit;
(b) the objectives of sentencing, including the principles of
reformation, shall be borne in mind in sentencing a
convict;
(c) an appeal Court may, in a proper case, reduce the
sentence imposed by the trial Court, especially where it
is excessive or based on wrong principles, or an appeal
Court may increase the sentence imposed by the trial
Court especially where it is inadequate;
(d) a trial Court shall not pass the maximum sentence on a
First offender;
(e) the period spent in prison custody awaiting or
undergoing trial may be considered and subtracted
from the sentence of the convict;
(f) trial Court may conduct an inquiry into the convict’s
antecedents before sentencing;
(g) it may be desirable to adjourn for sentencing in order
to have time to consider any evidence adduced at the
sentencing hearing in accordance with Section 322 of
this Law;
(h) where there is doubt as to whether the Defendant or
convict has attained the age of 18, the Court should
resolve the doubt in his favour;
(i) a Defendant may not be given consecutive sentences
for two or more offences committed in the same
transaction;
(j) an appellate Court may not increase the sentence of a
lower Court beyond the maximum number of years the
lower Court has power to impose; and
(k) sentencing to a term of imprisonment shall apply only
to those offenders who should be isolated from society
and with whom other forms of punishment have failed
or is likely to fail.

Court to determine term of imprisonment.
SECTION 424

(1) Where the Court has power to pass a sentence of
imprisonment, it may, in lieu of such sentence, order the
convict to be detained within the precincts of the Court or at a
police station till such hour not later than eight in the evening
on the day on which he is convicted, as the Court may direct.
(2) The Court shall, before making an order of detention under
this Section, take into consideration the distance between the
place of detention and the convict’s abode, where his abode is
known to or ascertained by the Court, the Court shall not
make an order of detention under this Section as will deprive
the convict of a reasonable opportunity of returning to his
abode on the day on which the order of detention is made.
(3) Where a sentence of imprisonment is passed on a convict by a
Court, it may order that the sentence shall commence at the
expiration of any term of imprisonment to which that convict
has been previously sentenced by a competent Court in
Nigeria.
(4) Where two or more sentences passed by a Magistrate Court
are ordered to run consecutively, the aggregate term of
imprisonment shall not exceed 4 years of the limit of
jurisdiction of the adjudicating Magistrate.

Power to order detention for one day in precincts of the court.
SECTION 425

A sentence of imprisonment takes effect from and includes the whole
of the day of the date on which it was pronounced.

Date from which Sentence Commences.
SECTION 426

(1) In the case of a conviction in the High Court, where no
amount of fine is stipulated, the amount of the fine shall be at
the discretion of the Court, and any term of imprisonment
imposed in default of payment of the fine shall not exceed 2
years.
(2) In the case of a conviction in a Magistrate Court:
(a) the amount of the fine shall be at the discretion of the
Court but shall not exceed the maximum fine
authorized by this Law to be imposed by the Magistrate
or under the Law by virtue of which he was appointed a
Magistrate; and
(b) a term of imprisonment imposed in default of payment
of the fine shall not exceed the maximum fixed in
relation to the amount of the fine by the scale specified
in the Appendix E of this Law.
(3) In no case shall any term of imprisonment imposed in default
of payment of a fine which has been imposed by virtue of the power in that behalf contained in subsection (1) of this
Section, exceed the maximum term authorized as a
punishment for the offence by the Law.
(4) The provisions of this Section do not apply in a case where a
Law provides a minimum period of imprisonment to be
imposed for the commission of an offence.

Default in pregnant of fine.
SECTION 427

Where sentence of imprisonment is passed on an escaped convict,
the sentence shall take effect after he has served imprisonment for a
further period equal to that which at the time of his escape remained
unexpired of his former sentence.

Execution of sentence on escape convict.
SECTION 428

A Defendant convicted of an offence punishable by:
(a) imprisonment as well as fine, and sentenced to pay a fine,
whether with or without imprisonment, or
(b) imprisonment or fine, and sentenced to pay a fine,
may be ordered to serve imprisonment, in default of payment
of the fine, for a certain term, which imprisonment shall be in
addition to any other imprisonment to which he may have
been sentenced.

Fine in default of imprisonment.
SECTION 429

(1) The Chief Judge may, from time to time, subject to a
resolution of the State House of Assembly, review the
provisions for the amount of fines, compensation or other
sums of money prescribed under this Law.
(2) Such provisions as may be reviewed and shall be published in
the Gazette.

General provision on review of sums of amount.
SECTION 430

Where by any Law, the Court is empowered to impose a penalty for
an offence for which it can convict summarily, it may, in the absence
of express provisions to the contrary, Order a Defendant who has
been so convicted , in default of payment of the sum of money
adjudged to be paid under the Order, either immediately or at the
time specified in the Order, as the case may be, to be imprisoned, in
accordance with the scale set out in the Appendix E to this Law.

General power of awarding imprisonment in default of payment of penalty.
SECTION 431

Subject, in every case, to the provisions of the Law on which the
Order is founded, the period of imprisonment, which is imposed by
the Court in respect of the non-payment of a sum of money ordered
to be paid by an order, shall be such period as, in the opinion of the
Court will satisfy the justice of the case but shall not exceed the
maximum fixed in the scale set out in the Appendix E to this Law.

Sale of imprisonment for non-pregnant of money ordered to be paid.
SECTION 432

A committal for non-payment of a fine shall not exceed two years,
except where the Law under which the conviction is made, allows a
longer period.

Limitation of imprisonment in default of payment of fine.
SECTION 433

(1) A Court, in fixing the amount of fine to be imposed on a
convict, may take into consideration, amongst other things,
the means of the convict.
(2) Where a fine is imposed, the payment of the Court fees and
other legal expenses payable in the case, up to, and including
conviction, shall not be taken into consideration in fixing the
amount of the fine or be imposed in addition to the fine, but
the amount of the fine or of such part as may be paid or
recovered, shall be applied as follows:
(a) in the First instance, in the payment to the informant or
complainant of any Court or other fees paid by him and
ordered by the Court to be repaid to him;
(b) in the Second instance, the payment of any outstanding Court
fee not already paid by the informant or complainant which
may be payable under rules of Court; and
(c) the balance, if any, remaining after the payments have been
made shall be paid into general revenue of the State.

Payment and allocation of fine.
SECTION 434

In a case where an Order is made against a Defendant for the
payment of a sum of money and the Defendant is in default of
payment and liable to be imprisoned, the Court may:
(a) issue a warrant of committal;
(b) allow time for the payment of the said sum; and
direct that the Defendant liable to pay the said sum shall be at
liberty to give, to the satisfaction of the Court, security, either
with or without a surety or sureties, for the payment of the
said sum or any instalment.

POwer to commit defendant in certain cases.
SECTION 435

(1) Where time has been allowed for the payment of a sum
adjudged to be paid upon conviction or order, further time
may, on an application by or on behalf of the convict liable to
pay the sum, be allowed by a Court having jurisdiction to
issue a warrant of committal in respect of the non-payment of
that sum, the Court may, subject as aforesaid, direct payment
by instalments of the sum so adjudged to be paid.
(2) Where a sum of money is directed to be paid by instalments
and default is made in the payment of any one instalment,
proceedings may be taken as if default has been made in the
payment of all the instalments remaining unpaid.
(3) Where before the expiration of the time allowed, the convict
surrenders himself to the Court having jurisdiction to issue a
warrant of committal in respect of the non-payment of the
sum and states that he prefers immediate committal, the Court may, if it thinks fit, issue a warrant committing him to
prison.
(4) A warrant of committal issued under the provisions of this
Section may be executed on any day, including a Sunday or a
public holiday.

Allowance for fines and payment by installments.
SECTION 436

In all cases where a convict, against whom a warrant of committal
for non-payment of a sum of money adjudged to be paid by an order
is issued, pays or tenders to the person having the execution of the
warrant the sum or sums mentioned in the warrant together with the
amount of the expenses of the warrant up to the time of the
payment or tender, the person having the execution of the warrant
shall not execute the warrant.

Payment of penalty to person executing warrant.
SECTION 437

Where a convict is brought to a prison to be imprisoned by virtue of
a warrant of committal, there shall be endorsed on the warrant the
day on which the convict was arrested by virtue of it and the
imprisonment shall be computed from that day.

Commencemennt of imprisonment pursuant to a warrant.
SECTION 438

Where a person has been committed to prison by the Court for
default in finding a surety or sureties, the Court may, on application
made to it by the person or by some person acting on his behalf,
inquire into the case, and if new evidence is produced in proof of a
change of circumstances the Court, having regard to such
circumstances may:
(a) reduce the amount for which it was ordered that the surety or
sureties should be bound;
(b) dispense with the surety or sureties; or
(c) otherwise deal with the case as it deems fit.

Varying or discharging order for sureties.
SECTION 439

(1) Where a person has been committed to prison by the Court
for non-payment of a sum of money adjudged to be paid by
an order, the person may pay or cause to be paid to the
Officer in charge of the prison the sum mentioned in the
warrant of committal together with the amount of the costs,
charges and expenses, if any, and the Officer in charge of the
prison shall receive the sums and discharge the person, unless
he is in custody for some other matter.
(2) In a case where under subsection (1) of this Section a sum
has been received in part satisfaction of a sum due from a
prisoner in consequence of the conviction of the Court, the
sum shall be applied:
(a) Firstly, towards the payment in full or in part of any
cost or damages or compensation which the Court may
have ordered to be paid to the complainant; and
(b) secondly, towards the payment of the fine, if any,
imposed on the prisoner.
(3) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of this Section,
where an amount is paid towards a fine:
(a) the imprisonment shall be reduced by a number of days
bearing as nearly as possible the same proportion to
the total number of days for which the person is
committed as the sum so paid towards the fine bears to
the amount of the fine for which the person is liable;
and
(b) the superintendent or other Officer in charge of a
prison in which a person who has made the part
payment is confined shall, as soon as practicable
thereafter, take the person before a Court which shall:
(i) certify the amount by which the term of
imprisonment originally awarded is reduced by
such payment in part satisfaction, and
(ii) make such order as the circumstances require.
(4) Where, in the opinion of the superintendent or other Officer, the
delay occasioned by taking the person before a Court is such
that the person will be detained beyond the date on which he
should, by reason of the part payment, be released, the
superintendent or other Officer may release the person on the
day which appears to the superintendent or other Officer to
be the correct day, endorse the warrant accordingly and shall,
as soon as practicable thereafter, inform the Court of the
action taken and the Court shall make such Order it may
consider to be appropriate in circumstances.
(5) In reckoning:
(a) the number of days by which a term of imprisonment
would be reduced under this Section, the First day of
imprisonment shall not be taken into account; and
(b) the sum which will secure the reduction of a term of
imprisonment, fractions of a naira shall be omitted.

Right of person imprisoned in default to be released on paying sum and effect of part payment.
SECTION 440

Where, under the authority of a Law, the Court imposes a fine or a
pecuniary penalty, whether or not that fine or penalty is
accompanied by a power to impose imprisonment, and no special
provision other than recovery by distress is made for the recovery of
the fine or penalty, the Court may:
(a) order the fine or penalty to be recovered by distress; and
(b) in default of the distress satisfying the amount of the fine or
penalty, order that the convict be imprisoned, in accordance
with the scale set out in the Appendix E to this Law.

Fine may be ordered to be recoverable by distress.
SECTION 441

Where the Court orders a sum to be recovered by distress, it shall
issue a warrant which shall be in writing and signed by the Court
authorizing the person charged with the execution of the warrant to
take any money as well as any goods of the person against whom
distress is levied, and any money so taken shall be treated as if it
were the proceeds of sale of goods taken under the warrant.

Warrant of distress.
SECTION 442

In the execution of a distress warrant the following provisions shall
have effect:
(a) a warrant of distress shall be executed by or under the
direction of the Sheriff;
(b) where the person charged with the execution of the warrant is
prevented in manner from executing the warrant , the
Magistrate may, by writing under his hand endorse on the
warrant, authorizing him to use such force as may be
necessary to enable him execute the warrant;
(c) the wearing apparel and bedding of the person and of his
family, the tools and implements of his trade, shall not be
taken;
(d) except as provided in paragraph (e) of this subsection and so
far as the person on whose movable property the distress is
levied consents in writing to an earlier sale, the goods
distrained on, shall be sold at a public auction not later than 5
days and not more than 14 days after the making of the
distress, but where consent in writing is so given, the sale
may be in accordance with the consent;
(e) subject to paragraph (d) of this Section, the goods distrained
shall be sold within the time fixed by the warrant, unless the
sum or charges, if any, of taking and keeping the goods
distrained, for which the warrant was issued are paid;
(f) where a person charged with the execution of a warrant of
distress:
(i) wilfully retains from the proceeds any property sold to
satisfy the distress, or
(ii) otherwise exacts any greater costs or charges than
those to which he is, for the time being, entitled by Law
or makes any improper charge, he is liable, on
conviction, to a penalty not exceeding N20,000.00 or
imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months.
(g) a written account of the costs and charges incurred in respect
of the execution of a warrant of distress shall, as soon as
practicable, be delivered by the person charged with the
execution of the warrant to the Court, and the convict on
whose movable property the distress was levied may, at any
time within one month after the making of the distress, may
be given a copy of the account;
(h) a person charged with the execution of a warrant of distress
shall sell the distress or cause the distress to be sold, and may
deduct out of the amount realized by the sale all costs and
charges actually incurred in effecting the sale, and shall pay to
the Court or to some person specified by the Court, the
remainder of the amount, in order that:
(i) the amount may be applied in payment of the sum for
which the warrant was issued, and of the proper costs
and charges of the execution of the warrant, and
(ii) the surplus, if any, may be rendered to the person on
whose movable property the distress was levied.

Procedure on execution of distress warrant.
SECTION 443

Where a part only of the amount ordered to be recovered by distress
is so recovered, the period of imprisonment ordered to be suffered in
default of recovery of the amount imposed shall be reduced
accordingly and shall bear the same proportion to the full period as
the amount recovered bears to the total amount ordered to be
recovered, and the warrant of commitment under the provisions of
Section 434 of this Law, shall apply.

Part payment to reduce period of imprisonment.
SECTION 444

(1) Where the offender is sentenced to a Haddi lashing the
sentence shall be executed at such time as the Court may
direct and the sentence shall be inflicted with such instrument
and in such manner and place as ordered.
(2) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the
infliction of a Haddi lashing upon any person other than a
Muslim and in accordance with the provisions of subsection
(2) of Section 32 of the Penal Code.

Execution of Haddi lashing.
SECTION 445

(1) Where a Defendant is sentenced to caning, the sentence shall
be executed at such place and time as the Court may direct.
(2) No sentence of caning shall be executed by instalments.
(3) No sentence of caning shall be inflicted on:
(a) females;
(b) males sentenced to death; or
(c) males whom the Court considers to be more than fortyfive years of age.
(4) The sentence shall be inflicted with an ordinary horse whip.

Execution of Sentence of coming.
SECTION 446

(1) Where before the execution of sentence of caning it appears
to the registrar of the Court that the offender is not in a fit
state of health to undergo the sentence, he shall notify the
Court which passed the sentence and the Court may either:
(a) after taking a medical opinion, again order the
execution of the sentence; or
(b) substitute for it any other sentence which it could have
passed at the trial.
(2) Where during the execution of caning it appears to the
registrar of the Court that the offender is not in a fit state of
health to undergo the remainder of the sentence, the caning
shall immediately be stopped and the remainder of the
sentence be remitted.
(3) In either case the Court shall be informed of the stay of
execution.

Stay of execution of Sentence of Coming.
SECTION 447

(1) Where the offender is sentenced to canning, the Court shall
forthwith ask him whether he intends to appeal and if he
express such an intention the caning shall not be inflicted until
fifteen days after the date of the sentence or, where an
appeal is made within that time, unless and until the appellate
Court confirms the sentence.
(2) Where the offender is sentenced to caning only and States to
the Court his intention to appeal in accordance with the
provision of subsection (1), the Court shall release him
pending the expiration of fifteen days or, where an appeal is
made within that time, disposal of the appeal by the appellate
Court on his furnishing bail to the satisfaction of the Court for
his appearance at such time or place as the Court may direct
for the execution of the sentence, the Court shall release him
pending such appearance.
(3) Where the offender is sentenced to caning only and furnishes
bail to the satisfaction of the Court for his appearance at such
time or place as the Court may direct for the execution of the
sentence the Court shall release him pending such
appearance.

Stay of execution of Sentence of Coming to allow fine for appeal.
PART XLII

DETENTION IN A SAFE CUSTODY OR SUITABLE
PLACE OTHER THAN PRISON OR MENTAL HEALTH ASYLUM

SECTION 448

(1) Where a person is ordered to be detained in a safe custody or
suitable place other than prison or mental health asylum, he
is, notwithstanding anything in this Law or in any other Law,
liable to be detained in a prison or asylum or such other place
as provided under this Law or any Law as the Governor may
direct and whilst so detained shall be deemed to be in legal
custody.
(2) A person detained in a safe custody or suitable place other
than prison or mental health asylum may at any time be
discharged by the Governor on license.
(3) The Governor may at any time revoke or vary a license and
where a license has been revoked, the person to whom the
license relates shall proceed to such place as the Governor
may direct and if he fails to do so may be arrested without
warrant and taken to the place.

Condition attached to detention in a safe custody or suitable other than prison or mental asylum.
PART XLIII

CHILD OFFENDERS

SECTION 449

(1) Where a Child is alleged to have committed an offence, the
provisions of the Children and Young Person’s Law shall apply.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) of this Section, the provisions
of this Law relating to bail shall apply to bail proceedings of a
Young offender.

Procedure for trying child offender.
PART XLIV

PROBATION AND NON-CUSTODIAL ALTERNATIVES

SECTION 450

In this Part, “Probation order” means an order containing a condition
specified in Section 452 of this Law.

Meaning of probation order injury and of costs.
SECTION 451

(1) Where a Defendant is charged before a Court with an offence
punishable by Law and the Court thinks that the charge is
proved but is of opinion that having regard to:
(a) the character, antecedents, age, health, or mental
condition of the Defendant charged,
(b) the trivial nature of the offence, or
(c) the extenuating circumstances under which the offence
was committed,
it is inexpedient to inflict a punishment or any order
than a nominal punishment or that it is expedient to release the Defendant on probation, the Court may,
without proceeding to conviction, make an order
specified in subsection (2) of this Section.
(2) The Court may make an order under subsection (1) of this
Section:
(a) dismissing the charge; or
(b) Discharging the Defendant conditionally on his entering
into a recognizance, with or without sureties, to be of
good behaviour and to appear at any time during such
period not exceeding 3 years as may be specified in the
order.
(3) The Court may, in addition to an order under subsection (2) of
this Section, order:
(a) the Defendant to pay such damages for injury or
compensation for any loss suffered by a person by
reason of the conduct or omission of the Defendant,
and to pay such costs of the proceedings as the Court
thinks reasonable; and
(b) the parent or guardian of the Defendant to pay the
damages and costs specified in paragraph (a) of this
subsection, where the Defendant has not attained the
age of 18 years and it appears to the Court that the
parent or guardian of the Defendant has by acts or
omission, contributed to the commission of the offence.
(4) Where an Order is made under this Section, the Order:
(a) for the purpose of reinvesting or restoring stolen
property and of enabling the Court to make orders as
to the restitution or delivery of property to the owner,
and
(b) as to the payment of money upon, or in connection
with, such restitution or delivery, shall have the like
effect as a conviction.

Conditional release of defendant and payment of compensation for loss or injury and of costs
SECTION 452

(1) A recognizance ordered to be entered into under this Part
shall, where the Court so orders, contain a condition that the
Defendant be under the supervision of such person or persons
of the same gender, to be called a Probation Officer, and may,
with his consent, be named in the Order during the period
specified in the Order.
(2) A recognizance under this Part may contain such additional
conditions with respect to residence, abstention from
intoxicating substance and any other matter as the Court may, having regard to the circumstances of the case, consider
necessary for preventing a repetition of the same offence or
the commission of other offences.
(3) The Court making a Probation Order shall furnish to the
Defendant a notice in writing stating in simple terms the
conditions he is required to observe.

Probation Orders and conditions of recognizance.
SECTION 453

A Probation Officer may, at any time, be relieved of his duties or in
case of the death of the Probation Officer, another person may with
his consent be substituted by the Court before which the Defendant
is bound by his recognizance to appear for conviction or sentence.

Relieving probation officer of his duties.
SECTION 454

(1) A Probation Officer shall, subject to the directions of the
Court:
(a) where the person on probation is not actually with the
Probation Officer, visit or receive reports on the person
under supervision at such reasonable intervals as may
be specified in the Probation order or as the Probation
Officer may think fit;
(b) ensure that he observes the conditions of his
recognizance;
(c) report to the Court as to his behaviour; and
(d) advise and assist him if, and when necessary.
(2) The Chief Judge shall make regulations with respect to the
appointment of Probation Officers, including designation of
persons of good character as Probation Officers from which a
Court within the District or division where the Probation
Officer resides may make its appointment under Section 452
of this Law.

Duties of probation officer.
SECTION 455

The Court before which a Defendant is bound by a recognizance
under this Part to appear for conviction and sentence or for sentence
may:
(a) at any time where it appears to it on the application of the
probation Officer that it is expedient that the terms or
conditions of the recognizance should be varied, summon the
Defendant bound by the recognizance to appear before it and
if he fails to show cause why the variation should not be
made:
(i) vary the terms of the recognizance by extending or
reducing the duration, which shall not exceed 3 years
from the date of the original order, or
(ii) alter the conditions or insert additional conditions, or
(b) on application being made by the Probation Officer, and on
being satisfied that the conduct of the Defendant bound by
the recognizance has been such as to make it unnecessary for
him to be under supervision, discharge the recognizance.

Variator of terms and conditions of probation.
SECTION 456

(1) Where the Court before which a Defendant is bound by his
recognizance under this Part to appear for conviction or
sentence is satisfied by information on oath that the
Defendant has failed to observe any of the conditions of his
recognizance, it may issue a warrant for his arrest or may,
where it thinks fit, instead of issuing a warrant in the First
instance, issue a summons to the Defendant and his sureties,
if any, requiring him or them to appear in Court at such time
as may be specified in the summons.
(2) The Defendant when arrested shall, if not brought before the
Court before which he is bound by his recognizance to appear
for conviction or sentence, be brought before another Court.
(3) The Court before which a Defendant on arrest is brought or
before which he appears in pursuance of the summons may,
where it is not the Court before which he is bound by his
recognizance to appear for conviction or sentence, remand
him to custody or on bail until he can be brought before the
last-mentioned Court.
(4) A Defendant so remanded in custody may be committed
during remand to a prison to which the Court having power to
convict or sentence him has power to commit prisoners.
(5) A Court before which a Defendant is bound by his
recognizance to appear for conviction and sentence on being
satisfied that he has failed to observe a condition of his
recognizance may, without further proof of his guilt, convict
and sentence him for the original offence.

Provisions in case of Convict failing to observe conditions of release.
SECTION 457

(1) Notwithstanding the provision of any other Law creating an
offence, where the Court sees reason, the Court may order
that the sentence it imposed on the convict be, with or
without conditions, suspended, in which case, the convict shall
not be required to serve the sentence in accordance with the
conditions of the suspension.
(2) The Court may, with or without conditions, sentence the
convict to perform specified service in his community or such
community or place as the Court may direct.
(3) A convict shall not be sentenced to suspended sentence or to
community service for an offence involving the use of arms,
offensive weapon, sexual offences or for an offence which the
punishment exceeds imprisonment for a term of 3 years.
(4) The Court, in exercising its power under subsection (1) or (2)
of this Section shall have regard to the need to:
(a) reduce congestion in prisons;
(b) rehabilitate prisoners by making them to undertake
productive work; and
(c) prevent convicts who commit simple offences from
mixing with hardened criminals.

Suspended sentence and Community Service.
SECTION 458

(1) The Chief Judge shall establish in every Judicial Division a
Community Service Centre to be headed by a Registrar who
shall be responsible for overseeing the execution of
Community Service Orders in that Division.
(2) The Registrar shall be assisted by suitable personnel who shall
supervise the implementation of Community Service Orders
that may be handed down by the Courts.
(3) The functions of the Community Service Centre shall include:
(a) documenting and keeping detailed information about
convicts sentenced to Community Service including the:
(i) name of the convict,
(ii) sentence and the date of the sentence,
(iii) nature, duration and location of the Community
Service,
(iv) residential address of the convict,
(v) height, photograph, full fingerprint impressions,
(vi) Bank Verification Number, National Identification
Number or Voters Identification Card,
(vii) telephone number, and email,
(viii) other means of identification as may be
appropriate;
(b) providing assistance to the Court in arriving at
appropriate Community Service Order in each case;
(c) monitoring the operation of community service in all its
aspects;
(d) counselling offenders with a view to bringing about
their reformation;
(e) recommending to the Court a review of the sentence of
offenders on community service who have shown
remorse;
(f) proposing to the Chief Judge measures for effective
operation of Community Service Orders;
(g) ensuring that supervising Officers perform their duties
in accordance with the Law; and
(h) performing such other functions as may be necessary
for the smooth administration of Community Service
Orders.
(4) Where the Court has made an order committing the convict to
render community service, the community service shall be in
the nature of:
(a) environmental sanitation, including cutting grasses,
washing drainages, cleaning the environment and
washing public places;
(b) assisting in the production of agricultural produce,
construction, or mining; and
(c) any other type of service which in the opinion of the
Court would have a beneficial and reformative effect on
the character of the convict.
(5) The community service sentence shall be performed as close
as possible to the place where the convict ordinarily resides to
ensure that the community can monitor his movement.
(6) Before passing a community service Order, the Court shall
consider the circumstances, character, antecedents of the
convict and other factors that may be brought to its attention
by the Registrar of the Community Service Centre.
(7) A convict sentenced to community service shall not at the
same time be sentenced to a term of imprisonment for the
same offence, but may, in default of performing his
community service diligently and to the satisfaction of the
Court, be sentenced to a term of imprisonment for the
remaining part of his community service to which he is in
default or neglect.
(8) Upon sentence to community service, a convict shall be
required to produce a guarantor who shall undertake to produce the convict if the he absconds from community
service.
(9) The guarantor shall be a relation of the convict or any other
responsible person of adequate means or substance who shall
produce the convict when required by the Court, failing which
the guarantor shall be liable to a fine of N100, 000.00 or more
as the circumstances of each case may require.

Arrangements for Community Service.
SECTION 459

(1) The community service order shall be performed for a period
of not more than 6 months and the convict shall not work for
more than 5 hours a day.
(2) The convict shall be under the supervision of a supervising
Officer or Officers or Non-Governmental Organizations as may
be designated by the Community Service Centre.
(3) The community service order shall contain such directives as
the Court may consider necessary for the supervision of the
convict.
(4) The Registrar of the Court making the community service
order shall forward to the Registrar of the Community Service
Centre a copy of the order together with any other document
and information relating to the case.

Performance of community service Order.
SECTION 460

(1) Where at any time during the community service period, the
Registrar of the Community Service Centre informs the Court
of the default of the convict in complying with the directives of
the community service order, the Court may issue a summons
requiring the convict to appear before it.
(2) Where the convict fails, refuses or neglects to appear in
obedience to the summons, the Court may issue a warrant of
arrest.
(3) Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that the
convict has failed to comply with any of the requirements of
the community service order, the Court may:
(a) vary the order to suit the circumstances of the case; or
(b) impose on him a fine not exceeding N100,000.00 or
cancel the order and sentence the convict to any
punishment which could have been imposed in respect
of the offence, but the period of community service
already performed may count in the reduction of the
sentence.
(4) A supervising Officer shall not employ the convict for his or
her personal benefit.
(5) Where a supervising Officer employs the convict for his or her
personal benefit, the Officer is liable to a fine of N50, 000.00
or more, or such other punishment as the Court considers fit.

Default of Convict in complying with community service Order.
SECTION 461

Where a convict has been ordered to undergo community service on
conviction by an original Court but has committed another offence
during the period of community service, the following rules shall
apply:
(a) the subsequent Court may add to the sentence or impose a
term of imprisonment which might have been passed by the
original Court and cancel the order of community service;
(b) the subsequent Court may take into account the period of
community service served in reduction of the term of
imprisonment;
(c) where the original Court is a High Court and the subsequent
Court is a subordinate Court, the subordinate Court shall send
the copy of the proceedings to the High Court and, on receipt
of the proceedings from the subordinate Court, the High Court
shall proceed under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section;
and
(d) where the original Court is a subordinate Court and the
subsequent Court is a High Court dealing with the matter at
First instance or on appeal, the High Court shall proceed
under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

Commission of further offence.
SECTION 462

(1) A convict undergoing community service who intends to
change his or her place of residence shall inform the
supervising Officer of his intention to do so.
(2) On receipt of the information, the supervising Officer shall
furnish the Registrar of the Community Service Centre with
the information giving the details of the case.
(3) On application by the Registrar of the Community Service
Centre, the Court shall make appropriate amendment in the
community service order and inform the Court having
jurisdiction for the area where the convict intends to reside.
(4) The Court shall give the convict a copy of the amended
community service order which the convict shall present to the
subsequent Community Service Centre.

Amendment, review and discharge of community service Orders.
SECTION 463

(1) Where a convict has been ordered to undergo community
service for a period of more than 4 months, the supervising
Officer shall, from time to time, give a report to the Registrar
on the convict’s performance and general conduct.
(2) The supervising Court based on the report made by the
Registrar, may reduce the period of the community service
specified in the community service order by not more than
one-third where the convict is of good conduct.
(3) The Registrar shall make a report to the supervising Court on
the termination of a community service Order.
(4) The supervising Officer who is to be responsible for the
supervision of a convict shall be the Officer designated by the
Registrar of the Community Service Centre and if that
supervising Officer dies or is unable for any reason to carry
out his duties, another supervising Officer shall be appointed
by the Registrar of the Community Service Centre.
(5) Where the convict is a female, the supervising Officer shall be
a female.

Discharge of community service Orders.
SECTION 464

(1) A Defendant convicted of an offence triable summarily may be
sentenced and ordered to serve the sentence at a
Rehabilitation and Correctional Centre established by the
Federal Government in lieu of imprisonment.
(2) A Court in making an order of confinement at a Rehabilitation
and Correctional Centre shall have regard to:
(a) the age of the convict;
(b) the fact that the convict is a First offender; and
(c) any other relevant circumstance necessitating an order
of confinement at a Rehabilitation and Correctional
Centre.
(3) A Court may make an Order directing that a Child standing
criminal trial be remanded at Rehabilitation and Correctional
Centre.

Confinement in rehabilitation and correctional Centre.
PART XLV

PAROLE

SECTION 465

Where the Controller of Prisons is of the opinion that a prisoner:
(a) sentenced and serving his sentence in prison is of good
behaviour, and
(b) has served at least one-third of his prison term, where he is
sentenced to imprisonment for a term of at least 15 years or
where he is sentenced to life imprisonment,
he may make a recommendation to the Committee on
Prerogative of Mercy for their consideration
2017 Page 149
(2) A prisoner released under subsection (1) of this Section shall
undergo a rehabilitation programme in a government facility
where available or any other appropriate facility to enable him
to be properly reintegrated into the society.

Court may direct release of prisoner before completion of sentence offence.
PART XLVI

THE ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL
JUSTICE MONITORING COMMITTEE

SECTION 466

(1) There is established the Administration of Criminal Justice
Monitoring Committee (in this Law referred to as “the
Committee”).
(2) The Committee shall consist of:
(a) the Chief Judge who shall be the Chairman;
(b) a Judge of the High Court;
(c) Grand Khadi or Khadi;
(d) President, Customary Court of Appeal or Judge;
(e) Attorney-General or his representative not below the
rank of a Director in the Ministry;
(f) Director of Public Prosecution;
(g) the Commissioner of Police or his representative not
below the rank of Chief Superintendent of Police;
(h) the Controller of the Nigeria Prisons in the State or his
representative not below the rank of Chief
Superintendent;
(i) the State Director of the National Human Rights
Commission or his representative not below the rank of
Assistant Director;
(j) the Chairman of any of the local branch of the Nigeria
Bar Association in the State to serve for two years only;
(k) State Director of Department of Security Service or his
representative;
(l) the State Director of the Legal Aid Council of Nigeria or
his representative not below the rank of Assistant
Director; and
(m) a representative of the Civil Society working on human
rights and access to justice or women rights to be appointed by the Committee to serve for a period of
two years only.
(3) A member not being a public Officer may resign his
appointment by a letter to the Chairman.
(4) Members of the Committee shall be paid such allowances
applicable to State Boards, Commissions and Agencies
approved by the State Executive Council.

Establishment of the Administration of Criminal Justice Monitoring Committee.
SECTION 467

(1) The Committee shall be charged with the responsibility of
ensuring effective and efficient application of this Law by the
relevant agencies.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) of this
Section, the Committee shall ensure that:
(a) criminal matters are speedily dealt with;
(b) congestion of criminal cases in Courts is drastically
reduced;
(c) congestion in prisons is reduced to the barest
minimum;
(d) persons awaiting trial are, as far as possible, not
detained in prison custody;
(e) the relationship between the organs charged with the
responsibility for all aspects of the administration of
justice is cordial and there exists maximum cooperation amongst the organs in the administration of
justice in the State;
(f) collate, analyze and publish information in relation to
the administration of criminal justice sector in the
State;
(g) submit quarterly reports to the Governor to keep him
abreast of developments towards improved criminal
justice delivery and for necessary action; and
(h) carry out such other activities as are necessary for the
effective and efficient administration of criminal justice.

Function of the Committee.
SECTION 468

(1) The Committee shall establish and maintain a secretariat with
such number of staff as it considers necessary for the efficient
running of its affairs provided the number of staff shall not
exceed Ten except with the approval of the Governor.
(2) The Secretariat shall be headed by a Secretary who shall be
nominated by the Attorney-General.
(3) The Secretary shall be a legal practitioner of not less than 5
years post call experience and shall possess sound knowledge
of the practical functioning of the criminal justice system and
adequate experience in justice system administration.
(4) The Secretary shall be responsible for the execution of the
policy of the Committee and the day-to-day running of the
affairs of the Committee.
(5) The Secretary shall hold office for a term of 4 years and may,
subject to satisfactory performance of his functions, be reappointed for another term of 4 years and no more.
(6) Subject to this Section, the Secretary shall hold office on such
terms as to emoluments and otherwise as may be specified in
his letter of appointment.

Secretariat of the Committee.
SECTION 469

(1) There is established for the Committee a Fund into which shall
be paid:
(a) budgetary allocation to it through the Office of the
Attorney–General;
(b) such monies as may, from time to time, be provided to
the Committee by any public, private or international
organization by way of a grant, support or assistance
on such terms as are consistent with its functions; and
(c) such monies as may be received by the Committee in
relation to the exercise of its functions under this Law.
(2) The Secretary of the Committee shall be the accounting
Officer for the purpose of controlling and disbursing monies
from the Fund established under this Section.

Fund of the Committee.
SECTION 470

(1) The Secretary shall submit to the Attorney-General not later
than 30th September in each financial year, an estimate of its
expenditure and income during the next financial year.
(2) The Committee shall keep proper accounts and records in
respect of each financial year and shall cause its accounts to
be audited not later than 2 months from the end of each
financial year.
(3) The audited accounts shall be forwarded to the Governor for
his consideration and directives.

Annual Estimates and Accounts.
SECTION 471

471. The Committee shall prepare and publish an annual report of its
activities.

Annual Report.
SECTION 472

(1) For the purpose of carrying out the functions conferred on the
Committee under this Law, it:
(a) shall have a right of access to all the records of any of
the organs in the administration of justice sector to
which this Law applies; and
(b) may, by notice in writing served on any person in
charge of any such organs require that person to
furnish information on such matters as may be
specified in the notice.
(2) A person required to furnish information under subsection (1)
of this Section shall comply with the notice within period of 7
days.

Power to Obtain Information.
SECTION 473

(1) The Committee may make standing orders regulating its
proceedings.
(2) The quorum at a meeting of the Committee shall consist of
the Chairman or his representative and five other members of
the Committee.
(3) Subject to the provisions of the applicable standing order, the
Committee shall meet at least once a quarter.
(4) At a meeting of the Committee, the Chairman, or in his
absence, his representative shall preside at that meeting.
(5) The validity of proceedings of the Committee is not affected
by:
(a) a vacancy in the membership of the Committee; or
(b) a defect in the appointment of a member of the
Committee.
(6) A member of the Committee who has a personal interest in
any matter to be considered by the Committee shall disclose
his interest and shall not vote on any issue relating to the
proposal.

Proceedings and Quorum of
the Committee
PART XLVII

TRIAL OF CORPORATION

SECTION 474

(1) In this Part “corporation” means anybody corporate,
incorporated in Nigeria or elsewhere.
(2) In this Part “representative” in relation to a corporation means
a person duly appointed by the corporation to represent it for
the purpose of doing any act or thing which the representative
of a corporation is by this Part authorized to do, but a person so appointed shall not, by virtue only of his being appointed,
be qualified to act on behalf of the corporation before any
Court for any other purpose.
(3) A representative for the purposes of this Part need not be
appointed under the seal of the corporation, and a statement
in writing purporting to be signed by a managing director of
the corporation, or by any person (by whatever name called)
having, or being one of the persons having, the management
of the affairs of the corporation, to the effect that the person
named in the statement has been appointed as the
representative of the corporation for the purposes of this Part,
shall be admissible without further proof as prima facie
evidence that the person has been so appointed.

Interpretation Under
this Part
SECTION 475

Where a corporation is called upon to plead to any charge including a
new charge under the provisions of this Law or charge added to or
altered under the provisions of this Law, it may enter in writing by
its representative a plea of guilty or not and if either the corporation
does not appear by a representative or, though it does so appear,
fails to enter a plea, the Court shall order a plea of not guilty to be
entered and the trial shall proceed as though the corporation had
duly entered a plea of not guilty.

Plea by Corporation
SECTION 476

A charge may be preferred against a corporation after the
preparation of the proofs of evidence relating to the charge.

Charge Against a
Corporation
SECTION 477

A charge under Section 476 may include, either in substitution for or
in addition to counts of charge, such offence for which proofs of
evidence have been prepared, counts which may be Lawfully joined
in the same charge if they are founded on facts or evidence disclosed
in the proofs of evidence.

Joinder of Count in
Same Charge
SECTION 478

A representative may, on behalf of a corporation:
(a) state, whether the corporation is ready to be tried on a charge
or altered charge to which the corporation has been called on
to plead;
(b) consent to the hearing and determination of a complaint
before the return date of a summons;
(c) express assent to the trial of the corporation on a charge,
notwithstanding that a copy of the charge and notice of trial
has not been served on the corporation 3 days or more before
the date on which the corporation is to be tried.

Power of Representative
SECTION 479

Where a representative appears, any requirement of this Law that
anything shall be done in the presence of the Defendant, or shall be
read or said or explained to the Defendant, shall be construed as a
requirement that, that thing shall be done in the presence of the
representative or read or said or explained to the representative.

Matters to be Read, Said or
Explained to Representative
SECTION 480

Where a representative does not appear, any such requirement as is
referred to in Section 479 of this Law, shall not apply.

Non Appearance of
Representative
SECTION 481

(1) Subject to the preceding provisions of this part, the provisions
of this Law relating to the inquiry into and trial of offences
shall apply to a corporation as they apply to an adult.
(2) A corporation may be charged jointly and tried with an
individual for any offence.

Savings Under this Part
and Joint Charge Against
Corporation and Individual
PART XLVIII

APPEALS

SECTION 482

(1) Appeals from Customary Courts in criminal matters shall be in
accordance with the Customary Court Laws, High Court Law
or under this Law or any other Laws, or any rules made
under any such Laws.
(2) Appeals from Shari’a Courts in criminal matters shall be in
accordance with Shari’a Criminal Courts.

Appeals from
Customary Courts
SECTION 483

Where a Defendant has been acquitted or an order of dismissal
made by a Magistrate Court the Prosecutor may appeal to the High
Court from such acquittal or dismissal on the ground that it is
erroneous in Law or that the proceedings or any part thereof were in
excess of the jurisdiction of the Magistrate Court.

Appeals from Other
Courts
SECTION 484

(1) Appeals from a Magistrate, Shari’a and Customary Courts to
the High Court of the State in criminal matters shall be in
accordance with the High Court Law or under this Law.
(2) An appeal, in accordance with the provisions of this Part, shall
be commenced by the appellant by giving notice to the
registrar of the Court from which the appeal is brought and
such notice of appeal shall be signed by the appellant.
(3) The notice of appeal shall be given in every case before the
expiration of the 30th day after the day on which the Court has
made the decision appealed against.
(4) An appellant shall file many copies of his notice of appeal as
there are parties to be served, in addition to the copies for the
Court.
(5) An appellant, in an appeal brought in accordance with the
provisions of this Part, shall, within 30 days of the
pronouncing of the decision appealed against, file with the
registrar of the Court from which the appeal is brought a
notice setting forth the grounds of his appeal which shall be
signed by the appellant or the legal practitioner representing
(6) An appellant, shall file as many copies of his notice of grounds
of appeal, as there are parties to be served, in addition to the
copies for the Court.
(7) In his grounds of appeal, the appellant shall set forth in
separate ground, each error, omission, irregularity or other
matter on which he relies or of which he complains with
particulars sufficient to give the respondent due notice
thereof.
(8) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (7), the
grounds of appeal may set forth all or any of the following:
(a) that the lower Court has no jurisdiction in the case;
(b) that the lower Court has exceeded its jurisdiction in the
case;
(c) that the decision has been obtained by fraud;
(d) that the case has already been heard or tried and
decided by or forms the subject of a hearing or trial
pending before a competent Court;
(e) that admissible evidence has been rejected, or
inadmissible evidence has been admitted by the lower
Court and that in the latter case there is no sufficient
admissible evidence to sustain the decision after
rejecting such inadmissible evidence;
(f) that the decision is unreasonable or cannot be
supported having regard to the evidence;
(g) that the decision is erroneous in Law;
(h) that some other specific illegality, not mentioned and
substantially affecting the merits of the case, have
been committed in the course of the proceedings; or

(i) that the sentence passed on conviction is excessive or
in-adequate, unless the sentence is one fixed by Law.
(9) Where the appellant relies upon the grounds of appeal
mentioned in subsection (8) (d), the name of the Court shall
be Stated and, if it is alleged that a decision has been made,
date of such decision.
(10) Where the appellant relies upon the ground of appeal
mentioned in subsection (8) (g), the nature of the error shall
be Stated and, where he relies upon the ground of appeal mentioned in subsection (8) (h), the illegality complained of
shall be clearly specified.
(11) A sentence by a Magistrate Court shall take effect
notwithstanding an appeal unless:
(i) a warrant has been issued under Section 337 of this
Law when no sale of property shall take place until the
sentence has been confirmed or
(ii) that the sentence passed on the Convict is excessive or
in-adequate, unless the sentence is one fixed by Law.
(12) Where the appellant relies upon the grounds of appeal
mentioned in subsection (8) (d), the name of the Court shall
be Stated and, if it is alleged that a decision has been made,
the date of such decision.
(13) Where the appellant relies upon the grounds of appeal
mentioned in subsection (8) (g), the particulars of the error
shall be Stated and where he relies upon the ground of appeal
mentioned in subsection (8) (h), the illegality complained of
shall be clearly specified.
(14) A sentence by a Magistrate Court shall take effect
notwithstanding an appeal unless:

(a) a warrant has been issued under Section 337 of this
Law when no sale of property shall take place until the
sentence has been confirmed or the appeal decided;
or
(b) an Order for release on bail pending any further
proceeding has been made by a competent Court when
the time during which the convicted person had been
so released shall be excluded in computing the period
of any sentence which he shall ultimately undergo.
(15) A High Court exercising appellate jurisdiction shall not, in the
exercise of such jurisdiction, interfere with the finding or
sentence or order of the lower Court on the ground only that
evidence has been wrongly admitted or that there has been a
technical irregularity in procedure, unless it is satisfied that a
failure of justice has been occasioned by such admission or
irregularity.

Appeals from
Magistrate Courts
PART XLIX

SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES

SECTION 485

(1) The offences punishable under the Sections of the Penal Code
described in second column of Appendix C may, subject to the
subsequent provisions of this Section, be compounded by the
persons mentioned in the third column of that Appendix.
(2) When any offence is compoundable under this Section, the
abetment of such offence or attempt to commit such offence,
when attempt is itself an offence, may be compounded in a
similar manner.
(3) Where a person who would otherwise be competent to
compound an offence under eighteen years of age, an idiot or
a lunatic, any person competent to contract on his behalf may
compound the offence.
(4) The offence mentioned in Part 1 of Appendix C may be
compounded without the leave of the Court at any time before
the Defendant has been convicted by the Court or committed
for trial to the High Court.
(5) The offences in Part II of Appendix C may be compounded
before the Defendant is convicted by a Court or committed for
trial only with the leave of the Court which has jurisdiction to
try the Defendant for the offence or commit him for trial.
(6) After a committal for trial an offence shall not be compounded
except with the leave of the:
(a) Magistrate Court where trial has not commenced, or
(b) the Court trying the case where the trial has
commenced and has not been concluded.
(7) After a trial has been concluded, an offence shall not be
compounded except with the leave of the Court to which an
appeal would lie.
(8) The compounding of an offence under this Section shall have
the effect of an acquittal of the Defendant.
(9) No offence shall be compounded except as provided under
this Section.

Compounding of Offence
PART L

FEES AND MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 486

Subject to the provisions of this Law, such fees as may be prescribed
under this Law shall be paid in any proceeding before a Court.

Payment of Fees
SECTION 487

A Court may, in any proceeding in which good cause appears to the
Court for so doing, suspend payment of any fee payable until the
conclusion of the proceedings and the Court may then direct the fees
to be paid as costs by a party to the proceedings on whom the Court
has power to order costs to be paid or remit the payment of the fees.

Suspension of Payment
of Fees
SECTION 488

The Provisions of this Law relating to fees and to giving of security
shall not apply to the State or to a public Officer acting in his official
capacity.

State Not Required to
Pay Fees
SECTION 489

Subject to the provision of this Law, if any, of the Rules of Court, the
forms and precedents contained in the Appendixes to this Law may,
in accordance with any instructions contained in the forms, and with
such variations as the circumstances of the particular case may
require, be used in the cases to which they apply.

Use of Forms in the
Appendix
SECTION 490

The Chief Judge may make rules in respect of any or all of the
following matters:
(a) fees, costs or compensations to be paid under this Law and
periodic review of the same;
(b) forms to be used for the process and procedure of the Courts;
(c) accounts to be rendered of monies received by any person
under this Law;
(d) the method of issue of process under this Law, and the
manner of receipt of and accounting for fees in respect of
such process;
(e) prescribing anything or any person required to be prescribed
under the provisions of this Law;
(f) regulation and management of non-custodial punishments
provided under this Law; and
(g) generally carrying into effect the purposes of this Law.

Power to Make Rules of
Court
SECTION 491

(1) Where no other sanction is provided for in this Law, failure on
the part of any person to discharge his responsibility under
this Law without reasonable cause shall be treated as
misconduct by the appropriate authority.(2) Where there are no express provisions in this Law, the Court
may apply any procedure that will meet the justice of the
case.

Non-compliance and
Absence of Express
Provisions
PART LI

INTERPRETATION, SAVINGS AND REPEAL

SECTION 492

(1) Nothing in this Law this Law shall affect the use or validity of
any form in respect of a procedure or an offence specified
under the provisions of a Law or the validity of any other
procedure provided by any other Law.
(2) Nothing in this Law shall affect the validity of any
investigation, prosecution, charge, or proceedings initiated or
commenced under the Penal Code or any other Law before
the coming into force of this Law.

Savings as to Other
Forms and Procedures
SECTION 493

The Criminal Procedure Code CAP. 43 Laws of the Kaduna State,
1991, is hereby repealed.

Repeal

Kaduna State Administration of Criminal Justice Rules, 2024

ORDER NOSPROVISIONMARGINAL NOTES
ORDER 1:

(1) These Rules shall apply to all criminal trials including all part-heard criminal cases in the High Courts, Magistrate Courts, Shari’a Courts and Customary Courts with jurisdiction to try criminal matters in Kaduna State.

(2) These rules are to ensure compliance with the overriding purpose of the
Law as expressed in Section 4 of the Law, particularly in promoting the
efficient management of criminal justice institutions, speedy dispensation of
justice, protection of society from crime and protection of the rights and
interests of the Suspect, the Defendant and the Victim.

(3) In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires:

“AgreedEvidence” means evidence agreed upon and admitted by
consent of parties;
“CaseManagementForm” means the form to be completed towards case
management hearing;

“Charge” includes Complaints, Information, and First Information Report;

“ChiefJudge” means the Chief Judge of the High Court of Kaduna State;

“ChiefRegistrar” includes the Chief Registrar of the High Court, Shariah Court
of Appeal and Customary Court of Appeal of Kaduna State or other officer
authorised to perform the functions of the Chief Registrar or of his
department;

“Constitution” means the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria 1999
(As Amended)
“Counsel” means a Law Officer, a State Counsel or a Legal Practitioner
entitled to practice before a Court in Nigeria;

“Court” means the High Court of Kaduna State, Magistrate Court, Shari’a Court,
Customary Court and any other Court in future laws with jurisdiction to
entertain criminal matters in Kaduna State;

“De-CloggingPanel” means a Panel set up and empowered by the Chief Judge specially to advise on efficient case management practices and
clearance of backlog of cases on the court’s docket;

“Defendant(s)” means any person against whom a charge or complaint is
made and has been brought before a court on a charge, information or
otherwise;

“Direction” means order or instruction of the court to do or abstain from doing
something;

“InvestigatingOfficer” includes a police officer and other persons statutorily
charged with the responsibility of investigating complaints, allegations or any
suspicion of wrong doing;

“Judge” includes a Judge of a High Court, Alkali of the Shari’a Court or a
Judge of the Customary Court.
“LaworTheLaw” except where stated otherwise shall mean the Kaduna
State Administration of Criminal Justice Law, 2017;

“Magistrate” means any Magistrate presiding over a Magistrate Court in
Kaduna State;

“LawOfficer’ means the Attorney-General of Kaduna State and includes the
Director of Public Prosecutions and such other qualified officers, by whatever
name designated, to whom any of the powers of a Law Officer are delegated
to by law and a private legal practitioner authorised by the Attorney-General of
Kaduna State to appear for and on his behalf;

“MinistryofJustice” means the Ministry of Justice Kaduna State;

“Notices” includes hearing or trial notices written and electronic
communication;

“Officer incharge” includes, the officer in charge of a Correctional Custodial
Centre, Police Station or a place of detention or the officer in charge of a unit
in any other law enforcement agency or other officer who acts in the absence
of the officer in charge;

“Pleafor
m” means the form attached to the schedule of these Rules to be
completed by a Defendant(s) who is facing a charge with multiple counts and
endorsed by his counsel, the prosecutor and the Judge or Magistrate;
“Plea Bargain Agreement” means the Sample Agreement attached to
Schedule Two of these Rules;

“Prosecutor” includes Police Prosecutors and/ or other persons prosecuting
criminal cases on behalf of any law enforcement agency including but not
limited to the Nigerian Security and Civil Defence Corps (NSCDC), Economic and Financial Crimes Commission (EFCC), the Independent Corrupt Practices
Commission (ICPC), the National Drug Law Enforcement Agency (NDLEA),
National Agency for Prohibition of Trafficking in Persons (NAPTIP),
Department of State Services and any other prosecuting institution;

“State” means Kaduna State of Nigeria;

“StateInstitutions” mean all relevant government (federal and state) involved
in criminal trials and proceedings.

APPLICATION AND INTERPRETATION
ORDER 2:

1. All cases shall commence in the Court by way of Charge or Information, in
substantial compliance with the Law; or alternatively save as otherwise
provided, cases shall commence in the:

(a) High Court by Charge or Information; and

(b) Magistrate, Shari’a or Customary Courts by Charge, Complaint or
First Information Report in substantial compliance with the Law.

2. No Charge or Information shall be accepted for filing by the Registrar of the
Court except it is accompanied by the following documents:

(a) list of witnesses to be called at the trial;

(b) list of exhibits to be tendered;

(c) summary of statements of the witnesses;

(d) copies of statement of the Defendant;

(e) any other document, report, or material that the prosecution intends to use in support of its case at the trial;

(f) particulars of bail or any recognizance, bond or cash deposit, if the Defendant is on bail;

(g) particulars of place of custody, where the Defendant is in custody;

(h) particulars of any plea bargain arranged with the Defendant if
any;

(i) particulars of any previous interlocutory proceedings, including
remand proceedings, in respect of the charge;

(j) any other relevant document as may be directed by the Court;
and

(k) any other additional evidence that the Prosecution may file any
time before judgment.

3. A Charge or Information shall be served on the Defendant within Seven (7) days after assignment, except the High Court otherwise directs.

COMMENCEMENT OF PROCEEDINGS
ORDER 3:

1. The Judge to whom a case is assigned shall cause to be served
notices for arraignment within three (3) working days from the
assignment of the case on:

(a) the prosecuting authority;

(b) the Defendant(s) personally if on bail, where practicable;

(c) through his legal representatives; and

(d) Where the Defendant(s) is in custody, a production warrant and the notice of trial shall be served through the Officer in charge of the place of detention; not later than Three (3) days from the date of issuance.

2. Where a Defendant appears in court, he shall be called upon to enter the
dock unfettered, irrespective of the seriousness of the offence, unless the court otherwise directs

3. The charge shall be read over and explained to the Defendant in the
language he understands, by the Registrar or other Officer of the court, to the
satisfaction of the court and he shall be called upon to take his plea.

4. Where for any reason, it becomes impossible or impracticable to produce a
Defendant before the Court in person, he may be arraigned from a secure
location using live video conferencing or other such audio-visual means.

5. The arraignment of the Defendant (s) via live video conferencing shall be in
conformity with the provisions of section 36(6)(a) of the Constitution.

6. It shall be the duty of all state institutions involved in the trial to
collaboratively make provisions and work out modalities for the video
conferencing equipment to be used at the secured location for arraignment of
the Defendant(s).

7. The video conferencing shall be recorded and shall form part of the
records of proceedings for that case, which transcript shall be duly endorsed
by the Judge or Magistrate

8. Where the arraignment is to be conducted via live video conferencing, the
Judge or the Magistrate shall be satisfied that the Defendant has been duly
served with the charge(s) preferred against him by the Prosecution, and fully
understands the charge(s).

ARRAIGNMENT
IN THE HIGH COURT
ORDER 4:

1. Where a case has been filed, it shall be moved to the Chief Judge or Chief
Magistrate for assignment not later than three (3) days of the filing of the charge or information

2. The Chief Judge or Chief Magistrate shall assign the cases to a Judge or
Magistrate within three (3) days.

3. The cases assigned shall be moved to the assigned Court, within another
three (3) days of its being assigned by the Chief Judge or Chief Magistrate

4. Where the case has been filed and moved to the Chief Judge or Chief
Magistrate for assignment, but was not assigned within the specified time, it
shall be flagged either manually or electronically in the overdue list as a
pending activity, and if not assigned within same stated timeline for a second
time effective from the date of flagging, the Prosecution or the Defendant by
himself or through his legal representative may notify the Administration of
Criminal Justice Monitoring Committee of the pending activity.

5. The case shall be set down for Case Management Hearing, not later than
thirty (30) days of the filing of the charge or information, or of arraignment or
of the return of the Case Management Forms by the parties whichever is
latest.

6. The Court shall issue directives on speedy and timely management and
disposition of cases before it, and all parties shall support the Court in this
direction

7. The Court may at the first hearing of a matter, direct parties to appoint their
Case Managers, who for the Prosecution may be from the investigative or
prosecuting agency, and for the Defendant may be the legal representative or
any other person of sound mind.

8. The Case Managers shall cooperate and collaborate with the relevant
Court personnel to ensure that the case is dispensed speedily as agreed by
parties in the case management meetings, and shall particularly:

(a) participate to schedule all hearing and conferences in the case;

(b) support notification of the parties of all hearings and conferences in
the case;

(c) receive alongside Counsel to parties manual and electronic
notifications from the Courts of hearings and conferences;

(d) be responsible for ensuring that the case is progressed efficiently and
expeditiously; and

(e) alongside the Counsel, receive directions from the Court, including
directions on case scheduling and notification

9. Where a Case has been filed and assigned but was not scheduled for first
hearing within fourteen (14) days from the date of assignment, it shall be
flagged either manually or electronically in the overdue list as a pending
activity, and if not scheduled for first hearing within same stated timeline for a
second time effective from the date of flagging, the Prosecution or the Defendant by himself or through his legal representative may formally lodge a
complaint in accordance with the provisions of the Service Charter herein
annexed as Schedule Nine (9) to these Rules.

10. Where a Case has been filed and assigned, and the first hearing held, but
there is no next Court date scheduled within a period of three (3) days from
the date of the first hearing, it shall be flagged either manually or
electronically in the overdue list as a pending activity, and if not scheduled for
next hearing within same stated timeline for a second time effective from the
date of flagging, the Prosecution or the Defendant by himself or through his
legal representative may formally lodge a complaint in accordance with the
provisions of the Service Charter herein annexed as Schedule Nine (9) to
these Rules.

11. Where a Case has been filed and assigned to a Judge, and a first hearing
has been held, but arising from non-furtherance or undue delays from the
prosecuting institution, there have been no further hearings within sixty (60)
days from the date of the first hearing, the Case shall be deemed abandoned,
subject to the direction of the Court, and parties shall be notified of the
abandonment of the case, while the defendant shall be discharged.

12. At the Case Management Hearing, the parties shall be ordered to
complete, file and serve the Case Management Form, as set out in the
Schedule One to this Rules;

13. The prosecution shall be allowed not more than Seven (7) days to
complete, file and serve the Case Management Form on the Defendant (s);

14. The Defendant(s), shall upon receipt of the Case Management Form be
allowed not more than Seven (7) days to complete, file and serve same on the
prosecution;

15.Subject to the adoption of the case management proceedings where
practicable by a Magistrate Court, Shari’a Court or Customary Court, the Court
shall at the Case Management Hearing, consider the following matters raised
by parties:

(a) objection on grounds of jurisdiction;

(b) the availability of the parties and witnesses;

(c) the complexity of the case;

(d) the need for expert evidence;

(e) the need for pre-trial conferences;

(f) the need for mediation or other forms of restorative justice
mechanisms; alternative dispute resolution;

(g) admissibility of evidence including statements of the Defendant(s);

(h) the number of witness(es) to be called by the parties;

(i) non-contentious evidence and admissions;

(j) time estimate and schedule of witness(es) for the trial; and

(k) any other matter that the Court may deem necessary and incidental to
the trial:

16. The court may, at any stage of a criminal proceeding make such orders as
may be necessary for the management of the case, including but not limited
to the following:

(a) fixing dates for hearing of the case;

(b) requiring the parties to file and exchange relevant documents;

(c) directing the parties to attend case management conferences;

(d) appointing a case manager to oversee the progress of the case;

(e) ordering the parties to undertake mediation or other forms of
alternative dispute resolution;

(f) establishing, with the active assistance of the parties, the disputed
issues they intend to explore.

(g) requiring the parties to provide a timed schedule for calling of
witness(es), details of any admission(s), written evidence and other
material to be adduced;

(h) ensuring that the evidence, questions, and submissions are strictly
limited to the relevant disputed issues; and

(i) admitting in evidence, non-contentious evidence by agreement of
parties.

17. Documents or evidence agreed by consent of prosecution and defence at
the Case Management Hearing shall form part of the proceedings and records
of the court, endorsed by the Judge or Magistrate, and without recourse to
further conditions of admissibility at trial.

18. Any party wishing to call a witness who for any reason would be unable to
appear in Court in person to give evidence shall state the particulars of such
witness and the reasons for the inability of such witness to appear before the
Court.

19. The Case Management Orders of the Court shall arise through a
memorandum jointly filed by the parties from the consensus reached during
the hearing sessions, and may include the following:

(a) issues identified and narrowed for trial;
(b) evidence agreed by parties and admitted by court;

(c) evidence disagreed by parties and to be proved at trial;

(d) witnesses to be called by parties;

(e) time allowed for parties to present their evidence;

(f) time allowed for parties to cross examine witnesses;

(g) order for parties to file written deposition on oath of the testimonies of
their witnesses in the matter; and

(h) applications and objections raised and dates fixed for hearing same.

20.
Members of the public shall be permitted to witness the Case
Management Hearing sessions subject to the general provisions of the Law, and, where held virtually, the virtual links shall be shared upon application

21. Case Management Hearing shall be concluded within sixty (60) days from
the date of arraignment.

CASE MANAGEMENT HEARING
ORDER 5:

1. Where the Defendant confirms service of the charge or plea form, the
Judge shall ask such Defendant in the language he understands, if he has
read and understands the charge.

2. Where the Defendant confirms he has read the charge and understands it,
the Judge shall take his plea orally.

3. Where a Defendant refuses to enter the dock to take a plea, a plea of “Not
Guilty’ shall be entered for him.

4.Where the Defendant enters a plea of ‘Guilty’, the court shall upon hearing
the facts proceed to convict and sentence him in non-capital offence cases.

5.Where the Defendant enters a plea of ‘’Guilty’ to a capital offence, a plea of
‘Not Guilty’ shall be recorded for him.
6.Where the Defendant enters a plea of ‘Not Guilty’, same is entered for him by the Court

7. Where there are multiple counts in the charge, the Defendant(s) will have
completed the plea form in the presence of a legal practitioner or any other
person of his choice indicating his plea to charge prior to the arraignment.

8. Where the Defendant has completed the Plea Form, the Judge shall ask if
he adopts his plea as contained in the Form, and the completed Form shall be
filed along with the information or charge at the Court.

9. Where the Defendant confirms his plea as contained in the Plea Form, the
Judge shall record the answer of the Defendant (s) in accordance with the
Form.

10. Where the Defendant informs the Court that he has not been served with
the Charge or the Plea Form or that he has not completed the Plea Form, the
Judge may adjourn the case for the Defendant to be served with the Charge
and Form, and the completed Form shall be filed in Court before the next
adjourned date which shall not be for more than five (5) days from the date of
filing.

11. Where the Defendant wishes to change his Plea from what is contained in
the Plea Form, he shall inform the Court the details of the counts to which he
intends to change his plea, and the Judge shall record the details of the change as stated by the Defendant.

12. The Court shall not entertain any application except it borders on issues of
jurisdiction from a Defendant(s) or his legal representative unless or until
after he has entered a plea to the charge or information before the Court.

13. The obligations of parties to prepare for trial shall include:

(a) completion of the Case Management Form where applicable;

(b) nomination of Case Managers

(c) timely arrival of parties and witnesses in court;

(d) completion by the prosecution of the investigation before arraignment;

(e) arrangement for the efficient presentation of all material evidence; and

(f) generally supporting the Court to ensure the speedy trial of the case in
accordance with timelines stated in Court’s Orders on Case
Management

14. Without prejudice to the foregoing, the Defendant (s) shall be at liberty to
apply for bail at any time.

PLEA
ORDER 6:

1. It shall be the duty of all parties to disclose to each other and the Court,
relevant materials and/or information within their knowledge or in their
possession or accessible to them, pertaining to the case that will assist the
Court to do justice in the matter.

2. Subject to the constitutional freedom from self-incrimination, the
Defendant(s) shall provide such information as to allow the Court to
efficiently manage time in the determination of the case.

3. The Defendant(s) shall be entitled to apply for the discovery of undisclosed
documents and other information or materials which are in the custody of the
Prosecution, which may assist the Defendants) in preparing his Defence.

4. Parties to the proceedings may apply to the Court to issue processes for
compelling the attendance of witnesses, for the purpose of examination or
the production of documents or any other evidence.

5. In considering applications of parties under this Order the Court shall not
ordinarily deny such applications except where same is vexatious or made to
cause delay or defeating the aim of justice.

DISCLOSURE AND DISCOVERY
ORDER 7:

1. The Role of the Court:

(a) The Court shall be responsible for scheduling the case for
trial within a period of thirty (30) days from the conclusion of
the case management hearing and notifying the parties of all
hearings and other proceedings.

(b) The Court may use electronic or manual methods of
scheduling and notification, but the need for electronic
scheduling and notification should be prioritized by the
Courts.

(c) The Court shall notify the parties of the date and time of the
trial at least fourteen (14) days before the date of the trial

(d) The Court may, at any time, reschedule the trial for any
reason, provided that the parties are notified of the new date
and time of trial at least fifteen (15) days in advance before
the new date of the trial

(e) The Court may, at its discretion, dispense with the
requirement for notice of the trial if the parties during the
case management hearings agreed on the time schedule,
and are in possession of the Court’s Orders arising from the
Case Management hearings.

(f) Where the Court issues orders as to its schedules for a case
or as contained in the Court’s Orders on Case Management,
it shall where the defendant is held in custody duly serve the
notice of the Schedule or Orders to the Officer in Charge of
the detention centre or facility not less than three (3) days
before the next sitting

(g) The Court may at any time, order the parties to attend a Case
Management Conference to discuss further scheduling and
notification of the trial

2. The Role of the Parties

(a) The parties to a criminal proceeding shall be required to attend all
scheduled hearings.

(b) The parties shall be required to provide the Court with all relevant
information and documents.

(c) The parties shall be required to cooperate with the Court and the
other parties in the conduct of the case.

(d) The parties shall maintain an electronic system for scheduling and
notification.

(e) The parties shall provide the Court with their telephone and email
contact information.

(f) Each of the parties shall assign a Case Manager to be responsible
for scheduling, notification and ensuring compliance with the Case
Management Orders.

(g) The parties shall maintain contact with the Court throughout the
proceedings to ensure that they are kept informed of all scheduling
and notification changes.

3. The Role of the Prosecution and the Defence

(a) They shall be responsible for maintaining contact with the
Court throughout the proceedings to ensure they are aware
of all scheduling and notification requirements.

(b) They shall be responsible for providing the Court with all
necessary information and documents relating to scheduling
and notification.

(c) They shall be responsible for ensuring that Parties are
notified of all scheduling and notification changes in a timely
manner.

CASE SCHEDULING AND NOTIFICATION
ORDER 8:

1. The Court Criminal Process Unit (CPU) The Criminal Process Unit
shall be responsible for the following:

(a) the filing and registration of Cases;

(b) the generation and assignment of Suit/ Case Number; and

(c) moving the Case to the Court Registry.

2.TheCourtRegistry: The Court Registry shall be responsible for the
following:

(a) the general administration of the court;

(b) receives Case file from the CPU or Records;

(c) registration of the Case file;

(d) the Scheduling of cases and Notification of parties to hearings;

(e) the Registration of Suit/ Case number;

(f) the processing of documents;

(g) the maintenance of the Court records; and

(h) ensure that cases are moved to the Chief Judge or Chief
Magistrate

3. The Courts Central Case Management System Unit: The Central
CMS Unit shall be responsible for the following:

(a) the maintenance of the Court’s Case Management System;

(b) receives, updates and manages Manual and Digital CMS
activities from case reception to the point it is assigned to
Court;

(c) updates the Case Management Records (CMR) with case
updates as court sits daily;

(d) produces the Cause list;

(e) the provision of technical support to the Court; and

(f) the training of Staff on the use of the Case Management
System.

4. TheMinistry of Justice: The MoJ shall be responsible for the
following:

(a) the prosecution of offences;

(b) ensuring that the prosecution of corruption offences is conducted
in a fair and impartial manner;

(c) filing its legal advice in the Case within a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of Case Management Hearing; and

(d) provide the prosecution with the necessary resources to ensure
that the prosecution of corruption offences is effective

5.The Director of Criminal Litigation in the High Court: The Director of
Criminal Litigation shall be responsible for the following:

(a) hosting of the Case Management system;

(b) overseeing that the Performance data and Overdue lists are
accurate and up-to-date; and

(c) ensure that the Case Management System is properly
maintained

6.TheDefenceCounsel: The Defence Counsel shall be responsible for
the following:

(a) representing the defendant in criminal cases;

(b) ensure that the defendant is provided with a fair and just trial; and

(c) have access to all relevant evidence and shall be able to cross
examine witnesses.

7.The Role of the NigerianCorrectionalService:TheServiceshall:

a. beresponsible for the custody of defendants and convicts;

b. ensure that the persons in its custody are treated humanely and with
respect for their human rights; and

c. provide the persons in its custody with access to legal representation
and other necessary support services.

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
IN SCHEDULING AND NOTIFICATION
ORDER 9:

The Role of the Court:

1. The Court may at the case management hearing order the hearing of the
case to be conducted virtually where it is in the interest of justice to do so.

2. Subject to the provisions of these Rules, the parties may participate in
virtual hearings by video conference or other electronic means

3. A party may apply to the Court during the case management hearing for
leave to allow the witness give evidence through live video conferencing or
other such audio- visual means.

4. Where the Court considers that granting a party leave to allow a witness
give evidence through live video conferencing will be in the interest of justice
and shall not prejudice the other party, the Court may grant the application.

5. The equipment required for video conferencing or other virtual hearing shall
as practicable as possible be provided by the Court or in the absence of such,
as agreed by the parties subject to the convenience of the Court.

6. Subject to funding constraints but as practicable as possible, the Courts
shall be equipped with the necessary equipment to facilitate the hearing and
determination of criminal cases.

7. The equipment shall include, but not limited to video conferencing facilities,
electronic evidence presentation systems, and translation facilities. webcam,
microphone and such other equipment and critical infrastructure as may be
necessary for the functionality of virtual Court hearing sessions.

8. The equipment(s) shall be maintained in good working condition to ensure
that it is available and functional for use when necessary.

9. The Court may make further guidelines, directives or standard operating
procedure governing the conduct of virtual hearings.

VIRTUAL HEARING
ORDER 10:

1. The Chief Judge may designate Criminal Courts to hear and determine
criminal cases.

2. The Criminal Courts shall be composed of Judges with experience in
handling Criminal Cases.

3. The Criminal Courts shall have the necessary facilities and resources to
ensure that criminal cases are heard and determined expeditiously.

DESIGNATION OF CRIMINAL COURTS
ORDER 11:

1. All information relating to cases shall be treated as confidential, except
otherwise directed by the court

2. The parties to a case shall be prohibited from disclosing to the public any
information relating to the case which could lead to a breach of peace and
security or stigmatization of the victims or offensive to public sensibilities as
determined by the Court.

CONFIDENTIALITY
ORDER 12:

1. The remand of a suspect who is not charged with an offence but awaiting
further investigations shall be in accordance with Part XXXI of the ACJL and
more specifically as provided in the practice direction on remand proceedings
scheduled to this Rules

REMAND PROCEEDINGS
ORDER 13:

1. A Defendant admitted to bail may be required to produce such Surety or
Sureties as, in the opinion of the Court, will be sufficient to ensure his
appearance when required.

2. The Defendant or his Surety or Sureties may be required to enter into
recognizance.

3. Where a Defendant is granted bail, the Registrar shall cause to be taken in
the prescribed form, the following records of the Surety:

a. his full name, occupation and residential address; and

b. for the purpose of identification, his:

(i) height;

(ii) passport photograph;

(iii)full fingerprint impressions;

(iv)Telephone number; and

(v) other means of identification.

4. The Prosecutor or any officer of the Court shall verify the information
supplied by the Defendant(s) or Surety.

5. Where ownership of a landed property is stipulated as one of the conditions
for bail, the title document submitted by the Surety or Defendant(s) to the
Court shall be forwarded to the State’s Land Registry domiciled either in the
Ministry of Land or State’s Geographic Information Management Systems, or
any other relevant institution for verification.

6. Where a Defendant fails to appear in Court on a scheduled date which he
had notice of and no credible explanation is given for his absence, the Court
shall upon the application of the Prosecutor or of its own motion issue a
Warrant of Arrest known as Bench Warrant against the Defendant(s) and his
Sureties.

7. The Registrar of the Court shall prepare the Bench Warrant as contained in
Item 1 of the Fifth Schedule to the Law which shall be signed by the Court.

8. It shall be the duty of the Prosecutor to execute the Bench Warrant upon
the Defendant(s) and his Surety(ies).

9. If the Defendant is not in Court and no reasonable excuse is given for his
absence from Court, his bail shall be revoked and he shall be remanded in
custody provided that his trial shall be concluded within sixty days.

10. Where reasonable excuse is given for the absence of the Defendant(s), the
Bench Warrant shall be rescinded.

11. Where the Defendant is not found and the Surety is brought before the Court, he shall show cause as to why he should not be remanded in custody.

12. Where the Surety fails to show cause, he shall be released to sureties on
the same terms and conditions for which he stood for the Defendant(s) until
he produces the Defendant(s) within ninety days.

13. Where the Surety fails to produce the Defendant(s) in accordance with the
bail terms, the recognizance may be ordered to be forfeited by the Court,
which may also immediately or at any time after the order, issue a warrant of
committal against the Surety under the recognizance, for any term not
exceeding the term prescribed in respect of a like sum in the scale of
imprisonment set out in the Law except the amount due under the
recognizance is paid, and the Court shall further proceed to issue a Bench
Warrant for the re-arrest of the defendant

14. Where the Surety is a body corporate, the Surety shall be liable to a fine of
not less than fifty percent of the recognisance in addition to the forfeiture of
the recognisance.

SURETIES
ORDER 14:

1. Priority shall be given to criminal trials over all other cases, in the listing and
hearing of cases before the Court.

2. The Court shall schedule the time and date of hearing on such days and
times with the aim of concluding trial within 180 days after the arraignment.

3. The hearing of cases shall be on a day-to-day basis in line with agreed
terms by the parties during the Case Management Hearing, and each
adjournment shall not exceed Fourteen (14) working days from the last date
of hearing.

4. Only the witnesses listed on the Case Management Form and Proof of
Evidence shall be called in evidence, but where during the course of the trial, it
becomes evident that the testimony of an identified and available witness is
required in the interest of justice or the evidence of such a witness could
materially affect the outcome of the case in relation to genuinely disputed
relevant issues, the court may grant a period not exceeding five (5) working
days or as may be convenient to the court, within which to hear the testimony
of such witness.

5. At the trial, witnesses may give further oral evidence in addition to their
written statements adopted by consent at the Case Management Hearing and
will be cross examined on them.

6. Where prosecution seeks to rely on a confessional statement allegedly
made voluntarily by a defendant shall, while presenting the prosecution’s case adduce evidence to show the voluntariness of the said statement.

7. A Defendant who seeks to object to a confessional statement allegedly
gotten involuntarily shall, while presenting his defence to the case adduce
evidence to show the involuntariness of the said statement.

8. Any other objection to the admissibility of an extra-judicial statement shall
be recorded and be ruled upon by the Court while delivering judgement in the
substantive case.

9. The parties and counsel shall conduct themselves in such manner as to
avoid unnecessary delays and accordingly, not more than five (5)
adjournments may be allowed from arraignment to final judgement, at the
instance of each party.

10. Where it is impracticable to conclude a criminal proceeding after the
parties have exhausted their five (5) adjournments each, the interval between
one adjournment and another shall not exceed Seven (7) days inclusive of
weekends, subject to costs as the Court may determine.

11. Where the Defendant is in custody, the Court Registrar and legal
representative (where represented) shall liaise with the detaining authority to
produce the Defendant in court at every hearing where his attendance is
required.

12. Counsel conducting a case shall ensure that they are present in court and
ready to proceed with their case or trial at all adjourned dates, and where
impracticable by reason of ill health or any other unavoidable reason, Counsel
shall:

(i) immediately notify the Court prior to hearing of the intervening
circumstances leading to indisposition or absence; and

(ii) ensure that another Counsel of cognate experience seized with the
facts and proceeding s of the matter stands in and is present in court
and ready to proceed with the case or trial.

13. Where a Counsel who was present in Court and agreed on the next
adjournment date fails to attend the hearing and does not ensure the
attendance of another Counsel to continue the trial, reasonable costs may be
awarded against him personally.

14. Where a Counsel puts himself forward as holding the brief of another
Counsel, he shall be deemed to be seised of the facts of the case and ready to
proceed with the trial.

15. Where a Counsel holding brief for another Counsel is unable to proceed
with the business of the day, due to his unpreparedness, reasonable costs
maybeawarded against him personally.

16. Where the Court is unable to proceed with any scheduled conference or hearing, the Registrar of the Court shall notify the parties in advance by the
most reliable means available, especially electronic notifications.

17. The Court Registrar must take down the phone numbers, email addresses
and other commonly used electronic contacts of all Counsel appearing.

TRIAL
ORDER 15:

1. Where evidence is adduced by the Prosecution to prove its case during trial
and the Defence objects to the voluntariness of the statement, the
Prosecution shall call evidence to prove that the statement was obtained voluntarily; and

2. The Court shall consider the evidence presented before it by the Prosecution and Defense, and shall reserve its ruling on the voluntariness or
otherwise of the statement till final judgement.

VOLUNTARINESS OF CONFESIONAL STATEMENT
ORDER 16:

1. Where a plea of ‘Not Guilty’ has been taken or entered for the Defendant
and at the commencement of trial, after the conclusion of the Case
Management Hearing, the Prosecutor may make an oral Opening Address
summarizing the evidence the prosecution intends to lead at trial and the
connection of evidence to the charge before the Court.

2. At the close of the case of the Prosecution, the Defendant may make an
oral Opening Address summarizing the evidence the Defence intends to lead
at the trial and the connection or otherwise of evidence to the charge before
the Court.

3. All other Addresses except Opening Addresses by Prosecution and Defence
shall be in writing and parties shall be allowed not more than Seven (7) days
each, in turns, to file and serve their Written Addresses.

4. The court may consider applications for extension of time to file written
addresses subject to costs.

OPENING ADDRESSES
ORDER 17:

1. The Court may, on its own motion or on the application of the
Defendant or any of the several Defendants, after hearing the evidence
for the Prosecution, where it considers that the evidence against the
Defendant or any of several Defendants is not sufficient to justify the
continuation of the trial, record a finding of no prima-facie case and;

i- after the prosecution’s reply in respect of the Defendant’s No Case
Submission,

ii- without calling on the defendant or defendants to enter his or their Defence and;

iii- the Defendant(s) shall accordingly be discharged and the Court shall
then call on the remaining Defendant(s), if any, to enter his or their
Defence.

2. Where the Defendant or any of the Defendants intends to file a no case
submission at the conclusion of the Prosecution’s case, he shall file same not
later than Seven (7) days from the date of conclusion of the Prosecution’s
case.

3. Upon being served with the Defendant’s No Case Submission, the
Prosecution shall not later than Seven (7) days from the date of receipt
thereof file a reply to the Defendant’s No Case Submission.

4. The Defendant shall upon being served with the Prosecution’s reply to the
Defendant’s No Case Submission, file a Reply on Points of Law only, if
necessary not later than Seven (7) days from the date of receipt of the
Prosecution’s reply to the No Case Submission.

NO CASE SUBMISSION
ORDER 18:

1. Where a Defendant who has been granted bail by the court and who had
due notice of his trial date, fails to attend his trial without reasonable
explanation on at least two consecutive adjournments, the Court may
continue the trial in his absence.

2. Neither the seriousness of the offence charged nor the severity of the
punishment if convicted shall be a bar to the Court proceeding with the trial in
the Defendant’s absence.

3. Where the Defendant is tried and convicted in absentia, the Court shall not
impose a sentence until the convict is presented before the court.

TRIAL IN ABSENTIA
ORDER 19:

1. The Court shall have the power to:

i. order for the filing of Written Addresses in any case; and

ii. dispense with the filing of Written Addresses where the interest of
justice so demands.

2. Where the Defendant(s) call evidence, he/they shall within Twenty-One (21) days after the close of evidence file a written address.

3. Where the Defendant(s) do not call evidence, he/they shall within fourteen
(14) days after the close of evidence file a Written Address.

4. Upon being served with the Defendant or Defendants written address, the prosecution shall, within Twenty-One (21) days, file its Reply Address.

5. The Defendant or Defendants shall:

a. have aright of Reply on Points of Law only; and

b. file the Reply on Points of Law within Seven (7) days after service of
the Prosecution’s Address.

6. The Judge may guide counsel on the volume or limit of their Address.

7. An oral argument of not more than ten minutes shall be allowed for each
party.

8. Where a Final Written Address or Written Address in respect of any
application under these Rules has been filed and it comes up for adoption and
either of the parties is absent, the Court shall either on its own motion or upon
oral application by the Counsel for the party present, Order that the Address
be deemed adopted if it is satisfied that the parties had notice of the date for
adoption.

9. The Court shall be satisfied that, the absentee party had notice of the date
for adoption if on the previous date last given the party or his Counsel was
present in Court.

FILING OF WRITTEN ADDRESSES
ORDER 20:

1. An application for the transfer of a case shall not act as a Stay of
Proceedings unless the Chief Judge otherwise directs.

2. If evidence is taken in a case, the Chief Judge shall not transfer the
case to another court.

TRANSFER OF CASES
ORDER 21:

1. An application for Stay of Proceedings in respect of a criminal case before
the Court shall not be entertained, except for the purpose of determination of
an application bordering on jurisdiction of the Court.

STAY OF PROCEEDINGS
ORDER 22:

1. Where Court orders that notices be served on parties, such notices may be served
i. through electronic mail or any other means of electronic
communication; and,

ii. provided such notice is given at least Forty-Eight (48) hours before
the next scheduled court hearing.

2. Counsel and unrepresented parties shall furnish the Court Registrar with
their primary and secondary phone numbers, email addresses and other electronic/virtual platform accounts agreed by the parties at their first
appearance in Court and shall endorse same on all processes presented for
filing.

NOTICES
ORDER 23:

1. Where in these Rules or in the Law, any application is authorised to be
made to the Court, it shall be by Motion and supported by an Affidavit, stating
the rule or enactment under which the application is brought.

2. Every Application shall be accompanied by a Written Address.

3. Where the other party intends to oppose the Application, he shall within
Seven (7) days of the service on him of such Application, file his Written
Address and may accompany it with a counter affidavit.

4. The Applicant may within Five (5) days of being served with the Written
Address of the opposing party file and serve an Address in Reply on Points of
Law with or without an Affidavit.

5. No Application shall be served on the other party on the date scheduled for
hearing.

6. Unless the court grants special leave to the contrary, there must be at least
Two (2) clear days between the service of the Motion on Notice and the day
the case is set for hearing.

7. The filing and service of an application shall not be a reason for not
proceeding with the trial as scheduled.

8. Every Written Address under this Order shall not exceed Twenty (20) pages,
except where the court otherwise directs.

9. Every Reply on Points of Law under this Order shall not exceed Ten (10)
pages except where the court otherwise directs.

MOTIONS AND OTHER APPLICATIONS
ORDER 24:

1. The Chief Judge may inaugurate a Committee of the Kaduna State
Administration of Criminal Justice Monitoring Committee to review from time
to time, Case Management Practices in the Court with the aim of improving
efficiency and reducing backlog of cases on the courts’ dockets.

2. The Committee under the preceding paragraph shall make
recommendations to the Chief Judge and take such measures subject to the
approval of the Chief Judge to expedite trials, clear backlogs on the docket
and decongest the court’s case load.

3. At least a day in, every week shall be declared a call-over day, for mentioning cases, and all other days shall be set aside for hearing of evidence
only.

DECLOGGING OF COURT
ORDER 25:

1. The plea bargain hearing shall commence pursuant to Section 269(4) of the
Law and Schedule Two of these Rules where the Prosecutor, the Defendant or
his legal representative enter into a plea bargain agreement.

PLEA BARGAINING
ORDER 26:

1. Judges, Magistrates, Alkalis and Judges of the Customary Court shall take
firm control of the daily business of the court and ensure that Counsel
conduct the business of the Court with professional decorum and avoid any
act, which is either an abuse of the justice system or is aimed at causing
delay or truncating the course of justice.

2. In investigating a Petition made against a Judge, the Chief Judge shall
ensure that such Petition do not become a de facto Stay of Proceedings.

3. The Chief Registrar shall take concrete and identifiable steps towards
improving the efficiency of the Registrars and Bailiffs, whose activities shall
be reviewed periodically.

4. The Chief Registrar shall inquire into reports or allegations made against
any Registrar or Bailiff and report acts of misconduct to the Chief Judge.

CONDUCT OF COUNSEL AND THE COURT
ORDER 27:

1. Judges, Magistrates, Alkalis, Judges of the Customary Court and the
Ministry of Justice shall commit to the strict adherence and implementation
of the data and management policy in Schedule Seven to these Rules.

2. The heads of institutions shall ensure that their subordinates maintain
accountable practices across their case management system processes in
compliance with the Law and core values set out in the policy schedule.

3. The data management mechanism of each institution should ensure
accuracy of records online and offline, regularly updated, timeline strictly
adhered to and protection of data are safeguarded at all relevant times by
designated officers.

4. The personnel from the Case Management Units at all levels of each
institution shall at micro level ensure adherence to the data use standards,
data protection and privacy, system security, including taking necessary
precautions to protect passwords, physical and cloud system infrastructure,
and reports generated by the system.

DATA GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT
ORDER 28:

1. The High Court shall ensure that its record keeping practices comply with
all legal and regulatory requirements.

2.The High Court shall, so far as is practicable seek to comply with
professional standards and codes of practice including the international
standard on records management and other codes of practice and guidance
material issued by relevant authorities.

3. The Courts’ records and information will comply with regulations and legal
requirements, including making information accessible to others as necessary,
as well as protecting information from inappropriate or unauthorized access.

4. The Court shall maintain a Data Protection Policy which governs how
records containing personal data should be handled, which policy shall be the
first point of reference for those with enquiries on any aspect of information
management.

5. The policy guidelines contained in Schedule Six to these Rules shall be
applicable in all cases.

COURTS RECORDS MANAGEMENT
ORDER 29:

1. Aperson who is dissatisfied with the service provided by a criminal justice
agency may make a complaint to the relevant agency which ought to
deliver the service.

2. The complaint must be made in writing and must set out the reasons for
dissatisfaction.

3. The agency shall investigate the complaint and provide the complainant
with a written response within a stated timeline.

4. If the complainant is not satisfied with the response of the agency, he may
appeal to the Kaduna State Administration of Criminal Justice Monitoring
Committee

5. Thecomplaint mechanism shall be impartial, independent, transparent and
accountable.

6. The complaint process shall be in accordance with the Criminal Justice
Service Charter in Schedule 9 attached to these Rules.

JUSTICE SERVICE COMPLAINT MECHANISM
ORDER 30:

1.
The Ministry of Justice, Nigeria Police Force and Nigeria Correctional
Services shall, in consultation with the relevant stakeholders, establish a
framework for coordination amongst the stakeholders in the criminal justice system

2.
The framework shall ensure that the stakeholders work effectively and
efficiently towards the timely investigation and prosecution of criminal trials

3. The coordination and cooperation framework shall be subscribed to by
the Ministry of Justice, Nigeria Police Force Kaduna State Command, and the
Nigeria Correctional Service Kaduna State Command, and serve as a referral
tool for other law enforcement agencies with arresting, investigative and
prosecutorial powers in the state not expressly stated in the framework.

4. The framework for coordination and cooperation amongst criminal
justice agencies is provided in the Standard Operating Procedure annexed
herein as Schedule 8 to these Rules.

COORDINATION AMONGST STAKEHOLDERS IN THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEMS
ORDER 31:

1. Where a Counsel breaches or encourages his client to breach any provision
of these Rules, the Court may:

(a) award reasonable costs against the Counsel personally and such
costs shall be recoverable as a fine and no Counsel with an unpaid fine
shall present any process for filing before any Court in the State.;

(b) recommend such Counsel to the Legal Practitioners’ Disciplinary
Committee for disciplinary measures in respect of actions constituting
misconducts under the Rules of Professional Conduct 2007;

(c) in the case of a Law Officer or other Prosecutor, recommend such
Counsel to the appropriate prosecuting authority for disciplinary action
under the Code of Conduct for Prosecutors or Public Service Rules;
and

(d) Without prejudice to the foregoing, at the end of proceedings, record in
writing the misconduct of such Counsel, in the Judgement or Ruling of the Court.

2. Where a Defendant breaches any provision of these Rules or conducts
himself in a manner aimed or tending to frustrate the judicial proceedings and
objectives of these Rules, the Court may:

a. award reasonable costs against the Defendant and such costs shall be
recoverable as a fine; and

b. Where the Defendant is convicted, consider such misconduct during
sentencing, in accordance with the Sentencing Guidelines.
3. Where an Officer of the court breaches any provision of these Rules or
conducts himself in a manner aimed or tending to frustrate the judicial
proceedings and objectives of these Rules, such Officer of court shall be
madeto face disciplinary action in line with the extant Judicial Service Rules.

SANCTIONS
ORDER 32:

These Rules may be cited as the KADUNA STATE ADMINISTRATION OF
CRIMINAL JUSTICE RULES, 2024.

—————————————————-
(Honourable Justice
Muhammad Tukur Mu’azu Aliyu)
Honorable Chief Judge Kaduna State.

CITATION
SCHEDULE ONE:CASE MANAGEMENT FORM



i. This form is pursuant to Administration of Criminal Justice Rules of Kaduna State 2024.

ii. Counsel shall ensure that they are present in Court and ready to
proceed with their cases at all times and shall comply with the
provisions of this
Rules.

iii. All parties in any of the cases, to which the Rules apply, shall complete
this Form.

iv. The Form shall as far as practicable be completed before the
Defendant is arraigned.

v. In compliance with the Rules, immediately after arraignment, Case Management Hearing shall be conducted using this Form.

vi. The Prosecutor shall complete the form and forward to the Defence
prior to arraignment.

vii. The Prosecutor, the Defendant in person if not represented and the
Judge shall sign the Form and each of the parties shall be given a copy.

viii. An identical copy is to be kept in the Court’s file.


Preparation for Trial

This Form:

i. documents about the case that the Court will need to arrange for trial
pursuant to the objectives of the Rules and

ii. Records the Court’s directions.

After the court gives directions for trial, if:

i. Information about the case changes, or

ii. Any of the parties think another direction is needed; such party must inform the court at once.

If the Defendant pleads not guilty:

i. the prosecutor shall complete Parts 1 and 3;

ii. the Defendant shall complete Parts 2 and 3;

iii. the court will record directions in Parts 3 and 4;

iv. the prosecutor shall fill the form first, then file and serve a completed
copy on the Defendant.

NB: Attach extra sheets if required. The electronic version of the form will
expand. There is a list of case preparation time limits on subsequent pages.

Applicability:

This Form shall be completed in cases where case management proceedings
were adopted by a Magistrate Court, Shari’a Court, Customary Court and the High Court or in any case as may otherwise be ordered by the Honorable Chief
Judge.

Case Management Information (Tick/Fill as appropriate)

PART1: to be completed by the prosecutor

Name of Defendant (Alias): ………………………………………………………

Case Number for reference: …………………………………………………………

Offence(s):
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Is the Defendant on Bail: Yes/No

Is the Defendant in Custody (If Yes, Where): Yes/No
…………………………………………………………………………………………

Date of the first hearing:

……………………………………………………………

Prosecution contact details:
…………………………………………………………

Prosecuting Authority:

………………………………………………………………

Office Phone:

………………………………………………………………………….

Email:

……………………………………………………………………………….

Is the investigation complete? Yes/ No:

Does the prosecution hereby give an undertaking that witnesses and evidence
to be relied on will be available when required: Yes/ No

Has the prosecutor/Investigator served the defendant or legal
representative(s), copies of all statements, evidence, documentary exhibits
and other material it intends to rely on (the proof or evidence: Yes/No (if
Yes, give brief details
No,
why):
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Does the prosecutor intend to serve more evidence on the defendant and on
the Court: Yes/No (if Yes, give brief details)?

Will the prosecution rely on:

i. Defendant’s Statement in Interview: Yes/No

ii. Expert/Hearsay/Forensic or Technical Evidence: Yes/No

iii. CCTV: Yes/No

iv. Electronically Recorded Evidence: Yes/No

What equipment or device will be needed in the trial courtroom? (Tape / DVD player, Flip chart, Table, etc.)?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………

Application for Directions

Does the Prosecutor want the Court to give any Directions or specify time limits: Yes/No(If Yes, give details)?

Does the Prosecutor want the Court to make any other Direction or Orders: Yes/No (If Yes, give details)?

Part2: to be completed by Defendant or Defendant’s legal representative.

Defendant’s Contact Details:

……………………………………………………

Address:

……………………………………………………………………………

Phone:

………………………………………………………………………………

Mobile:

………………………………………………………………………………

Email:

………………………………………………………………………………

Defendant’s representative(s)* (if applicable).
Enter names and details of all counsel in the firm instructed to represent the
Defendants).

Please continue on another/sheet if required.

*Where there are
multiple counsel representing a Defendant, they are all
taken to have requisite professional experience and knowledge of the issues before the court and be sufficiently competent and prepared to diligently conduct the case when called upon to do so*.

Solicitor/Counsel: …………………………………………………………………

Address:

…………………………………………………………………………….

Phone:

…………………………………………………………………………………

Mobile:

…………………………………………………………………………………

Email:

………………………………………………………………………………

Defendant’s Representative to Complete: Legal Aid/Applied for/Privately Funded

Preliminary Objectios and Interlocutory applications

Does the Defendant intend to:

i. Raise preliminary objections challenging the jurisdiction of the Court to hear the case? Yes/No

ii. File any interlocutory application?
Yes/No

Partial or Different Guilty Plea

i. If more than one offence is alleged, does the Defendant want to plead

ii. guilty to any of them (If yes, which offence(s):Yes/No
…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………..

Does the Defendant propose an alternative way of disposing of or
settling the case (If yes, what is proposed?):Yes/No
………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………..

iii. Does the Defendant want to plead guilty, but not on the facts alleged:
Yes/No(If yes,
what is proposed?)
…………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………

iv. Does the Defendant want to plead guilty, but to a different offence?
Yes/No (If yes, what is proposed?):

………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………

Case Management Information

Counsel shall consider and comply with Rules of Professional Conduct 2007
(Rules: 15, 30, 32 and 37(3)). Tick as appropriate which of the following is
agreed to.

i. Was the Defendant arrested lawfully? Yes/No
………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………

ii. Fingerprint Yes/No (If not agreed, explain what is in dispute)
…………………………………………………………………………………

iii. DNA evidence: Yes/No (If not agreed, explain what is in dispute)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………

iv. Identification and/or continuity of other scientific evidence: Yes/No (If
not agreed, explain what is in dispute):

……………………………………

v. Exhibits and samples were collected and delivered as stated i.e.
continuity of custody is agreed: Yes/No (If not agreed, explain what is
in dispute)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………….

vi. Is the Defendant’s statement(s) in interview as written or recorded
agreed? Yes/No (If not agreed, explain what is in dispute and why)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………
vii. Other facts or issues and/or other aspects of the prosecution case
which are AGREED must be in written form (Give
details):

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………….

viii. Have you set out or attached a written admission of all agreed facts?
Yes/No? (If no, explain why):
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………….

ix. What are the DISPUTED issues of fact or law for
trial?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………

x. Have the Defendant(s) specified in writing the defense it intends to
raise at trial?
Yes/No Defendant(s) to specify in writing what points of
admissibility or other evidential issues are to be taken at trial:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………….
xi. Application for Directions:

● Does the Defendant require the court to give any directions or
specify time limits? Yes/No (If yes, give details)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………

● Does the Defendant want the court to make any other direction or
Order: Yes/No?(If yes, give details):

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Part 3: to be completed first by Prosecutor, then the Defendant(s) or
representative and then Court
Prosecution witnesses- Names and Identity of Witnesses shall not be
Disclosed Where Special Measures apply or Witness Protection Measures are
Applied for. In such Circumstance Mark As “X”, “Y” E.T.C]

Prosecutor to complete:

Name of witness:
Under 18:Yes/No
Attendance proposed:

Defendants to complete Can the evidence be agreed and read to the Court? Yes/No
If no, what disputed issue in the case makes it necessary for the witness to
give evidence in person?…………………….……………………………………….

For the Court?

Attendance justified

Prosecutor to Complete (If yes, give details)

Does the prosecutor require special measures or witness protection for a
witness? Yes/No

Does any witness need an interpreter? Yes/No (If yes, in what language?)
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………

Defence Witnesses
Defendant to complete
Is the Defendant likely to give evidence? Yes/No
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………….

How many other defense witnesses are likely to give evidence in person?
…………………………………………………………………………………………

Does the Defendant require Special Measures to assist a defense witness?
Yes/No(If yes, give details)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

Will the Defendant or any defense witness require an interpreter? Yes/No(If
yes, in what language?)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Signatures
Prosecution Signed:

…………………………………………

Date:

…………………………………………….
Defendant/Defendant’s Counsel Signed:

…………………………………………

Date:

…………………………………………

Part 4: Court Directions for Trial
The prosecution must serve copies of the evidence and other materials it
intends to rely on. The prosecution must serve any further evidence or
material identified
The court expects those prosecution witnesses to give evidence in person
whose names it has listed above. The court expects the evidence of other prosecution witnesses listed above to
be read. Witness (summons/subpoena) granted for the following witness(es):
Name: …………………………………………

Interpreter in language: ………………………………………

For: …………………………………………

Arranged by: specific court prosecution or defense:
Prosecution witnesses: ………………………………………

Defendant: …………………………………………

Defence witness(es): ………………………………………………………………

Evidence by live link: Yes/No
Evidence in private: Yes/No
Video recorded interview as evidence in chief: Yes/No

Other arrangements for Defendant or witnesses (specify):

Standard case preparation time limits apply as follows: ……………………………………………………………………………………

Other directions:

Arrangements for hearing

Trial Date:

Time:

Court:

Time estimate:

A detailed trial timetable may be required

Name of Judge……..

Signed:

CHARGE/PARTICULARS
YEARS/MONTHS, MINIMUM/MAXIMUM
PREVIOUS CONVICTION
YEARS/MONTHS, MINIMUM/MAXIMUM
TOTAL MAXIMUM TIME
CONSEQUENCES OF MY PLEA

Guilty Plea

I understand that if I plead guilty, I will be convicted, and my plea could be
used against me in a civil case.

Community Service

I understand that if I am sentenced to community service:

a. IF I abscond or the court tolls my supervision, the total time of my
community service can be extended; and

b. IF I violate any of the terms or conditions of my community service, I can
be sentenced to correctional facility for up to 180 days for each violation.

Effect of Conviction on Other Cases

I understand that a conviction in this case may constitute a violation of any
other current grant of community service, or probation in any other case and
that I may receive additional punishment as a result of that violation.

Registration

I understand that I may be required to register with the local police division in
the State in which I reside as an offender/sex offender (this registration is a
lifelong requirement), a gang member and that if I fail to register or to keep
my registration current for any reason, new criminal charges may be filed
against me.

Prints and DNA Samples

I understand that I must provide biological samples and prints for
identification purposes including buccal (mouth) swab samples, right thumb
prints, palm prints of each hand, and blood specimens or other biological
samples required by law-and that failure to do so constitutes another criminal
offense.

Serious or Violent Felony

I understand that by pleading guilty or no contest to a serious or violent felony, the penalty for any future felony conviction will be increased as a result of my
conviction in this case.

PLEA FORM FOR COURT USE ONLY

KADUNA STATE OF NIGERIA

CHARGE NUMBER:

JUDICIAL DIVISION:

MAGISTERIAL DISTRICT:

THE STATE/COMMISSIONER OF POLICE v. DEFENDANT(s):

Instructions:

a. Fill out this form if you want to plead guilty or not guilty

b. Read this form carefully. For each item, if you understand and agree
with what you read, put your initials in the box to the right of the item. For any item that does not apply to you or that you do not understand, leave the box blank.

c. On page 6, sign and date the form under “DEFENDANTS(s)
STATEMENT.

d. Keep in mind that the court cannot give legal advice. If you have any
questions about anything in this form, ask your counsel.

1. CHARGES AND MAXIMUM TERM.

I want to plead guilty or not guilty to the charges and allegations listed below.

I understand that the minimum and maximum penalties for the charges to
which I am pleading guilty or not guilty are listed below

Prior Custodial Term

I understand that if 1 am sentenced to any correctional custodial facility, the
penalty for any future felony conviction may be increased as a result of my
incarceration in this case.

Right To Counsel

I understand that I have the right to a counsel of my choice to represent me
throughout the proceedings. If I cannot afford to hire a counsel, the Court will
appoint one to represent me. I hereby give up my right to be represented by a
counsel.

Other Constitutional Rights

I understand that I am entitled to each of the following rights as to the charges listed in item 1

i. Right to a Court Trial

I understand that, have a right to a speedy and public trial. At the trial, I
would be presumed to be innocent, and I could not be convicted unless, after hearing all of the evidence, the judge is convinced beyond a
reasonable doubt that I am guilty.

ii. Right to Confront and Cross-Examine Witnesses

I understand that I have the right to confront and cross-examine all
witnesses testifying against me. This means that the prosecution must produce the witnesses in court, they must testify under oath in my
presence, and my counsel may question them.

iii. Right to Remain Silent and not to Incriminate Myself

I understand that I have the right to remain silent, and my silence
cannot be considered as evidence against me. I understand that I also
have the right not to incriminate myself, and I cannot be forced to
testify.

iv. Right to Produce Evidence and to Present a Defence
I understand that I have a right to present evidence and to have the
court issue subpoenas to bring to court all witnesses and evidence
favorable to me, at no cost to me. I also have the right to testify on my
own behalf.

BEFORE THE PLEA

Discussion with My Counsel

Before entering this plea, I have had a full opportunity to discuss the following
with my counsel regarding:

a. the facts of my case;

b. the elements of the charged offenses, prior convictions, enhancements, and special allegations;

c. any defense that I may have;

d. my constitutional and statutory rights, and waiver of those rights;

e. the consequences of this plea, including the immigration
consequences; and

f. anything else I think is important to my case.

Questions

I have no further questions of the Court or of my counsel with regard to my
plea and admissions in this case, any of the rights, or anything else on this
form.

Medications or Controlled Substances

I am not taking any medication that affects my ability to understand this form
and the consequences of my plea.

I have not recently consumed any alcohol
or drugs, and am not suffering from any medical condition, except for the
following: ……………………………………………
……………………………………………
……………………………………………
……………………………………………

THE PLEA

I offer my plea freely and voluntarily with full understanding of everything in
this Form.
Except as listed in this Form, no one has made any promises, made any threats, or used any force against either me, my family or my loved ones in
order to convince me to make my plea.
I understand that the court is required to find a factual basis for my plea to
make sure that I am entering a plea to the proper offenses under the facts of
the case.
I freely and voluntarily plead GUILTY/NOT GUILTY to the charges listed on
page 1 and admit the allegations listed on page 1, understanding that this
plea and admission will lead to the penalties listed on pages 1 and 2.

AFTER THE PLEA

Surrender

I understand that the court is allowing me to surrender at a later date to begin
serving time in custody. I agree that if I fail to appear on the date set for
surrender or sentencing without a legal excuse, my plea will become an “open
plea” to the court, I will not be allowed to withdraw my plea, and I may be
sentenced up to the maximum allowed by law.

Sentencing Court
I understand that I have the right to be sentenced by the same judge or
commissioner who takes my plea. I give up that right and agree that any judge
or commissioner may sentence me.

Sentencing Date

I understand, that l has the right to be sentenced within 20 Court days. I give
up that right and agree to be sentenced at a later date.

DEFENDANT’S(s) STATEMENT

I have read or have had read to me this Form and have marked each of the
items that applies to my case. If I have a counsel and I have discussed each item with my counsel. I am indicating that I understand and agree with what is stated in each item. The nature of the charges, possible defence and effects of any prior
convictions have been explained to me. I understand each of the rights outlined above, and I give up each of them to
enter my plea. Defendant Signature: ……………………………………………

Date: ……………………………………………

COUNSEL’S STATEMENT

I am the Counsel on record for the Defendant(s). I have reviewed this form
with my client. I have explained each of the items in the form, including the defendant’s
constitutional and statutory rights to the defendant and have answered all of
his or her questions with regard to those rights and the other items in this
form. I have also discussed the facts of the case with the defendant(s) and have explained the nature and elements of each charge any possible defence to the
charges; the effect of any prior convictions and the consequences of the plea. I concur with the plea and admissions, and join in the waiver of the
defendant’s(s) constitutional and statutory rights, and I hereby stipulate that
there is a factual basis for the plea. Counsel’s Signature: ……………………………………………

Date: ……………………………………………

INTERPRETER’S STATEMENT

(Specify language below)

I, having been duly sworn or having a written oath on file, I certify that I truly
translated this form to the Defendant(s) in the language he understands as
noted below.
The Defendant(s) stated that he or she understood the contents on the form
and signed the form.

Language: ………………………………………………………………………

INTERPRETER’S NAME: …………………………………………………….

INTERPRETER’S SIGNATURE: ……………………………………………

DATE: ………………………………………………………………………….

PROSECUTOR’S STATEMENT

I have read this form and understand the terms. PROSECUTOR’S NAME: ……………………………………………………

SIGNATURE: …………………………………………………………………

DATE: ………………………………………………………………………….

COURT’S FINDINGS AND ORDER.

The court, having reviewed this form (and any addenda), and having orally
examined the defendant(s), finds as follows:

a. The defendant has read or has had read to him and understands each
of the item in this form.

b. The defendant understands the nature of the crimes and allegations
against him and the consequences of his plea and any admission(s).

c. The defendant(s)’s plea, admission(s), and waiver of right(s) are made
freely and voluntarily.

d. A factual basis exists for the plea and admission(s).

e. The court accepts the defendant’s(s) plea. It is ordered that this document be filed with the court’s records of this case
and that the defendant’s(s) plea, admission(s), and waiver of right(s) be
accepted and entered in the minutes of this court.

Additional Findings and/or Orders if any: …………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

JUDGE’S/MAGISTRATE’S/ALKALI’S NAME: ………………………………

SIGNATURE: ……………………………………………

DATE: ……………………………………………

SCHEDULE TWO: PLEA BARGAIN AGREEMENT

i. This plea bargain agreement shall be in writing.

ii. All parties shall complete this form as far as is practicable in
compliance with the Rules, immediately after the plea bargain
agreement is reached.

iii. The Judge/Magistrate/Alkali shall ensure that the Defendant(s) is
represented by Counsel throughout the plea bargain agreement
process.

iv. The Defendant(s) Counsel shall explain the terms of the agreement to
the Defendant including his constitutional and statutory rights and
answer all of his questions with regard to those rights before the
Defendant signs the form in agreement.

v. Each of the parties shall be given a completed and signed copy of this
agreement.

vi. The original copy is to be kept in the court’s file.

vii. The Attorney General and Commissioner for Justice Kaduna State
must endorse each plea bargain agreement before it is presented to
the Court.

viii. Plea Bargain Agreements shall not be entered in capital offences and
sexual offences.

PLEA BARGAIN AGREEMENT FORM
NAME: ………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

D.O.B: …………………………………………………………………………………

ADDRESS: ……………………………………………………………………………

………..…………………………………………………………………………………
CASE NO: ………………………………………

PURSUANT TO SECTION 269 OF THE KADUNA STATE ADMINISTRATION OF
CRIMINAL JUSTICE LAW 2017 AND ORDER 24 OF THE ADMINISTRATION
OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE RULES OF KADUNA STATE, 2024.

1. WHEREAS, the Defendant has been in the correctional custody and/or
arraigned since the ……… day of ……………….…, ………. for the alleged
offence(s) of:

(a) _______________________________________
(b) _______________________________________
(c) _______________________________________
(d) _______________________________________

2. The Defendant has willingly and without any form of coercion applied
to the Prosecution for a Plea Bargain, pursuant to Section 269 of The
Kaduna State Administration of Criminal Justice Law 2018.

3. The Defendant has read or have had read to him by his Counsel the
terms of this agreement and has been informed of his Constitutional
rights.

4. The Defendant understands the nature of the charge(s)against him and
the consequences of his plea and any admission(s) under this plea
bargain agreement.

5. The Defendant has met with the Victim (Victim’s Representative) of the
Alleged Crime and both parties have reconciled their differences.

6. The Defendant has been in detention since the ………… of ……………………………… to date and has shown sufficient remorse.

7. The Defendant shall perform restitution or compensation to the victim
or the victims’ family as follows:

a.…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….

b.………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

8. IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS PART OF THE PLEA BARGAIN THAT, the
Defendant having plead guilty to the offence(s) above stated in the interest of the public, the victim and the Defendant shall be charged
and convicted for the lesser offence(s) of:

a._______________________________________

b.______________________________________

c._______________________________________

d._______________________________________

9. WHEREOF; the parties hereby set their hands and seal, the day and year
herein written:

Dated this ………. day of ………………, 2024.

Jurat

I certify that this agreement has been correctly read and interpreted by me
from English language to___________________ language to the Defendant and I
affix my signature/thumbprint hereunder:

Name of Interpreter: …………………………….…

Signature: ………………………………….…………

Date: ……………………………………………………….

______________________
Defendant’s Signature & Name

—————————————- Victim/Victim’s Representative
Signature & Name

_________________________
(Defence Counsel’s Signature &Name)

……………………………
Director of Public Prosecutions

……………………………
Hon. Attorney General and Commissioner or Justice

SCHEDULE THREE: VIRTUAL HEARING FORM

Case Number: …………………………………………….

Name of Court: ……………………………………………

Name of Party Requesting Virtual Hearing: ……………………………………

Date: ………………………………………………….

1. I/We, the undersigned, hereby request that the hearing in the above- captioned case be conducted virtually.

2. The following documents are attached to this form:

a. A copy of the charge or information;

b. A copy of the Court order granting bail to the accused person, if
applicable;

c. A copy of the witness list;

d. A copy of the list of exhibits;

e. A statement of the reasons why the party is requesting a virtual
hearing;

f. A copy of the proposed virtual hearing plan.

3. The reasons why the party is requesting a virtual hearing are as

follows:

a. The accused person is in custody and cannot travel to the Court for
the hearing:

b. The witnesses are unable to travel to the Court for the hearing;

c. The parties agree that the hearing should be conducted virtually;
and

d. The Court has the necessary facilities to conduct a virtual hearing.

4. The proposed virtual hearing plan is as follows:

a. The hearing will be conducted using the Zoom video conferencing
platform;

b. The hearing will be scheduled for [date and time];


c. The participants in the hearing will be the Court, the parties, and the
witnesses;

d. The technical requirements for the hearing are as follows:

i. the Court will provide the video conferencing link to the parties;

ii. the parties will ensure that they have access to the video
conferencing platform;

iii. the witnesses will be provided with the video conferencing link by
the parties; and

iv. the witnesses will ensure that they have access to the video
conferencing platform and that they have a working microphone
and webcam.

I/We understand that the Court may grant or deny my/our request for a virtual
hearing.

I/We agree to abide by the Court’s decision on my/our request for a virtual
hearing.

[Signature of Party Requesting Virtual Hearing] ………………………………
[Date]………………………………………………………………………………….

CASE MANAGEMENT FORM
SCHEDULE TWO:PLEA BARGAIN AGREEMENT

i. This plea bargain agreement shall be in writing.

ii. All parties shall complete this form as far as is practicable in
compliance with the Rules, immediately after the plea bargain
agreement is reached.

iii. The Judge/Magistrate/Alkali shall ensure that the Defendant(s) is
represented by Counsel throughout the plea bargain agreement
process.

iv. The Defendant(s) Counsel shall explain the terms of the agreement to
the Defendant including his constitutional and statutory rights and
answer all of his questions with regard to those rights before the
Defendant signs the form in agreement.

v. Each of the parties shall be given a completed and signed copy of this
agreement.

vi. The original copy is to be kept in the court’s file.

vii. The Attorney General and Commissioner for Justice Kaduna State
must endorse each plea bargain agreement before it is presented to
the Court.

viii. Plea Bargain Agreements shall not be entered in capital offences and
sexual offences.

PLEA BARGAIN AGREEMENT FORM
NAME: ………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

D.O.B: …………………………………………………………………………………

ADDRESS: ……………………………………………………………………………

………..…………………………………………………………………………………
CASE NO: ………………………………………

PURSUANT TO SECTION 269 OF THE KADUNA STATE ADMINISTRATION OF
CRIMINAL JUSTICE LAW 2017 AND ORDER 24 OF THE ADMINISTRATION
OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE RULES OF KADUNA STATE, 2024.

1. WHEREAS, the Defendant has been in the correctional custody and/or
arraigned since the ……… day of ……………….…, ………. for the alleged
offence(s) of:

(a) _______________________________________
(b) _______________________________________
(c) _______________________________________
(d) _______________________________________

2. The Defendant has willingly and without any form of coercion applied
to the Prosecution for a Plea Bargain, pursuant to Section 269 of The
Kaduna State Administration of Criminal Justice Law 2018.

3. The Defendant has read or have had read to him by his Counsel the
terms of this agreement and has been informed of his Constitutional
rights.

4. The Defendant understands the nature of the charge(s)against him and
the consequences of his plea and any admission(s) under this plea
bargain agreement.

5. The Defendant has met with the Victim (Victim’s Representative) of the
Alleged Crime and both parties have reconciled their differences.

6. The Defendant has been in detention since the ………… of ……………………………… to date and has shown sufficient remorse.

7. The Defendant shall perform restitution or compensation to the victim
or the victims’ family as follows:

a.…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….

b.………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

8. IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS PART OF THE PLEA BARGAIN THAT, the
Defendant having plead guilty to the offence(s) above stated in the interest of the public, the victim and the Defendant shall be charged
and convicted for the lesser offence(s) of:

a._______________________________________

b.______________________________________

c._______________________________________

d._______________________________________

9. WHEREOF; the parties hereby set their hands and seal, the day and year
herein written:

Dated this ………. day of ………………, 2024.

Jurat

I certify that this agreement has been correctly read and interpreted by me
from English language to___________________ language to the Defendant and I
affix my signature/thumbprint hereunder:

Name of Interpreter: …………………………….…

Signature: ………………………………….…………

Date: ……………………………………………………….

______________________
Defendant’s Signature & Name

—————————————-
Victim/Victim’s Representative Signature & Name

_________________________
(Defence Counsel’s Signature &Name)

……………………………
Director of Public Prosecutions

……………………………
Hon. Attorney General and Commissioner or Justice

PLEA BARGAIN AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE THREE:VIRTUAL HEARING FORM

Case Number: …………………………………………….

Name of Court: ……………………………………………

Name of Party Requesting Virtual Hearing: ……………………………………

Date: ………………………………………………….

1. I/We, the undersigned, hereby request that the hearing in the above- captioned case be conducted virtually.

2. The following documents are attached to this form:

a. A copy of the charge or information;

b. A copy of the Court order granting bail to the accused person, if
applicable;

c. A copy of the witness list;

d. A copy of the list of exhibits;

e. A statement of the reasons why the party is requesting a virtual
hearing;

f. A copy of the proposed virtual hearing plan.

3. The reasons why the party is requesting a virtual hearing are as

follows:

a. The accused person is in custody and cannot travel to the Court for
the hearing:

b. The witnesses are unable to travel to the Court for the hearing;

c. The parties agree that the hearing should be conducted virtually;
and

d. The Court has the necessary facilities to conduct a virtual hearing.

4. The proposed virtual hearing plan is as follows:

a. The hearing will be conducted using the Zoom video conferencing
platform;

b. The hearing will be scheduled for [date and time];


c. The participants in the hearing will be the Court, the parties, and the
witnesses;

d. The technical requirements for the hearing are as follows:

i. the Court will provide the video conferencing link to the parties;

ii. the parties will ensure that they have access to the video
conferencing platform;

iii. the witnesses will be provided with the video conferencing link by
the parties; and

iv. the witnesses will ensure that they have access to the video
conferencing platform and that they have a working microphone
and webcam.

I/We understand that the Court may grant or deny my/our request for a virtual
hearing.

I/We agree to abide by the Court’s decision on my/our request for a virtual
hearing.

[Signature of Party Requesting Virtual Hearing] ………………………………
[Date]………………………………………………………………………………….

VIRTUAL HEARING FORM
SCHEDULE FOUR: CASE PROGRESS REPORT

1. The Case Progress Report shall be filed by the parties not later than
Thirty (30) days before the scheduled date of trial.

2. The Case Progress Report shall contain the following information:

i. Case Number: …………………………………………….

ii. Name of Court: ……………………………………………

iii. Names of Parties: …………………………………………………

iv. Date: ………………………………………………….

v. The status of the case ……………………………….

vi. The progress made in the preparation for trial………………….

vii. Any outstanding issues that need to be addressed………………

viii. The date which the parties expect the trial to be concluded……

3.The Case Progress Report shall be signed by the parties and their coun

CASE PROGRESS REPORT
SCHEDULE FIVE: CASE CLOSURE REPORT

1. The Case Closure Report shall be filed by the parties not later than
Thirty (30) days after the conclusion of the trial.

2. The Case Closure Report shall contain the following information:

a. Case Number: …………………………………………….

b. Name of Court: ……………………………………………

c. Name of Parties: ……………………………………………

d. Date: …………………………………………………………

e. The outcome of the trial…………………………………

f. The sentence imposed, if any……………………………

g. Any outstanding issues that need to be addressed……………

h. The date by which the parties expect the case to be closed………

3. The Case Closure Report shall be signed by the parties and their counsel.

CASE CLOSURE REPORT
SCHEDULE SIX:RECORDS MANAGEMENT POLICY

1.0 Records Management Policy

1.1 Purpose and Context

1.1.1 The purpose of this policy is to ensure that the High Court’s records
are:

● appropriate to meet its judiciary needs and the needs of its
stakeholders;

● managed in an efficient and effective manner; and

● authentic, trustworthy, and accessible.

1.1.2 This policy clearly defines responsibility and accountability for
records and ensures that staff are provided with the resources, knowledge, skills, and procedures required to create and manage
authentic and reliable records.

1.1.2 This policy also ensures that the High Court’s recordkeeping
practices comply with legal and regulatory requirements. This
policy is subject to the provisions of the following legislation and
regulations.

1.1.2.1. Data Protection Act 2020, incorporating the GDPR

1.1.2.2 Freedom of Information Act 2011

1.1.2.3 Environmental Information Regulations 2011

1.1.2.4 Reuse of Public Sector Information Regulations 2011

1.1.3 This includes an obligation under the Freedom of Information Act
2011 (Code of Practice on the Management of Records) to have a
policy in operation for records management.

1.1.4 In addition, Judiciary functions and activities within the Magistrate, Shari’a, Customary and High Courts are also subject to legislation
or regulations, or to best practice and relevant ethical guidelines, that impact on recordkeeping. This includes, but is not limited to:

1.1.5.1 Personnel activities regulated by employment law;

1.1.5.2 The assurance of health and safety regulated by health and
safety legislation, and its guidelines.

1.1.6 The Courts will, so far as is practicable, also seek comply with professional standards and codes of practice including:

1.1.6.1.1 ISO 15489-1:2016, the international standard on records
management;

1.1.6.1.2 The Records Management Code of Practice for Health and Social
Care 2021; and

1.1.6.1.3 Other codes of practice and guidance material issued by the
Information Commissioner. The Courts will also work with other higher education institutions and
relevant public authorities with the aim of benefiting from best practice
experience in the area of Records Management.

1.2 Scope

1.2.0 This policy applies to (Court Filing, Archiving & Retriever Procedures):

▪ All records, in any format, created, received, or maintained
by staff of the institution in the course of carrying out their
Judiciary functions; this includes records held in digital and
paper format;

▪ All applications and systems used to create, manage and store
records; and

▪ All staff and affiliates who have access to Court records and
information.

▪ Records and documentation created in the course of practice, whether internally or externally, are also subject to contractual
recordkeeping requirements.

2.0 Introduction

2.1 The Court operates records management procedures and
practices to maintain, protect, retain, and dispose of records in
accordance with operational, legislative, regulatory, and historical
needs.

2.2 Records are defined as documents, information or data created, received, and maintained as evidence and information by the Court in
pursuit of its legal obligations and in the transaction of its business.

2.3 Records must comprise sufficient content, context, and structure to
provide evidence of the activity they relate to or come from. They will
contain information that is worthy of preservation in the short, medium, or long term. As such they must be appropriately managed throughout
their lifecycle.

2.4 The Court recognizes that good records management:

● Promotes efficiency and effectiveness – supporting
employees to easily find information needed in the
course of their work;

● Produces reliable and valuable information that is kept secure;

● Provides a clear audit trail of activity;

● Protects individuals and the Court – providing evidence of
people’s rights and entitlements and showing what the
Court did and why;

● Gives records a high value as evidence if they are needed in a
court of law;

● Reduces costs, particularly physical and virtual storage space – reducing duplication and helping staff not to keep any more
records than necessary and to know when records can be
destroyed; and

● Ensures that the Court’s corporate memory survives –
transferring historically significant records to the Court’s
Archive at the Records Centre.

3.0 Policy Statement

3.1 The Court will treat the information located in its records as a
valuable resource. Records will be managed to aid efficient
information retrieval, in order that they can be used as
effective sources of information. Records which are vital for
judiciary continuity will be identified.

3.2 All staff are responsible for recordkeeping, and records will
be created, maintained and disposed of in a consistent way
across the Court’s using the Court’s Retention and Disposal
Schedule.

3.3 The Court will maintain quality by keeping appropriately
complete, authentic, reliable, secure and accessible records
of what it does.

3.4 The Court will encourage staff to develop key information
management skills.

3.5 The Court’s records and information will comply with
regulations and legal requirements, including making
information accessible to others as necessary, as well as
protecting information from inappropriate or unauthorized
access.

4.0 Records Management Systems

4.1 The following principles apply to all systems which hold
the Court’s records, whether hard copy or electronic:

● The record is present. The Court has the information that is
needed to form a reconstruction of activities or transactions
that have taken place.

● The record is accessible. Information can be located, accessed and displayed in a way that is consistent with initial
use, and the current version is identified where multiple
versions exist.

● The record can be interpreted and the context of the record
can be established. It is clear who created the document and
when, during which process, and how the record is related to
other records.

● The record can be trusted. The record reliably represents the
information that was actually used in, or created by, the
judiciary process, and its integrity and authenticity can be
demonstrated.

● The record can be maintained through time. The qualities
of accessibility, interpretation and trustworthiness can be
maintained for as long as the record is needed, perhaps
permanently, even if the record is migrated to a newer
format or system.

● The record is only kept for as long as it is needed. No record
is kept beyond its retention period, unless there is a pressing
business need to retain it longer.

5.0 Responsibilities

5.1 The Court has a corporate responsibility to maintain its
records and recordkeeping systems in accordance with the
regulatory environment. The office with the overall
responsibility for this Policy is the Office of the Chief
Registrar of the State’s High Court on behalf of the State’s
Judiciary, which reports to the Chief Judge of the State’s
High Court. It is responsible for defining, approving, overseeing, and monitoring Information Management within
the Courts. It ensures that the appropriate policies, procedures, and roles are in place to enable compliance with
information legislation. It also has responsibility for the
dissemination of information, training and promotion of good
practice in relation to records management.

5.2 The Deputy Chief Registrars, Judges/Alkalis/Magistrates and
Lawyers within the Court system have overall responsibility
for the management of records generated by their activities
i.e., for ensuring that records controlled within their Courts or
services are managed in a way which meets the Court’s
Records Management policy.

5.3 The Court’s Records Management Custodian is
responsible for liaising with the Chief Registrar for
providing and regularly reviewing policy, procedure, guidance, support, and training to court clerks / registrar, and for the monitoring of standards.

5.4 All Court staff who create, receive, and use records have
records management responsibilities. Individual employees
must ensure that the judicial functions and activities for
which they are responsible are documented and recorded
appropriately. They must also ensure that the records they
create and for which they are responsible are:

● Fit for purpose;

● Accurate;

● Appropriately secure;

● Accessible in both the intellectual and physical sense
to those with a right to see them; and

● Maintained and disposed of in accordance with the
Court’s records management guidance of which the
Retention and Disposal Schedule forms a part.

5.5 The Chief Registrar has a particular responsibility in ensuring
that the Court corporately meets its legal responsibilities with
regards to information governance. The Freedom of
Information Officer co-ordinates the Court’s response to
requests for information, including disclosure of records under
the Act. The Data Governance Policy shall govern how records
containing personal data are handled. This policy should be
the first point of reference for those with questions about this
aspect of information governance.

6.0Dissemination

6.1 The Court’s Records Management representative in
liaison with the Chief Registrar will promote and assist
with the implementation of this policy. This will include:

● Providing ad hoc support, advice and guidance tailored to
individual needs;

● Maintaining a resources bank that staff can access;

● Providing training sessions via the Staff Development
program, including induction and refresher sessions;

● Developing and supporting the Court’s electronic
document and records management system;

● Providing advice and support on implementation.

of other systems holding Court’s records, where
required; and

● Monitoring compliance with this policy.

6.2 This policy will be held within the electronic document and
record management system and will be published on the
Court’s Policies and Procedures web page.

RECORDS MANAGEMENT POLICY
SCHEDULE SEVEN:
Data Governance and Management
Policy

Table of Contents

Overview of the Data Governance and Management Policy3

Scope of the Policy Framework 3

Core values/Principles 3

Definition of Terms 4

Policy and Practice Direction5

Judiciary Policy and Practice Directions/Time Standards 5

Ministry of Justice Policy and Practice Directions/Time Standards 5

Case Reception Checklist – Judiciary 5

Case Reception Checklist – Ministry of Justice 5

Data Management & Use6

Governance Structure 6

Overview of Roles 6

Data and Systems Ownership.6

Authorization for Data Change/Reviews and Usage 6

Data Security and Access7

Code of Conduct and Data User Policy7

Using Service Provider’s (Cloud Storage) 7

Physical Storage System8
Policy Ownership and Support 8

1.0. Overview of the Data Governance and Management Policy
The data governance and policy framework provide essential data use processes, infrastructure, ensuring data quality and privacy, data ownership, and user guidelines
for each of the affected users, including leaders and management, operational staff
at the Department of Public Prosecution (DPP) Ministry of Justice, Registry of the
Magistrate, Shari’a, Customary and High Courts.

1.1. Scope of the Policy Framework

The policy covers the activities and use of case data from case inception to case
closure, including the resulting performance data, reports, and overdue list of cases
(s), as well as other types of data sets and narratives that may be produced in the
course of the case management’s day-to-day activities, performance evaluation, and
processes that lead to the efficient administration of criminal justice. As a result, the policy applies to all Kaduna State Judiciary and Ministry of Justice workers, management, and leadership in relation to their institutions’ unique case
data and data/information either through the central case tracking system via digital
or manual platforms, among other likely/relevant ways.

1.2. Core Values/principles

The Kaduna State ministry of justice and judiciary commits to accountable practices
across their case management system processes in compliance with the
Administration of Criminal Justice Law 2017, institutions core policy and practice
directions and the following set of core values

1.2.1. Correct

That the case data inputted into the system is same to the information in the real
case file, and that the scanned case file connected to each case data is same to the
case data updated into the system. The institutions must implement methods to
ensure that case data is validated on a regular basis as a result of this.

1.2.2. Up to date
Ensure that case data is updated and uploaded into the digital case management
register on a regular basis. As cases are received and actions are done on each one
of the individual or group cases received and managed by the institution, this
includes ensuring that cases are updated, and scanned case files are put into the
register.

1.2.3. Accurate

That the system’s outputs, such as reports, performance data, overdue lists, and/or
any other type of outcome, accurately reflect the system’s information/case data as
of the date and time of production of such performance data/outputs.

1.2.4. Data Usage, Record Keeping and Evidence Management

That the institutions recognize that proper use of individual and group case data
(including evidence and exhibits data/details) from case capture, management, storage, use, and protection of case data in all formats supports, enhances, and
protects the interests of the institutions, suspects, victims, and other stakeholders
directly and indirectly involved in each case, and facilitates data-driven, informed
decision-making and efficient criminal justice administration.

Most significantly, the case management system (case data/register, physical and
electronic case files, exhibits and evidence management) is consistently maintained
and managed using techniques that assure accountability, sustainability, and
adherence to best practices.

2.0. Definition of Terms

This section of the data privacy and policy document provides the necessary
definitions, acronym, and descriptions of words used throughout the case
management system’s daily operations.

s/n Items Meaning

1 Case Management
System (CMS)

This comprises all procedures, workflows, case data and
case management registers, as well as the systems
architecture and tools that help/support case data
capture, data management, processing, and report
production, as well as data storage.

2 Case Management
Register (digital
CMR)

The digital case management register is a clone of the
existing manual case management register, which has
been examined and updated in some cases, for the goals
of facilitating case tracking, performance evaluation, and
assisting quick access to justice.

3 Case Files

The file folder where every case documents and details
are stored

4 Cloud Storage

An online warehouse/storage platform for storing digital
data/information across different formats

5 Criminal Process
Registry (Unit)

The department responsible for receiving, and processing
case files of cases received by the Magistrate, Shari’a, Customary and High courts before they are assigned to
specific courts.

6 Department of
Public Prosecution
Registry (DPP- Registry)

The department responsible for receiving cases files from
the police, processing of case files for legal
advice/opinion, assignment of prosecution, case
discharge and/or engaging the police for further
investigation.

7 Domain Name

The online web name of the case management system
that allows users to access the system regardless of
location through internet using assigned username and
password
Judiciary – wwwpsjudiciary.gov.ng
Ministry of Justice – www.psmoj.gov.ng

8 Data Quality

Data quality means an assessment about data’s fitness
for purpose in a particular context. Data quality
management means the processes in place to manage
the accuracy, validity, completeness, consistency and
timeliness of data

9 Evidence

Documents, items, or any other form of details
accompanying the case files that serves as evidence or
exhibit for the crime and filed alongside the case file.

10 Physical Data

Information and data set available in the case file/case
files and/or outputs (datasets) produced from the digital
register

11 Policy and Practice
Direction

Sets of duration/time standards that regulates and
measures cases progress as stipulated in the
Administration of Criminal Justice Law 2017, and these
Regulations

3.0. Policy and Practice Direction

A series of consultations with each of the institutions, as well as best practices
aligned with existing legal frameworks such as the Administration of Criminal Justice
Law2017, led to the following policy and practice directions in the form of
duration/time standards for delivering a specific set of activities/functions from case
reception to case closure, for the purposes of efficiency and effective use of
performance data to facilitate speedy administration of criminal justice Failure to meet the stipulated standards guides the digital system to classify and
produce such cases as overdue for such activities, acting more like a red flag system
requiring immediate action. This set of duration/time standards, as well as its
outputs (overdue case list), provides the necessary set of data to enable each
institution’s authority to objectively handle the backlog of cases and difficulties that
delays case progress.

3.1. Judiciary’s Policy and Practice Direction [Duration/Time Standards]

s/n Key
Activities/Functions

Policy decisions
Implications

1 Time from receipt of Info & proofs from
DPP/Charge from Police to ACR for
Review Maximum of
3days
Cases above this
time
standards/durations
are classified as
stalled or delayed
cases
Overdue cases

2 Average no. of days for ACR/Process Unit
to review and dispatch case file to the
Chief Judge/Admin Judge
Maximum 3 days

3 Average no. of days for assignment of the
case file to Court of Trial
Maximum
3 days

4 Average no. of days, from the assignment
of the case file to a court to the First
Hearing. Maximum 20 days

5 Days from first hearing to the final hearing 180days – ACJ
Law

3.2. Ministry of Justice Policy and Practice Direction [Duration/Time
Standards

s/n Key
Activities/Functions Policy decision Implications

1 Maximum no. of days to assign case file for
legal opinion by DPP 3 days
Cases above this
duration and time
standards are
classified as
stalled or delayed
cases
’Overdue Cases’.

2 Maximum no. of days to prepare Legal
Opinion by the DPP and assigned counsels
14 days

3 Preparation of Information and Proof of
Evidence
7 days

4 Effecting/completing discharge of Cases 3 days

5 Case Filing in Court for Prosecution 3 days

6 Effecting request for more information on
cases files by the Police
3 day

4.0. Data Management and Use

4.1. Data Governance – The institutions’ leadership and administration, including in this situation, the Chief Judge, the Honorable Attorney
General, and their delegated authorities, are responsible for continuing to
give the required data governance directions. The examination, updating, and alignment of governance policies and procedures to existing and
upcoming advances that promote the institutions’ best interests while
supporting data quality, privacy, and the efficient administration of
criminal justice may be included in this scenario.

4.2. Overview of Roles

4.3.1. While the Chief Judge and Honorable Attorney General are
responsible for providing data governance leadership and
guidance, it is the responsibility of other heads of courts such as
the Grand Khadi and President of the Customary Court of Appeal
and their delegated authorities and day-to-day users of case data, such as the Head, Department of Public Prosecution, (DPP), High
Court Judges, Alkalis, Magistrates, Customary Court Judges, Chief
Registrar, Director of Litigation, Director of ICT Department, and
Head of Prosecution Team(s), to enforce the data governance and
privacy policy.

4.3.2. The in-charge CMS Unit, which is nominated/assigned/delegated
by the institutions’ leadership and policy enforcers, acts as a
stopgap for communicating, sensitizing, and engaging operational
staff, including Case Management Unit personnel at the DPP
registry, criminal cases registry/unit, courts, prosecutors, and
office of the director of litigation, among others, on the dictates, policies, and practices direction as detailed in this governance
policy.

4.3.3. Personnel from the CMS Units at all levels of each institution must
adhere to the data use standards, which include ensuring data
protection and privacy, system security, including taking necessary
precautions to protect passwords, physical and cloud system
infrastructure, and reports generated by the system.

4.3.4. When institution personnel are expected to update case data or
use the system via their private/personal IT infrastructure, such as
mobile phones and/or computers, the affected individual is
expected to take extra precautions to protect access points and
passwords from accidental or intentional release/use by
authorized persons.

4.3.5. Each of the institution will need put in place/strengthen its IT
infrastructure team that will ensure that appropriate measures like
data back up and data synchronization between the online and
the local server is regularly done.

4.4. Data and Systems Ownership – Whether donated by third parties or
purchased by the institution, all physical and cloud-based infrastructure
(including case data, case management register and case files) that
supports, hosts, and processes the case data to produce required
outcomes remain the property of that specific institution [Ministry of
Justice or Judiciary, as the case may be].

4.5. Authorization to delete, adjust, update, or change any case data already
captured/inputted into the system for over a period of 3-working days
shall be the responsibility of the In-charge CMS Unit. such request by other
persons within the institution shall be formally addressed using the
sample template below

Authorization and Request for Case data change/adjustment template
Request by Name of the person(s) requesting such changes

Date of Request
Addressed to E.g., in-charge CMS Unit, DPP and or Director of
Litigation or any other delegated authority

Requested changes
and /or issues to
review

Approval Authority Approved or not and by who?

Date of Approval

File Number No. of the case file/case no

Comments Any other comments or issues to note

Note – the request, approved or not is/are to be stored in the case file of that case as
well as scanned and saved as part of the case document attached to the case file
and stored electronically.

5.0. Data Security and Access.

5.1. While information about any case (case data) may be available in the
public domain through the defense, lawyers, and/or public defenders, people watching and/or participating in case court trial sessions, or even
the media via Freedom of Information Act requests for case data, every
case data as received, captured, and processed by the digital case
management register to produce required/stipulated case outputs, including performance data, overdue lists, reports such as the National
Judicial Council Reports, and other similar information is entitled to be
protected and made accessible to parties other than the existing
authorized parties only with written authorization from the institutions’ leadership and/or delegated authorities. – In this Case the Office of the
HAG and Chief Judge/Grand Khadi/President of the Customary Court of
Appeal and/or Chief Registrar.

5.2. Institutional data (Case data) is essential and referred to as internal
information, classified and it is expected to be treated as such at all levels
of the case management system. and records/case data, evidence/exhibits must be stored in a secure, safe, and accessible
locations for authorized personnel

6.0. Code of Conduct

6.1. Upon cessation of their job, duties, and tasks, institution staff shall
protect the confidentiality, integrity, and security of case data, case
registers, and reports.

6.2. Case data, case registers, and resulting reports must be managed in
accordance with the Data Governance and Privacy Policy by
staff/institutions persons.

6.3. Staff/institution personnel shall not improperly benefit from, or seek
to benefit from, any case data, case register, or performance data from the system that they may have access to as a result of their access to the
system, duties, or functions. This could be considered corrupt behavior.

6.4. By collecting and managing personal information in accordance with
the core values and dictates of the governance and privacy policy, staff/institutions personnel must respect the personal privacy of all
individuals, suspects, victims, witnesses, officers of the law, and/or
personnel of the Kaduna State Judiciary, Ministry of Justice, and other
relevant stakeholders.

6.5. Staff/institutions personnel must be aware of the policy and practice
direction’s duration/time standards, as well as their roles and
responsibilities in ensuring that case data and reports are captured and
used in a way that promotes speedy, accountable and efficient access to
justice for all parties, regardless of gender, religion, state of origin, tribe, or
any other socio-demographic factors that may define such person(s).

6.6. Reports and performance data, particularly those relevant to stalled
cases and delays, (referred to as overdue cases) must be produced on
time, and made available to appropriate authorities for decision-making
and action.

7.0. Use of Service Providers and /or Consultants/Contractors – Including Cloud
System. The relevant data and/or information system must ensure that when a service
provider is acquired to host, including to capture, use, store, retain, and/or dispose of
records with, or on behalf of, the institution (Ministry of Justice and Judiciary), including where service providers host an information system or provide software or
cloud storage, that:

7.1. the Institution retains ownership of the case data, right of access to
its case data, and reports in all/across formats

7.2. case data, case files and reports are captured, stored, and managed in
line with this policy and most align with existing Administration of
Criminal Justice Law 2017 among other relevant policies.

7.3. relevant data governance and management policy obligations
equivalent to the standards and practices outlined in this policy are
imposed on the external party through an enforceable contact person, and

7.4. the external party’s compliance with such standards is/are monitored
to ensure the obligations are being met.

7.5. Case data, registers, reports, and/or any other type of information
accessible or available within the storage system are the sole property of
the institution (Ministry of Justice and Judiciary) and thus cannot be
accessed, taken, or used for any purpose without written permission from
the institution’s leadership and/or delegated authorities.

8.0. Physical Storage System

8.1. The institution is committed to providing secure, safe, and long-term
physical case file storage infrastructure, which includes case files, file cabinets, secured office space, office lock systems, and office within
locations that are not open to the public for day-to-day activities and
access to case data.

8.2. Closed case files must be stored, and archived in a safe, secured, orderly and accessible location by authorized persons and must be
always regarded as the property of the institution

8.3. The location of physical case data and files must be documented and
kept up-to-date. and

8.4. All physical case files must be handled and stored with care to prevent
deterioration, damage or loss.

8.5. No case file or data is/are to be disposed without written
authorization from the institutions leadership/management

9.0. Policy Ownership and Support

9.1. Policy owner — each institution’s leadership and management retain
the right to examine, amend, update, and discard any element or sections
of the governance and privacy policy. (As it relates to their unique and
specific use of case data etc.)

9.2. Policy Support — The In-Charge CMS and/or ICT Unit and other
relevant officers are to give the necessary assistance in implementing, reviewing, updating, and always enforcing the policy. Requests for any
policy change or removal must be approved in writing by the policy owner

Data Governance and Management
Policy
SCHEDULE 10:PRACTICE DIRECTION ON REMAND PROCEEDINGS
PRACTICE DIRECTION KADUNA STATE FOR EFFICIENT IMPLEMENTATION
OF REMAND PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL
JUSTICE LAW 2017

TITLE: PRACTICE DIRECTION FOR EFFICIENT IMPLEMENTATION OF
REMAND PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL
JUSTICE 2017

PREAMBLE

In exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 259 of the Constitution
of the Federal Republic of Nigeria,1999, section 490 (b) and (g) of the
Administration of Criminal Justice Law 2017 and all other powers enabling
me in that behalf, I, Hon. Justice, Tukur Muazu Aliyu Honourable Chief Judge
of Kaduna State, make the following Practice Directions –

Commencement:
ORDER 1

1. The objectives of these Practice Directions are to –

(a) ensure effective implementation of the provisions of the Law relating
to remand proceeding;

(b) prevent abuse of the procedure by ensuring that suspects are detained
only in deserving cases;

(c) prevent congestion of correctional centres arising from arbitrary use
the remand proceedings;

(d) decongest correctional centres and detention facilities by providing for
release of suspects that are unlawfully detained under the remand
proceedings;

OBJECTIVES AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES
ORDER 2

These practice directions shall apply to the Courts when considering any
request for remand order brought pursuant to Part XXXI of the Administration
of Criminal Justice Law 2017.

APPLICATION OF PRACTICE DIRECTION
ORDER 3

1. The power to remand a suspect pursuant to provisions of Part XXXI of
the Law may be exercised by Magistrates, Alkalis, Customary Court Judges
and Judges of the High Court.

2. The power to remand a suspect under Rule 1 of this Order shall be
limited only to suspects arrested for offences which a Court in Kaduna state
has no jurisdiction to try.

3. Where the offence is one which a Court has jurisdiction to try, the Court
shall be precluded from exercising its power under Rule 1 of this Order and
shall instead regard any proceedings for remand brought before it as an
application for bail made pursuant to section 33 of the Law and shall where it
considers it appropriate, grant bail to the suspect on such conditions that will
ensure the availability of the suspect when required for arraignment or further
investigation as the case may be..

4. Where in exceptional circumstances, the Court considers granting bail, considering the nature of the offence, he shall exercise due caution and act in
accordance with Part XX of the Law.

5. For the purposes of section 306 (1) of the Law, the remand proceeding
shall abate where the suspect is charged and arraigned in court

POWER TO REMAND
ORDER 4

1. An application for remand should be brought within 48 hours or within
a reasonable time of arresting the suspect

2. The period referred to in Rule 1 of this Order shall exclude weekends
and public holidays.

TIME FOR MAKING APPLICATION FOR REMAND
ORDER

1. The application for remand shall be made exparte in the prescribed
“Report and Request for Remand Form” using the specimen Form 8 in the
First Schedule to the Law which shall be accompanied by –

a. an affidavit verifying the facts contained therein and stating the
reasons for the request for remand; and

b. copies of the statement of the suspect and witnesses referred to in
Form

MODE OF APPLICATION FOR REMAND
ORDER 6

1. Before granting an application for remand, the Court shall examine the
application and in addition to the requirements in section 306 (2) of the Law
shall satisfy itself that-

a. the act or omission the suspect is arrested for constitutes an offence
in the Kaduna;

b. the offence the suspect is arrested for is one which a Court has no
jurisdiction to try;

c. the arrest of the suspect was lawful;
d. where there is a confessional statement, the procedure prescribed in
the Law were followed in obtaining the statement;

e. the available evidence establishes a prima facie case that an offence
has been committed and that the suspect is sufficiently linked in the
commission of the offence;

f. the remand is necessary pending receipt of legal advice from the
Attorney-General of Kaduna State or further investigation; and

g. the suspect had not been previously remanded by the court on account
of the same offence.

2. The Court may order the production of the suspect before it if it
considers it necessary for the purpose of determining the requirements for
remand as stipulated in Rule 1 of this Order.

3. Where the requirements in Rule 1 of this Order are not satisfied, the
Court may grant bail to the suspect pursuant to the provisions of Part XX of
the Law.

4. Where the requirements in Rule 1 of this Order are satisfied, the Court
may order the remand of the suspect.

REQUIREMENTS FOR REMAND
ORDER 7

1. The initial order for remand of a suspect shall be for a period not
exceeding 21 days.

2. The order referred to in Rule 1 shall –

a) state a return date which shall fall within the 21 days of the remand;
and

b) require the Nigerian Correctional Service, or any detaining authority to
produce the suspect in Court after 21 days of remand unless there is an order
for extension of the remand.

3. The Judge, Alkali, Magistrate or Customary Court Judge may impose
such condition including that the defendant be represented at the subsequent
hearing.

INITIAL ORDER FOR REMAND
ORDER 8

1. The grant of application for extension of remand is at the discretion of
the Court and shall not be made as a matter of course.


2. Every application for extension of remand shall state the ground for the
extension and provide facts or evidence that justify the request for extension
of remand.

3. The Court shall not extend a remand period for more than twice and
the remand period shall not exceed 14 days on each extension.

4. A suspect shall not under any circumstance be detained cumulatively
beyond 49 days.

SUBSEQUENT ORDERS FOR REMAND
ORDER 9

1. Where the initial period or the first extension of remand has expired
and there is no application for extension or arraignment of the suspect, the
Court may either –

a) grant bail to the suspect; or

b) issue a notice to the relevant authority under section 308 ACJL to
appear and justify the continued detention of the suspect.

2. Where a suspect has been detained or remanded cumulatively for a
period exceeding 49 days without arraignment in the appropriate Court, the
Court shall with or without an application discharge the suspect.

DETENTION OF SUSPECT BEYOND THE PERIOD OF REMAND
ORDER
ORDER 10

The Judge, Magistrate, Alkali and Customary Court Judge shall keep a
register of all remand orders granted which shall be submitted on the last
working day of each month to the Chief Judge/Grand Khadi/President of the
Customary Court of Appeal through the Deputy Chief Registrar 1 and the
Administration of Criminal Justice Monitoring Committee shall have power to
consider all the registers submitted to the Chief Judge

OBLIGATION OF JUDICIAL OFFICERS TO REPORT A REMAND
ORDER
ORDER 11

The Court shall not entertain an application for remand in respect of an
offence for which the suspect had previously been subjected to remand
proceedings and granted bail or discharged by the Court after expiration of
the extended remand period or for failure to show good cause for continued
remand of the suspect.

RESTRICTION ON APPLICATIO
ORDER 12

1. Where a suspect is held in custody in any custodial centre or other
place of detention in pursuance of a remand order, the Controller or
superintendent in charge of that custodial centre may at the expiration of the
period of the remand order or at any other time during the detention of the
suspect, bring an application in writing to the Court that made the order for
review of the order and for appropriate direction.

2. The application shall be made using the Nigeria Correctional Services
Form 1 (Expired Pre-Charge Remand Order) and the Court shall be furnished
with necessary, facts or information to enable it take appropriate action.

3. The Court shall upon such application review the order and may where
appropriate grant bail or discharge the suspect or make such other order as it
considers appropriate.

4. The Nigeria Correctional Service and or other place of detention shall keep
a register of all remand orders granted which shall be submitted on the last
working day of each month to the Chief Judge/Grand Khadi/President of the
Customary Court of Appeal and the Administration of Criminal Justice
Monitoring Committee shall have power to consider all the registers
submitted.

APPLICATION BY NIGERIAN CORRECT
ORDER 13

1. The Chief Judge/Grand Khadi/President of the Customary Court of Appeal
shall have power to designate the sitting of courts within Kaduna state for the
purpose of considering and deciding on an application made for a remand
order.

2. In designating courts for this purpose, the Chief Judge/Grand
Khadi/President of the Customary Court of Appeal shall have regards to the
expedience of each case, the desirability of the courts presence in whatsoever
place it has been so designated to sit, the number and condition of the
detainees in detention and the overall circumstance of each case.

3. The Chief Judge/Grand Khadi/President of the Customary Court of Appeal
shall specify in the order designating such court(s), the name of the
Judge/Magistrate/Alkali so designated, the location to which he has been
designated to sit and the number of days such designation is to last.

4. For the purpose of the proceedings for which the Judge/Alkali/Magistrate
has been designated, the place where he sits to entertain and consider the
application(s) for remand shall be deemed to be a court.

POWER TO DESIGNATE THE SITTING
ORDER 14

1. Where a court grants a remand order, the following shall be included on
the face of the remand order:

a. reference number of the case;

b. the name of the judicial officer granting the remand order;

c. the name of the suspect remanded;

d. the name of the agency seeking the remand order;

e. the name of the prosecutor who made the application;

f. the offence for which the suspect has been remanded;

g. the date the remand order was granted;
h. the date when the order lapses;

i. the date the case is adjourned to; and

j. the venue for the hearing of the adjourned case.

2. Upon the grant of the remand order, the court shall furnish the suspect
or a representative of his choice and a representative of the institution in
which the suspect is to be remanded with a copy of the remand order.

3. The Administration of Criminal Justice Monitoring Committee upon
receipt of the remand order from the court pursuant to order 5 shall maintain
a register of the remand orders issued or granted in Kaduna for the purpose
of monitoring the review process and ensuring compliance with the relevant
provisions of the Law in section 305 – 311. 4. The Administration of Criminal Justice Monitoring Committee shall
submit monthly report of her register of remand order to the Chief Judge/Grand Khadi/President of the Customary Court of Appeal for
necessary action.

PARTICULARS OF A REMAND
ORDER 15

The Court which has made an order for remand of a suspect may on its own
motion and at any time take any step including bail or discharge of the
suspect to ensure that the remand or continued remand of the suspect is
consistent with the provisions of Part XXXI of the Law or that the remand
does not exceed the prescribed period or generally to prevent abuse of the
procedure.

-AUTHORITY OF THE COURT TO ACT SUO MOTO
INTERPRETATION

In these Practice Directions, unless the context otherwise requires:

“Chief Judge” means the Chief Judge of Kaduna State;

“Grand Khadi” means Grand Khadi of Kaduna State

“Court” means High Court, Magistrates Court, Shari’a Court and Customary
Courts of Kaduna State;

“Kaduna” means Kaduna State;

“Law” means Kaduna State Administration of Criminal Justice Law 2017;

“Controller” means Controller of the Nigerian Correctional Service

“Superintendent” means superintendent of the Nigerian Correctional Service

This Practice Direction shall take effect from the ………day of……,2024

—————————————————–
(Honourable Justice Muhammad Tukur Mu’azu Aliyu)
Honorable Chief Judge Kaduna State

INTERPRETATION

Penal Code Law of Kaduna State, 2017
SECTIONSPROVISIONSEND NOTES
Section 1

This Law is cited as the Kaduna State Penal Code Law, 2017..

Short Title.
Section 2

This Law comes into operation on the 29th day of May, 2017.

Commencement.
Section 3

In this Law, unless the context otherwise requires: “Act” denotes a series of acts as well as a single act.

“Animal” in the context of this Law, does not include human beings; “Bribe” means something offered to or taken by a person in position of authority to induce or influence his judgment or decision;

“Child” means any person under the age of fourteen years (LKDS CAP26 “Counterfeit” means making something not genuine to look like something real.

A person is said to “counterfeit” by causing one thing to resemble another thing intending by means of that resemblance to practice deception or knowing it to be likely that deception will thereby be practiced;

“Court of Justice” includes every civil or criminal Court established by any Act or Law in force in Nigeria or deemed to be so established and every person or body of persons exercising judicial functions in the State and Nigeria by virtue of any Act or Law;

“Dishonesty” means insincerity and deception. A person is said to do a thing “dishonestly” if he does that thing with the intention of causing a wrongful gain to himself or another or o causing wrongful loss to any other person;

“Disturbance of public peace” means a situation in which people behave violently, disorderly or recklessly in a public place;

“Document of title” denotes a document which is or purports to be a document whereby a legal right is created, extended, transferred, restricted, extinguished, released, acknowledged or established;

“Effect caused partly by act and partly by omission” means wherever the causing of a certain effect or an attempt to cause that effect by an act or by an omission is an offence, it is to be understood that the causing of the effect or the attempt to cause that effect partly by an act and partly by an omission is the same offence;

“Foreign Government” means any Government other than a Government within the Federation of Nigeria; “Fraudulently” means when a person does a thing deceitfully or with intent to cheat, deceive or mislead and by means of such deceit obtains some advantage for himself or another or to cause loss to any other person;

“Gaining wrongfully” means to retain or to get something unjustly. A person is said to gain wrongfully when such person retains and acquires unlawfully as well as when such person acquires wrongfully; “Gender” means male or female.

The pronoun “he” and its derivatives are used for any person whether male or female; “Good faith “means something done or believed to be done honestly or without malice; “Government” means the State and Local Government of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; “Harbour” means to hide something or some person.

A person is said to harbour another person who has committed or intends to commit an offence or who is seeking to evade arrest when he hides, supplies that other with shelter, food, drink, money, clothes, arms, ammunition, or means of conveyance, or assists that other in any way to evade arrest or to commit an offence;

“Harmful Traditional Practices” include genital mutilation and other harmful practices.

“Injury” denotes any harm whatever illegally caused to any person, in body, mind, reputation, property, or the loss of a legal right;

“Invalid consent” means improper consent.
Consent is not such consent as is intended by any section of this Law, if the consent is given:

a. by a person under fear of injury or under a misconception of fact, and if the person doing the act knows, or has reason to believe, that the consent was given in consequence of such fear or misconception;

b. by a person who, from unsoundness of mind or intoxication, is unable to understand the nature and consequence of that to which he gives his consent; or

c. by a child;

“Illegal” means everything which is prohibited by law and which is an offence under any law for the time being in force.
“Judicial proceeding” includes any proceeding in the course of which it is lawful to take evidence on oath;
“Legally bound to do” means a person is legally bound to do not only whatever he is bound by law to do but also everything the omission of which to do by him is an offence or furnishes a ground for a civil action;
‘Life” and “death” denote the life or death of a human being unless it otherwise appears from the context;
“Life Imprisonment” means imprisonment for the rest of the life of a convict;
‘ Likely” an act is said to be “likely” to have a certain consequence or to cause a certain effect if the occurrence o that consequence or effect would cause no surprise to a reasonable person;
“Losing wrongfully” means losing improperly. A person is said to lose wrongfully when such person is wrongfully kept out of any property as well as when such person is wrongfully deprived of property, an advantage or reputation;
“Magistrate” denotes a Magistrate under the Administration of Criminal Justice Law of the State; “Man” denotes a male human being;
“Month” is to be understood as the month reckoned according to the Gregorian Calendar;
“Movable property” includes corporeal property of every description except land and things attached to the earth or permanently fastened to anything which is attached to the earth; umber” means, unless the contrary appears from the context, words importing the singular number to include the plural number and words importing the plural number to include the singular number;
“Oat n” includes a solemn affirmation and any declaration required or authorized by law to be made before a public servant or to be used for the purpose of proof, whether in a Court of Justice or not;

“Obscene” means word, behavior and such like which are offensive or disgusting by moral standard;

“Offence” except where otherwise appears from the context, the word offence includes an offence under any Law for the time being in force;

“Omission” means deliberate or negligent failure to do something and also denotes a series of omissions as well as a single omission;

“Person” includes any company or association or body persons, whether incorporated or no “Police officer” in the context of this Law includes all Police officers and officers of all other law enforcement agencies recognized by law; “Probable” an effect is said to be a probable consequence of an act if the occurrence of that consequence would be considered by a reasonable man to be the natural and normal effect of the act;

“Property in possession of spouse, clerk or servant” means the person’s own property in the possession of a person’s wife or husband, clerk or servant on account of that person, it is in that person’s possession within the meaning of this Law;

“Provocation” means such grave and sudden action that annoys to make a person loose self control as provided under any section of this Law which modifies the nature of an offence or mitigates the penalty which may be imposed and shall not be deemed to include:

provocation sought or voluntarily provoked by the offender as an excuse for committing an offence; provocation given by anything done in obedience to the law or by any public servant in the lawful exercise of the powers of such public servant; and provocation given by anything done in lawful exercise of the right of private defence.

“Public lottery” means gambling that any class of the public has, or may have access, and every lottery shall, until the contrary is proved, be deemed to be a public lottery;

“Public servant” is as defined in the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999, (as amended) for public officers and includes any person employed as such in the private sector;

“Public Place” includes a location or space open to all members of community especially provided by the National, State or Local authority and shall include schools, hospitals, market places, churches, mosques, recreation centres, vessels, taxies, commercial uses, aircrafts, motor parks and Government offices;

“Reason to believe” means existence of circumstances to cause a belief in the state of affairs. A person is said to have “reason o believe” a thing if he has sufficient cause to believe that thing but not otherwise;

“Sense of expression once explained” means every expression which is explained in any part of this Law, is used in every part of this Law in conformity with the explanation, unless the subject or sense of the context otherwise requires;

“Smoking” in the context of this Law, means to inhale or exhale smoke from a burning cigarette or cigar, pipe and also includes electronic smoking;

“State” means Kaduna State of Nigeria “The public” includes any class or section of the people in the State;

“Thuggery” means any criminal or violent act capable o disturbing public peace or threatening the peace and liberty o an individual;

“Thugs” means any person or group of persons who commit the act of thuggery;

“Vagabond” means a person who has no home and wanders about aimlessly in the society and generally described in subsection (2) of Section 383 of this Law;

“Vessel” denotes anything made for the conveyance by water o human beings or of property; “Voluntarily” means willingly and intentionally.
A person is said to cause an effect “voluntarily” when he intends to cause it or by means which, at the time of employing those means, he knows or has reason to believe to be likely to cause it;

“Witch” means a woman who is believed o have magical powers, especially to do evil things;

“Wizard” means a man who is believed to possess magical powers, especially to do evil things.

“Woman” denotes a female human being; “Words referring to acts” means that in every part of this Law, words which refer to acts done also extend to illegal omissions, except where tie contrary intention appears from the context;

“Writing” denotes any mark made upon paper or other substance to express a word or idea, and includes a mark made by printing, lithography, photography, engravement, electronic means or any other process; and the word “document” signifies any writing intended to be used or which may be used as evidence of the matter expressed thereby;

“Wrongful gain is gain by unlawful means of property to which the person gaining is not legally entitled;

Year” is to be understood as the Year reckoned according to the Gregorian Calendar. “Young person” means a person who las attained the age of fourteen and has not attained the age of eighteen years. (Cap 26 LKDS, 1991).

Interpretations
Section 4

4. Every person shall be liable to punishment under this Law for every act or omission contrary to the provisions thereof for which he shall be guilty within the State.

Punishment for Offences Committed in the State.
Section 5

(1). Where, by the provisions of any law of the State, the doing of any act or the making of any omission is made an offence, those provisions shall apply to every person who is in the State at the time of his doing the act or making the omission.

(2) Where any such offence comprises several elements and any act, omission or event occurs which, if they all occurred in the State would constitute an offence, and any of such act, omission or event occurs in the State, although the other acts, omissions or events, which if they occurred in the State would be elements of the offence, occur elsewhere than in the State then, if the act or omission, which in the case of an offence committed wholly or partly in the State would be the initial element of the offence occurs in the State, the person who does that act or makes that omission is guilty of an offence of the same kind and is liable to the same punishment as if all the subsequent elements of the offence occurred in the State; and

(3). The provisions of subsection (2) do not extend to a case in which the only material event that occurs in the State is the death of a person whose death is caused by an act or omission at a place outside, and at a time when that person was outside the State.

Offences Against Laws
of the State
Section 6

(1) When by this Law any act is declared to be lawful, no Civil Remedies action shall be brought in respect thereof.

(2) Except as aforesaid, the provisions of this Law shall not affect any right of action which any person would have had against another if this Law had not been passed; nor shall the omission from this Law or any penal provision in respect of any act or omission which before the time of the coming into operation of this Law constituted an actionable wrong affect any right of action in respect thereof.

Civil Remedies
Section 7

Nothing in this Law shall affect the authority of Courts of record Contempt of Court
to punish a person summarily for the offence commonly known
as contempt of Court; but a person cannot be so punished
more than once under the provisions of this Law for the same
act or omission.

Contempt of Court
Section 8

A person is presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have Common Knowledge of any material fact if such fact is a matter of common knowledge.

Common Knowledge
Section 9

A person who does an act in a state of intoxication is presumed to have the same knowledge as he would have had if he had not been intoxicated.

Presumption of Knowledge of an Intoxicated Person.
Section 10

Nothing is an offence which is done by any person who is justified by law, or who by reason of a mistake of fact and not by reason of a mistake of law, in good faith, believes himself to be justified by law in doing it.

Act Done by Person
Bound or Justified by
Law
Section 11

Nothing is an offence which is done by a person when acting judicially as a Court of justice or as a member of a Court of justice in the exercise of any power which is or which in good faith he believes to be given to him by Law.

Act of Court of justice
Section 12

Nothing which is done in pursuance of or which is warranted by
the judgment or order of a Court of justice, if done whilst such
judgment or order remains in force, is an offence,
notwithstanding that the Court may have had no jurisdiction to
pass such judgment or order, provided the person doing the act
in good faith believes that the Court had such jurisdiction.

Act Done Pursuant to the
Judgment or Order of
Court
Section 13

Nothing is an offence which is done by accident or misfortune
and without any criminal intention or knowledge in the course
of doing a lawful act in a lawful manner by lawful means and
with proper care and caution.

Accident in Doing a
Lawful Act
Section 14

(1) Nothing is an offence by reason of any injury which it
may cause or be intended by the doer to cause or be known by the doer to be likely to cause, if it is done
without any criminal intention to cause injury and in good
faith for the purpose of preventing or avoiding other
injury to person or property or of benefiting the person to
whom injury is or may be caused.

PROVIDED that,

(i) having regard to all the circumstances of the case, the doing of the thing was reasonable; and
(ii) where the circumstances so require, the thing is done with reasonable care and skill.

(2) This section shall not apply to the intentional causing o death or to the attempt to cause death in order to prevent or avoid injury to property only except as is provided for in sections 29 and 30.

(3) The death of a person shall under no circumstances be deemed to be for the benefit of that person.

(4) Mere pecuniary benefit is not benefit within the meaning of this section.

Act Likely to Cause Injury, But
Done Without Criminal Intent
and to Prevent Other Injury or
to Benefit Person Injured
Section 15

No act is an offence which is done:

(a ) by a child under Seven Years of age; or

(b) by a child above Seven Years of age but under fourteen Years of age who has not attained sufficient maturity of understanding to judge the nature and consequence of such act.

Age of culpability.
Section 16

. Nothing is an offence which is done by a person who, at the time of doing it, by reason of unsoundness of mind, is incapable of knowing the nature of the act, or that he is doing what is either wrong, or contrary to the Law.

Act of a Person of Unsound
Mind
Section 17

Nothing is an offence which is done by a person who, at the time of doing it, is by reason of intoxication caused by something administered to him without his knowledge or against his will, incapable of knowing the nature of the act, o that he is doing what is either wrong, or contrary to Law.

Involuntary Intoxication
Section 18

(1). No act is an offence by reason of the injury it has caused to the person or property of any person who, being eighteen Years or above, has voluntarily and with understanding given his consent express or implied to the act.

(2). This section shall not apply to acts which are likely to cause death or grievous bodily harm or acts which constitute offences independently of any injury which they are capable of causing to the person who has given his consent or to his property.

.Act Not Intended to Cause
Death or Grievous Bodily
Harm Done by Consent
Section 19

Nothing, which is not intended to cause death, is an offence by reason of any harm which it may cause, or be intended by the doer to cause, or be known by the doer to be likely to cause, to any person for whose benefit it is done in good faith, and who has given a consent, whether express or implied, to suffer that harm, or to take the risk of that harm.

.Act Not Intended to Cause
Death Done by Consent for
a Person’s Benefit em>
Section 20

No communication made in good faith is an offence by reason of any harm to the person to whom it is made, if it is made for the benefit of that person.

.Communication Made in
Good Faith
Section 21

21 (1). Except culpable homicide and offences against the state punishable with death, no act is an offence which is done by a person who is compelled to do it by threat which at the time of doing it reasonably causes the apprehension that instant death to that person will otherwise be the consequence.

PROVIDED that, the person doing the act did not, of his own accord or from apprehension of harm to himself short of instant death, place himself in the situation by which he became subject to such compulsion.

(2). Nothing is an offence by reason that it causes or that it is intended to cause or that it is likely to cause any injury if that injury is so slight that no person of ordinary sense and temper would complain of such injury.

Act to Which a Person is
Compelled by Threats .
Section 22

Nothing is an offence which is done in the lawful exercise of the right of private defence.

Things Done in Private Defence.
Section 23

a) his own body and the body of any other person against any offence affecting the human body; or

b) the property whether movable or immovable of himself or of any other person against any act, which is an offence falling under the definition of theft, robbery, mischief, or criminal trespass or which is an attempt to commit theft, robbery, mischief or criminal trespass.

.Right of Private Defence
Section 24

When an act, which would otherwise be a certain offence is not that offence by reason of tender age, the want of maturity of understanding, the unsoundness of mind or the involuntary intoxication of the person doing that act or by reason of any misconception on the part of that person, every person has the same right of private defence against that act which he would have if the act were that offence.

Right of Private Defence
Against Act of a Person
of Unsound Mind etc. .
Section 25

The right of private defence in no case extends to the infliction of more harm than is necessary to inflict for the purpose of defence.

General Limit of Right o
Private Defence.
Section 26

26. There is no right of private defence in cases in which there is time to have recourse to the protection of the public authorities.

No Right of Private Defence When Protection of Public Authorities Available.
Section 27

27. There is no right of private defence against an act which does not reasonably cause the apprehension of death or of grievous bodily harm, if done or attempted to be done:

(a) by a public servant acting lawfully and in good faith; or

(b) by the direction of a public servant acting lawfully and in good faith.

Limitation of Right of Private Defence Against Act of Public Servant.
Section 28

28. The right of private defence of the body extends, under the restrictions mentioned in sections 25 and 26 of this Law, to the voluntary causing of death only when the act to be repelled is of any of the following descriptions, namely:

(a) an attack which causes reasonable apprehension of death or grievous bodily harm; or

(b) rape or an assault with the intention of gratifying unnatural lust; or

(c) abduction or kidnapping.

When Right of Private Defence of the Body Extends to Causing Death.
Section 29

29. The right of private defence of property extends, under the restrictions mentioned in sections 25 and 26 of this Law, to the voluntary causing of death only when the act to be repelled is of any of the following descriptions, namely:

(a) robbery; or

(b) house breaking by night; or

(c) mischief by fire on any building, tent or vessel, which building, tent or vessel is used as a human dwelling or as a place for the custody of property; or

(d) theft, mischief, or house trespass in such circumstances as may reasonably cause apprehension that, if such right of private defence is not exercised, death or grievous bodily harm bodily harm will be the consequence.

When Right of Private Defence of Property Extends to Causing Death
Section 30

30. If, in the exercise of the right of private defence against an assault which reasonably causes the apprehension of death, the defender be so situated that he cannot effectually exercise that right without risk of harm to an innocent person, his right of private defence extends to the running of that risk.

Right of Private Defence Against Deadly Assault When There is Risk of Harm to Innocent Person.
Section 31

.(1) The punishments to which offenders are liable under the Punishment provisions of this Law are:

(a) death;

(b) forfeiture of property;


(c) destruction of property;

(d) imprisonment;


(e ) detention in a reformatory;

(f ) fine;

(g) community service;

(h) service at rehabilitation and correctional centre; and

(l) caning.

(2) An offender who is of the Muslim faith may in addition to the punishments specified in subsection (1) be liable to the punishment of Haddi lashing as prescribed by Islamic Law for offences contrary to sections 368, 372, 373, 381, 382, 383 and 384 of this Law.

Punishment.
Section 32

32. No sentence of imprisonment shall be passed on any person Limitation on who in the opinion of the Court is a child.

Limitation on punishments
Section 33

33. When an accused person who has completed his seventh but not completed his eighteenth year of age is convicted by a Court of any offence, the Court may, instead of passing the sentence prescribed by law, deal with such accused person in accordance with the provisions of the Child Rights Law.

Special Provision for Child Offenders.
Section 34

34. Where no sum is expressed to which a fine may extend, the amount of fine to which the offender is liable is unlimited but shall not exceed the jurisdiction of the Court imposing it and shall not be excessive.

Amount of Fine
Section 35

35. Whenever an offender is sentenced to a fine with or without imprisonment under this Law, the Court which sentences the offender may direct that in default of payment of the fine, the offender shall be committed to prison for a certain term, which term shall not be in excess of any other term of imprisonment to which he may have been sentenced or to which he may be liable under a commutation of a sentence.

Sentence of imprisonment for default of payment of fine
Section 36

36. If an offence is punishable with imprisonment and fine, the Court may direct that in default of payment of fine, the offender shall be imprisoned in accordance with the scale of imprisonment for non payment of fine in the fourth schedule of the Administration of Criminal Justice Law.

Imprisonment in Default of Payment of Fine.
Section 37

37. Where a fine or any part thereof remains unpaid, the offender or his estate, if he is dead, is not discharged from liability to pay the fine or the unpaid part thereof.

Fine Not Discharged by Death.
Section 38

38. When the same act falls within the definition of more than one offence, or when an offence consists of a series of acts each of which or any one or more of which constitute the same or some other offence, the offender shall not, unless it be otherwise expressly provided, be punished with a more severe punishment than the Court which tries him could award for any one of such offences.

Limit of Punishment When Act Within Definition of More Than One Offence or When Offence Made up of Several Offences.
Section 39

. (1) Any Person who is convicted of an offence under this Law, may be adjudged to make compensation to any person injured by his offence and such compensation may be either in addition to or in substitution for any other punishment.

(2) In any trial for an offence under this Law, the fact that an accused is in possession of pecuniary resource or other thing for which he cannot satisfactorily account or which s disproportionate to his known sources of income, may be proved and taken into consideration by the Court as corroborating the testimony of any witness in the trial.

Compensation.
Section 40

. (1) A sentence of caning may be passed by any Court, whether trying a case summarily or otherwise on any male offender in lieu of or in addition to any other punishment to which he may be liable for any offence not punishable with death.

(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of this Law, sentence of caning shall not be passed on a female offender.

Sentence of Caning.
Section 41

When a criminal act is done by two or more persons in furtherance of the common intention of all, each of such persons is liable for that act in the same manner as if it were done by him alone.

Act Done by Several Persons in Furtherance of Common Intention.
Section 42

Whenever an act, which is criminal only by reason of its being
done with a criminal knowledge or intention, is done by two or
more persons, each of such persons who joins in the act with
such knowledge or intention is liable for the act in the same
manner as if the act were done by him alone with that
knowledge or intention.

When Such an Act is
Criminal by Reason of
its Being Done With a
Criminal Knowledge or
Intention .
Section 43

When an offence is committed by means of several acts,
whoever intentionally co-operates in the commission of that
offence by doing any one of those acts either singly or jointly
with any other person, commits that offence.

Co-operation by Doing
One of Several Acts
Constituting an Offence .
Section 44

Where two or more persons are engaged or concerned in the
commission of a criminal act, each person may be guilty of a
different offence or offences by means of that act.

Persons Concerned in
Criminal Act May be
Guilty of Different
Offence .
Section 45

A person abets the doing of a thing who:
a ) counsels or instigates any person to do that act; or

b) engages with one or more persons in any conspiracy for the doing of that act; or

(c) intentionally aids or facilitates by any act or illegal omission the doing of that act.

Abetment Defined.
Section 46

A person abets an offence if he helps or instigates either the
commission of an offence or the commission of an act which
would be an offence, if committed with the same intention or
knowledge as that of the abettor by a person capable by law o
committing an offence.

Abetment of Offence
Defined.
Section 47

Whoever abets any offence shall, if the act abetted is
committed in consequence of the abetment and no express
provision is made by this Law or by any other law for the time
being in force for the punishment of such abetment, be
punished with the punishment provided for the offence.

Abetment if the Act
Abetted is Committed in
Consequence and
Where No Express
Provision is Made for its
Punishment.
Section 48

Whoever abets the commission of an offence shall, if the person abetted does the act with a different intention or knowledge from that of the abettor, be punished with the punishment provided for the offence which would have been committed if the act had been done with the intention or knowledge of the abettor and with no other.

Abetment if Person
Abetted Does Act With
Different Intention
From That of Abettor
Section 49

When an act is abetted and a different act is done and the act
done was a probable consequence of the abetment and was
committed under the influence of the instigation or in
pursuance of the conspiracy or with the aid which constituted
the abetment, the abettor is liable for the act done in the same
manner and to the same extent as if he had directly abetted it.

.Liability of Abettor
When One Act Abetted
and Different Act Done
Section 50

If the act for which the abettor is liable under Section 49 is
committed in addition to the act abetted and constitutes a
distinct offence, the abettor is liable to punishment for each of
the offences.

Liability of Abettor for
an Effect Caused by the
Act Abetted Different
From That Intended by
Abettor
Section 51

When an act is abetted with the intention on the part of the
abettor of causing a particular effect and in consequence of the
abetment, the act causes a different effect from that intended
by the abettor, the abettor is liable for the effect caused in the
same manner and to the same extent as if he had abetted the
act with the intention of causing that effect, provided he knew
that the act abetted was likely to cause that effect.

Abettor Present When
Offence Committed
Liable as Principal .
Section 52

Whenever any person who, if absent would be liable to be
punished as an abettor, is present when the act or offence is
committed, he shall be deemed to have committed such act or
offence.

Abetment of Offence
Punishable With Death
or Imprisonment for
Life if Offence Not
Committed .
Section 53

(1) Whoever abets the commission of an offence punishable with death or imprisonment for life shall, if that offence is not committed in consequence of the abetment and no express provision is made by this Law or by any other law for the time being in force for the punishment of such abetment, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira.

(2) If the abettor is a public servant whose duty it is to prevent the commission of such an offence, he shall be liable to imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira.

Inability of abetter for an
effect caused by the act
abetted different from
that intended by abetter..
Section 54

(1) Whoever abets an offence punishable with imprisonment shall, if that offence is not committed in consequence of the abetment and no express provision is made in this Law or any law for the time being in force for the punishment of such abetment, be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one fourth of the longest term provided for the offence or with such fine as is provided for that offence or both.

(2) If the abettor is a public servant whose duty is to prevent the commission of such offence, he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one half of the longest term provided for that offence or with such fine as is provided for the offence or both.

Abetment of Offence
Punishable With
Imprisonment if
Offence is Not
Committed .
Section 55

Whoever abets the commission of an offence by the public generally or by any member or class of persons exceeding ten, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Abetting Commission of
Offence by the Public or
by More than Ten
Persons .
Section 56

Whoever administers, or takes, or is present at and consents to the administering of any oath or engagement in the nature of an oath, purporting to bind the person who uses it to commit any offence or to refrain from disclosing to any lawful authority the commission of an offence shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than five years or fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both; and

(b) if the offence is an offence punishable with death, with imprisonment for life.

Administering Unlawful
Oaths
Section 57

. Whoever attempts to commit an offence punishable with imprisonment or to cause such an offence to be committed and in such attempt does any act towards the commission of the offence shall, where no express provision is made by this Law or any law for the time being in force for the punishment of such attempt, be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one half of the longest term provided for that offence or with such fine as is provided for the offence or both.

Attempt to Commit an
Offence Punishable
With Imprisonment.
Section 58

. (1) When two or more persons agree to do or cause to be done:

(a) an illegal act; or

(b) an act which is not illegal by illegal means, such an agreement is called criminal conspiracy.

(2) Notwithstanding the provision of subsection (1) of this section, no agreement except an agreement to commit an offence shall amount to criminal conspiracy unless some act besides the agreement is done by one or more parties to such agreement in pursuance thereof.

Criminal Conspiracy Defined
Section 59

(1) Whoever is a party to a criminal conspiracy to commit an offence punishable with death or with imprisonment shall, where no express provision is made in this Law for the punishment of such a conspiracy, be punished in the same manner as if he had abetted such offence.

(2) Whoever is a party to criminal conspiracy to commit an offence punishable as aforesaid shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than One Year or with a fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for Criminal
Conspiracy.
Section 60

. A society is an unlawful society if proscribed or declared by
(a) an order of the President of the Federal Republic Nigeria; or

(b ) an order of the Governor to be a society dangerous to the good governance of the State.
60. Whoever manages, sponsors or finances, aids or abets, or is a member of an unlawful society, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and with a fine of at least one hundred thousand Naira or both.
.

Unlawful Society
Defined .
Section 61

Whoever manages, sponsors or finances, aids or abets, or is a member of an unlawful society, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and with a fine of at least one hundred thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for
participating in Unlawful
Society
Section 62

Whoever, by reason or by means of his employment as a public
servant, acquires any information in respect of which he is
under an obligation of secrecy, express or implied and at any
time communicates or attempts to communicate such
information to any person to whom the same ought not in the
public interest be communicated, is said to commit a breach of
official trust.

Breach of Official Trust
Defined.
Section 63

Whoever commits a breach of official trust shall:

(a) if the communication is made or attempted to be made to the agent of a Foreign Government, be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Ten Years and not exceeding Fourteen Years and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira.; and

(b) in any other case be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than six months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for Breach
of Official Trust
Section 64

An assembly of two or more persons is designated unlawfu assembly if the common object of the persons composing that assembly is:

(a) to overawe by criminal force or show of criminal force on the Government of Kaduna State or any public servant in the exercise of his lawful powers; or

(b) resist the execution of any law or of any legal process; or

(c) to commit any mischief or criminal trespass or other offence; or

(d) to enforce any right or supposed right by means criminal force or show of criminal force; or

(e) to compel any person to do what he is not legally bound to do or to omit to do what he is legally entitled to do by means of criminal force or show of criminal force.

Member of Unlawful
Assembly Defined
Section 65

Whoever being aware of fact which renders any assembly an
unlawful assembly intentionally joins that assembly or remains
therein, is said to be a member of an unlawful assembly.

Membership of Unlawful
Assembly Defined
Section 66

Whoever is a member of an unlawful assembly shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than six
months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand
Naira or both.

Punishment for
Membership of Unlawful
Assembly
Section 67

Whoever being a member of an unlawful assembly armed with
any offensive weapon or with anything which if used as a
weapon is likely to cause death, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine
of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Joining Unlawful
Assembly Armed With
Offensive Weapon
Section 68

Whoever joins or remains in an unlawful assembly knowing that
such unlawful assembly has been lawfully commanded to
disperse, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Twenty Five
Thousand Naira or both.

Joining or Remaining in
Unlawful Assembly
Knowing it Has Been
Commanded to
Disperse
Section 69

Whenever force or violence is used by an unlawful assembly or
by any member thereof in prosecution of the common object of
such assembly, every member of such assembly is guilty of the
offence of rioting.

Rioting defined
Section 70

Whoever is guilty of rioting shall be punished with Punishment for Rioting
imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Two Years
or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or
both.

Punishment for Rioting
Section 71

Whoever is guilty of rioting when armed with an offensive
weapon or with anything which if used as a weapon of offence
is likely to cause death, shall be punished with imprisonment for
a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than
Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Rioting Armed With
Offensive Weapon
Section 72

If an offence is committed by any member of an unlawful assembly in prosecution of the common object of that assembly, every person, who at the time of the committing that offence is a member of the assembly, is guilty of that offence.

Every member of an
Unlawful Assembly is Guilty
of Offence Committed in
Prosecution of Common
Object
Section 73

Whoever promotes or does any act with intent to assist the
promotion of an unlawful assembly, shall be punished as a
member of such unlawful assembly and for any offence which
may be committed by any member thereof in the same manner
as if he had himself been a member of such unlawful assembly.

Promoter of an
Unlawful Assembly
Liable as a Member
Section 74

Whoever joins or remains in any assembly of two or more
persons likely to cause a disturbance of the public peace
knowing that such assembly has been lawfully commanded to
disperse, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
less than Three Months or a fine of not less than Twenty Five
Thousand Naira or with both.

Joining or Remaining in
Assembly of Two or More
Persons Knowing That it
Has Been Commanded to
Disperse
Section 75

Whoever wears, carries or displays in public any emblem, flag, article of clothing or other token or device in such manner or on such occasion or in such circumstances as:

(a) to constitute an offence under any section of this Law, or of any other subsisting Act or law; or

(b) to cause or likely to cause annoyance to the public, or a breach of the peace, or disturbance of the public peace, or the commission of an offence;

shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Two Years and not exceeding Six Years, or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira and in addition the emblem, flag, article of clothing or other token or device in respect of which an offence under this section has been committed shall be liable to forfeiture to the Government.

Wearing and Carrying
of Emblem, Flag etc.
Section 76

Whoever assaults or threatens to assault or obstructs or
attempts to obstruct any public servant in the discharge of his
duty when such public servant is endeavouring to disperse an
unlawful assembly or to suppress a riot or affray, or uses or
threatens or attempts to use criminal force against such public
servant, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
less than two years or fine of not less than Twenty Five
Thousand Naira or both.

Obstructing Public Servant
When Suppressing Riot,
etc.
Section 77

Whoever disturbs the public peace shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Thousand Naira or both.

Disturbance of Public Peace
Section 78

(1) Whoever does any act with intent to cause or which is likely to cause a breach of the peace or disturb the public peace, commits an offence which on summary conviction is liable to imprisonment for a term of not less than two (2) years and twelve (12) strokes of the cane.

(2) Where a Magistrate or other judicial officer trying any person in respect of an offence under any of the sections of this Chapter is satisfied that damage was caused by the act of such person and that damage has been proved before him he may without prejudice to any punishment provided for the offence require the person during sentencing to pay a specified amount proportionate to the damage caused by his act into the Riot Damage Fund established in Section 18 of the Riot Damage Law Cap 134 LKS.

Inciting Disturbance
Section 79

Whoever, being or expecting to be a public servant accepts or obtains or agrees to accept or attempts to obtain from any person for himself or for any other person any bribe whatsoever, whether pecuniary or otherwise than lawful remuneration, as a motive or reward:

(a) for doing or forbearing to do any official act; or

(b) for showing or forbearing to show in the exercise of his official functions favour or disfavour to any person; or

(c) for rendering or attempting to render any service or disservice to any person with any department of the public service or with any public servant as such shall be punished:

(i) with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Five Years and with fine of not less than three times the amount of the bribe.

(ii) If such public servant is a public servant in the service of the Government of the State or of the Government of the Federation acting in a judicial capacity or carrying out the duties of a police officer, with imprisonment for a term of not less than Ten Years and with fine of not less than five times the amount of the bribe.

Public Servant Taking
Bribe in Respect of
Official Act
Section 80

Whoever accepts or obtains or agrees to accept or attempts to in Order to obtain from any person for himself or for any other person any Influence bribe whatsoever whether pecuniary or otherwise as a motive or reward for inducing by corrupt or illegal means any public servant:

(a) to do or forbear to do any official act; or

(b) to show favour or disfavour to any person in the exercise of the official functions of such public servant; or

(c) render or attempt to render any service or disservice to any person within any department of the public service as such; shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years and with fine of not less than three times the amount of the bribe.

Taking Bribe in Order to Influence Public Servant
Section 81

Whoever being a public servant, in respect of whom an offence
under sections 80 87 and 147 is committed, abets the
offence, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
less than Three years and with fine of not less than three times
the amount of the bribe.

Abetment by Public Servant
of Offence Mentioned in
Sections 81 – 88 and 148
Section 82

(1) Whoever offers or gives bribe whatsoever whether pecuniary or otherwise in the circumstances and for any of the purposes mentioned in sections 80 and 81 shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Three Years and with fine of not less than three times the amount of the bribe.

(2) Whoever attempts to give bribe shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Three Years and with fine of not less than three times the amount of the bribe.

Offering or giving bribe
to public servants
Section 83

. (1) Whoever being a public servant accepts or obtains or agrees to accept or attempts to obtain for himself or for any other person any valuable item without consideration or for a consideration which he knows to be inadequate:

(a) from any person whom he knows to have been or likely to be connected to any proceeding or business transacted or about to be transacted by such public servant or having any connection with the official functions of himself or any public servant to whom he is subordinate; or

(b) from any person whom he knows to be interested in or related to the persons concerned shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira.

Public Servant Obtaining
Valuable Item Without
Consideration from Person
Concerned in Proceeding or
Business Transacted by
Such Public Servant
Section 84

Whoever in any of the circumstances mentioned in section 84
offers or gives to any public servant or to any person, in whom
a public servant is or to whom he is related, any valuable item
without consideration or for a consideration which he knows to
be inadequate, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term
of not less than Two Years or with a fine of not less than
Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Offering or Giving Valuable Item Without Consideration
Section 85

Whoever knowingly profits by any bribe or benefit obtained in
any of the circumstances mentioned in section 81, 82 or 85 but
does not take any active part in obtaining such bribe or benefit
shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than
One Year or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or
both.

Third Person Profiting From
Bribery
Section 86

Whoever being a public servant in his capacity as such
dishonestly receives from any person any money or other
property which he is not authorized to receive or which is in
excess of the amount which he is authorized to receive shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two
Years or with fine twice the amount of bribe involved.

Public Servant Dishonestly
Receiving Money or
Property Not Due
Section 87

Whoever, being a public servant knowingly disobeys any direction of the law to the way in which he is to conduct himself as a public servant intending thereby or knowing himself to be likely thereby:

(a) o cause injury to any person or to the public; or

b) to save any person from lawful punishment or to subject him to a less punishment than that to which he is liable or to delay the imposition on any person of any legal punishment; or

(c ) to save any property from forfeiture or from any seizure or charge to which it is liable by law or to delay the forfeiture or seizure of any property or the imposition or enforcement of any charge upon any property;

shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty-Five Thousand Naira or with both.

Public Servant Disobeying
Direction of Law With Intent
to Cause Injury or to Save
Person From Punishment or
Property from Forfeiture
Section 88

Whoever, being a public servant, and being a public servant
charged with the preparation or translation of any document,
prepares or translates that document in a manner which he
knows and believes to be incorrect, intending thereby to cause
or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby cause injury to
any person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of
not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than One
Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Public Servant Preparing
Incorrect Document With
Intent to Cause Injury
Section 89

Whoever, being a public servant knowing that he is likely to
cause injury to any person or intending unlawfully to give any
person an advantage, makes or pronounces in any stage of a
judicial proceeding any report, order, judgment or decision
which he knows to be contrary to law, shall be punished with
imprisonment of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less
than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Public Servant in Judicial
Proceedings Acting
Contrary to Law .
Section 90

90. Whoever, being a public servant authorised by law to commit persons for trial or to confinement or to keep persons in confinement, commits any person for trial or to confinement or keeps any person in confinement:

(a) knowing that he is acting contrary to Law; and

(b) knowing that he is likely to cause injury to any person or intending unlawfully to give any person an advantage;

shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Five Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Wrongful Committal or
Confinement by Public
Servant
Section 91

Whoever, being a public servant whose duty it is as such public servant to arrest any person or to keep any person in confinement or custody, intentionally omits to arrest such person or intentionally suffers such person to escape or intentionally aids such person in escaping or attempting to escape from such confinement or custody, shall be punished as follows:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years with no option of fine, if such person is under sentence of death; or

(b) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years with no option of fine, if such person is under a sentence of imprisonment for a term of Ten Years or upwards or is charged with or liable to be arrested for an offence punishable with death; or

(c) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or a fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both, if such person is under a sentence of imprisonment for a term not exceeding Ten Years or is charged with or liable to be arrested for an offence punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to Ten Years; or

(d) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years, or fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira and not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Naira or with both in case not above mentioned.

Public Servant Intentionally
Omitting to Arrest or Aiding
Escape.
Section 92

Whoever, being a public servant whose duty it is as a public servant to arrest any person or to keep any person in confinement or custody, negligently omits to arrest that person or negligently suffers that person to escape from confinement or custody, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term or not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Public Servant Negligently
Omitting to Arrest or Aiding
Escape
Section 93

Whoever, being a public servant wilfully omits to perform any
duty pertaining to his office which he is legally bound to
perform shall, if such omission causes or tends to cause danger
to human life, health or safety or causes or tends to cause a
riot, be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than
Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or
both.

Public Servant Causing
Danger by Omitting to
Perform his Dut.
Section 94

Whoever being a public servant wrongfully abandons his duties
in a pre-arranged agreement with any other such public servant
shall, if the intention or effect of such abandonment is to
interfere with the performance of a public service to an extent
which will cause injury or damage or grave inconvenience to
the community, be punished with imprisonment for a term of
not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty
Thousand or with both.

Abandonment of Duty by
Public Servant.
Section 95

Whoever, being a public servant and being legally bound as a
public servant not to purchase or bid for certain property,
purchases or bids for that property in his own name, or in the
name of another or jointly or in conjunction with others, shall
be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than
Three Years and or with fine of not less than Seventy Five
Thousand Naira or with both.

Public Servant Unlawfully
Purchasing Property .
Section 96

Whoever pretends to hold any particular office as a public
servant knowing that he does not hold such office, or falsely
personates any other person holding such office, and in such
assumed character does or attempts to do any act under guise
of such office, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term
of not less than Three Years or with fine of Seventy Five
Thousand Naira, or with both

False Presentation of a
Public Servant.
Section 97

(a) Whoever purports to appoint, assign or confer any post, function or responsibility to any person which is within the power of the State Government or Local Government to appoint, assign or confer shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Three Years and with fine of not less than one hundred thousand Naira.

(b) Whoever accepts any post, discharges any responsibility or exercises any function which is within the powers of the State Government or Local Government to appoint, assign or confer, from any other person shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years and with fine of not less than one hundred thousand Naira

.
Section 98

Whoever not belonging to a certain class of public servants
wears any attire or carries any token resembling any dress or
token used by that class of public servants with the intention
that it may be believed that he belongs to that class of public
servants, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Fifty
Thousand Naira

Wearing Attire or Carrying
Token Used by Public
Servant.
Section 99

Whoever absconds in order to avoid being served with a summons, notice or order proceeding from any public servant legally competent to issue such summons, notice or order, shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with a fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

(b) if the summons or notice or order is to attend in person or by an agent or to produce a document in a Court of justice, with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Absconding to avoid service
of summons, notice or
order.
Section 100

Whoever in any manner:

(a) intentionally prevents the serving on himself or on any other person of any summons, notice or order proceeding from any public servant legally competent to issue such summons, notice or order; or

(b) intentionally prevents the lawful affixing to a any such summons, notice or order; or

(c) intentionally removes any summons, notice or order from any place to which it is lawfully affixed; or

(d) intentionally prevents the lawful making of any proclamation under the authority of any public servant legally competent to direct such proclamation to be made;

shall be punished:

(i) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with a fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or with both.

(ii) If the summons, notice, order or proclamation is to attend in person or by an agent or to produce a document in a Court of justice, with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Preventing Service or
Publication of Summons,
etc. .
Section 101

Whoever, having been required by a summons, notice, order or proclamation proceeding from any public servant legally competent to issue the same to attend in person or by an agent at a certain time and place, intentionally and without reasonable cause refuses or omits to attend at the place and time or depart from that place before the time at which it is awful for him to depart, shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

(b) if the summons, notice, order or proclamation is to attend in person or by an agent in a Court of justice, with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Failure to Attend in
Obedience to an Order
From Public Servant
Section 102

Whoever, having been required by a summons, notice, order or proclamation proceeding from a public servant legally competent to issue the same to produce or deliver up any document or other thing, intentionally omits so to produce or deliver up the same, shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or with both;

(b) if the document is to be produced or delivered up to a Court of justice, with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Failure to Produce
Document to Public Servant
Section 103

Whoever, being legally bound to give any notice or to furnish information on any subject to any public servant, intentionally omits to give such notice or to furnish such information in the manner and at the time required by law, shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months and with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both;

(b) if the notice or information required to be given is in respect of the commission of an offence or is required for the purpose of preventing the commission of an offence or in order to arrest an offender, with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months and with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Failure to Give Notice or
Information to Public
Servant
Section 104

Whoever, being legally bound to furnish information on any subject to any public servant as such, furnishes as true information on the subject which he knows or has reason to believe to be false, shall be punished-

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not ess than Ten Thousand Naira or both. Or

(b) if the information which he is legally bound to give is in respect of the commission of an offence or is required for the purpose of preventing the commission of an offence or in order to arrest an offender, with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with a fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Furnishing False Information
Section 105

Whoever gives to any public servant any information which he knows or believes to be false, intending thereby to cause or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause such public servant:

(a) to do or to omit anything which such public servant ought not to do or omit if the true state of facts respecting such information is given were known by him; or

(b) to use the lawful power of such public servant to the injury or annoyance of any person

shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or with both.

Giving False Information
With Intent to Mislead a
Public Servant
Section 106

(1) Whoever refuses to bind himself by an oath or affirmation to state the truth when required to do so by a public servant legally competent to require that he shall so bind himself, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

(2) The provisions of this section shall not apply to a witness in a judicial proceeding who, having been called upon to take an oath or make a solemn affirmation that he will speak the truth under section 261 of the Administration of Criminal Justice Law, refuses to take such oath or make such affirmation under the provisions of section 262 of the Administration of Criminal Justice Law.

Refusing Oath or Affirmation
When Duly Required by
Public Servant to Make it
Section 107

Whoever, being legally bound to answer questions put to him
on any subject by any public servant in the exercise of the
lawful powers of such public servant, refuses to answer any
such question, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term
of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Ten
Thousand Naira or with both.

Refusing to Answer Public
Servant Authorised to
Question to Make it
Section 108

Whoever refuses to sign any statement made by him when Refusing to Sign Statement
required to sign that statement by a public servant legally
competent to require that he signs that statement, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six
Months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or
both.

Refusing to Sign Statement
Section 109

Whoever offers any resistance to the seizure of any property by
the lawful authority of any public servant knowing or having
reason to believe that he is such public servant, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six
Months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or
both.

Resistance to Seizure of
Property by Lawful
Authority of Public Servant
Section 110

Whoever intentionally obstructs any sale of property offered for
sale by the lawful authority of any public servant, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three
months or with fine of not less than Twenty Thousand Naira or
with both.

Obstructing Sale of
Property Offered for Sale by
Authority of Public Servant
Section 111

Whoever, when any property has been attached or taken by the
lawful authority of any public servant, knowingly and with intent
to hinder or defeat the attachment or process receives,
removes, retains, conceals, or disposes of such property, shall
be punished with imprisonment of not less than Six Months or
with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Removing Property Under
Lawful Seizure
Section 112

Whoever at any sale of property held by the lawful authority of
a public servant, purchases or bids for any property on account
of any person whether himself or any other, whom he knows to
be under a legal incapacity to purchase that property at that
sale, or bids for such property not intending to perform the
obligations under which he lays himself by such bidding, shall
be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than
Three Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Thousand
Naira or both.

Illegal Purchase or Bid for
Property Offered for Sale by
Authority of Public Servant
Section 113

. Whoever voluntarily obstructs any public servant in the discharge of his public function, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with a fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Obstructing Public Servant in discharge of Function
Section 114

Whoever, being legally bound to render or furnish assistance to
any public servant in the execution of his public duty
intentionally omits to give such assistance, shall be punished
with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or
with a fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or with both.

Failing to Assist Public Servant When Bound by Law to Assist
Section 115

Whoever, knowing that by an order promulgated by a public servant lawfully empowered to promulgate such order, he is directed to abstain from a certain act, or to take certain action with respect to certain property in his possession or under his management, disobeys such direction, shall:

(a) if such disobedience causes or tends to cause obstruction, annoyance or injury or risk of obstruction; annoyance or injury to any person lawfully employed, be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with a fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or with both.

(b) if such disobedience causes or tends to cause danger to humans shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with a fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira and not exceeding Twenty Five Thousand Naira or with both.

Disobedience to Order Duly
Promulgated by Public
Servant
Section 116

Whoever, holds out any threat of injury to any public servant or
to any person in whom he believes that public servant to be
interested, for the purpose of inducing that public servant to do
any act or to forbear or delay to do any act connected with the
exercise of the public functions of such public servant, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six
Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand
Naira or with both.

Threat of Injury to Public
Servant
Section 117

Whoever, holds out any threat of injury to any person for the
purpose of inducing that person to refrain or desist from
applying for protection against any injury to any public servant
legally empowered to give such protection or cause such
protection to be given, shall be punished with imprisonment for
a term of not less than Six Months or with a fine of not less
than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Threat of Injury to Induce
Person to Refrain from
Applying for Protection to
Public Servant
Section 118

Whoever, intentionally insults or causes any interruption to any
public servant, while such public servant is sitting in any stage
of judicial proceeding, shall be punished with imprisonment for
a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than
Twenty Thousand Naira or both.

Intentional Insult or
Interruption to Public Servant
Sitting in Judicial Proceeding
Section 119

Whoever, being legally bound by an oath or by any express provision of law to state the truth or being bound by law to make a declaration upon any subject, makes any statement, verbally or otherwise, which is false in a material particular and which he either knows or believes to be false or does not believe to be true, is said to give false evidence.

Giving False Evidence Defined
Section 120

. Whoever causes any circumstance to exist or makes any false entry in any book or record or makes any document containing a statement intending that such circumstance, false entry or false statement may appear in evidence or be used in a judicial proceeding or in a proceeding taken by law before a public servant or before an arbitrator and that such circumstance, false entry or false statement so appearing in evidence or so used may cause any person, who in such proceeding is to form an opinion upon the circumstance, entry or statement, to entertain an erroneous opinion touching any point material to the result of such proceeding, is said to fabricate false evidence.

Section 121

(1) Whoever intentionally gives false evidence in any stage of a judicial proceeding or fabricates false evidence for the purpose of it being used in any stage of a judicial proceeding, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Seven Years and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira.

(2) Whoever intentionally gives or fabricates false evidence in any other case, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and with fine of not ess than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira.

Punishment for False
Evidence
Section 122

(1) Whoever gives or fabricates false evidence intending to thereby to cause or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause any person to be convicted of an offence which is punishable with death, shall be punished with Imprisonment for a term which may extend to imprisonment for life and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than one Million Naira.

(2) If an innocent person is convicted and executed in consequence of such false evidence, the person who gave or fabricated such evidence shall be punished with death.

Giving False Evidence to Procure Conviction in Capital Offence
Section 123

Whoever gives or fabricates false evidence intending thereby to
cause or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause any
person to be convicted of an offence which is not punishable
with death but is punishable with imprisonment for a term of
Seven Years or upwards shall be punished as a person
convicted of that offence would be punished.

Giving False Evidence to
Procure Conviction of
Offence Punishable With
Imprisonment
Section 124

Whoever uses or attempts to use as true or genuine evidence
any evidence which he knows to be false or fabricated, shall be
punished in the same manner as if he gave a fabricated or false
evidence.

Using Evidence Known to
be False
Section 125

Whoever issues or signs any certificate required by law to be
given or signed or relating to any fact of which such certificate
is legally admissible in evidence knowing or believing that such
certificate is false in any material point, shall be punished in the
same manner as if he gave false evidence.

Issuing or Signing False
Evidence
Section 126

Whoever uses or attempts to use any certificate mentioned in
section 127 as a true certificate knowing the same to be false in
any material point, shall be punished in the same manner as if
he gave false evidence.

Using as True a Certificate
Known to be False
Section 127

(1) Whoever in any declaration made or subscribed by him, which declaration any Court of justice or any public servant or other person is bound or authorized by law to receive as evidence of any fact, makes any statement, which is false and which he either knows or believes to be false or does not believe to be true, concerning any point material to the object for which the declaration is made or used, shall be punished in the same manner as if he gave false evidence.

(2) Whoever uses or attempts to use as true any such declaration knowing the same to be false in any material point, shall be punished in the same manner as if he gave false evidence.

False Statement in
Declaration Which is by Law
Receivable as Evidence
Section 128

Whoever knowingly makes a false translation of the evidence of a witness or of the statement of an accused person or of a party to a civil suit or makes a false translation or copy of any document with the intention that such translation or copy shall be used in any manner in any judicial proceeding or knowing that it is likely to be so used, and whoever knowingly uses such translation or copy in any manner in any judicial proceeding, shall be punished in the same manner as if he gave false evidence.

False Translation
Section 129

Whoever secretes or destroys any document, which he may be
lawfully compelled to produce as evidence in a Court of justice
or in any proceeding lawfully held before a public servant as
such, or obliterates or renders illegible the whole or any part of
such document with the intention of preventing the same from
being produced or used as evidence before such Court or public
servant as aforesaid or after he shall have been lawfully
summoned or required to produce the same for that purpose,
shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than
Seven Years or with a fine of not less than One Hundred and
Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Destruction of Document to
Prevent its Production as
Evidence
Section 130

Whoever, knowing or having reason to believe that an offence has been committed, causes any evidence of the commission of the offence to disappear with the intention of screening the offender from legal punishment, or with a like intention of intending to prevent his arrest gives any information in respect of the offence which he knows or believes to be false or harbours or conceals a person whom he knows or has reason to believe to be the offender, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or with both.

Causing Disappearance of Evidence of Offence or Giving False Information 0n Screen Offender
Section 131

(1) Whoever accepts or attempts to obtain or agrees to accept any bribe for himself or any other person or any restitution of property to himself or any other person in consideration of his concealing an offence or of his screening any person from lawful punishment for any offence or of his not proceeding against any person for the purpose of bringing him to lawful punishment, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years and with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or with both.

(2) This section shall not extend to any case in which the offence may lawfully be compounded.

Taking Bribe to Screen an
Offender from Punishment
Section 132

(1) Whoever gives or causes or offers or agrees to give or cause any bribe to any other person or to restore or cause the restoration of any property to any other person, in consideration of that other person’s concealing an offence or of his screening any person from lawful punishment for any offence or of his not proceeding against any person for the purpose of bringing him to lawful punishment, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years and with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira o with both.

(2) This section shall not extend to any case in which the offence may lawfully be compounded.

Offering Bribe in Consideration
of Screening Offender
Section 133

Whoever knowing or having reason to believe that any person
is about to commit or have recently committed robbery or
brigandage, harbours them or any of them with the intention of
facilitating the commission of such robbery or brigandage or of
screening them or any of them from punishment, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term which may not be less
than Fourteen Years and fine of not less than Two Hundred
Thousand Naira.

Penalty for Harbouring
Robber or Brigand
Section 134

Whoever intentionally offers any resistance or illegal obstruction to the lawful arrest of any other person or rescues or attempts to rescue any other person from any confinement or custody in which that person is lawfully detained shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and not exceeding Fourteen Years or with a fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or with both;

(b) if such other person is under a sentence of death, shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Fourteen Years and may extend to imprisonment for life and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira.

Resistance or Obstruction to
Lawful Arrest of Another
Person
Section 135

Whoever intentionally offers any resistance or illegal obstruction
to the lawful arrest of himself for any offence with which he is
charged or of which he has been convicted or escapes or
attempts to escape from any custody in which he is lawfully
detained for any such offence, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with
fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or
with both.

Resistance or Obstruction
by a Person to his Lawful
Arrest or Escape
Section 136

Whoever in any case not provided for in section 136
intentionally offers any resistance or illegal obstruction to the
lawful arrest of himself or escapes or attempts to escape from
any custody in which he is lawfully detained, shall be punished
with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or
with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Resistance or Obstruction
to Lawful Arrest or Escape,
in Cases Not Provided for
by Section 136
Section 137

Whoever, with intent to prevent any property of himself or o any other person or any other interest therein:

(a) from being taken as a forfeiture or in satisfaction of a fine under a sentence which has been pronounced or which he knows to be likely to be pronounced by a Court of justice or other competent authority; or

(b) from being taken by seizure or in execution of a judgment or order, which has been made or which he knows to be likely to be made by a Court of justice; or

(c) from being distributed according to law amongst the creditors of himself or such other person; or

(d) from being available according to law for payment of the debts of himself or of such other person, dishonestly or fraudulently removes or conceals or assists in removing or concealing such property or dishonestly or fraudulently transfers, delivers or releases such property or any interest therein to any person or practices any deception regarding the same or accepts or dishonestly or fraudulently accepts, receives or claims such property or any interest therein, knowing that he has no right or rightful claim thereto shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may not be less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Fraudulent Removal of
Property to Prevent Lawful
Seizure or Execution
Section 138

Whoever fraudulently causes or suffers a decree or order to be
passed against him at the suit of any person for a sum not due
or for a larger sum than is due to such person or for any
property or interest in property to which such person is not
entitled or fraudulently causes or suffers a decree or order to
be executed against him after it has been satisfied or for
anything in respect of which it has been satisfied, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two
Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or
both.

Fraudulently Suffering
Decree or Order for Sum
Not Due
Section 139

Whoever fraudulently obtains a decree or order against any
person for a sum not due or for a larger sum than is due or for
any property or interest in property to which he is not entitled
or fraudulently causes a decree or order to be executed against
any person after it has been satisfied or for anything in respect
of which it has been satisfied or fraudulently suffers or permits
any such act to be done in his name, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with
fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Fraudulently Obtaining
Decree For Sum Not Due
Section 140

Whoever dishonestly or fraudulently signs, executes or becomes
a party to any deed or instrument, which purports to transfer or
subject to any charge any property or any interest therein and
which contains any false statement relating to the consideration
of such transfer or charge or relating to the person or persons
for whose use or benefit it is really intended to operate, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two
Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or
both.

Dishonest or Fraudulent
Execution of Deed of
Transfer Containing
Statement or Consideration
Section 141

Whoever, knowing or having reason to believe that an offence
has been committed, gives any information respecting that
offence which he knows or believes to be false, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two
Years or with fine of Fifty Thousand Naira or with both.

Giving False Information
Respecting an Offence
Section 142

. (1) Whoever impersonates another, whether that other is an actual or fictitious person, and in such assumed character makes any admission or statement or causes any process to be issued or stands as surety, or does any other act in any suit or criminal prosecution, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

(2) Whoever impersonates any public officer whether serving or retired by any means and for any purpose whatsoever, is guilty of an offence, and shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand naira or both.

(3) Whoever impersonates any Traditional Ruler or any Title Holder or any existing or non-existent traditional or Chieftaincy Title is guilty of an offence, and shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Impersonation
Section 143

Any person who uses or deals with any document which has
been issued by a lawful authority to another person, and where
that other person is certified to be a person possessed of any
qualification recognized by law for any purpose, or to be the
holder of any office, or to be entitled to exercise any profession,
trade, or business, or to be entitled to any right or privilege, o
to enjoy any rank or status, and falsely represents himself to be
the person named in the document is guilty of an offence and
shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than
Three Years or with fine of not less than fifty Thousand Naira
or both.

Impersonation of a Person Named in a Certificate
Section 144

. Any person to whom any document has been issued by lawful authority certifying him to be a person possessed of any qualification recognized by Law for any purpose, or to be the holder of any office, or to be entitled to exercise any profession, trade, or business, or to be entitled to any right or privilege, to enjoy any rank or status, sells, gives or lends the document to another person with intent that, that other person may represent himself to be the person named in it, is guilty of an offence and shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Lending Certificate for
Impersonation
Section 145

Any person who, with the purpose of obtaining any
employment, uses or deals with any document of the nature of
a testimonial, attestation or character given to another person
is guilty of an offence and shall be punished with imprisonment
of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Twenty
Five Thousand Naira or both.

Impersonation of Person
Named in a Testimonial or
Character
Section 146

Any person to whom any document in the nature of a
testimonial, attestation or character has been given, gives sells
or lends such document to another person with the intent that
the other person may use or deal with such document for the
purpose of obtaining any employment is guilty of an offence
and shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less
than Two Years or with fine of not less than Twenty Five
Thousand Naira or with both.

Lending Testimonial for
Impersonation
Section 147

Whoever with intent to cause injury to any person institutes or causes to be instituted any criminal proceedings against that person or falsely charges any person with having committed an offence knowing that there is no just or lawful ground for such proceedings or charge against that person shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or with both;

(b) where such criminal proceeding is instituted on a false charge of an offence punishable with death or imprisonment for Seven Years or upwards, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira.

False Charge of Offence
Made With Intent to Injure
Lending Testimonial for
Impersonation
Section 148

Whoever receives or agrees or consents to take any bribe under
pretence or on account of helping any person to recover any
movable property of which he shall have been deprived by any
offence shall, unless he uses all means in his power to cause
the offender to be brought to justice, be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with
fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or
both.

Receiving Bribe to Help to
Recover Stolen Property
Section 149

Whoever with intent to influence the course of justice in any civil or criminal proceeding does any act whereby the civil hearing, trial or decision of any matter in that proceeding may be prejudiced, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Influencing the Course of Justice
Section 150

(1) A person is guilty of public nuisance who does an act or is guilty of an illegal omission which causes any common injury, danger or annoyance to the public or to the people in general who dwell or occupy property in the vicinity or which must necessarily cause injury, obstruction, danger or annoyance to persons who may have occasion to use any public right.

(2) Where premises on which a public nuisance has occurred is occupied by two or more persons in common each of such persons shall be liable to conviction on account of the nuisance in the absence of sufficient evidence that he has not been guilty of the offence.

Public Nuisance Defined
Section 151

Whoever smokes in a public place is guilty of an offence, and Smoking in Public Place
shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not
be less than Three Months or with fine of not less than Ten
Thousand Naira or both.

Smoking in Public Place
Section 152

Whoever adulterates any food or drink or abstracts from any
food or drink any part thereof so as to affect injuriously, the
quality, substance or nature, intending to sell such article as
food or drink without notice to the purchaser or knowing that it
is likely that the same will be sold as food or drink without
notice to the purchaser, shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less
than Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Sale of Food or Drink Not Corresponding to Description
Section 153

Whoever sells any article of food or drink which is not of the
nature, substance and quality demanded by the purchaser or
the article which the seller represents it to be, shall be punished
with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or
with fine which shall not be less than Two Hundred Thousand
Naira or both.

Adulteration of Food or
Drink Intended for Sale
Section 154

Whoever sells or offers or exposes for sale any article of food or drink, with which any admixture has been fraudulently made to increase the bulk, weight or measure of such article or to conceal the inferior quality thereof, or any article of food or drink, from which any part has been intentionally abstracted so as to affect, injuriously, its quality, substance or nature, without notice to the purchaser, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Sale of Adulterated Food or Drink
Section 155

Whoever sells or offers or exposes for sale as food or drink any Sale of Noxious Food or
article which has been rendered or has become noxious or is in Drink
a state unfit for human consumption knowing or having reason
to believe that the same is obnoxious or unfit for human
consumption, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of
not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than Two
Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Sale of Noxious Food or Drink
Section 156

Whoever adulterates any drug or medical preparation in such a
manner as to lessen the efficacy or change the operation of
such drug or medical preparation or to make it noxious,
intending that it shall be sold or used for or knowing it to be
likely that it will be sold or used for any medicinal purposes as if
it had not undergone such adulteration, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with
fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Adulteration of Drug
Section 157

Whoever, knowing any drug or medical preparation to have
been adulterated in such a manner as to lessen its efficacy or
change its operation or renders it noxious, sells the same or
offers or exposes it for sale or issues it from any dispensary for
medicinal purposes as unadulterated or causes it to be used for
medicinal purposes by any person not knowing of the
adulteration shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of
not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than Five
Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Sale of Adulterated Drug
Section 158

Whoever knowingly sells or offers or exposes for sale or issues from a dispensary for medicinal purposes any drug or medical preparation as a different drug or medical preparation, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Sale of Drug as a Different Drug or Preparation
Section 159

Whoever voluntarily corrupts or fouls the water of any public well or reservoir or other public water supply so as to render it less fit for the purpose for which it is ordinarily used, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Fouling Water of Public Well or Reservoir
Section 160

Whoever voluntarily vitiates the atmosphere in any place so as
to make it noxious to the health of persons in general dwelling
or carrying on business in the neighbourhood or passing along
a public way, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of
not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Fifty
Thousand Naira or both.

Making Atmosphere
Noxious to Health
Section 161

. Whoever exhibits any false light, mark or buoy intending or knowing it to be likely that such exhibition will mislead any navigator, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Exhibition of False Light, Mark or Buo
Section 162

Whoever by doing any act or by omitting to keep in order any property in his possession or under his charge causes obstruction to any person in any public way or public line of navigation, shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Obstruction on Public W y or Line of Navigation
Section 163

Whoever being an employee engaged in any work connected with the public health or safety or with any service of public utility ceases from such work in pre-arranged agreement with any other such employee without giving his employer fifteen days notice of his intention so to do, shall, if the intention or effect of such cessation is to interfere with the performance of any general service connected with public health, safety or utility to an extent which will cause injury or damage or grave inconvenience to the community, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Months or with a fine of Twenty Thousand Naira or both.

Employees Engaged on Work of Public Utility Ceasing Work Without Notice
Section 164

Whoever does any act in a manner so rash or negligent as to endanger human life or to be likely to cause bodily harm or injury to any person or property, or knowingly or negligently omits to take such order with any property or substance in his possession or under his control or with any operations under his control as is sufficient to guard against probable danger to human life from such property, substance or operations, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Negligent Conduct Causing Danger to Person or Property
Section 165

Whoever knowingly or negligently omits to control any anima in his possession sufficiently to guard against any probable danger to human life or any probable danger of grievous bodily harm bodily harm from such animal, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Negligent Conduct With Respect to Animal
Section 166

Whoever commits a public nuisance in any case not otherwise punishable by this Law, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than six months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for Public Nuisance in cases not Otherwise Provided for
Section 167

Whoever repeats or continues a public nuisance, having been ordered by any public servant who has lawful authority to give such order not to repeat or continue such nuisance, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not ess than Two Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Continuance of Nuisance After Injunction to Discontinue
Section 168

Whoever to the annoyance of others does any obscene or indecent act by whatever means to the public, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Obscene or Indecent Acts
Section 169

1) Whoever keeps or manages a brothel within a residential area or does same by operating an online website for that purpose shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira.

(2) Whoever is a prostitute or practices prostitution in a brothel shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

(3) Whoever is involved in prostitution or keeps, manages or maintains any person in a brothel or elsewhere for the purpose of prostitution, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years o with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or with both.

(4) Without prejudice to the punishments prescribed in any of the subsections of these Section, a Magistrate or other judicial officer shall order the immediate sealing off of the brothel or place used in connection with any offence under this Section for a period of not less than six (6) months and the place so used as a brothel or for prostitution shall be reopened upon the application of the owner who shall give a satisfactory undertaking as to its subsequent legitimate use.

Keeping a Brothel
Section 170

. (1) Whoever sells or distributes, imports or prints or makes for sale or hire or wilfully exhibits to the public view any obscene book, pamphlet, paper, gramophone record, compact disc, electronic device or similar article, drawing, painting, representation or figure or attempts or offers so to do or has in his possession any such obscene book or other thing for the purpose of sale, distribution or public exhibition, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

(2) And any such articles may be destroyed upon the order of any court by such person as the court may direct.

Sales of Obscene Books, etc
Section 171

. (1) Whoever to the annoyance of others sings, recites, utters or reproduces by any mechanical or electronic means any obscene songs or words in or near any public place, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term not exceeding One (1) year or fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

(2) And where any such songs or words are contained in any device, the device may be destroyed upon the order o any court by such person as the court may direct.

Obscene Songs, etc.
Section 172

In this chapter:

“Lottery” includes any game, method or device whereby money or money’s worth is distributed or allotted in any manner depending upon or to be determined by chance or lot;

“Lottery Ticket” includes any paper, ticket, token or other article whatsoever which either expressly or tacitly entitles or purports to entitle any person to receive any money or money’s worth on the happening of any event or contingency connected with any public lottery;

“Public Lottery” means a lottery to which the public or any class of the public has, or may have, access, and every lottery shall, until the contrary is proved, be deemed to be a public lottery.

.
Section 173

. (1) Whoever without a valid license, keeps any house or place to which the public are admitted for the purpose of betting or playing any game of chance or keeps any office or place for the purpose of drawing any lottery or assists in the conduct of any such house or place or office without valid license shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not ess than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

PROVIDED always that, nothing herein contained shall make illegal, the use of a totalizator by a race club recognized by the State Government at a race meeting with the approval of the Governor.

(2) In this section the word “Totalizator” means the instrument, machine or contrivance, commonly known as a totalizator, and any other instrument, machine o contrivance of a like nature, or any scheme for enabling any number of persons to make bets with one another on the like principles.

Keeping Gaming House or Lottery Office
Section 174

1) Whoever, without any valid license:

(a) gives or sells or offers for sale or delivers any lottery ticket or pays or receives directly or indirectly any money or money’s worth for or in respect of any chance in or event or contingency connected with a public lottery; or

(b) draws, throws, declares or exhibits expressly or otherwise the winner or winning number, ticket, lot, figure design, symbol or other result of any public lottery; or

(c) writes, prints, publishes, or causes to be written, printed, or published any lottery ticket or any announcement relating to a public lottery; or

(d) advances, furnishes or receives money for the purpose of a public lottery

shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not ess than Six Months and or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

(2) Nothing in this section shall apply:

(a) to the sale by raffle or lottery of articles exposed for sale at any gathering held for the purpose of raising funds in aid of any Institution of a public character where permission for such sale shall have been given in writing by the Governor;

(b) to any lottery or sweep-stake organized or controlled at or in connection with any race meeting held under the auspices of any race club or association in the State which has been exempted from the provisions of this section by the Governor by Notice in the State Gazette;

(c) to any club which the Governor has granted a license authorizing a lottery to be promoted as an incident of entertainment by a member of the club on the premises of the club and subject to any conditions in the license;

(d) to any lottery or sweep- stake organized and controlled by any race club in State to which the Governor may by Notice in the State Gazette extend the provision of this section, at or in connection with any race meeting held under the auspices of any such dub or association.

Offences Relating to Lotteries
Section 175

Whoever cruelly beats, tortures or ill-treats any tamed or domestic animal or any wild animal which has previously been Animals deprived of its liberty or arranges, promotes or organizes fights between cocks, rams or other domestic animals, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with a fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Ill-treatment of Domestic
Section 176

Whoever wantonly overrides or overdrives or overloads any animal or wantonly employs any animal, which by reason of age, sickness, wounds or infirmity is not in a condition to work, or neglects any animal in such a manner as to cause it unnecessary suffering, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months r or with a fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Over-riding and Neglect of Animal
Section 177

On conviction of an offence under section 175 or section 176
the Court may in addition to or in substitution for any other
penalty make an order for temporary custody by the Police of
the animal in respect of which such offence has been
committed and may order the person convicted to pay such
sum as the Court thinks fit for the maintenance and treatment
of such animal and such sum shall be recoverable in the same
manner as fine imposed under this Law; or, if such animal is
suffering from incurable disease or injury, may order it to be
destroyed.

Power to Order Temporary
Custody or Destruction of
Animal
Section 178

Whoever by any means publicly insults or seeks to incite contempt of any religion, by making false statement in such a manner as to be likely to lead to a breach of the peace, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Insulting or mating
Contempt of Religion
Section 179171

Whoever unlawfully destroys, damages or defiles any licensed
place of worship or any place or object held sacred by any
person or class of persons with intention of thereby, insulting
the religion of any class of persons or with the knowledge that
any class of persons is likely to consider such destruction,
damage or defilement as an insult to their religion, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than five (5)
Years or fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira o
both.

Vandalizing or Defiling
Place of Worship
Section 180

Whoever, voluntarily causes disturbance to any assembly
lawfully engaged in the performance of religious worship or
religious ceremonies, shall be punished with imprisonment for a
term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than
One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Disturbing Religious Assembly
Section 181

Whoever, with the intention of bodily harming the feeling of any
person or of insulting the religion of any person or with the
knowledge that the feelings of any person are likely to be
wounded or that the religion of any person is likely to be
insulted thereby, commits any indignity to any human corpse or
causes disturbance to any persons assembled for the
performance of funeral ceremonies, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with
fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or
both.

Committing Trespass on
Place of Worship or
Funeral Ceremony
Section 182

Any person who in contravention of this Law:

(a) preaches without a licence;

(b) plays religious cassette or uses a loudspeaker for religious purposes between the hours of 11.00 p.m. to 4.00 a.m. in a public place;

(c) uses a loudspeaker for religious purposes other than inside a mosque or church and the surrounding areas outside the religiously recognised prayer times;

(d) uses a loudspeaker in a vehicle plying the street with religious recordings;

(e) abuses religious books or religious leaders of any faith;

(f) incites disturbance of the public peace through religious preaching;

(g) abuses or uses any derogatory term in describing a y religion;

(h) keeps weapons of any description whether concealed or not in places of worship or to any other place with a view o causing religious disturbance;

(i) vandalises or defiles any place of worship:

(j) aids and abets the commission of the offences under this Law,

commits an offence and shall on conviction be liable for imprisonment for a term not exceeding two (2) years or to a fine not exceeding two hundred thousand Naira or both.

Offences and Punishment
Section 183

(1) Whoever presides or participates in any unlawful trial by ordeal Trial by Ordeal shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

(b) where such trial results in the death of any party to the proceeding, shall be punished with death.

Trial by Ordeal
Section 184

Whoever promotes harmful practice of religion, insults, intimidates or inflicts injury on any person or subjects a female to harmful traditional practice or of any religion or belief shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment of not less than five (5) years or fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both;

(b) with death, if such practice results in the death of any person.

Harmful Practice of
Religion and Tradition
Section 185

Whoever:

(a) by his statement or action represents himself to be a witch, wizard or has the power of witchcraft; or

(b) accuses or threatens to accuse any person of being witch or wizard having the power of witchcraft. or

(c) uses spells, hypnosis or any similar practice against any person against his will;

(d) offers, gives, distributes or otherwise makes available to a child any book, cartoon, film, or other literature or electronic device the contents of which presents as acceptable or to be desired;

(e) makes or uses or assists in making or using, practice or has in his possession anything whatsoever the making, use or possession of, for the practice of any religion or belief which can intimidate, insult or cause harm to any person;

shall be punished as provided under section 184 paragraphs (a) and (b) respectively.

Offences Relating to
Witchcraft
Section 186

Whoever knowingly has in his possession any fetish or charm
which is pretended or reputed to possess power to protect a
person in the committing of any offence shall be punished with
imprisonment of not less than Five Years or with fine of not
less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Criminal Charms
Section 187

Whoever knowingly eats or receives for the purpose of eating any part of a human body shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment of not less than Ten Years or with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

(b) with death if death results from the removal of the human part received, recovered or found in the possession of the accused person.

Cannibalism
Section 188

Whoever receives or has in his possession without authority any human part shall be punished with imprisonment for life the duration of the human part found, shall be immaterial.

Unlawful Possession of Human Part
Section 189

Whoever causes death:

(a) by doing an act with the intention of causing death or such bodily injury as is likely to cause death; or

(b) by doing an act with the knowledge that he is likely such act to cause death; or

(c) by doing a rash or negligent act, commits the offence o culpable homicide.

Culpable Homicide Defined
Section 190

Except in the circumstances mentioned in section 191, culpable homicide shall be punished with death:

(a) where the act by which the death is caused is done with the intention of causing death.or

(b) where the doer of the act knew or had reason to know that death would be the probable and not only a likely consequence of the act or of any bodily injury which the act was intended to cause.

Culpable Homicide Punishable With Death
Section 191

191 Culpable homicide is not punishable with death:

(1) Where the offender, whilst deprived of the power of self control by grave and sudden provocation, causes the death of the person who gave the provocation or causes the death of any other person by mistake or accident;

2) Where the offender, in the exercise in good faith, of the right of private defence of person or property exceeds the powers given to him by law and causes the death o the person against whom he is exercising such defence without premeditation and without any intention of doing more harm than is necessary for the purpose of such defence;

3) Where the offender, being a public servant, acting for the advancement of public justice or being a person aiding a public servant so acting, exceeds the powers given to him by law and causes death by doing an act which, he in good faith believes to be lawful and necessary for the due discharge of his duty as such public servant or for assisting such public servant in the due discharge of such duty and without motive towards the person whose death is caused;

4) Where it is committed without premeditation in a sudden fight in the heat of passion upon a sudden quarrel and without the offender having taken undue advantage or acted in a cruel or unusual manner;

5) When the person whose death is caused, being above the age of eighteen Years suffers death or takes the risk o death with his own consent;

6) Where a woman intentionally causes the death of her child, being a child under the age of twelve months, but at the time of the act or omission the balance of her mind was disturbed by reason of her not having fully recovered from the effect of giving birth to the child or by reason of the effect of lactation consequent upon the birth of the child; and

7) When a person causes the death of another by doing any rash or negligent act.

When Culpable Homicide
is Not Punishable With
Death
Section 192

If a person by doing anything which he intends or knows to be
likely to cause death commits culpable homicide by causing the
death of any person whose death he neither intends nor knows
himself to be likely to cause, the culpable homicide committed
by the offender is of the description of which it would have
been if he had caused the death of the person whose death he
intended or knew himself to be likely to cause.

Culpable Homicide by
Causing Death of Person
Other Than Person Whose
Death Was Intended
Section 193

Whoever commits culpable homicide not punishable with death, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years or with life imprisonment.

Culpable Homicide Not Punishable With Death
Section 194

Whoever causes the death of any person by doing any act not amounting to culpable homicide but done with the intention of causing bodily harm or grievous bodily harm shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Death Caused When
Intention is to Cause
Bodily Harm or grievous
Bodily Harm Only.
Section 195

Whoever causes the death of any person by doing any act not
amounting to culpable homicide constitutes an offence
punishable with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven
Years or with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira
or both.

Death cause in act of committing offence.
Section 196

Where any child, any insane person, any delirious person, any
idiot or any person in a state of intoxication commits suicide,
whoever abets the commission of such suicide shall be
punished with death.

Abetment of suicide
of child or insane
person.
Section 197

Whoever abets the commission of suicide, shall be punished. with life imprisonment.

Abetment of suicide.
Section 198

Whoever attempts to commit suicide and does any act towards
the commission of such offence, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than six months.

Attempt to commit
suicide
Section 199

(1) Whoever does any act not resulting in death with such intention or knowledge and in such circumstance that if he by that act caused death, would be guilty of culpable homicide and shall be punished with imprisonment for life or any less term.

(2) When any person, being under sentence of imprisonment for life, commits an offence under this section, shall be punished in accordance with the punishment provided for such offence.

Attempt to commit
culpable homicide.
Section 200

Whoever does any act with such intention or knowledge and in such circumstances that, if he by that act caused death, shall be guilty of culpable homicide not punishable with death and accordingly, punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both; where bodily harm is caused to any person by such act

(b) with imprisonment of not less than One Year or with a fine of not less than fifty thousand Naira (N50,000.00) or both.

Attempt to commit
culpable homicide
not punishable with
death
Section 201

Whoever voluntarily causes a woman with a child to miscarry
shall, if such miscarriage be not caused in good faith for the
purpose of saving the life of the woman, be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine
of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Causing Miscarriage
Section 202

Whoever with intent to cause the miscarriage of a woman whether with child or not does any act which causes the death of such woman shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and shall also be liable to fine of Five Hundred Thousand Naira; and

(b) where the act is done without the consent of the woman, with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years and may extend to life imprisonment and with fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira.

Death caused by act done
with intent to cause
Miscarriage
Section 203

Whoever uses force on any woman and thereby unintentionally causes her to miscarry, shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years and not exceeding Three Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or with both;

(b) Where the offender knew that the woman was with child, he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or with both.

Causing miscarriage
unintentionall
Section 204

Whoever before the birth of any child does any act with the intention of thereby preventing that child from being born alive or causing it to die after its birth and does by such act prevent that child from being born alive or causes it to die after its birth shall, if such an act be not caused in good faith for the purpose of saving the life of the mother, be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Act done with intent to
prevent child being born
alive or to cause it to die
after birth
Section 205

Whoever does any act in such circumstance that, if he thereby
caused death he would be guilty of culpable homicide, and does
by such act causes the death of an unborn child shall be
punished with imprisonment for not less than Twenty One
Years and may extend to life and shall also be liable to fine of
One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Causing death of an
unborn child by act
amounting to
culpable homicide
Section 206

(1) Whoever being the father or mother or having the care of a child or an adult, exposes or leaves such child or an adult in any place with the intention of wholly abandoning such child or an adult without any means of sustenance, shelter or protection, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

(2) Whoever partially exposes or leaves a child or an adult with the intention of partially abandoning such child or an adult, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or with both. This is without prejudice to the recovery of any loss that any other person may have reasonably incurred in respect to the upkeep of the person abandoned.

Abandonment of a
child or an adult
Section 207

Whoever having the charge or care of a child or an adult and being in a position of authority over him, wilfully ill-treats or neglects him in such way as to cause him suffering shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both;

(b) where the ill-treatment or neglect results in serious injury to the health of such child, or such adult, the offender shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not ess than Two Hundred Thousand Naira or with
both.

Cruelty to person
Section 208

Any person who unlawfully and indecently treats or otherwise
molests a child is guilty of an offence and shall be punished
with imprisonment for at least five years.

Indecent treatment of a child
Section 209

Any person who has sexual intercourse with a child is guilty of an offence and shall be liable to imprisonment for life.

Defilement of a child
Section 210

Any person who, with intent to deprive any parent, guardian or other person who has the lawful care or charge of a child, of the possession of such child, or with intent to steal any article on or in custody of such child:
(a) forcibly or fraudulently takes or entices away, or detains the child;

(b) receives or harbours the child, knowing him to have been taken or enticed away or detained;

is guilty of an offence, and shall be liable to imprisonment for a term of not less than fourteen years.

Child stealing
Section 211

Any person who, being the parent, guardian or other person having the lawful care or charge of a child or an adult, wilfully and without lawful or reasonable cause deserts the child or an adult and leaves him without means of support, is guilty of an offence, and shall be punished with imprisonment for a term not less than one Year and shall be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira without prejudice to the recovery of any cost that any other person may have reasonably incurred with respect to the upkeep of the child or the adult:

Desertion of a child or an adult
Section 212

(1) Any person who impregnates a woman and fails, refuses or neglects to contribute to maternity related costs from ante-natal to post-natal stages is guilty of an offence and shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than One Year and shall be liable to fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira without prejudice to the recovery of any cost that any other person may have reasonably incurred in relation to the upkeep of the woman or girl child.

(2) For the purpose of this Section, maternity related cost includes all medical expenses, food expenses, reasonable shelter and other necessaries.

Desertion of Pregnant Woman or Girl Child
Section 213

Whoever, by secretly burying or otherwise disposing of the dead body of a child whether such child dies before or after or during its birth, intentionally conceals or endeavours to conceal the birth of such child, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Concealment of Birth
Section 214

It is the duty of every person who, as head of a family, has charge of a child, being a member of his household, to provide the necessaries of life for such child; he shall be held to have caused any consequence which results to injury to the life or death of the child by reason of any omission to perform that duty, whether the child is helpless or not and shall be punished with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or imprisonment for a term not less than Three Months.

Duty of Head of Family
Section 215

Whoever causes bodily pain, disease or infirmity to any person is said to cause bodily harm.

Bodily Harm Defined
Section 216

The following kinds of harm are designated as grievous:


(a) emasculation;

(b) permanent deprivation of the sight of an eye, or the hearing of an ear;

(c) deprivation of any member or join

(d) destruction or disfiguration of the head or face;

(e) permanent disfiguration of the head or face;

(f) fracture or dislocation of a bone or tooth; and

(g) any harm which endangers life or which causes the sufferer to be in severe bodily pain or unable to follow his ordinary pursuits.

Grievous Bodily Harm
Defined
Section 217

Whoever does any act with the intention of thereby causing
harm to any person or with the knowledge that he is likely
thereby to cause harm to any person and does thereby cause
harm to any person, is said to voluntarily cause harm.

Voluntary causing
harm defined
Section 218

Whoever voluntarily causes harm, if the harm which he intends to cause or knows himself to be likely to cause is grievous harm and if the harm which he causes is grievous harm, is said to voluntarily cause grievous harm.

Voluntarily causing
grievous harm defined
Section 219

Whoever voluntarily causes harm on grave and sudden provocation, if he neither intends nor knows himself to be likely on provocation to cause harm to any person other than the person who gave the provocation, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than One month or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Voluntarily causing harm in provocation
Section 220

Whoever voluntarily causes grievous harm on grave and sudden
provocation, if he neither intends nor knows himself to be likely
to cause grievous harm to any person other than the person
who gave the provocation, shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than Three Years or with a fine of not less
than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Voluntarily causing grievous
harm on provocation
Section 221

Whoever, except in the case provided for by section 219,
voluntarily causes harm, shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than Five Years or with a fine of not less
than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Voluntarily causing harm
without provocation
Section 222

Whoever, except in the case provided for by section 220,
voluntarily causes grievous harm, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years and shall
also be liable to fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand
Naira.

Voluntarily causing
grievous harm without
provocation
Section 223

(1) Whoever, except in the case provided for by section 219, voluntarily causes harm by means of any instrument for shooting, stabbing or cutting or any instrument, which if used as a weapon of offence is likely to cause death, or by means of fire or any heated substance or by means of electricity or by means of any corrosive or explosive substance or by the administration of any poisonous or deleterious substance or by means of any animal, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with a fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

(2) Whoever, except in the case provided for by section 220, voluntarily causes grievous harm by any of the means mentioned in subsection(1) shall be punished with imprisonment for not less than Seven Years and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Voluntarily causing bodily
harm or grievous bodily
harm by dangerous means.
Section 224

Whoever administers to or causes to be taken by any person
any poison or any stupefying, intoxicating or unwholesome drug
or thing with intent to cause harm to that person or with intent
to commit or to facilitate the commission of an offence or
knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause harm, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five
Years and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than One
Hundred Thousand Naira.

Causing harm by means of poison with intent to commit an offence
Section 225

(1) Whoever voluntarily causes harm for the purpose o extorting from any person harm or from any person interested in the person harmed any property or document of title or of constraining the person harm or any person interested in the person harmed to do anything which is illegal or which may facilitate the commission of an offence, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and a fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira.

(2) Whoever for the like purpose voluntarily causes grievous harm shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Ten Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira.

Voluntarily causing harm
to extort property or to
constrain to commit an
illegal act
Section 226

(1) Whoever voluntarily causes harm for the purpose extorting from the person harmed or any person interested in the person bodily harm any confession or any information which may lead to the detection of an offence or misconduct or for the purpose of constraining the person harmed or any person interested in the person harmed to restore or to cause the restoration of any property or document of title or to satisfy any claim or demand or to give information which may lead to the restoration of any property or document of title, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira.

(2) Whoever for the like purpose voluntarily causes grievous harm, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Ten Years and shall also be liable to fine.

(3) Whoever causes permanent or partial damage or deformity to, or burns, or maims, or disfigures, or disables any part or parts of the body of a person, or causes grievous harm by throwing acid on, or by administering acid to that person, or by using any other means with the intention of causing, or with the knowledge that he is likely to cause such injury or harm, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years and with fine of not less than five Hundred Thousand Naira.

(4) Whoever throws or attempts to throw acid or any substance with corrosive effect on the human body on any person, or attempts to administer acid to any person, or attempts to use any other means with the intention of causing permanent or partial damage or deformity o burns or maiming or disfigurement or disability o grievous harm to that person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years, and shall also be liable to fine of not less than five hundred thousand naira

Voluntarily causing harm
to extort confession or to
compel restoration of
property
Section 227

(1) Whoever voluntarily causes harm to any person being a public servant in the discharge of his duty as such public servant or with intent to prevent or deter that person or any other public servant from discharging his duty as such public servant or in consequence of anything done or attempted to be done by that person in the lawful discharge of his duty as such public servant, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.


(2) Whoever in the like circumstance with the like intent or for like reason voluntarily causes grievous harm to any person being a public servant, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years, and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Voluntarily causing harm or
grievous harm to deter
public servant from his duty
Section 228

(1) Whoever causes harm to any person by doing any act so rashly or negligently as to endanger human life or the personal safety of others, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than One Year, and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

(2) Whoever in like manner causes grievous harm to any person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years, and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira.

Causing harm by act
endangering life or
personal safety of others
Section 229

(1) Whoever voluntarily obstructs any person so as to prevent that person from proceeding in any direction in which that person has a right to proceed, is said to restrain that person wrongfully.

(2) The obstruction of a private way over land or water which a person in good faith believes himself to have a lawful right to obstruct, is not within the meaning of this section.

Wrongful restraint defined
Section 230

Whoever wrongfully restrains any person in such a manner as to prevent that person from proceeding beyond certain circumscribing limits, is said to confine that person wrongfully.

Wrongful confinement defined
Section 231

Whoever wrongfully restrains any person, shall be punished
with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Months or
with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Wrongful restraint
Section 232

Whoever wrongfully confines any person, shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Months or with a fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or with both; and

(b) if the wrongful confinement continues for three days or more with imprisonment for a term of not less than One Year or with a fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Wrongful confinement
Section 233

Whoever keeps any person in wrongful confinement knowing
that a Warrant or Order or Writ for the production or liberation
of that person has been duly issued, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term which may extend to Two Years in
addition to any term of imprisonment to which he may be liable
under any other section under this chapter, and may also be
liable to fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira.

Wrongful confinement after
Warrant or Order or Writ issued
for production or liberation
Section 234

Whoever wrongfully confines any person in such manner as to indicate an intention that the confinement of such person may not be known to any person interested in the person so confined or to any public servant or that the place of such confinement may not be known to or discovered by any such person or public servant as herein before mentioned, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand in addition to any other punishment to which he may be liable for such wrongful act.

Wrongful confinement in secret
Section 235

Whoever wrongfully confines any person for the purpose o
extorting from the person confined or from any person
interested in the person confined any property or document o
title or of constraining the person confined or any person
interested in such person to do anything illegal or to give any
information which may facilitate the commission of an offence,
shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than
Three Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One
Hundred Thousand Naira.

Wrongful confinement to
extort property or constrain
to commit an illegal act
Section 236

Whoever wrongfully confines any person for the purpose o
extorting from the person confined or any person interested in
the person confined any confession or any information which
may lead to the detection of an offence or misconduct or for
the purpose of constraining the person confined or any person
interested in the person confined to restore or to cause the
restoration of any property or document of title or to satisfy any
claim or demand or to give information which may lead to the
restoration of any property or document of title, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three
Years , and shall also be liable to a fine of not less than One
Hundred Thousand Naira.

Wrongful confinement to
extort confession or compel
restoration of property
Section 237

A person is said to use force on another if he causes motion, change of motion or cessation of motion to that other or if he causes any substance to come into contact with any part of the other’s body or with anything which that other is wearing or carrying or with anything so situated that such contact affects that other’s sense of feeling where the person causing any effect abovementioned, causes

(a) by his own bodily power; or

(b) by disposing any substance in such a manner that the effect takes place without any further voluntary act on his part or on the part of any other person; or

(c) by means of any anima

Criminal Force Defined
Section 238

Whoever intentionally uses force on any person without that Use of Criminal Force person’s consent:

(a) while preparing to commit any offence; or

(b) in the course of committing any offence; or

(c) intending by the use of such force to cause or knowing it to be likely that by the use of such force he will cause injury, fear or annoyance to the person to whom force is used, is said to use criminal force to that other.

Use of Criminal Force
Section 239

Whoever makes any gesture or any preparation intending or knowing it to be likely that such gesture or preparation will cause any person present to apprehend that he who makes that gesture or preparation is about to use criminal force to that person, is said to commit an assault.

Assault defined
Section 240

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force on any person otherwise than on grave and sudden provocation given by that person, shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than One Year s or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both;

(b) if grievous bodily harm bodily harm is caused to any person by such assault or criminal force with imprisonment of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for assault
or criminal force without
provocation
Section 241

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force to any person on grave
and sudden provocation given by that person, shall be punished
with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Months or
with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for assault to deter public servant from discharge of his duty
Section 242

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force on any person being a
public servant in the execution of his duty as such public
servant or with intent to prevent or deter that person from
discharging his duty as such public servant or in consequence
of anything done or attempted to be done by such person in
the lawful discharge of his duty as such public servant, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three
Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand
Naira or both.

Assault or criminal force or criminal force with provocation
Section 243

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force on any woman
intending to outrage or knowing it to be likely that he will
thereby outrage her modesty, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or with
fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Assault or criminal force on
woman with intent to
outrage modesty
Section 244

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force on any person in
attempting to commit theft of any property which that person is
then wearing or carrying, shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less
than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Assault or criminal force
in attempt to commit
theft of property carried
by a person
Section 245

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force on any person in
attempting wrongfully to confine that person, shall be punished
with imprisonment for a term of not less than One Year or with
fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Assault or criminal force in
attempt to wrongfully
confine a person
Section 246

(a) Whoever unlawfully seizes, confines, decoys, instils fears, tricks, abducts or carries away and holds for ransom o reward or otherwise any person, commits the offence of kidnapping.

(b) Whoever is guilty of the offence of kidnapping shall be punished with imprisonment for life.

© If the death of any person occurs as a result o committing the offence of kidnapping, shall be punished with death.

Kidnapping defined
Section 247

(1) Where two or more persons conspire to commit Kidnapping and one or more of such persons do any overt act to effect the object of the conspiracy, each shall be guilty of conspiracy to commit kidnapping and is liable on conviction to life imprisonment.

(2) Where a person intending to commit the offence of kidnapping begins to manifest his intention by some overt acts, but does not fulfil his intention to such an extent as to commit the offence, he shall be guilty of the offence of attempt to commit kidnapping and is liable on conviction to imprisonment for fourteen (14) years without option of fine.

(3) Whoever intends to commit kidnapping, causes extreme fear to, or threatens any person by means of a letter, fax, e-mail, text message, telephone call or any other method of communication is guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to imprisonment for fourteen (14) years without option of fine.

Conspiracy, attempt
and threat to commit
kidnapping
Section 248

(1) Whoever instigates any person to kidnap a person or intentionally aids, abets or facilitates by any act or omission the commission of the offence of kidnapping is guilty of an offence and is liable on conviction to imprisonment for fourteen (14) years without option of fine.

(2) Where the offender in subsection (1) of this section is a corporate body shall be liable to pay fine of not less than Ten Million Naira.

Aiding, abetting or
assisting the escape
of offender
Section 249

(1) Whoever allows or permits his premises, building or place belonging or occupied by him or has control over, or a person in lawful possession or occupation by the owner’s authority, for the purposes of keeping a kidnapped or abducted person commits an offence and is liable on conviction to imprisonment for Twenty Years without option of fine.

(2) Any property involved or used to harbour a kidnapped person shall be liable for forfeiture to the Government or demolished where applicable.

(3) Whoever knowingly negotiates to obtain any ransom for the release of any person who has been kidnapped is guilty of an offence and is liable on conviction to be punished with imprisonment for a term of Ten Years without option of fine.

(4) Whoever receives, has possession of or disposes of any money, property or any proceeds thereof, which has at any time been delivered as ransom in connection with the offence of kidnapping, knowing that the money or property has at any time been delivered as such ransom, is guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a term of imprisonment for Fourteen Years without option of fine.

Harbouring a kidnapped
person, knowingly
negotiating to obtain
payment and knowingly
receiving ransom
Section 250

(1) Whoever puts forward himself overtly or covertly to another to be kidnapped or abducted for the purpose of extracting money, ransom, or for any other reason is guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a term of imprisonment for Fourteen Years without option of fine.

(2) Whoever under false pretence or in any other manner represents himself to be the person kidnapped or abducted, or who has influence, power or ability to obtain the release of person kidnapped or abducted for the purposes of obtaining any ransom or reward, or to extort or extract from another person anything of value, or other consideration, is guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a term of imprisonment for Fourteen Years without option of fine.

(3) Nothing in this section prohibits a person who, in good faith, believes that he can rescue or obtain the release o a person who has been kidnapped.

Arranging for one self’s
kidnap and false
representation as a
kidnapped or abducted
person
Section 251

Whoever, by any means whatsoever, induces any person to go from any place or to do any act with intent that such person may be, or knowing is likely to be forced or seduced to illicit sexual intercourse with another person shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Ten Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira.

Procuration of person
Section 252

Whoever imports into the State from any country any person
with intent that the person may be or knowing it to be likely
that the person will be forced or seduced to illicit sexual
intercourse with the importer or another person, shall be
punished with imprisonment of not less than Ten Years and
shall also be liable to fine of not less than Two Hundred
Thousand Naira.

Importation of person
from foreign country
Section 253

Whoever knowing that any person has been kidnapped or has
been abducted wrongfully conceals or confines such person,
shall be punished in the same manner as if he had kidnapped
or abducted such person.

Concealing or keeping in
confinement kidnapped or
abducted person .
Section 254

Whoever buys, sells, hires, lets to hire or otherwise obtains
possession or disposes of any person with intent that such
person shall be employed or used for the purposes of
prostitution or for any unlawful or immoral purposes or knowing
it to be likely that such person will be employed or used for any
such purpose, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term
of not less than Ten Years and shall also be liable to fine of not
ess than Two Hundred Thousand Naira.

Buying or selling of
person for immoral
purpose
Section 255

Whoever unlawfully compels any person to labour against the will of that person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or with both.

Unlawful compulsory labour
Section 256

(a) Whoever, for the purpose of exploitation, recruits, transports, harbours, transfers or receives a person or persons by using threats, force or any other form of coercion, abduction, fraud, deception, abuse of power or by inducement, including giving or receiving of payments or benefits in order to obtain the consent of any person having control over the person so recruited, transported, harboured, transferred or received, commits the offence of traffic in persons.

( b) Whoever commits the offence of traffic in persons shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and shall be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Traffic in persons
Section 257

(1) A person is said to commit rape who, save in the case referred to in subsection (2), has sexual intercourse with a person in any of the following circumstances:

(a) against her will;

(b) without her consent; or

(c) with her consent, when her consent has been obtained by putting her in fear of death or of bodily harm bodily harm; or

(d) with her consent, when the person knows that he is not the person’s spouse and that the consent is given because the person believes that he is another man to whom she is or believes herself to be lawfully married; or

(e) with or without her consent, when she is unsound mind or below fourteen years old.

(2) (a) Sexual intercourse by a person with his own spouse is not rape if she has attained puberty

(b) Penetration is not limited only to penetration by penile shaft, but includes penetration by any object.

Rape, Unnatural and
Indecent Offences against
the Person
Section 258

158 (1) Whoever commits rape, shall be punished with Punishment for rape imprisonment for life.

(2) When a Court is trying the offence of rape, corroboration shall be immaterial where the victim is a child.

(3) Where the victim is a child below the age of fourteen, the Court shall in addition to the conviction under subsection (1) order that he be listed in the Sex Offenders Register.

Punishment for rape
Section 259

Whoever has sexual intercourse against the order of nature with any man, woman or animal such as sodomy, lesbianism, or bestiality shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira.

Unnatural offences
Section 260

(1) Whoever commits an act of gross indecency upon the Acts o gross indecency person of another without his consent or by the use of force or threats compels a person to join with him in the commission of such act, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

PROVIDED that, consent given by a child to such an act when done by any person, his teacher, guardian or any person entrusted with his care or education shall not be deemed to be a consent within the meaning of this section.

(2) A Person is said to have committed gross indecency if he:

(a) violates or otherwise molests another, or 261.

(b) by the use of force or threats compels a person to join him in the commission of such act; or

(c) does any act which infringes on the reputation and dignity of another.

Acts of gross indecency.
Section 261

(1) Any person who detains another person against such person’s will or on any premises for the purpose of unlawful sexual intercourse with the person detained, is guilty of an offence and is liable to imprisonment for a term of not less than three Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both

(2) A person is deemed to detain another person in or on any premises for the purpose of unlawful sexual intercourse if, with intent to compel or induce the person to remain in or on the premises, the person puts the other person in a state or condition which makes it impracticable for the person to leave.

(3) It is lawful for any person to take any such wearing apparel as may be necessary to enable the person to leave a brothel or any premises upon which the person had been unlawfully detained.

Unlawful detention with
intent to have unlawful
sexual intercourse
Section 262

(1) Sexual harassment is unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favours, and other visual, verbal or physical conduct of sexual nature which when submitted to or rejected:
(a) implicitly or explicitly affects a person’s employment or educational opportunity or unreasonably interferes with the person’s work or educational performance;

(b) implicitly or explicitly suggests that submission to or rejection of the conduct will be a factor in academic or employment decisions; or

(c) creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive earning or working environment.

(2)Any person who sexually harasses another is guilty of an offence and shall be liable to imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Sexual harassment.
Section 263

Whoever, being a male or female, by any scientific means or medical operation transposes or trans-sexes himself into the opposite sex to make him look, feel or behave like the opposite sex is guilty of an offence, and shall be punished with imprisonment for life.

Trans-sexual offences.
Section 264

Whoever intentionally uses any scientific instrument or medica
facility or aids or abets any person in transposing himself into
the opposite sex by whatever means or method, is guilty of an
offence, and shall be punished with imprisonment for life.

Intentional aiding or
abetting transposition into
the opposite sex
Section 265

Whoever intentionally attempts to transpose himself into the
opposite sex or causes the transposition of any person into the
opposite sex is guilty of an offence, and shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with
fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Attempt to transpose a
person into the opposite
sex.
Section 266

Whoever supplies, provides or allows any medical instrument or
medical facility or any landed property to be used for the
purpose of transposition of a person into the opposite sex, is
guilty of an offence, and shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than fourteen years and the medicalinstrument or medical facility or the landed property shall be
subject to destruction or demolition by or forfeiture to the
Government.

Forfeiture or destruction of
property, facility or instrument
used for transposition into the
opposite sex
Section 267

Whoever manufactures, supplies, sells or distributes, any illicit
drink or controlled substance by any name called or banned
substances such as marijuana, hard drugs, goskolo or any
concoction that intoxicates is guilty of an offence, and shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five
years or with fine of not less than Two Hundred and Fifty
Thousand Naira, and the vessel, container or property used,
shall be liable to destruction by or forfeiture to the Government.

Prohibition of illicit
drink and banned
substances
Section 268

Whoever sells or causes to be sold any illicit drink or controlled
substance by any name called or banned substance such as
marijuana, hard drug, goskolo, any substance or concoction
that intoxicates to any person, is guilty of an offence, and shall
be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two
Years or with fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand
Naira or both.

Prohibition of the sale o
illicit drink or banned
substance
Section 269

Whoever consumes, drinks or inhales any illicit drink by any
name called or banned substances such as marijuana, hard
drug, goskolo, any substance or concoction that intoxicates is
guilty of an offence, and shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than three Months or with fine of not less
than Ten Thousand naira or both.

Punishment for
consumption of illicit drink
or banned substance
Section 270

(1) Whoever intending to take dishonestly any movable property out of the possession of any person without that person’s consent, moves that property in order to take it with the intention to permanently deprive the owner, is said to commit theft.

(2) Whoever dishonestly abstracts, obstructs, diverts, consumes or uses any electricity or electric current or water is said to commit theft.

Theft defined
Section 271

Whoever commits theft shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to Five Years or with fine equivalent to twice the value of the thing stolen, or both.

Punishment for theft
Section 272

(1) (a) Whoever forcefully or otherwise takes over, Theft of cattle deprives or unlawfully converts to his benefit any cattle from the owner or rarer of such cattle is said to commit the offence of theft of cattle.

(b) Any person who commits the offence of theft o cattle shall on conviction be liable to a term of mprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years.

(2) Where the offender in subsection (1) of this section being armed with offensive weapon or in company of any person so armed attacks or uses any personal violence to any person shall be liable on conviction to be sentenced life imprisonment.

(3) In this section “cattle” includes any domestic animal kept or reared for the use and benefit of the owner, or under the custody of the rearer or any person lawfully authorized by the owner to care for them

Theft of cattle
Section 273

Whoever commits theft in or from any building, tent or vessel, which building, tent or vessel is used as a human dwelling or used for the custody of property, or from any railway carriage, lorry, omnibus or air craft used for the conveyance of passengers or goods, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fifteen Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Theft in dwelling house, etc.
Section 274

Whoever, being a clerk or servant or being employed in the
capacity of a clerk or servant or any other capacity, commits
theft in respect of any property in the possession of his master
or employer, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of
not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than Fifty
Thousand Naira or both.

Theft by clerk or servant o
property in possession of
master
Section 275

Whoever commits theft having made preparation for causing death or bodily harm or restraint or fear of death or bodily harm or of restraint to any person in order to commit such theft, or in order to effect his escape after the commission of such theft or in order to retain property taken by such theft, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years and may extend to life imprisonment.

Theft by preparing to cause
death, bodily harm or
restraint in order to commit
theft
Section 276

Whoever intentionally puts any person in fear of injury to that person or to any other and thereby dishonestly induces the person so put in fear to deliver to him or any other person any money, property or document of title or anything signed or sealed which may be converted into a valuable security, commits extortion.

Extortion defined
Section 277

(1) Whoever commits extortion shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and in addition, shall forfeit such money, property or thing so extorted.

(2) Where the offender in section 276 above is a member of the armed forces, police, paramilitary or any other security outfit, he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Ten Years, and in addition, shall forfeit such money, property or thing so extorted.

Punishment for extortion
Section 278

Whoever in order to commit extortion puts any person in fear
or attempts to put any person in fear of any injury to that
person or to any other, shall be punished with imprisonment for
a term of not less than Five Years, and in addition, shall forfeit
such money, property or thing so extorted.

Putting person in fear of
injury in order to commit
extortion
Section 279

(1) Whoever commits extortion by putting any person in fear of death or of grievous bodily harm to that person or to any other, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years, and in addition, shall forfeit such money, property or thing so extorted.

(2) Where the offender is a person subject to section 277 (2) above, he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years, and in addition, shall forfeit such money, property or thing so extorted.

Extortion by putting a
person in fear of death o
grievous bodily harm
Section 280

Whoever commits extortion by putting any person in fear of an accusation against that person or any other of having committed or attempted to commit any offence punishable with death or with imprisonment for a term which may extend to Ten Years or of having attempted to induce any other person to commit such offence, he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Extortion by threat of
accusation of an offence
punishable with death
Section 281

(1) n any robbery there is either theft or extortion.

(2) Theft is robbery if, in order to commit the theft or in committing the theft or in carrying away or attempting to carry away property obtained by the theft, the offender for that end causes or attempts to cause to any person death or bodily harm bodily harm or wrongful restraint or fear of instant death or of instant bodily harm bodily harm or of instant wrongful restraint.

(3) Extortion is robbery, where the offender at the time o committing the extortion is in the presence of the person put in fear and commits the extortion by putting that person in fear of instant death, instant bodily harm bodily harm or instant wrongful restraint to that person or to some other person and by so putting in fear induces the person so put in fear then and there to deliver up the thing extorted.

Robbery defined
Section 282

When five or more persons conjointly commit or attempt to
commit a robbery or where the whole number of persons
conjointly committing or attempting to commit a robbery and
persons present and aiding such commission or attempt amount
to five or more, every person so committing, attempting or
aiding is said to commit brigandage.

Brigandage defined.
Section 283

(1) Whoever commits the offence of robbery shall be Punishment for robbery punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years.

(2) Where:

(a) the offender mentioned in subsection (1) of this section is armed with any firearm or any offensive weapon, or is in company of any person so armed; or

(b) at, or immediately before, or immediately after the time of the robbery, the said offender wounds or uses any personal violence against any person the
offender shall be liable to be sentenced to death.

Punishment for robbery
Section 284

Whoever attempts to commit robbery shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years and
shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred
Thousand Naira.

Punishment for attempted
robbery
Section 285

If any person in committing or in attempting to commit robbery causes bodily harm bodily harm, such person and any other person jointly concerned in committing or attempting to commit such robbery, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira..

Causing bodily harm in
committing robbery
Section 286

Whoever commits brigandage shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years and
shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred
Thousand Naira.

Punishment for
Brigandage
Section 287

If any one of five or more persons, who are conjointly committing brigandage, commit, in so homicide committing brigandage, every one of these persons, shall be punished with death.

Brigandage with culpable homicide
Section 288

(1) If, at the time of committing or attempting to commit robbery or brigandage:

(a) the offender uses any offensive weapon or causes grievous bodily harm to any person, or attempts to cause death or grievous bodily harm to any person, the imprisonment with which such offender shall be punished, shall not be less than Fourteen Years with or of at least One Hundred Thousand Naira fine and caning.

(b) the offender:

i. wears any article of clothing or equipment, or uses or bears any article of equipment, being or resembling an article of equipment supplied to any of the uniformed services; or

ii. uses or attempts or offers to use, or bears any weapon being or resembling a weapon supplied to any of the uniform services; or

iii. Uses or attempts or offers to use, or bears any firearm or anything resembling a firearm,

the imprisonment with which such offender shall be punished shall not be less than life, with or without caning.

(2) In this section

“Article of Equipment” means any article (apart from firearm) made or adapted for use for causing injury to the person, or intended by the person having it for such use by him and it includes an air gun, air pistol, bow and arrow, spear, cutlass, matchet, dagger, cudgel or any piece of wood, metal, glass or stone capable of being used as an offensive weapon;

“Firearm” includes any canon, gun, rifle, carbine, machine-gun, cap-gun, flint-luck gun, revolver, pistol, explosive or ammunition, or other firearm, whether whole or in detached pieces; and

“The Uniformed Services” include the Nigerian Army, the Nigerian Navy, the Nigerian Air force, the Nigerian Police Force and any other security or paramilitary outfit that carry arms.

Robbery or brigandage
with attempt to cause
death or grievous bodily
harm
Section 289

(1) Whoever makes any preparation for committing brigandage, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

(2) Whoever makes any preparation for committing brigandage punishable under any of the provisions of paragraph (b) of subsection (1) of section 288, shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Twenty One Years, with or without fine and caning.
p>

Making preparation to
commit brigandage
Section 290

Whoever belongs to a gang of persons associated for the Belonging to gang o
purpose of habitually committing brigandage, shall be punished wandering brigands
with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years
and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred
Thousand Naira.

Belonging to gang or wandering brigands.
Section 291

(1) Whoever belongs to any wandering or other gang of Belonging to gang o persons associated for the purpose of habitually brigands committing theft or robbery and being a gang of brigands, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

(2) Whoever belongs to a gang of persons associated for the purpose of habitually committing brigandage punishable under any of the provisions of paragraph (b) of subsection (1) of section 288, shall he punished with imprisonment of not less than Twenty One Years, with a fine of at least Two Hundred Thousand Naira and caning.

Belonging to gang of brigands
Section 292

Whoever is one of five or more persons assembled for the
purpose of committing brigandage, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years and
shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred
Thousand Naira.

Assembling for purpose o
committing brigandage .
Section 293

Whoever dishonestly misappropriates or converts to his own use any movable property, commits criminal misappropriation.

Criminal misappropriation
Section 294

Whoever commits criminal misappropriation, shall be punished
with imprisonment for a term of not less than Ten Years or with
fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or with both
and in addition, shall forfeit such money, property or thing so
misappropriated.

Punishment for criminal
misappropriation .
Section 295

Whoever commits criminal misappropriation of property knowing that the property so misappropriated was in the possession of a deceased person at the time of that person’s death and has not since been in the possession of any person legally entitled to such possession shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Five Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira and in addition, shall forfeit such money, property so appropriated.

(b) where the offender at the time of such person’s death was employed by him as clerk or servant, with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Five Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira, and in addition, shall forfeit such money, property or thing so misappropriated.

Criminal misappropriation
of property possessed by
deceased person at the
time of his death
Section 296

Whoever, being in any manner entrusted with property or any
other thing, or with any dominion over property or any other
thing, dishonestly misappropriates or converts to his own use
that property or dishonestly uses or disposes of that property in
violation of any direction of law prescribing the mode in which
such trust is to be discharged or of any legal contract express
or implied, which he has made regarding the discharge of such
trust, or wilfully suffers any other person so to do, commits
criminal breach of trust.

Criminal breach of trust
Section 297

Whoever commits criminal breach of trust, shall be punished
with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or
with fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for criminal
breach of trust
Section 298

Whoever,being entrusted with property as a carrier, wharfinger
or warehouse keeper, commits criminal breach of trust in
respect of such property, shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than Ten Years and shall also be liable to
fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Criminal breach of trust by
carrier, etc.
Section 299

Whoever, being a clerk or servant or employed as a clerk or servant and being in any manner entrusted in such capacity with property or any other thing, or with any dominion over property or any other thing, commits criminal breach of trust in respect of that property, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira.

Criminal breach of trust by clerk or servant
Section 300

Whoever, being in any manner entrusted with property or with any dominion over property in his capacity as a public servant or in the way of his business as a banker, broker, legal practitioner or agent, commits criminal breach of trust in respect of that property shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Fourteen Years and shall also be liable to fine o not less than Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira.

Criminal breach of trust by
public servant or by banker,
merchant or agent
Section 301

Any Property, the possession whereof has been transferred b
theft or by extortion or by robbery, and any property, which has
been criminally misappropriated or in respect of which criminal
breach of trust has been committed, is stolen property, whether
the transfer was made or the misappropriation or breach of
trust was committed within the State or elsewhere, but if such
property subsequently comes into possession of a person
legally entitled to the possession thereof, it then ceases to be
stolen property.

Stolen property
Section 302

Whoever dishonestly receives or retains any stolen property
knowing or having reason to believe the same to be stolen
property, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
less than Fourteen Years or with fine of not less than One
Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Dishonesty receiving stolen
property
Section 303

Whoever dishonestly receives or retains any stolen property the
possession whereof he knows or has reason to believe to have
been transferred by the commission of brigandage or robbery
or dishonestly receives from a person whom he knows or has
reason to believe to belong or to have belonged to a gang of
brigands or robbers, which he knows or has reason to believe
to have been stolen, shall be punished with imprisonment for
life.

Dishonesty receiving
property stolen in the
commission of brigandage
or robbery
Section 304

Whoever voluntarily assists in concealing or disposing or of making away with property which he knows or has reason to stolen property believe to be, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Assisting in concealment of stolen property
Section 305

Whoever knowingly has in his possession or under his control anything which is reasonably suspected of having been stolen or unlawfully obtained and who does not give an account to the satisfaction of a Court of justice as to how he came by it shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Two Years or fine of not less than Thirty Thousand Naira or with both and the property shall be forfeited to the Government.

Having possession of thing
reasonably suspected of
being stolen
Section 306

Whoever by deceiving any person:

(a) fraudulently or dishonestly induces the person so deceived to deliver any property to himself or other any person or to consent that any person shall retain any property; or

(b) intentionally induces the person so deceived to do or omit to do anything which he would not do or omit to do if he were not so deceived and which act or omission causes or is likely to cause damage or harm to that person in body, mind, reputation or property; is said to cheat.

Cheating defined
Section 307

Whoever cheats shall be punished with imprisonment of not
less than Ten Years or with fine of not less than Two Hundred
Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for Cheating
Section 308

A person is said to cheat by impersonation if he cheats by
pretending to be some other person or by knowingly
substituting one person for another or representing that he or
any other person is a person other than he or such other
person really is.

Cheating by impersonation
Section 309

Whoever cheats by impersonation shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine
of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for cheating by
impersonation
Section 310

Whoever cheats with the knowledge that he is likely thereby to
cause wrongful loss to a person whose interest in the
transaction to which the cheating relates, he was bound either
by law or by a legal contract to protect, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine
of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Cheating a person whose
interest offender is bound
to protect
Section 311

Whoever cheats and thereby fraudulently or dishonestly induces
the person deceived to deliver any property to himself or any
person or to make, alter or destroy the whole or any part of a
document of title or anything which is signed or sealed and
which is capable of being converted, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and shall
be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Cheating and dishonesty
inducing delivery of property
Section 312

Whoever, with intent to cause or knowing that he is likely to cause wrongful loss or damage to the public or to any person causes the destruction of any property or any such change in any property or in the situation thereof as destroys or diminishes its value or utility or affects it injuriously commits mischief.

Mischief
Section 313

Whoever commits mischief shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less
than Twenty Five Thousand Naira and or both.

Punishment for mischief
Section 314

Whoever commits mischief by killing, poisoning, maiming, or
rendering useless any animal, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine
of not less than Eighty Thousand Naira or both.

Mischief by killing or maiming animal
Section 315

Whoever commits mischief by killing, poisoning, maiming or rendering useless any camel, horse, donkey, or cattle whatever etc. may be the value thereof, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Mischief by killing or maiming cattle, etc.
Section 316

Whoever commits mischief by doing any act which renders or which he knows to be likely to render any installation for the supply or distribution of water less efficient for its intended purpose or which causes or which he knows to be likely to cause a diminishing of the supply of water for animals which are the subject of ownership or for any domestic, agricultural or commercial purposes, shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Mischief in relation to water supply
Section 317

Whoever commits mischief by doing any act which renders or which he knows to be likely to render any public road, bridge, navigable river or navigable channel natural or artificial impassable or less safe for travelling or conveying property, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Mischief by injury to public
road, bridge, river or
channel
Section 318

Whoever commits mischief by doing any act which causes or
which he knows to be likely to cause an inundation or an
obstruction to any public drainage system attended with injury
or damage, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of
not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than One
Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Mischief by inundation or
obstruction to public
drainage
Section 319

Whoever commits mischief by doing any act which renders o
which he knows to be likely to render any installation for
generating, storing, transmitting or distributing electricity or any
telecommunication installation less efficient for its intended
purpose or which causes or which he knows to be likely to
cause a diminishing of any supply of electricity, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven
Years or with fine of not less than Two Hundred and Fifty
Thousand Naira or both.

Mischief in relation to
electricity and
telecommunication
Section 320

Whoever commits mischief by destroying or moving any land or mark fixed by the authority of a public servant or by any act which renders such land mark less useful as such, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Five Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Mischief by destroying or moving a public land mark
Section 321

Whoever commits mischief by fire or any explosive substance intending to cause or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause damage to any property, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and with fine of not less than Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira.

Mischief by fire or explosive with intent to cause damage
Section 322

Whoever commits mischief by fire or any explosive substance
intending to cause or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby
cause the destruction of any building which is ordinarily used as
a place of worship or as a human dwelling or as a place for the
custody of property, shall be punished with imprisonment for
life.

Mischief by fire or explosive
with intent to destroy house,
etc.
Section 323

Whoever commits mischief to any decked vessel or any vessel of a burden of Twenty tons or upwards intending to destroy or render unsafe or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby destroy or render unsafe that vessel, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira.

Mischief to vessel
Section 324

Whoever commits or attempts to commit by fire or any explosive substance such mischief as is described in section 323, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years and fine of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Naira or with life imprisonment.

Mischief by fire to vessel
Section 325

Whoever intentionally runs any vessel aground or ashore
intending to commit theft of any property contained therein or
to misappropriate any such property dishonestly or with intent
that such theft or misappropriation of property may be
committed, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of
not less than Seven Years and shall also be liable to fine of Two
Hundred Thousand Naira.

Running vessel aground
or ashore with intent to
commit theft
Section 326

Whoever commits mischief having made preparation for causing
to any person death or bodily harm bodily harm or wrongful
restraint or fear of death or of bodily harm or of wrongful
restraint, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
less than Twenty One Years and with fine of not less than Five
Hundred Thousand Naira or with life imprisonment.

Mischief committed after
preparation made for
causing death of bodily
harm
Section 327

Whoever enters into or upon any property in the possession of another with intent to commit an offence or to intimidate, insult or annoy any person in possession of such property, or having lawfully entered into or upon such property, unlawfully remains there with intent thereby to intimidate, insult or annoy any person in possession of such property, or commit an offence, said to commit criminal trespass.

Criminal trespass defined
Section 328

Whoever commits criminal trespass by entering into or remaining in any building, tent or vessel used as a human dwelling or any building used as a place of worship or as a place for the custody of property or any railway carriage, motor vehicle or aircraft used for conveyance o passengers or goods, is said to commit house trespass. For the purpose of this section, “building” means a structure of any kind whether permanent or temporary and includes a hut, store, granary, pound and a compound completely enclosed by a wall or other structure.

House trespass defined
Section 329

(1) Whoever commits house trespass, having taken precautions to conceal such house trespass from some person who has a right to exclude or eject the trespasser from the building, tent, vessel, or railway carriage, motor vehicle or aircraft which is the subject of the trespass, is said to commit lurking house trespass.

(2) For the purpose of this section, “building” means a structure of any kind whether permanent or temporary and includes a hut, store, granary, pound and a compound completely enclosed by a wall or other structure.

Lurking house trespass
defined
Section 330

Whoever commits lurking house trespass between sunset and
sunrise is said to commit lurking house trespass by night.

Lurking house trespass by
night defined
Section 331

A person is said to commit burglary who commits house trespass, if he effects his entrance into the house or any part of it in any of the six ways hereinafter described, or if being in the house or any part of it for the purpose of committing an offence or having committed an offence therein, he exits the house or any part of it in any of such six ways, as follows:

(a) if he enters or exits through a passage made by himself or by any abettor of the house trespass in order to commit the house trespass;

(b) if he enters or exits through any passage not intended by any person, other than himself or an abettor of the offence, for human entrance, or through any passage to which he has obtained access by scaling or climbing over any wall or building;

(c) if he enters or exits through any passage which he or any abettor of the house trespass has opened in order to commit the house trespass by any means by which that passage was not intended by the occupier of the house o be opened;

(d) if he enters or exits by opening any lock in order to commit the house trespass or in order to quit the house after a house trespass,

(e) if he effects his entrance or departure by using criminal force or committing an assault or by threatening any person with assault; or

(f) if he enters or exits by any passage which he knows to have been locked against such entrance or departure and to have been unlocked by himself or by an abettor of the house trespass.

Burglary defined
Section 332

Whoever commits house breaking between sunset and sunrise, is said to commit house breaking by night.

House breaking by night.
Section 333

Whoever commits criminal trespass, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for criminal trespass
Section 334

Whoever commits house trespass shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for house trespass
Section 335

.(1) Whoever commits house trespass in order to commit any offence punishable with death, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years or with life imprisonment.

(2). Whoever commits house trespass in order to commit any offence punishable with Fourteen Years imprisonment, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term not exceeding Ten Years and shall also be liable to fine.

(3). Whoever commits house trespass in order to commit any offence punishable with imprisonment, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to Seven Years and shall also be liable to fine.

House trespass to commit offence punishable with death
Section 336

Whoever commits lurking house trespass or house breaking, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years and shall also be liable to fine of One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Lurking house trespass or house breaking
Section 337

Whoever commits lurking house trespass by night or house breaking by night, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years, and shall also be liable to fine of not less than Two Hundred Thousand Naira.

Lurking house trespass or house breaking by night defined
Section 338

If at the time of the commission of lurking house trespass by night or house breaking by night, any person guilty of such offence causes or attempts to cause death or grievous bodily harm to any person, every person jointly concerned in committing such lurking house trespass by night or house breaking by night, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years and with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or with life imprisonment.

Joint liability for lurking house trespass or house breaking by night where death or grievous bodily harm caused
Section 339

Whoever dishonestly or with intent to commit mischief breaks open or unlocks any closed receptacle which contains or which he believes to contain property, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Breaking open receptacle Containing property
Section 340

Whoever, being entrusted with any closed receptacle which contains or which he believes to contain property, without having authority to open same dishonestly or with intent to commit mischief of any offence breaks open or unlocks that receptacle, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Breaking open receptacle by person entrusted with custody
Section 341

Whoever is discovered between sunset and sunrise carrying false keys or other instruments suitable for house breaking and breaking implement seeks to conceal himself or is otherwise shown to have a criminal intention, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years and shall also be liable to fine of One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Lurking with house
Section 342

Whoever duplicates or alters any key or fabricates any
instrument intending that such false key or instrument shall be
used for a criminal purpose, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years and shall
also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand
Naira.

Fabrication of false key or instrument
Section 343

A person is said to make a false document:

(a) who dishonestly or fraudulently prepares, signs, seals or executes a document or part of a document or causes or brings a document into operation or prepares any mark denoting the intention of causing it to be believed that such document or part of a document was prepared, signed, sealed or executed by or by the authority of a person by whom or by whose authority he knows that it was not prepared, signed, sealed or executed or at the time at which he knows that it was not prepared, signed, sealed or executed; or

(b) who without lawful authority dishonestly or fraudulently by cancellation or otherwise alters or mutilates a document in any material part thereof after it has been made or executed either by himself or by any other person whether such person be living or dead at the time of such alteration; or

(c) who dishonestly or fraudulently causes any person to sign, seal, execute or alter a document knowing that such person by reason of unsoundness of mind or intoxication, cannot or that by reason of deception practiced upon him, he does not know the contents of the document or the nature of the alteration.

Making a false document
defined
Section 344

Whoever makes any false document or part of a document,
with intent to cause damage or injury to the public or to any
person or to support any claim or title or to cause any person to
part with any property or to enter into any express or implied
contract or with intent to commit fraud or that fraud may be
committed, commits forgery, and a false document made
wholly or in part by forgery is called a forged document.

Forgery and forged
document defined
Section 345

Whoever commits forgery shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than Ten Years and shall also be liable to
fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Punishment for forgery
Section 346

Whoever forges:

(a) a thing which purports to be the great seal of the Federal Republic of Nigeria or the public seal of Kaduna State Government or of any State Government within the Federal Republic of Nigeria or any seal of the Governor or any Public Officer lawfully appointed to be used to authenticate an act of the State in any part of the State or in Nigeria; or

(b) a document having on it or affixed to it any such seal, signet or sign-manual or anything which purports to be or is intended by the person to be understood to be, any such seal, signet or sign manual

shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Twenty One Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or life imprisonment.

Forgery for public seal
Section 347

Whoever fraudulently or dishonestly uses as genuine any document which he knows or has reason to believe to be a forged document shall be punished in the same manner as if he had forged such document.

Using as genuine a forged document
Section 348

Whoever makes or counterfeits any seal, plate or other
instrument for making an impression intending that the same
shall be used for the purpose of committing forgery or with
such intent, has in his possession any such seal, plate or other
instrument knowing the same to be counterfeit, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Ten
Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One
Hundred Thousand Naira.

Making or possessing
counterfeit seal with intent
to commit forgery
Section 349

Whoever has in his possession any forged document knowing
the same to be forged and intending that the same fraudulently
or dishonestly be used as genuine, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than Ten Years and shall
also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand
Naira.

Possession of forged
record
Section 350

Whoever counterfeits upon or in the substance of any materia
any device or mark used for the purpose of authenticating any
document intending that such device or mark shall be used for
the purpose of giving the appearance of authenticity to any
document then forged or thereafter to be forged on such
material or who with such intent has in his possession any
material upon or in the substance of which any device or mark
has been counterfeited, shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than Ten Years and shall also be liable to
fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Counterfeiting device or
mark used for authenticating
documents
Section 351

Whoever fraudulently or dishonestly or with intent to cause damage or injury to the public or to any person, cancels, destroys or defaces or attempts to cancel, destroy or deface or secrete or commit theft in respect of any document which is or purports to be a document of title or a will or commits mischief in respect to any such document, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Ten Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Fraudulent cancelation or destruction of document or title
Section 352

Whoever, being a clerk, officer or servant or in any other capacity, or employed or acting in the capacity of a clerk, officer or servant, or in any other capacity wilfully and with intent to defraud, destroys, alters, mutilates or falsifies any book, paper, writing, document of title or account, which belongs to or is in possession of his employer or has been received by him for or on behalf of his employer or wilfully and with intent to defraud, makes or abets the making of any false entry in or omits or alters or abets the omission or alteration of any material particular from or in any such book, paper, writing, document of title or account, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Ten Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Falsification of accounts
Section 353

A mark used for denoting that movable property belongs to a particular person is called a property mark.

Property mark defined
Section 354

Whoever marks any moveable property or goods or uses any
case, package or other receptacle containing movable property
or books or uses any case, package or other receptacle having
any mark thereon in a manner reasonably calculated to cause it
to be believed that the property or goods so marked or any
property or goods contained in any such receptacle so marked
belongs to a person to whom they do not belong, is said to use
a false property mark.

Using a false Property
Mark defined
Section 355

Whosoever uses any false property mark, shall, unless he proves that he acted without intent to defraud, be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for using a false property mark
Section 356

Whoever counterfeits any property mark used by any other
person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand
Naira or both.

Counterfeiting a mark
used by another
Section 357

Whoever counterfeits any property mark used by a public servant to denote that any property has been manufactured by a particular person or at a particular time or place or that the property is of a particular quality or has passed through a particular office or that it is entitled to any exemption or uses as genuine any such mark knowing the same to be counterfeit, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Counterfeiting a mark used by a public servant
Section 358

Whoever makes or has in his possession any dye, plate or other
instrument for the purpose of counterfeiting a property or has
in his possession a property mark for the purpose of denoting
that any goods belongs to a person to whom they do not
belong, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
ess than Three Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less
than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Making or possession o
any instrument for
counterfeiting a
property mark
Section 359

Whoever makes any false mark upon any case, package or
other receptacle containing goods in any manner reasonably
calculated to cause any public servant or any other person to
believe that such receptacle contains goods which it does not
contain or that it does not contain goods which it does contain
or that the goods contained in such receptacle are of a nature
of quality different from the real nature or quality thereof, shall,
unless he proves that he acted without intent to defraud, shall
be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than
Three Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred
Thousand Naira or both.

Making of false mark
upon any receptacle
containing goods
Section 360

Whoever makes use of any such false mark in any manner prohibited by section 359, shall unless he proves that he acted without intent to defraud, be punished as if he had committed an offence under Section 359.

Making use of any such false mark
Section 361

Whoever removes, destroys, defaces or adds to any property
mark intending or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby
cause injury to any person, shall be punished with
imprisonment for a term of not less than One Year or with fine
of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Tampering with
property mark
Section 362

Whoever, being bound by a lawful contract to render his
personal service in conveying or conducting any person or any
property from one place to another place or to act as servant to
any person during a voyage or journey or to guard any person
or property during the voyage or journey, voluntarily omits so
to do, except in the case of illness or ill- treatment, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six
Months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or
both.

Breach of contract of service
during voyage or journey
Section 363

Whoever, being bound by a lawful contract to attend to or to
supply the wants of any person, who by reason of age or of
unsoundness of mind or of disease or bodily weakness is
helpless or incapable of providing for his own safety or of
supplying his own wants, voluntarily omits so to do, shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two
Years and or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira o
both.

Breach of contract to attend
to and supply wants of
helpless person
Section 364

Every man who by deceit causes any woman who is not lawfully
married to him to believe that she is lawfully married to him
and to cohabit or have sexual intercourse with him in that
belief, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not
less than Ten Years or with fine of not less than Two Hundred
Thousand Naira or both.

Deceitful inducing belief
of lawful marriage
Section 365

(1) Whoever having a husband or wife living, marries in any case in which such marriage is void by reason of it’s taking place during the life of such husband or wife, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than seven years and shall also be liable to fine of not ess than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

PROVIDED that, the former marriage was conducted under the Marriage Act or by a registered and licensed Church.

(2) This section shall not extend:

(a) any person whose marriage with such husband or wife has been legally dissolved; or

(b) to any person who contracts a marriage during the life of a former husband or wife, if such husband or wife at the time of the subsequent marriage shall have been continually absent from such person for the span of Seven Years and shall not have been heard of by such person as being alive within that time, provided the person contracting such subsequent marriage shall, before such marriage takes place, inform the person with whom the subsequent marriage is contracted of the real state of facts so far as the same are within his or her knowledge.

Bigamy
Section 366

Whoever commits the offence defined in section 365 of having
concealed from the person with whom the subsequent marriage
is contracted the fact of the former marriage, shall be punished
with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years and
shall also be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred
Thousand Naira.

Re-marriage with concealment
for former marriage
Section 367

Whoever dishonestly or with a fraudulent intention goes
through the ceremony of being married knowing that he is not
thereby lawfully married, shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term of not less than Three Years or with fine of not less
than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Marriage ceremony
fraudulently gone through
without lawful marriage
Section 368

Whoever, has sexual intercourse with a person who is not and
whom the person knows or has reason to believe is not the
person’s spouse, such sexual intercourse not amounting to the
offence of rape, is guilty of the offence of adultery and shall be
punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two
Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for adultery
Section 369

Whoever takes or entices away any person, who is and whom the person knows or has reason to believe to be the spouse o any other person, from that person having or from any person having the care on behalf of that person, with intent that the person may have illicit intercourse with him or any other person, or conceals or detains with intent that any person may have sexual intercourse with him or any other person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Enticing or Taking Away or
Detaining With Criminal Intent
as a Spouse
Section 370

Whoever being a male has intercourse with a female who is and whom he knows or has reason to believe to be his daughter, his granddaughter, his female ascendants or descendants, his sister or the daughter of his brother or sister or his paternal or maternal aunt and whoever being a female voluntarily permits a male who is and whom she knows or has reason to believe, to be her son, her grandson, her father or any other of her male ascendants or descendants, her brother or the son of her brother or sister or her paternal or maternal uncle to have sexual intercourse with her, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Fourteen Years and shall be liable to fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira.

Incest
Section 371

371 (1) Whoever by words either spoken or reproduced by mechanical or electronic means or by means of Internet communication intended to be read or by signs or by visible representations makes or publishes any imputation concerning a person intending to harm or knowing or having reason to believe that such imputation will harm the reputation of such person is said, save in the cases hereafter listed excepted under subsection (2) to defame that person.

(2) It is not defamation:

(i) to impute anything which is true concerning any person, if it be for the public good that the imputation should be made or published; whether or not it is for the public good is a question of fact;

(ii) to express in good faith based on fact, any opinion whatever respecting the conduct of a public servant in the discharge of his public functions or respecting his character so far as his character appears in that conduct and no further;

(iii) to express in good faith any opinion based on fact in respect of the conduct of any person regarding any public question and in respect of his character so far as his character appears in that conduct and no further;

(iv) to publish a substantially true report of the proceedings of a Court of justice or of the result o any such proceedings;

(v) to express in good faith any opinion based on fact in respect of the merits of any case, civil or criminal which has been decided by a Court or in respect of the conduct of any person as a party, witness or agent in any such case or in respect of the character of such person as far as his character appears in that conduct and no further;

(vi) to express in good faith any opinion in respect o the merits of any performance which its author has submitted to the judgment of the public or in respect of the character of the author so far as his character appears in such performance and no further;

(vii) in a person having over another any authority either conferred by law or arising out of a lawful contract made with that other to pass in good faith any censure on the conduct of that other in matters to which lawful authority relates;

(viii) to prefer in good faith an accusation against any person to any of those who have lawful authority over that person with respect to the subject matter of the accusation;

(ix) to make an imputation on the character of another, provided that the imputation is made in good faith for the protection of the interests of the person making it or of any other person or for he public good;

(x) to convey a caution in good faith to one person against another, provided that such caution is intended for the good of the person to whom it is conveyed or of some person in whom that person is interested or for the public good.

Defamation Defined and
Exceptions Thereto
Section 372

Whoever defames another shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for Defamation
Section 373

(1) Whoever, save as hereinafter excepted, by words either spoken or reproduced by mechanical or electronic means or by means of Internet communication or intended to be read or signs or by visible representations makes or publishes any false statement of fact intending to harm or knowing or having reason to believe that such false statement of fact will harm the reputation of any person or class of persons or of the State Government or of any Local Government Council in the State, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

(2) It is not an offence under this section, to make or publish in good faith a false statement of fact which the accused had reasonable grounds for believing to be substantially true, and proof that he had such reasonable grounds shall lie on the accused.

Injurious Falsehood
Section 374

Whoever prints, engraves, or publishes on an online soda media or circulates or passes any matter or prepares or causes to be prepared any matter, knowing or having good reason to believe that such matter is defamatory to any person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Printing or Engraving Matter Known to be Defamatory
Section 375

Whoever sells or offers for sale any printed, engraved o circulated substance containing defamatory matter or any record prepared for the purpose of the mechanical or electronic reproduction of defamatory matter, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Sale of Printed or Engraved Substance Containing Defamatory Matter
Section 376

Whoever threatens another with any injury to his person, reputation or property or to the reputation or property of anyone in whom that person is interested, with intent to cause harm to that person or to cause that person to do anything which he is not legally bound to do or to omit to do any act which he is legally entitled to do as the means of avoiding the execution of such threats, commits criminal intimidation.

Criminal Intimidation Defined
Section 377

Whoever commits the offence of criminal intimidation shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

(b) if the threat is to cause death or grievous bodily harm or to cause the destruction of any property by fire or to cause an offence punishable with death or with imprisonment for a term which shall extend to Seven Years or to impute unchastity to any woman, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Punishment for Criminal Intimidation
Section 378

Whoever commits the offence of criminal intimidation by an anonymous communication or having taken precaution to conceal the name or abode of the person from whom the threat comes, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Seven Years or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

Criminal Intimidation by an Anonymous Communication
Section 379

Whoever uses insulting or abusive language or otherwise conducts himself towards any person or any member of such class or group of persons, whether such person or any member of such class or group is present or not, in a manner likely to give such provocation to any person present as to cause such as mentioned person to breach the public peace or to commit any other offence, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Two Years or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Use of Insulting or Abusive Language, etc.
Section 380

Whoever intending to insult the modesty of any person utters any word, makes any sound or gesture or exhibits any object, intending that such word or sound shall be heard or that such gesture or object shall be seen by such person or intrudes upon the privacy of such person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Word, Gesture or Act Intended to Insult the Modesty of a Person
Section 381

Whoever is found drunk in a public place or in any other place by entering which he committed by trespass, shall be punished:

(a) with imprisonment for a term of not less than six months or with fine, or both;

(b) if the person so found conducts himself in such place in a disorderly manner or is incapable of taking care of himself, with imprisonment for a term of not less than One Year or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Drunkenness in Public Place
Section 382

Whoever being drunk in a private place and who conducts himself in a disorderly manner to the annoyance of any person having a right to exclude him from such place or fails to leave such place when requested to do so by such person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not ess than Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Drunkenness in Private Place
Section 383

Whoever drinks anything containing alcohol other than for a medicinal purpose shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to One Month or with fine which may extend to Ten Thousand Naira or both.

Drinking Alcoholic Drink
Section 384

Whoever is convicted of an offence under section 381, 382, or 383 shall, if he is shown to have been convicted of an offence under any of such sections within the previous Six Months, be punished:

(a) With imprisonment or fine which may extend to twice the maximum fine prescribed for the offence of which he is convicted; and

(b) If he is shown to have been convicted of two or more such offences within the like period, then with imprisonment or fine which may extend to three times the maximum imprisonment or maximum fine aforesaid or with both.

Effect of Previous Convictions Under Section 381, 382 or 383
Section 385

In this chapter:

(1) The term “idle person” shall include:

(a) any person who wanders about or places himself in any street or public place to get or gather alms or causes or encourages children to do so;

(b) any person who has no means of livelihood or means of subsistence and cannot give satisfactory account of himself;

(c) any common prostitute behaving in a disorderly or indecent manner in a public place or persistently importing or soliciting persons for the purpose of prostitution;

(d) any person playing at any game of chance for money or money’s worth in any public place;

(e) any person who in any street or place of public resort or within sight or hearing of any person therein disturbs the peace by quarrelling or attempting to quarrel or by using any insolent, scurrilous or abusive term of reproach;

(f) any person who in any street or place of public resort or within sight or hearing of any person therein with the intention of annoying or irritating any person, sings or otherwise utters any scurrilous or abusive songs or words whether any person be particularly addressed therein or not;

(g) any person who in any street or place of public resort is guilty of any riotous, disorderly or insulting behaviour to the obstruction or annoyance of any person lawfully using such street or place or any place in the neighbourhood thereof; and

(h) any person who in any private or enclosed place is guilty of any riotous, disorderly or insulting behaviour;

(i) any person who being able wholly or in part to maintain himself or his family wilfully neglects or refuses to do so.

(2) The term “vagabond” shall include:

(a) any person who after being convicted as an idle person commits any of the offences which would render him liable to be convicted as such again;

(b) any person who is found in possession of housebreaking implements with intent to commit any of the offences defined in sections 328 to 332 contained in this Law;

(c) any suspected person or notorious thief who by night frequents or loiters about any shop, warehouse; dwelling-house, dock or wharf with intent to commit any offence under Chapter XIX of this Law;

(d) any person who knowingly lives wholly or in part on the earning of a prostitute or in any public place solicits or importunes for immoral purposes; and

(e) any male person who dresses or is attired in the fashion of a woman in a public place or who practices sodomy as a means of livelihood or as a profession.

(3) An “incorrigible vagabond” means any person who, after his conviction as an idle person, commits any of the offences which would render him liable to be convicted as such again.

Idle Person and Vagabond Defined
Section 386

Whoever is convicted as being an idle person shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than Three Months or with fine of not less than Ten Thousand Naira or with both in the case of a person falling within the provisions of section 383 (1) paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e), and in the case of a person falling within the provisions of section 383 paragraphs (f), (g), (h), or (0 with imprisonment for a term of not less than One Year or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

Penalty on Conviction as Idle Person
Section 387

1) Whoever is convicted as being a vagabond shall be punished with imprisonment of not less than One Year or with fine of not less than Twenty Five Thousand Naira or both.

(2) Whoever is convicted as being an incorrigible vagabond shall be punished with imprisonment which may extend to Three Years or with fine which may extend to Fifty Thousand Naira or both.

Penalty on Conviction as Vagabond
Section 388

For the purposes of this Chapter in proving the intent to commit an offence it shall not be necessary to show that the person suspected was guilty of any particular act tending to show this purpose or intent and he may be convicted if from the circumstances of the case and from his known character as proved to the Court before which he is brought it appears to the Court that his intent was to commit such offence.

Evidence of Intent to Commit an Offence
Section 389

In this chapter “weapon means dangerous articles such as cutlass, matchet, knife, axe, hoes, daggers, rakes, spears, bows and arrows, scissors, needles, piece of wood, horn or any metal by whatever name called that is capable of causing bodily harm.

Weapon Defined
Section 390

Whoever acts as a thug and threatens public or individual peace without any weapon commits the offence of thuggery and shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than One Year or with fine of not less than One Hundred Thousand Naira or both.

The Offence of Thuggery and Punishment
Section 391

Whoever uses any weapon and threatens any individual or public either privately or in a public place commits the offence of political thuggery and shall on conviction be liable to be sentenced to a term of imprisonment of not less than Two Years.

Political Thuggery and Punishment
Section 392

(1) Whoever aids, abets, instigates or conspires with any other person or group of persons to cause public disturbance or threaten any person or group of persons commits the offence of sponsoring thuggery.

(2) Whoever commits the offence of sponsoring thuggery shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not ess than Two Years without the option of fine

Sponsors of Thuggery and Punishment
Section 393

Whoever is found in unlawful possession of weapon commits an offence and shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Six Months or with fine of not less than Fifty Thousand Naira or with both.

Unlawful Possession of Weapon
Section 394

(1) Whoever allows his premises to be used for the purpose of committing an offence or offences under Chapters XIX and XXVI, of this Law, is said to commit the offence of unlawful use of premises.

(2) Any instrument of title to land issued in respect of any premises within the State, shall be deemed to contain a stipulation that the premises is not to be used for any unlawful purpose.

Unlawful Use of Premises Defined
Section 395

(1) (a) Whoever commits the offence of unlawful use o premises shall be punished with imprisonment for a term of not less than Three Years and shall also be liable to fine of not less than the assessed value o the premises in question.

(b) In addition to the punishment in (a) above, the title to the premises, subject of the offence, shall be revoked.

(2) “premises” under this chapter includes land and landed properties either used as a dwelling house or for any other purpose.

Punishment for Unlawful Use of Premises
Section 396

Any act or omission within the State, the conduct of which is an offence by virtue of any legislation of the Federal Government of Nigeria, shall also be an offence under this Law.

Federal Offences Committed Within the State
Section 397

The State may obtain the fiat of the Attorney General of the Federation of Nigeria to prosecute any offence created by any legislation of the Federal Government of Nigeria.

Obtaining Fiat of the Attorney General of the Federation
Section 398

The Penal Code Law Cap.110), Laws o Kaduna State 1991 is hereby repealed.

Repeal of Penal Code Law (Cap. 110)
Section 399

The Kaduna State Kidnap (Prohibition)Law hereby repealed.

Repeal of Kidnap (Prohibition) Law, No. 5 of 2009
Section 400

Notwithstanding the provisions of section 396, any act which is an offence established under the Penal Code Law (Cap 110), Laws of Kaduna State, 1991, and in which respect, the prosecution is still pending in any Court, is hereby saved and shall continue to be, until the final determination of such a case under that Law.

Saving and Transition

DATED AT KADUNA this 29th day of May 2017
Mallam Nasir Ahmad El-Rufai, Governor Kaduna State.

.

EXPLANATORY NOTE

(This note does not form part of this Law and has no legal effect). The purpose of this law is to provide a substantive legal instrument that specifies crimes and criminal offences in the State and the punishment and sanctions that are prescribed thereto for their violations. This printed impression has been carefully compared with the Bill which has passed the Kaduna State House of Assembly and found to be true and correctly printed copy of the said Bill.

HON. AMINU ABDULLAHI SHAGALI (Speaker) BELLO ZUBAIRU IDRIS (Clerk to the legislature)

.

Evidence (Amendment) Act, 2023

SECTION NUMBERPROVISIONMARGINAL NOTES
SECTION 1:

(1) Evidence may be given in any suit or proceeding of the existence or non-existence of every fact in issue and of such other facts as are hereafter declared to be relevant, and of no others. Provided that-


(a) the court may exclude evidence of facts which though relevant or deemed to be relevant to the issue, appears to it to be too remote to be material in all the circumstances of the case; and

(b) this section shall not enable any person to give evidence of a fact which he is disentitled to prove by any provision of the law for the time being in force.

Evidence may be given of facts in issue and relevant facts.
SECTION 2:

For the avoidance of doubt, all evidence given in accordance with section 1 shall, unless excluded in accordance with this or any other Act, or any other legislation validly in force in Nigeria be admissible in judicial proceedings to which this Act applies: Provided that admissibility of such evidence shall be subject to all such conditions as may be specified in each case by or under this Act.

Evidence in accordance with section 1 generally admissible.
SECTION 3:

Nothing in this Act shall prejudice the admissibility of any evidence that is made admissible by any other legislation validly in force in Nigeria.

Admissibility of evidence under other legislation.
SECTION 4:

Facts which, though not in issue, are so connected with a fact in issue as to form part of the same transaction, are relevant, whether they occurred at the same time and place or at different times and places.

Relevance of facts forming part of same transaction.
SECTION 5:

Facts which are the occasion, cause or effect, immediate or otherwise, of relevant facts, or facts in issue; or which constitute the state of things under which they happened, or which afforded an opportunity for their occurrence or transaction, are relevant.

Facts which are the occasion cause or effect or facts in issue.
SECTION 6:

(1) Any fact is relevant which shows or constitutes a motive or preparation for any fact in issue or relevant fact.



(2) The conduct, whether previous or subsequent to any proceeding-


(a) of any part to any proceeding, or an agent to such party, in reference to such suit or proceeding or in reference to any fact in issue in it or a fact relevant to it ; and

(b) of any person an offence against whom is the subject of any proceeding, is relevant in such proceedings if such conduct influences or is influenced by any fact in issue or relevant fact.

(3) The word “conduct” in this section does not include statements, unless those statements accompany and explain acts other than statements, but this provision shall not affect the relevance of statements under any other section.



(4) When the conduct of any person is relevant, any statement made to him or in his presence and hearing which affects such conduct is relevant.

Motive, preparation and previous or subsequent conduct.
SECTION 7:

Facts-
(a) necessary to explain or introduce a fact in issue or relevant facts;

(b) which support or rebut an inference suggested by a fact in issue or relevant fact;

(c) which establish the identity of anything or person whose identity is relevant;

(d) which fix the time or place at which any fact in issue or relevant fact happened; or

(e) which show the relation of parties by whom any such fact was transacted, are relevant in so far as they are necessary for that purpose.

Facts necessary to explain or introduce relevant facts.
SECTION 8:

(1) Where there is reasonable ground to believe that two or more persons have conspired together to commit an offence of an actionable wrong, anything said, done or written by anyone of such persons in execution or furtherance of their common intention, after the time when such intention was first entertained by one of them, is a relevant fact as against each of the persons believed to be so conspiring for the purpose of proving the existence of the conspiracy as well as for the purpose of showing that any such person was a party to it.



(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) of this section, statements made by individual conspirators as to measures taken in the execution or furtherance of such common intention are not deemed to be relevant as such as against any conspirator, except those by whom or in whose presence such statements are made.



(3) Evidence of acts or statements deemed to be relevant under this section may not be given until the court is satisfied that, apart from them there are prima facie grounds for believing the existence of the conspiracy to which they relate.

Things said or done by conspirator in reference to common intention.
SECTION 9:

Facts not otherwise relevant are relevant if-
(a) they are inconsistent with any fact in issue or relevant fact; and

(b) by themselves or in connection with other facts they make the existence or non-existence of any fact in issue or relevant fact probable or improbable.

When facts not otherwise relevant become relevant.
SECTION 10:

In proceedings in which damages are claimed any fact which will enable the court to determine the amount of damages which ought to be awarded is relevant.

Certain facts relevant in proceedings for damages.
SECTION 11:

(1) Facts showing the existence of-


(a) any state of mind such as intention, knowledge, good faith, negligence, rashness, ill-will or goodwill towards any particular person; or

(b) any state of body or bodily feeling are relevant when the existence of any such state of mind or body or bodily feeling is in issue or relevant.

(2) A fact relevant as showing the existence of a relevant state of mind must show that the state of mind exists, not generally, but in reference to the particular matter in question.

Facts showing existence of state of mind, body or bodily feeling.
SECTION 12:

When there is a question whether an act was accidental or intentional, or done with a particular knowledge or intention or to rebut any defence that may otherwise be open to the defendant, the fact that such act formed part of a series of similar occurrences, in each of which the person doing the act was concerned, is relevant.

Facts bearing on question whether act was accidental or intentional.
SECTION 13:

When there is a question whether a particular act was done, the existence of any course of business, according to which it naturally would have been done, is a relevant fact.

Existence of course of business, when relevant.
SECTION 14:

Evidence obtained-
(a) improperly or in contravention of a law; or

(b) in consequence of an impropriety or of a contravention of a law, shall be admissible unless the court is of the opinion that the desirability of admitting the evidence is out-weighed by the undesirability of admitting evidence that has been obtained in the manner in which the evidence was obtained.

Discretion to exclude improperly obtained evidence.
SECTION 15:

For the purposes of section 14, the matters that the court shall take into account include-
(a) the probative value of the evidence;

(b) the importance of the evidence in the proceeding;

(c) the nature of the relevant offence, cause of action or defence and the nature of the subject-matter of the proceeding;

(d) the gravity of the impropriety or contravention;

(e) whether the impropriety or contravention was deliberate or reckless;

(f) whether any other proceeding (whether or not in a court) has been or is likely to be taken in relation to the impropriety or contravention; and

(g) the difficulty, if any, of obtaining the evidence without impropriety or contravention of law.

Matters court shall take into account under section 14.
SECTION 16:

(1) A custom may be adopted as part of the law governing a particular set of circumstances if it can be judicially noticed or can be proved to exist by evidence.



(2) The burden of proving a custom shall lie upon the person alleging its existence.

What customs admissible.
SECTION 17:

A custom may be judicially noticed when it has been adjudicated upon once by a superior court of record.

Judicial notice of customs.
SECTION 18:

(1) Where a custom cannot be established as one judicially noticed, it shall be proved as a fact.



(2) Where the existence or the nature of a custom applicable to a given case is in issue, there may be given in evidence the opinions of persons who would be likely to know of its existence in accordance with section 73.



(3) In any judicial proceeding where any custom is relied upon, it shall not be enforced as law if it is contrary to public policy, or is not in accordance with natural justice, equity and good conscience.

Evidence of Customs.
SECTION 19:

Every fact is deemed to be relevant which tends to show how in particular instances a matter alleged to be a custom was understood and acted upon by persons then interested.

Evidence of Customs.
SECTION 20:

An admission is a statement, oral or documentary, or conduct which suggests any inference as to any fact in issue or relevant fact, and which is made by any of the persons, and in the circumstances, mentioned in this Act.

Admission defined.
SECTION 21:

(1) Statements made by a party to the proceeding or by an agent to any such party, whom the court regards, in the circumstances of the case, is expressly or impliedly authorised by him to make them, are admissions.



(2) Statements made by parties to suits, suing or sued in a representative character, are not admissions unless they were made while the party making them held that character.



(3) Statements made by persons-


(a) who have any proprietary or pecuniary interest in the subject-matter of the proceedings and who made the statements in their character of persons so interested; or

(b) from whom the parties to the suit have derived their interest in the subject matter of the suit, are admissions, if they are made during the continuance of the interest of the person making the statements.

Admission by privies.
SECTION 22:

Statements made by persons whose position or liability it is necessary to prove as against any party to the suit are admissions if such statements would be relevant as against such persons in relation to such position or liability in a suit brought by or against them, and if they are made whilst the person making them occupies such position or is subject to such liability.

Admissions by persons whose position must be proved as against party to suit.
SECTION 23:

Statements made by person to whom a party to the suit has expressly referred for information in reference to a matter in dispute are admissions.

Admissions by person expressly referred to by party to suit.
SECTION 24:

Admissions are relevant and may be proved as against the person who makes them or his representative in interest, but they cannot be proved by or on behalf of the person who makes them or by his representative in interest, except in the following cases-
(a) an admission may be proved by or on behalf of the person making it when it is of such a nature that, if the person making it cannot be called as a witness, it would be relevant as between third parties under sections 39 to 45.

(b) an admission may be proved by or on behalf of the person making it, when it consists of a statement of the existence of any state of mind or body, relevant or in issue, made at or about the time when such state of mind or body existed, and is accompanied by conduct rendering its falsehood improbable; and

(c) an admission may be proved by or on behalf of the person making it, if it is relevant otherwise than as an admission.

Proof of admissions against persons making them, and by or on their behalf.
SECTION 25:

Oral admissions as to the contents of a document are not relevant, unless and until the party proposing to prove them shows that he is entitled to give secondary evidence of the contents of such document under Part V or unless the genuineness of a document produced is in question.

When oral admissions as to contents of documents are relevant.
SECTION 26:

In civil cases no admission is relevant, if it is made either upon an express condition that evidence of it is not to be given, or in circumstances from which the court infer that the parties agreed together that evidence of it should not be given. Provided that nothing in this section shall be taken to exempt any legal practitioner from giving evidence of any matter of which he may be compelled to give evidence under section 192.

Admissions in civil cases, when relevant.
SECTION 27:

Admissions are not conclusive proof of the matters admitted but they may operate as estoppel under Part X.

Admissions not conclusive proof but may estop.
SECTION 28:

A confession is an admission made at any time by a person charged with a crime, stating or suggesting the inference that he committed that crime.

Confession defined.
SECTION 29:

(1) In any proceeding, a confession made by a defendant may be given in evidence against him in so far as it is relevant to any matter in issue in the proceedings and is not excluded by the court in pursuance of this section.



(2) If, in any proceeding where the prosecution proposes to give in evidence a confession made by a defendant, it is represented to the court that the confession was or may have been obtained-


(a) by oppression of the person who made it; or

(b) in consequence of anything said or done which was likely, in the circumstances existing at the time, to render unreliable any confession which might be made by him in such consequence, the court shall not allow the confession to be given in evidence against him except in so far as the prosecution proves to the court beyond reasonable doubt that the confession (notwithstanding that it may be true) was not obtained in a manner contrary to the provisions of this section.

(3) In any proceeding where the prosecution proposes to give in evidence a confession made by a defendant, the court may of its own motion require the prosecution, as a condition of allowing it to do so, to prove that the confession was not obtained as mentioned in either subsection (2)(a) or (b) of this section.



(4) Where more persons than one are charged jointly with an offence and a confession made by one of such persons in the presence of one or more of the other persons so charged is given in evidence, the court shall not take such statement into consideration as against any of such other persons in whose presence it was made unless be adopted the said statement by words or conduct.



(5) In this section “oppression” includes torture, inhuman or degrading treatment, and the use or threat of violence whether or not amounting to torture.

When confession is relevant.
SECTION 30:

Where information is received from a person who is accused of an offence, whether such person is in custody or not, and as a consequence of such information any fact is discovered, the discovery of the fact, together with evidence that such discovery was made in consequence of the information received from the defendant, may be given in evidence where such information itself would not be admissible in evidence.

Facts discovered in consequence of information given by defendant.
SECTION 31:

If a confession is otherwise relevant, it does not become irrelevant merely because it was made under a promise of secrecy, or in consequence of a deception practised on the defendant for the purpose of obtaining it, or when he was drunk, or because it was made in answer to questions which he need not have answered, whatever may have been the form of these questions or because he was not warned that he was not bound to make such statement and that evidence of it might be given.

Confession otherwise relevant not to become irrelevant because of promise of secrecy, etc.
SECTION 32:

Evidence amounting to a confession may be used as such against the person who gives it, although it was given upon oath, and although the proceeding in which it was given had reference to the same subject-matter as the proceeding in which it is to be proved and although the witness might have refused to answer the question put to him, but if, after refusing to answer any such question the witness is improperly compelled to answer it, his answer is not admissible as a confession.

Evidence in other proceedings amounting to a confession is admissible.
SECTION 33:

When any statement of which evidence is given forms part of a longer statement, or of a conversation or part of an isolated document or is contained in a document which forms part of a book, or of a connected series of letters or papers, evidence shall be given of so much and no more of the statement, conversation document, book or series of letters or papers as the court considers necessary in that particular case to the full understanding of the nature and effect of the statement, and of the circumstances in which it was made.

What evidence to be given when statement forms part of a conversation, document, book or series of letters or papers.
SECTION 34:

(1) In estimating the weight, if any, to be attached to a statement rendered admissible as evidence by this Act, regard shall be had to all the circumstances from which any inference can reasonably be drawn as to the accuracy or otherwise of the statement, and in particular-


(a) to the question whether or not the statement was made contemporaneously with the occurrence or existence of the facts stated, and to the question whether or not the maker of the statement had any incentive to conceal or misrepresent facts; and

(b) in the case of a statement contained in a document produced by a computer- (i) the question whether or not the information which the statement contained, reproduces or is derived from, was supplied to it, contemporaneously with the occurrence or existence of the facts dealt with in that information, and (ii) the question whether or not any person concerned with the supply of information to that computer or with the operation of that computer or any equipment by means of which the document containing the statement was produced by it, had any incentive to conceal or misrepresent facts.

(2) For the purpose of any rule of law or practice requiring evidence to be corroborated or regulating the manner in which uncorroborated evidence is to be treated, a statement rendered admissible as evidence by this Act shall not be treated as corroboration of evidence given by the maker of the statement.

Weight to be attached to admissible statements.
SECTION 35:

Acts of possession and enjoyment of land may be evidence of ownership or of a right of occupancy not only of the particular piece or quantity of land with reference to which such acts are done, but also of other land so situated or connected with it by locality or similarity that what is true as to the one piece of land is likely to be true of the other piece of land.

Acts of possession and enjoyment of land may be evidence.
SECTION 36:

(1) Whenever any person is being proceeded against for receiving any property, knowing it to have been stolen or for having in his possession stolen property, for the purpose of proving guilty knowledge, there may be given in evidence at any stage of the proceeding-


(a) the fact that other property stolen when the period of 12 months preceding the date of the offence charged was found or had been in his possession; and

(b) the fact that within the 5 years preceding the date of the offence charged he was convicted of any offence involving fraud or dishonesty.

(2) The fact mentioned in subsection (1) (b) of this section may not be proved unless-


(a) 7 days notice in writing has been given to the offender that proof of such previous conviction is intended to be given; and

(b) evidence has been given that the property in respect of which the offender is being tried was found or had been in his possession.

Evidence of scienter upon charge of receiving stolen property.
SECTION 37:

Hearsay means a statement-
(a) oral or written made otherwise than by a witness in a proceeding; or

(b) contained or recorded in a book, document or any record whatever, proof of which is not admissible under any provision of this Act, which is tendered in evidence for the purpose of proving the truth of the matter stated in it.

Hearsay defined.
SECTION 38:

Hearsay evidence is not admissible except as provided in this Part or by or under any other provision of this or any other Act.

Hearsay rule.
SECTION 39:

Statements, whether written or oral of facts in issue or relevant facts made by a person-
(a) who is dead;

(b) who cannot be found;

(c) who has become incapable of giving evidence; or

(d) whose attendance cannot be procured without an amount of delay or expense which under the circumstances of the case appears to the court unreasonable, are admissible under section 40 to 50.

Statements by persons who cannot be called as witness.
SECTION 40:

(1) A statement made by a person as to the cause of his death, or as to any of the circumstance of the events which resulted in his death in cases in which the cause of that person’s death comes into question is admissible where the person who made it believed himself to be in danger of approaching death although he may have entertained at the time of making it hope of recovery.



(2) A statement referred to in subsection (1) of this section shall be admissible whatever may be the nature of the proceeding in which the case of death comes into question.

Statement relating to cause of death.
SECTION 41:

A statement is admissible when made by a person in the ordinary course of business, and in particular when it consists of any entry or memorandum made by him in books, electronic device kept in the ordinary course of business, or in the discharge of a professional duty, or of an acknowledgement written or signed by him of the receipt of money, goods, securities or property of any kind, or of a document used in commerce written or signed by him, or of the date of a letter or other document usually dated, written or signed by him: Provided that the maker made the statement contemporaneously with the transaction recorded or so soon thereafter that the court considers it likely that the transaction was at that time still fresh in his memory.

Statements made in the course of business.
SECTION 42:

A statement is admissible where the maker had peculiar means of knowing the matter stated and such statement is against his pecuniary or proprietary interest and-
(a) he had no interest to misrepresent the matter; or

(b) the statement, if true, would expose him to either criminal or civil liability.

Statement against interest of maker with special knowledge.
SECTION 43:

(1) A statement is admissible when such statement gives the opinion of a person as to the existence of any public right or custom or matter of general interest, the existence of which, if it existed, the maker would have been likely to be aware.



(2) A statement referred to in subsection (1) of this section shall not be admissible unless it was made before any controversy as to such right, custom or matter, had arisen.

Statements of opinions as to public right or custom and matters of general interest.
SECTION 44:

(1) Subject to subsection (2) of this section, a statement is admissible when it relates to the existence of relationship by blood, marriage or adoption between persons as to whose relationship by blood, marriage or adoption the person making the statement had special means of knowledge.



(2) A statement referred to in subsection (1) of this section shall be admissible under the following conditions-


(a) that it is deemed to be relevant only in a case in which the pedigree to which it relates is in issue, and not to a case in which it is only relevant to the issue; and

(b) that it must be made by a declarant shown to be related by blood to the person to whom it relates, or by the husband or wife of such a person: Provided that- (i) a declaration by a deceased parent, that he or she did not marry the other parent until after the birth of the child is relevant to the question of the paternity of such child upon any question arising as to the right of the child to inherit real or personal property under any legislation; and (ii) in proceeding for the determination of the paternity of any person, a declaration made by a person who, if an order were granted, would stand towards the petitioner in any of the relationships mentioned in paragraph (b) of this subsection, is deemed relevant to the question of the identity of the parents of the petitioner; and

(c) that the statement must be made before the question in relation to which it is to be proved had arisen, but it does not cease to be admissible because it was made for the purpose of preventing the dispute from arising.

Statements relating to the existence of a relationship.
SECTION 45:

(1) The declarations of a deceased testator as to his testamentary intentions and as to the content of his will, are admissible when-


(a) his will has been lost, and when there is question as to what were its contents; or

(b) the question as to whether an existing will is genuine or was improperly obtained: or

(c) the question as to whether any and which of more existing documents than one constitute his will.

(2) In the cases mentioned (1) of this section, it is immaterial whether the declarations were made before or after the making or loss of the will.

Declaration by testators.
SECTION 46:

(1) Evidence given by a witness in a judicial proceeding, or before any person authorised by law to take it, is admissible for the purpose of proving in a subsequent judicial proceeding or in a later stage of the same judicial proceeding the truth of the facts which it states, when the witness cannot be called for any of the reasons specified in section 39, or is kept out of the way by the adverse party. Provided that-


(a) the proceeding was between the same parties or their representatives in interest;

(b) the adverse party in the first proceeding had the right and opportunity to cross-examine; and

(c) the questions in issue were substantially the same in the first as in the second proceeding.

(2) A criminal trial or inquiry shall be deemed to be a proceeding between the prosecutor and the defendant within the meaning of this section.

Admissibility of certain evidence for proving, in subsequent proceeding, the truth of facts stated in it.
SECTION 47:

A statement in accordance with sections 290 and 291 or section 319 of the Criminal Procedure Act, may afterwards be used in evidence on the trial of any person accused of an offence to which the same relates, if the person who made the statement cannot be called for any of the reasons specified in section 39, and if reasonable notice of the intention to take such statement was served upon the person against whom it is to be read in evidence and he had, or might have had, if he had chosen to be present, full opportunity of cross-examining the person making the statement.

When statement made under any criminal procedure legislation may be used in evidence.
SECTION 48:

Any statement made by a defendant at a preliminary investigation or at a coroner’s inquest may be given in evidence.

Statement of defendant at preliminary investigation or Coroner’s inquest.
SECTION 49:

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or any other law but subject to this section, where in the course of any criminal trial, the court is satisfied that for any sufficient reason, the attendance of the investigating police officer cannot be procured, the written and signed statement of such officer may be admitted in evidence by the court if-
(a) the defence does not object to the statement being admitted; and

(b) the court consents to the admission of the statement.

Admission of written statements of investigating police officers in certain cases.
SECTION 50:

In the case of a person employed in the public service of the Federation or of a State who is required to give evidence for any purpose connected with a judicial proceeding, it shall be sufficient to account for his non-attendance at the hearing of the said judicial proceeding if there is produced to the court either a Federal or State Gazette or a telegram, an e-mail or letter purporting to emanate from the head of his department, sufficiently explaining to the satisfaction of the court his apparent default.

Absence of public officers.
SECTION 51:

Entries in books of accounts or electronic records regularly kept in the course of business are admissible whenever they refer to a matter into which the court has to inquire, but such statements shall not alone be sufficient evidence to charge any person with liability.

Statements made in certain circumstances entries in books of accounts.
SECTION 52:

An entry in any public or other official books, register or record, including electronic record stating a fact in issue or relevant fact and made by a public servant in the discharge of his official duty, or by any other person in the performance of a duty specially enjoined by the law of the country in which such book, register or record is kept, is itself admissible.

Entry in public records made in performance of duty.
SECTION 53:

Statements of facts in issue or relevant facts made in published maps or charts generally offered for public sale, or in maps plans made under the authority of Government, as to matters usually represented or stated in such maps, charts or plans, are themselves admissible.

Statements in maps, charts and plans.
SECTION 54:

When the court has to form an opinion as to the existence of any fact of a public nature, any statement of it, made in a recital contained in any enactment or in any proclamation or speech of the President in opening the National Assembly, or in any proclamation or speech, or in any statement made in a Government or public notice appearing in the Federal Gazette or in a State notice or a State public notice appearing in a State Gazette or the Government Gazette of any other country is admissible.

Statement as to fact of public nature contained in certain acts or notifications.
SECTION 55:

(1) Either party to the proceeding in any criminal case may produce a certificate signed by the Government Pharmacist, the Deputy Government Pharmacist, an Assistant Government Pharmacist, a Government Pathologist or Entomologist or the Accountant-General, or any other Pharmacist so specified by the Government Pharmacist of the Federation or of a State, any pathologist or entomologist specified by the Director of Medical Laboratories of the Federation or of a State, or any accountant specified by the Accountant-General of the Federation or of a State (whether any such officer is by that or any other title in the service of the State or of the Federal Government), and the production of any such certificate may be taken as sufficient evidence of the facts stated in it.



(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) of this section, any certificate issued and produced by any officer in charge of any laboratory established by the appropriate authority may be taken as a sufficient evidence of facts stated in it.



(3) Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2) of this section, the court shall have the power, on the application of either party or of its own motion, to direct that any such officer as is referred to in the subsections shall be summoned to give evidence before the court if it is of the opinion that, either for the purpose of cross-examination or for any other reason, the interests of justice so requires.



(4) The President may, by notice in the Federal Gazette, declare that any person named in such notice, being an officer in the public service of the Federation employed in a forensic science laboratory in a rank not below that of Medical Laboratory Technologist, shall, for the purposes of subsection (1) of this section, be empowered to sign a certificate relating to any subject specified in the notice, and while such declaration remains in force subsection (1) of this section shall apply in relation to such person as they apply in relation to an officer mentioned in that subsection. Provided that a certificate signed by such person shall not be admissible in evidence if, in the opinion of the court, it does not relate wholly or mainly to a subject so specified as in such notice.



(5) In this section- “appropriate authority” means the Inspector-General of Police, the Comptroller-General of Customs or the Minister of Health; “officer” means any officer-in-charge of any laboratory established pursuant to this Act. “specified” means specified by notice as may be published in the Federal or State Gazette.

Certificates of specified government officers to be sufficient evidence in all criminal cases.
SECTION 56:

Where in criminal proceedings, a certificate purports to be signed by an officer of the Central Bank of Nigeria who himself adds after his signature the words “duly authorised by the Governor of the Central Bank of Nigeria” it shall be accepted by all courts and persons as sufficient evidence of the facts stated in the certificate, and no certificate shall be questioned on the ground only of the authorisation; but subject to this, section 55 (3) shall have effect with regard to any such certificate.

Certificates of Central Bank officers as evidence in criminal cases.
SECTION 57:

Where any such certificate as is mentioned in section 55 or 56 is intended to be produced by either party to the proceedings, a copy of it shall be served on the other party at least ten clear days before the day appointed for the hearing and if it is not so sent the court may, if it thinks fit, adjourn the hearing on such terms as may seem proper.

Service of certificates on other party before hearing.
SECTION 58:

The court shall, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, presume that the signature to any such certificate as is mentioned in sections 55 and 56 is genuine and that the person signing it held the office or authority which he professed at the time when he signed it.

Genuineness of certificates to be presumed.
SECTION 59:

The existence of any judgment, order or decree which by law prevents any court from taking cognisance of a suit or holding a trial, is a relevant fact, evidence of which is admissible when the question is whether such court ought to take cognisance of such suit or to hold such trial.

Previous judgments admissible to bar a second suit or trial.
SECTION 60:

((1) A final judgment, order or decree of a competent court, in the exercise of probate, matrimonial, admiralty or insolvency jurisdiction, which confers upon or takes away from any person any legal character, or which declares any person to be entitled to any such character or to be entitled to any specific thing, not as against any specified person but absolutely, is admissible when the existence of any such legal character, or the title of any such legal persons to any such thing, is relevant.



(2) Such judgment, order or decree is conclusive proof-


(a) that any legal character which it confers accrued as the time when such judgment order or decree came into operation;

(b) that any legal character, to which it declares any such person to be entitled, accrued to that person at the time when such judgment, order or decree declares it to have accrued to that person;

(c) that any legal character which it takes away from any such person ceased at the time from which such judgment, order or decree declared that it had ceased or should cease; and

(d) that anything to which it declares any person to be so entitled was the property of that person at the time from which such judgment, order or decree declares that it had been or should be his property.

Admissibility of certain judgments in certain jurisdictions.
SECTION 61:

Judgments, orders or decrees other than those mentioned in section 60 are admissible if they relate to matters of a public nature relevant to the inquiry; but such judgments, orders or decrees are not conclusive proof of that which they state.

Admissibility and effect of judgments other than those mentioned in section 60.
SECTION 62:

Judgments, orders of decrees, other than those mentioned in sections 59, 60 and 61 are inadmissible unless existence of such judgment order or decree is a fact in issue, or is admissible under some other provision of this or any other Act.

Judgment, etc. other than those mentioned in section 59 to 61, when admissible.
SECTION 63:

(1) Notwithstanding section 62, in any civil proceeding the fact that a person has been convicted of any offence by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be admissible for the purpose of proving, where to do so is relevant to any issue in those proceeding that he committed that offence, but no conviction that has been quashed on appeal by a court of competent jurisdiction or in respect of which an appeal is pending shall be admissible in evidence by virtue of this section.



(2) If in any civil proceeding it is proved in accordance with subsection (1) of this section that any person has been convicted of an offence by a court of competent jurisdiction-


(a) that person shall be presumed to have committed the offence unless he proves to the contrary; and

(b) without prejudice to the admission of any other evidence for the purpose of determining the facts upon which the conviction is based, the contents of any information, complaint or, charge sheet, according to which that person has been convicted shall also be admissible in evidence for this purpose.

Conviction as evidence in civil proceedings.
SECTION 64:

A party to a suit or other proceeding may show that any judgment, order or decree which is admissible under section 59, 60 or 61 and which has been proved by the adverse party, was delivered by a court without jurisdiction, or was obtained by fraud or collusion.

Fraud or collusion in obtaining judgment, or non-jurisdiction of court, maybe proved.
SECTION 65:

When an action is brought against any person for anything done by him in a judicial capacity, the judgment delivered, and the proceeding antecedent to it, are conclusive proof of the facts stated in such judgment, whether they are or are not necessary to give the defendant jurisdiction, if assuring them to be true, they show that he had jurisdiction.

Judgment conclusive in favour of judge.
SECTION 66:

When the title to or interest in family or communal land is in issue, oral evidence of family or communal tradition concerning such title or interest is admissible.

Family or communal tradition admissible in land cases.
SECTION 67:

The opinion of any person as to the existence or non-existence of a fact in issue or relevant to the fact in issue is inadmissible except as provided in sections 68 to 76 of this Act.

Opinion inadmissible except as provided in this Act.
SECTION 68:

(1) When the court has to form an opinion upon a point of foreign law, customary law or custom, or of science or art, or as to identity of handwriting or finger impressions, the opinions upon that point of persons specially skilled in such foreign law, customary law or custom, or science or art, or in questions as to identity of handwriting or finger impressions, are admissible.

(2) Persons so specially skilled as mentioned in subsection (1) of this section are called experts.

Opinion of experts, when admissible.
SECTION 69:

Where there is a question as to foreign law, the opinions of experts who in their profession are acquainted with such law are admissible evidence of it, though such experts may produce to the court books which they declare to be works of authority upon the foreign law in question, which books the court, having received all necessary explanations from the experts, may construe for itself.

Opinion as to foreign law.
SECTION 70:

In deciding questions of customary law and custom, the opinions of traditional rulers, chiefs or other persons having special knowledge of the customary law and custom and any book or manuscript recognised as legal authority by people indigenous to the locality in which such law or custom applies, are admissible.

Opinion as to customary law and custom.
SECTION 71:

Facts not otherwise relevant are relevant if they support or are inconsistent with the opinions of experts, when such opinions are admissible.

Facts bearing upon opinions of experts.
SECTION 72:

(1) When the court has to form an opinion as to the person by whom any document was written or signed, the opinion of any person acquainted with the handwriting of the person by whom it is supposed to be written or signed that it was or was not written or signed by that person, is admissible.



(2) A person is said to be acquainted with the handwriting of another person when he has seen that person write, or when he has received documents purporting to be written by that person in answer to documents written by himself or under his authority and addressed to that person, or when in the ordinary course of business, documents purporting to be written by that person have been habitually submitted to him.



Opinion as to handwriting, when admissible.
SECTION 73:

(1) When the court has to form an opinion as to the existence of any general custom or right, the opinions as to the existence of such custom or right, of persons who would be likely to know of its existence if it existed are admissible.



(2) The expression “general custom or right” includes customs or rights common to any considerable class of persons.

Opinion as existence of “general custom or right” when admissible.
SECTION 74:

When the court has to form an opinion as to-
(a) the usages and tenets of any body of men or family;

(b) the constitution and government of any religious or charitable foundation; or

(c) the meaning of words or terms used in particular districts or by particular classes of people, the opinions of persons having special means of knowledge on the matters specified in this section, are admissible.

Opinions as to usages and tenets, when admissible.
SECTION 75:

Where the court has to form an opinion as to the relationship of one person to another, the opinion expressed by conduct, as to the existence of such relationship of any person who, as a member of the family or otherwise, has special means of knowledge on the subject, is admissible. Provided that such opinion shall not be sufficient to prove a marriage in proceeding for a divorce or in a petition for damages against an adulterer or in a prosecution for bigamy.

Opinion on relationship, when admissible.
SECTION 76:

Whenever the opinion of any living person is admissible, the grounds on which such opinion is based are also admissible.

Grounds of opinion, when admissible.
SECTION 77:

In sections 78 to 87, the expression “character” means reputation as distinguished from disposition, and except as mentioned in those sections, evidence may be given only of general reputation, and not of particular acts by which reputation or disposition is shown.

Character defined.
SECTION 78:

In civil cases evidence of the fact that the character of any person concerned is such as to render probable or improbable any conduct imputed to him is inadmissible except in so far as such character appears from facts otherwise relevant.

In civil cases, evidence of character generally inadmissible.
SECTION 79:

Notwithstanding section 78, in civil cases the fact that the character of any person is such as to affect the amount of damages which he ought to receive may be given in evidence.

In civil cases, evidence of character generally inadmissible.
SECTION 80:

In actions for libel and slander in which the defendant does not by his defence assert the truth of the statement complained of, the defendant is not entitled on the trial to give evidence in chief with a view to mitigation of damages, as to the circumstances under which the libel or slander was published, or as to the character of the plaintiff, without the leave of the judge, unless seven days at least before the trial he furnishes particulars to the plaintiff of the matters as to which he intends to give evidence.

In libel and slander, notice must be given of evidence of character.
SECTION 81:

In criminal proceedings, evidence of the fact that a defendant is of good character is admissible

In criminal cases, evidence of good character admissible.
SECTION 82:

(1) Except as provided in this section, evidence of the fact that a defendant is of bad character is inadmissible in criminal proceeding.



(2) The fact that a defendant is of bad character is admissible-
(a) when the bad character of the defendant is a fact in issue; or



(b) when the defendant has given evidence of his good character.

(3) A defendant may be asked questions to show that he is of bad character in the circumstances mentioned in paragraph (c) of the provision to section 180.



(4) Whenever evidence of bad character is admissible, evidence of a previous conviction is also admissible.



(5) In cases where subsection (4) of this section applies, the court shall only admit evidence of previous convictions which are related in substance to the offence charged.



(6) Evidence of a previous conviction shall be proved in accordance with Part XIII.

Evidence of character of the accused in criminal proceedings.
SECTION 83:

(1) In a proceeding where direct oral evidence of a fact would be admissible, any statement made by a person in a document which seems to establish that fact shall on production of the original document, be admissible as evidence of that fact if the following conditions are satisfied-


(a) If the maker of the statement either- (i) had personal knowledge of the matters dealt with by the statement; or (ii) where the document in question is or forms part of a record purporting to be a continuous record made the statement (in so far as the matters dealt with by it are not within his personal knowledge) in the performance of a duty to record information supplied to him by a person who had, or might reasonably be supposed to have personal knowledge of those matters; and

(b) if the maker of the statement is called as a witness in the proceeding: Provided that the condition that the maker of the statement shall be called as a witness need not be satisfied if he is dead, or unfit by reason of his bodily or mental condition to attend as a witness, or if he is outside Nigeria and it is not reasonably practicable to secure his attendance, or if all reasonable efforts to find him have been made without success.

(2) In any proceeding, the court may at any stage of the proceeding, if having regard to all the circumstances of the case it is satisfied that undue delay or expense would otherwise be caused, order that such a statement as is mentioned in subsection (1) of this section shall be admissible as evidence or may, without any such order having been made admit such a statement in evidence notwithstanding that-


(a) the maker of the statement is available but is not called as a witness; and

(b) the original document is not produced, if in lieu of it there is produced a copy of the original document or of the material part of it certified to be a true copy in such manner as may be specified in the order or as the court may approve, as the case may be.

(3) Nothing in this section shall render admissible as evidence any statement made by a person interested at a time when proceedings were pending or anticipated involving a dispute is to any fact which the statement might tend to establish.



(4) For the purposes of this section, a statement in a document shall not be deemed to have been made by a person unless the document or the material part of it was written, made or produced by him with his own hand, or was signed or initialled by him or otherwise recognised by him in writing as one for the accuracy of which he is responsible.



(5) For the purpose of deciding whether or not a statement is admissible as evidence by virtue of this section, the court may draw any reasonable inference from the form or contents of the document in which the statement is contained, or from any other circumstances, and may, in deciding, whether or not a person is fit to attend as a witness, act on a certificate purporting to be the certificate of a registered medical practitioner.

Admissibility of documentary evidence as to facts in issue.
SECTION 84:

(1) In any proceeding a statement contained in a document produced by a computer shall be admissible as evidence of any fact stated in it of which direct oral evidence would be admissible, if it is shown that the conditions in subsection (2) of this section are satisfied in relation to the statement and computer in question.



(2) The conditions referred to in subsection (1) of this section are-


(a) that the document or electronic records containing the statement was produced by the computer during a period over which the computer was used regularly to store or process information for the purposes of any activities regularly carried on over that period, whether for profit or not, by anybody, whether corporate or not, or by any individual;

(b) that during the period, information of the kind contained in the electronic record or of the kind from which the information so contained is derived was regularly fed into the computer in the ordinary course of the activities;

(c) that throughout the material part of that period the computer was operating properly or, if not, that in any respect in which it was not operating properly or was out of operation during that part of that period was not such as to affect the production of the document or electronic records or the accuracy of its contents; and

(d) that the information contained in the statement or electronic records reproduces or is derived from information supplied to the computer in the ordinary course of those activities.

(3) Where over a period the function of storing or processing information for the purposes of any activities regularly carried on over that period as mentioned in subsection (2) (a) of this section was regularly performed by computers, whether-


(a) by a combination of computers operating over that period;

(b) by different computers operating in succession over that period;

(c) by different combinations of computers operating in succession over that period; or

(d) in any other manner involving the successive operation over that period, in whatever order, of one or more computers and one or more combinations of computers. All the computers used for that purpose during that period shall be treated for the purposes of this section as constituting a single computer; and references in this section to a computer shall be construed accordingly.

(4) In any proceeding where it is desired to give a statement in evidence by virtue of this section a certificate-


(a) identifying the document or electronic records containing the statement and describing the manner in which it was produced;

(b) giving such particulars of any device involved in the production of that document or electronic records as may be appropriate for the purpose of showing that the document or electronic records was produced by a computer. (i) dealing with any of the matters to which the conditions mentioned in subsection (2) above relate; and purporting to be signed by a person occupying a responsible position in relation to the operation of the relevant device or the management of the relevant activities, as the case may be, shall be evidence of the matter stated in the certificate; and for the purpose of this subsection it shall be sufficient for a matter to be stated to the best of the knowledge and belief of the person stating it.

(5) For the purpose of this section-


(a) information shall be taken to be supplied to a computer if it is supplied to it in any appropriate form and whether it is supplied directly or (with or without human intervention) by means of any appropriate equipment;

(b) where, in the course of activities carried on by any individual or body, information is supplied with a view to its being stored or processed for the purposes of those activities by a computer operated otherwise than in the course of those activities, that information, if duly supplied to that computer, shall be taken to be supplied to it in the course of those activities;

(c) a document or electronic records shall be taken to have been produced by a computer whether it was produced by it directly or (with or without human intervention) by means of any appropriate equipment.


Admissibility of statement in documents produced by computers.
SECTION 84A-D:

84A. Where any law provides that information or any other matter shall be in writing or in the typewritten or printed form, then, notwithstanding anything contained in such law, such requirement shall be deemed to have been satisfied if such information or matter is –

(a) rendered or made available in an electronic form; and
(b) accessible so as to be usable for a subsequent reference.




84B. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, any information contained in an electronic record which is printed on a paper, stored, recorded or copied in optical or magnetic media or cloud computing or database produced by a computer shall be deemed to also be a document, if the conditions mentioned in this section are satisfied in relation to the information and computer in question and shall be admissible in any proceeding, without further proof or production of the original, as evidence or any contents of the original or of any fact stated in it of which direct evidence would be admissible.


84C. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section any person may authenticate an electronic record by affixing his digital signature on it.
(2) A person may authenticate any electronic record by such digital signature or electronic authentication technique which –
(a) is considered reliable: or
(b) may be specified by this Act.

(3) For the purpose of this subsection (2), any digital signature or electronic authentication technique will be considered reliable if–
(a) the signature creator: data or the authentication data are within the context in which they are used, linked to the signatory or, as the case may be, the authenticator and of no other person:
(b) any alteration to the digital signature made after affixing such signature is detectable;
(c) any alteration to the information made after its authentication by the digital signature is detectable; and
(d) it fulfils such other conditions which may be prescribed.

Proof of digital signature
84D. (1) Except in the case of a secure digital signature, if the digital signature of any person is alleged to have been affixed to an electronic record, the fact that such digital signature is the digital signature of the person must be proved.
(2) A digital signature shall be deemed to be secure if the signature creation data —

(a) at the time of affixing the signature, was under the exclusive control of the signatory and no other person; and
(b) was stored and affixed in such exclusive manner as may be prescribed.

Information in electronic form












Records in a computer to be admissible










Authentication of electronic record
SECTION 85:

The contents of documents may be proved either by primary or by secondary evidence.

Proof of contents of documents.
SECTION 86:

(1) Primary evidence means the document itself produced for the inspection of the court.



(2) Where a document has been executed in several parts, each part shall be primary evidence of the document.



(3) Where a document has been executed in counterpart, each counterpart being executed by one or some of the parties only, each counterpart shall be primary evidence as against the parties executing it.



(4) Where a number of documents have all been made by one uniform process, as in the case of printing, lithography, photography, computer or other electronic or mechanical process, each shall be primary evidence of the contents of the rest; but where they are all copies of a common original, they shall not be primary evidence of the contents of the original.

Primary evidence.
SECTION 87:

Secondary evidence includes-
(a) certified copies given under the provisions hereafter contained in this Act;

(b) copies made from the original by mechanical or electronic processes, which in themselves ensure the accuracy of the copy, and copies compared with such copies;

(c) copies made from or compared with the original;

(d) counterparts of documents as against the parties who did not execute them; and

(e) oral accounts of the contents of a documents given by some person who has himself seen it.

Secondary Evidence.
SECTION 88:

Documents shall be proved by primary evidence except in the cases mentioned in this Act.

Proof of documents by primary evidence.
SECTION 89:

Secondary evidence may be given of the existence, condition or contents of a document when-
(a) the original is shown or appears to be in the possession or power- (i) of the person against whom the document is sought to be proved, or (ii) of any person legally bound to produce it, and when after the notice mentioned in section 91 such person does not produce it;

(b) the existence, condition or contents of the original have been proved to be admitted in writing by the person against whom it is proved or by his representative in interest;

(c) the original has been destroyed or lost and in the latter case all possible search has been made for it;

(d) the original is of such a nature as not to be easily movable;

(e) the original is a public document within the meaning of section 102;

(f) the original is a document of which a certified copy is permitted by this Act or by any other law in force in Nigeria, to be given in evidence;

(g) the originals consist of numerous accounts or other documents which cannot conveniently be examined in court, and the fact to be proved is the general result of the whole collection; or

(h) the document is an entry in a banker’s book.

Cases in which secondary evidence relating to document.
SECTION 90:

(1) The secondary evidence admissible in respect to the original documents referred to in the several paragraphs of section 89 is as follows-


(a) in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d), any secondary evidence of the contents of the document is admissible;

(b) in paragraph (b), the written admission is admissible;

(c) in paragraph (e) or (f), a certified copy of the document, but no other secondary evidence is admissible;

(d) in paragraph (g), evidence may be given as to the general result of the documents by any person who has examined them and who is skilled in the examination of such documents; and

(e) in paragraph (h) the copies cannot be received as evidence unless it is first be proved that- (i) the book in which the entries copied were made was at the time of making one of the ordinary books of the bank. (ii) the entry was made in the usual and ordinary course of business. (iii) the books in the control and custody of the bank, which proof may be given orally or by affidavit by an officer of the bank; and (iv) the copy has been examined with the original entry and is correct, which proof must be given by some person who has examined the copy with the original entry, and may be given orally or by affidavit.

(2) When a seaman issues for his wages he may give secondary evidence of the ship’s articles and of any agreement supporting his case, without notice to produce the originals.

Nature of secondary evidence admissible under section 89.
SECTION 91:

Secondary evidence of the contents of the documents referred to in section 89 (a) shall not be given unless the party proposing to give such secondary evidence has previously given to the party in whose possession or power the document is, or to a legal practitioner employed by such party, such notice to produce it as is prescribed by law; and if no notice to produce is prescribed by law then such notice as the court considers reasonable in the circumstances of the case. Provided that such notice shall not be required in order to render secondary evidence admissible in any of the following cases, or in any other case in which the court thinks fit to dispense with it-
(a) when the document to be proved is itself a notice;

(b) when, from the nature of the case, the adverse party must know that he will be required to produce it;

(c) when it appears or is proved that the adverse party has obtained possession of the original by fraud or force;

(d) when the adverse party or his agent has the original in court; or

(e) when the adverse party or his agent has admitted the loss of the document.

Rules as to notice to produce.
SECTION 92:

(1) The fact of any bank having duly made a return to the Central Bank, Nigerian Deposit Insurance Corporation or Federal Inland Revenue Service may be proved in any legal proceeding by production of a copy of its return verified by the affidavit of an officer of the bank, or by the production of a copy of a newspaper purporting to contain a copy of such return published by the Central Bank, Nigerian Deposit Insurance Corporation or Federal Inland Revenue Service as the case may be.



(2) The fact of any bank having been licensed under the Banks and Other Financial Institutions Act may be proved by the production of a certificate by an officer of the bank that it has been duly licensed under that Act.



(3) For the purpose of this section- “Central Bank” means the Central Bank of Nigeria established by the Central Bank of Nigeria Act, 2007; “Federal Inland Revenue Service” means the Federal Inland Revenue Service established by Federal Inland Revenue Service Act, 2007; and “Nigerian Deposit Insurance Corporation” means the Nigerian Deposit Insurance Corporation established by the Nigerian Deposit Insurance Corporation Act.

Proof that bank has made returns or been duly licensed.
SECTION 93:

(1) If a document is alleged to be signed or to have been written wholly or in part by any person, the signature or the handwriting of so much of the document as is alleged to be in that person’s handwriting must be proved to be in his handwriting.



(2) Where a rule of evidence requires a signature, or provides for certain consequences if a document is not signed; an electronic signature or digital signature satisfies that rule of law or avoids those consequences.



(3) An electronic signature or digital signature may be proved in any manner, including by showing that a procedure existed by which it is necessary for a person, in order to proceed further with a transaction to have executed a symbol or security procedure for the purpose of verifying that an electronic record is that of the person.

Proof of signature and handwriting and electronic signature.
SECTION 94:

(1) Evidence that a person exists having the same name, address, business or occupation as the maker of a document purports to have, is admissible to show that such document was written or signed by that person.



(2) Evidence that a document exists to which the document the making of which is in issue purports to be a reply, together with evidence of the making and delivery to a person of such earlier document, is admissible to show the identity of the maker of the disputed document with the person to whom the earlier document was delivered.

Identification of person signing a document.
SECTION 95:

(1) Evidence that a person signed a document containing a declaration that a seal was his seal is admissible to prove that he sealed it.



(2) Evidence that the grantor on executing any document requiring delivery expressed an intention that it should operate at once is admissible to prove delivery.

Evidence of sealing and delivery of a document.
SECTION 96:

(1) In any proceeding, whether civil or criminal, an instrument to the validity of which attestation is required by law may, instead of being proved by an attesting witness, be proved in the matter in which it might be proved if no attesting witness were alive. Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to the proof of wills or other testamentary documents.



(2) If no attesting witness is alive, an instrument to the validity of which attestation is required by law is proved by showing that the attestation of one attesting witness at least is in his handwriting, and that the signature of the person executing the documents is in the handwriting of that person.

SECTION 97:

The admission of a party to an attested document of its execution by himself shall be sufficient proof of its execution as against him, though it be a document required by law to be attested.

Admission of execution by party to attested document.
SECTION 98:

(1) A person seeking to prove the due execution of a document is not bound to call the party who executed the document or to prove the handwriting of such party or of an attesting witness in any case where the person against whom the document is sought to be proved-


(a) produces such document and claims an interest under it in reference to the subject matter of the suit; or

(b) is a public officer bound by law to procure is due execution, and he has dealt with it as a document duly executed.

(2) Nothing contained in this section shall prejudice the right of a person to put in evidence any document in the manner mentioned in sections 89 and 90, or under section 155 of this Act.

Cases in which proof of execution or of handwriting unnecessary.
SECTION 99:

If the attesting witness denies or does not re-collect the execution of the document, its execution may be proved by other evidence.

Proof when attesting witness denies the execution.
SECTION 100:

An attested document not required by law to be attested may be proved as if it was unattested.

Proof of document not required by law to be attested.
SECTION 101:

(1) In order to ascertain whether a signature, writing, seal or finger impression is that of the person by whom it purports to have been written or made, any signature, writing, seal or finger impression admitted or proved to the satisfaction of the court to have been written or made by that person may be compared with the one which is to be proved although that signature, writing, seal or finger impression has not been produced or proved for any other purpose.



(2) The court may direct any person present in court to write word or figure or to make finger impressions for the purpose of enabling the court to compare the words, figure or finger impressions so written with any words, figures or finger impression alleged to have been written or made by such person; Provided that where a defendant does not give evidence he may not be so directed to write such words of figures or to make finger impressions.



(3) After the final termination of the proceeding in which the court required a person to make his finger impressions, such impressions shall be destroyed.

Comparison of signature, writing, seal or finger impression with others admitted or proved.
SECTION 102:

The following documents are public documents-
(a) documents forming the official acts or records of the official acts of- (i) the sovereign authority; (ii) official bodies and tribunals; or (iii) public officers, legislative, judicial and executive, whether of Nigeria or elsewhere; and

(b) public records kept in Nigeria of private document.

Public document.
SECTION 103:

All documents other than public documents are private documents.

Private Documents.
SECTION 104:

(1) Every public officer having the custody of a public document which any person has a right to inspect shall give that person on demand a copy of it on payment of the legal fees prescribed in that respect, together with a certificate written at the foot of such copy that it is a true copy of such document or part of it as the case may be.



(2) The certificate mentioned in subsection (1) of this section shall be dated and subscribed by such officer with his name and his official title, and shall be sealed, whenever such officer is authorized by law to make use of a seal, and such copies so certified shall be called certified copies.


(3) An officer who, by the ordinary course of official duty, is authorized to deliver such copies, shall be deemed to have the custody of such documents within the meaning of this section.

Certified copies of public documents.
SECTION 105:

Copies of documents certified in accordance with section 104 may be produced in proof of the contents of the public documents or parts of the public documents of which they purport to be copies.

Proof of documents by production of certified copies.
SECTION 106:

The following public documents may be proved as follows-
(a) Acts of the National Assembly, Laws of the House of Assembly of a State or bye-laws of a Local Government Council, proclamations, treaties or other acts of State order, notifications, nominations appointments and other official communications of the Government of the Federation, State or Local Government in Nigeria: (i) which appear in the Federal Gazette or the Gazette of a State, by the production of such Gazette, and shall be prima facie proof of any fact of a public nature which they were intended to notify. (ii) by a copy of the document certified by the officer who authorised or made such order or issued such official communication. (iii) by the records of the government departments concerned certified by the heads of those departments respectively or by the Minister, or in respect of matters to which the executive authority of a State or Local Government extends by the Governor or the Chairman of the Local Government Council, or any person nominated by such Governor or Chairman, or (iv) by any document purporting to be printed by order of Government;

(b) the proceeding of the Senate or of the House of Representatives, by the minutes of that body or by published Acts or abstracts, or by copies purporting to be printed by order of Government.

(c) the proceeding of a State House Assembly, by the minutes of that body or by published Laws, or by copies purporting to be printed by order of Government;

(d) the proceeding of a Local Government Council, by the minutes of that body or by published bye-laws, or by copies purporting to be printed by order of the Local Government;

(e) the Acts or Ordinances of any part of the Commonwealth, and the subsidiary legislation made under their authority, by a copy purporting to be printed by the Government Printer of any such country.

(f) proclamations, treaties or acts of State of any other country, by journals published by their authority or commonly received in that country as such, or by a copy certified under the seal of the country or sovereign;

(g) books printed or published under the authority of the Government of a foreign country, and purporting to contain the statutes, code or other written law of such country, and also printed and published books of reports of decisions of the courts of such country, and books proved to be commonly admitted in such courts as evidence of the law of such country, shall be admissible as evidence of the law of such foreign country.

(h) any judgment, order or other judicial proceeding outside Nigeria, or any legal document, filed or deposited in any court: (i) by a copy sealed with the seal of a foreign or other court to which the original document belongs or, in the event of such court having no seal, to be signed by the judge, or, if there be more than one judge, by anyone of the judges of the said copy, and such judge must attach to his signature a statement in writing on the said copy that the court of which he is judge has no seal, or (ii) by a copy which purports to be certified in any manner which is certified by any representative of Nigeria to be the manner commonly in use in that country for the certification of copies of judicial records; and

(i) public documents of any other class elsewhere that in Nigeria, by the original, or by a copy certified by the legal keeper of such documents, with a certificate under the seal of a notary public, or of a consul or diplomatic agent that the copy is duly certified by the officer having the legal custody of the original, and upon proof of the character of the document according to the law of the foreign country.

Proof of other official documents.
SECTION 107:

A court may, in any civil proceeding make an order at any stage of such proceeding directing that specified facts may be proved at the trial by affidavit with or without the attendance of the deponent for cross-examination: Provided that where a party desires the attendance of such deponent for cross-examination the court shall require his attendance for that purpose where this would not result in unjustifiable delay or expense.

Court may order proof by affidavit.
SECTION 108:

(1) Before an affidavit is used in the court for any purpose, the original shall be filed in the court and the original or an office copy shall alone be recognised for any purpose in the court.


(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where the affidavit is deposed to electronically before any person duly authorised to take affidavits, a copy shall be filed at the court registry and may be recognised for any purpose in the court.

Affidavit to be filed.
SECTION 109:

Any affidavit sworn before any judge, officer or other person duly authorised to take affidavits in Nigeria whether in person or through audio-visual means may be used in the court in all cases where affidavits are admissible.

Affidavit sworn in Nigeria.
SECTION 110:

Any affidavit sworn in any country other than Nigeria whether in person or through audio-visual means before-
(a) a judge or magistrate, being authenticated by the official seal of the court to which he is attached, or by a notary public; or

(b) the duly authorised officer in the Nigerian Embassy, High Commission or Consulate in that country, may be used in the court in all cases where affidavits are admissible.

Proof of document not required by law to be attested.
SECTION 111:

The fact that an affidavit purports to have been sworn in the manner prescribed in the preceding sections shall be prima facie evidence of-
(a) the seal or signature, as the case may be, of any such court, judge, magistrate or other officer or person mentioned in, or appended or subscribed to, any such affidavit; and

(b) the authority of such court, judge, magistrate or other officer or person to administer oaths.

Proof of seal and signature.
SECTION 112:

An affidavit shall not be admitted which is proved to have been sworn before a person on whose behalf the same is offered, or before his legal practitioner, or before a partner or clerk of his legal practitioner.

Affidavit not to be sworn before certain persons.
SECTION 113:

The court may permit an affidavit to be used, notwithstanding that it is defective in form according to this Act, if the court is satisfied that it has been sworn before a person duly authorised.

Affidavit defective in form.
SECTION 114:

A defective or erroneous affidavit may be amended and re-sworn by leave of the court, on such terms as to time, costs or otherwise as seen reasonable.

Amendment and re-swearing of affidavit.
SECTION 115:

(1) Every affidavit used in the court shall contain only a statement of fact and circumstances to which the witness deposes, either of his own personal knowledge or from information which he believes to be true.



(2) An affidavit shall not contain extraneous matter, by way of objection, prayer or legal argument or conclusion.



(3) When a person deposes to his belief in any matter of fact, and his belief is derived from any source other than his own personal knowledge, he shall set forth explicitly the facts and circumstances forming the ground of his belief.



(4) When such belief is derived from information received from another person, the name of his informant shall be stated, and reasonable particulars shall be given respecting the informant, and the time, place and circumstance of the information.

Contents of Affidavits.
SECTION 116:

When there are before a court affidavits that are irreconcilably in conflict on crucial facts, the court shall for the purpose of resolving the conflict arising from the affidavit evidence, ask the parties to proffer oral evidence as to such facts, and shall hear any such oral evidence of the deponents of the affidavits and such other witnesses as may be called by the parties.

Conflicting affidavits.
SECTION 117:

(1) Every affidavit taken in a cause or matter shall-


(a) be headed in the court and in the cause or matter.

(b) state the full name, trade or profession residence and nationality of the deponent; and

(c) be in the first person, and divided into convenient paragraphs numbered consecutively.

(2) Any erasure, interlineation or alteration made before the affidavit is sworn, shall be attested by the person before whom it is taken, who shall affix his signature or initial in the margin immediately opposite to the interlineations, alternation or erasure.



(3) Where an affidavit proposed to be sworn is illegible or difficult to read, or is in the judgment of the person before whom it is taken so written as to facilitate fraudulent alteration, he may refuse to swear the deponent, and require the affidavit to be re-written in an unobjectionable manner.



(4) An affidavit when sworn shall be signed by the deponent or if he cannot write or is blind, marked by him personally with his mark in the presence of the person before whom it is taken.

Form of affidavits.
SECTION 118:

The person before whom an affidavit is taken shall not allow it, when sworn, to be altered in any manner without being re-sworn; and may refuse to allow an altered affidavit to be re-sworn and require instead a fresh affidavit.

Provisions as to altered affidavit.
SECTION 119:

(1) Where the deponent is illiterate or blind the affidavit shall state that fact, and shall be accompanied with a jurat.



(2) The jurat shall-


(a) be written without interlineation, alteration or erasure immediately at the foot of the affidavit, and towards the left side of the paper and shall be signed by the person before whom it is taken;

(b) state the date of the swearing and the place where it is sworn;

(ba) if the affidavit is taken via audio-visual means, then the electronic record shall state which audio-visual method was used and the date on which it was used;

(c) state that the affidavit was sworn before the person taking the same; and

(d) where the deponent is illiterate or blind, state such fact and shall state that the affidavit was read over to such illiterate or blind deponent or translated into his own language (in the case of a deponent not having sufficient knowledge of English), and that he appeared to understand it.

(3) Where the deponent makes a mark instead of signing, the jurat shall state that fact, and that the mark was made in the presence of the person before whom it is taken.



(4) Where two or more persons join in making an affidavit their several names shall be written in the jurat and it shall appear by the jurat that each of them has been sworn to the truth of the several matters stated by him in the affidavit.



(5) If the jurat has been added and signed on an altered affidavit, the person before whom it is taken shall add a new jurat on the affidavit being re-sworn and in the new jurat he shall mention the alteration.

Jurat.
SECTION 120:

(1) The person before whom an affidavit may be taken may take without oath the declaration of any person who-


(a) affirms that the taking of any oath whatsoever is, according to his religious belief, unlawful; or

(b) by reason of immature age or want of religious belief, ought not, in the opinion of the person taking the declaration to be admitted to make a sworn affidavit.

(2) The person taking the declaration shall record in the attestation the reason of such declaration being taken without oath.

Declaration without oath may be taken.
SECTION 121:

A fact is said to be-
(a) “Proved” when, after considering the matters before it, the court either believes it to exist or considers its existence so probable that a prudent man ought, in the circumstances of the particular case, to act upon the supposition that it does exist;

(b) “disproved” when, after considering the matters before it, the court either believes that it does not exist or considers its non-existence so probable that a prudent man ought in the circumstances of the particular case, to act upon the supposition that it does not exist;

(c) “not proved” when it is neither proved nor disproved.

Proof of facts.
SECTION 122:

(1) No fact of which the court shall take judicial notice under this section needs to be proved.



(2) The court shall take judicial notice of-


(a) all laws or enactments and any subsidiary legislation made under them having the force of law now or previously in force in any part of Nigeria;

(b) all public Acts or Laws passed or to be passed by the National Assembly or a State House of Assembly, as the case may be, and all subsidiary legislation made under them and all local and personal Acts or Laws directed by the National Assembly or a State House Assembly to be judicially noticed;

(c) the course of proceeding of the National Assembly and of the Houses of Assembly of the States of Nigeria;

(d) the assumption of office of the President, a State Governor or Chairman of a Local Government Council, and of my seal used by any such public officer;

(e) the seals of all the courts of Nigeria, the seals of notaries public, and all seals which any person is authorised to use by any Act of the National Assembly or other enactment having the force of law in Nigeria;

(f) the existence, title and national flag of every State or sovereign recognised by Nigeria;

(g) the divisions of time, the geographical divisions of the world, the public festivals, fasts and holidays notified in the Federal Gazette or fixed by an Act;

(h) the territories within the Commonwealth;

(i) the commencement, continuance and termination of hostilities between the Federal Republic of Nigeria and any other State or body of persons;

(j) the names of the members and officers of the court and of their deputies and subordinate officers and assistants, and also of all officers acting in execution of its process, and of all legal practitioners and other persons authorised by law to appear or act before it;

(k) the rule of the road on land or at sea;

(l) all general customs, rules and principles which have been held to have the force of law in any court established by or under the Constitution and all customs which have been duly certified to and recorded in any such court; and

(m) the course of proceeding and all rules of practice in force in any court established by or under the Constitution.

(3) In all cases in subsection (2) of this section and also on all matters of public history, literature science or art, the court may resort for its aid to appropriate books or documents of reference.



(4) If the court is called upon by any person to take judicial notice of any fact, it may refuse to do so unless and until such person produces any such book or document, as it may consider necessary to enable it to do so.

Facts of which court must take judicial notice need not be proved.
SECTION 123:

No fact needs to be proved in any civil proceeding which the parties to the proceeding or their agents agree to admit at the hearing, or which, before the hearing, they agree to admit by any writing under their hands, or which by any rule or pleading in force at the time they are deemed to have admitted by their pleadings; Provided that the court may, in its discretion, require the facts admitted to be proved otherwise than by such admissions.

Facts admitted need not be proved.
SECTION 124:

(1) Proof shall not be required of a fact the knowledge of which is not reasonably open to question and which is-


(a) common knowledge in the locality in which the proceeding is being held, or generally; or

(b) capable of verification by reference to a document the authority of which cannot reasonably be questioned.

(2) The court may acquire, in any manner it deems fit, knowledge of a fact to which subsection (1) of this section refers, and shall take such knowledge into account.



(3) The court shall give to a party to any proceeding such opportunity to make submission, and to refer to a relevant information, in relation to the acquiring or taking into account of such knowledge, as is necessary to ensure that the party is not unfairly prejudiced.

Facts of common knowledge need not be proved.
SECTION 125:

All facts, except the contents of documents, may be proved by oral evidence.

Proof of facts by oral evidence.
SECTION 126:

Subject to the provisions of Part III, oral evidence shall, in all cases whatever, be direct if it refers to-
(a) a fact which could be seen, it must be the evidence of a witness who says he saw that fact ;

(b) to a fact which could be heard, it must be the evidence of a witness who says he heard that fact ;

(c) to a fact which could be perceived by any other sense or in any other manner, it must be the evidence of a witness who says he perceived that fact by that sense or in that manner;

(d) if it refers to an opinion or to the grounds on which that opinion is held, it must be the evidence of the person who holds that opinion on those ground; Provided that the opinion of experts expressed in any treaties commonly offered for sale, and the grounds on which such opinions are held, may be proved by the production of such treatise if the author is dead or cannot be found, or has become incapable of giving evidence, or cannot be called as a witness without an amount of delay or expense which the court regards as unreasonable.

Oral evidence must be direct.
SECTION 127:

(1) If oral evidence refers to the existence or condition of any material thing other than a document, the court may, if it deems fit-


(a) require the production of such material thing for its inspection, or

(b) inspect any moveable or immovable property the inspection of which may be material to the proper determination of the question in dispute.

(2) When an inspection of property under this section is required to be held at a place outside the courtroom, the court shall either:


(a) be adjourned to the place where the subject-matter of the said inspection may be and the proceeding shall continue at that place until the court further adjourns back to its original place of sitting, or to some other place of sitting; or

(b) attend and make an inspection of the subject-matter only, evidence, if any, of what transpired there being given in court afterwards, and in either case the defendant, if any, shall be present.

Inspection when oral evidence refers to real evidence.
SECTION 128:

(1) When a judgment of a court or any other judicial or official proceeding, contract or any grant or other disposition of property has been reduced to the form of a document or series of documents, no evidence may be given of such judgment or proceeding or of the terms of such contract, grant or disposition of property except the document itself, or secondary evidence of its contents in cases in which secondary evidence is admissible under this Act; nor may the contents of any such document be contradicted, altered, added to or varied by oral evidence. Provided that any of the following matters may be proved-


(a) fraud, intimidation, illegality; want of the execution, the fact that it is wrongly dated, existence or want or failure, of consideration, mistake in fact or law; want of capacity in any contracting party, or the capacity in which a contracting party acted when it is not inconsistent with the terms of the contract, or any other matter which, if proved would produce any effect upon the validity of any document, or of any part of it, or which would entitle any person to any judgment, decree, or order relating to it;

(b) the existence of any separate oral agreement as to any matter on which a document is silent, and which is not inconsistent with its terms, if from the circumstances of the case the court infers that the parties did not intend the document to be a complete and final statement of the whole of the transaction between them;

(c) the existence of any separate oral agreement, constituting a condition precedent to the attaching of any obligation under any such contract, grant or disposition of property;

(d) the existence of any distinct subsequent oral agreement to rescind or modify any such contract, grant or disposition of property; and

(e) any usage or custom by which incidents not expressly mentioned in any contract are annexed to contracts of that description; unless the annexing of such incident to such contract would be repugnant to or inconsistent with the express terms of the contract.

(2) Oral evidence of a transaction is not excluded by the fact that a documentary memorandum of it was made, if such memorandum was not intended to have legal effect as a contract, grant or disposition of property.



(3) Oral evidence of the existence of a legal relationship is not excluded by the fact that it has been created by a document, when the fact to be proved is the existence of the relationship itself, and not the terms on which it was established or is carried on.

Evidence of terms of judgments, contracts, grants and other dispositions of property reduced to a documentary form.
SECTION 129:

(1) Evidence may be given to show the meaning of illegible or not commonly intelligible characters of foreign, obsolete, technical, local and provincial expressions, of abbreviations and words used in a peculiar sense.



(2) Evidence may not be given to show that common words, the meaning of which is plain, and which do not appear from the context to have been used in a peculiar sense, were in fact so used.



(3) If the words of a document are so defective or ambiguous as to be unmeaning, no evidence can be given to show what the author of the document intended to say.



(4) In order to ascertain the relationship of the words of a document to facts, every fact may be proved to which it refers, or may probably have been intended to refer, or which identifies any person or thing mentioned in it, and such facts are in this section called the circumstances of the case.



(5) If the words of a document have a proper legal meaning, and also a less proper meaning, they shall be deemed to have their proper legal meaning, unless such a construction would be unmeaning in reference to the circumstances of the case, in which case they may be interpreted according to their less proper meaning.



(6) If the document has one distinct meaning in reference to the circumstances of the case, it shall be construed accordingly, and evidence to show that the author intended to express some other meaning is not admissible.



(7) If the document applies in part but not with accuracy or not completely to the circumstances of the case, the court may draw inferences from those circumstances as to the meaning of the document whether there are more than one or only one thing or person to whom or to which the inaccurate description may equally well apply, and in such cases no evidence can be given of statements made by the author of the document as to his intentions in reference to the matter to which the document relates, though evidence may be given as to his circumstances, and as to his habitual use of language or names for particular persons or things.



(8) If the language of the document, though plain in itself, applies equally well to more objects than one, evidence may be given both of the circumstances of the case and of statements made by any party to the document as to his intentions in reference to the matter to which the document relates.



(9) If the document is of such a nature that the court will presume that it was executed with any other than its apparent intention, evidence may be given to show that it was in fact executed with its apparent intention.

Evidence as to interpretation of documents.
SECTION 130:

(1) Sections 128 and 129 apply only to parties to documents, and their representatives in interest, and only to cases in which some civil right or civil liability is dependent upon the terms of a document in question.



(2) A person other than a party to a document or his representative in interest may, notwithstanding the existence of any document, prove any fact which he is otherwise entitled to prove.



(3) A party to any document or any representative in interest of any such party may prove any such fact for any purpose other than that of varying or altering any right or liability depending upon the terms of the document.



(4) Nothing contained in this Part shall be taken to affect any of the provisions of any enactment as to the construction of wills.

Application of this Part.
SECTION 131:

(1) Whoever desires any court to give judgment as to any legal right or liability dependent on the existence of facts which he asserts shall prove that those facts exist.



(2) When a person is bound to prove the existence of any fact it is said that the burden of proof lies on that person.

Burden of Proof.
SECTION 132:

The burden of proof in a suit or proceeding lies on that person who would fail if no evidence at all were given on either side.

On whom burden of proof lies.
SECTION 133:

(1) In civil cases, the burden of first proving existence or non-existence of a fact lies on the party against whom the judgment of the court would be given if no evidence were produced on either side, regard being had to any presumption that may arise on the pleadings.



(2) If the party referred to in subsection (1) of this section adduces evidence which ought reasonably to satisfy the court that the fact sought to be proved is established, the burden lies on the party against whom judgment would be give if no more evidence were adduced, and so on successively, until all the issues in the pleadings have been dealt with.



(3) Where there are conflicting presumptions, the case is the same as if there were conflicting evidence.

Burden of proof in civil cases.
SECTION 134:

The burden of proof shall be discharged on the balance of probabilities in all civil proceeding.

Standard of proof in civil cases.
SECTION 135:

(1) If the commission of a crime by a party to any proceeding is directly in issue in any proceeding civil or criminal, it must be proved beyond reasonable doubt.



(2) The burden of proving that any person has been guilty of a crime or wrongful act is, subject to section 139 of this Act, on the person who asserts it, whether the commission of such act is or is not directly in issue in the action.



(3) If the prosecution proves the commission of a crime beyond reasonable doubt, the burden of proving reasonable doubt is shifted on to the defendant.

Standard of proof where commission of crime in issue and burden where guilt of crime, etc. asserted.
SECTION 136:

(1) The burden of proof as to any particular fact lies on that person who wishes the court to believe in its existence unless it is provided by any law that the proof of that fact shall lie on any particular person, but the burden may in the course of a case be shifted from one side to the other.



(2) In considering the amount of evidence necessary to shift the burden of proof regard shall be had by the court to the opportunity of knowledge with respect to the fact to be proved which may be possessed by the parties respectively.

Burden of proof as to particular fact.
SECTION 137:

Where in any criminal proceeding the burden of proving the existence of any fact or matter has been placed upon a defendant by virtue of the provisions of any law, the burden shall be discharged on the balance of probabilities.

Standard of proof where burden of proving fact, etc. placed on defendant by law.
SECTION 138:

(1) The burden of proving any fact necessary to be proved in order to-


(a) enable a person to adduce evidence of some other fact; or

(b) prevent the opposite party from adducing evidence of some other fact, lies on the person who wishes to adduce, or to prevent the adduction of such evidence, respectively.

(2) The existence or non-existence of facts relating to the admissibility of evidence under this section is to be determined by the court.

Burden of proving fact necessary to be proved to make evidence admissible.
SECTION 139:

(1) Where a person is accused of any offence, the burden of proving the existence of circumstances bringing the case within any exception or exemption from, or qualification to, the operation of the law creating the offence with which he is charged is upon such person.



(2) The burden of proof placed by this Part upon a defendant charged with a criminal offence shall be deemed to be discharged if the court is satisfied by evidence given by the prosecution, whether on cross-examination or otherwise, that such circumstances in fact exist.



(3) Nothing in sections 135 and 140 or in subsection (1) or (2) of this section shall:
(a) prejudice or diminish in any respect the obligation to establish by evidence according to law any acts, omissions or intentions which are legally necessary to constitute the offence with which the person accused is charged.

(b) impose on the prosecution the burden of proving that the circumstances or facts described in subsection (2) of this section do not exist; or

(c) affect the burden placed on a defendant to prove a defence of intoxication or insanity.

Burden of proof in criminal cases.
SECTION 140:

When a fact is especially within the knowledge of any person, the burden of proving that fact is upon him.

Proof of facts especially within knowledge.
SECTION 141:

Any exception, exemption, provision, excuse, qualification, whether it does or does not accompany in the same section the description of the offence in the legislation creating the offence, may be proved by the defendant, provided that the prosecution is not required to specify or refute any of the exceptions mentioned in this section and if specified or denied, no proof in relation of the matter so specified or denied shall be required on the part of the prosecution.

Exceptions need not be proved by prosecution.
SECTION 142:

When the question is whether persons are partners, landlord and tenant, or principal and agent, and it has been shown that they have been acting as such, the burden of proving that they do not stand, or have ceased to stand to each other in those relationships respectively, is on the person who affirms it.

Burden of proof as to relationship in the case of partners, landlord and tenant, principal and agent.
SECTION 143:

When the question is whether any person is owner of anything of which he is shown to be at possession, the burden of proving that he is not the owner is on the person who affirms that he is not the owner.

Burden of proof as to ownership.
SECTION 144:

Where there is a question as to the good faith of a transaction between parties, one of whom stands to the other in a position of active confidence, the burden of proving the good faith of the transaction is on the party who is in a position of active confidence.

Proof of good faith in transactions where one party is in relation of active confidence.
SECTION 145:

(1) whenever it is provided by this Act that the court may presume a fact, it may either regard such fact as proved unless and until it is disproved, or may call for proof of it.



(2) Whenever it is directed by this Act that the court shall presume a fact, it shall regard such fact as proved unless and until it is disproved.



(3) When one fact is declared by this Act to be conclusive proof of another, the court shall, on proof of the one fact, regard the other as proved and shall not allow evidence to be given for the purpose of disproving it.

Rule as to presumptions by the court.
SECTION 146:

(1) The court shall presume every document purporting to be a certificate, certified copy or other document, which is by law declared to be admissible as evidence of any particular fact and which purports to be duly certified by any officer in Nigeria who is duly authorised in that behalf to be genuine, provided that such document is substantially in the form and purports to be executed in the manner directed by law in that behalf.



(2) The court shall also presume that any officer by whom any such document purports to be signed or certified held, when he signed it, the official character which he claims in such document.

Presumption as to genuineness of certified copies.
SECTION 147:

Whenever any document is produced before any court, purporting to be a record or memorandum of the evidence, or of any part of the evidence, given by a witness in a judicial proceeding or before any officer authorised by law to take such evidence or to be a statement or confession by any prisoner or defendant, taken in accordance with law, and purporting to be signed by any judge or magistrate or by any such officer as mentioned in this section, the court shall presume that-
(a) the document is genuine;

(b) any statement as to the circumstances in which it was taken, purporting to be made by the person signing it, are true; and

(c) such evidence, statement or confession was duly taken.

Presumption as to documents produced as record of evidence.
SECTION 148:

The Court shall presume the genuineness of every document purporting to be-
(a) the Official Gazette of Nigeria or a State;

(b) the Official Gazette of any country other than Nigeria;

(c) a newspaper or journal;

(d) a copy of the resolutions of the National Assembly or House of Assembly of a State, printed by the Government Printer, or

(e) a copy of a document directed by any law to be kept by any person, if such document is kept substantially in the form required by law and is produced from proper custody.

Presumption as to gazettes, newspapers, Acts of the National Assembly and other documents.
SECTION 149:

When any document is produced before any court purporting to be a document which by the law in force for the time being in any country other than Nigeria would be admissible in proof of any particular in any court of justice in that country, without proof of the seal or stamp or signature authenticating it, or of the judicial or official character claimed by the person by whom it purports to be signed, the court shall presume-
(a) that such seal, stamp or signature, is genuine; and

(b) that the person signing it held, at the time when he signed it, the judicial or official character which he claims, and the document shall be admissible for the same purpose for which it would be admissible in the country where the document is produced.

Presumption as to document admissible in other countries without proof of seal or signature.
SECTION 150:

The court shall presume that every document purporting to be a power of attorney, and to have been executed before and authenticated by a notary public or any court, judge, magistrate, consul or representative of Nigeria or, as the case may be, of the President, was so executed and authenticated.

Presumption as to powers of attorney.
SECTION 151:

(1) All maps or charts made under the authority of any Government, or of any public municipal body, and not made for the purpose of any proceeding, shall be presumed to be correct, and shall be admitted in evidence without further proof.



(2) Where maps or charts so made are reproduced by printing, lithography, or other mechanical or electronic process, all such reproductions purporting to be reproduced under the authority which made the originals shall be admissible in evidence without further proof.

Presumption as to public maps and charts.
SECTION 152:

The court may presume that any book to which it may refer for information on matters of public or general interest, the statements of which are relevant facts and which is produced for its inspection was written and published by the person, and at the time and place by whom or at which it purports to have been written or published.

Presumption as to books.
SECTION 153:

(1) The court may presume that a message forwarded from a telegraph office to the person to whom such message purports to be addressed corresponds with a message delivered for transmission at the office from which the message purports to be sent; but the court shall not make any presumption as to the person by whom such message was delivered for transmission.



(2) The court may presume that an electronic message forwarded by the originator through an electronic mail server to the addressee to whom the message purports to be addressed corresponds with the message as fed into his computer for transmission; but the court shall not make any presumption as to the person to whom such message was sent.

Presumption as to telegraphic and electronic messages.
SECTION 154:

The court shall presume that every document called for and not produced after notice to produce given under section 91, was attested, stamped and executed in the manner required by law.

Presumption as to due execution of documents not produced.
SECTION 155:

Where any document purporting or proved to be 20 years old or more is produced from any custody which the court in the particular case considers proper, the court may presume that the signature and every other part of such document which purports to be in the handwriting of any particular person is in that person’s handwriting, and in the case of a document executed or attested, that it was duly executed and attested by the persons by whom it purports to be executed and attested.

Presumption as to handwriting, etc. in documents twenty years old.
SECTION 156:

Documents are said to be in proper custody within the meaning of sections 148 to 155 of this Act if they are in the place in which, and under the care of the person with whom, they would naturally be but no custody is improper if it is proved to have had a legitimate origin, or if the circumstances of the particular case are such as to render such an origin probable.

Proper custody defined.
SECTION 157:

When any document bearing a date has been proved, it is presumed to have been made on the date it bears and if more documents than one bear date on the same date, they are presumed to have been executed in the order necessary to effect the object for which they were executed, but independent proof of the correctness of the date will be required if the circumstances are such that collusion as to the date might be practised, and would, if practised, injure any person or defeat the objects of any law.

Presumption as to date of documents.
SECTION 158:

When any document is not produced after due notice to produce; and after being called for, it is presumed to have been duly stamped unless it is shown to have remained unstamped for some time after its execution.

Presumption as to stamp of a document.
SECTION 159:

When any document purporting to be, and stamped as a deed, appears or is proved to be or to have been signed and duly attested, it is presumed to have been sealed and delivered although no impression of seal appears on it.

Presumption as to sealing and delivery.
SECTION 160:

(1) No person producing any document which upon its face appears to have been altered in a material part can claim under it the enforcement of any right created by it, unless the alteration was made before the completion of the document or with the consent of the party to be charged under it or his representative in interest.



(2) Subsection (1) of this section shall extend to cases in which the alteration was made by a stranger, whilst the document was in the custody of the person producing it, but without his knowledge or leave.



(3) Alterations and interlineations appearing on the face of a deed are in the absence of all evidence relating to them presumed to have been made before the deed was completed.



(4) Alterations and interlineations appearing on the face of a will are, in the absence of all evidence relating to them, presumed to have been made after the execution of the will.



(5) There is no presumption as to the time when alterations and interlineations appearing on the face of writings not under seal were made except that it is presumed that they were so made that the making would not constitute an offence.



(6) An alteration is said to be material when, if it had been made with the consent of the party charged, it would have affected his interest or varied his obligations in any manner whatsoever.



(7) An alteration which in no way affects the rights of the parties or the legal effect of the instrument is immaterial.

Presumption as to alternative.
SECTION 161:

The persons expressed to be parties to any conveyance or instrument relating to an interest in land shall, until the contrary is proved, be presumed to be of full age at the date of the conveyance or instrument.

Presumption as to age of parties to a conveyance or instrument.
SECTION 162:

Recitals, statements, and descriptions of facts, matters, and parties contained in deeds, instruments, Acts of the National Assembly or statutory declarations 20 years old or more at the date of the contract in which such deed, instrument or other document is sought to be relied upon shall, unless and except so far as they may be proved to be inaccurate, be taken to be sufficient evidence of such facts, matters and descriptions.

Presumption as to statements in documents twenty years old.
SECTION 163:

(1) In favour of a purchaser a deed shall be deemed to have been duly executed by a body corporate if its seal is affixed to the deed in the presence of and attested by its clerk, secretary or other permanent officer or his deputy, and a member of the board of directors, council or other governing body of the corporation.



(2) Where a seal purporting to be the seal of a corporation has been affixed to a deed, attested by persons purporting to be persons holding such offices as are mentioned in subsection (1) of this section, the deed shall be deemed to have been executed in accordance with the requirements of this section, and to have taken effect accordingly.

Presumption as to deeds of corporation.
SECTION 164:

(1) A person shown not to have been heard of for 7 years by those, if any, who if he had been alive would naturally have heard of him, is presumed to be dead unless the circumstances of the case are such as to account for his not being heard of without assuring his death; but there is no presumption as to the time when he died, and the burden of proving his death at any particular time is upon the person who asserts it.



(2) For the purpose of determining title to property where two or more persons have died in circumstances in which it is uncertain which survived the other they are presumed to have died in order of seniority.



(3) There is no presumption as to the age at which a person died who is shown to have been alive at a given time.

Presumption of death from seven years absence and other facts.
SECTION 165:

Without prejudice to section 84 of the Matrimonial Cases Act, where a person was born during the continuance of a valid marriage between his mother and any man, or within 280 days after dissolution of the marriage, the mother remaining unmarried, the court shall presume that the person in question is the legitimate child of that man.

Presumption of legitimacy. Cap. M7 LFN. 2004.
SECTION 166:

When, in any proceeding whether civil or criminal, there is a question as to whether a man or woman is the husband or wife under Islamic or Customary law, of a party to the proceeding the court shall, unless the contrary is proved, presume the existence of a valid and subsisting marriage between the two persons where evidence is given to the satisfaction of the court, of cohabitation as husband and wife by such man and woman.

Presumption of marriage.
SECTION 167:

The court may presume the existence of any fact which it deems likely to have happened, regard shall be had to the common course of natural events, human conduct and public and private business, in their relationship to the facts of the particular case, and in particular the court may presume that-
(a) a man who is in possession of stolen goods soon after the theft is either the thief or has received the goods knowing them to be stolen, unless he can account for his possession;

(b) a thing or state of things which has been shown to be in existence within a period shorter than that within which such things or states of things usually cease to exist, is still in existence.

(c) the common course of business has been followed in particular cases;

(d) evidence which could be and is not produced would, if produced, be unfavourable to the person who withholds it; and

(e) when a document creating an obligation is in the hands of the obligor, the obligation has been discharged.

Court may presume existence of certain facts.
SECTION 168:

(1) When any judicial or official act is shown to have been done in a manner substantially regular, it is presumed that formal requisites for its validity were complied with.

(2) When it is shown that a person acted in a public capacity, it is presumed that he had been duly appointed and was entitled so to act.

(3) When a person in possession of any property is shown to be entitled to the beneficial ownership of it, there is a presumption that every instrument has been executed which it was the legal duty of his trustees to execute in order to perfect his title.

(4) When a minute is produced purporting to be signed by the chairman of a company incorporated under the Companies and Allied Matters Act and purporting to be a record of proceeding at a meeting of the company or of its directors it is presumed, until the contrary is shown, that such meeting was duly held and convened and that all proceeding at the meeting have been duly had, and that all appointments of directors, managers and liquidators are valid.

Presumption of regularity and of deeds to complete title. Cap C20 LFN. 2004
SECTION 169:

When one person has either by virtue of an existing court judgment, deed or agreement, or by his declaration, act or omission, intentionally caused or permitted another person to believe a thing to be true and to act upon such belief, neither he nor his representatives in interest shall be allowed in any proceeding between himself and such person or such person’s representative in interest, to deny the truth of that thing.

Estoppel.
SECTION 170:

No tenant of immovable property or person claiming through such tenant, shall, during the continuance of the tenancy, be permitted to deny that the landlord of such tenant had at the beginning of the tenancy a title to such immovable property; and no person who came upon any immovable property by the licence of the person in possession of it shall be permitted to deny that such person had a title to such possession at the time when such licence was given.

Estoppel of tenant; and of licensee of person in possession.
SECTION 171:

No bailee, agent or licensee is permitted to deny that the bailor, principal or licensor, by whom any goods were entrusted to any of them respectively, was entitled to those goods at the time when they were so entrusted: Provided that the bailee agent or licensee may show that he was compelled to deliver up any such goods to some person who had a right to them as against his bailor, principal or licensor or that his bailor, principal or licensor wrongfully and without notice to the bailee agent or licensee, obtained the goods from a third person who has claimed them from such bailee, agent or licensee.

Estoppel of bailee, agent and licensee.
SECTION 172:

Every Act of lading in the hands of a consignee or endorsee for valuable consideration, representing goods to have been shipped on board a vessel, is conclusive proof of that shipment as against the master or other person signing the same, notwithstanding that some goods or some part of them may not have been so shipped, unless such holder of the Act of lading had actual notice at the time of receiving the same that the goods had not been in fact laden on board: Provided that the master or other person so signing may exonerate himself in respect of such misrepresentation by showing that it was caused without any default on his part, and wholly by the hand of the shipper or of the holder or some person under whom the holder holds.

Estoppel of person signing Act of lading.
SECTION 173:

Every judgment is conclusive proof, as against parties and privies, of facts directly in issue in the case, actually decided by the court, and appearing from the judgment itself to be the ground on which it was based; unless evidence was admitted in the action in which the judgment was delivered which is excluded in the action in which that judgment is intended to be proved.

Judgment conclusive of facts forming ground of judgment.
SECTION 174:

(1) If a judgment is not pleaded by way of estoppel it is as between parties and privies deemed to be a relevant fact, whenever any matter, which was or might have been decided in the action in which it was given, is in issue, or is deemed to be relevant to the issue in any subsequent proceeding.



(2) Such judgment is conclusive proof of the facts which it decides, or might have decided, if the party who gives evidence of it had no opportunity of pleading it as an estoppel.

Effect of judgment not pleaded as estoppel.
SECTION 175:

(1) All persons shall be competent to testify, unless the court considers that they are prevented from understanding the questions put to them, or from giving rational answers to those questions, by reason of tender years, extreme old age, disease, whether of body or mind, any other cause of the same kind.
(2) A person of unsound mind is not incompetent to testify, unless he is prevented by his mental infirmity from understanding the questions put to him and giving rational answers to them.

Who may testify.
SECTION 176:

(1) A witness who is unable to speak may give his evidence in any other manner in which he can make it intelligible, as by writing or by signs; but such writing must be written and the signs made in open court.

(2) Evidence so given shall be deemed to be oral evidence.

Dumb witnesses.
SECTION 177:

A banker or an officer of a bank or other financial institution shall not, in any legal proceeding to which the bank or financial institution is not a party, be compellable to produce any bankers book or financial book, the contents of which can be proved in the manner provided in sections 89 and 90 of this Act, or to appear as a witness to prove the matters transactions and accounts in such book, unless by order of the court made for special cause.

Cases in which banker or officers representing other financial institutions not compellable to produce books.
SECTION 178:

Subject to the exception applicable by virtue of section 165 of this Act, in all civil proceeding the parties to the suit, and the husband or wife of any party to the suit, shall be competent witnesses.

Parties to civil suits and their wives or husbands.
SECTION 179:

Subject to this Part, in criminal cases, the defendant, his wife or her husband, as the case may be, or any person jointly charged with such defendant and tried at the same time, and the wife or husband of the person so jointly charged, is competent to testify.

Competence in criminal cases.
SECTION 180:

Every person charged with an offence shall be a competent witness for the defence at every stage of the proceeding whether the person so charged is charged solely or jointly with any other person. Provided that-
(a) a person so charged shall not be called as a witness in pursuance of this section except upon his own application;

(b) a person charged and being a witness in pursuance of this section may be asked any question in cross-examination notwithstanding that it would tend to incriminate him as to the offence charged.

(c) when the only witness to the facts of the case called by the defence is the person charged he shall be called as a witness immediately after the close of the evidence for the prosecution;

(d) every defendant called as a witness in pursuance of this section shall unless otherwise ordered by the court, give his evidence from the witness box or other place from which the other witnesses give their evidence;

(e) nothing in this section shall affect the right of the person charged to make a statement without being sworn;

(f) in cases where the right of reply depends upon the question, whether evidence has been called for the defence, the fact that the person charged has been called as a witness shall not of itself confer on the prosecution the right of reply; and

(g) a person charged and called as a witness in pursuance of this section shall not be asked, and if asked, shall not be required to answer, any question tending to show that he has committed or been convicted of or been charged with any offence other than that with which he is then charged; or is of bad character unless- (i) the proof that he has committed or been convicted of such other offence is admissible evidence to show that he is guilty of the offence with which he is then charged, or (ii) he has personally or by his legal practitioner asked questions of the witnesses for the prosecution with a view to establish his own good character or has given evidence of his good character, or the nature or conduct of the defence is such as to involve imputations on the prosecutor or the witnesses for the prosecution, or (iii) he has given evidence against any other person charged with the same offence.

Competence of person charged to give evidence.
SECTION 181:

In any criminal proceeding, where a defendant has not given evidence, the court, posecution or any other party to the proceeding may comment on the failure of the defendant to give evidence but the comment shall not suggest that the defendant failed to do so because he was, or that he is, guilty of the offence charged.

Comment on failure by defendant to give evidence.
SECTION 182:

(1) When a person is charged-
(a) with an offence under sections 217, 218, 219, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 231, 300, 301, 340, 341, 357 to 362, 369, 370 or 371 of the criminal Code;

(b) subject to section 36 of the Criminal Code with an offence against the property of his wife or her husband; or

(c) with inflicting violence on his wife or her husband, the wife or husband of the person charged shall be a competent and compellable witness for the prosecution or defence without the consent of the person charged.

(2) When a person is charged with an offence other than one of those mentioned in subsection (1) of this section, the husband or wife of such person is a competent and compellable witness but only upon the application of the person charged.

(3) Nothing in this section shall make a husband compellable to disclose any communication made to him by his wife during the marriage or a wife compellable to disclose any communication made to her by her husband during the marriage.

(4) The failure of the wife or husband of any person charged with an offence to give evidence shall not be made the subject of any comment by the prosecution.

Evidence by husband or wife, when compellable.
SECTION 183:

No one is bound to answer any question if the answer to it would, in the opinion of the court, have a tendency to expose the witness or the wife or husband of the witness to any criminal charge, or to any penalty or forfeiture which the judge regards as reasonably likely to be preferred or sued for: Provided that-
(a) a person charged with an offence, and being a witness in pursuance of section 180 may be asked and is bound to answer any question in cross-examination notwithstanding that it would tend to incriminate him as to the offence charged;

(b) no one is excused from answering any question only because the answer may establish, or tend to establish that he owes a debt or is otherwise liable to any civil suit either at the instance of the Federal, State or Local Government or any other person;

(c) nothing contained in this section shall excuse a witness at any inquiry by direction of the Attorney-General of the Federation, or of the Attorney-General of a State, under Part 49 of the Criminal Procedure Act from answering any question required to be answered under section 458 of that Act.

Witness not to be compellable to incriminate himself.
SECTION 184:

No witness who is not a party to a suit shall be compelled to produce his title deeds to any property or any document by virtue of which he holds any property as pledge or mortgage or any document the production of which might tend to incriminate him, unless he has agreed in writing to produce them with the person seeking the production of such deeds or some person through whom he claims.

Production of title deeds or other documents of witness not a party.
SECTION 185:

No one shall be compelled to produce documents in his possession which any other person would be entitled to refuse to produce if they were in his possession, unless such last mentioned person consents to their production.

Production of documents which another person could refuse to produce.
SECTION 186:

The parties to any proceeding instituted in consequence of adultery and the husbands and wives of the parties shall be competent to give evidence in the proceeding, but no witness in any such proceeding whether a party to them or not, shall be liable to be asked or bound to answer any question tending to show that he or she has been guilty of adultery, unless he or she has already given evidence in the same proceeding in disproof of the alleged adultery.

Evidence by spouse as to adultery.
SECTION 187:

No husband or wife shall be compelled to disclose any communication made to him or her during marriage by any person to whom he or she is or has been married nor shall he or she be permitted to disclose any such communication, unless the person who made it, or that person’s representative in interest, consents, except in suits between married persons, or proceeding in which one married person is prosecuted for an offence specified in section 182 (1) of this Act.

Communications during marriage.
SECTION 188:

No Justice, Judge, Grand Kadi or President of a Customary Court of Appeal and, except upon the special order of the High Court of the State, Federal Capital Territory, Abuja or Federal High Court, no magistrate, or other persons before whom a proceeding is being held shall be compelled to answer any questions as to his own conduct in court in any of the capacities specified in this section, or as to anything which came to his knowledge in court in such capacity but he may be examined as to other matters which occurred in his presence whilst he was so acting.

Compellability of justices etc., or the persons before whom the proceeding is being held.
SECTION 189:

No magistrate, police officer or any other public officer authorised to investigate or prosecute offences under any written law shall be compelled to disclose the source of any information as to the commission of an offence which he is so authorised to investigate or prosecute and no public officer employed in or about the business of any branch of the public revenue, shall be compelled to disclose the source of any information as to the commission of any offence against the public revenue.

Restriction on disclosure as to source of information in respect of commission of offences.
SECTION 190:

Subject to any direction of the President in any particular case, or of the Governor of a State where the records are in the custody of a State, no one shall be permitted to produce any unpublished official records relating to affairs of State, or to give any evidence derived from such record except with the permission of the officer at the head of the Ministry, Department or Agency concerned who shall give or withhold such permission as he thinks fit; Provided that the head of the Ministry, Department or Agency concerned shall, on the order of the court, produce to the judge the official record in question or, as the case may be, permit evidence derived from it to be given to the judge alone in chambers; and if the judge after careful consideration shall decide that the record or the oral evidence, as the case may be, should be received as evidence in the proceeding, he shall order this to be done in private as provided in section 36(4) of the Constitution.

Evidence as to affairs of State.
SECTION 191:

No public officer shall be compelled to disclose communications made to him in official evidence when he considers that the public interests would suffer by the disclosure. Provided that the public officer concerned shall, on the order of the court, disclose to the judge alone in chambers the substance of the communication in question; and if the judge is satisfied that the communication should be received in evidence this shall be done in private in accordance with section 36(4) of the Constitution.

Official communications.
SECTION 192:

(1) No legal practitioner shall at any time be permitted, unless with his client’s express consent, to disclose any communication made to him in the course and for the purpose of his employment as such legal practitioner by or on behalf of his client, or to state the contents or condition of any document with which he has become acquainted in the course and for the purpose of his professional employment or to disclose any advice given by him to his client in the course and for the purpose of such employment: Provided that nothing in this section shall protect from disclosure-
(a) any such communication made in furtherance of any illegal purpose ; or

(b) any fact observed by any legal practitioner in the course of his employment as such, showing that any crime or fraud has been committed since the commencement of his employment.

(2) It is immaterial whether the attention of such legal practitioner was or was not directed to such fact by or on behalf of his client.

(3) The obligation stated in this section continues after the employment has ceased.

Professional communication between client and legal practitioner.
SECTION 193:

The provisions of section 192 shall apply to interpreters and the clerks of legal practitioners.

Section 192 to apply to interpreters and clerks.
SECTION 194:

If any party to a suit or proceeding gives evidence in such suit or proceeding, whether at his own instance or otherwise, he shall not be deemed to have by this reason consented to such disclosure as is mentioned in section 192 and, if any party to a suit or proceeding calls any such legal practitioner as a witness, he shall be deemed to have consented to such disclosure only if he questions such legal practitioner on matters which, but for such question he would not be at liberty to disclose.

Privilege not waived by volunteering evidence.
SECTION 195:

No one shall be compelled to disclose to the court any confidential communication which has taken place between him and a legal practitioner consulted by him, unless he offers himself as witness in which case he may be compelled to disclose any such communications as may appear to the court necessary to be known, in order to explain any evidence which he has given, but no others.

Confidential communication with legal advisers.
SECTION 196:

A statement in any document marked “without prejudice” made in the course of negotiation for a settlement of a dispute out of court, shall not be given in evidence in any civil proceeding in proof of the matters stated in it.

Statements in documents marked “without prejudice”.
SECTION 197:

No plaintiff in any action for breach of promise of marriage shall be entitled to succeed unless his or her testimony is corroborated by some other material evidence in support of such promise; and the fact that the defendant did not answer letters affirming that he had promised to marry the plaintiff is not such corroboration.

Corroboration in actions for breach of promise of marriage.
SECTION 198:

(1) An accomplice shall be a competent witness against a defendant, and a conviction is not illegal merely because it proceeds upon the uncorroborated testimony of an accomplice- Provided that in cases when the only proof against a person charged with a criminal offence is the evidence of an accomplice, uncorroborated in any material particular implicating the defendant, the court shall direct itself that it is unsafe to convict any person upon such evidence.

(2) In this section and section 199 of this Act, an accomplice is any person who pursuant to section 7 of the Criminal Code may be deemed to have taken part in committing the offence as the defendant or is an accessory after the fact to the offence of a receiver of stolen goods.

Accomplice.
SECTION 199:

Where defendants are tried jointly and any of them gives evidence on his own behalf which incriminates a co-defendant, the defendant who gives such evidence shall not be considered to be an accomplice.

Co-defendant not an accomplice.
SECTION 200:

Except as provided in sections 201 to 204 of this Act, no particular number of witnesses shall, in any case, be required for the proof of any fact.

Number of witnesses.
SECTION 201:

(1) A person charged with treason or with any of the felonies mentioned in sections 40, 41 and 42 of the Criminal Code Act cannot be convicted, except on his own plea of guilty, or on the evidence in open court of two witnesses at least to one overt act or the kind of treason or felony alleged, or the evidence of one witness to one overt act and one other witness to another overt act of the same kind of treason or felony.

(2) Subsection (1) of this section does not apply to cases in which the overt act of treason alleged is the killing of the President or a direct attempt to endanger the life or injure the person of the President.

Treason and treasonable offences.
SECTION 202:

A person shall not be convicted of committing perjury or for counselling or procuring the commission of perjury, upon the uncorroborated testimony of one witness contradicting the oath on which perjury is assigned, unless circumstances are proved which corroborated such witness.

Evidence on charge of perjury.
SECTION 203:

(1) A person charged under any road traffic legislation with driving at a speed higher than the allowed maximum shall not be convicted solely on the evidence of one witness that in the opinion of that witness he was driving at such speed: Provided that the evidence of a duly authorized officer of the relevant authority who was at time of the commission of the offence operating any mechanical, electronic or other device for the recording of the speed of a moving vehicle, the record of such device being additionally tendered in evidence against the defendant, shall not require further corroboration.

(2) In this section, “relevant authority” means the Nigeria Police Force, the Federal Road Safety Commission, or any other body charged with responsibility for offences of speeding under the road traffic legislation.

Exceeding speed limit.
SECTION 204:

A person shall not be convicted of the offence of uttering seditious words under section 51(1)(b) of the Criminal Code Act upon the uncorroborated testimony of one witness.

Sedition.
SECTION 205:

Save as otherwise provided in sections 208 and 209 of this Act, all oral evidence given or any proceeding must be given upon oath of affirmation administered in accordance with the Oaths Act or Law, as the case may be.

Oral evidence to be on oath or affirmation.
SECTION 206:

Any witness summoned to give oral evidence in any proceeding shall before giving such evidence be cautioned by the court, or the registrar upon the court’s direction, in the following words- “You (Full name)………………. are hereby cautioned that if you tell a lie in your testimony in this proceeding or willfully mislead this court you are liable to be prosecuted and if found guilty you will be seriously dealt with accordingly to law.”

Witness to be cautioned before giving oral evidence.
SECTION 207:

Where an oath has been duly administered and taken, the fact that the person to whom the same was administered had, at the end of taking such oath, no religious belief, does not for any purpose affect the validity of such oath.

Absence of religious belief does not invalidate oath.
SECTION 208:

(1) Any court may, on any occasion, if it deems it just and expedient, receive the evidence, though not given upon oath, of any person declaring that the taking of any oath whatsoever is, according to his religious belief, unlawful, or who, by reason of want of religious belief ought not, in the opinion of the court, to be admitted to give evidence upon oath.

(2) The fact that in any case evidence not given upon oath has been received, and the reasons or the reception of such evidence, shall be recorded in the minutes of the proceeding.

Cases in which evidence not given upon oath may be received.
SECTION 209:

(1) In any proceeding in which a child who has not attained the age of 14 years is tendered as a witness, such child shall not be sworn and shall give evidence otherwise than on oath or affirmation, if in the opinion of the court, he is possessed of sufficient intelligence to justify the reception of his evidence and understands the duty of speaking the truth.

(2) A child who has attained the age of 14 years shall, subject to section 175 and 208 of this Act give sworn evidence in all cases.

(3) A person shall not be liable to be convicted for an offence unless the testimony admitted by virtue of subsection (1) of this section and given on behalf of the prosecution is corroborated by some other material evidence in support of such testimony implicating the defendant.

(4) If a child whose evidence is received under this section, wilfully gives false evidence in such circumstances that he would, if the evidence had been given on oath have been guilty of perjury, he shall be guilty of an offence under section 191 of the Criminal Code and on conviction shall be dealt with accordingly.

Unsworn evidence of a child.
SECTION 210:

The order in which witnesses are produced and examined shall be regulated by the law and practice for the time being relating to civil and criminal procedure respectively, and, in the absence of any such law, at the discretion of the court.

Order of production and examination of witnesses.
SECTION 211:

(1) When either party proposes to give evidence of any fact, the court may ask the party proposing to give the evidence in what manner the alleged fact, if proved, would be relevant, and the court shall admit the evidence if it thinks that the fact, if proved, would be relevant and not otherwise.

(2) If the fact proposed to be proved is one of which evidence is admissible only upon proof of some other fact, such last mentioned fact must be proved before evidence is given of the fact first mentioned, unless the party undertakes to give proof of such fact, and the court is satisfied with such undertaking.

(3) If the relevancy of one alleged fact depends upon another alleged fact being first proved, the court may in its discretion, either permit evidence of the first fact to be given before the second fact is proved, or require evidence to be given of the second fact before evidence is given of the first fact.

Court to decide as to admission of evidence.
SECTION 212:

On the application of either party, or of its own motion, the court may order witnesses on both sides to be kept out of court; but this provision does not extend to the parties themselves or to their respective legal advisers, although intended to be called as witnesses.

Ordering witnesses out of court.
SECTION 213:

The court may during any trial take such means as it considers necessary and proper for preventing communication with witnesses who are within the court house or its precincts awaiting examination.

Preventing communication with witnesses.
SECTION 214:

(1) The examination of a witness by the party who calls him shall be called examination-in-chief.

(2) The examination of a witness by a party other than the party who calls him shall be called cross-examination.

(3) Where a witness has been cross-examined and is then examined by the party who called him, such examination shall be called re-examination.

Examination-in-chief, cross-examination and re-examination.
SECTION 215:

(1) Witnesses shall be first examined-in-chief, then, if any other party so desires, cross-examined, then if the party called him so desires, re-examined.

(2) The examination and cross-examination must relate to relevant facts, but the cross-examination need not be confined to the facts to which the witness testified on his examination-in-chief.

(3) The re-examination shall be directed to the explanation of matters referred in cross-examination and if a new matter is, by permission of the court, introduced in re-examination, the adverse party may further cross-examine upon that matter.

Order and direction of examination.
SECTION 216:

Where more than one defendant is charged at the same time, each defendant shall be allowed to cross-examine a witness called by the prosecution before the witness is re-examined.

Cross-examination by co-defendant of prosecution witness.
SECTION 217:

Where more than one defendant is charged at the same time, a witness called by one defendant may be cross-examined by the other defendant such cross-examination shall take place before cross-examination by the prosecution.

Cross-examination by co-defendant of witness called by a defendant.
SECTION 218:

A person, whether a party or not in a cause, may be summoned to produce a document without being summoned to give evidence, and if he causes such document to be produced in court, the court may dispense with his personal attendance.

Production of documents without giving evidence.
SECTION 219:

A person summoned to produce a document does not become a witness by the mere fact that he produces it and cannot be cross-examined unless and until he is called as a witness.

Cross-examination of person called to produce a document.
SECTION 220:

Witnesses to character may be cross-examined and re-examined.

Witness to character.
SECTION 221:

(1) Any question suggesting the answer which the person putting it wishes or expects to receive is called a leading question.

(2) Leading question shall not be asked in examination-in-chief, or in re-examination, except with the permission of the court.

(3) The court shall permit leading questions as to matters which are introductory or undisputed, or which have, in its opinion, been already sufficiently proved.

(4) Leading questions may be asked in cross-examination.

Leading questions.
SECTION 222:

(1) A witness may be asked, whilst under examination, whether any contract, grant or other disposition of property, as to which he is giving evidence was not contained in a document, and if he says that it was, or if he is about to make any statement as to the contents of any document, which, in the opinion of the court ought to be produced, the adverse party may object to such evidence being given until such document is produced, or until facts have been proved which entitle the party who called the witness to give secondary evidence of it.

(2) A witness may give oral evidence of statements made by other persons about the content of a document if such statements are in themselves relevant facts.

Evidence as to matters in writing.
SECTION 223:

When a witness is cross-examined, he may, in addition to the question referred to in preceding sections of this Part, be asked any question which tend to-
(a) test his accuracy, veracity or credibility; or

(b) discover who he is and what is his position in life; or

(c) shake his credit, by injuring his character; Provided that a person charged with a criminal offence and being a witness may be cross-examined to the effect, and under the circumstances, described in paragraph (c) of the provision to section 180 of this Act.

Questions lawful in cross-examination.
SECTION 224:

(1) If any question permitted to be asked under section 223 of this Act relates to a matter not relevant to the proceeding, except in so far as it affects the credit of the of the witness by injuring his character, the court shall decide whether or not the witness shall be compelled to answer it, and may, if it thinks fit, warn the witness that he is not obliged to answer it.

(2) In exercising its discretion, the court shall have regard to the following considerations-
(a) such question are proper if they are of such a nature that the truth of the imputation conveyed by them would seriously affect the opinion of the court as to the credibility of the witness on the matter to which he testifies;

(b) such questions are improper if the imputation which they convey relates to matters so remote in time, or of such a character, that the truth of the imputation would not affect, or would affect in a slight degree, the opinion of the court as to the credibility of the witness on the matter to which he testifies; and

(c) such questions are improper if there is a great disproportion between the importance of the imputation made against the witness’s character and the importance of his evidence.

(3) The court may, if it deems fit, draw, from the refusal of the witness to answer, the inference that the answer if given would be unfavourable.

Court to decide whether questions shall be asked and when a witness may be compelled to answer.
SECTION 225:

Any question referred to in section 224 of this Act may not be asked, unless the person asking it has reasonable grounds for thinking that the imputation which it conveys is well founded.

Question not to be asked without reasonable grounds.
SECTION 226:

If the court is of the opinion that any question referred to in section 224 was asked without reasonable grounds, it may, if it was asked by any legal practitioner, report the circumstances of the case to the Attorney-General of the Federation or other authority to which such legal practitioner is subject in the exercise of his profession.

Procedure of court in case of question being asked without reasonable grounds.
SECTION 227:

The court may forbid any question or inquiry which it regards as indecent or scandalous although such questions or inquiries may have some bearing on the questions before the court, unless they relate to facts in issue or to matters necessary to be known in order to determine whether or not the facts in issue existed.

Indecent and scandalous questions.
SECTION 228:

The court shall forbid any question which appears to it to be intended to insult or annoy, of which, though proper in itself, appears to the court needlessly offensive in form.

Questions intended to insult or annoy.
SECTION 229:

When a witness has been asked and has answered any question which is relevant to the inquiry only in so far as it tends to shake his credit by injuring his character, no evidence shall be given to contradict him, but if he answers falsely he may afterwards be charged with an offence under section 191 of the Criminal Code and on conviction, shall be dealt with accordingly; Provided that if a witness is asked-
(a) whether he has been previously convicted or any crime and denies it, evidence may be given on of his previous conviction; or

(b) any question tending to impeach his impartiality and answers it by denying the facts suggested, he may be contradicted.

Exclusion of evidence to contradict answers to questions testing veracity.
SECTION 230:

The party producing a witness shall not be allowed to impeach his credit by general evidence of bad character, but he may in case the witness shall, in the opinion of the court, prove hostile, contradict him by other evidence, or by leave of court, prove that he has made at other times a statement inconsistent with his present testimony; but before such last mentioned proof can be given the circumstances or the supposed statement, sufficient to designate the particular occasion, must be mentioned to the witness and he must be asked whether or not he has made such statement.

How far a party may discredit his own witness.
SECTION 231:

If a witness upon cross-examination as to a former statement made by him relative to the subject-matter of the trial and inconsistent with his present testimony, does not distinctly admit that he has made such statement, proof may be given that he did in fact make it; but before such proof can be given the circumstances of the supposed statement sufficient to designate the particular occasion must be mentioned to the witness, and he must be asked whether or not he has made such statement.

Proof of contradictory statement of hostile witness.
SECTION 232:

A witness may be cross-examined as to previous statements made by him in writing or reduced into writing and relative to matters in question in the suit or proceeding in which he is cross-examined without such writing being shown to him or being proved, but if it is, intended to contradict such witness by the writing, his attention must, before such writing can be proved or such contradictory proof given, be called to those parts of the writing which are to be used for the purpose of contradicting him; Provided always that it shall be competent for the court at any time during the trial to require the production of the writing for its inspection, and the court may thereupon make use of it for the purposes of the trial, as it deems fit.

Cross-examination as to previous statements in writing.
SECTION 233:

The credit of a witness may be impeached in the following ways by any party other than the party calling him or with the consent of the court by the party who calls him-
(a) by the evidence of persons who testify that they, from their knowledge of the witness, believe him to be unworthy of credit;

(b) by proof that the witness has been bribed, or has accepted the offer of a bribe, or has received any other corrupt inducement to give his evidence; or

(c) by proof of former statements inconsistent with any part of his evidence which is liable to be contradicted.

Impeaching of credit of witness.
SECTION 234:

Where a person is prosecuted for rape or attempt to commit rape or indecent assault, except with the leave of the court no evidence shall be adduced, and, except with the like leave, no question in cross-examination shall be asked by or on behalf of the defendant, about any sexual experience of the complainant with any person other than the defendant.

Special restrictions in respect of permissible evidence in trial for sexual offences.
SECTION 235:

A witness declaring another witness to be unworthy of credit may not, upon his examination-in-chief, give reasons for his belief but he may be asked his reasons in cross-examination, and the answers which he gives cannot be contradicted, though, if they are false, he may afterwards be charged with an offence under section 191 of the Criminal Code and on conviction, shall be dealt with accordingly.

Evidence of witness impeaching credit.
SECTION 236:

When a witness gives evidence of any relevant fact, he may be questioned as to any other circumstances which he observed at or near to the time or place at which such relevant fact occurred, if the court is of the opinion that such circumstances if proved, would render more probable the testimony of the witness as to the relevant fact which he testifies.

Questions tending to render evidence of relevant fact more probable, admissible.
SECTION 237:

Any former statement made by a witness relating to the same fact at or about the time when the fact took place, or before any authority legally competent to investigate the fact may be proved in order to show consistency in the testimony of the witness or to show that his testimony is not an afterthought.

Former statements of witness may be proved to show consistency.
SECTION 238:

Whenever any statement admissible under section 40 to 50 of this Act, is proved, all matters may be proved either in order to contradict or to confirm it, or in order to impeach or confirm the credit of the person by whom it was made, which might have been proved if that person had been called as a witness and had denied upon cross-examination the truth of the matters suggested.

What matters may be proved in connection with proved statement relevant under sections 40 to 50.
SECTION 239:

(1) A witness may, while under examination, refresh his memory by referring to any writing made by himself at the time of the transaction concerning which he is questioned, or so soon afterwards that the court considers it likely that the transaction was at that time fresh in his memory.

(2) The witness may also refer to any such writing made by any other person, and read by the witness within the time mentioned in subsection (1) of this section, if when he read it he knew it to be correct.

(3) An expert may refresh his memory by reference to professional treaties.

Refreshing memory.
SECTION 240:

A witness may also testify to facts mentioned in any such document as is mentioned in section 239 of this Act, although he has no specific recollection of the facts themselves, if he is sure that the facts were correctly recorded in the document.

Testimony to facts stated in document mentioned in section 239.
SECTION 241:

Any writing referred to under sections 239 and 240 of this Act, shall be produced and shown to the adverse party if he requires it, and such party may, if he pleases, cross-examine the witness upon the writing.

Right of adverse party as to writing used to refresh memory.
SECTION 242:

(1) Subject to section 243 of this Act, a witness summoned to produce a document shall, if it is in his possession or power, bring it to court, notwithstanding any objection which there may be to its production or to its admissibility and the validity of any such objection shall be decided by the court.

(2) The court, if it deems fit, may inspect the document or take other evidence to enable it to determine on its admissibility.

(3) If for such a purpose, it is necessary to cause any document to be translated, the court may, if it thinks fit, direct the translator to keep the contents secret, unless the document is to be given in evidence and, if the translator disobeys such direction, he shall be held to have committed an offence under section 97(1) of the Criminal Code.

Production of documents.
SECTION 243:

(1) A Minister, or in respect of matters to which the executive authority of a State extends, the Governor or any person nominated by him, may in any proceeding object to the production of documents or request the exclusion of oral evidence when after consideration he is satisfied that the production of such document or the giving of such oral evidence is against public interest.

(2) Any objection mentioned in subsection (1) of this section shall, if taken-
(a) before trial, be by affidavit; or

(b) at the hearing, be by certificate produced by a public officer.

(3) The court shall have a discretion whether or not to uphold any such objection, and may in determining how to exercise its discretion, inspect such documents or be informed as to the nature of the oral evidence to which the objection relates.

Exclusion of evidence on grounds of public interest.
SECTION 244:

When a party calls for a document which he has given the other party notice to produce, and such document is produced and inspected by the party calling for its production, he is bound to give its as evidence if the party producing it requires him to do so.

Giving as evidence document called for and produced on notice.
SECTION 245:

When a party refuses to produce a document which he has had notice to produce, he cannot afterwards use the document as evidence without the consent of the other party or the order of the court.

Using, as evidence, of document production of which was refused on notice.Using, as evidence, of document production of which was refused on notice.
SECTION 246:

(1) The court or any other person empowered by law to take evidence may, in order to clear up ambiguities or to clarify points which have been left obscure in the evidence given by any witness, ask any question he pleases, in any form, at any time of any witness, or of the parties about any fact relevant or irrelevant, and may order the production of any document or thing; and neither the parties nor their agents shall be entitled to make any objection to any such question or order or, without the leave of the court, to cross-examine any witness upon my answer given in reply to any such question.

(2) The question referred to in subsection (1) of this section shall be based upon facts declared by this Act to be relevant, and duly proved; and

(3) A judge shall not under this section authorise any judge to compel any witness to answer any question or to produce any document which such witness would be entitled to refuse to answer or produce under this Act, if the question were asked or the documents were called for by the adverse party, nor shall the judge ask any question which it would be improper for any person to ask under section 224 or 225 of this Act nor shall the judge dispense with primary evidence of any document except in the cases excepted in proceeding sections of this Act.

Judge’s power to put questions or order production of documents, etc.
SECTION 247:

In cases tried with assessors, the assessors may put any question to the witnesses, through or by leave of the judge, which the judge himself may put and which he considers proper.

Power of assessors to put questions.
SECTION 248:

(1) Where it is necessary to prove a conviction of a criminal offence, the same may be proved-
(a) by the production of a certificate of conviction containing the substance and effect of the conviction only, purporting to be signed by the registrar or other officer of the court in whose custody is the record such of the said conviction; or

(b) if the conviction was before a customary court, by a similar certificate signed by the clerk of court or scribe of the court in whose custody is the record of the said such conviction; or

(c) by a certificate purporting to be signed by the Director of Prisons or officer in charge of the records of a prison in which the prisoner was confined giving the offence for which the prisoner was convicted, the date and the sentence.

(2) If a person alleged to be the person referred to in the certificate denies that he is such person the certificate shall not be put in evidence unless the court is satisfied by the evidence, that the individual in question and the person and the person named in the certificate are the same.

Proof of previous conviction.
SECTION 249:

(1) A previous conviction in a place outside Nigeria may be proved by the production of a certificate purporting to be given under the hand of a police officer in the country where the conviction was had, containing a copy of the sentence or order and the finger prints of the person or photographs of the finger prints of the person so convicted, together with evidence that the finger prints of the person so convicted are those of the defendant.

(2) A certificate given under subsection (1) of this section shall be prima facie evidence of all facts set out in it without proof that the officer purporting to sign it did in fact sign it and was empowered to do so.

Proof of previous conviction outside Nigeria.
SECTION 250:

(1) A previous conviction may be proved against any person in any criminal proceeding by the production of such evidence of the conviction as is mentioned in this section, and by showing that his fingerprints and those of the person convicted are the fingerprints of the same person.

(2) A certificate-
(a) purporting to be signed by or on behalf of the central registrar;

(b) containing particulars relating to a conviction extracted from the criminal records kept by him or a photographic copy certified as such of particulars relating to a conviction as entered in the said records; and

(c) certifying that the copies of the fingerprint exhibited to the certificate are copies of the fingerprints appearing from the said record to have been taken from the person convicted on the occasion of the conviction, shall be evidence of the conviction and evidence that the copies of the fingerprints exhibited to the certificate are copies of the fingerprints of the person convicted.

(3) A certificate-
(a) purporting to be signed by or on behalf of the superintendent of a prison in which any person has been detained in connection with any criminal proceeding or by a police officer who has had custody of any person charged with an offence in connection with any such proceeding; and

(b) certifying that the fingerprints exhibited to it were taken from such person while he was so detained or was in such custody as mentioned in paragraph (a), shall be evidence in those proceeding that the fingerprints exhibited to the certificate are the fingerprints of that person.

(4) A certificate-
(a) purporting to be signed by or on behalf of the central registrar; and

(b) certifying that- (i) the fingerprints copies of which are certified as mentioned in this section by or on behalf of the central registrar to be copies of the fingerprints of a person previously convicted, and (ii) the fingerprints certified by or on behalf of the superintendent of the prison or the police officer as mentioned in this section or otherwise shown to be the fingerprints of the person against whom the previous conviction is sought to be proved are the fingerprints of the same person, shall be evidence of the matter so certified.

(5) The method of proving a previous conviction authorised by this section shall be in addition to any other method authorised by law for proving such conviction.

(6) Cap P27 LFN. 2004. For the purpose of this section, “the central registrar” means the person in charge of the principal registry of criminal records established under the Prevention of Crimes Act.

Additional mode of proof in criminal proceeding of a previous conviction.
SECTION 251:

(1) The wrongful admission of evidence shall not of itself be a ground for the reversal of any decision in any case where it appears to the court on appeal that the evidence so admitted cannot reasonably be held to have affected the decision and that such decision would have been the same if such evidence had not been admitted.

(2) The wrongful exclusion of evidence shall not of itself be a ground for the reversal of any decision in any case if it appears to the court on appeal that had the evidence excluded been admitted it may reasonably be held that the decision would have been the same.

(3) In this section the term “decision” includes a judgment, order, finding or verdict.

Wrongful admission or exclusion of evidence.
SECTION 252:

In this Part- “Court” means a High Court or a magistrate’s court and courts of similar jurisdiction.

Interpretation of “Court” in this part.
SECTION 253:

(1) When a subpoena or summons has been issued by any court in any State or in the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja or by the Federal High Court in the exercise of its civil jurisdiction in accordance with any power conferred by law requiring any person to appear and give evidence or to produce books or documents in any proceeding, such subpoena or summons may upon proof that the testimony of such person or the production of such books or documents is necessary in the interests of justice by leave of such court on such terms as the court may impose be served on such person in any other State or the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

(2) If a person upon whom a subpoena or summons has been served in accordance with subsection (1) of this section fails to attend at the time and place mentioned in such subpoena or summons such court may, on proof that the subpoena or summons was duly served on such person and that the sum prescribed by law was tendered to him for his expenses, issue such warrant for the apprehension of such person as such court might have issued if the subpoena or summons has been served in the State or the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja in which it was issued.

(3) Such warrant may be executed in such other State or the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja in the manner provided in Chapter 12 of the Criminal Procedure Act, in the case of warrants issued for the apprehension of persons charged with an offence.

Subpoena or witness summons may be served in another state.
SECTION 254:

(1) Where it appears to any court of a State or of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja that the attendance before the court of a person who is undergoing sentence in any State or the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja is necessary for the purpose of obtaining evidence in any proceeding before the court, the court may issue an order directed to the superintendent or officer in charge of the prison or place where the person is undergoing sentence requiring him to produce the person at the time and place specified in the order.

(2) Any order made under this section may be served upon the superintendent or officer to whom it is directed in any State or the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, he may be and he shall thereupon produce in such custody as the superintendent or officer thinks fit, the person referred to in the order at the time and place specified in it.

(3) The court before which any person is produced in accordance with an order issued under this section may make such order as to the costs of compliance with this order as may seem just to the court.

Orders for production of prisoners.
SECTION 255:

(1) The Minister charged with responsibility for justice may make regulations generally prescribing further conditions with respect to admissibility of any class of evidence that may be relevant under this Act.



(2) Where a law provides that a rule, regulation, notification, or any other matter be published in the Federal Government Gazette, the requirement shall be deemed to have been satisfied if the rule, regulation, notification, or any other matter is published in the Federal Government Gazette or Electronic Gazette.

Regulations.
SECTION 256:

(1) This Act shall apply to all judicial proceeding in or before any court established in the Federal Republic of Nigeria but it shall not apply to-
(a) proceeding before an arbitrator;

(b) a field general court martial; or

(c) judicial proceeding in any civil cause or matter in or befoy Sharia Court of Appeal Customary Court of Appeal, Area Court or Customary Court, unless any authority empowered to do so under the Constitution, by order published in the Gazette, confers upon any or all Sharia Courts of Appeal, Customary Courts of Appeal, Area Courts or Customary Courts in the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja or a State, as the case may be, power to enforce any of all the provisions of this Act.

(2) In judicial proceeding in any criminal cause of matter, in or before an Area Court, the court shall be guided by the provisions of this Act and in accordance with the provisions of the Criminal Procedure Code Law.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in this section, an Area Court shall, in judicial proceeding in any criminal cause or matter be bound by the provisions of sections 134 to 140.

Application.
SECTION 257:

The Evidence Act Cap E14 Laws of the Federation of Nigeria, 2004 is repealed.

Repeal.
SECTION 258:

(1) In this Act-
“audio-visual communication” means being able to see, hear and communicate with another individual in real time, using electronic means;


“bank” or “banker” means a bank licensed under the Banks and Other Financial Institutions Act Cap. B3 LFN. 2004 and includes anybody authorised under an enactment to carry on banking business;



“banker’s books” (and related expressions) includes ledger, day books, cash books, account books and all other books used in banking business;



“banking business” has the meaning assigned to it in the Banks and Other Financial Institutions Act 1991;



“cloud computing” means the delivery of different services through the internet, including data storage. servers, databases. networking, and software;


“computer” means any device for storing and processing information, and any reference to information being derived from other information is a reference to its being derived from it by calculation, comparison or any other process;



“computer” means any device for storing and processing information, including mobile phones, and any reference to information being derived from it by calculation, comparison, or any other process;


“copy of a document” includes- (a) in the case of a document falling within paragraph (b) but not (c) of the definition of “document” in this subsection, a transcript of the sounds or other data embodied in it; (b) in the case of a document falling within paragraph (b) but not (c) of that definition, a reproduction or still reproduction of the image of images embodied in it whether enlarged or not; (c) in the case of a document falling within both of those paragraphs, such a transcript together with such a still reproduction; and (d) in the case of a document not falling within the said paragraph (c) of which a visual image is embodied in a document falling within that paragraph, a reproduction of that image, whether enlarged on not, and any reference to a copy of the material part of a document shall be construed accordingly;



“court” includes all judges and magistrates and, except arbitrators, all persons legally authorised to take evidence; “customs” means a rule which, in a particular district, has, from long usage, obtained the force of law;



“digital signature” means an electronically generated signature which is attached to an electronically transmitted document to verify its contents and the sender’s identity:


“document” includes- (a) books, maps, plans, graphs, drawings, photographs, and also includes any matter expressed or described upon any substance by means of letters, figures or marks or by more than one of these means, intended to be used or which may be used for the purpose of recording that matter; (b) any disc, tape, sound track or other device in which sounds or other data (not being visual images) are embodied so as to be capable (with or without the aid of some other equipment) of being reproduced from it; and (c) any film, negative, tape or other device in which one or more visual images are embodied so as to be capable (with or without the aid of some other equipment) of being reproduced from it; and (d) any device by means of which information is recorded, stored or retrievable including computer output;



“Electronic Gazette” means official Gazette published in the electronic form:


“electronic record” means data, record or data generated, image or sound stored, received, or sent in an electronic form or microfilm;


“electronic signature” means authentication of any electronic record by a subscriber by means of the electronic technique specified in the Second Schedule and includes digital signature:


“fact” includes- (a) anything, state of things, or relation of things, capable of being perceived by the senses; and (b) any mental condition of which any person is conscious;



“facts in issue” includes any fact from which either by itself or in connection with other facts the existence, non-existence, nature or extent of any right, liability or disability asserted or denied in any suit or proceeding necessarily follows;



“film” includes a microfilm;



“financial institution” has the meaning assigned to “other financial institution” by the Banks and Other Financial Institutions Act 1991;



“magnetic media” includes cassette tapes, hard disks. floppy disks, video, and computer tapes;


“optical media” means DVD, CD and Blu-ray;



“person interested” means any person likely to be personally affected by the outcome of a proceeding;



“Public Service of the Federation or of a State” has the meaning assigned thereto in the Constitution, and “public officer” shall be construed accordingly;



“real evidence” means anything other than testimony admissible hearsay or a document the contents of which are affected evidence of a fact at a trial, which is examined by the court as a means of proof of such fact;



“statement” includes any representation of fact whether made in words or otherwise;



“the Constitution” means the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria 1999; and



“wife and husband” mean respectively the wife and husband of a marriage validly contracted under the Marriage Act, or under Islamic law or a Customary law applicable in Nigeria, and includes any marriage recognised as valid under the Marriage Act.




(2) In this Act, any reference to a section or other provision of the Criminal Code Act or the Criminal Procedure Act shall, as case may be, be construed as including a reference to the corresponding section or provision of the Criminal Code Law or Penal Code Law or the Criminal Procedure Code Law of a State or in respect of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, the Penal Code Act or the Criminal Procedure Code Act, whichever may be appropriate.

Interpretation.
SECTION 259:

This Act may be cited as the Evidence Act, 2011.
I certify, in accordance with Section 2 (1) of the Acts Authentication
Act, Cap. A2, Laws of the Federation of Nigeria 2004, that this is a true copy
of the Bill passed by both Houses of the National Assembly.

Citation.

1999 Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria (As Amended)

SECTION NOSPROVISIONMARGINAL NOTES
Section 1

(1) This Constitution is supreme and its provisions shall have binding force on all authorities and persons throughout the Federal Republic of Nigeria.

(2) The Federal Republic of Nigeria shall not be governed, nor shall any persons or group of persons take control of the Government of Nigeria or any part thereof, except in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.

(3) If any other law is inconsistent with the provisions of this Constitution, this Constitution shall prevail, and that other law shall to the extent of the inconsistency be void.

Supremacy of the Constitution
Section 2

(1) Nigeria is one indivisible and indissoluble Sovereign State to be known by the name of the Federal Republic of Nigeria.

(2) Nigeria shall be a Federation consisting of States and a Federal Capital Territory.

The Federal Republic of Nigeria
Section 3

(1) There shall be thirty-six States in Nigeria, that is to say, Abia Adamawa, Akwa Ibom, Anambra, Bauchi, Bayelsa, Benue, Borno, Cross River, Delta, Ebonyi, Edo, Ekiti, Enugu, Gombe, Imo, Jigawa, Kaduna, Kano, Katsina, Kebbi, Kogi, Kwara, Lagos, Nasarawa, Niger, Ogun, Ondo, Osun, Oyo, Plateau, Rivers, Sokoto, Taraba, Yobe and Zamfara.
(2) Each State of Nigeria named in the first column of Part I of the First Schedule to this Constitution shall consist of the area shown opposite thereto in the second column of that Schedule.
[Part I First Schedule]
(3) The headquarters of the Government of each State shall be known as the Capital City of that State as shown in the third column of the said Part I of the First Schedule opposite the State named in the first column thereof.
[Part I First Schedule
(4) The Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall be as defined in Part II of the First Schedule to this Constitution.
[Part II First Schedule]
(5) The provisions of this Constitution in Part I of Chapter VIII hereof shall, in relation to the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, have effect in the manner set out thereunder
(6) There shall be seven hundred and sixty-eight local government areas in Nigeria as shown in the second column of Part I of the First Schedule to this Constitution and six area councils as shown in Part II of that Schedule.

States of the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 4

(1) The legislative powers of the Federal Republic of Nigeria shall be vested in a National Assembly for the Federation which shall consist of a Senate and a House of Representatives.

(2) The National Assembly shall have power to make laws for the peace, order and good government of the Federation or any part thereof with respect to any matter included in the Exclusive Legislative List set out in Part I of the Second Schedule to this Constitution.

[Part I First Schedule]

(3) The power of the National Assembly to make laws for the peace, order and good government of the Federation with respect to any matter included in the Exclusive Legislative List shall, save as otherwise provided in this Constitution, be to the exclusion of the Houses of Assembly of States.

(4) In addition and without prejudice to the powers conferred by subsection (2) of this Section, the National Assembly shall have power to make laws with respect to the following matters, that is to say-

(a) any matter in the Concurrent Legislative List set out in the first column of Part II of the Second Schedule to this Constitution to the extent prescribed in the second column opposite thereto;
and

(1) The legislative powers of the Federal Republic of Nigeria shall be vested in a National Assembly for the Federation which shall consist of a Senate and a House of Representatives.

(2) The National Assembly shall have power to make laws for the peace, order and good government of the Federation or any part thereof with respect to any matter included in the Exclusive Legislative List set out in Part I of the Second Schedule to this Constitution.

[Part I First Schedule]

(3) The power of the National Assembly to make laws for the peace, order and good government of the Federation with respect to any matter included in the Exclusive Legislative List shall, save as otherwise provided in this Constitution, be to the exclusion of the Houses of Assembly of States.

(4) In addition and without prejudice to the powers conferred by subsection (2) of this Section, the National Assembly shall have power to make laws with respect to the following matters, that is to say-
(a) any matter in the Concurrent Legislative List set out in the first column of Part II of the Second Schedule to this Constitution to the extent prescribed in the second column opposite thereto;
And
(b) any other matter with respect to which it is empowered to make laws in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.

(5) If any Law enacted by the House of Assembly of a State is inconsistent with any law validly made by the National Assembly, the law made by the National Assembly shall prevail, and that other Law shall to the extent of the inconsistency be void.

(6) The legislative powers of a State of the Federation shall be vested in the House of Assembly of the State.

(7) The House of Assembly of a State shall have power to make laws for the peace, order and good government of the State or any part thereof with respect to the following matters, that is to say-
(a) any matter not included in the Exclusive Legislative List set out in Part I of the Second Schedule to this Constitution;
[Part I Second Schedule]
(b) any matter included in the Concurrent Legislative List set out in the first column of Part II of the Second Schedule to this Constitution to the extent prescribed in the second column opposite thereto; and

[Part II Second Schedule]

(c) any other matter with respect to which it is empowered to make laws in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.

(8) Save as otherwise provided by this Constitution, the exercise of legislative powers by the National Assembly or by a House of Assembly shall be subject to the jurisdiction of courts of law and of judicial tribunals established by law, and accordingly, the National Assembly or a House of Assembly shall not enact any law, that ousts or purports to oust the jurisdiction of a court of law or of a judicial tribunal established by law.

(9) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the National Assembly or a House of Assembly shall not, in relation to any criminal offence whatsoever, have power to make any law which shall have retrospective effect.

Legislative powers
Section 5

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the executive powers of the Federation-
(a) shall be vested in the President and may, subject as aforesaid and to the provisions of any law made by the National Assembly, be exercised by him either directly or through the Vice-President and Ministers of the Government of the Federation or officers in the public service of the Federation; and
(b) shall extend to the execution and maintenance of this Constitution, all laws made by the National Assembly and to all matters with respect to which the National Assembly has, for the time being, power to make laws.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the executive powers of a State-
(a) shall be vested in the Governor of that State and may, subject as aforesaid and to the provisions of any Law made by a House of Assembly, be exercised by him either directly or through the Deputy Governor and Commissioners of the Government of that State or officers in the public service of the State; and
(b) shall extend to the execution and maintenance of this Constitution, all laws made by the House of Assembly of that State and to all matters with respect to which the House of Assembly has for the time being power to make laws.

(3) The executive powers vested in a State under subsection (2) of this section shall be exercised as not to-
(a) impede or prejudice the exercise of the executive powers of the Federation;
(b) endanger any asset or investment of the Government of the Federation in that State; or
c) endanger the continuance of a federal government in Nigeria.

(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section-
(a) the President shall not declare a state of war between the Federation and another country except with the sanction of a resolution of both Houses of the National Assembly sitting in a joint session; and
(b) except with the prior approval of the Senate, no member of the armed forces of the Federation shall be deployed on combat duty outside Nigeria.

(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (4) of this section, the President, in consultation with the National Defence Council, may deploy members of the armed forces of the Federation on a limited combat duty outside Nigeria if he is satisfied that the national security is under imminent threat or danger:
Provided that the President shall, within seven days of actual combat engagement, seek the consent of the Senate and the Senate shall thereafter give or refuse the said consent within fourteen days.

Executive powers
Section 6

(1) The judicial powers of the Federation shall be vested in the courts to which this section relates, being courts established for the Federation.

(2) The judicial powers of a State shall be vested in the courts to which this section relates, being courts established, subject as provided by this Constitution, for a State.

(3) The courts to which this section relates established by this Constitution for the Federation and for the States, specified in subsection (5) (a) to (i) of this section, shall be the only superior courts of record in Nigeria; and save as otherwise prescribed by the National Assembly or by the House of Assembly of a State, each court shall have all the powers of a superior court of record.

(4) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this section shall be construed as precluding-
(a) the National Assembly or any House of Assembly from establishing courts, other than those to which this section relates, with subordinate jurisdiction to that of a High Court;
(b) the National Assembly or any House of Assembly, which does not require it, from abolishing any court which it has power to establish or which it has brought into being.

(5) This section relates to-
(a) the Supreme Court of Nigeria;
(b) the Court of Appeal;
(c) the Federal High Court;
(cc) the National Industrial Court
(Section 6(5) (cc) is inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration) Act 2010)
(d) the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja;
(e) a High Court of a State
(f) the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja;
(g) a Sharia Court of Appeal of a State;
(h) the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja;
(i) a Customary Court of Appeal of a State;
(j) such other courts as may be authorised by law to exercise jurisdiction on matters with respect to which the National Assembly may make laws; and
(k) such other courts as may be authorised by law to exercise jurisdiction at first instance or on appeal on matters with respect to which a House of Assembly may make laws.

(6) The judicial powers vested in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this section –
(a) shall extend, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this constitution, to all inherent powers and sanctions of a court of law;
(b) shall extend to all matters between persons, or between government or authority and to any person in Nigeria, and to all actions and proceedings relating thereto, for the determination of any question as to the civil rights and obligations of that person;
(c) shall not, except as otherwise provided by this Constitution, extend to any issue or question as to whether any act or omission by any authority or person or as to whether any law or any judicial decision is in conformity with the Fundamental Objectives and Directive Principles of State Policy set out in Chapter II of this Constitution; and
(d) shall not, as from the date when this section comes into force, extend to any action or proceedings relating to any existing law made on or after 15th January, 1966 for determining any issue or question as to the competence of any authority or person to make any such law.

Judicial powers
Section 7

(1) The system of local government by democratically elected local government councils is under this Constitution guaranteed; and accordingly, the Government of every State shall, subject to section 8 of this Constitution, ensure their existence under a Law which provides for the establishment, structure, composition, finance and functions of such councils.

(2) The person authorised by law to prescribe the area over which a local government council may exercise authority shall-

(a) define such area as clearly as practicable; and

(b) ensure, to the extent to which it may be reasonably justifiable, that in defining such area regard is paid to –
(i) the common interest of the community in the area,
(ii) traditional association of the community, and
(iii) administrative convenience.

(3) It shall be the duty of a local government council within the State to participate in economic planning and development of the area referred to in subsection (2) of this section and to this end an economic planning board shall be established by a Law enacted by the House of Assembly of the State.

(4) The Government of a State shall ensure that every person who is entitled to vote or be voted for at an election to House of Assembly shall have the right to vote or be voted for at an election to a local government council.

(5) The functions to be conferred by Law upon local government council shall include those set out in the Fourth Schedule to this Constitution.

[Fourth Schedule]

(6) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution –

(a) the National Assembly shall make provisions for statutory allocation of public revenue to local government councils in the Federation; and

(b) the House of Assembly of a State shall make provisions for statutory allocation of public revenue to local government councils within the State.

Local government system
Section 8

(1) An Act of the National Assembly for the purpose of creating a new State shall only be passed if-

(a) a request, supported by at least two-thirds majority of members (representing the area demanding the creation of the new State) in each of the following, namely –
(i) the Senate and the House of Representatives,
(ii) the House of Assembly in respect of the area, and
(iii) the local government councils in respect of the area, is received by the National Assembly;

(b) a proposal for the creation of the State is thereafter approved in a referendum by at least two-thirds majority of the people of the area where the demand for creation of the State originated;

(c) the result of the referendum is then approved by a simple majority of all the States of the Federation supported by a simple majority of members of the Houses of Assembly; and

(d) the proposal is approved by a resolution passed by two-thirds majority of members of each House of the National Assembly.

(2) An Act of the National Assembly for the purpose of boundary adjustment of any existing State shall only be passed if-

(a) a request for the boundary adjustment, supported by twothirds majority of members (representing the area demanding and the area affected by the boundary adjustment) in each of the following, namely-
(i) the Senate and the House of Representatives,
(ii) the House of Assembly in respect of the area, and
(iii) the local government councils in respect of the area, is received by the National Assembly; and

(b) a proposal for the boundary adjustment is approved by –
(i) a simple majority of members of each House of the National Assembly, and
(ii) a simple majority of members of the House of Assembly in respect of the area concerned.

(3) A bill for a Law of a House of Assembly for the purpose of creating a new local government area shall only be passed if –

(a) a request supported by at least two-thirds majority of members (representing the area demanding the creation of the new local government area) in each of the following, namely-
(i) the House of Assembly in respect of the area, and
(ii) the local government councils in respect of the area, is received by the House of Assembly;

(b) a proposal for the creation of the local government area is thereafter approved in a referendum by at least two-thirds majority of the people of the local government area where the demand for the proposed local government area originated;

(c) the result of the referendum is then approved by a simple majority of the members in each local government council in a majority of all the local government councils in the State; and

(d) the result of the referendum is approved by a resolution passed by two-thirds majority of members of the House of Assembly.

(4) A bill for a Law of a House of Assembly for the purpose of boundary adjustment of any existing local government area shall only be passed if-

(a) a request for the boundary adjustment is supported by twothirds majority of members (representing the area demanding and the area affected by the boundary adjustment) in each of the following, namely –
(i) the House of Assembly in respect of the area, and
(ii) the local government council in respect of the area, is received by the House of Assembly; and

(b) a proposal for the boundary adjustment is approved by a simple majority of members of the House of Assembly in respect of the area concerned.

(5) An Act of the National Assembly passed in accordance with this section shall make consequential provisions with respect to the names and headquarters of State or local government areas as provided in section 3 of this Constitution and in Parts I and II of the First Schedule to this Constitution.

(6) For the purpose of enabling the National Assembly to exercise the powers conferred upon it by subsection (5) of this section, each House of Assembly shall, after the creation of more local government areas pursuant to subsection (3) of this section, make adequate returns to each House of the National Assembly.

New States and boundary adjustment, etc.
Section 9

(1) The National Assembly may, subject to the provisions of this section, alter any of the provisions of this Constitution.

(2) An Act of the National Assembly for the alteration of this Constitution, not being an Act to which section 8 of this Constitution applies, shall not be passed in either House of the National Assembly unless the proposal is supported by the votes of not less than twothirds majority of all the members of that House and approved by resolution of the Houses of Assembly of not less than two-thirds of all the States.

(3) An Act of the National Assembly for the purpose of altering the provisions of this section, section 8, or Chapter IV of this Constitution shall not be passed by either House of the National Assembly unless the proposal is approved by the votes of not less than four-fifths majority of all the members of each House, and also approved by resolution of the House of Assembly of not less than two-thirds of all the States.

(4) For the purposes of section 8 of this Constitution and of subsections (2) and (3) of this section, the number of members of each House of the National Assembly shall, notwithstanding any vacancy, be deemed to be the number of members specified in sections 48 and 49 of this Constitution.

Mode of altering provisions of the Constitution
Section 10

The Government of the Federation or of a State shall not adopt any religion as State Religion.

Prohibition of State Religion
Section 11

(1) The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to the maintenance and securing of public safety and public order and providing, maintaining and securing of such supplies and services as may be designated by the National Assembly as essential supplies and services.

(2) Nothing in this section shall preclude a House of Assembly from making laws with respect to the matters referred to in this section, including the provision for maintenance and securing of such supplies and services as may be designated by the National Assembly as essential supplies and services.

(3) During any period when the Federation is at war the National Assembly may make such laws for the peace, order and good government of the Federation or any part thereof with respect to matters not included in the Exclusive Legislative List as may appear to it to be necessary or expedient for the defence of the Federation.

(4) At any time when any House of Assembly of a State is unable to perform its functions by reason of the situation prevailing in that State, the National Assembly may make such laws for the peace, order and good government of that State with respect to matters on which a House of Assembly may make laws as may appear to the National Assembly to be necessary or expedient until such time as the House of Assembly is able to resume its functions; and any such laws enacted by the National Assembly pursuant to this section shall have effect as if they were laws enacted by the House of Assembly of the State:
Provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as conferring on the National Assembly power to remove the Governor or the Deputy Governor of the State from office.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (4) of this section, a House of Assembly shall not be deemed to be unable to perform its functions so long as the House of Assembly can hold a meeting and transact business.

. Public order and public security
Section 12

(1) No treaty between the Federation and any other country shall have the force of law except to the extent to which any such treaty has been enacted into law by the National Assembly.

(2) The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to matters not included in the Exclusive Legislative List for the purpose of implementing a treaty.

(3) A bill for an Act of the National Assembly passed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (2) of this section shall not be presented to the President for assent, and shall not be enacted unless it is ratified by a majority of all the House of Assembly in the Federation.

Implementation of treaties
Section 13

It shall be the duty and responsibility of all organs of government, and of all authorities and persons, exercising legislative, executive or judicial powers, to conform to, observe and apply the provisions of this Chapter of this Constitution.

Fundamental obligations of the Government
Section 14

(1) The Federal Republic of Nigeria shall be a State based on the principles of democracy and social justice.
(2) It is hereby, accordingly, declared that-
(a) sovereignty belongs to the people of Nigeria from whom government through this Constitution derives all its powers and authority;
(b) the security and welfare of the people shall be the primary purpose of government; and
(c) the participation by the people in their government shall be ensured in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.
(3) The composition of the Government of the Federation or any of its agencies and the conduct of its affairs shall be carried out in such a manner as to reflect the federal character of Nigeria and the need to promote national unity, and also to command national loyalty, thereby ensuring that there shall be no predominance of persons from a few States or from a few ethnic or other sectional groups in that Government or in any of its agencies.
(4) The composition of the Government of a State, a local government council, or any of the agencies of such Government or council, and the conduct of the affairs of the Government or council or such agencies shall be carried out in such manner as to recognise the diversity of the people within its area of authority and the need to promote a sense of belonging and loyalty among all the peoples of the Federation.

The Government and the people
Section 15

(1) The motto of the Federal Republic of Nigeria shall be Unity and Faith, Peace and Progress.
(2) Accordingly, national integration shall be actively encouraged, whilst discrimination on the grounds of place of origin, sex, religion, status, ethnic or linguistic association or ties shall be prohibited.
(3) For the purpose of promoting national integration, it shall be the duty of the State to-
(a) provide adequate facilities for and encourage free mobility of people, goods and services throughout the Federation;
(b) secure full residence rights for every citizen in all parts of the Federation;
(c) encourage inter-marriage among persons from different places of origin, or of different religious, ethnic or linguistic association or ties; and
(d) promote or encourage the formation of associations that cut across ethnic, linguistic, religious and or other sectional barriers.
(4) The State shall foster a feeling of belonging and of involvement among the various people of the Federation, to the end that loyalty to the nation shall override sectional loyalties.
(5) The State shall abolish all corrupt practices and abuse of power.

Political objectives
Section 16

(1) The State shall, within the context of the ideals and objectives for which provisions are made in this Constitution-
(a) harness the resources of the nation and promote national prosperity and an efficient, a dynamic and self-reliant economy;
(b) control the national economy in such manner as to secure the maximum welfare, freedom and happiness of every citizen on the basis of social justice and equality of status and opportunity;
(c) without prejudice to its right to operate or participate in areas of the economy, other than the major sectors of the economy, manage and operate the major sectors of the economy;
(d) without prejudice to the right of any person to participate in areas of the economy within the major sectors of the economy, protect the right of every citizen to engage in any economic activities outside the major sectors of the economy.
(2) The State shall direct its policy towards ensuring-
(a) the promotion of a planned and balanced economic development;
(b) that the material resources of the nation are harnessed and distributed as best as possible to serve the common good;
(c) that the economic system is not operated in such a manner as to permit the concentration of wealth or the means of production and exchange in the hands of few individuals or of a group; and
[Section 16(2) is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of
Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 34) Act, 2023]
(d) that suitable and adequate shelter, right to food and food security, reasonable national minimum living wage, old age care and pensions, and unemployment, sick benefits and welfare of the disabled are provided for all citizens.
(3) A body shall be set up by an Act of the National Assembly, which shall have power-
(a) to review, from time to time, the ownership and control of business enterprises operating in Nigeria and make recommendations to the President on same; and
(b) to administer any law for the regulation of the ownership and control of such enterprises.
(4) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section –
(a) the reference to the “major sectors of the economy” shall be construed as a reference to such economic activities as may, from time to time, be declared by a resolution of each House of the National Assembly to be managed and operated exclusively by the Government of the Federation; and until a resolution to the contrary is made by the National Assembly, economic activities being operated exclusively by the Government of the Federation on the date immediately preceding the day when this section comes into force, whether directly or through the agencies of a statutory or other corporation or company, shall be deemed to be major sectors of the economy;
(b) “economic activities” includes activities directly concerned with the production, distribution and exchange of wealth or of goods and services; and
(c) “participate” includes the rendering of services and supplying of goods.

Economic objectives
Section 16 A

(1) The State shall direct its policy towards ensuring that –

(a) strategies that guarantee food security of the nation regarding availability, accessibility, and affordability of food to the citizens are initiated, undertaken, and implemented;
(Section 16A is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 ((Fifth Alteration) (No. 34) Act, 2023)

(b) the means of production, conservation and distribution of food are upgraded and improved upon on a continuous basis;
And

c) adequate measures are provided to ensure that food security of the nation is not compromised by any individual, group, or institution.

(2) The State shall promote and sustain activities that enhance food security.

Food Security
Section 17

(1) The State social order is founded on ideals of Freedom, Equality and Justice.

(2) In furtherance of the social order-
(a) every citizen shall have equality of rights, obligations and opportunities before the law;

(b) the sanctity of the human person shall be recognised and human dignity shall be maintained and enhanced;

(c) governmental actions shall be humane;

(d) exploitation of human or natural resources in any form whatsoever for reasons other than the good of the community, shall be prevented; and

(e) the independence, impartiality and integrity of courts of law, and easy accessibility thereto shall be secured and maintained.

(3) The State shall direct its policy towards ensuring that-

(a) all citizens, without discrimination on any group whatsoever, have the opportunity for securing adequate means of livelihood as well as adequate opportunity to secure suitable employment;

(b) conditions of work are just and humane, and that there are adequate facilities for leisure and for social, religious and cultural life;

(c) the health, safety and welfare of all persons in employment are safeguarded and not endangered or abused;

(d) there are adequate medical and health facilities for all persons;

(e) there is equal pay for equal work without discrimination on account of sex, or on any other ground whatsoever;

(f) children, young persons and the age are protected against any exploitation whatsoever, and against moral and material neglect;

(g) provision is made for public assistance in deserving cases or other conditions of need; and

(h) the evolution and promotion of family life is encouraged.

Social objectives
Section 18

(1) Government shall direct its policy towards ensuring that there are equal and adequate educational opportunities at all levels.

(2) Government shall promote science and technology.

(3) Government shall strive to eradicate illiteracy; and to this end Government shall as and when practicable provide-

(a) free, compulsory and universal primary education;

(b) free secondary education;
(c) free university education; and
(d) free adult literacy programme.

Educational objectives
Section 19

The foreign policy objectives shall be –
(a) promotion and protection of the national interest;

(b) promotion of African integration and support for African unity;

(c) promotion of international co-operation for the consolidation of universal peace and mutual respect among all nations and elimination of discrimination in all its manifestations;

(d) respect for international law and treaty obligations as well as the seeking of settlement of international disputes by negotiation, mediation, conciliation, arbitration and adjudication; and

(e) promotion of a just world economic order.

Foreign policy objectives
Section 20

The State shall protect and improve the environment and safeguard the water, air and land, forest and wild life of Nigeria.

Environmental objectives
Section 21

The State shall –

(a) protect, preserve and promote the Nigerian cultures which enhance human dignity and are consistent with the fundamental objectives as provided in this Chapter; and

(b) encourage development of technological and scientific studies which enhance cultural values.

Directive on Nigerian cultures
Section 22

The press, radio, television and other agencies of the mass media shall at all times be free to uphold the fundamental objectives contained in this Chapter and uphold the responsibility and accountability of the Government to the people.

Obligation of the mass media
Section 23

The national ethics shall be discipline, integrity, dignity of labour, social justice, religious tolerance, self-reliance and patriotism.

National ethics
Section 24

It shall be the duty of every citizen to –
(a) abide by this Constitution, respect its ideals and its institutions, the National Flag, the National Anthem, the National Pledge, and legitimate authorities;

(b) help to enhance the power, prestige and good name of Nigeria, defend Nigeria and render such national service as may be required;

(c) respect the dignity of other citizens and the rights and legitimate interests of others and live in unity and harmony and in the spirit of common brotherhood;

(d) make positive and useful contribution to the advancement, progress and well- being of the community where he resides;

(e) render assistance to appropriate and lawful agencies in the maintenance of law and order; and

(f) declare his income honestly to appropriate and lawful agencies and pay his tax promptly.

Duties of the citizens
Section 25

(1) The following persons are citizens of Nigeria by birth, namely-

(a) every person born in Nigeria before the date of independence, either of whose parents or any of whose grandparents belongs or belonged to a community indigenous to Nigeria:
Provided that a person shall not become a citizen of Nigeria by virtue of this section if neither of his parents nor any of his grandparents was born in Nigeria.

(b) every person born in Nigeria after the date of independence either of whose parents or any of whose grandparents is a citizen of Nigeria; and

(c) every person born outside Nigeria either of whose parents is a citizen of Nigeria.
(2) In this section, “the date of independence” means the 1st day of October 1960.

. Citizenship by birth.
Section 26

(1) Subject to the provisions of section 28 of this Constitution, a person to whom the provisions of this section apply may be registered as a citizen of Nigeria, if the President is satisfied that –

(a) he is a person of good character;

(b) he has shown a clear intention of his desire to be domiciled in Nigeria; and

(c) he has taken the Oath of Allegiance prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution.
[Seventh Schedule]
(2) The provisions of this section shall apply to-
(a) any woman who is or has been married to a citizen of Nigeria;
or
(b) every person of full age and capacity born outside Nigeria any of whose grandparents is a citizen of Nigeria.

Citizenship by registration
Section 27

(1) Subject to the provisions of section 28 of this Constitution, any person who is qualified in accordance with the provisions of this section may apply to the President for the same of a certificate of naturalisation.

(2) No person shall be qualified to apply for the grant of a certificate or naturalisation, unless he satisfies the President that –

(a) he is a person of full age and capacity;

(b) he is a person of good character;

(c) he has shown a clear intention of his desire to be domiciled in Nigeria;

(d) he is, in the opinion of the Governor of the State where he is or he proposes to be resident, acceptable to the local community in which he is to live permanently, and has been assimilated into the way of life of Nigerians in that part of the Federation;

(e) he is a person who has made or is capable of making useful contribution to the advancement, progress and well-being of Nigeria;

(f) he has taken the Oath of Allegiance prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution; and

[Seventh Schedule]

(g) he has, immediately preceding the date of his application, either-
(i) resided in Nigeria for a continuous period of fifteen years; or
(ii) resided in Nigeria continuously for a period of twelve months, and during the period of twenty years immediately preceding that period of twelve months has resided in Nigeria for periods amounting in the aggregate to not less than fifteen years.

Citizenship by naturalisation
Section 28

(1) Subject to the other provisions of this section, a person shall forfeit forthwith his Nigerian citizenship if, not being a citizen of Nigeria by birth, he acquires or retains the citizenship or nationality of a country, other than Nigeria, of which he is not a citizen by birth.

(2) Any registration of a person as a citizen of Nigeria or the grant of a certificate of naturalisation to a person who is a citizen of a country other than Nigeria at the time of such registration or grant shall, if he is not a citizen by birth of that other country, be conditional upon effective renunciation of the citizenship or nationality of that other country within a period of not more than twelve months from the date of such registration or grant.

Dual citizenship
Section 29

(1) Any citizen of Nigeria of full age who wishes to renounce his Nigerian citizenship shall make a declaration in the prescribed manner for the renunciation.

(2) The President shall cause the declaration made under subsection (1) of this section to be registered and upon such registration, the person who made the declaration shall cease to be a citizen of Nigeria.

(3) The President may withhold the registration of any declaration made under subsection (1) of this section if-
(a) the declaration is made during any war in which Nigeria is physically involved; or
(b) in his opinion, it is otherwise contrary to public policy.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section-
(a) “full age” means the age of eighteen years and above;
(b) any woman who is married shall be deemed to be of full age.

Renunciation of citizenship
Section 30

(1) The President may deprive a person, other than a person who is a citizen of Nigeria by birth or by registration, of his citizenship, if he is satisfied that such a person has, within a period of seven years after becoming naturalised, been sentenced to imprisonment for a term of not less than three years.

(2) The President shall deprive a person, other than a person who is citizen of Nigeria by birth, of his citizenship, if he is satisfied from the records of proceedings of a court of law or other tribunal or after due inquiry in accordance with regulations made by him, that –

(a) the person has shown himself by act or speech to be disloyal towards the Federal Republic of Nigeria; or

(b) the person has, during any war in which Nigeria was engaged, unlawfully traded with the enemy or been engaged in or associated with any business that was in the opinion of the President carried on in such a manner as to assist the enemy of Nigeria in that war, or unlawfully communicated with such enemy to the detriment of or with intent to cause damage to the interest of Nigeria.

Deprivation of citizenship
Section 31

For the purposes of this Chapter, a parent or grandparent of a person shall be deemed to be a citizen of Nigeria if at the time of the birth of that person such parent or grandparent would have possessed that status by birth if he had been alive on the date of independence; and in this section, “the date of independence” has the meaning assigned to it in section 25 (2) of this Constitution.

Persons deemed to be Nigerian citizens
Section 32

(1) The President may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Chapter, prescribing all matters which are required or permitted to be prescribed or which are necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to the provisions of this Chapter, and for granting special immigrant status with full residential rights to non-Nigerian spouses of citizens of Nigeria who do not wish to acquire Nigerian citizenship.
(2) Any regulations made by the President pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be laid before the National Assembly.

Power to make regulations
Section 33

(1) Every person has a right to life, and no one shall be deprived intentionally of his life, save in execution of the sentence of a court in respect of a criminal offence of which he has been found guilty in Nigeria.
(2) A person shall not be regarded as having been deprived of his life in contravention of this section, if he dies as a result of the use, to such extent and in such circumstances as are permitted by law, of such force as is reasonably necessary –
(a) for the defence of any person from unlawful violence or for the defence of property;
(b) in order to effect a lawful arrest or to prevent the escape of a person lawfully detained; or
(c) for the purpose of suppressing a riot, insurrection or mutiny.

Right to life
Section 34

(1) Every individual is entitled to respect for the dignity of his person, and accordingly –

(a) no person shall be subject to torture or to inhuman or degrading treatment;

(b) no person shall be held in slavery or servitude; and
(c) no person shall be required to perform forced or compulsory labour.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) (c) of this section, “forced or compulsory labour” does not include –

(a) any labour required in consequence of the sentence or order of a court;

(b) any labour required of members of the armed forces of the Federation or the Nigeria Police Force in pursuance of their duties as such;

(c) in the case of persons who have conscientious objections to service in the armed forces of the Federation, any labour required instead of such service;

(d) any labour required which is reasonably necessary in the event of any emergency or calamity threatening the life or wellbeing of the community; or

(e) any labour or service that forms part of –
(i) normal communal or other civic obligations of the wellbeing of the community, (ii) such compulsory national service in the armed forces of the Federation as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly, or
(iii) such compulsory national service which forms part of the education and training of citizens of Nigeria as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

Right to dignity of human person
Section 35

(1) Every person shall be entitled to his personal liberty and no person shall be deprived of such liberty save in the following cases and in accordance with a procedure permitted by law –

(a) in execution of the sentence or order of a court in respect of a criminal offence of which he has been found guilty;

(b) by reason of his failure to comply with the order of a court or in order to secure the fulfilment of any obligation imposed upon him by law;

(c) for the purpose of bringing him before a court in execution of the order of a court or upon reasonable suspicion of his having committed a criminal offence, or to such extent as may be reasonably necessary to prevent his committing a criminal offence;

(d) in the case of a person who has not attained the age of eighteen years, for the purpose of his education or welfare;

(e) in the case of persons suffering from infectious or contagious disease, persons of unsound mind, persons addicted to drugs or alcohol or vagrants, for the purpose of their care or treatment or the protection of the community; or

(f) for the purpose of preventing the unlawful entry of any person into Nigeria or of effecting the expulsion, extradition or other lawful removal from Nigeria of any person or the taking of proceedings relating thereto:

Provided that a person who is charged with an offence and who has been detained in lawful custody awaiting trial shall not continue to be kept in such detention for a period longer than the maximum period of imprisonment prescribed for the offence.

(2) Any person who is arrested or detained shall have the right to remain silent or avoid answering any question until after consultation with a legal practitioner or any other person of his own choice.

(3) Any person who is arrested or detained shall be informed in writing within twenty-four hours (and in a language that he understands) of the facts and grounds for his arrest or detention.

(4) Any person who is arrested or detained in accordance with subsection (1) (c) of this section shall be brought before a court of law within a reasonable time, and if he is not tried within a period of –

(a) two months from the date of his arrest or detention in the case of a person who is in custody or is not entitled to bail; or

(b) three months from the date of his arrest or detention in the case of a person who has been released on bail, he shall (without prejudice to any further proceedings that may be brought against him) be released either unconditionally or upon such conditions as are reasonably necessary to ensure that he appears for trial at a later date.

(5) In subsection (4) of this section, the expression “a reasonable time” means –

(a) in the case of an arrest or detention in any place where there is a court of competent jurisdiction within a radius of forty kilometres, a period of one day; and

(b) in any other case, a period of two days or such longer period as in the circumstances may be considered by the court to be reasonable.

(6) Any person who is unlawfully arrested or detained shall be entitled to compensation and public apology from the appropriate authority or person; and in this subsection, “the appropriate authority or person” means an authority or person specified by law.

(7) Nothing in this section shall be construed –

(a) in relation to subsection (4) of this section, as applying in the case of a person arrested or detained upon reasonable suspicion of having committed a capital offence; and

(b) as invalidating any law by reason only that it authorises the detention for a period not exceeding three months of a member of the armed forces of the Federation or a member of the Nigeria Police Force in execution of a sentence imposed by an officer of the armed forces of the Federation or of the Nigeria Police Force, in respect of an offence punishable by such detention of which he has been found guilty.

Right to personal liberty
Section 36

(1) In the determination of his civil rights and obligations, including any question or determination by or against any government or authority, a person shall be entitled to a fair hearing within a reasonable time by a court or other tribunal established by law and constituted in such manner as to secure its independence and impartiality.

(2) Without prejudice to the foregoing provisions of this section, a law shall not be invalidated by reason only that it confers on any government or authority power to determine questions arising in the administration of a law that affects or may affect the civil rights and obligations of any person if such law –

(a) provides for an opportunity for the persons whose rights and obligations may be affected to make representations to the administering authority before that authority makes the decision affecting that person; and

(b) contains no provision making the determination of the administering authority final and conclusive.

(3) The proceedings of a court or the proceedings of any tribunal relating to the matters mentioned in subsection (1) of this section (including the announcement of the decisions of the court or tribunal) shall be held in public.

(4) Whenever any person is charged with a criminal offence, he shall, unless the charge is withdrawn, be entitled to a fair hearing in public within a reasonable time by a court or tribunal:
Provided that –

(a) a court or such a tribunal may exclude from its proceedings persons other than the parties thereto or their legal practitioners in the interest of defence, public safety, public order, public morality, the welfare of persons who have not attained the age of eighteen years, the protection of the private lives of the parties or to such extent as it may consider necessary by reason of special circumstances in which publicity would be contrary to the interests of justice;

(b) if in any proceedings before a court or such a tribunal, a Minister of the Government of the Federation or a Commissioner of the Government of a State satisfies the court or tribunal that it would not be in the public interest for any matter to be publicly disclosed, the court or tribunal shall make arrangements for evidence relating to that matter to be heard in private and shall take such other action as may be necessary or expedient to prevent the disclosure of the matter.

(5) Every person who is charged with a criminal offence shall be presumed to be innocent until he is proved guilty:
Provided that nothing in this section shall invalidate any law by reason only that the law imposes upon any such person the burden of proving particular facts.

(6) Every person who is charged with a criminal offence shall be entitled to –

(a) be informed promptly in the language that he understands and in detail of the nature of the offence;

(b) be given adequate time and facilities for the preparation of his defence;

(c) defend himself in person or by legal practitioners of his own choice;

(d) examine, in person or by his legal practitioners, the witnesses called by the prosecution before any court or tribunal and obtain the attendance and carry out the examination of witnesses to testify on his behalf before the court or tribunal on the same conditions as those applying to the witnesses called by the prosecution; and

(e) have, without payment, the assistance of an interpreter if he cannot understand the language used at the trial of the offence.

(7) When any person is tried for any criminal offence, the court or tribunal shall keep a record of the proceedings and the accused person or any persons authorised by him in that behalf shall be entitled to obtain copies of the judgment in the case within seven days of the conclusion of the case.

(8) No person shall be held to be guilty of a criminal offence on account of any act or omission that did not, at the time it took place, constitute such an offence, and no penalty shall be imposed for any criminal offence heavier than the penalty in force at the time the offence was committed.

(9) No person who shows that he has been tried by any court of competent jurisdiction or tribunal for a criminal offence and either convicted or acquitted shall again be tried for that offence or for a criminal offence having the same ingredients as that offence save upon the order of a superior court.

(10) No person who shows that he has been pardoned for a criminal offence shall again be tried for that offence.

(11) No person who is tried for a criminal offence shall be compelled to give evidence at the trial.

(12) Subject as otherwise provided by this Constitution, a person shall not be convicted of a criminal offence unless that offence is defined and the penalty therefor is prescribed in a written law; and in this subsection, a written law refers to an Act of the National Assembly or a Law of a State, any subsidiary legislation or instrument under the provisions of a law.

Right to fair hearing
Section 37

The privacy of citizens, their homes, correspondence, telephone conversations and telegraphic communications is hereby guaranteed and protected.

Right to private and family life
Section 38

(1) Every person shall be entitled to freedom of thought, conscience and religion, including freedom to change his religion or belief, and freedom (either alone or in community with others, and in public or in private) to manifest and propagate his religion or belief in worship, teaching, practice and observance.

(2) No person attending any place of education shall be required to receive religious instruction or to take part in or attend any religious ceremony or observance if such instruction, ceremony or observance relates to a religion other than his own, or religion not approved by his parent or guardian.

(3) No religious community or denomination shall be prevented from providing religious instruction for pupils of that community or denomination in any place of education maintained wholly by that community or denomination.

(4) Nothing in this section shall entitle any person to form, take part in the activity or be a member of a secret society.

Right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion
Section 39

(1) Every person shall be entitled to freedom of expression, including freedom to hold opinions and to receive and impart ideas and information without interference.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) of this section, every person shall be entitled to own, establish and operate any medium for the dissemination of information, ideas and opinions:
Provided that no person, other than the Government of the Federation or of a State or any other person or body authorised by the President on the fulfilment of conditions laid down by an Act of the National Assembly, shall own, establish or operate a television or wireless broadcasting station for, any purpose whatsoever.

(3) Nothing in this section shall invalidate any law that is reasonably justifiable in a democratic society –

(a) for the purpose of preventing the disclosure of information received in confidence, maintaining the authority and independence of courts or regulating telephony, wireless broadcasting, television or the exhibition of cinematograph films; or

(b) imposing restrictions upon persons holding office under the Government of the Federation or of a State, members of the armed forces of the Federation or members of the Nigeria Police Force or other Government security services or agencies established by law.

. Right to freedom of expression and the press
Section 40

Every person shall be entitled to assemble freely and associate with other persons, and in particular he may form or belong to any political party, trade union or any other association for the protection of his interests:
Provided that the provisions of this section shall not derogate from the powers conferred by this Constitution on the Independent National Electoral Commission with respect to political parties to which that Commission does not accord recognition.

Right to peaceful assembly and association
Section 41

(1) Every citizen of Nigeria is entitled to move freely throughout Nigeria and to reside in any part thereof, and no citizen of Nigeria shall be expelled from Nigeria or refused entry thereby or exit therefrom.
(2) Nothing in subsection (1) of this section shall invalidate any law that is reasonably justifiable in a democratic society-
(a) imposing restrictions on the residence or movement of any person who has committed or is reasonably suspected to have committed a criminal offence in order to prevent him from leaving Nigeria; or
(b) providing for the removal of any person from Nigeria to any other country to –
(i) be tried outside Nigeria for any criminal offence; or
(ii) undergo imprisonment outside Nigeria in execution of the sentence of a court of law in respect of a criminal offence of which he has been found guilty:
Provided that there is reciprocal agreement between Nigeria and such other country in relation to such matter.

Right to freedom of movement
Section 42

(1) A citizen of Nigeria of a particular community, ethnic group, place of origin, sex, religion or political opinion shall not, by reason only that he is such a person –
(a) be subjected either expressly by, or in the practical application of, any law in force in Nigeria or any executive or administrative action of the Government, to disabilities or restrictions to which citizens of Nigeria of other communities, ethnic groups, places of origin, sex, religions or political opinions are not made subject;
or
(b) be accorded either expressly by, or in the practical application of, any law in force in Nigeria or any such executive or administrative action, any privilege or advantage that is not accorded to citizens of Nigeria of other communities, ethnic groups, places of origin, sex, religions or political opinions.
(2) No citizen of Nigeria shall be subjected to any disability or deprivation merely by reason of the circumstances of his birth.
(3) Nothing in subsection (1) of this section shall invalidate any law by reason only that the law imposes restrictions with respect to the appointment of any person to any office under the State or as a member of the armed forces of the Federation or member of the Nigeria Police Force or to an office in the service of a body corporate established directly by any law in force in Nigeria.

Right to freedom from discrimination
Section 43

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, every citizen of Nigeria shall have the right to acquire and own immovable property anywhere in Nigeria.

Right to acquire and own immovable property anywhere in Nigeria
Section 44

(1) No moveable property or any interest in an immovable property shall be taken possession of compulsorily and no right over or interest in any such property shall be acquired compulsorily in any part of Nigeria except in the manner and for the purposes prescribed by a law that, among other things –

(a) requires the prompt payment of compensation therefor; and

(b) gives to any person claiming such compensation a right of access for the determination of his interest in the property and the amount of compensation to a court of law or tribunal or body having jurisdiction in that part of Nigeria.

(2) Nothing in subsection (1) of this section shall be construed as affecting any general law-

(a) for the imposition or enforcement of any tax, rate or duty;

(b) for the imposition of penalties or forfeiture for breach of any law, whether under civil process or after conviction for an offence;

(c) relating to leases, tenancies, mortgages, charges, bills of sale or any other rights or obligations arising out of contracts;

(d) relating to the vesting and administration of property of persons adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt or insolvent, of persons of unsound mind or deceased persons, and of corporate or unincorporate bodies in the course of being wound-up;

(e) relating to the execution of judgments or orders of court;

(f) providing for the taking of possession of property that is in a dangerous state or is injurious to the health of human beings, plants or animals;

(g) relating to enemy property;

(h) relating to trusts and trustees;

(i) relating to limitation of actions;

(j) relating to property vested in bodies corporate directly established by any law in force in Nigeria;

(k) relating to the temporary taking of possession of property for the purpose of any examination, investigation or enquiry;

(l) providing for the carrying out of work on land for the purpose of soil-conservation; or

(m) subject to prompt payment of compensation for damage to buildings, economic trees or crops, providing for any authority or person to enter, survey or dig any land, or to lay, install or erect poles, cables, wires, pipes, or other conductors or structures on any land, in order to provide or maintain the supply or distribution of energy, fuel, water, sewage, telecommunication services or other public facilities or public utilities.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the entire property in and control of all minerals, mineral oils and natural gas in, under or upon any land in Nigeria or in, under or upon the territorial waters and the Exclusive Economic Zone of Nigeria shall vest in the Government of the Federation and shall be managed in such manner as may be prescribed by the National Assembly.

Compulsory acquisition of property
Section 45

(1) Nothing in sections 37, 38, 39, 40 and 41 of this Constitution shall invalidate any law that is reasonably justifiable in a democratic society –

(a) in the interest of defence, public safety, public order, public morality or public health; or

(b) for the purpose of protecting the rights and freedom of other persons.

(2) An Act of the National Assembly shall not be invalidated by reason only that it provides for the taking, during periods of emergency, of measures that derogate from the provisions of section 33 or 35 of this Constitution; but no such measures shall be taken in pursuance of any such Act during any period of emergency save to the extent that those measures are reasonably justifiable for the purpose of dealing with the situation that exists during that period of emergency:
Provided that nothing in this section shall authorise any derogation from the provisions of section 33 of this Constitution, except in respect of death resulting from acts of war or authorise any derogation from the provisions of section 36(8) of this Constitution.

(3) In this section, a “period of emergency” means any period during which there is in force a proclamation of a state of emergency declared by the President in exercise of the powers conferred on him under section 305 of this Constitution.

Restriction on and derogation from fundamental rights
Section 46

(1) Any person who alleges that any of the provisions of this Chapter has been, is being or likely to be contravened in any State in relation to him, may apply to a High Court in that State for redress.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, a High Court shall have original jurisdiction to hear and determine any application made to it in pursuance of the provisions of this section and may make such orders, issue such writs and give such directions as it may consider appropriate for the purpose of enforcing or securing the enforcement within that State of any right to which the person who makes the application may be entitled under this Chapter.

(3) The Chief Justice of Nigeria may make rules with respect to the practice and procedure of a High Court for the purposes of this section.

(4) The National Assembly –

(a) may confer upon a High Court such powers in addition to those conferred by this section as may appear to the National Assembly to be necessary or desirable for the purpose of enabling the court more effectively to exercise the jurisdiction conferred upon it by this section; and

(b) shall make provisions-
(i) for the rendering of financial assistance to any indigent citizen of Nigeria where his right under this Chapter has been infringed or with a view to enabling him to engage the services of a legal practitioner to prosecute his claim, and
(ii) for ensuring that allegations of infringement of such rights are substantial and the requirement or need for financial or legal aid is real.

Special jurisdiction of High Court and legal aid
Section 47

There shall be a National Assembly for the Federation which shall consist of a Senate and a House of Representatives.

Establishment of the National Assembly
Section 48

The Senate shall consist of three Senators from each State and one from the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

Composition of the Senate
Section 49

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the House of Representatives shall consist of three hundred and sixty members representing constituencies of nearly equal population as far as possible, provided that no constituency shall fall within more than one State.

Composition of the House of Representatives
Section 50

(1) There shall be –
(a) a President and a Deputy President of the Senate, who shall be elected by the members of that House from among themselves;
and
(b) a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker of the House of Representatives, who shall be elected by the members of that House from among themselves.
(2) The President or Deputy President of the Senate or the Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the House of Representatives shall vacate his office –
(a) if he ceases to be a member of the Senate or of the House of Representatives, as the case may be, otherwise than by reason of a dissolution of the Senate or the House of Representatives;
or
(b) when the House of which he was a member first sits after any dissolution of that House; or
(c) if he is removed from office by a resolution of the Senate or of the House of Representatives, as the case may be, by the votes of not less than two-thirds majority of the members of that House.

President of the Senate and Speaker of the House of Representatives
Section 51

There shall be a Clerk to the National Assembly and such other staff as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly, and the method of appointment of the Clerk and other staff of the National Assembly shall be as prescribed by that Act.

Staff of the National Assembly
Section 52

(1) Every member of the Senate or the House of Representatives shall, before taking his seat, declare his assets and liabilities as prescribed in this Constitution and subsequently take and subscribe the Oath of Allegiance and the oath of membership as prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution before the President of the Senate or, as the case may be, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, but a member may before taking the oaths take part in the election of a President and a Deputy President of the Senate, as the case may be, or a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker of the House of Representatives.

[Seventh Schedule]

(2) The President and Deputy President of the Senate and the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the House of Representatives shall declare their assets and liabilities as prescribed in this Constitution and subsequently take and subscribe the Oath of Allegiance and the oath of membership prescribed as aforesaid before the Clerk of the National Assembly.

. Declaration of assets and liabilities; oaths of members
Section 53

(1) At any sitting of the National Assembly –

(a) in the case of the Senate, the President of the Senate shall preside, and in his absence the Deputy President shall preside; and

(b) in the case of the House of Representatives, the Speaker of that House shall preside, and in his absence the Deputy Speaker shall preside.

(2) At any joint sitting of the Senate and House of Representatives –

(a) the President of Senate shall preside, and in his absence the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall preside; and

(b) in the absence of the persons mentioned in paragraph (a) of this subsection, the Deputy President of the Senate shall preside, and in his absence the Deputy Speaker of the House of Representatives shall preside.

(3) In the absence of the persons mentioned in the foregoing provisions of this section, such member of the Senate or the House of Representatives or of the joint sitting, as the case may be, as the Senate or the House of Representatives or the joint sitting may elect for that purpose shall preside.

Presiding at sittings of the National Assembly and at joint sittings
Section 54

(1) The quorum of the Senate or of the House of Representatives shall be one-third of all the members of the legislative house concerned.

(1A) For the purpose of the inaugural and first sitting of the Senate or the House of Representatives, the quorum shall be at least twothirds of all the members–elect of either the Senate or the House of Representatives.
[Section 54 (1A) is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 8) Act, 2023

(2) The quorum of a joint sitting of both the Senate or of the House of Representatives shall be one-third of all the members of both Houses.

(3) If objection is taken by any member of the Senate or of the House of Representatives present that there are present in the House of which he is a member (besides the person presiding) fewer than one-third of all the members of that House and that it is not competent for the House to transact business, and after such interval as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the House, the person presiding ascertains that the number of members present is still less than one-third of all the members of the House, he shall adjourn the House.

(4) The foregoing provisions of this section shall apply in relation to a joint sitting of both Houses of the National Assembly as they apply in relation to a House of the National Assembly as if references to the Senate or the House of Representatives and to a member of either Houses are references to both Houses and to any member of the National Assembly, respectively.

Quorum
Section 55

The business of the National Assembly shall be conducted in English, and in Hausa, Igbo and Yoruba when adequate arrangements have been made therefor.
[Section 54 (1A) is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 8) Act, 2023]

Languages
Section 56

(1) Except as otherwise provided by this Constitution, any question proposed for decision in the Senate or the House of Representatives shall be determined by the required majority or the members present and voting; and the person presiding shall cast a vote whenever necessary to avoid an equality of votes but shall not vote in any other case.
(2) Except as otherwise provided by this Constitution, the required majority for the purpose of determining any question shall be a simple majority.
(3) The Senate or the House of Representatives shall by its rules provide –
(a) that a member of the House shall declare any direct pecuniary interest he may have in any matter coming before the House for deliberation;
(b) that the House may by resolution decide whether or not such member may vote, or participate in its deliberations, on such matter;
(c) the penalty, if any, which the House may impose for failure to declare any direct pecuniary interest such member may have;
and
(d) for such other matters pertaining to the foregoing as the House may think necessary, but nothing in the foregoing provisions shall enable any rules to be made to require any member, who signifies his intention not to vote on or participate in such matter, and who does not so vote or participate, to declare any such interest.

Voting
Section 57

Any person who sits or votes in the Senate or the House of Representatives knowing or having reasonable grounds for knowing that he is not entitled to do so, commits an offence and is liable on conviction to such punishment as shall be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

Unqualified person sitting or voting
Section 58

(1) The power of the National Assembly to make laws shall be exercised by bills passed by both the Senate and the House of Representatives and, except as otherwise provided by subsection
(5) of this section, assented to by the President.

(2) A bill may originate in either the Senate or the House of Representatives and shall not become law unless it has been passed and, except as otherwise provided by this section and section 59 of this Constitution, assented to in accordance with the provisions of this section.

(3) Where a bill has been passed by the House in which it originated, it shall be sent to the other House, and it shall be presented to the President for assent when it has been passed by that other House and agreement has been reached between the two Houses on any amendment made on it.

(4) Where a bill is presented to the President for assent, he shall within thirty days thereof signify that he assents or that he withholds assent.

(5) Where the President withholds his assent and the bill is again passed by each House by two-thirds majority, the bill shall become law and the assent of the President shall not be required.

Mode of exercising Federal legislative power: general
Section 59

(1) The provisions of this section shall apply to-

(a) an appropriation bill or a supplementary appropriation bill, including any other bill for the payment, issue or withdrawal from the Consolidated Revenue Fund or any other public fund of the Federation of any money charged thereon or any alteration in the amount of such a payment, issue or withdrawal; and

(b) a bill for the imposition of or increase in any tax, duty or fee or any reduction, withdrawal or cancellation thereof.

(2) Where a bill to which this section applies is passed by one of the Houses of the National Assembly but is not passed by the other House within a period of two months from the commencement of a financial year, the President of the Senate shall within fourteen days thereafter arrange for and convene a meeting of the joint finance committee to examine the bill with a view to resolving the differences between the two Houses.

(3) Where the joint finance committee fails to resolve such differences, then the bill shall be presented to the National Assembly sitting at a joint meeting, and if the bill is passed at such joint meeting, it shall be presented to the President for assent.

(4) Where the President, within thirty days after the presentation of the bill to him, fails to signify his assent or where he withholds assent, then the bill shall again be presented to the National Assembly sitting at a joint meeting, and if passed by two- thirds majority of members of both Houses at such joint meeting, the bill shall become law and the assent of the President shall not be required.

(5) In this section, “joint finance committee” refers to the joint committee of the National Assembly on finance established pursuant to section 62(3) of this Constitution.

. Mode of exercising Federal legislative power: money bills
Section 60

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Senate or the House of Representatives shall have power to regulate its own procedure, including the procedure for summoning and recess of the House.

Regulation of procedure
Section 61

The Senate or the House of Representatives may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its membership, and the presence or participation of any person not entitled to be present at or to participate in the proceedings of the House shall not invalidate those proceedings.

Vacancy or participation of strangers not to invalidate proceedings
Section 62

(1) The Senate or the House of Representatives may appoint a committee of its members for such special or general purpose as in its opinion would be better regulated and managed by means of such a committee, and may by resolution, regulation or otherwise, as it thinks fit, delegate any functions exercisable by it to any such committee.

(2) The number of members of a committee appointed under this section, their terms of office and quorum shall be fixed by the House appointing it.

(3) The Senate and the House of Representatives shall appoint a joint committee on finance consisting of an equal number of persons appointed by each House and may appoint any other joint committee under the provisions of this section.

(4) Nothing in this section shall be construed as authorising such House to delegate to a committee the power to decide whether a bill shall be passed into law or to determine any matter which it is empowered to determine by resolution under the provisions of this Constitution, but the committee may be authorised to make recommendations to the House on any such matter.

Committees
Section 63

The Senate and the House of Representatives shall each sit for a period of not less than one hundred and eighty-one days in a year.

Sittings
Section 64

(1) The Senate and the House of Representatives shall each stand dissolved at the expiration of a period of four years commencing from the date of the first sitting of the House.

(2) If the Federation is at war in which the territory of Nigeria is physically involved and the President considers that it is not practicable to hold elections, the National Assembly may by resolution extend the period of four years mentioned in subsection (1) of this section from time to time but not beyond a period of six months at any one time.

(3) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the person elected as the President shall have power to issue a proclamation for the holding of the first session of the National Assembly immediately after his being sworn in, or for its dissolution as provided in this section.

. Dissolution and issue of proclamations by president.
Section 65

(1) Subject to the provisions of section 66 of this Constitution, a person shall be qualified for election as a member of –

(a) the Senate, if he is a citizen of Nigeria and has attained the age of thirty-five years; and

(b) the House of Representatives, if he is a citizen of Nigeria and has attained the age of twenty-five years;
[Section 65(1)(b) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.27) Act 2017]

(2) A person shall be qualified for election under subsection (1) of this section if –

(a) he has been educated up to at least School Certificate level or its equivalent; and

(b) he is a member of a political party and is sponsored by that party.

Qualifications for election
Section 66

(1) No person shall be qualified for election to the Senate or the House of Representatives if-

(a) subject to the provisions of section 28 of this Constitution, he has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a country other than Nigeria or, except in such cases as may be prescribed by the National Assembly, has made a declaration of allegiance to such a country;

(b) under any law in force in any part of Nigeria, he is adjudged to be a lunatic or otherwise declared to be of unsound mind;

(c) he is under a sentence of death imposed on him by any competent court of law or tribunal in Nigeria or a sentence of imprisonment or fine for an offence involving dishonesty or fraud (by whatever name called) or any other sentence imposed on him by such a court or tribunal or substituted by a competent authority for any other sentence imposed on him by such a court;

(d) within a period of less than ten years before the date of an election to a legislative house, he has been convicted and sentenced for an offence involving dishonesty or he has been found guilty of a contravention of the Code of Conduct;

(e) he is an undischarged bankrupt, having been adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt under any law in force in any part of Nigeria;

(f) he is a person employed in the public service of the Federation or of any State and has not resigned, withdrawn or retired from such employment thirty days before the date of election;

(g) he is a member of a secret society;

(h) he has been indicted for embezzlement or fraud by a Judicial Commission of Inquiry or an Administrative Panel of Inquiry or a Tribunal set up under the Tribunals of Inquiry Act, a Tribunals of Inquiry Law or any other law by the Federal or State Government which indictment has been accepted by the Federal or State Governments respectively; or
[Section 66(1)(h) is deleted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(i) he has presented a forged certificate to the Independent National Electoral Commission.

(2) Where in respect of any person who has been-

(a) adjudged to be a lunatic;

(b) declared to be of unsound mind;

(c) sentenced to death or imprisonment; or

(d) adjudged or declared bankrupt, any appeal against the decision is pending in any court of law in accordance with any law in force in Nigeria, subsection (1) of the section shall not apply during a period beginning from the date when such appeal is lodged and ending on the date when the appeal is finally determined or, as the case may be, the appeal lapses or is abandoned, whichever is earlier.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) of this section “appeal” includes any application for an injunction or an order certiorari, mandamus, prohibition or habeas corpus, or any appeal from any such application.

Disqualifications
Section 67

(1) The President may attend any joint meeting of the National Assembly or any meeting of either House of the National Assembly, either to deliver an address on national affairs including fiscal measures, or to make such statement on the policy of government as he considers to be of national importance.

(2) A Minister of the Government of the Federation shall attend either House of the National Assembly if invited to explain to the House the conduct of his Ministry, and in particular when the affairs of that Ministry are under discussion.

(3) Nothing in this section shall enable any person who is not a member of the Senate or of the House of Representatives to vote in that House or in any of its committees.

Right of attendance of President
Section 68

(1) A member of the Senate or of the House of Representatives shall vacate his seat in the House of which he is a member if –
(a) he becomes a member of another legislative house;
(b) any other circumstances arise that, if he were not a member of the Senate or the House of Representatives, would cause him to be disqualified for election as a member;
(c) he ceases to be a citizen of Nigeria;
(d) he becomes President, Vice-President, Governor, Deputy Governor or a Minister of the Government of the Federation or a Commissioner of the Government of a State or a Special Adviser.
(e) save as otherwise prescribed by this Constitution, he becomes a member of a commission or other body established by this Constitution or by any other law;
(f) without just cause he is absent from meetings of the House of which he is a member for a period amounting in the aggregate to more than one-third of the total number of days during which the House meets in any one year;
(g) being a person whose election to the House was sponsored by a political party, he becomes a member of another political party before the expiration of the period for which that House was elected;
Provided that his membership of the latter political party is not as a result of a division in the political party of which he was previously a member or of a merger of two or more political parties or factions by one of which he was previously sponsored;
or
(h) the President of the Senate or, as the case may be, the Speaker of the House of Representatives receives a certificate under the hand of the Chairman of the Independent National Electoral Commission stating that the provisions of section 69 of this Constitution have been complied with in respect of the recall of that member.
(2) The President of the Senate or the Speaker of the House of Representatives, as the case may be, shall give effect to the provisions of subsection (1) of this section, so however that the President of the Senate or the Speaker of the House of Representatives or a member shall first present evidence satisfactory to the House concerned that any of the provisions of that subsection has become applicable in respect of that member.
(3) A member of the Senate or of the House of Representatives shall be deemed to be absent without just cause from a meeting of the House of which he is a member, unless the person presiding certifies in writing that he is satisfied that the absence of the member from the meeting was for a just cause.

Tenure of seat of members
Section 69

A member of the Senate or of the House Representatives may be recalled as such a member if –
(a) there is presented to the Chairman of the Independent National Electoral Commission a petition in that behalf signed by more than one-half of the persons registered to vote in that member’s constituency alleging their loss of confidence in that member and which signatures are duly verified by the Independent National Electoral Commission; and
[Section 69(a) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]
(b) the petition is thereafter, in a referendum conducted by the Independent National Electoral Commission within ninety days of the date of receipt of the petition, approved by a simple majority of the votes of the persons registered to vote in that member’s constituency.

Recall
Section 70

A member of the Senate or of the House of Representatives shall receive such salary and other allowances as Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission may determine.

Remuneration
Section 71

Subject to the provisions of section 72 of this Constitution, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall –
(a) divide each State of the Federation into three Senatorial districts for purposes of elections to the Senate; and
(b) subject to the provisions of section 49 of this Constitution, divide the Federation into three hundred and sixty Federal constituencies for purposes of elections to the House of Representatives.

Senatorial districts and Federal constituencies
Section 72

No Senatorial district or Federal constituency shall fall within more than one State, and the boundaries of each district or constituency shall be as contiguous as possible and be such that the number of inhabitants thereof is as nearly equal to the population quota as is reasonably practicable.

Size of Senatorial districts and Federal constituencies
Section 73

(1) The Independent National Electoral Commission shall review the division of States and of the Federation into Senatorial districts and Federal constituencies at intervals of not less than ten years, and may alter the districts or constituencies in accordance with the provisions of this section to such extent as it may consider desirable in the light of the review.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) of this section, the Independent National Electoral Commission may at any time carry out such a review and alter the districts or constituencies in accordance with the provisions of this section to such extent as it considers necessary, in consequence of any amendment to section 3 of this Constitution or any provision replacing that section, or by reason of the holding of a census of the population, or pursuant to an Act of the National Assembly.

Periodical review of Senatorial districts and Federal constituencies
Section 74

Where the boundaries of any Senatorial district or Federal constituency established under section 71 of this Constitution are altered in accordance with the provisions of section 73 hereof, the alteration shall come into effect after it has been approved by each House of the National Assembly and after the current life of the Senate (in the case of an alteration to the boundaries of a Senatorial district) or the House of Representatives (in the case of an alteration to the boundaries of a Federal constituency).

Time when alteration of Senatorial districts or Federal constituencies takes effect
Section 75

For the purposes of section 72 of this Constitution, the number of inhabitants of Nigeria or any part thereof shall be ascertained by reference to the 1991 census of the population of Nigeria or the latest census held in pursuance of an Act of the National Assembly after the coming into force of the provisions of this Part of this Chapter of this Constitution.
[Section 75 is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

Ascertainment of population
Section 76

(1) Elections to each House of the National Assembly shall be held on a date to be appointed by the Independent National Electoral Commission in accordance with the Electoral Act.
[Section 76(1) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]
(2) The date mentioned in subsection (1) of this section shall not be earlier than one hundred and fifty days and not later than thirty days before the date on which the House stands dissolved, or where the election is to fill a vacancy occurring more than ninety days before such date; not later than thirty days after the vacancy occurred.
[Section 76(2) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Second Alteration Act) 2010]

Time of election to the National Assembly
Section 77

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, every Senatorial district or Federal constituency established in accordance with the provisions of this Part of this Chapter shall return one member who shall be directly elected to the Senate or the House of Representatives in such manner as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.
(2) Every citizen of Nigeria, who has attained the age of eighteen years, residing in Nigeria at the time of the registration of voters for purposes of election to a legislative house, shall be entitled to be registered as a voter for that election.

Direct election and franchise
Section 78

The registration of voters and the conduct of elections shall be subject to the direction and supervision of the Independent National Electoral Commission.

Supervision of election
Section 79

The National Assembly shall make provisions as respects –

(a) persons who may apply to an election tribunal for determination of any question as to whether –
(i) any person has been validly elected as a member of the Senate or of the House of Representatives,
(ii) the term of office of any person has ceased, or
(iii) the seat in the Senate or in the House of Representatives of a member of that House has become vacant;

(b) circumstances and manner in which, and the conditions upon which, such application may be made; and

(c) powers, practice and procedure of the election tribunal in relation to any such application.

Power of the National Assembly as to determination of certain questions
Section 80

(1) All revenues or other moneys raised or received by the Federation (not being revenues or other moneys payable under this Constitution or any Act of the National Assembly into any other public fund of the Federation established for a specific purpose) shall be paid into and form one Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation.

(2) No moneys shall be withdrawn from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation except to meet expenditure that is charged upon the fund by this Constitution or where the issue of those moneys has been authorised by an Appropriation Act, Supplementary Appropriation Act or an Act passed in pursuance of section 81 of this Constitution.

(3) No moneys shall be withdrawn from any public fund of the Federation, other than the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation, unless the issue of those moneys has been authorised by an Act of the National Assembly.

(4) No moneys shall be withdrawn from the Consolidated Revenue Fund or any other public fund of the Federation, except in the manner prescribed by the National Assembly.

Establishment of Consolidated Revenue Fund
Section 81

(1) The President shall cause to be prepared and laid before each House of the National Assembly at any time in each financial year estimates of the revenues and expenditure of the Federation for the next following financial year.

(2) The heads of expenditure contained in the estimates (other than expenditure charged upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation by this Constitution) shall be included in a bill, to be known as an Appropriation Bill, providing for the issue from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the sums necessary to meet that expenditure and the appropriation of those sums for the purposes specified therein.
[Section 81(3) is substituted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(3) The amount standing to the credit of the –

(a) Independent National Electoral Commission,

(b) National Assembly, and

(c) Judiciary, in the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation shall be paid directly to the said bodies respectively; in the case of the Judiciary, such amount shall be paid to the National Judicial Council for disbursement to the heads of the courts established for the Federation and the States under section 6 of this Constitution.

(4) If in respect of any financial year it is found that –
(a) the amount appropriated by the Appropriation Act for any purpose is insufficient; or

(b) a need has arisen for expenditure for a purpose for which no amount has been appropriated by the Act, a supplementary estimate showing the sums required shall be laid before each House of the National Assembly and the heads of any such expenditure shall be included in a Supplementary Appropriation Bill.

Authorisation of expenditure from Consolidated Revenue Fund
Section 82

If the Appropriation Bill in respect of any financial year has not been passed into law by the beginning of the financial year, the President may authorise the withdrawal of moneys in the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation for the purpose of meeting expenditure necessary to carry on the services of the Government of the Federation for a period not exceeding six months or until the coming into operation of the Appropriation Act, whichever is the earlier:
Provided that the withdrawal in respect of any such period shall not exceed the amount authorised to be withdrawn from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation under the provisions of the Appropriation Act passed by the National Assembly for the corresponding period in the immediately preceding financial year, being an amount proportionate to the total amount so authorised for the immediately preceding financial year.

Authorisation of expenditure in default appropriations
Section 83

(1) The National Assembly may by law make provisions for the establishment of a Contingencies Fund for the Federation and for authorising the President, if satisfied that there has arisen an urgent and unforeseen need for expenditure for which no other provision exists, to make advances from the Fund to meet the need.

(2) Where any advance is made in accordance with the provisions of this section, a supplementary estimate shall be presented and a Supplementary Appropriation Bill shall be introduced as soon as possible for the purpose of replacing the amount so advanced.

Contingencies Fund
Section 84

(1) There shall be paid to the holders of the offices mentioned in this section such remuneration, salaries and allowances as may be prescribed by the National Assembly, but not exceeding the amount as shall have been determined by the Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission.

(2) The remuneration, salaries and allowances payable to the holders of the offices so mentioned shall be a charge upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation.

(3) The remuneration and salaries payable to the holders of the said offices and their conditions of service, other than allowances, shall not be altered to their disadvantage after their appointment.

(4) The offices aforesaid are the offices of President, Vice-President, Chief Justice of Nigeria, Justice of the Supreme Court, President of the Court of Appeal, Justice of the Court of Appeal, Chief Judge of the Federal High Court, Judge of the Federal High Court, President of the National Industrial Court, Judge of the National Industrial Court, Chief Judge and Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, Chief Judge of a State, Judge of the High Court of a State, Grand Kadi and Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, President and Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, Grand Kadi and Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of a State, President and Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal of a State, the Auditor-General for the Federation and the Chairmen and members of the following executive bodies, namely, the Code of Conduct Bureau, the Federal Civil Service Commission, the Independent National Electoral Commission, the National Judicial Council, the Federal Judicial Service Commission, the Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, the Federal Character Commission, the Code of Conduct Tribunal, the National Population Commission, the Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission, the Nigeria Police Council and the Police Service Commission.
[Section 84(4) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Third Alteration Act) 2010]

(5) Any person who has held office as President or Vice-President shall be entitled to pension for life at a rate equivalent to the annual salary of the incumbent President or Vice-President:
Provided that such a person was not removed from office by the process of impeachment or for breach of any provisions of this Constitution.

(6) Any pension granted by virtue of subsection (5) of this section shall be a charge upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation.

(7) The recurrent expenditure of judicial offices in the Federation (in addition to salaries and allowances of the judicial officers mentioned in subsection (4) of this section) shall be charge upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation.

(8) The recurrent expenditure of the Independent National Electoral Commission, in addition to salaries and allowances of the Chairman and members, shall be a charge upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation.
[Section 84(8) is inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

Remuneration, etc. of the President and certain other officers
Section 85

(1) There shall be an Auditor-General for the Federation who shall be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 86 of this Constitution.

(2) The public accounts of the Federation and of all offices and courts of the Federation shall be audited and reported on by the Auditor-General who shall submit his reports to the National Assembly; and for that purpose, the Auditor-General or any person authorised by him in that behalf shall have access to all the books, records, returns and other documents relating to those accounts.

(3) Nothing in subsection (2) of this section shall be construed as authorising the Auditor-General to audit the accounts of or appoint auditors for government statutory corporations, commissions, authorities, agencies, including all persons and bodies established by an Act of the National Assembly, but the Auditor-General shall –

(a) provide such bodies with –
(i) a list of auditors qualified to be appointed by them as external auditors and from which the bodies shall appoint their external auditors, and
(ii) guidelines on the level of fees to be paid to external auditors; and

(b) comment on their annual accounts and auditor’s reports thereon.

(4) The Auditor-General shall have power to conduct periodic checks of all government statutory corporations, commissions, authorities, agencies, including all persons and bodies established by an Act of the National Assembly.

(5) The Auditor-General shall, within ninety days of receipt of the Accountant-General’s financial statement, submit his reports under this section to each House of the National Assembly and each House shall cause the reports to be considered by a committee of the House of the National Assembly responsible for public accounts.

(6) In the exercise of his functions under this Constitution, the Auditor-General shall not be subject to the direction or control of any other authority or person.

Audit of public accounts
Section 86

(1) The Auditor-General for the Federation shall be appointed by the President on the recommendation of the Federal Civil Service Commission, subject to confirmation by the Senate.

(2) The power to appoint persons to act in the office of the AuditorGeneral shall vest in the President.
(3) Except with the sanction of a resolution of the Senate, no person shall act in the office of the Auditor-General for a period exceeding six months.

Appointment of Auditor-General
Section 87

(1) A person holding the office of the Auditor-General for the Federation shall be removed from office by the President acting on an address supported by two-thirds majority of the Senate praying that he be so removed for inability to discharge the functions of his office (whether arising from infirmity of mind or body or any other cause) or for misconduct.
(2) The Auditor-General shall not be removed from office before such retiring age as may be prescribed by law, save in accordance with the provisions of this section.

Tenure of office of Auditor-General
Section 88

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, each House of the National Assembly shall have power by resolution published in its journal or in the Official Gazette of the Government of the Federation to direct or cause to be directed investigation into –
(a) any matter or thing with respect to which it has power to make laws; and
(b) the conduct of affairs of any person, authority, Ministry or government department charged, or intended to be charged, with the duty of or responsibility for –
(i) executing or administering laws enacted by National Assembly, and
(ii) disbursing or administering moneys appropriated or to be appropriated by the National Assembly.
(2) The powers conferred on the National Assembly under the provisions of this section are exercisable only for the purpose of enabling it to –
(a) make laws with respect to any matter within its legislative competence and correct any defects in existing laws; and
(b) expose corruption, inefficiency or waste in the execution or administration of laws within its legislative competence and in the disbursement or administration of funds appropriated by it.

Power to conduct investigations
Section 89

(1) For the purposes of any investigation under section 88 of this Constitutional and subject to the provisions thereof, the Senate or the House of Representatives or a committee appointed in accordance with section 62 of this Constitution shall have power to –

(a) procure all such evidence, written or oral, direct or circumstantial, as it may think necessary or desirable, and examine all persons as witnesses whose evidence may be material or relevant to the subject matter;

(b) require such evidence to be given on oath;

(c) summon any person in Nigeria to give evidence at any place or produce any document or other thing in his possession or under his control, and examine him as a witness and require him to produce any document or other thing in his possession or under his control, subject to all just exceptions; and

(d) issue a warrant to compel the attendance of any person who, after having been summoned to attend, fails, refuses or neglects to do so and does not excuse such failure, refusal or neglect to the satisfaction of the House or the committee in question, and order him to pay all costs which may have been occasioned in compelling his attendance or by reason of his failure, refusal or neglect to obey the summons, and also to impose such fine as may be prescribed for any such failure, refusal or neglect; and any fine so imposed shall be recoverable in the same manner as a fine imposed by a court of law.

(2) A summons or warrant issued under this section may be served or executed by any member of the Nigeria Police Force or by any person authorised in that behalf by the President of the Senate or the Speaker of the House of Representatives, as the case may require.

Power as to matters of evidence
Section 90

There shall be a House of Assembly for each of the States of the Federation.

Establishment of House of Assembly for each State
Section 91

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, a House of Assembly of a State shall consist of three or four times the number of seats which that State has in the House of Representatives divided in a way to reflect, as far as possible, nearly equal population:
Provided that a House of Assembly of a State shall consist of not less than twenty-four and not more than forty members.

Composition of the House of Assembly
Section 92

(1) There shall be a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker of a House of Assembly who shall be elected by the members of the House from among themselves.
(2) The Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the House of Assembly shall vacate his office –
(a) if he ceases to be a member of the House of Assembly, otherwise than by reason of the dissolution of the House;
(b) when the House first sits after any dissolution of House; or
(c) if he is removed from office by a resolution of House of Assembly by the votes of not less than two-third majority of the members of the House.

Speaker of House of Assembly
Section 93

There shall be a Clerk to a House of Assembly and such other staff as may be prescribed by a Law enacted by the House of Assembly, and the method of appointment of the Clerk and other staff of the House shall be as prescribed by that Law.

Staff of House of Assembly
Section 94

(1) Every person elected to a House of Assembly shall, before taking his seat in that House, declare his assets and liabilities in the manner prescribed in this Constitution and subsequently take and subscribe before the Speaker of the House, the Oath of Allegiance and oath of membership prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution, but a member may, before taking the oaths, take part in the election of the Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House of Assembly.
[Seventh Schedule]
(2) The Speaker and Deputy Speaker of a House of Assembly shall declare their assets and liabilities in the manner prescribed by this Constitution and subsequently take and subscribe to the Oath of Allegiance and the oath of membership prescribed as aforesaid before the Clerk of the House of Assembly.

Declaration of assets and liabilities; oaths of members
Section 95

(1) At any sitting of a House of Assembly, the Speaker of that House shall preside, and in his absence the Deputy Speaker shall preside.

(2) In the absence of the Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House, such member of the House as the House may elect for a purpose shall preside.

Presiding at sittings
Section 96

(1) The quorum of a House of Assembly shall be one-third of all the members of the House.

(1A) For the purpose of the inaugural and first sitting of the House of Assembly of a State, the quorum shall be at least two-thirds of all the members-elect of the House of Assembly of the State.
[Section 96 (1A) is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 8) Act, 2023]

(2) If objection is taken by any member of a House of Assembly present that there are present in that House (besides the person presiding) fewer than one-third of all the members of that House and that it is not competent for the House to transact business, and after such interval as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the House, the person presiding ascertains that the number of members present is still less than one-third of all the members of the House, he shall adjourn the House.

Quorum
Section 97

The business of a House of Assembly shall be conducted in English, but the House may in addition to English conduct the business of the House in one or more other languages spoken in the State as the House may by resolution approve.

Languages
Section 98

(1) Except as otherwise provided by this Constitution, any question proposed for decision in a House of Assembly shall be determined by the required majority of the members present and voting; and the person presiding shall cast a vote whenever necessary to avoid an equality of votes but shall not vote in any other case.

(2) Except as otherwise provided by this Constitution, the required majority for the purpose of determining any question shall be a simple majority.

(3) A House of Assembly shall by its rules provide –

(a) that a member of the House shall declare any direct pecuniary interest he may have in any matter coming before the House for deliberation;

(b) that the House may by resolution decide whether or not such member may vote or participate in its deliberations, on such matter;

(c) the penalty, if any, which the House may impose for failure to declare any direct pecuniary interest such member may have; and

(d) for such other matters pertaining to the foregoing as the House may think necessary, but nothing in this subsection shall enable any rules to be made to require any member, who signifies his intention not to vote on or participate in such matter, and who does not so vote or participate, to declare any such interest.

Voting
Section 99

Any person who sits or votes in a House of Assembly of a State knowing or having reasonable grounds for knowing that he is not entitled to do so commits an offence and is liable on conviction to such punishment as shall be prescribed by a Law of the House of Assembly.

Unqualified person sitting or voting
Section 100

(1) The power of a House of Assembly to make laws shall be exercised by bills passed by the House of Assembly and, except as otherwise provided by this section, assented to by the Governor.

(2) A bill shall not become law unless it has been duly passed and, subject to subsection (1) of this section, assented to in accordance with the provisions of this section.

(3) Where a bill has been passed by the House of Assembly it shall be presented to the Governor for assent.

(4) Where a bill is presented to the Governor for assent he shall within thirty days thereof signify that he assents or that he withholds assent.

(5) Where the Governor withholds assent and the bill is again passed by the House of Assembly by two-thirds majority, the bill shall become law and the assent of the Governor shall not be required.

Mode of exercising legislative power of a State
Section 101

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, a House of Assembly shall have power to regulate its own procedure, including the procedure for summoning and recess of the House.

Regulation of procedure
Section 102

A House of Assembly may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its membership, and the presence or participation of any person not entitled to be present at or to participate in the proceedings of the House shall not invalidate such proceedings.

Vacancy or participation of strangers not to invalidate proceedings
Section 103

(1) A House of Assembly may appoint a committee of its members for any special or general purpose as in its opinion would be better regulated and managed by means of such a committee, and may by resolution, regulation or otherwise as it thinks fit delegate any functions exercisable by it to any such committee.

(2) The number of members of a committee appointed under this section, their term of office and quorum shall be fixed by the House of Assembly.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as authorising a House of Assembly to delegate to a committee the power to decide whether a bill shall be passed into law or to determine any matter which it is empowered to determine by resolution under the provisions of this Constitution, but such a ommittee of the House may be authorised to make recommendations to the House on any such matter.

Committees
Section 104

A House of Assembly shall sit for a period of not less than one hundred and eighty-one days in a year.

Sittings
Section 105

(1) A House of Assembly shall stand dissolved at the expiration of a period of four years commencing from the date of the first sitting of the House.

(2) If the Federation is at war in which the territory of Nigeria is physically involved and the President considers that it is not practicable to hold elections, the National Assembly may by resolution extend the period of four years mentioned in subsection (1) of this section from time to time but not beyond a period of six months at any one time.

(3) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the person elected as the Governor of a State shall have power to issue a proclamation for the holding of the first session of the House of Assembly of the State concerned immediately after his being sworn in, or for its dissolution as provided in this section.

Dissolution and issue of proclamation by Governor
Section 106

Subject to the provisions of section 107 of this Constitution, a person shall be qualified for election as a member of a House of Assembly if –
(a) he is a citizen of Nigeria;
(b) he has attained the age of twenty-five years;
[Section 106(b) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.27) Act 2017]
(c) he has been educated up to at least the School Certificate level or its equivalent; and
(d) he is a member of a political party and is sponsored by that party.

Qualifications for elections
Section 107

(1) No person shall be qualified for election to a House of Assembly if –

(a) subject to the provisions of Section 28 of this Constitution, he has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a country other than Nigeria, or except in such cases as may be prescribed by the National Assembly, has made a declaration of allegiance to such a country;

(b) under any law in force in any part of Nigeria, he is adjudged to be a lunatic or otherwise declared to be of unsound mind;

(c) he is under a sentence of death imposed on him by any competent court of law or tribunal in Nigeria or a sentence of imprisonment or fine for an offence involving dishonesty or fraud (by whatever name called) or any other offence imposed on him by such a court or tribunal substituted by a competent authority for any other sentence imposed on him by such a court or tribunal;

(d) within a period of less than ten years before the date of an election to the House of Assembly, he has been convicted and sentenced for an offence involving dishonesty or he has been found guilty of a contravention of the Code of Conduct;

(e) he is an undischarged bankrupt, having been adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt under any law in force in any part of Nigeria;

(f) he is a person employed in the public service of the Federation or of any State and he has not resigned, withdrawn or retired from such employment thirty days before the date of election;

(g) he is a member of any secret society;

(h) he has been indicted for embezzlement or fraud by a Judicial Commission of Inquiry or an Administrative Panel of Inquiry or a Tribunal set up under the Tribunals of Inquiry Act, a Tribunals of Inquiry Law or any other law by the Federal and State Government which indictment has been accepted by the Federal or State Governments respectively; or
[Section 107(1)(h) is deleted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(i) he has presented a forged certificate to the Independent National Electoral Commission.

(2) Where in respect of any person who has been –

(a) adjudged to be a lunatic;

(b) declared to be of unsound mind;

(c) sentenced to death or imprisonment; or

(d) adjudged or declared bankrupt, any appeal against the decision is pending in any court of law in accordance with any law in force in Nigeria, subsection (1) of this section shall not apply during a period beginning from the date when such appeal is lodged and ending on the date when the appeal is finally determined or, as the case may be, the appeal lapses or is abandoned, whichever is earlier.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) of this section, an “appeal” includes any application for an injunction or an order of certiorari, mandamus, prohibition or habeas corpus, or any appeal from any such application.

Disqualifications
Section 108

(1) The Governor of a State may attend a meeting of a House of Assembly of the State either to deliver an address on State affairs or to make such statement on the policy of government as he may consider to be of importance to the State.

(2) A Commissioner of the Government of a State shall attend the House of Assembly of the State if invited to explain to the House of Assembly the conduct of his Ministry, and in particular when the affairs of that Ministry are under discussion.

(3) Nothing in this section shall enable any person who is not a member of a House of Assembly to vote in that House or in any of its committees.

Right of attendance of Governor
Section 109

(1) A member of a House of Assembly shall vacate his seat in the House if –

(a) he becomes a member of another legislative house;

(b) any other circumstances arise that, if he were not a member of that House, would cause him to be disqualified for election as such a member;

(c) he ceases to be a citizen of Nigeria;

(d) he becomes President, Vice-President, Governor, Deputy Governor or a Minister of the Government of the Federation or a Commissioner of the Government of a State or a Special Adviser;

(e) save as otherwise provided by this Constitution, he becomes a member of a commission or other body established by this Constitution or by any other law;

(f) without just cause, he is absent from meetings of the House of Assembly for a period amounting in the aggregate to more than one-third of the total number of days during which the House meets in any one year;

(g) being a person whose election to the House of Assembly was sponsored by a political party, he becomes a member of any other political party before the expiration of the period for which that House was elected:
Provided that his membership of the latter political party is not as a result of a division in the political party of which he was previously a member or of a merger of two or more political parties or factions by one of which he was previously sponsored;
or

(h) the Speaker of the House of Assembly receives a certificate under the hand of the Chairman of the Independent National Electoral Commission stating that the provisions of section 110 of this Constitution have been complied with in respect of the recall of the member.

(2) The Speaker of the House of Assembly shall give effect to subsection (1) of this section, so however that the Speaker or a member shall first present evidence satisfactory to the House that any of the provisions of that subsection has become applicable in respect of the member.

(3) A member of a House of Assembly shall be deemed to be absent without just cause from a meeting of the House of Assembly unless the person presiding certifies in writing that he is satisfied that the absence of the member from the meeting was for a just cause.

Tenure of seat of members
Section 110

A member of the House of Assembly may be recalled as such a member if –

(a) there is presented to the Chairman of the Independent National Electoral Commission a petition in that behalf signed by more than one-half of the persons registered to vote in that member’s constituency alleging their loss of confidence in that member and which signatures are duly verified by the Independent National Electoral Commission; and
[Section 110(a) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(b) the petition is thereafter, in a referendum conducted by the Independent National Electoral Commission within ninety days of the date of the receipt of the petition, approved by a simple majority of the votes of the persons registered to vote in that member’s constituency.

. Recall
Section 111

A member of the House of Assembly shall receive such salary and other allowances as the Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission may determine.

Remuneration
Section 112

Subject to the provisions of sections 91 and 113 of this Constitution, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall divide every State in the Federation into such number of State constituencies as is equal to three or four times the number of Federal constituencies within that State.

State Constituencies
Section 113

The boundaries of each State constituency shall be such that the number of inhabitants thereof is as nearly equal to the population quota as is reasonably practicable.

Size of State Constituencies
Section 114

(1) The Independent National Electoral Commission shall review the division of every State into constituencies at intervals of not less than ten years, and may alter such constituencies in accordance with the provisions of this section to such extent as it may consider desirable in the light of the review.

(2) The Independent National Electoral Commission may at any time carry out such a review and alter the constituencies in accordance with the provisions of this section to such extent as it considers necessary in consequence of any alteration of the boundaries of the State or by reason of the holding of a census of the population of Nigeria in pursuance of an Act of the National Assembly.

Periodical review of State Constituencies
Section 115

Where the boundaries of any State constituency established under section 112 of this Constitution are altered in accordance with the provisions of section 114 of this Constitution, that alteration shall come into effect after it has been approved by the National Assembly and after the current life of the House of Assembly.

Time when alteration of State Constituencies takes effect
Section 116

(1) Elections to a House of Assembly shall be held on a date to be appointed by the Independent National Electoral Commission in accordance with the Electoral Act.
[Section 116(1) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]
(2) The date mentioned in subsection (1) of this section shall not be earlier than one hundred and fifty days and not later than thirty days before the date on which the House stands dissolved, or where the election is to fill a vacancy occurring more than ninety days before such date, not later than thirty days after the vacancy occurred.
[Section 116(2) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Second Alteration Act) 2010]

Time of elections to Houses of Assembly
Section 117

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, every State constituency established in accordance with the provisions of this part of this Chapter shall return one member who shall be directly elected to a House of Assembly in such manner as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.
(2) Every citizen of Nigeria, who has attained the age of eighteen years, residing in Nigeria at the time of the registration of voters for purposes of election to any legislative House, shall be entitled to be registered as a voter for that election.

Direct election and franchise
Section 118

The registration of voters and the conduct of elections shall be subject to the direction and supervision of the Independent National Electoral Commission.

Supervision of election
Section 119

The National Assembly shall make provisions as respects –
(a) persons who may apply to an election tribunal for the determination of any question as to whether-
(i) any person has been validly elected as a member of a House of Assembly,
(ii) the term of office of any person has ceased, or
(iii) the seat in a House of Assembly of a member of that House has become vacant;
(b) circumstances and manner in which, and the conditions upon which, such application may be made; and
(c) powers, practice and procedure of the election tribunal in relation to any such application.

. Power of National Assembly as to determination of certain questions
Section 120

(1) All revenues or other moneys raised or received by a State (not being revenues or other moneys payable under this Constitution or any Law of a House of Assembly into any other public fund of the State established for a specific purpose) shall be paid into and form one Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State.

(2) No moneys shall be withdrawn from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State except to meet expenditure that is charged upon the Fund by this Constitution or where the issue of those moneys has been authorised by an Appropriation Law, Supplementary Appropriation Law or Law passed in pursuance of section 121 of this Constitution.

(3) No moneys shall be withdrawn from any public fund of the State, other than the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State, unless the issue of those moneys has been authorised by a Law of the House of Assembly of the State.

(4) No moneys shall be withdrawn from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State or any other public fund of the State except in the manner prescribed by the House of Assembly.

Establishment of Consolidated Revenue Fund
Section 121

(1) The Governor shall cause to be prepared and laid before the House of Assembly at any time before the commencement of each financial year estimates of the revenues and expenditure of the State for the next following financial year.

(2) The heads of expenditure contained in the estimates, other than expenditure charged upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State by this Constitution, shall be included in a bill, to be known as an Appropriation Bill, providing for the issue from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State of the sums necessary to meet that expenditure and the appropriation of those sums for the purposes specified therein.

(3) Any amount standing to the credit of –

(a) a State House of Assembly of a State in the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State shall be paid directly into the account of the Assembly; and

(b) the Judiciary of a State in the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State shall be paid directly to the heads of the courts concerned.

(3A) For the purpose of subsection (3), there is established for each State of the Federation a Disbursement Committee comprising –

(a) the Commissioner of Finance of the State, as Chairman;

(b) Accountant-General of the State;

(c) a representative of the State Budget Office or Ministry;

(d) Chief Registrar of the High Court of the State;

(e) Chief Registrar of the Revenue Court of the State (where applicable)

(f) Chief Registrar of Sharia Court of Appeal of the State (where applicable)

(g) Chief Registrar of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State (where applicable)

(h) the Clerk of the State House of Assembly;

(i) Secretary of the House of Assembly Service Commission;

(j) the Secretary of the State Judicial Service Commission; and

(k) the officer in charge of finance in the State House of Assembly.

[Section 121 (3) is substituted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 6) Act, 2023]

(3B) All moneys due to the House of Assembly of the State and the Judiciary of the State for capital and recurrent expenditures shall be paid by the State Accountant-General into the House of Assembly of the State and Judiciary of the State accounts in monthly installments respectively.

(3C) The moneys due to the House of Assembly of a State and the Judiciary of a State shall be the amount appropriated in the Appropriation Law of the State for the year.

(3D) The monthly installment shall be –

(a) determined by apportioning the approved budget on figures by twelve equal installments; and

(b) adjusted to reflect the ratio of the gross allocation from Federal Accounts Allocation Committee and internally generated revenue on the approved budget for the State.

(3E) Where the gross allocation from Federation Accounts Allocation Committee and internally generated revenue in any month is lower than the budget amount for the month, the amount due to the House of Assembly of the State and Judiciary of the State shall be paid on a pro-rata basis.

(3F) When there is an increase in the subsequent income of the State, any previous shortfall shall be paid in arrears to the House of Assembly of the State and the Judiciary of the State.

(3G) The Accountant-General of the State shall furnish the Disbursement Committee with gross inflow from Federation Accounts Allocation Committee and internally generated revenue, not later than seven days after the Federation Accounts Allocation Committee meeting for the month.

(3H) The Commissioner responsible for Finance and the Accountant General of the State shall, pursuant to subsection (3B), make full disclosure of all revenues that accrue to the State and release the funds to the House of Assembly of the State and Judiciary of the State, not later than one week after the funds have become due.

(4) If in respect of any financial year, it is found that –

(a) the amount appropriated by the Appropriation Law for any purpose is insufficient; or

(b) a need has arisen for expenditure for a purpose for which no amount has been appropriated by the law, a supplementary estimate showing the sums required shall be laid before the House of Assembly and the heads of any such expenditure shall be included in a Supplementary Appropriation Bill.

Authorisation of expenditure from Consolidated Revenue Fund
Section 122

If the Appropriation Bill in respect of any financial year has not been passed into law by the beginning of the financial year, the Governor may authorise the withdrawal of moneys from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State for the purpose of meeting expenditure necessary to carry on the services of the Government for a period not exceeding six months or until the coming into operation of the law, whichever is the earlier:
Provided that the withdrawal in respect of any such period shall not exceed the amount authorised to be withdrawn from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State under the provisions of the Appropriation Law passed by the House of Assembly for the corresponding period in the immediately preceding financial year, being an amount proportionate to the total amount so authorised for the immediately preceding financial year.

Authorisation of expenditure in default of appropriations
Section 123

(1) A House of Assembly may by law make provisions for the establishment of a Contingencies Fund for the State and for authorising the Governor, if satisfied that there has arisen an urgent and unforeseen need for expenditure for which no other provision exists, to make advances from the Fund to meet that need.

(2) Where any advance is made in accordance with the provisions of this section, a supplementary estimate shall be presented and a Supplementary Appropriation Bill shall be introduced as soon as possible for the purpose of replacing the amount so advanced.

Contingencies Fund
Section 124

(1) There shall be paid to the holders of the offices mentioned in this section such remuneration and salaries as may be prescribed by a House of Assembly, but not exceeding the amount as shall have been determined by the Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission.

(2) The remuneration, salaries and allowances payable to the holders of the offices so mentioned shall be charged upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State.

(3) The remuneration and salaries payable to the holders of the said offices and their conditions of service, other than allowances, shall not be altered to their disadvantage after their appointment.

(4) The offices aforesaid are the offices of Governor, Deputy Governor, Auditor-General for a State and the Chairman and members of the following bodies, that is to say, the State Civil Service Commission, the State Independent Electoral Commission and the State Judicial Service Commission.

(5) Provisions may be made by a Law of a House of Assembly for the grant of a pension or gratuity to or in respect of a person who had held office as Governor or Deputy Governor and was not removed from office as a result of impeachment; and any pension granted by virtue of any provision made in pursuance of this subsection shall be a charge upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the State.

Remuneration, etc., of the Governor and certain other officers
Section 125

(1) There shall be an Auditor-General for each State who shall be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 126 of this Constitution.

(2) The public accounts of a State and of all offices and courts of the State shall be audited by the Auditor-General for the State who shall submit his reports to the House of Assembly of the State concerned, and for that purpose the Auditor-General or any person authorised by him in that behalf shall have access to all the books, records, returns and other documents relating to those accounts.

(3) Nothing in subsection (2) of this section shall be construed as authorising the Auditor-General to audit the accounts of or appoint auditors for government statutory corporations, commissions, authorities, agencies, including all persons and bodies established by Law by the Auditor-General shall –

(a) provide such bodies with –
(i) a list of auditors qualified to be appointed by them as external auditors and from which the bodies shall appoint their external auditors, and
(ii) a guideline on the level of fees to be paid to external auditors; and

(b) comment on their annual accounts and auditor’s report thereon.

(4) The Auditor-General for the State shall have power to conduct periodic checks of all government statutory corporations, commissions, authorities, agencies, including all persons and bodies established by a law of the House of Assembly of the State.

(5) The Auditor-General for a State shall, within ninety days of receipt of the Accountant-General’s financial statement and annual accounts of the State, submit his report to the House of Assembly of the State and the House shall cause the report to be considered by a committee of the House responsible for public accounts.

(6) In the exercise of his functions under this Constitution, the Auditor-General for a State shall not be subject to the direction or control of any other authority or person.

Audit of public accounts
Section 126

(1) The Auditor-General for a State shall be appointed by the Governor of the State on the recommendation of the State Civil Service Commission subject to confirmation by the House of Assembly of the State.

(2) The power to appoint persons to act in the office of the Auditor General for a State shall vest in the Governor.

(3) Except with the sanction of a resolution of the House of Assembly of a State, no person shall act in the office of the Auditor-General for a State for a period exceeding six months.

Appointment of Auditor-General
Section 127

(1) A person holding the office of Auditor-General under section 126 (1) of this Constitution shall be removed from office by the Governor of the State acting on an address supported by two-thirds majority of the House of Assembly praying that he be so removed for inability to discharge the functions of his office (whether arising from infirmity of mind or body or any other cause) or for misconduct.
(2) An Auditor-General shall not been removed from office before such retiring age as may be prescribed by Law, save in accordance with the provisions of this section.

Tenure of office of Auditor-General
Section 128

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, a House of Assembly shall have power by resolution published in its journal or in the Office Gazette of the Government of the State to direct or cause to be directed an inquiry or investigation into –
(a) any matter or thing with respect to which it has power to make laws; and
(b) the conduct of affairs of any person, authority, Ministry or government department charged, or intended to be charged, with the duty of or responsibility for –
(i) executing or administering laws enacted by that House of Assembly, and
(ii) disbursing or administering moneys appropriated or to be appropriated by such House.
(2) The powers conferred on a House of Assembly under the provisions of this section are exercisable only for the purpose of enabling the House to –
(a) make laws with respect to any matter within its legislative competence and correct any defects in existing laws; and
(b) expose corruption, inefficiency of waste in the execution or administration of laws within its legislative competence and in the disbursement or administration of funds appropriated by it.

Power to conduct investigations
Section 129

(1) For the purposes of any investigation under section 128 of this Constitution, and subject to the provisions thereof, a House of Assembly or a committee appointed in accordance with section 103 of this Constitution shall have power to –
(a) procure all such evidence, written or oral, direct or circumstantial, as it may think necessary or desirable, and examine all persons as witnesses whose evidence may be material or relevant to the subject matter;
(b) require such evidence to be given on oath;
(c) summon any person in Nigeria to give evidence at any place or produce any document or other thing in his possession or under his control, and examine him as a witness and require him to produce any document or other thing in his possession or under his control, subject to all just exceptions; and
(d) issue a warrant to compel the attendance of any person who, after having been summoned to attend, fails, refuses or neglects to do so and does not excuse such failure, refusal or neglect to the satisfaction of the House of Assembly or the committee, and order him to pay all costs which may have been occasioned in compelling his attendance or by reason of his failure, refusal or neglect to obey the summons and also to impose such fine as may be prescribed for any such failure, refusal or neglect; and any fine so imposed shall be recoverable in the same manner as a fine imposed by a court of law.
(2) A summons or warrant issued under this section may be served or executed by any member of the Nigeria Police Force or by any person authorised in that behalf by the Speaker of the House of Assembly of the State.

Power as to matters of evidence
Section 130

(1) There shall be for the Federation a President.

(2) The President shall be the Head of State and the Chief Executive of the Federation and Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces of the Federation.

Establishment of the office of President
Section 131

A person shall be qualified for election to the office of the President if –

(a) he is a citizen of Nigeria by birth;

(b) he has attained the age of thirty-five years;
[Section 131(b) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.27) Act 2017]

(c) he is a member of a political party and is sponsored by that political party; and

(d) he has been educated up to at least School Certificate level or its equivalent.

. Qualification for election as President
Section 132

(1) An election to the office of President shall be held on a date to be appointed by the Independent National Electoral Commission in accordance with the Electoral Act.
[Section 132 (1) and

(2) are altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010];
(2) An election to the said office shall be held on a date not earlier than one hundred and fifty days and not later than thirty days before the expiration of the term of office of the last holder of that office.
[Section 132(2) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Second Alteration Act) 2010]

(3) Where in an election to the office of President one of the two or more candidates nominated for the election is the only candidate after the close of nomination, by reason of the disqualification, withdrawal, incapacitation, disappearance or death of the other candidates, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall extend the time for nomination.

(4) For the purpose of an election to the office of President, the whole of the Federation shall be regarded as one constituency.

(5) Every person who is registered to vote at an election of a member of a legislative House shall be entitled to vote at an election to the office of President.

Election of President: general
Section 133

A candidate for an election to the office of President shall be deemed to have been duly elected to such office where, being the only candidate nominated for the election –

(a) he has a majority of YES votes over NO votes cast at the election; and

(b) he has not less than one-quarter of the votes cast at the election in each of at least two-thirds of all the States in the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, but where the only candidate fails to be elected in accordance with this section, then there shall be fresh nominations.

. Election: single Presidential candidate
Section 134

(1) A candidate for an election to the office of President shall be deemed to have been duly elected, where, there being only two candidates for the election –

(a) he has the majority of votes cast at the election; and

(b) he has not less than one-quarter of the votes cast at the election in each of at least two-thirds of all the States in the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

(2) A candidate for an election to the office of President shall be deemed to have been duly elected where, there being more than two candidates for the election-

(a) he has the highest number of votes cast at the election; and

(b) he has not less than one-quarter of the votes cast at the election each of at least two-thirds of all the States in the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

(3) In a default of a candidate duly elected in accordance with subsection (2) of this section, there shall be a second election in accordance with subsection (4) of this section at which the only candidate shall be –

(a) the candidate who scored the highest number of votes at any election held in accordance with the said subsection (2) of this section; and

(b) one among the remaining candidates who has a majority of votes in the highest number of States, so however that where there are more than one candidate with majority of votes in the highest number of States, the candidate among them with the highest total of votes cast at the election shall be the second candidate for the election.

(4) In default of a candidate duly elected under the foregoing subsections, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall within twenty-one days of the result of the election held under the said subsections, arrange for an election between the two candidates and a candidate at such election shall be deemed to have been duly elected to the office of President if –

(a) he has a majority of votes cast at the election; and

(b) he has not less than one-quarter of the votes cast at the election in each of at least two-thirds of all the States in the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

[Section 134 (4) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.9) Act 2017]

(5) In default of a candidate duly elected under subsection (4) of this section, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall, within twenty-one days of the result of the election held under the aforesaid subsection (4), arrange for another election between the two candidates to which the subsection relates and a candidate at such election shall be deemed to have been duly elected to the office of President if he has a majority of the votes cast at the election.

[Section 134 (5) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.9) Act 2017]

. Election: two or more Presidential candidates
Section 135

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, a person shall hold the office of President until-

(a) when his successor in office takes the oath of that office;

(b) he dies whilst holding such office; or
(c) the date when his resignation from office takes effect; or

(d) he otherwise ceases to hold office in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.

(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (1) of this section, the President shall vacate his office at the expiration of a period of four years commencing from the date, when –

(a) in the case of a person first elected as President under this Constitution, he took the Oath of Allegiance and the oath of office; and

(b) in any other case, the person last elected to that office under this Constitution took the Oath of Allegiance and oath of office or would, but for his death, have taken such oaths.

(2A) In the determination of the four year term, where a re-run election has taken place and the person earlier sworn in wins the re-run election, the time spent in the office before the date the election was annulled, shall be taken into account.

[Section 135(2A) is inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(3) If the Federation is at war in which the territory of Nigeria is physically involved and the President considers that it is not practicable to hold elections, the National Assembly may by resolution extend the period of four years mentioned in subsection
(2) of this section from time to time; but no such extension shall exceed a period of six months at any one time.

Tenure of office of President
Section 136

(1) If a person duly elected as President dies before taking and subscribing the Oath of Allegiance and oath of office, or is for any reason whatsoever unable to be sworn in, the person elected with him as Vice-President shall be sworn in as President and he shall nominate a new Vice-President who shall be appointed by the new President with the approval by a simple majority of the National Assembly at a joint sitting.

(2) Where the persons duly elected as President and Vice-President die or are unable for any reason whatsoever to assume office before the inauguration of the National Assembly, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall immediately conduct an election for a President and the Vice-President.

. Death, etc. of President-elect before oath of office
Section 137

(1) A person shall not be qualified for election to the office of President if –

(a) subject to the provisions of section 28 of this Constitution, he has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a country other than Nigeria or, except in such cases as may be prescribed by the National Assembly, he has made a declaration of allegiance to such other country; or

(b) he has been elected to such office at any two previous elections; or

(c) under the law in any part of Nigeria, he is adjudged to be a lunatic or otherwise declared to be of unsound mind; or

(d) he is under a sentence of death imposed by any competent court of law or tribunal in Nigeria or a sentence of imprisonment or fine for any offence involving dishonesty or fraud (by whatever name called) or for any other offence, imposed on him by any court or tribunal or substituted by a competent authority for any other sentence imposed on him by such a court or tribunal; or

(e) within a period of less than ten years before the date of the election to the office of President he has been convicted and sentenced for an offence involving dishonesty or he has been found guilty of the contravention of the Code of Conduct; or

(f) he is an undischarged bankrupt, having been adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt under any law in force in Nigeria or any other country; or

(g) being a person employed in the civil or public service of the Federation or of any State, he has not resigned, withdrawn or retired from the employment at least thirty days before the date of the election; or

(h) he is a member of any secret society; or

(i) he has been indicted for embezzlement or fraud by a Judicial Commission of Inquiry or an Administrative Panel of Inquiry or a tribunal set up under the Tribunals of Inquiry Act, a Tribunals of Inquiry Law or any other law by the Federal or State Government which indictment has been accepted by the Federal or State Government, respectively; or

[Section 137(1)(i) is deleted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(j) he has presented a forged certificate to the Independent National Electoral Commission.

(2) Where in respect of any person who has been –

(a) adjudged to be a lunatic;

(b) declared to be of unsound mind;

(c) sentenced to death or imprisonment; or

(d) adjudged or declared bankrupt, any appeal against the decision is pending in any court of law in accordance with any law in force in Nigeria, subsection (1) of this section shall not apply during a period beginning from the date when such appeal is lodged and ending on the date when the appeal is finally determined or, as the case may be, the appeal lapses or is abandoned, whichever is earlier.

(3) A person who was sworn-in as President to complete the term for which another person was elected as President shall not be elected to such office for more than a single term.

[Section 137(3) is inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.16) Act 2017]

Disqualifications
Section 138

The President shall not, during his tenure of office, hold any other executive office or paid employment in any capacity whatsoever.

President: disqualification from other jobs.
Section 139

The National Assembly shall by an Act make provisions as respects –

(a) persons who may apply to the Court of Appeal for the determination of any question as to whether-
(i) any person has been validly elected to the office of President or Vice-President,
(ii) the term of office of the President or Vice-President has ceased, or
(iii) the office of the President or Vice-President has become vacant;

(b) circumstances and manner in which, and the conditions upon which such application may be made; and

(c) powers, practice and procedure of the Court of Appeal in relation to any such application.

Determination of certain questions relating to election
Section 140

(1) A person elected to the office of President shall not begin to perform the functions of that office until he has declared his assets and liabilities as prescribed in this Constitution and he has taken and subscribed the Oath of Allegiance and the oath of office prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution.

[Seventh Schedule]

(2) The oaths aforesaid shall be administered by the Chief Justice of Nigeria or the person for the time being appointed to exercise the functions of that office.

Declaration of assets and liabilities; oaths of President
Section 141

There shall be for the Federation a Vice-President.

Establishment of office of Vice-President
Section 142

(1) In any election to which the foregoing provisions of this Part of this Chapter relate, a candidate for an election to the office of President shall not be deemed to be validly nominated unless he nominates another candidate as his associate from the same political party for his running for the office of President, who is to occupy the office of Vice-President and that candidate shall be deemed to have been duly elected to the office of Vice-President if the candidate for an election to the office of President who nominated him as such associate is duly elected as President in accordance with the provisions aforesaid.

(2) The provisions of this Part of this Chapter relating to qualification for election, tenure of office, disqualification, declaration of assets and liabilities and oaths of President shall apply in relation to the office of Vice-President as if references to President were references to Vice-President.

Nomination and election of Vice-President
Section 143

(1) The President or Vice-President may be removed from office in accordance with the provisions of this section.

(2) Whenever a notice of any allegation in writing signed by not less than one-third of the members of the National Assembly-

(a) is presented to the President of the Senate;

(b) stating that the holder of the office of President or Vice President is guilty of gross misconduct in the performance of the functions of his office, detailed particulars of which shall be specified, the President of the Senate shall within seven days of the receipt of the notice cause a copy thereof to be served on the holder of the office and on each member of the National Assembly, and shall also cause any statement made in reply to the allegation by the holder of the office to be served on each member of the National Assembly.

(3) Within fourteen days of the presentation of the notice to the President of the Senate (whether or not any statement was made by the holder of the office in reply to the allegation contained in the notice) each House of the National Assembly shall resolve by motion without any debate whether or not the allegation shall be investigated.

(4) A motion of the National Assembly that the allegation be investigated shall not be declared as having been passed, unless it is supported by the votes of not less than two-thirds majority of all the members of each House of the National Assembly.

(5) Within seven days of the passing of a motion under the foregoing provisions, the Chief Justice of Nigeria shall at the request of the President of the Senate appoint a panel of seven persons who in his opinion are of unquestionable integrity, not being members of any public service, legislative house or political party, to investigate the allegation as provided in this section.

(6) The holder of an office whose conduct is being investigated under this section shall have the right to defend himself in person and be represented before the panel by legal practitioners of his own choice.

(7) A panel appointed under this section shall –

(a) have such powers and exercise its functions in accordance with such procedure as may be prescribed by the National Assembly; and

(b) within three months of its appointment report its findings to each House of the National Assembly.

(8) Where the panel reports to each House of the National Assembly that the allegation has not been proved, no further proceedings shall be taken in respect of the matter.

(9) Where the report of the panel is that the allegation against the holder of the office has been proved, then within fourteen days of the receipt of the report, each House of the National Assembly shall consider the report, and if by a resolution of each House of the National Assembly, supported by not less than two-thirds majority of all its members, the report of the panel is adopted, then the holder of the office shall stand removed from office as from the date of the adoption of the report.

(10) No proceedings or determination of the panel or of the National Assembly or any matter relating thereto shall be entertained or questioned in any court.

(11) In this section –
“gross misconduct” means a grave violation or breach of the provisions of this Constitution or a misconduct of such nature as amounts in the opinion of the National Assembly to gross misconduct.

Removal of President from office
Section 144

(1) The President or Vice-President shall cease to hold office, if –

(a) by a resolution passed by two-thirds majority of all the members of the executive council of the Federation it is declared that the President or Vice-President is incapable of discharging the functions of his office; and

(b) the declaration is verified, after such medical examination as may be necessary, by a medical panel established under subsection (4) of this section in its report to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives.

(2) Where the medical panel certifies in the report that in its opinion the President or Vice-President is suffering from such infirmity of body or mind as renders him permanently incapable of discharging the functions of his office, a notice thereof signed by the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall be published in the Official Gazette of the Government of the Federation.

(3) The President or Vice-President shall cease to hold office as from the date of publication of the notice of the medical report pursuant to subsection (2) of this section.

(4) The medical panel to which this section relates shall be appointed by the President of the Senate, and shall comprise five medical practitioners in Nigeria-

(a) one of whom shall be the personal physician of the holder of the office concerned; and

(b) four other medical practitioners who have, in the opinion of the President of the Senate, attained a high degree of eminence in the field of medicine relative to the nature of the examination to be conducted in accordance with the foregoing provisions.

(5) In this section, the reference to “executive council of the Federation” is a reference to the body of Ministers of the Government of the Federation, howsoever called, established by the President and charged with such responsibilities for the functions of government as the President may direct.

Permanent incapacity of President or Vice-President
Section 145

(1) Whenever the President is proceeding on vacation or is otherwise unable to discharge the functions of his Office, he shall transmit a written declaration to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives to that effect, and until he transmits to them a written declaration to the contrary, the Vice-President shall perform the functions of the President as Acting President.

[Section 145 is substituted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(2) In the event that the President is unable or fails to transmit the written declaration mentioned in subsection (1) of this section within 21 days, the National Assembly shall, by a resolution made by a simple majority of the vote of each House of the National Assembly, mandate the Vice-President to perform the functions of the office of the President as Acting President until the President transmits a letter to the President of the Senate and Speaker of the House of Representatives that he is now available to resume his functions as President.

Acting President during temporary absence of President
Section 146

(1) The Vice-President shall hold the office of President if the office of President becomes vacant by reason of death or resignation, impeachment, permanent incapacity or the removal of the President from office for any other reason in accordance with section 143 or 144 of this Constitution.

(2) Where any vacancy occurs in the circumstances mentioned in subsection (1) of this section during a period when the office of Vice-President is also vacant, the President of the Senate shall hold the office of President for a period of not more than three months, during which there shall be an election of a new President, who shall hold office for the unexpired term of office of the last holder of the office.

(3) Where the office of Vice-President becomes vacant-

(a) by reason of death or resignation, impeachment, permanent incapacity or removal in accordance with section 143 or 144 of this Constitution;

(b) by his assumption of the office of President in accordance with subsection (1) of this section; or

(c) for any other reason, the President shall nominate and, with the approval of each House of the National Assembly, appoint a new Vice-President.

Discharge of functions of President
Section 147

(1) There shall be such offices of Ministers of the Government of the Federation as may be established by the President.

(2) Any appointment to the office of Minister of the Government of the Federation shall, if the nomination of any person to such office is confirmed by the Senate, be made by the President.
Provided that no Ministerial nominee shall be confirmed by the Senate unless evidence of declaration of assets and liabilities of the nominee as prescribed in this Constitution is presented.

[Section 147(2) is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 23) Act, 2023]

(3) Any appointment under subsection (2) of this section by the President shall be in conformity with the provisions of section 14(3) of this Constitution-
Provided that in giving effect to the provisions aforesaid, the President shall appoint at least one Minister from each State, who shall be an indigene of such State.

(4) Where a member of the National Assembly or of a House of Assembly is appointed as Minister of the Government of the Federation, he shall be deemed to have resigned his membership of the National Assembly or of the House of Assembly on his taking the oath of office as Minister.

(5) No person shall be appointed as a Minister of the Government of the Federation unless he is qualified for election as a member of the House of Representatives.

(6) An appointment to any of the offices aforesaid shall be deemed to have been made where no return has been received from the Senate within twenty-one working days of the receipt of nomination by the Senate.

(7) Notwithstanding the provision of subsection (2) of this section, the nomination of any person to the office of a Minister for confirmation by the Senate shall be done within sixty days after the date the President has taken the oath of office:

Provided that the President may appoint a Minister at any other time during his tenure and such appointment shall be subject to confirmation by the Senate.

Ministers of Federal Government
Section 148

(1) The President may, in his discretion, assign to the Vice-President or any Minister of the Government of the Federation responsibility for any business of the Government of the Federation, including the administration of any department of government.

(2) The President shall hold regular meetings with the Vice-President and all the Ministers of the Government of the Federation for the purposes of –

(a) determining the general direction of domestic and foreign policies of the Government of the Federation;

(b) co-ordinating the activities of the President, the Vice-President and the Ministers of the Government of the Federation in the discharge of their executive responsibilities; and

(c) advising the President generally in discharge of his executive functions other than those functions with respect to which he is required by this Constitution to seek the advice or act on the recommendation of any other person or body.

Executive responsibilities of Ministers
Section 149

A Minister of the Government of the Federation shall not enter upon the duties of his office, unless he has declared his assets and liabilities as prescribed in this Constitution and has subsequently taken and subscribed the Oath of Allegiance and the oath for the due execution of the duties of his office prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution.

[Seventh Schedule]

Declaration of assets and liabilities; oaths of Ministers
Section 150

(1) There shall be an Attorney-General of the Federation who shall be the Chief Law Officer of the Federation and a Minister of the Government of the Federation.

(2) A person shall not be qualified to hold or perform the functions of the office of the Attorney-General of the Federation unless he is qualified to practise as a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for not less than ten years.

Attorney-General of the Federation
Section 151

(1) The President may appoint any person as a Special Adviser to assist him in the performance of his functions.

(2) The number of such Advisers and their remuneration and allowances shall be as prescribed by law or by resolution of the National Assembly.

(3) Any appointment made pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be at the pleasure of the President and shall cease when the President ceases to hold office.

Special Advisers
Section 152

A person appointed as Special Adviser under section 151 of this Constitution shall not begin to perform the functions of his office until he has declared his assets and liabilities as prescribed in this Constitution and has subsequently taken and subscribed the Oath of Allegiance and oath of office prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution.
[Seventh Schedule]

Declaration of assets and liabilities; oath of Special Adviser
Section 153

(1) There shall be established for the Federation the following bodies, namely-

(a) Code of Conduct Bureau;

(b) Council of State;

(c) Federal Character Commission;

(d) Federal Civil Service Commission;

(e) Federal Judicial Service Commission;

(f) Independent National Electoral Commission;

(g) National Defence Council;

(h) National Economic Council;

(i) National Judicial Council;

(j) National Population Commission;

(k) National Security Council;

(l) Nigeria Police Council;

(m) Police Service Commission; and

(n) Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission.

(2) The composition and powers of each body established by subsection (1) of this section are as contained in Part 1 of the Third Schedule to this Constitution.

[Part I Third Schedule]

Federal Commissions and Councils, etc.
Section 154

(1)Except in the case of ex-officio members or where other provisions are made in this Constitution, the Chairman and members of any of the bodies so established shall, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, be appointed by the President and the appointment shall be subject to confirmation by the Senate.

(2) In exercising his powers to appoint a person as Chairman or member of the Council of State or the National Defence Council or the National Security Council, the President shall not be required to obtain the confirmation of the Senate.

(3) In exercising his powers to appoint a person as Chairman or member of the Independent National Electoral Commission, National Judicial Service Council, the Federal Judicial Service Commission or the National Population Commission, the President shall consult the Council of State.

Appointment of Chairman and members
Section 155

(1) A person who is a member of any of the bodies established as aforesaid shall, subject to the provisions of this Part, remain a member thereof –

(a) in the case of an ex-officio member, whilst he holds the office by virtue of which he is a member of the body;

(b) in the case of a person who is a member by virtue of his having previously held an office, for the duration of his life; and

(c) in the case of a person who is a member otherwise than as ex-officio member or otherwise than by virtue of his having previously held an office, for a period of five years from the date of his appointment.

(2) A member of any of the bodies shall cease to be member if any circumstances arise that, if he were not a member of the body, would cause him to be disqualified for appointment as such a member.

Tenure of office of members
Section 156

(1) No person shall be qualified for appointment as a member of any of the bodies aforesaid if –

(a) he is not qualified or if he is disqualified for election as a member of the House of Representatives; provided that a member of any of these bodies shall not be required to belong to a political party, and in the case of the Independent National Electoral Commission, he shall not be a member of a political party.

(b) within the preceding ten years, he has been removed as a member of any of the bodies or as the holder of any other office on the ground of misconduct.

(2) Any person employed in the public service of the Federation shall not be disqualified for appointment as Chairman or member of any of such bodies:
Provided that where such person has been duly appointed he shall, on his appointment, be deemed to have resigned his former office as from the date of the appointment.

[Section 156(1(a) is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(3) No person shall be qualified for appointment to any of the bodies aforesaid if, having previously been appointed as a member otherwise than as an ex-officio member of that body, he has been re-appointed for a further term as a member of the same body.

Qualification for membership
Section 157

(1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3) of this section, a person holding any of the offices to which this section applies may only be removed from that office by the President acting on an address supported by two-thirds majority of the Senate praying that he be so removed for inability to discharge the functions of the office (whether arising from infirmity of mind or body or any other cause) or for misconduct.

(2) This section applies to the offices of the Chairman and members of the Code of Conduct Bureau, the Federal Civil Service Commission, the Independent National Electoral Commission, the National Judicial Council, the Federal Judicial Service Commission, the Federal Character Commission, the Nigeria Police Council, the National Population Commission, the Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission and the Police Service Commission.

(3) All members of the National Population Commission shall cease to be members if the President declares a National Census Report as unreliable and the report is rejected in accordance with section 213 of this Constitution.

Removal of members
Section 158

(1) In exercising its power to make appointments or to exercise disciplinary control over persons, the Code of Conduct Bureau, the National Judicial Council, the Federal Civil Service Commission, the Federal Judicial Service Commission, the Revenue Mobilisation and Fiscal Commission, the Federal Character Commission, and the Independent National Electoral Commission shall not be subject to the direction or control of any other authority or person.

(2) The National Population Commission shall not be subject to the direction or control of any other authority or person-

(a) in appointing, training or arranging for the training of enumerators or other staff of the Commission to assist it in the conduct of any population census;

(b) in deciding whether or not to accept or revise the return of any officer of the said Commission concerning the population census in any area or part of the Federation;

(c) in carrying out the operation of conducting the census; and

(d) in compiling its report of a national census for publication.

Independence of certain bodies
Section 159

(1) The quorum for a meeting of any of the bodies established by section 153 of this Constitution shall be not less than one-third of the total number of members of that body at the date of the meeting.

(2) A member of such a body shall be entitled to one vote, and a decision of the meeting may be taken and any act or thing may be done in the name of that body by a majority of the members present at the meeting.

(3) Whenever such body is assembled for a meeting, the Chairman or other person presiding shall, in all matters in which a decision is taken by vote (by whatever name such vote may be called) have a casting as well as a deliberative vote.

(4) Subject to its rules of procedure, any such body may act or take part in any decision notwithstanding any vacancy in its membership or the absence of any member.

.Quorum and decisions
Section 160

(1) Subject to subsection (2) of this section, any of the bodies may, with the approval of the President, by rules or otherwise regulate its own procedure or confer powers and impose duties on any officer or authority for the purpose of discharging its functions, provided that in the case of the Independent National Electoral Commission, its powers to make its own rules or otherwise regulate its own procedure shall not be subject to the approval or control of the President.

[Section 160(1) is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(2) In the exercise of any powers under subsection (1) of this section, any such body shall not confer powers or impose duties on any officer or authorities of a State except with the approval of the Governor of the State.

Powers and procedure
Section 161

In this Part of this Chapter, unless the context otherwise requires –

(a) any reference to “ex-officio member” shall be construed as a reference to a person who is a member by virtue of his holding or performing, the functions of an office in the public service of the Federation;

(b) “office” means an office in the public service of the Federation;

(c) any reference to “member” of a body established by section 153 of this Constitution shall be construed as including a reference to the Chairman of that body; and

(d) “misconduct” means a breach of the Oath of Allegiance or oath of office of a member or a breach of the provisions of this Constitution or bribery or corruption or false declaration of assets and liabilities or conviction for treason or treasonable felony.

Interpretation
Section 162

(1) The Federation shall maintain a special account to be called “the Federation Account” into which shall be paid all revenues collected by the Government of the Federation, except the proceeds from the personal income tax of the personnel of the armed forces of the Federation, the Nigeria Police Force, the Ministry or department of government charged with responsibility for Foreign Affairs and the residents of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

(2) The President, upon the receipt of advice from the Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission, shall table before the National Assembly proposals for revenue allocation from the Federation Account, and in determining the formula, the National Assembly shall take into account, the allocation principles especially those of population, equality of States, internal revenue generation, land mass, terrain as well as population density:
Provided that the principle of derivation shall be constantly reflected in any approved formula as being not less than thirteen per cent of the revenue accruing to the Federation Account directly from any natural resources.

(3) Any amount standing to the credit of the Federation Account shall be distributed among the Federal and State Governments and the local government councils in each State on such terms and in such manner as may be prescribed by the National Assembly.

(4) Any amount standing to the credit of the States in the Federation Account shall be distributed among the States on such terms and in such manner as may be prescribed by the National Assembly.

(5) The amount standing to the credit of local government councils in the Federation Account shall also be allocated to the States for the benefit of their local government councils on such terms and in such manner as may be prescribed by the National Assembly.

(6) Each State shall maintain a special account to be called “the State Joint Local Government Account” into which shall be paid all allocations to the local government councils of the State from the Federation Account and from the Government of the State.

(7) Each State shall pay to local government councils in its area of jurisdiction such proportion of its total revenue on such terms and in such manner as may be prescribed by the National Assembly.

(8) The amount standing to the credit of local government councils of a State shall be distributed among the local government councils of that State on such terms and in such manner as may be prescribed by the House of Assembly of the State.

(9) Any amount standing to the credit of the judiciary in the Federation Account shall be paid directly to the National Judicial Council for disbursement to the heads of courts established for the Federation and the States under section 6 of this Constitution.

(10) For the purpose of subsection (1) of this section, “revenue” means any income or return accruing to or derived by the Government of the Federation from any source and includes –

(a) any receipt, however described, arising from the operation of any law;

(b) any return, however described, arising from or in respect of any property held by the Government of the Federation;

(c) any return by way of interest on loans and dividends in respect of shares or interest held by the Government of the Federation in any company or statutory body.

Distributable pool account
Section 163

Where under an Act of the National Assembly, tax or duty is imposed in respect of any of the matters specified in item D of Part II of the Second Schedule to this Constitution, the net proceeds of such tax or duty shall be distributed among the States on the basis of derivation and accordingly –
[Item D, Part II Second Schedule]
(a) where such tax or duty is collected by the Government of a State or other authority of the State, the net proceeds shall be treated as part of the Consolidated Revenue Fund of that State;
(b) where such tax or duty is collected by the Government of the Federation or other authority of the Federation, there shall be paid to each State at such times as the National Assembly may prescribe a sum equal to the proportion of the net proceeds of such tax or duty that are derived from that State.

Allocation of other revenues
Section 164

(1) The Federation may make grants to a State to supplement the revenue of that State in such sum and subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the National Assembly.

(2) The Federation may make external grants to a foreign State or any international body in furtherance of the foreign policy objectives of Nigeria in such sum and subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the National Assembly.

Federal grants-in-aid of State revenue
Section 165

Each State shall, in respect of each financial year, pay to the Federation an amount equal to such part of the expenditure incurred by the Federation during that financial year for the purpose of collection of taxes or duties which are wholly or partly payable to the State pursuant to the provisions of this Part of this Chapter or of any Act of the National Assembly as is proportionate to the share of the proceeds of those taxes or duties received by the State in respect of that financial year.

. Cost of collection of certain duties
Section 166

(1) Any payment that is required by this Part of this Chapter to be made by the Federation to a State may be set-off by the Federation in or towards payment of any sum that is due from that State to the Federation in respect of any loan made by the Federation to that State.

(2) The right of set-off conferred by subsection (1) of this section shall be without prejudice to any other right of the Federation to obtain payment of any sum due to the Federation in respect of any loan.

Set-off
Section 167

Any payment that is required by this Part of this Chapter to be made by the Federation to a State shall be a charge upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Federation and any payment that is so required to be made by a State to the Federation shall be a charge upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund of that State.

Sums charged on Consolidated Revenue Fund
Section 168

(1) Where any payment falls to be made under this Part of this Chapter, the amount payable shall be certified by the AuditorGeneral for the Federation:

Provided that a provisional payment may be made before the Auditor-General has given his certificate.

(2) The National Assembly may prescribe the time at and manner in which any payment falling to be made under this Part of this Chapter shall be effected and provide for the making of adjustments and provisional payment.

Provisions with regard to payments
Section 169

There shall be a civil service of the Federation.

Establishment of civil service of the Federation
Section 170

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Federal Civil Service Commission may, with the approval of the President and subject to such conditions as it may deem fit, delegate any of the powers conferred upon it by this Constitution to any of its members or to any officer in the civil service of the Federation.

Federal Civil Service Commission: power to delegate functions
Section 171

(1) Power to appoint persons to hold or act in the offices to which this section applies and to remove persons so appointed from any such office shall vest in the President.

(2) The offices to which this section applies are, namely –

(a) Secretary to the Government of the Federation;

(b) Head of the Civil Service of the Federation;

(c) Ambassador, High Commissioner or other Principal
Representative of Nigeria abroad;

(d) Permanent Secretary in any Ministry or Head of any Extra Ministerial Department of the Government of the Federation howsoever designated; and

(e) any office on the personal staff of the President.

(3) An appointment to the office of the Head of the Civil Service of the Federation shall not be made except from among Permanent Secretaries or equivalent rank in the civil service of the Federation or of a State.

(4) An appointment to the office of Ambassador, High Commissioner or other Principal Representative of Nigeria abroad shall not have effect unless the appointment is confirmed by the Senate.

(5) In exercising his powers of appointment under this section, the President shall have regard to the federal character of Nigeria and the need to promote national unity.

(6) Any appointment made pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (e) of subsection (2) of this section shall be at the pleasure of the President and shall cease when the President ceases to hold office:
Provided that where a person has been appointed from a public service of the Federation or a State, he shall be entitled to return to the public service of the Federation or of the State when the President ceases to hold office.

Presidential appointments
Section 172

A person in the public service of the Federation shall observe and conform to the Code of Conduct.

Code of Conduct
Section 173

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the right of a person in the public service of the Federation to receive pension or gratuity shall be regulated by law.

(2) Any benefit to which a person is entitled in accordance with or under such law as is referred to in subsection (1) of this section, shall not be withheld or altered to his disadvantage except to such extent as is permissible under any law, including the Code of Conduct.

(3) Pensions shall be reviewed every five years or together with any Federal civil service salary reviews, whichever is earlier.

(4) Pensions in respect of service in the public service of the Federation shall not be taxed.

Protection of pension rights
Section 174

(1) The Attorney-General of the Federation shall have power –

(a) to institute and undertake criminal proceedings against any person before any court of law in Nigeria, other than a court martial, in respect of any offence created by or under any Act of the National Assembly;

(b) to take over and continue any such criminal proceedings that may have been instituted by any other authority or person; and

(c) to discontinue at any stage before judgment is delivered any such criminal proceedings instituted or undertaken by him or any other authority or person.

(2) The powers conferred upon the Attorney-General of the Federation under subsection (1) of this section may be exercised by him in person or through officers of his department.

(3) In exercising his powers under this section, the Attorney-General of the Federation shall have regard to the public interest, the interest of justice and the need to prevent abuse of legal process.

Public prosecutions
Section 175

(1) The President may –

(a) grant any person concerned with or convicted of any offence created by an Act of the National Assembly a pardon, either free or subject to lawful conditions;

(b) grant to any person a respite, either for an indefinite or for a specified period, of the execution of any punishment imposed on that person for such an offence;

(c) substitute a less severe form of punishment for any punishment imposed on that person for such an offence; or

(d) remit the whole or any part of any punishment imposed on that person for such an offence or of any penalty or forfeiture otherwise due to the State on account of such an offence.

(2) The powers of the President under subsection (1) of this section shall be exercised by him after consultation with the Council of State.

(3) The President, acting in accordance with the advice of the Council of State, may exercise his powers under subsection (1) of this section in relation to persons concerned with offences against the army, naval or air-force law or convicted or sentenced by a court-martial.

Prerogative of mercy
Section 176

(1) There shall be for each State of the Federation a Governor.

(2) The Governor of a State shall be the Chief Executive of that State.

. Establishment of the office of Governor
Section 177

A person shall be qualified for election to the office of Governor of a State if-

(a) he is a citizen of Nigeria by birth;

(b) he has attained the age of thirty-five years;

(c) he is a member of a political party and is sponsored by that political party; and

(d) he has been educated up to at least School Certificate level or its equivalent.

Qualification for election as Governor
Section 178

(1) An election to the office of Governor of a State shall be held on a date to be appointed by the Independent National Electoral Commission in accordance with the Electoral Act.
[Section 178 (1) and

(2) are altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010];
(2) An election to the office of Governor of a State shall be held on a date not earlier than one hundred and fifty days and not later than thirty days before the expiration of the term of office of the last holder of that office.

[Section 178 (2) is altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Second Alteration Act) 2010]

(3) Where, in an election to the office of Governor of a State, one of the two or more candidates nominated for the election is the only candidate after the close of nomination, by reason of the disqualification, withdrawal, incapacitation, disappearance or death of the other candidates, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall extend the time for nomination.

(4) For the purpose of an election under this section a State shall be regarded as one constituency.

(5) Every person who is registered to vote at an election of a member of a legislative house shall be entitled to vote at an election to the office of Governor of a State.

Election of Governor: general
Section 179

(1) A candidate for an election to the office of Governor of a State shall be deemed to have been duly elected to such office where, being the only candidate nominated for the election-

(a) he has a majority of YES votes over NO votes cast at the election; and

(b) he has not less than one-quarter of the votes cast at the election in each of at least two-thirds of all the local government areas in the State, but where the only candidate fails to be elected in accordance with this section, then there shall be fresh nominations.

(2) A candidate for an election to the office of Governor of a State shall be deemed to have been duly elected where, there being two or more candidates –

(a) he has the highest number of votes cast at the election; and

(b) he has not less than one-quarter of all the votes cast in each of at least two-thirds of all the local government areas in the State.

(3) In default of a candidate duly elected in accordance with subsection (2) of this section, there shall be a second election in accordance with subsection (4) of this section at which the only candidates shall be –

(a) the candidate who secured the highest number of votes cast at the election; and

(b) one among the remaining candidates who secured a majority of votes in the highest number of local government areas in the State, so however that where there are more than one candidate with a majority of votes in the highest number of local government areas, the candidate among them with the next highest total of votes cast at the election shall be the second candidate.

(4) In default of a candidate duly elected under subsection (2) of this section, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall within twenty-one days of the result of the election held under that subsection, arrange for an election between the two candidates and a candidate at such election shall be deemed to have been duly elected to the office of Governor of a State if –

(a) he has a majority of the votes cast at the election; and

(b) he has not less than one-quarter of the votes cast at the election in each of at least two-thirds of all the local government areas in the State.

[Section 179 (4) and (5) are altered by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.9) Act 2017]

(5) In default of a candidate duly elected under subsection (4) of this section, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall within twenty-one days of the result of the election held under that subsection, arrange for another election between the two candidates to which that sub-paragraph relates and a candidate at such election shall be deemed to have been duly elected to the office of Governor of a State if he has a majority of the votes cast at the election.

Election: single candidate and two or more candidates
Section 180

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, a person shall hold the office of Governor of a State until –

(a) when his successor in office takes the oath of that office; or

(b) he dies whilst holding such office; or
(c) the date when his resignation from office takes effect; or

(d) he otherwise ceases to hold office in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.

(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (1) of this section, the Governor shall vacate his office at the expiration of a period of four years commencing from the date when –

(a) in the case of a person first elected as Governor under this Constitution, he took the Oath of Allegiance and oath of office;
and

(b) the person last elected to that office took the Oath of Allegiance and oath of office or would, but for his death, have taken such oaths.

(2A) In the determination of the four year term, where a re-run election has taken place and the person earlier sworn in wins the re-run election, the time spent in office before the date the election was annulled shall be taken into account.

[Section 180(2A) is inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(3) If the Federation is at war in which the territory of Nigeria is physically involved and the President considers that it is not practicable to hold elections, the National Assembly may by resolution extend the period of four years mentioned in subsection (2) of this section from time to time, but no such extension shall exceed a period of six months at any one time.

Tenure of office of Governor
Section 181

(1) If a person duly elected as Governor dies before taking and subscribing the Oath of Allegiance and oath of office, or is unable for any reason whatsoever to be sworn in, the person elected with him as Deputy Governor shall be sworn in as Governor and he shall nominate a new Deputy Governor who shall be appointed by the Governor with the approval of a simple majority of the House of Assembly of the State.

(2) Where the persons duly elected as Governor and Deputy Governor of a State die or are for any reason unable to assume office before the inauguration of the House of Assembly, the Independent National Electoral Commission shall immediately conduct an election for a Governor and Deputy Governor of the State.

Death, etc., of Governor-elect before oath of office
Section 182

(1) No person shall be qualified for election to the office of Governor of a State if –

(a) subject to the provisions of section 28 of this Constitution, he has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a country other than Nigeria or, except in such cases as may be prescribed by the National Assembly, he has made a declaration of allegiance to such other country; or

(b) he has been elected to such office at any two previous elections; or

(c) under the law in any part of Nigeria, he is adjudged to be a lunatic or otherwise declared to be of unsound mind; or

(d) he is under a sentence of death imposed by any competent court of law or tribunal in Nigeria or a sentence of imprisonment for any offence involving dishonesty or fraud (by whatever name called) or any other offence imposed on him by any court or tribunal or substituted by a competent authority for any other sentence imposed on him by such a court or tribunal; or

(e) within a period of less than ten years before the date of election to the office of Governor of a State he has been convicted and sentenced for an offence involving dishonesty or he has been found guilty of the contravention of the code of Conduct; or

(f) he is an undischarged bankrupt, having been adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt under any law in force in Nigeria;
or

(g) being a person employed in the public service of the Federation or of any State, he has not resigned, withdrawn or retired from the employment at least thirty days to the date of the election; or

(h) he is a member of any secret society; or

(i) he has been indicted for embezzlement or fraud by a Judicial Commission of Inquiry or an Administrative Panel of Inquiry or a tribunal set up under the Tribunals of Inquiry Act, a Tribunals of Inquiry Law or any other law by the Federal or State Government which indictment has been accepted by the Federal or State Government, respectively; or

[Cap T.21]

(j) he has presented a forged certificate to the Independent National Electoral Commission.

[Section 182(1)(i) is deleted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(2) Where in respect of any person who has been

(a) adjudged to be a lunatic;

(b) declared to be of unsound mind;

(c) sentenced to death or imprisonment; or

(d) adjudged or declared bankrupt, an appeal against the decision is pending in any court of law in accordance with any law in force in Nigeria, subsection (1) of this section shall not apply during a period beginning from the date when such appeal is lodged and ending on the date when the appeal is finally determined or, as the case may be, the appeal lapses or is abandoned, whichever is earlier.

(3) A person who was sworn-in as Governor to complete the term for which another person was elected as Governor shall not be elected to such office for more than a single term.

[Section 182(3) is inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.16) Act 2017]

Disqualifications
Section 183

The Governor shall not, during the period when he holds office, hold any other executive office or paid employment in any capacity whatsoever.

Governor: disqualification from other jobs
Section 184

The National Assembly shall make provisions in respect of –

(a) persons who may apply to an election tribunal for the determination of any question as to whether-
(i) any person has been validly elected to the office of Governor or Deputy Governor,
(ii) the term of office of a Governor or Deputy Governor has ceased, or
(iii) the office of Deputy Governor has become vacant;

(b) circumstances and manner in which, and the conditions upon which such application may be made; and
(c) powers, practice and procedure of the election tribunal in relation to any such application.

. Determination of certain questions relating to elections
Section 185

(1) A person elected to the office of the Governor of a State shall not begin to perform the functions of that until he has declared his assets and liabilities as prescribed in the Constitution and has subsequently taken and subscribed the Oath of Allegiance and oath of office prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution.

[Seventh Schedule]

(2) The Oath of Allegiance and the oath of office shall be administered by the Chief Judge of the State or Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the State, if any or President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State, if any, or the person for the time being respectively appointed to exercise the functions of any of those offices in any State.

Declaration of assets and liabilities: oaths of office of Governor
Section 186

There shall be for each State of the Federation a Deputy Governor.

Establishment of the office of the Deputy Governor
Section 187

(1) In any election to which the foregoing provisions of this Part of this Chapter relate, a candidate for the office of Governor of a State shall not be deemed to have been validly nominated for such office unless he nominates another candidate as his associate for his running for the office of Governor, who is to occupy the office of Deputy Governor; and that candidate shall be deemed to have been duly elected to the office of Deputy Governor if the candidate who nominated him is duly elected as Governor in accordance with the said provisions.

(2) The provisions of this Part of this Chapter relating to qualification for election, tenure of office, disqualifications, declaration of assets and liabilities and Oath of Governor shall apply in relation to the office of Deputy Governor as if references to Governor were references to Deputy Governor.

Nomination and election of the Deputy Governor
Section 188

(1) The Governor or Deputy Governor of a State may be removed from office in accordance with the provisions of this section.

(2) Whenever a notice of any allegation in writing signed by not less than one-third of the members of the House of Assembly-

(a) is presented to the Speaker of the House of Assembly of the State;

(b) stating that the holder of such office is guilty of gross misconduct in the performance of the functions of his office, detailed particulars of which shall be specified, the Speaker of the House of Assembly shall, within seven days of the receipt of the notice, cause a copy of the notice to be served on the holder of the office and on each member of the House of Assembly, and shall also cause any statement made in reply to the allegation by the holder of the office, to be served on each member of the House of Assembly.

(3) Within fourteen days of the presentation of the notice to the Speaker of the House of Assembly (whether or not any statement was made by the holder of the office in reply to the allegation contained in the notice), the House of Assembly shall resolve by motion, without any debate, whether or not the allegation shall be investigated.

(4) A motion of the House of Assembly that the allegation be investigated shall not be declared as having been passed unless it is supported by the votes of not less than two-thirds majority of all the members of the House of Assembly.

(5) Within seven days of the passing of a motion under the foregoing provisions of this section, the Chief judge of the State shall at the request of the Speaker of the House of Assembly, appoint a panel of seven persons who in his opinion are of unquestionable integrity, not being members of any public service, legislative house or political party, to investigate the allegation as provided in this section.

(6) The holder of an office whose conduct is being investigated under this section shall have the right to defend himself in person or be represented before the panel by a legal practitioner of his own choice.

(7) A panel appointed under this section shall –

(a) have such powers and exercise its functions in accordance with such procedure as may be prescribed by the House of Assembly; and

(b) within three months of its appointment, report its findings to the House of Assembly.

(8) Where the panel reports to the House of Assembly that the allegation has not been proved, no further proceedings shall be taken in respect of the matter.

(9) Where the report of the panel is that the allegation against the holder of the office has been proved, then within fourteen days of the receipt of the report, the House of Assembly shall consider the report, and if by a resolution of the House of Assembly, supported by not less than two-thirds majority of all its members, the report of the panel is adopted, then the holder of the office shall stand removed from office as from the date of the adoption of the report.

(10) No proceedings or determination of the panel or of the House of Assembly or any matter relating to such proceedings or determination shall be entertained or questioned in any court.

(11) In this section –
“gross misconduct” means a grave violation or breach of the provisions of this Constitution or a misconduct of such nature as amounts in the opinion in the House of Assembly to gross misconduct.

. Removal of Governor or Deputy Governor from office
Section 189

(1) The Governor or Deputy Governor of a State shall cease to hold office if-

(a) by a resolution passed by two-thirds majority of all members of the executive council of the State, it is declared that the Governor or Deputy Governor is incapable of discharging the functions of his office; and

(b) the declaration in paragraph (a) of this subsection is verified, after such medical examination as may be necessary, by a medical panel established under subsection (4) of this section in its report to the Speaker of the House of Assembly.

(2) Where the medical panel certifies in its report that in its opinion the Governor or Deputy Governor is suffering from such infirmity of body or mind as renders him permanently incapable of discharging the functions of his office, a notice thereof signed by the Speaker of the House of Assembly shall be published in the Official Gazette of the Government of the State.

(3) The Governor or Deputy Governor shall cease to hold office as from the date of publication of the notice of the medical report pursuant to subsection (2) of this section.

(4) The medical panel to which this section relates shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Assembly of the State, and shall comprise five medical practitioners in Nigeria –

(a) one of whom shall be the personal physician of the holder of the office concerned; and

(b) four other medical practitioners who have, in the opinion of the Speaker of the House of Assembly, attained a high degree of eminence in the field of medicine relative to the nature of the examination to be conducted in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this section.

(5) In this section, the reference to “executive council of the State” is a reference to the body of Commissioners of the Government of the State, howsoever called, established by the Governor and charged with such responsibilities for the functions of Government as the Governor may direct.

Permanent incapacity of Governor or Deputy Governor
Section 190

(1) Whenever the Governor is proceeding on vacation or is otherwise unable to discharge the functions of his Office, he shall transmit a written declaration to the Speaker of the House of Assembly to that effect, and until he transmits to the Speaker of the House of Assembly a written declaration to the contrary, the Deputy Governor shall perform the functions of the Governor as Acting Governor.

(2) In the event that the Governor is unable or fails to transmit the written declaration mentioned in subsection (1) of this section within 21 days, the House of Assembly shall, by a resolution made by a simple majority of the vote of the House, mandate the Deputy Governor to perform the functions of the office of the Governor as Acting Governor until the Governor transmits a letter to the Speaker that he is now available to resume his functions as Governor.
[Section 190 is substituted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (First Alteration Act) 2010]

Acting Governor during temporary absence of Governor
Section 191

(1) The Deputy Governor of a State shall hold the office of Governor of the State if the office of Governor becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, impeachment, permanent incapacity or removal of the Governor from office for any other reason in accordance with section 188 or 189 of this Constitution.

(2) Where any vacancy occurs in the circumstances mentioned in subsection (1) of this section during a period when the office of Deputy Governor of the State is also vacant, the Speaker of the House of Assembly of the State shall hold the office of Governor of the State for a period of not more than three months, during which there shall be an election of a new Governor of the State who shall hold office for the unexpired term of office of the last holder of the office.

(3) Where the office of the Deputy Governor becomes vacant –

(a) by reason of death, resignation, impeachment, permanent incapacity or removal in accordance with section 188 or 189 of this Constitution;

(b) by his assumption of the office of Governor of a State in accordance with subsection (1) of this section; or

(c) for any other reason, the Governor shall nominate and with the approval of the House of Assembly of the State, appoint a new Deputy Governor.

Discharge of functions of Governor
Section 192

(1) There shall be such offices of Commissioners of the Government of a State as may be established by the Governor of the State.

(2) Any appointment to the office of Commissioner of the Government of a State shall, if the nomination of any person to such office is confirmed by the House of Assembly of the State, be made by the Governor of that State and in making any such appointment the Governor shall conform with the provisions of section 14(4) of this Constitution.

[Section 192 (2) is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 Fifth Alteration) (No. 23) Act, 2023]

Provided that no Commissioner nominee shall be confirmed by the House of Assembly of the State unless evidence of declaration of assets and liabilities of the nominee as prescribed in this Constitution is presented.

(3) Where a member of a House of Assembly or of the National Assembly is appointed as Commissioner of the Government of a State, he shall be deemed to have resigned his membership of the House of Assembly or of the National Assembly on his taking the oath of office as Commissioner.

(4) No person shall be appointed as a Commissioner of the Government of a State unless he is qualified for election as a member of the House of Assembly of the State.

(5) An appointment to the office of Commissioner under this section shall be deemed to have been made where no return has been received from the House of Assembly within twenty-one working days of the receipt of nomination by the House of Assembly.

(6) Notwithstanding the provision of subsection (2) of this section, the nomination of any person to the office of a Commissioner for confirmation by the House of Assembly of a State shall be done within sixty days after the date the Governor has taken the oath of office:

[Subsection (6) is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 Fifth Alteration) (No. 23) Act, 2023]

Provided that the Governor may appoint a Commissioner at any other time during his tenure and such appointment shall be subject to confirmation by the House of Assembly of a State.

Commissioners of State Government
Section 193

(1) The Governor of a State may, in his discretion, assign to the Deputy Governor or any Commissioner of the Government of the State responsibility for any business of the Government of that State, including the administration of any department of Government.

(2) The Governor of a State shall hold regular meetings with the Deputy Governor and all Commissioners of the Government of the State for the purposes of –

(a) determining the general direction of the policies of the Government of the State;

(b) co-ordinating the activities of the Governor, the Deputy Governor and the Commissioners of the Government of the State in the discharge of their executive responsibilities; and

(c) advising the Governor generally in the discharge of his executive functions, other than those functions with respect to which he is required by this Constitution to seek the advice or act on the recommendation of any other person or body.

Executive responsibilities of Deputy Governor and Commissioners
Section 194

A Commissioner of the Government of a State shall not enter upon the duties of his office unless he has declared his assets and liabilities as prescribed in this Constitution and has subsequently taken and subscribed the Oath of Allegiance and the oath for the due execution of the duties of his office prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution.
[Seventh Schedule]

Declaration of assets and liabilities: oaths of Commissioners
Section 195

(1) There shall be an Attorney-General for each State who shall be the Chief Law Officer of the State and Commissioner for Justice of the Government of that State.

(2) A person shall not be qualified to hold or perform the functions of the office of the Attorney-General of a State unless he is qualified to practise as a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for not less than ten years.

Attorney-General of a State
Section 196

(1) The Governor of a State may appoint any person as a Special Adviser to assist him in the performance of his functions.

(2) The number of such Advisers and their remuneration and allowances shall be as prescribed by law or by resolution of the House of Assembly of the State.

(3) Any appointment made pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be at the pleasure of the Governor, and shall cease when the Governor ceases to hold office.

(4) A person appointed as a Special Adviser under subsection (1) of this section shall not begin to perform the functions of the office unless he has declared his assets and liabilities as prescribed in this Constitution and has subsequently taken and subscribed the Oath of Allegiance and the oath of office prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution.

[Seventh Schedule]

Special Advisers
Section 197

(1) There shall be established for each State of the Federation the following bodies, namely –

(a) State Civil Service Commission;

(b) State Independent Electoral Commission; and

(c) State Judicial Service Commission
.
(2) The composition and powers of each body established by subsection (1) of this section are as set out in Part II of the Third Schedule to this Constitution.

[Part II Third Schedule]

(3) In appointing Chairmen and members of boards and governing bodies of statutory corporations and companies in which the Government of the State has controlling shares or interests and councils of Universities, Colleges and other institutions of higher learning, the Governor shall conform with the provisions of section 14(4) of this Constitution.

State Commissions
Section 198

Except in the case of ex-officio members or where other provisions are made in this Constitution, the Chairman and members of any of the bodies so established shall, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, be appointed by the Governor of the State and the appointment shall be subject to confirmation by a resolution of the House of Assembly of the State.

Appointment of chairman and members
Section 199

(1) A person who is a member of any of the bodies established as aforesaid shall, subject to the provisions of this Part, remain a member thereof –

(a) in the case of an ex-officio member, whilst he holds the office by virtue of which he is a member of the body;

(b) in the case of a person who is a member by virtue of his having previously held an office, for the duration of his life; and

(c) in the case of a person who is a member otherwise than as an ex-officio member or otherwise than by virtue of his having previously held an office, for a period of five years from the date of his appointment.

(2) A member of any of the bodies shall cease to be a member if any circumstances arise that, if he were not a member of the body, would cause him to be disqualified for appointment as such a member.

Tenure of office of the members
Section 200

(1) No person shall be qualified for appointment as a member of any of the bodies aforesaid if –

(a) he is not qualified or if he is disqualified for election as a member of a House of Assembly, provided that a member of any of the said bodies shall not be required to belong to a political party and, in the case of the State Independent Electoral Commission, he shall not be a member of a political party;

[Section 200(1(a) is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(b) he has within the preceding ten years, been removed as a member of any of the bodies or as the holder of any other office on the ground of misconduct.

(2) Any person employed in the public service of a State shall not be disqualified for appointment as Chairman or member of any of such bodies, provided that where such a person has been duly appointed, he shall on his appointment be deemed to have resigned his former office as from the date of the appointment.

(3) No person shall be qualified for appointment to any of the bodies aforesaid, if, having previously been appointed as a member otherwise than as an ex-officio member of that body, he has been re-appointed for a further term as a member of the same body.

Qualification for membership
Section 201

(1) Any person holding any of the offices to which this section applies shall only be removed from that office by the Governor of that State acting on an address supported by two-thirds majority of the House of Assembly of the State praying that he be so removed for inability to discharge the functions of the office (whether arising from infirmity of mind or body or any other cause) or for misconduct.

(2) This section applies to the offices of the Chairmen and members of the State Civil Service Commission, the State Independent Electoral Commission and the State Judicial Service Commission.

Removal of members
Section 202

In exercising its power to make appointments or to exercise disciplinary control over persons, the State Civil Service Commission, the State Independent Electoral Commission and the State Judicial Service Commission shall not be subject to the direction and control of any other authority or person.

. Independence of certain bodies
Section 203

(1) The quorum for a meeting of any of the bodies established by section 197 of this Constitution shall not be less than one-third of the total number of members of that body at the date of the meeting.

(2) A member of such a body shall be entitled to one vote and a decision of the meeting may be taken and any act or thing may be done in the name of that body by a majority of the members present at a meeting.

(3) Whenever such body is assembled for a meeting, the Chairman or other person presiding shall, in all matters in which a decision is taken by vote (by whatever name such vote may be called) have a casting as well as a deliberative vote.

(4) Subject to its rules of procedure, any such body may act or take any decision notwithstanding any vacancy in its membership or the absence of any member.

Quorum and decisions
Section 204

(1) Subject to subsection (2) of this section, any of the bodies may, with the approval of the Governor, by rules or otherwise regulate its own procedure or confer powers or impose duties on any officer or authority for the purpose of discharging its functions.

(2) In the exercise of any powers under subsection (1) of this section, any such body shall not confer powers or impose duties on any officer or authority of the Federation except with the approval of the President.

Powers and procedure
Section 205

In this Part of this Chapter, unless the context otherwise requires –

(a) any reference to “ex-officio member” shall be construed as a reference to a person who is a member by virtue of his holding or performing the functions of an office in the public service of a State;

(b) “office” means an office in the public service of a State;

(c) any reference to “member” of any of the bodies established by section 197 of this Constitution shall be construed as including a reference to the Chairman of that body; and

(d) “misconduct” means breach of the Oath of Allegiance or oath of office of a member or a breach of the provisions of this Constitution or bribery or corruption or false declaration of assets and liabilities or conviction for treason or treasonable felony.

Interpretation
Section 206

There shall be for each State of the Federation a Civil Service.

Establishment of State civil service
Section 207

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, a State Civil Service Commission may, with the approval of the Governor and subject to such conditions as it may deem fit, delegate any of the powers conferred upon it by this Constitution to any of its members or to any officer in the civil service of the State.

State Civil Service Commission: power of delegation
Section 208

(1) Power to appoint persons to hold or act in the offices to which this section applies and to remove persons so appointed from any such office shall vest in the Governor of the State.

(2) The offices to which this section applies are, namely –

(a) Secretary to the Government of the State;

(b) Head of the Civil Service of the State;

(c) Permanent Secretary or other chief executive in any Ministry or Department of the Government of the State howsoever designated; and
(d) any office on the personal staff of the Governor.

(3) An appointment to the office of the Head of the Civil Service of a State shall not be made except from among Permanent Secretaries or equivalent rank in the civil service of any State or of the Federation.

(4) In exercising his powers of appointment under this section, the Governor shall have regard to the diversity of the people within the state and the need to promote national unity.

(5) Any appointment made pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (d) of subsection (2) of this section shall be at the pleasure of the Governor and shall cease when the Governor ceases to hold office:
Provided that where a person has been appointed from a public service of the Federation or a State, he shall be entitled to return to the public service of the Federation or of the State when the Governor ceases to hold office.

Appointments by Governor
Section 209

A person in the public service of a State shall observe and conform to the Code of Conduct.

Code of Conduct
Section 210

(1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of this section, the right of a person in the public service of a State to receive pension or gratuity shall be regulated by law.

(2) Any benefit to which a person is entitled in accordance with or under such law as is referred to in subsection (1) of this section shall not be withheld or altered to his disadvantage except to such extent as is permissible under any law, including the Code of Conduct.

(3) Pensions shall be reviewed every five years or together with any State Civil Service salary reviews, whichever is earlier.
(4) Pensions in respect of service in the service of a State shall not be taxed.

Protection of pension rights
Section 211

(1) The Attorney General of a State shall have power-

(a) to institute and undertake criminal proceedings against any person before any court of law in Nigeria other than a court martial in respect of any offence created by or under any law of the House of Assembly;

(b) to take over and continue any such criminal proceedings that may have been instituted by any other authority or person; and

(c) to discontinue at any stage before judgment is delivered any such criminal proceedings instituted or undertaken by him or any other authority or person.

(2) The powers conferred upon the Attorney-General of a State under subsection 1 of this section may be exercised by him in person or through officers of his department.

(3) In exercising his powers under this section, the Attorney-General of a State shall have regard to the public interest, the interest of justice and the need to prevent abuse of legal process.

Public prosecutions
Section 212

(1) The Governor may –

(a) grant any person concerned with or convicted of any offence created by any Law of a State a pardon, either free or subject to lawful conditions;

(b) grant to any person a respite, either for an indefinite or for a specified period, of the execution of any punishment imposed on that person for such an offence;

(c) substitute a less severe form of punishment for any punishment imposed on that person for such an offence; or

(d) remit the whole or any part of any punishment imposed on that person for such any offence or of any penalty forfeiture otherwise due to the State on account of such an offence.

(2) The powers of the Governor under subsection (1) of this section shall be exercised by him after consultation with such advisory council of the State on prerogative of mercy as may be established by Law of the State .

. Prerogative of mercy
Section 213

(1) Any report of the National Population Commission containing the population census after every census shall be delivered to the President by the Chairman of the Commission.

(2) The President shall within a period of thirty days after receipt of the report lay copies of the report before the Council of State, which shall consider the report and advise the President whether to accept it or reject it.

(3) Where the Council of State advises the President to accept the report, the President shall accept the same and shall then lay the report on the table of each House of the National Assembly.

(4) Where the President accepts such report and has laid it on the table of each House of the National Assembly he shall publish it in the official Gazette of the Government of the Federation for public information.

(5) Where the Council of State advises the President to reject the report upon the ground-

(a) that the population census contained in the report is inaccurate; or

(b) that the report is perverse, the President shall reject the report accordingly and no reliance shall be placed upon any such report by any authority or person or for any purpose whatsoever.

National population census
Section 214

(1) There shall be a police force for Nigeria, which shall be known as the Nigeria Police Force, and subject to the provisions of this section no other police force shall be established for the Federation or any part thereof.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution –

(a) the Nigeria Police Force shall be organised and administered in accordance with such provisions as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly;

(b) the members of the Nigeria Police Force shall have such powers and duties as maybe conferred upon them by law;

(c) the National Assembly may make provisions for branches of the Nigeria Police Force forming part of the armed forces of the Federation or for the protection of harbours, waterways, railways and air fields.

Establishment of Nigeria Police Force
Section 215

(1) There shall be –

(a) an Inspector-General of Police who, subject to section 216(2) of this Constitution shall be appointed by the President on the advice of the Nigeria Police Council from among serving members of the Nigeria Police Force;

(b) a Commissioner of Police for each State of the Federation who shall be appointed by the Police Service Commission.

(2) The Nigeria Police Force shall be under the command of the Inspector-General of Police and contingents of the Nigeria Police Force stationed in a State shall, subject to the authority of the Inspector-General of Police, be under the command of the Commissioner of Police of that State.

(3) The President or such other Minister of the Government of the Federation as he may authorise in that behalf may give to the Inspector-General of Police such lawful directions with respect to the maintenance and securing of public safety and public order as he may consider necessary, and the Inspector-General of Police shall comply with those direction or cause them to be compiled with.

(4) Subject to the provisions of this section, the Governor of a State or such Commissioner of the Government of the State as he may authorise in that behalf, may give to the Commissioner of Police of that State such lawful directions with respect to the maintenance and securing of public safety and public order within the State as he may consider necessary, and the Commissioner of Police shall comply with those directions or cause them to be complied with:
Provided that before carrying out any such directions under the foregoing provisions of this subsection the Commissioner of Police may request that the matter be referred to the President or such Minister of the Government of the Federation as may be authorised in that behalf by the President for his directions.

(5) The question whether any, and if so what, directions have been given under this section shall not be inquired into in any court.

Appointment of Inspector-General and control of Nigeria Police Force
Section 216

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Nigeria Police Council may, with the approval of the President and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, delegate any of the powers conferred upon it by this Constitution to any of its members or to the Inspector General of Police or any other member of the Nigeria Police Force.

(2) Before making any appointment to the office of the Inspector General of Police or removing him from office, the President shall consult the Nigeria Police Council.

. Delegation of powers to the Inspector-General of Police
Section 217

(1) There shall be an armed forces for the Federation which shall consist of an Army, a Navy, an Air Force and such other branches of the armed forces of the Federation as may be established by an Act of the National Assembly.

(2) The Federation shall, subject to an Act of the National Assembly made in that behalf, equip and maintain the armed forces as may be considered adequate and effective for the purpose of –

(a) defending Nigeria from external aggression;

(b) maintaining its territorial integrity and securing its borders from violation on land, sea, or air;

(c) suppressing insurrection and acting in aid of civil authorities to restore order when called upon to do so by the President, but subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly; and

(d) performance such other functions as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

(3) The composition of the officer corps and other ranks of the armed forces of the Federation shall reflect the federal character of Nigeria.

Establishment and composition of the Armed Forces of the Federation
Section 218

(1) The powers of the President as the Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces of the Federation shall include power to determine the operational use of the armed forces of the Federation.

(2) The powers conferred on the President by subsection (1) of this section shall include power to appoint the Chief of Defence staff, the Chief of Army Staff, the Chief of Naval Staff, the Chief of Air Staff and heads of any other branches of the armed forces of the Federation as may be established by an Act of the National Assembly.

(3) The President may, by directions in writing and subject to such conditions as he may think fit, delegate to any member of the armed forces of the Federation his powers relating to the operational use of the armed forces of the Federation.

(4) The National Assembly shall have power to make laws for the regulation of –

(a) the powers exercisable by the President as Commander-in Chief of the Armed Forces of the Federation; and

(b) the appointment, promotion and disciplinary control of members of the armed forces of the Federation.

Command and operational use
Section 219

The National Assembly shall –

(a) in giving effect to the functions specified in section 217 of this Constitution; and

(b) with respect to the powers exercisable by the President under section 218 of this Constitution, by an Act, establish a body which shall comprise such members as the National Assembly may determine, and which shall have power to ensure that the composition of the armed forces of the Federation shall reflect the federal character of Nigeria in the manner prescribed in the section 217 of this Constitution.

Establishment of body to ensure federal character of Armed Forces
Section 220

(1) The Federation shall establish and maintain adequate facilities for carrying into effect any Act of the National Assembly providing for compulsory military training or military service for citizens of Nigeria.

(2) Until an Act of the National Assembly is made in that behalf the President may maintain adequate facilities in any secondary or post-secondary educational institution in Nigeria for giving military training in any such institution which desires to have the training.

Compulsory military service
Section 221

No association, other than a political party, shall canvass for votes for any candidate at any election or contribute to the funds of any political party or to the election expenses of any candidate at an election.

Prohibition of political activities by certain associations
Section 222

No association by whatever name called shall function as a party, unless –

(a) the names and addresses of its national officers are registered with the Independent National Electoral Commission;

(b) the membership of the association is open to every citizen of Nigeria irrespective of his place of origin, circumstance of birth, sex, religion or ethnic grouping;

(c) a copy of its constitution is registered in the principal office of the Independent National Electoral Commission in such form as may be prescribed by the Independent National Electoral Commission;

(d) any alteration in its registered constitution is also registered in the principal office of the Independent National Electoral Commission within thirty days of the making of such alteration;

(e)the name of the association, its symbol or logo does not contain any ethnic or religious connotation or give the appearance that the activities of the association are confined to a part only of the geographical area of Nigeria; and

(f) the headquarters of the association is situated in the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

Restriction on formation of political parties
Section 223

(1) The constitution and rules of a political party shall-

(a) provide for the periodical election on a democratic basis of the principal officers and members of the executive committee or other governing body of the political party; and

(b) ensure that the members of the executive committee or other governing body of the political party reflect the federal character of Nigeria.

(2) For the purposes of this section –

(a) the election of the officers or members of the executive committee of a political party shall be deemed to be periodical only if it is made at regular intervals not exceeding four years;
and

(b) the members of the executive committee or other governing body of the political party shall be deemed to reflect the federal character of Nigeria only if the members thereof belong to different States not being less in number than two-thirds of all the States of the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

Constitution and rules of political parties
Section 224

The programme as well as the aims and objects of a political party shall conform with the provisions of Chapter II of this Constitution.

Aims and objects
Section 225

(1) Every political party shall, at such times and in such manner as the Independent National Electoral Commission may require, submit to the Independent National Electoral Commission and publish a statement of its assets and liabilities.

(2) Every political party shall submit to the Independent National Electoral Commission a detailed annual statement and analysis of its sources of funds and other assets together with a similar statement of its expenditure in such form as the Commission may require.

(3) No political party shall –
(a) hold or possess any funds or other assets outside Nigeria; or
(b) be entitled to retain any funds or assets remitted or sent to it from outside Nigeria.

(4) Any funds or other assets remitted or sent to a political party from outside Nigeria shall be paid over or transferred to the Commission within twenty-one days of its receipt with such information as the Commission may require.

(5) The Commission shall have power to give directions to political parties regarding the books or records of financial transactions which they shall keep and, to examine all such books and records.

(6) The powers conferred on the Commission under subsection (4) of this section may be exercised by it through any member of its staff or any person who is an auditor by profession, and who is not a member of a political party.

. Finances of political parties
Section 225A

The Independent National Electoral Commission shall have power to de-register a political party for-

(a) breach of any of the requirements for registration;
[Section 225A is inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.9) Act 2017]

(b) failure to win at least twenty-five percent of votes cast in-
(i) one State of the Federation in a Presidential election, or
(ii) one Local Government of the State in a Governorship election.
(c) failure to win at least-
(i) one ward in the Chairmanship election,
(ii) one seat in the National or State House of Assembly election, or
(iii) one seat in the Councillorship election.

De-registration of political party
Section 226

(1) The Independent National Electoral Commission shall in every year prepare and submit to the National Assembly a report on the accounts and balance sheet of every political party.

(2) It shall be the duty of the Commission, in preparing its report under this section, to carry out such investigations as will enable it to form an opinion as to whether proper books of accounts and proper records have been kept by any political party, and if the Commission is of the opinion that proper books of accounts have not been kept by a political party, the Commission shall so report.

(3) Every member of the Commission or its duly authorised agent shall –

(a) have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of all political parties; and

(b) be entitled to require from the officers of the political parties such information and explanation as he thinks necessary for the performance of his duties under this Constitution, and if the member of the Commission or such agent fails or is unable to obtain all the information and explanation which to the best of his knowledge and belief are necessary for the purposes of the investigation, the Commission shall state that fact in its report.

Annual report on finances
Section 227

No person or association shall retain, organise, train or equip any person or group of persons for the purpose of enabling them to be employed for the use or display of physical force or coercion in promoting any political objective or interest or in such manner as to arouse reasonable apprehension that they are organised and trained or equipped for that purpose.

Prohibition of quasi-military organisation
Section 228

The National Assembly may by law provide –

(a) guidelines and rules to ensure internal democracy within political parties, including making laws for the conduct of party primaries, party congresses and party conventions; and

[Section 228(a) and (b) are substituted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]
[The definition of association in Section 229 is deleted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]

(b) the conferment on the Independent National Electoral Commission of powers as may appear to the National Assembly to be necessary or desirable for the purpose of enabling the Commission more effectively to ensure that political parties observe the practices of internal democracy, including the fair and transparent conduct of party primaries, party congresses and party conventions;

(c) for an annual grant to the Independent National Electoral Commission for disbursement to political parties on a fair and equitable basis to assist them in the discharge of their functions;
and

(d) for the conferment on the Commission of other powers as may appear to the National Assembly to be necessary or desirable for the purpose of enabling the Commission more effectively to ensure that political parties observe the provisions of this Part of this Chapter.

Powers of the National Assembly with respect to political parties
Section 229

In this Part of this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires –

“association” means any body of persons corporate or unincorporate who agree to act together for any common purpose, and includes an association formed for any ethnic, social, cultural, occupational or religious purpose; and

“political party” includes any association whose activities include canvassing for votes in support of a candidate for election to the office of President, Vice-President, Governor, Deputy Governor or membership of a legislative house or of a local government council.

Interpretation
Section 230

(1) There shall be a Supreme Court of Nigeria.

(2) The Supreme Court of Nigeria shall consist of –

(a) the Chief Justice of Nigeria; and

(b) such number of Justices of the Supreme Court, not exceeding twenty-one, as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

Establishment of the Supreme Court of Nigeria
Section 231

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of Chief Justice of Nigeria shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, subject to confirmation of such appointment by the Senate.

(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Justice of the Supreme Court shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, subject to confirmation of such appointment by the Senate.

(3) A person shall not be qualified to hold the office of Chief Justice of Nigeria or a Justice of the Supreme Court, unless he is qualified to practise as a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than fifteen years.

(4) If the office of Chief Justice of Nigeria is vacant or if the person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then until a person has been appointed to and has assumed the functions of that office, or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the President shall appoint the most senior Justice of the Supreme Court to perform those functions.

(5) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to the provisions of subsection (4) of this section shall cease to have effect after the expiration of three months from the date of such appointment, and the President shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

. Appointment of Chief Justice of Nigeria and Justices of the Supreme Court
Section232

(1) The Supreme Court shall, to the exclusion of any other court, have original jurisdiction in any dispute between the Federation and a State or between States if and in so far as that dispute involves any question (whether of law or fact) on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends.

(2) In addition to the jurisdiction conferred upon it by subsection (1) of this section, the Supreme Court shall have such original jurisdiction as may be conferred upon it by any Act of the National Assembly:
Provided that no original jurisdiction shall be conferred upon the Supreme Court with respect to any criminal matter.

Original jurisdiction
Section 233

(1) The Supreme Court shall have jurisdiction, to the exclusion of any other court of law in Nigeria, to hear and determine appeals from the Court of Appeal.

(2) An appeal shall lie from the decisions of the Court of Appeal to the Supreme Court as of right in the following cases –

[Section 233 is substituted by Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Second Alteration Act) 2010]

(a) where the ground of appeal involves questions of law alone, decisions in any civil or criminal proceedings before the Court of Appeal;

(b) decisions in any civil or criminal proceedings on questions as to the interpretation or application of this Constitution,

(c) decisions in any civil or criminal proceedings on questions as to whether any of the provisions of Chapter IV of this Constitution has been, is being or is likely to be, contravened in relation to any person;

(d) decisions in any criminal proceedings in which any person has been sentenced to death by the Court of Appeal or in which the Court of Appeal has affirmed a sentence of death imposed by any other court;

(e) decisions on any question –

(i) whether any person has been validly elected to the office of President or Vice-President under this Constitution,

(ii) whether the term of office of President or Vice-President has ceased,

(iii) whether the office of President or Vice-President has become vacant,

(iv) whether any person has been validly elected to the office of Governor or Deputy Governor under this Constitution,

(v) whether the term of office of Governor or Deputy Governor has ceased,

(vi) whether the term of office of Governor or Deputy Governor has become vacant; and

(f) such other cases as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

Appellate Jurisdiction
Section 234

For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by this Constitution or any law, the Supreme Court shall be duly constituted if it consists of not less than five Justices of the Supreme Court:
Provided that where the Supreme Court is sitting to consider an appeal brought under section 233(2)(b) or (c) of this Constitution, or to exercise its original jurisdiction in accordance with section 232 of this Constitution, the Court shall be constituted by seven Justices.

Constitution
Section 235

Without prejudice to the powers of the President or of the Governor of a State with respect to prerogative of mercy, no appeal shall lie to any other body or person from any determination of the Supreme Court.

Finality of determinations
Section 236

Subject to the provisions of any Act of the National Assembly, the Chief Justice of Nigeria may make rules for regulating the practice and procedure of the Supreme Court.

Practice and procedure
Section 237

(1) There shall be a Court of Appeal.
(2) The Court of Appeal shall consist of –

(a) a President of the Court of Appeal; and

(b) such number of Justices of the Court of Appeal, not less than forty-nine of which not less than three shall be learned in Islamic personal law, and not less than three shall be learned in Customary law, as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

Establishment of Court of Appeal
Section 238

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of President of the Court of Appeal shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, subject to confirmation of such appointment by the Senate.

(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Justice of the Court of Appeal shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.

(3) A person shall not be qualified to hold the office of a Justice of the Court of Appeal unless he is qualified to practise as a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than twelve years.

(4) If the office of the President of the Court of Appeal is vacant, or if the person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then until a person has been appointed to and has assumed the functions of that office, or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the President shall appoint the most senior Justice of the Court of Appeal to perform those functions.

(5) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to the provisions of subsection (4) of this section shall cease to have effect after the expiration of three months from the date of such appointment, and the President shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

Appointment of President and Justices of the Court of Appeal
Section 239

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Court of Appeal shall, to the exclusion of any other court of law in Nigeria, have original jurisdiction to hear and determine any question as to whether –

(a) any person has been validity elected to the office of President or Vice-President under this Constitution; or

(b) the term of office of the President or Vice-President has ceased; or

(c) the office of President or Vice-President has become vacant.

(2) In the hearing and determination of an election petition under paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of this section, the Court of Appeal shall be duly constituted if it consists of at least three Justices of the Court Appeal.

[Section 239 is substituted by Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Second Alteration Act) 2010]

Original jurisdiction
Section 240

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Court of Appeal shall have jurisdiction, to the exclusion of any other court of law in Nigeria, to hear and determine appeals from the Federal High Court, National Industrial Court, the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, High Court of a State, Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, Sharia Court of Appeal of a State, Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, Customary Court of Appeal of a State and from decisions of a court-martial or other tribunals as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

[Section 240 is altered by Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]

Appellate jurisdiction
Section 241

(1) An appeal shall lie from decisions of the Federal High Court or a High Court to the Court of Appeal as of right in the following cases –

(a) final decisions in any civil or criminal proceedings before the Federal High Court or a High Court sitting at first instance;

(b) where the ground of appeal involves questions of law alone, decisions in any civil or criminal proceedings;

(c) decisions in any civil or criminal proceedings on questions as to the interpretation or application of this Constitution;

(d) decisions in any civil or criminal proceedings on questions as to whether any of the provisions of Chapter IV of this Constitution has been, is being or is likely to be, contravened in relation to any person;

(e) decisions in any criminal proceedings in which the Federal High Court or a High Court has imposed a sentence of death;

(f) decisions made or given by the Federal High Court or a High Court –

(i) where the liberty of a person or the custody of an infant is concerned,

(ii) where an injunction or the appointment of a receiver is granted or refused,

(iii) in the case of a decision determining the case of a creditor or the liability of a contributory or other officer under any enactment relating to companies in respect of misfeasance or otherwise,

(iv) in the case of a decree nisi in a matrimonial cause or a decision in an admiralty action determining liability, and

(v) in such other cases as may be prescribed by any law in force in Nigeria.

(2) Nothing in this section shall confer any right of appeal –

(a) from a decision of the Federal High Court or any High Court granting unconditional leave to defend an action;

(b) from an order absolute for the dissolution or nullity of marriage in favour of any party who, having had time and opportunity to appeal from the decree nisi on which the order was founded, has not appealed from that decree nisi; and

(c) without the leave of the Federal High Court or a High Court or of the Court of Appeal, from a decision of the Federal High Court or High Court made with the consent of the parties or as to costs only.

Appeals as of right from the Federal High Court or a High Court
Section 242

(1) Subject to the provisions of section 241 of this Constitution, an appeal shall lie from decisions of the Federal High Court or a High Court to the Court of Appeal with the leave of the Federal High Court or that High Court or the Court of Appeal.
(2) The Court of Appeal may dispose of any application for leave to appeal from any decision of the Federal High Court or a High Court in respect of any civil or criminal proceedings in which an appeal has been brought to the Federal High Court or a High Court from any other court after consideration of the record of the proceedings, if the Court of Appeal is of the opinion that the interests of justice do not require an oral hearing of the application.

Appeals with leave
Section 243

(1) Any right of appeal to the Court of Appeal from the decisions of the Federal High Court, National Industrial Court or a High Court conferred by this Constitution shall be –
(a) exercisable in the case of civil proceedings at the instance of a party thereto, or with the leave of the Federal High Court or High Court or the Court of Appeal at the instance of any other person having an interest in the matter, and in the case of criminal proceedings at the instance of an accused person or, subject to the provisions of this Constitution and any powers conferred upon the Attorney-General of the Federation or the Attorney General of a State to take over and continue or to discontinue such proceedings, at the instance of such other authorities or persons as may be prescribed;
(b) exercised in accordance with any Act of the National Assembly and rules of court for the time being in force regulating the powers, practice and procedure of the Court of Appeal.
[Section 243(1) and Marginal Note are altered by Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
(2) An appeal shall lie from the decision of the National Industrial Court as of right to the Court of Appeal on questions of fundamental rights as contained in Chapter IV of this Constitution as it relates to matters upon which the National Industrial Court has jurisdiction.
[Section 243(2) to (4) are inserted by Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
(3) An Appeal shall only lie from the decision of the National Industrial Court to the Court of Appeal as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly:
Provided that where an Act or Law prescribes that an appeal shall lie from the decisions of the National Industrial Court to the Court of Appeal, such appeal shall be with the leave of the Court of Appeal.
(4) Without prejudice to the provisions of section 254C(5) of this Act, the decision of the Court of Appeal in respect of any appeal arising from any civil jurisdiction of the National Industrial Court shall be final.

243. Exercise of the right of appeal from the Federal High Court, National Industrial Court or a High Court in civil and criminal matters
Section 244

(1) An appeal shall lie from decisions of a Sharia Court of Appeal to the Court of Appeal as of right in any civil proceedings before the Sharia Court of Appeal with respect to any question of Islamic personal law which the Sharia Court of Appeal is competent to decide.
(2) Any right of appeal to the Court of Appeal from the decisions of a Sharia Court of Appeal conferred by this section shall be –
(a) exercisable at the instance of a party thereto or, with the leave of the Sharia Court of Appeal or of the Court of Appeal, at the instance of any other person having an interest in the matter;
and
(b) exercised in accordance with an Act of the National Assembly and rules of court for the time being in force regulating the powers, practice and procedure of the Court of Appeal.

Appeals from Sharia Court of Appeal
Section 245

(1) An appeal shall lie from decisions of a Customary Court of Appeal to the Court of Appeal as of right in any civil proceedings before the Customary Court of Appeal with respect to any question of customary law and such other matters as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.
(2) Any right of appeal to the Court of Appeal from the decisions of a Customary Court of Appeal conferred by this section shall be –
(a) exercisable at the instance of a party thereto or, with the leave of the Customary Court of Appeal or of the Court of Appeal, at the instance of any other person having an interest in the matter;
(b) exercised in accordance with any Act of the National Assembly and rules of court for the time being in force regulating the powers, practice and procedure of the Court of Appeal.

Appeals from Customary Court of Appeal of a State
Section 246

(1) An appeal to the Court of Appeal shall lie as of right from –
(a) decisions of the Code of Conduct Tribunal established in the Fifth Schedule to this Constitution;
[Fifth Schedule]
(b) decisions of the National and State Houses of Assembly Election Tribunals; and
(c) decisions of the Governorship Election Tribunals, on any question as to whether-
(i) any person has been validly elected as a member of the National Assembly or of a House of Assembly of a State under this Constitution,
(ii) any person has been validly elected to the office of a Governor or Deputy Governor, or
(iii) the term of office of any person has ceased or the seat of any such person has become vacant.
(2) The National Assembly may confer jurisdiction upon the Court of Appeal to hear and determine appeals from any decision of any other court of law or tribunal established by the National Assembly.
(3) The decisions of the Court of Appeal in respect of appeals arising from the National and State Houses of Assembly election petitions shall be final.
[Section 246 is substituted by Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Second Alteration Act) 2010]

Appeals from Code of Conduct Tribunal and other courts and tribunals
Section 247

(1) For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by this Constitution or any other law, the Court of Appeal shall be duly constituted if it consists of not less than three Justices of the Court of Appeal and in the case of appeals from –
(a) a Sharia Court of Appeal, if it consists of not less than three Justices of the Court of Appeal learned in Islamic personal law;
and
(b) a Customary Court of Appeal, if it consists of not less than three Justices of Court of Appeal learned in Customary law.

Constitution
Section 248

Subject to the provisions of any Act of the National Assembly, the President of the Court of Appeal may make rules for regulating the practice and procedure of the Court of Appeal.

Practice and procedure
Section 249

(1) There shall be a Federal High Court.
(2) The Federal High Court shall consist of –
(a) a Chief Judge of the Federal High Court; and
(b) such number of Judges of the Federal High Court as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

Establishment of the Federal High Court
Section 250

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of Chief Judge of the Federal High Court shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, subject to confirmation of such appointment by the Senate.
(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Judge of the Federal High Court shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.
(3) A person shall not be qualified to hold the office of Chief Judge or a Judge of the Federal High Court unless he is qualified to practise as a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years.
(4) If the office of Chief Judge of the Federal High Court is vacant or if the person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then, until a person has been appointed to and has assumed those functions of that office, or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the President shall appoint the most senior Judge of the Federal High Court to perform those functions.
(5) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to the provisions of subsection (3) of this section shall cease to have effect after the expiration of three months from the date of such appointment and the President shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

Appointment of Chief Judge and Judges of the Federal High Court
Section 251

(1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Constitution and in addition to such other jurisdiction as may be conferred upon it by an Act of the National Assembly, the Federal High Court shall have and exercise jurisdiction to the exclusion of any other court in civil causes and matters –
(a) relating to the revenue of the Government of the Federation in which the said Government or any organ thereof or a person suing or being sued on behalf of the said Government is a party;
(b) connected with or pertaining to the taxation of companies and other bodies established or carrying on business in Nigeria and all other persons subject to Federal taxation;
(c) connected with or pertaining to customs and excise duties and export duties, including any claim by or against the Nigeria Customs Service or any member or officer thereof, arising from the performance of any duty imposed under any regulation relating to customs and excise duties and export duties;
(d) connected with or pertaining to banking, banks, other financial institutions, including any action between one bank and another, any action by or against the Central Bank of Nigeria arising from banking, foreign exchange, coinage, legal tender, bills of exchange, letters of credit, promissory notes and other fiscal measures:
Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to any dispute between an individual customer and his bank in respect of transactions between the individual customer and the bank;
(e) arising from the operation of the Companies and Allied Matters Act or any other enactment replacing the Act or regulating the operation of companies incorporated under the Companies and Allied Matters Act;
[Cap. C20 LFN]
(f) any Federal enactment relating to copyright, patent, designs, trademarks and passing-off, industrial designs and merchandise marks, business names, commercial and industrial monopolies, combines and trusts, standards of goods and commodities and industrial standards;
(g) any admiralty jurisdiction, including shipping and navigation on the River Niger or River Benue and their affluents and on such other inland waterway as may be designated by any enactment to be an international waterway, all Federal ports, (including the constitution and powers of the ports authorities for Federal ports) and carriage by sea;
(h) diplomatic, consular and trade representation;
(i) citizenship, naturalisation and aliens, deportation of persons who are not citizens of Nigeria, extradition, immigration into and emigration from Nigeria, passports and visas;
(j) bankruptcy and insolvency;
(k) aviation and safety of aircraft;
(l) arms, ammunition and explosives;
(m) drugs and poisons;
(n) mines and minerals (including oil fields, oil mining, geological surveys and natural gas);
(o) weights and measures;
(p) the administration or the management and control of the Federal Government or any of its agencies;
(q) subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the operation and interpretation of this Constitution in so far as it affects the Federal Government or any of its agencies;
(r) any action or proceeding for a declaration or injunction affecting the validity of any executive or administrative action or decision by the Federal Government or any of its agencies; and
(s) such other jurisdiction civil or criminal and whether to the exclusion of any other court or not as may be conferred upon it by an Act of the National Assembly:
Provided that nothing in the provisions of paragraphs (p), (q) and (r) of this subsection shall prevent a person from seeking redress against the Federal Government or any of its agencies in an action for damages, injunction or specific performance where the action is based on any enactment, law or equity.
(2) The Federal High Court shall have and exercise jurisdiction and powers in respect of treason, treasonable felony and allied offences.
(3) The Federal High Court shall also have and exercise jurisdiction and powers in respect of criminal causes and matters in respect of which jurisdiction is conferred by subsection (1) of this section.
(4) The Federal High Court shall have and exercise jurisdiction to determine any question as to whether the term of office or a seat of a member of the Senate or the House of Representatives has ceased or his seat has become vacant.
[Section 251(4) is inserted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]

. Jurisdiction
Section 252

(1) For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by this Constitution or as may be conferred by an Act of the National Assembly, the Federal High Court shall have all the powers of the High Court of a state.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) of this section, the National Assembly may by law make provisions conferring upon the Federal High Court powers additional to those conferred by this section as may appear necessary or desirable for enabling the Court more effectively to exercise its jurisdiction.

Powers
Section 253

The Federal High Court shall be duly constituted if it consists of at least one Judge of that Court.

Constitution
Section 254

Subject to the provisions of any Act of the National Assembly, the Chief Judge of the Federal High Court may make rules for regulating the practice and procedure of the Federal High Court.

. Practice and procedure
Section 254A

(1) There shall be a National Industrial Court of Nigeria.
(2) The National Industrial Court shall consist of:
(a) President of the National Industrial Court; and
(b) such number of Judges of the National Industrial Court as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.
[Part CC (Sections 254A- 254F) is inserted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]

Establishment and composition of the National Industrial Court
Section 254B

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of President of the National Industrial Court shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council subject to confirmation of such appointment by the Senate.
(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Judge of the National Industrial Court shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.
(3) A person shall not be eligible to hold the office of a President of the National Industrial Court unless the person is qualified to practice as a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years and has considerable knowledge and experience in the law and practice of industrial relations and employment conditions in Nigeria.
(4) A person shall not be eligible to hold the office of a Judge of the National Industrial Court unless the person is a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years and has considerable knowledge and experience in the law and practice of industrial relations and employment conditions in Nigeria.
(5) If the office of the President of the National Industrial Court is vacant, or if the person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then, until a person has been appointed to and assumed the functions of that office or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the President shall appoint the most senior Judge of the Court having the qualification to be appointed as President of the National Industrial Court as provided under subsection (3) of this section to perform those functions.
(6) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to the provisions of subsection (5) of this section shall cease to have effect after the expiration of three months from the date of such appointment and the President shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

Appointment of President and Judges of the National Industrial Court
Section 254C

(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 251, 257, 272 and anything contained in this Constitution and in addition to such other jurisdiction as may be conferred upon it by an Act of the National Assembly, the National Industrial Court shall have and exercise jurisdiction to the exclusion of any other court in civil causes and matters-
(a) relating to or connected with any labour, employment, trade unions, industrial relations and matters arising from workplace, the conditions of service, including health, safety, welfare of labour, employee, worker and matters incidental thereto or connected therewith;
(b) relating to, connected with or arising from Factories Act, Trade Disputes Act, Trade Unions Act, Labour Act, Employees’ Compensation Act or any other Act or Law relating to labour, employment, industrial relations, workplace or any other enactment replacing the Acts or Laws;
(c) relating to or connected with the grant of any order restraining any person or body from taking part in any strike, lock-out or any industrial action, or any conduct in contemplation or in furtherance of a strike, lock-out or any industrial action and matters Connected therewith or related thereto;
(d) relating to or connected with any dispute over the interpretation and application of the provisions of Chapter IV of this Constitution as it relates to any employment, labour, industrial relations, trade unionism, employer’s association or any other matter which the Court has jurisdiction to hear and determine;
(e) relating to or connected with any dispute arising from national minimum wage for the Federation or any part thereof and matters connected therewith or arising therefrom;
(f) relating to or connected with unfair labour practice or international best practices in labour, employment and industrial relation matters;
(g) relating to or connected with any dispute arising from discrimination or sexual harassment at workplace;
(h) relating to, connected with or pertaining to the application or interpretation of international labour standards;
(i) connected with or related to child labour, child abuse, human trafficking or any matter connected therewith or related thereto;
(j) relating to the determination of any question as to the interpretation and application of any-
(i) collective agreement,
(ii) award or order made by an arbitral tribunal in respect of a trade dispute or a trade union dispute,
(iii) award or judgment of the Court,
(iv) term of settlement of any trade dispute,
(v) trade union dispute or employment dispute as may be recorded in a memorandum of settlement,
(vi) trade union constitution, the constitution of an association of employers or any association relating to employment, labour, industrial relations or work place,
(vii) dispute relating to or connected with any personnel matter arising from any free trade zone in the Federation or any part thereof;
(k) relating to or connected with disputes arising from payment or nonpayment of salaries, wages, pensions, gratuities, allowances, benefits and any other entitlement of any employee, worker, political or public office holder, judicial officer or any civil or public servant in any part of the Federation and matters incidental thereto;
(I) relating to-
(i) appeals from the decisions of the Registrar of Trade Unions, or matters relating thereto or connected therewith,
(ii) appeals from the decisions or recommendations of any administrative body or commission of enquiry, arising from or connected with employment, labour, trade unions or industrial relations, and
(iii) such other jurisdiction, civil or criminal and whether to the exclusion of any other court or not, as may be conferred upon it by an Act of the National Assembly;
(m) relating to or connected with the registration of collective agreements.
(2) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Constitution, the National Industrial Court shall have the jurisdiction and power to deal with any matter connected with or pertaining to the application of any international convention, treaty or protocol of which Nigeria has ratified relating to labour, employment, workplace, industrial relations or matters connected therewith.
(3) The National Industrial Court may establish an Alternative Dispute Resolutions Centre within the Court premises on matters which jurisdiction is conferred on the court by this Constitution or any Act or Law:
Provided that nothing in this subsection shall preclude the National Industrial Court from entertaining and exercising appellate and supervisory jurisdiction over an arbitral tribunal or commission, administrative body, or board of inquiry in respect of any matter that the National Industrial Court has jurisdiction to entertain or any other matter as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly or any Law in force in any part of the Federation.
(4) The National Industrial Court shall have and exercise jurisdiction and powers to entertain any application for the enforcement of the award, decision, ruling or order made by any arbitral tribunal or commission, administrative body, or board of inquiry relating to, connected with, arising from or pertaining to any matter of which the National Industrial Court has the jurisdiction to entertain.
(5) The National Industrial Court shall have and exercise jurisdiction and powers in criminal causes and matters arising from any cause or matter of which jurisdiction is conferred on the National Industrial Court by this section or any other Act of the National Assembly or by any other law.
(6) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Constitution, appeal shall lie from the decision of the National Industrial Court from matters in sub-section 5 of this section to the Court of Appeal as of right.

Jurisdiction
Section 254D

(1) For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by this Constitution or as may be conferred by an Act of the National Assembly, the National Industrial Court shall have all the powers of a High Court.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) of this section, the National Assembly may by law, make provisions conferring upon the National Industrial Court powers additional to those conferred by this section as may appear necessary or desirable for enabling the Court to be more effective in exercising its jurisdiction.

Powers
Section 254E

(1) For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by this Constitution or any other law, the National Industrial Court shall be duly constituted if it consists of a single Judge or not more than three Judges as the President of the National Industrial Court may direct.
(2) For the purpose of exercising its criminal jurisdiction, the President of the Court may hear and determine or assign a single Judge of the Court to hear and determine such matter.
(3) For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by the Constitution or any other law, the Court may, if it thinks it expedient to do so or in a manner prescribed under any enactment, law or rules of court, call in the aid of one or more assessors specially qualified to try and hear the cause or matter wholly or partly with the assistance of such assessors.
(4) For the purpose of subsection (3) of this section, an assessor shall be a person who is qualified and experienced in his field of specialization and who has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years.

Constitution of the Court
Section 254F

(1) Subject to the provisions of any Act of the National Assembly, the President of the National Industrial Court may make rules for regulating the practice and procedure of the National Industrial Court.
(2) For the purpose of exercising its criminal jurisdiction, the provisions of the Criminal Code, Penal Code, Criminal Procedure Act, Criminal Procedure Code or Evidence Act shall apply.
[Section 254F (2) is deleted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 9) Act, 2023]

Practice and procedure
Section 255

(1) There shall be a High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.
(2) The High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall consist of –
(a) a Chief Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja; and
(b) such number of Judges of the High Court as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

. Establishment and composition of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 256

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of Chief Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial council, subject to confirmation of such appointment by the Senate.
(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.
(3) A person shall not be qualified to hold the office of a Chief Judge or a Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja unless he is qualified to practice as a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years.
(4) If the office of the Chief Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja is vacant or if the person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then until a person has been appointed to and has assumed the functions of that office or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the President shall appoint the most senior Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, to perform those functions.
(5) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to the provisions of subsection (4) of this section shall cease to have effect after the expiration of three months from the date of such appointment and the President shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

Appointment of Chief Judge and Judges of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 257

(1) Subject to the provisions of section 251 and any other provisions of this Constitution and in addition to such other jurisdiction as may be conferred upon it by law, the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any civil proceedings in which the existence or extent of a legal right, power, duty, liability, privilege, interest, obligation or claim is in issue or to hear and determine any criminal proceedings involving or relating to any penalty, forfeiture, punishment or other liability in respect of an offence committed by any person.
(2) The reference to civil or criminal proceedings in this section includes a reference to the proceedings which originate in the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja and those which are brought before the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja to be dealt with by the Court in the exercise of its appellate or supervisory jurisdiction.

Jurisdiction
Section 258

The High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall be duly constituted if it consists of at least one Judge of that Court.

Constitution
Section 259

Subject to the provisions of any Act of the National Assembly, the Chief Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja may make rules for regulating the practice and procedure of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

Practice and procedure
Section 260

(1) There shall be a Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.
(2) The Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall consist of –
(a) a Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal; and
(b) such number of Kadis of the Sharia Court of Appeal as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

Establishment of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 261

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, subject to confirmation of such appointment by the Senate.
(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.
(3) A person shall not be qualified to hold office as Grand Kadi or Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja unless-
(a) he is a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years and has obtained a recognised qualification in Islamic law from an institution acceptable to the National Judicial Council; or
(b) he has attended and has obtained a recognised qualification in Islamic law from an institution approved by the National Judicial Council and has held the qualification for a period of not less than twelve years; and
(i) he either has considerable experience in the practice of Islamic law, or
(ii) he is a distinguished scholar of Islamic law.
(4) If the office of the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal is vacant or if the person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then, until a person has been appointed to and has assumed the functions of that office or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the President shall appoint the most senior Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal to perform those functions.
(5) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to the provisions of subsection (4) of this section shall cease to have effect after the expiration of three months from the date of such appointment and the President shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

261. Appointment of Grand Kadi and Kadis of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 262

(1) The Sharia Court of Appeal shall, in addition to such other jurisdiction as may be conferred upon it by an Act of the National Assembly, exercise such appellate and supervisory jurisdiction in civil proceedings involving questions of Islamic personal law.
(2) For the purpose of subsection (1) of this section, the Sharia Court of Appeal shall be competent to decide –
(a) any question of Islamic personal law regarding a marriage concluded in accordance with that law, including a question relating to the validity or dissolution of such a marriage or a question that depends on such a marriage and relating to family relationship or the guardianship of an infant;
(b) where all the parties to the proceedings are muslims, any question of Islamic personal law regarding a marriage, including the validity or dissolution of that marriage, or regarding family relationship, a foundling or the guardianship of an infant;
(c) any question of Islamic personal law regarding a wakf, gift, will or succession where the endower, donor, testator or deceased person is a muslim;
(d) any question of Islamic personal law regarding an infant, prodigal or person of unsound mind who is a muslim or the maintenance or the guardianship of a muslim who is physically or mentally infirm; or
(e) where all the parties to the proceedings, being muslims, have requested the court that hears the case in the first instance to determine that case in accordance with Islamic personal law, any other question.

Jurisdiction
Section 263

For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by this Constitution or any Act of the National Assembly, the Sharia Court of Appeal shall be duly constituted if it consists of at least three Kadis of that Court.

Constitution
Section 264

Subject to the provisions of any Act of the National Assembly, the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja may make rules for regulating the practice and procedure of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

Practice and procedure
Section 265

(1) There shall be a Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.
(2) The Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall consist of –
(a) a President of the Customary Court of Appeal; and
(b) such number of Judges of the Customary Court of Appeal as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.

Establishment of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 266

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of the President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, subject to the confirmation of such appointment by the Senate.
(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal shall be made by the President on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.
(3) Apart from such other qualification as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly, a person shall not be qualified to hold the office of President or a Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, unless –
(a) he is a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years and, in the opinion of the National Judicial Council he has considerable knowledge and experience in the practice of customary law; or
(b) in the opinion of the National Judicial Council he has considerable knowledge of and experience in the practice of customary law.
(4) If the office of the President of the Customary Court of Appeal is vacant or if the person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then, until a person has been appointed to and assumed the functions of that office, or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the President shall appoint the next most senior Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal to perform those functions.
(5) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to the provisions of subsection (4) of this section shall cease to have effect after the expiration of three months from the date of such appointment and the President shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

Appointment of President and Judges of Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 267

The Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall, in addition to such other jurisdiction as may be conferred upon it by an Act of the National Assembly, exercise such appellate and supervisory jurisdiction in civil proceedings involving questions of customary law.

Jurisdiction
Section 268

For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by this Constitution or any Act of the National Assembly, the Customary Court of Appeal shall be duly constituted if it consists of at least three Judges of that Court.

Constitution
Section 269

Subject to the provisions of any Act of the National Assembly, the President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, may make rules for regulating the practice and procedure of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

Practice and Procedure
Section 270

(1) There shall be a High Court for each State of the Federation.
(2) The High Court of a State shall consist of –
(a) a Chief Judge of the State; and
(b) such number of Judges of the High Court as may be prescribed by a Law of the House of Assembly of the State.

. Establishment of a High Court for each State
Section 271

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of Chief Judge of a State shall be made by the Governor of the State on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, subject to confirmation of the appointment by the House of Assembly of the State.
(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Judge of a High Court of a State shall be made by the Governor of the State acting on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.
(3) A person shall not be qualified to hold office of a Judge of a High Court of a State unless he is qualified to practise as a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years.
(4) If the office of Chief Judge of a State is vacant or if the person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then until a person has been appointed to and has assumed the functions of that office, or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the Governor of the State shall appoint the most senior Judge of the High Court to perform those functions.
(5) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to subsection (4) of this section shall cease to have effect after expiration of three months from the date of such appointment and the Governor shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

Appointment of Chief Judge and Judges of the High Court of a State
Section 272

(1) Subject to the provisions of section 251 and other provisions of this Constitution, the High Court of a State shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any civil proceedings in which the existence or extent of a legal right, power, duty, liability, privilege, interest, obligation or claim is in issue or to hear and determine any criminal proceedings involving or relating to any penalty, forfeiture, punishment or other liability in respect of an offence committed by any person.
(2) The reference to civil or criminal proceedings in this section includes a reference to the proceedings which originate in the High Court of a State and those which are brought before the High Court to be dealt with by the Court in the exercise of its appellate or supervisory jurisdiction.
(3) Subject to the provisions of section 251 and other provisions of this Constitution, the Federal High Court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine the question as to whether the term of office of a member of the House of Assembly of a State, a Governor or Deputy Governor has ceased or become vacant.
[Section 272(3) is inserted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]

Jurisdiction: general
Section 273

For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it under this Constitution or any law, a High Court of a State shall be duly constituted if it consists of at least one Judge of that Court.

Constitution
Section 274

Subject to the provisions of any law made by the House of Assembly of a State, the Chief Judge of a State may make rules for regulating the practice and procedure of the High Court of the State.

Practice and procedure
Section 275

(1) There shall be for any State that requires it a Sharia Court of Appeal for that State.
(2) The Sharia Court of Appeal of the State shall consist of –
(a) a Grandi Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal; and
(b) such member of Kadis of the Sharia Court of Appeal as may be prescribed by the House of Assembly of the State.

. Establishment of a Sharia Court of Appeal of a State
Section 276

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of a State shall be made by the Governor of the State on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, subject to confirmation of such appointment by the House of Assembly of the State.
(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of a State shall be made by the Governor of the State on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.
(3) A person shall not be qualified to hold office as a Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of a State unless –
(a) he is a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years and has obtained a recognised qualification in Islamic law from an institution acceptable to the National Judicial Council; or
(b) he has attended and has obtained a recognised qualification in Islamic law from an institution approved by the National Judicial Council and has held the qualification for a period of not less than ten years; and
(i) he either has considerable experience in the practice of Islamic law, or
(ii) he is a distinguished scholar of Islamic law.
(4) If the office of the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of a State is vacant or if a person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then until a person has been appointed to and has assumed the functions of that office, or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the Governor of the State shall appoint the most senior Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the State to perform those functions.
(5) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to subsection (4) of this section shall cease to have effect after the expiration of three months from the date of such appointment, and the Governor shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

Appointment of Grand Kadi and Kadis of the Sharia Court of Appeal of a State
Section 277

(1) The Sharia Court of Appeal of a State shall, in addition to such other jurisdiction as may be conferred upon it by the law of the State, exercise such appellate and supervisory jurisdiction in civil proceedings involving questions of Islamic personal law which the court is competent to decide in accordance with the provisions of subsection (2) of this section.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section, the Sharia Court of Appeal shall be competent to decide –
(a) any question of Islamic personal law regarding a marriage concluded in accordance with that law, including a question relating to the validity or dissolution of such a marriage or a question that depends on such a marriage and relating to family relationship or the guardianship of an infant;
(b) where all the parties to the proceedings are muslims, any question of Islamic personal law regarding a marriage, including the validity or dissolution of that marriage, or regarding family relationship, a foundling or the guardianship of an infant;
(c) any question of Islamic personal law regarding a wakf, gift, will or succession where the endower, donor, testator or deceased person is a muslim;
(d) any question of Islamic personal law regarding an infant, prodigal or person of unsound mind who is a muslim or the maintenance or the guardianship of a muslim who is physically or mentally infirm; or
(e) where all the parties to the proceedings, being muslims, have requested the court that hears the case in the first instance to determine that case in accordance with Islamic personal law, any other question.

Jurisdiction
Section 278

For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by this Constitution or any law, a Sharia Court of Appeal of a State shall be duly constituted if it consists of at least three Kadis of that Court.

Constitution
Section 279

Subject to provisions of any law made by the House of Assembly of the State, the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the State may make rules regulating the practice and procedure of the Sharia Court of Appeal.

. Practice and procedure
Section 280

(1) There shall be for any State that requires it a Customary Court of Appeal for that State.
(2) The Customary Court of Appeal of a State shall consist of –
(a) a President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State;
and
(b) such number of Judges of the Customary Court of Appeal as may be prescribed by the House of Assembly of the State.

Establishment of a Customary Court of Appeal
Section 281

(1) The appointment of a person to the office of President of a Customary Court of Appeal shall be made by the Governor of the State on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, subject to confirmation of such appointment by the House of Assembly of the State.
(2) The appointment of a person to the office of a Judge of a Customary Court of Appeal shall be made by the Governor of the State on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.
(3) Apart from such other qualification as may be prescribed by a law of the House of Assembly of the State, a person shall not be qualified to hold office of a President or of a Judge of a Customary Court of Appeal of a State unless –
(a) he is a legal practitioner in Nigeria and he has been so qualified for a period of not less than ten years and in the opinion of the National Judicial Council he has considerable knowledge and experience in the practice of customary law; or
(b) in the opinion of the National Judicial Council he has considerable knowledge of and experience in the practice of customary law.
(4) If the office of President of the Customary Court of Appeal of a State is vacant or if the person holding the office is for any reason unable to perform the functions of the office, then until a person has been appointed to and has assumed the functions of that office, or until the person holding the office has resumed those functions, the Governor of the State shall appoint the most senior Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State to perform those functions.
(5) Except on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council, an appointment pursuant to subsection (4) of this section shall cease to have effect after the expiration of three months from the date of such appointment, and the Governor shall not re-appoint a person whose appointment has lapsed.

Appointment of President and Judges of the Customary Court of Appeal of a State
Section 282

(1) A Customary Court of Appeal of a State shall exercise appellate and supervisory jurisdiction in civil proceedings involving questions of customary law.
(2) For the purposes of this section, a Customary Court of Appeal of a State shall exercise such jurisdiction and decide such questions as may be prescribed by the House of Assembly of the State for which it is established.

Jurisdiction
Section 283

For the purpose of exercising any jurisdiction conferred upon it by this Constitution or any law, a Customary Court of Appeal of a State shall be duly constituted if it consists of at least three Judges of that Court.

Constitution
Section 284

Subject to the provisions of any law made by the House of Assembly of the State, the President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State may make rules for regulating the practice and procedure of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State.

Practice and procedure
Section 285

(1) There shall be established for each State of the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, one or more election tribunals to be known as the National and State Houses of Assembly Election Tribunals which shall, to the exclusion of any Court or Tribunal, have original jurisdiction to hear and determine petitions as to whether –
(a) any person has been validly elected as a member of the National Assembly; or
(b) any person has been validly elected as member of the House of Assembly of a State.
[The Marginal Note is substituted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Fourth Alteration) Act 2017]
[Section 285 (1) to (7) is substituted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Second Alteration Act) 2010]
(2) There shall be established in each State of the Federation an election tribunal to be known as the Governorship Election Tribunal which shall, to the exclusion of any court or tribunal, have original jurisdiction to hear and determine petitions as to whether any person has been validly elected to the office of Governor or Deputy Governor of a State.
(3) The composition of the National and State Houses of Assembly Election Tribunal and the Governorship Election Tribunal, respectively, shall be as set out in the Sixth Schedule to this Constitution.
[Sixth Schedule]
(4) The quorum of an election tribunal established under this section shall be the Chairman and one other member.
(5) An election petition shall be filed within 21 days after the date of the declaration of result of the elections;
(6) An election tribunal shall deliver its judgment in writing within 180 days from the date of filing of the petition;
(7) An appeal from a decision of an election tribunal or Court of Appeal in an election matter shall be heard and disposed of within 60 days from the date of the delivery of judgment of the tribunal or Court of Appeal;
(8) Where a preliminary objection or any other interlocutory issue touching on the jurisdiction of the tribunal or court in any pre election matter or on the competence of the petition itself is raised by a party, the tribunal or court shall suspend its ruling and deliver it at the stage of final judgment;
[Subsection (8) is substituted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.21) Act 2017]
(9) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Constitution, every pre-election matter shall be filed not later than 14 days from the date of the occurrence of the event, decision or action complained of in the suit.
[Subsection (9) is inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.21) Act 2017]
(10) A Court in every pre-election matter shall deliver its judgment in writing within 180 days from the date of filing of the suit.
[Subsections (10) to (13) are inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.21) Act 2017]
(11) An appeal from a decision in a pre-election matter shall be filed within 14 days from the date of delivery of the judgment appealed against.
(12) An appeal from a decision of a Court in a pre-election matter shall be heard and disposed of within 60 days from the date of filing of the appeal.
(13) An election tribunal or court shall not declare any person a winner at an election in which such a person has not fully participated in all stages of the election.
(13A) For the purpose of this section, where there is a natural disaster, war or any State or national emergency or any other “force majeure” that prevents the filing of a pre-election matter, election petition, sitting of a court over a pre-election matter or the sitting of an election petition tribunal or appellate court, the period of the natural disaster, war, State or national emergency or any other “force majeure” shall not be reckoned with in the computation of time under subsections (5), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11) and (12) of this section.
[Section 285 (13A) is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 10) Act, 2023]
(14) For the purpose of this section, “pre-election matter” means any suit by –
(a) an aspirant who complains that any of the provisions of the Electoral Act or any Act of the National Assembly regulating the conduct of primaries of political parties and the provisions of the guidelines of a political party for conduct of party primaries has not been complied with by a political party in respect of the selection or nomination of candidates for an election;
(b) an aspirant challenging the actions, decisions or activities of the Independent National Electoral Commission in respect of his participation in an election or who complains that the provisions of the Electoral Act or any Act of the National Assembly regulating elections in Nigeria has not been complied with by the Independent National Electoral Commission in respect of the selection or nomination of candidates and participation in an election; and
(c) a political party challenging the actions, decisions or activities of the Independent National Electoral Commission disqualifying its candidate from participating in an election or a complaint that the provisions of the Electoral Act or any other applicable law has not been complied with by the Independent National Electoral Commission in respect of the nomination of candidates of political parties for an election, timetable for an election, registration of voters and other activities of the Commission in respect of preparation for an election.
[Subsection (14) is inserted by Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fourth Alteration No.21) Act 2017]

Time for determination of pre-election matters, establishment of Election Tribunals and time for determination of election petitions
Section 286

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution-
(a) where by the law of a State jurisdiction is conferred upon any court for the hearing and determination of civil causes and of appeals arising out of such causes, the court shall have like jurisdiction with respect to the hearing and determination of Federal causes and of appeals arising out of such causes;
(b) where by the law of a State jurisdiction is conferred upon any court for the investigation, inquiry into, or trial of persons accused of offences against the laws of the State and with respect to the hearing and determination of appeals arising out of any such trial or out of any proceedings connected therewith, the court shall have like jurisdiction with respect to the investigation, inquiry into, or trial of persons for Federal offences and the hearing and determination of appeals arising out of the trial or proceedings; and
(c) the jurisdiction conferred on a court of a State pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be exercised in conformity with the practice and procedure for the time being prescribed in relation to its jurisdiction over civil or criminal causes other than Federal causes.
(2) Nothing in the provisions of this section shall be construed, except in so far as other provisions have been made by the operation of sections 299 and 301 of this Constitution, as conferring jurisdiction as respects Federal causes or Federal offences upon a court presided over by a person who is not or has not been qualified to practice as a legal practitioner in Nigeria.
(3) In this section, unless the context otherwise requires –
“causes” includes matter;
“Federal cause” means civil or criminal cause relating to any matter with respect to which the National Assembly has power to make laws; and
“Federal offence” means an offence contrary to the provisions of Act of the National Assembly or any law having effect as if so enacted.

Jurisdiction of State courts in respect of Federal causes
Section 287

(1) The decisions of the Supreme court shall be enforced in any part of the Federation by all authorities and persons, and by courts with subordinate jurisdiction to that of the Supreme Court.
(2) The decisions of the Court of Appeal shall be enforced in any part of the Federation by all authorities and persons, and by courts with subordinate jurisdiction to that of the Court of Appeal.
(3) The decisions of the Federal High Court, National Industrial Court, a High Court and of all other courts established by this Constitution shall be enforced in any part of the Federation by all authorities and persons, and by other courts of law with subordinate jurisdiction to that of the Federal High Court, National Industrial Court, a High Court and those other courts, respectively.
[Section 287(3) is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]

Enforcement of decisions
Section 288

(1) In exercising his powers under the foregoing provisions of this Chapter in respect of appointments to the offices of Justices of the Supreme Court and Justices of the Court of Appeal, the President shall have regard to the need to ensure that there are among the holders of such offices persons learned in Islamic personal law and persons learned in customary law.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section –
(a) a person shall be deemed to be learned in Islamic personal law if he is a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than fifteen years in the case of a Justice of the Supreme Court or not less than twelve years in the case of a Justice of the Court of Appeal and has in either case obtained a recognised qualification in Islamic law from an institution acceptable to the National Judicial Council; and
(b) a person shall be deemed to be learned in customary law if he is a legal practitioner in Nigeria and has been so qualified for a period of not less than fifteen years in the case of a Justice of the Supreme Court or not less than twelve years in the case of a Justice of the Court of Appeal and has in either case and in the opinion of the National Judicial Council considerable knowledge of and experience in the practice of customary law.

Appointment of persons learned in Islamic personal law and customary law
Section 289

No legal practitioner shall be qualified for appointment as a Justice of the Supreme Court, the Court of Appeal or a Judge of a Federal High Court or Judge of the National Industrial Court or a Judge of a High Court or a Kadi of a Sharia Court of Appeal or a Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal whilst he is a member of the National Judicial Council or the Federal Judicial Service Commission or the Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja or a State Judicial Service Commission, and he shall remain so disqualified until a period of three years has elapsed since he ceased to be a member.
[Section 289 is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]

Disqualification of certain legal practitioners
Section 290

(1) A person appointed to any judicial office shall not begin to perform the functions of that office until he has declared his assets and liabilities as prescribed under this Constitution and has subsequently taken and subscribed the Oath of Allegiance and the Judicial Oath prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution.
[Seventh Schedule]
(2) The oaths aforesaid shall be administered by the person for the time being authorised by law to administer such oaths.

Declaration of assets and liabilities: oaths of judicial officers
Section 291

(1) A judicial officer appointed to the Supreme Court or the Court of Appeal may retire when he attains the age of sixty-five years and he shall cease to hold office when he attains the age of seventy years.
(2) A judicial officer appointed to any other court, other than those specified in subsection (1) of this section may retire when he attains the age of sixty years and he shall cease to hold office when he attains the age of sixty-five years.
(3) Any person who has held office as a judicial officer –
(a) for a period of not less than fifteen years shall, if he retires at or after the age of sixty-five years in the case of the Chief Justice of Nigeria, a Justice of the Supreme Court, the President of the Court of Appeal or a Justice of the Court of Appeal or at or after the age of sixty years in any other case, be entitled to pension for life at a rate equivalent to his last annual salary and all his allowances in addition to any other retirement benefits to which he may be entitled;
(b) for a period of less than fifteen years shall, if he retires at or after the age of sixty-five years or sixty years, as the case may be, be entitled to pension for life at a rate as in paragraph (a) of this subsection pro rata the number of years he served as a judicial officer in relation to the period of fifteen years, and all his allowances in addition to other retirement benefits to which he may be entitled under his terms and conditions of service; and
(c) in any case, shall be entitled to such pension and other retirement benefits as may be regulated by an Act of the National Assembly or by a law of a House of Assembly of a State.
(4) Nothing in this section or elsewhere in this Constitution shall preclude the application of the provisions of any other law that provides for pensions, gratuities and other retirement benefits for persons in the public service of the Federation or a State.

Tenure of office and pension rights of judicial officers
Section 292

(1) A judicial officer shall not be removed from his office or appointment before his age of retirement except in the following circumstances –
(a) in the case of –
(i) Chief Justice of Nigeria, President of the Court of Appeal, Chief Judge of the Federal High Court, President of the National Industrial Court, Chief Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja and President, Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, by the President acting on an address supported by two-thirds majority of the Senate,
Section 292(1)(a)(i) is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
(ii) Chief Judge of a State, Grand Kadi of a Sharia Court of Appeal or President of a Customary Court of Appeal of a State, by the Governor acting on an address supported by two-thirds majority of the House of Assembly of the State, praying that he be so removed for his inability to discharge the functions of his office or appointment (whether arising from infirmity of mind or of body) or for misconduct or contravention of the Code of Conduct;
(b) in any case, other than those to which paragraph (a) of this subsection applies, by the President or, as the case may be, the Governor acting on the recommendation of the National Judicial Council that the judicial officer be so removed for his inability to discharge the functions of his office or appointment (whether arising from infirmity of mind or of body) or for misconduct or contravention of the Code of Conduct.
(2) Any person who has held office as a judicial officer shall not on ceasing to be a judicial officer for any reason whatsoever thereafter appear or act as a legal practitioner before any court of law or tribunal in Nigeria.

Removal of judicial officers from office
Section 293

Except for the purposes of exercising any jurisdiction conferred by this Constitution or by any other law, every court established under this Constitution shall be deemed to be duly constituted notwithstanding any vacancy in the membership of the court.

Vacancies
Section 294

(1) Every court established under this Constitution shall deliver its decision in writing not later than ninety days after the conclusion of evidence and final addresses and furnish all parties to the cause or matter determined with duly authenticated copies of the decision within seven days of the delivery thereof.
(2) Each Justice of the Supreme Court or of the Court of Appeal shall express and deliver his opinion in writing, or may state in writing that he adopts the opinion of any other Justice who delivers a written opinion:
Provided that it shall not be necessary for the Justices who heard a cause or matter to be present when judgment is to be delivered and the opinion of a Justice may be pronounced or read by any other Justice whether or not he was present at the hearing.
(3) A decision of a court consisting of more than one Judge shall be determined by the opinion of the majority of its members.
(4) For the purpose of delivering its decision under this section, the Supreme Court, or the Court of Appeal or the National Industrial Court, shall be deemed to be duly constituted if at least one member of that court sits for that purpose.
[Section 294(4) is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
(5) The decision of a court shall not be set aside or treated as a nullity solely on the ground of non-compliance with the provisions of subsection (1) of this section, unless the court exercising jurisdiction by way of appeal or review of that decision is satisfied that the party complaining has suffered a miscarriage of justice by reason thereof.
(6) As soon as possible after hearing and deciding any case in which it has been determined or observed that there was non-compliance with the provisions of subsection (1) of this section, the person presiding at the sitting of the court shall send a report on the case to the Chairman of the National Judicial Council who shall keep the Council informed of such action as the Council may deem fit.

Determination of causes and matters
Section 295

(1) Where any question as to the interpretation or application of this Constitution arises in any proceedings in any court of law in any part of Nigeria (other than in the Supreme Court, the Court of Appeal, the Federal High Court or the National Industrial Court or a High Court) and the court is of the opinion that the question involves a substantial question of law, the court may, and shall if any of the parties to the proceedings so requests, refer the question to the Federal High Court or the National Industrial Court or a High Court having jurisdiction in that part of Nigeria and the Federal High Court or the National Industrial Court or the High Court shall –
(a) if it is of opinion that the question involves a substantial question of law, refer the question to the Court of Appeal; or
(b) if it is of opinion that the question does not involve a substantial question of law, remit the question to the court that made the reference to be disposed of in accordance with such directions as the Federal High Court or the National Industrial Court or the High Court may think fit to give.
[Section 295(1), (1)(b) and (2) are altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]

(2) Where any question as to the interpretation or application of this Constitution arises in any proceedings in the Federal High Court or the National Industrial Court or a High Court, and the court is of opinion that the question involves a substantial question of law, the court may, and shall if any party to the proceedings so requests, refer the question to the Court of Appeal; and where any question is referred in pursuance of this subsection, the court shall give its decision upon the question and the court in which the question arose shall dispose of the case in accordance with that decision.
(3) Where any question as to the interpretation or application of this Constitution arises in any proceedings in the Court of Appeal and the court is of opinion that the question involves a substantial question of law, the court may, and shall if any party to the proceedings so requests, refer the question to the Supreme Court which shall give its decision upon the question and give such directions to the Court of Appeal as it deems appropriate.

Reference of questions of law
Section 296

In this Chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, “office”, when used with reference to the validity of an election to an office, includes the office of President of the Federation, Vice-President of the Federation and Governor or Deputy Governor of a State but does not include the office of President of the Senate, Speaker of the House of Representatives, Speaker of a House of Assembly or any office established by this Constitution.
CHAPTER VIII
Federal Capital Territory, Abuja and general supplementary provisions

. Interpretation
Section 297

(1) There shall be a Federal Capital Territory, Abuja the boundaries of which are as defined in Part II of the First Schedule to this Constitution.
(2) The ownership of all lands comprised in the Federal Capital Territory Abuja shall vest in the Government of the Federal Republic of Nigeria.

Federal Capital Territory, Abuja: ownership of lands
Section 298

The Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall be the Capital of the Federation and seat of the Government of the Federation.

Capital of the Federation
Section 299

The provisions of this Constitution shall apply to the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja as if it were one of the States of the Federation; and accordingly –
(a) all the legislative powers, the executive powers and the judicial powers vested in the House of Assembly, the Governor of a State and in the courts of a State shall, respectively, vest in the National Assembly, the President of the Federation and in the courts which by virtue of the foregoing provisions are courts established for the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja;
(b) all the powers referred to in paragraph (a) of this section shall be exercised in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution; and
(c) the provisions of this Constitution pertaining to the matters aforesaid shall be read with such modifications and adaptations as may be reasonably necessary to bring them into conformity with the provisions of this section.

Application of Constitution
Section 300

For the purposes of Chapter V of this Constitution, the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall constitute one Senatorial district and as many Federal constituencies as it is entitled to under section 49 of this Constitution.

Representation in the National Assembly
Section 301

Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of section 299 of this Constitution, in its application to the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, this Constitution shall be construed as if-
(a) references to the Governor, Deputy Governor and the executive council of a State (howsoever called) were references to the President, Vice-President and the executive council of the Federation (howsoever called) respectively;
(b) references to the Chief Judge and Judges of the High Court of a State were references to the Chief Judge and Judges of the High Court, which is established for the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja by the provisions of this Constitution; and
(c) references to persons, offices and authorities of a State were references to the persons, offices and authorities of the Federation with like status, designations and powers, respectively; and in particular, as if references to the Attorney General, Commissioners and the Auditor-General for a State were references to the Attorney-General, Ministers and the Auditor-General of the Federation with like status, designations and powers.

Adaptation of certain references
Section 302

The President may, in exercise of the powers conferred upon him by section 147 of this Constitution, appoint for the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja a Minister who shall exercise such powers and perform such functions as may be delegated to him by the President, from time to time.

Minister of Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 303

The Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall comprise six area councils and the administrative and political structure thereof shall be as provided by an Act of the National Assembly.

Administration of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 304

(1) There shall be for the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, a Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, the composition and functions of which shall be as provided in Part III of the Third Schedule to this Constitution.
(2) The provisions of sections 154(1) and (3), 155, 156, 157(1) and
(2), 158(1) and 159 to 161 of this Constitution shall apply with necessary modifications to the Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.
[Part III Third Schedule]

Establishment of the Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
Section 305

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the President may by instrument published in the official Gazette of the Government of the Federation issue a proclamation of a state of emergency in the Federation or any part thereof.
(2) The President shall immediately after the publication, transmit copies of the official Gazette of the Government of the Federation containing the proclamation, including the details of the emergency, to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, each of whom shall forthwith convene or arrange for a meeting of the House of which he is President or Speaker, as the case may be, to consider the situation and decide whether or not to pass a resolution approving the proclamation.
(3) The President shall have power to issue a proclamation of a state of emergency only when –
(a) the Federation is at war;
(b) the Federation is in imminent danger of invasion or involvement in a state of war;
(c) there is actual breakdown of public order and public safety in the Federation or any part thereof to such extent as to require extraordinary measures to restore peace and security;
(d) there is a clear and present danger of an actual breakdown of public order and public safety in the Federation or any part thereof requiring extraordinary measures to avert such danger;
(e) there is an occurrence or imminent danger, or the occurrence of any disaster or natural calamity, affecting the community or a section of the community in the Federation;
(f) there is any other public danger which clearly constitutes a threat to the existence of the Federation; or
(g) the President receives a request to do so in accordance with the provisions of subsection (4) of this section.
(4) The Governor of a State may, with the sanction of a resolution supported by two-thirds majority of the House of Assembly, request the President to issue a proclamation of a state of emergency in the State when there is in existence within the State any of the situations specified in subsection (3) (c), (d) and (e) of this section and such situation does not extend beyond the boundaries of the State.
(5) The President shall not issue a proclamation of a state of emergency in any case to which the provisions of subsection (4) of this section apply unless the Governor of the State fails within a reasonable time to make a request to the President to issue such proclamation.
(6) A proclamation issued by the President under this section shall cease to have effect –
(a) if it is revoked by the President by instrument published in the official Gazette of the Government of the Federation;
(b) if it affects the Federation or any part thereof and within two days when the National Assembly is in session, or within ten days when the National Assembly is not in session, after its publication, there is no resolution supported by two-thirds majority of all the members of each House of the National Assembly approving the proclamation;
(c) after a period of six months has elapsed since it has been in force:
Provided that the National Assembly may, before the expiration of the period of six months aforesaid, extend the period for the proclamation of the state of emergency to remain in force from time to time for a further period of six months by resolution passed in like manner; or
(d) at any time after the approval referred to in paragraph (b) or the extension referred to in paragraph (c) of this subsection, when each House of the National Assembly revokes the proclamation by a simple majority of all the members of each House.

Procedure for proclamation of state of emergency
Section 306

(1) Save as otherwise provided in this section, any person who is appointed, elected or otherwise selected to any office established by this Constitution, may resign from that office by writing under his hand addressed to the authority or person by whom he was appointed, elected or selected.
(2) The resignation of any person from any office established by this Constitution shall take effect when the writing signifying the resignation is received by the authority or person to whom it is addressed or by any person authorised by that authority or person to receive it.
(3) The notice of resignation of the President and of the Vice President shall respectively be addressed to the President of the Senate and to the President.
(4) On the resignation of the President, the President of the Senate shall forthwith give notice of the resignation to the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
(5) The notice of resignation of the Governor and of the Deputy Governor of a State shall respectively be addressed to the Speaker of the House of Assembly and the Governor of the State.
(6) The notice of resignation of the President of the Senate and of the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall in each case be addressed to the Clerk of the National Assembly, and the notice of resignation of the Speaker of a House of Assembly shall be addressed to the Clerk of the House of Assembly of the State.
(7) The notice of resignation of a member of a legislative house shall be addressed to the President of the Senate or, as the case may require, to the Speaker of the legislative house in question.

. Resignations
Section 307

Notwithstanding any provisions contained in Chapter IV and subject to sections 131 and 177 of this Constitution, no citizen of Nigeria, by registration or under a grant of certificate of naturalisation, shall within ten years of such registration or grant, hold any elective or appointive office under this Constitution.

Restriction on certain citizens
Section 308

(1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Constitution, but subject to subsection (2) of this section –
(a) no civil or criminal proceedings shall be instituted or continued against a person to whom this section applies during his period of office;
(b) a person to whom this section applies shall not be arrested or imprisoned during that period either in pursuance of the process of any court or otherwise; and
(c) no process of any court requiring or compelling the appearance of a person to whom this section applies, shall be applied for or issued:
Provided that in ascertaining whether any period of limitation has expired for the purposes of any proceedings against a person to whom this section applies, no account shall be taken of his period of office.
(2) The provisions of subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to civil proceedings against a person to whom this section applies in his official capacity or to civil or criminal proceedings in which such a person is only a nominal party.
(3) This section applies to a person holding the office of President or Vice-President, Governor or Deputy Governor; and the reference in this section to “period of office” is a reference to the period during which the person holding such office is required to perform the functions of the office.

Restrictions on legal proceedings
Section 309

Notwithstanding the provisions of Chapter III of this Constitution, but subject to section 28 thereof, any person who became a citizen of Nigeria by birth, registration or naturalisation under the provisions of any other Constitution, shall continue to be a citizen of Nigeria under this Constitution.

. Citizenship
Section 310

(1) Until the National Assembly or a House of Assembly has exercised its powers to initiate legislation in accordance with the provisions of section 51 or 93 of this Constitution, the Clerk or other staff of a legislative House shall be appointed, as respects each House of the National Assembly, by the Federal Civil Service Commission, and as respects a House of Assembly, by the State Civil Service Commission.
(2) In exercising its powers under the provisions of this section, the Federal Civil Service Commission shall consult, as appropriate, the President of the Senate or the Speaker of the House of the Representatives, and a State Civil Service Commission shall consult the Speaker of the House of Assembly of the State.

. Staff of legislative houses
Section 311

(1) The provisions of this section shall have effect until the National Assembly or a House of Assembly exercises the powers conferred upon it by section 60 or 101 of this Constitution as appropriate.
(2) The Standing Orders of the Senate in existence before its dissolution under section 64 of this Constitution shall apply in relation to the proceedings of the first session of the Senate convened by the President under section 64 of this Constitution.
[Sections 311 (2) to (5) are substituted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 8) Act, 2023]
(3) The Standing Orders of the House of Representatives in existence before its dissolution under section 64 of this Constitution shall apply in relation to the proceedings of the first session of the House of Representatives convened by the President under section 64 of this Constitution.
(4) The Standing Orders of the State House of Assembly in existence before its dissolution under section 105 of the Constitution shall apply in relation to the proceedings of the first session of the State House of Assembly convened by the Governor under section 105 this Constitution.
(5) The Standing Orders of a legislative house before its dissolution under section 64 or 105 of this Constitution may be modified within such a reasonable time after the inauguration and first session of the legislative house to bring them in conformity with the proceedings of the newly inaugurated legislative house.
(6) In this section, the “former Constitution” refers to the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria 1979.
[Section 311 (6) is deleted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 8) Act, 2023]
[Cap. 62. LFN 1990]

Standing Orders
Section 312

(1) The electoral commission established for the Federation under any law in force immediately before the date when this section comes into force shall be responsible for performing the functions conferred on the Independent National Electoral Commission established by the provisions of this Constitution.
(2) Any person who before the coming into force of this Constitution was elected to any elective office mentioned in this Constitution in accordance with the provisions of any law in force immediately before the coming into force of this Constitution, shall be deemed to have been duly elected to that office under this Constitution.

Special provisions in respect of first election
Section 313

Pending any Act of the National Assembly for the provision of a system of revenue allocation between the Federation and the States, among the States, between the States and local government councils and among the local government councils in the States, the system of revenue allocation in existence for the financial year beginning from 1st January 1998 and ending on 31st December 1998 shall, subject to the provisions of this Constitution and as from the date when this section comes into force, continue to apply:
Provided that where functions have been transferred under this Constitution from the Government of the Federation to the States and from the States to local government councils the appropriations in respect of such functions shall also be transferred to the States and the local government councils, as the case may require.

System of revenue allocation
Section 314

Any debt of the Federation or of a State which immediately before the date when this section comes into force was charged on the revenue and assets of the Federation or on the revenue and assets of a State shall, as from the date when this section comes into force, continue to be so charged.

Debts
Section 315

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, an existing law shall have effect with such modifications as may be necessary to bring it into conformity with the provisions of this Constitution and shall be deemed to be –
(a) an Act of the National Assembly to the extent that it is a law with respect to any matter on which the National Assembly is empowered by this Constitution to make laws; and
(b) a Law made by a House of Assembly to the extent that it is a law with respect to any matter on which a House of Assembly is empowered by this Constitution to make laws.
(2) The appropriate authority may at any time by order make such modifications in the text of any existing law as the appropriate authority considers necessary or expedient to bring that law into conformity with the provisions of this Constitution.
(3) Nothing in this Constitution shall be construed as affecting the power of a court of law or any tribunal established by law to declare invalid any provision of an existing law on the ground of inconsistency with the provision of any other law, that is to say-
(a) any other existing law;
(b) a law of a House of Assembly;
(c) an Act of the National Assembly; or
(d) any provision of this Constitution.
(4) In this section, the following expressions have the meanings assigned to them, respectively –
(a) “appropriate authority” means –
(i) the President, in relation to the provisions of any law of the Federation,
(ii) the Governor of a State, in relation to the provisions of any existing law deemed to be a law made by the House of Assembly of that State, or
(iii) any person appointed by any law to revise or rewrite the laws of the Federation or of a State;
(b) “existing law” means any law and includes any rule of law or any enactment or instrument whatsoever which is in force immediately before the date when this section comes into force or which, having been passed or made before that date comes into force after that date; and
(c) “modification” includes addition, alteration, omission or repeal.
(5) Nothing in this Constitution shall invalidate the following enactments, that is to say –
(a) the National Youth Service Corps Decree 1993;
[Cap. N84]
(b) the Public Complaints Commission Act;
[Cap. P37]
(c) the National Security Agencies Act;
[Cap. N74]
(d) the Land Use Act, and the provisions of those enactments shall continue to apply and have full effect in accordance with their tenor and to the like extent as any other provisions forming part of this Constitution and shall not be altered or repealed except in accordance with the provisions of section 9 (2) of this Constitution.
[Cap. L5]
(6) Without prejudice to subsection (5) of this section, the enactments mentioned in the said subsection shall hereafter continue to have effect as Federal enactments and as if they related to matters included in the Exclusive Legislative List set out in Part I of the Second Schedule to this Constitution.
[Part I Second Schedule]

Existing law
Section 316

(1) Any office, court of law or authority which immediately before the date when this section comes into force was established and charged with any function by virtue of any other Constitution or law, shall be deemed to have been duly established and shall continue to be charged with such function until other provisions are made, as if the office, court of law or authority was established and charged with the function by virtue of this Constitution or in accordance with the provisions of a law made thereunder.
(2) Any person who immediately before the date when this section comes into force holds office by virtue of any other Constitution or law in force immediately before the date when this section comes into force shall be deemed to be duly appointed to that office by virtue of this Constitution or by any authority by whom appointments to that office fall to be made in pursuance of this Constitution.
(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (2) of this section, any person holding such office, a member of a court of law or authority, who would have been required to vacate such office, or where his membership of such court of law or authority would have ceased but for the provisions of the said subsection (2) of this section, shall at the expiration of the period prescribed therefor after the date when this section comes into force vacate such office or, as the case may be, his membership of such court of law or authority shall cease, accordingly.
(4) The foregoing provisions of this section are without prejudice to the exercise of such powers as may be conferred by virtue of this Constitution or a law upon any authority or person to make provisions with respect to such matters as may be prescribed or authorised by this Constitution or such law, including the establishment and abolition of offices, courts of law or authorities, and with respect to the appointment of persons to hold offices or to be members of courts of law or authorities and their removal from such offices, courts of law or authorities.
(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the National Industrial Court Act, 2006 and any office or authority established and charged with any function under the Act, shall be deemed to have been duly established and shall continue to be charged with such function by virtue of this Constitution or in accordance with the provision of a law made thereunder.
[Section 316(5) is inserted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]

Existing offices, courts and authorities
Section 317

(1) Without prejudice to the generality of section 315 of this Constitution, any property, right, privilege, liability or obligation which immediately before the date when this section comes into force was vested in, exercisable or enforceable by or against-
(a) the former authority of the Federation as representative or trustee for the benefit of the Federation;
(b) any former authority of a State as representative or trustee for the benefit of the State, shall on the date when this section comes into force and without further assurance than the provisions hereof vest in, or become exercisable or enforceable by or against the President and Government of the Federation, and the Governor and Government of the State, as the case may be.
(2) For the purposes of this section –
(a) the President and Government of the Federation, and the Governor and Government of a State, shall be deemed, respectively, to be successors to the said former authority of the Federation and former authority of the State in question; and
(b) references in this section to “former authority of the Federation” and “former authority of a State” include references to the former Government of the Federation and the former Government of a State, a local government authority or any person who exercised any authority on its behalf.

Succession to property, rights, liabilities and obligations
Section 318

(1) In this constitution, unless it is otherwise expressly provided or the context otherwise requires-
“Act” or “Act of the National Assembly” means any law made by the National Assembly and includes any law which takes effect under the provisions of this Constitution as an Act of the National Assembly;
“appointment” or its cognate expression includes appointment on promotion and transfer or confirmation of appointment;
“area council” means each of the administrative areas within the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja;
“authority” includes government;
“belong to” or its grammatical expression when used with reference to a person in a State refers to a person either of whose parents or any of whose grandparents was a member of a community indigenous to that State;
“civil service of the Federation” means service of the Federation in a civil capacity as staff of the office of the President, the Vice President, a ministry or department of the Government of the Federation assigned with the responsibility for any business of the Government of the Federation;
“civil service of the State” means service of the Government of a State in a civil capacity as staff of the office of the Governor, Deputy Governor or a ministry or department of the Government of the State assigned with the responsibility for any business of the Government of the State;
“Code of Conduct” refers to the Code of Conduct contained in the Fifth Schedule to this Constitution;
[Fifth Schedule]
“Commissioner” means a Commissioner of the Government of a State;
“Concurrent Legislative List” means the list of matters set out in the first column in Part II of the Second Schedule to this Constitution with respect to which the National Assembly and a House of Assembly may make laws to the extent prescribed, respectively, opposite thereto in the second column thereof;
[Part II Second Schedule]
“decision” means, in relation to a court, any determination of that court and includes judgment, act, order, conviction, sentence or recommendation;
“enactment” means provision of any law or a subsidiary instrument;
“Exclusive Legislative List” means the list in Part I of the Second Schedule to this Constitution;
[Part I Second Schedule]
“existing law” has the meaning assigned to it in section 315 of this Constitution;
“federal character of Nigeria” refers to the distinctive desire of the peoples of Nigeria to promote national unity, foster national loyalty and give every citizen of Nigeria a sense of belonging to the nation as expressed in section 14 (3) and (4) of this Constitution;
“Federation” means the Federal Republic of Nigeria;
“financial year” means any period of twelve months beginning on the first day of January in any year or such other date as the National Assembly may prescribe;
“function” includes power and duty;
“government” includes the Government of the Federation, or of any State, or of a local government council or any person who exercises power of authority on its behalf;
“Governor” or “Deputy Governor” means the Governor of a State or a Deputy Governor of a State;
“House of Assembly” means the House of Assembly of a State;
“judicial office” means the office of Chief Justice of Nigeria or a Justice of the Supreme Court, the President or Justice of the Court of Appeal, the office of the Chief Judge or a Judge of the Federal High Court, the office of the President or Judge of the National Industrial Court, the office of the Chief Judge or Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, the office of the Chief Judge of a State and Judge of the High Court of a State, a Grand Kadi or Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, a President or Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, a Grand Kadi or Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of a State, or President or a Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal of a State; and a reference to a “judicial officer” is a reference to the holder of any such office;
“law” means a law enacted by the House of Assembly of a State;
“legislative house” means the Senate, House of Representatives or a House of Assembly.
[Definition of judicial office under Section 318 is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
“local government area” or “local government council” includes an area council;
“member” when used with reference to any commission or other bodies established by this Constitution, includes the Chairman of that commission or body;
“Minister” means a Minister of the Government of the Federation;
“National Assembly” means the Senate and the House of Representatives established by this Constitution;
“oath” includes affirmation;
“Oath of Allegiance” means Oath of Allegiance prescribed in the Seventh Schedule to this Constitution;
[Seventh Schedule]
“office” when used with reference to the validity of an election, means any office the appointment to which is by election under this Constitution;
“population quota”-
(a) when used with reference to a Senatorial district, means the number obtained by dividing the number of the inhabitants of a State by the number of districts into which that State is divided under section71 (a) of this Constitution;
(b) when used with reference to a Federal constituency, means the number obtained by dividing the number of the inhabitants of Nigeria by the number of Federal constituencies into which Nigeria is divided under section 71(b) of this Constitution; and
(c) when used with reference to a State constituency, means the number obtained by dividing the number of the inhabitants of a State by the number of State constituencies into which that State is divided under section 112 of this Constitution;
“power” includes function and duty;
“prescribed” means prescribed by or under this Constitution or any other law;
“President” or “Vice-President” means the President or Vice President of the Federal Republic of Nigeria;
“public service of the Federation” means the service of the Federation in any capacity in respect of the Government of the Federation, and includes service as-
(a) Clerk or other staff of the National Assembly or of each House of the National Assembly;
(b) member of staff of the Supreme Court, the Court of Appeal, the Federal High Court, the National Industrial Court, the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja; or other courts established for the Federation by this Constitution and by an Act of the National Assembly;
(c) member or staff of any commission or authority established for the Federation by this Constitution or by an Act of the National Assembly;
(d) staff of any area council;
(e) staff of any statutory corporation established by an Act of the National Assembly;
(f) staff of any educational institution established or financed principally by the Government of the Federation;
(g) staff of any company or enterprise in which the Government of the Federation or its agency owns controlling shares or interest; and
(h) members or officers of the armed forces of the Federation or the Nigeria Police Force or other government security agencies established by law;
[Definition of public service of the Federation under Section 318 is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
“public service of a State” means the service of the State in any capacity in respect of the Government of the State and includes service as –
(a) Clerk or other staff of the House of Assembly;
(b) member of staff of the High Court, the Sharia Court of Appeal, the Customary Court of Appeal; or other courts established for a State by this Constitution or by a Law of a House of Assembly;
(c) member or staff of any commission or authority established for the State by this Constitution or by a Law of a House of Assembly;
(d) staff of any local government council;
(e) staff of any statutory corporation established by a Law of a House of Assembly;
(f) staff of any educational institution established or financed principally by a government of a State; and
(g) staff of any company or enterprise in which the government of a State or its agency holds controlling shares or interest;
“School Certificate or its equivalent” means –
(a) a Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent, or Grade II Teacher’s Certificate, the City and Guilds Certificate; or
(b) education up to Secondary School Certificate level; or
(c) Primary Six School Leaving Certificate or its equivalent and –
(i) service in the public or private sector in the Federation in any capacity acceptable to the Independent National Electoral Commission for a minimum of ten years; and
(ii) attendance at courses and training in such institutions as may be acceptable to the Independent National Electoral Commission for periods totaling up to a minimum of one year;
and
(iii) the ability to read, write, understand and communicate in the English language to the satisfaction of the Independent National Electoral Commission; and
(d) any other qualification acceptable by the Independent National Electoral Commission;
“Secret society” includes any society, association, group or body of persons (whether registered or not) –
(a) that uses secret signs, oaths, rites or symbols and which is formed to promote a cause, the purpose or part of the purpose of which is to foster the interest of its members and to aid one another under any circumstances without due regard to merit, fair play or justice, to the detriment of the legitimate interest of those who are not members;
(b) the membership of which is incompatible with the function or dignity of any public office under this Constitution and whose members are sworn to observe oaths of secrecy; or
(c) the activities of which are not known to the public at large, the names of whose members are kept secret and whose meetings and other activities are held in secret;
“State” when used otherwise than in relation to one of the component parts of the Federation, includes government.
(2) Wherever it is provided that any authority or person has power to make, recommend or approve an appointment to an office, such power shall be construed as including the power to make, recommend or approve a person for such appointment, whether on promotion or otherwise, or to act in any such office.
(3) In this Constitution, references to a person holding an office shall include references to a person acting in such office.
(4) The Interpretation Act shall apply for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of this Constitution.
[Cap. I23 LFN]

Interpretation
Section 319

This Constitution may be cited as the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria 1999.

Citation
Section 320

The provisions of this Constitution shall come into force on 29th day of May 1999.

Commencement
SCHEDULES
ScheduleFIRST SCHEDULE

PART I

States of the Federation State Local Government Areas Capital City Abia Aba North, Aba South, Arochukwu, Bende, Ikwuano, Isiala-Ngwa North, Isiala-Ngwa South, Isuikwuato, Obi Ngwa, Ohafia, Osisioma Ngwa, Ugwunagbo, Ukwa East, Ukwa West, Umuahia North, Umuahia South, Umu Nneochi Umuahia
Adamawa Demsa, Fufore, Ganye, Girei, Gombi, Guyuk, Hong, Jada, Lamurde, Madagali, Maiha, Mayo-Belwa, Michika, Mubi North, Mubi South, Numan, Shelleng, Song, Toungo, Yola North, Yola South Yola
Akwa Ibom Abak, Eastern Obolo, Eket, Esit Eket, Essien Udim, Etim Ekpo, Etinan, Ibeno, Ibesikpo Asutan, Ibiono Ibom, Ika, Ikono, Ikot Abasi, Ikot Ekpene, Ini, Itu, Mbo, Mkpat Enin, Nsit Atai, Nsit Ibom, Nsit Ubium, Obot Akara, Okobo, Onna, Oron, Oruk Anam, Udung Uko, Ukanafun, Uruan, Urue-Offong/Oruko, Uyo Uyo
Anambra Aguata, Anambra East, Anambra West, Anaocha, Awka North, Awka South, Ayamelum, Dunukofia, Ekwusigo, Idemili North, Idemili South, Ihiala, Njikoka, Nnewi North, Nnewi South, Ogbaru, Onitsha North, Onitsha South, Orumba North, Orumba South, Oyi Awka
Bauchi Alkaleri, Bauchi, Bogoro, Damban, Darazo, Dass, Gamawa, Ganjuwa, Giade, Itas/Gadau, Jama’are, Katagum, Kirfi, Misau, Ningi, Shira, Tafawa-Balewa, Toro, Warji, Zaki Bauchi
Bayelsa Brass, Ekeremor, Kolokuma/Opokuma, Nembe, Ogbia, Sagbama, Southern Ijaw, Yenegoa Yenegoa
Benue Ado, Agatu, Apa, Buruku, Gboko, Guma, Gwer East, Gwer West, Katsina-Ala, Konshisha, Kwande, Logo, Makurdi, Obi, Ogbadibo, Oju, Okpokwu, Ohimini, Oturkpo, Tarka, Ukum, Ushongo, Vandeikya Makurdi
Borno Abadam, Askira/Uba, Bama, Bayo, Biu, Chibok, Damboa, Dikwa, Gubio, Guzamala, Gwoza, Hawul, Jere, Kaga, Kala/Balge, Konduga, Kukawa, Kwaya Kusar, Mafa, Magumeri, Maiduguri, Marte, Mobbar, Monguno, Ngala, Nganzai, Shani Maiduguri
Cross River Abi, Akamkpa, Akpabuyo, Bakassi, Bekwara, Biase, Boki, Calabar Municipal, Calabar South, Etung, Ikom, Obanliku, Obubra, Obudu, Odukpani, Ogoja, Yakurr, Yala Calabar
Delta Aniocha North, Aniocha South, Bomadi, Burutu, Ethiope East, Ethiope West, Ika North East, Ika South, Isoko North, Isoko South, Ndokwa East, Ndokwa West, Okpe, Oshimili North, Oshimili South, Patani, Sapele, Udu, Ughelli North, Ughelli South, Ukwuani, Uvwie, Warri North, Warri South, Warri South West Asaba
Ebonyi Abakaliki, Afikpo, Edda, Ebonyi, Ezza North, Ezza South, Ikwo, Ishielu, Ivo, Izzi, Ohaozara, Ohaukwu, Onicha Abakaliki
Edo Akoko-Edo, Egor, Esan Central, Esan North East, Esan South East, Esan West, Etsako Central, Etsako East, Etsako West, Igueben, Ikpoba-Okha, Oredo, Orhionmwon, Ovia North East, Ovia South West, Owan East, Owan West, Uhunmwonde Benin City
Ekiti Ado Ekiti, Aiyekire, Efon, Ekiti East, Ekiti South West, Ekiti West, Emure, Ido-Osi, Ijero, Ikere, Ikole, Ilejemeji, Irepodun/Ifelodun, Ise/Orun, Moba, Oye Ado Ekiti
Enugu Aninri, Awgu, Enugu East, Enugu North, Enugu South, Ezeagu, IgboEtiti, Igbo-Eze North, Igbo-Eze South, Isi-Uzo, Nkanu East, Nkanu West, Nsukka, Oji-River, Udenu, Udi, Uzo Uwani Enugu
Gombe Akko, Balanga, Billiri, Dukku, Funakaye, Gombe, Kaltungo, Kwami, Nafada, Shomgom, Yamaltu/Deba Gombe
[First Schedule, Part I is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No.1) Act), 2023]
Imo Aboh-Mbaise, Ahiazu-Mbaise, EhimeMbano, Ezinihitte, Ideato North, Ideato South, Ihitte/Uboma, Ikeduru, Isiala Mbano, Isu, Mbaitoli, Ngor-Okpala, Njaba, Nwangele, Nkwerre, Obowo, Oguta, Ohaji/Egbema, Okigwe, Orlu, Orsu, Oru East, Oru West, OwerriMunicipal, Owerri North, Owerri West, Onuimo Owerri
Jigawa Auyo, Babura, Birnin Kudu, Biriniwa, Buji, Dutse, Gagarawa, Garki, Gumel, Guri, Gwaram, Gwiwa, Hadejia, Jahun, Kafin Hausa, Kaugama, Kazaure, Kiri Kasamma, Kiyawa, Maigatari, Malam Madori, Miga, Ringim, Roni, SuleTankarkar, Taura, Yankwashi Dutse
Kaduna Birnin-Gwari, Chikun, Giwa, Igabi, Ikara, Jaba, Jema’a, Kachia, Kaduna North, Kaduna South, Kagarko, Kajuru, Kaura, Kauru, Kubau, Kudan, Lere, Markafi, Sabon-Gari, Sanga, Soba, Zango-Kataf, Zaria Kaduna
Kano Ajingi, Albasu, Bagwai, Bebeji, Bichi, Bunkure, Dala, Dambatta, Dawakin Kudu, Dawakin Tofa, Doguwa, Fagge, Gabasawa, Garko, Garum Mallam, Gaya, Gezawa, Gwale, Gwarzo, Kabo, Kano Municipal, Karaye, Kibiya, Kiru, Kumbotso, Ghari, Kura, Madobi, Makoda, Minjibir, Nasarawa, Rano, Rimin Gado, Rogo, Shanono, Sumaila, Takai, Tarauni, Tofa, Tsanyawa, Tudun Wada, Ungogo, Warawa, Wudil
Katsina Bakori, Batagarawa, Batsari, Baure, Bindawa, Charanchi, Dandume, Danja, Dan Musa, Daura, Dutsi, Dutsin-Ma, Faskari, Funtua, Ingawa, Jibia, Kafur, Kaita, Kankara, Kankia, Katsina, Kurfi, Kusada, Mai’Adua, Malumfashi, Mani, Mashi, Matazu, Musawa, Rimi, Sabuwa, Safana, Sandamu, Zango Katsina
Kebbi Aleiro, Arewa-Dandi, Argungu, Augie, Bagudo, Birnin Kebbi, Bunza, Dandi, Fakai, Gwandu, Jega, Kalgo, Koko/Besse, Maiyama, Ngaski, Sakaba, Shanga, Suru, Wasagu/Danko, Yauri, Zuru Birnin Kebbi
Kogi Adavi, Ajaokuta, Ankpa, Bassa, Dekina, Ibaji, Idah, Igalamela-Odolu, Ijumu, Kabba/Bunu, Kogi, Lokoja, MopaMuro, Ofu, Ogori/Magongo, Okehi, Okene, Olamabolo, Omala, Yagba East, Yagba West Lokoja
Kwara Asa, Baruten, Edu, Ekiti, Ifelodun, Ilorin East, Ilorin South, Ilorin West, Irepodun, Isin, Kaiama, Moro, Offa, Oke-Ero, Oyun, Pategi Ilorin
Lagos Agege, Ajeromi-Ifelodun, Alimosho, Amuwo-Odofin, Apapa, Badagry, Epe, Eti-osa, Ibeju/Lekki, Ifako-Ijaye, Ikeja, Ikorodu, Kosofe, Lagos Island, Lagos Mainland, Mushin, Ojo, Oshodi-Isolo, Shomolu, Surulere Ikeja
Nasarawa Akwanga, Awe, Doma, Karu, Keana, Keffi, Kokona, Lafia, Nasarawa, Nasarawa- Eggon, Obi, Toto, Wamba Lafia
Niger Agaie, Agwara, Bida, Borgu, Bosso, Chanchaga, Edati, Gbako, Gurara, Katcha, Kontagora, Lapai, Lavun, Magama, Mariga, Mashegu, Mokwa, Muya, Paikoro, Rafi, Rijau, Shiroro, Suleja, Tafa, Wushishi Minna
Ogun Abeokuta North, Abeokuta South, Ado-Odo/Ota, Yewa North, Yewa South, Ewekoro, Ifo, Ijebu East, Ijebu North, Ijebu North East, Ijebu Ode, Ikenne, Imeko- Afon, Ipokia, ObafemiOwode, Ogun Waterside, Odeda, Odogbolu, Remo North, Shagamu Abeokuta
Ondo Akoko North East, Akoko North West, Akoko South East, Akoko South West, Akure North, Akure South, EseOdo, Idanre, Ifedore, Ilaje, Ile-OlujiOkeigbo, Irele, Odigbo, Okitipupa, Ondo East, Ondo West, Ose, Owo Akure
Osun Aiyedade, Aiyedire, Atakumosa East, Atakumosa West, Boluwaduro, Boripe, Ede North, Ede South, Egbedore, Ejigbo, Ife Central, Ife East, Ife North, Ife South, Ifedayo, Ifelodun, Ila, Ilesha East, Ilesha West, Irepodun, Irewole, Isokan, Iwo, Obokun, Odo-Otin, Ola-Oluwa, Olorunda, Oriade, Orolu, Osogbo Osogbo
[First Schedule, Part I is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No.3) Act), 2023]
Oyo Afijio, Akinyele, Atiba, Atisbo, Egbeda, Ibadan Central, Ibadan North, Ibadan North West, Ibadan South East, Ibadan South West, Ibarapa Central, Ibarapa East, Ibarapa North, Ido, Irepo, Iseyin, Itesiwaju, Iwajowa, Kajola, Lagelu, Ogbomosho North, Ogbmosho South, Ogo Oluwa, Olorunsogo, Oluyole, Ona-Ara, Orelope, Ori Ire, Oyo East, Oyo West, Saki East, Saki West, Surulere Ibadan
Plateau Barikin Ladi, Bassa, Bokkos, Jos East, Jos North, Jos South, Kanam, Kanke, Langtang North, Langtang South, Mangu, Mikang, Pankshin, Qua’an Pan, Riyom, Shendam, Wase Jos
Rivers Abua/Odual, Ahoada East, Ahoada West, Akuku Toru, Andoni, Asari-Toru, Bonny, Degema, Emohua, Eleme, Etche, Gokana, Ikwerre, Khana, Obio/Akpor, Ogba/Egbema/Ndoni, Ogu/Bolo, Okrika, Omumma, Opobo/Nkoro, Oyigbo, Port- Harcourt, Tai PortHarcourt
Sokoto Binji, Bodinga, Dange-shuni, Gada, Goronyo, Gudu, Gwadabawa, Illela, Isa, Kware, Kebbe, Rabah, Sabon Birni, Shagari, Silame, Sokoto North, Sokoto South, Tambuwal, Tangaza, Tureta, Wamakko, Wurno, Yabo Sokoto
Taraba Ardo-Kola, Bali, Donga, Gashaka, Gassol, Ibi, Jalingo, Karim-Lamido, Kurmi, Lau, Sardauna, Takum, Ussa, Wukari, Yorro, ZingJalingo
[First Schedule, Part I is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No.4) Act), 2023]
[First Schedule, Part I is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No.5) Act), 2023]
Yobe Bade, Bursari, Damaturu, Fika, Fune, Geidam, Gujba, Gulani, Jakusko, Karasuwa, Karawa, Machina, Nangere, Nguru, Potiskum, Tarmua, Yunusari, Yusufari Damaturu
Zamfara Anka, Bakura, Birnin Magaji, Bukkuyum, Bungudu, Gummi, Gusau, Kaura Namoda, Maradun, Maru, Shinkafi, Talata Mafara, Tsafe, Zurmi Gusau
PART II
1. Definition of Area Councils of Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
[Sections 3 and 297]
The definition of the boundaries of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja referred to under Chapters I and VIII of this Constitution is as follows –
Starting from the village called Izom on 7° E Longitude and 9° 15’ Latitude, project a straight line westward to a point just north of Lehu on the Kemi River; then project a line along 6° 47½’ E southward passing close to the villages called Semasu, Zui and Bassa down to a place a little west of Abaji town; thence project a line along parallel 8° 27½’ N Latitude to Ahinza village 7° 6’E (on Kanama River); thence a straight line to Buga Village on 8 ° 30 ‘N Latitude and 7 ° 20’E Longitude; thence draw a line northwards joining the villages of Odu, Karshi and Karu. From Karu the line shall proceed along the boundary between the Niger and Nasarawa States as far as Kawu; thence the line shall proceed along the boundary between Kaduna and Niger States up to a point just north of Bwari village;
thence the line goes straight to Zuba village and thence straight to Izom.
[First Schedule, Part II is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 32) Act, 2023]
2. Federal Capital Territory, Abuja Area Councils Area Council Headquarters Abaji Abaji
Abuja Municipal Garki Bwari Bwari Gwagwalada Gwagwalada Kuje Kuje Kwali Kwali

[Section 3]
ScheduleSECOND SCHEDULE

Legislative Powers
PART I
Exclusive Legislative List Item

1. Accounts of the Government of the Federation, and of offices, courts, and authorities thereof, including audit of those accounts.
2. Arms, ammunition and explosives.
3. Aviation, including airports, safety of aircraft and carriage of passengers and goods by air.
4. Awards of national titles of honour, decorations and other dignities.
5. Bankruptcy and insolvency.
6. Banks, banking, bills of exchange and promissory notes.
7. Borrowing of moneys within or outside Nigeria for the purposes of the Federation or of any State.
8. Census, including the establishment and maintenance of machinery for continuous and universal registration of births and deaths throughout Nigeria.
9. Citizenship, naturalisation and aliens.
10. Commercial and industrial monopolies, combines and trusts.
11. Construction, alteration and maintenance of such roads as may be declared by the National Assembly to be Federal trunk roads.
12. Control of capital issues.
13. Copyright.
14. Creation of States.
15. Currency, coinage and legal tender.
16. Customs and excise duties .
17. Defence.
18. Deportation of persons who are not citizens of Nigeria.
19. Designation of securities in which trust funds may be invested.
20. Diplomatic, consular and trade representation.
21. Drugs and poisons.
22. Election to the offices of President and Vice-President or Governor and Deputy Governor and any other office to which a person may be elected under this Constitution, excluding election to a local government council or any office in such council.
23. Evidence.
24. Exchange control.
25. Export duties.
26. External affairs.
27. Extradition
28. Fingerprints, identification and criminal records.
29. Fishing and fisheries other than fishing and fisheries in rivers, lakes, waterways, ponds and other inland waters within Nigeria.
30. Immigration into and emigration from Nigeria.
31. Implementation of treaties relating to matters on this list.
32. Incorporation, regulation and winding up of bodies corporate, other than co-operative societies, local government councils and bodies corporate established directly by any law enacted by a House of Assembly of a State.
33. Insurance.
34. Labour, including trade unions, industrial relations; conditions, safety and welfare of labour; industrial disputes; prescribing a national minimum wage for the Federation or any part thereof;
and industrial arbitrations.
35. Legal proceedings between Governments of States or between the Government of the Federation and Government of any State or any other authority or person.
36. Maritime shipping and navigation, including –
(a) shipping and navigation on tidal waters;
(b) shipping and navigation on the River Niger and its affluents and on any such other inland waterway as may be designated by the National Assembly to be an international waterway or to be an inter-State waterway;
(c) lighthouses, lightships, beacons and other provisions for the safety of shipping and navigation;
(d) such ports as may be declared by the National Assembly to be Federal ports (including the constitution and powers of port authorities for Federal ports).
37. Meteorology
38. Military (Army, Navy and Air Force) including any other branch of the armed forces of the Federation.
39. Mines and minerals, including oilfields, oil mining, geological surveys and natural gas.
40. National parks being such areas in a State as may, with the consent of the Government of that State, be designated by the National Assembly as national parks.
41. Nuclear energy.
42. Passports and visas.
43. Patents, trademarks, trade or business names, industrial designs and merchandise marks.
44. Pensions, gratuities and other like benefits payable out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund or any other public funds of the Federation.
45. Police and other government security services established by law.
46. Posts, telegraphs and telephones.
47. Powers of the National Assembly, and the privileges and immunities of its members.
48. Prisons.
49. Professional occupations as may be designated by the National Assembly.
50. Public debt of the Federation.
51. Public holidays.
52. Public relations of the Federation.
53. Public service of the Federation including the settlement of disputes between the Federation and officers of such service.
54. Quarantine.
55. Railways.
56. Formation and Regulation of political parties.
57. Service and execution in a State of the civil and criminal processes, judgments, acts, orders and other decisions of any court of law outside Nigeria or any court of law in Nigeria other than a court of law established by the House of Assembly of that State.
Item 56 is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria
(First Alteration Act) 2010][Items 48 and 55 are deleted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration)
(No. 15 & 16) Acts, 2023]
58. Stamp duties.
59. Taxation of incomes, profits and capital gains, except as otherwise prescribed by this Constitution.
60. The establishment and regulation of authorities for the Federation or any part thereof –
(a) to promote and enforce the observance of the Fundamental Objectives and Directive Principles contained in this Constitution;
(b) to identify, collect, preserve or generally look after ancient and historical monuments and records and archaeological sites and remains declared by the National Assembly to be of national significance or national importance;
(c) to administer museums and libraries other than museums and libraries established by the Government of a State;
(d) to regulate tourist traffic; and
(e) to prescribe minimum standards of education at all levels.
61.The formation, annulment and dissolution of marriages other than marriages under Islamic law and customary law including matrimonial causes relating thereto.
62.Trade and commerce, and in particular –
(a) trade and commerce between Nigeria and other countries including import of commodities into and export of commodities from Nigeria, and trade and commerce between the States;
(b) establishment of a purchasing authority with power to acquire for export or sale in world markets such agricultural produce as may be designated by the National Assembly;
(c) inspection of produce to be exported from Nigeria and the enforcement of grades and standards of quality in respect of produce so inspected;
(d) establishment of a body to prescribe and enforce standards of goods and commodities offered for sale;
(e) control of the prices of goods and commodities designated by the National Assembly as essential goods or commodities;
and
(f) registration of business names.
63. Traffic on Federal trunk roads.
64. Water from such sources as may be declared by the National Assembly to be sources affecting more than one State.
65. Weights and measures.
66. Wireless, broadcasting and television other than broadcasting and television provided by the Government of a State;
allocation of wave-lengths for wireless, broadcasting and television transmission.
67. Any other matter with respect to which the National Assembly has power to make laws in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.
68. Any matter incidental or supplementary to any matter mentioned elsewhere in this list.
PART II
[Section 4]
Concurrent Legislative List
Item Extent of Federal and State Legislative powers
A- Allocation of revenue, etc.
1. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the National Assembly may by an Act make provisions for –
(a) the division of public revenue –
(i) between the Federation and the States,
(ii) among the States of the Federation,
(iii) between the States and local government councils,
(iv) among the local government councils in the States; and
(b) grants or loans from and the imposition of charges upon the Consolidated Revenue Fund or any other public funds of the Federation or for the imposition of charges upon the revenue and assets of the Federation for any purpose notwithstanding that it relates to a matter with respect to which the National Assembly is not empowered to make laws.
2. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, any House of Assembly may make provisions for grants or loans from and the imposition of charges upon any of the public funds of that State or the imposition of charges upon the revenue and assets of that State for any purpose notwithstanding that it relates to a matter with respect to which the National Assembly is empowered to make laws.
B- Antiquities and monuments
3. The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to such antiquities and monuments as may, with the consent of the State in which such antiquities and monuments are located, be designated by the National Assembly as National Antiquities or National Monuments but nothing in this paragraph shall preclude a House of Assembly from making laws for the State or any part thereof with respect to antiquities and monuments not so designated in accordance with the foregoing provisions.
C- Archives
4. The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to the archives and public records of the Federation.
5. A House of Assembly may, subject to paragraph 4 hereof, make laws for that State or any part thereof with respect to archives and public records of the Government of the State.
6. Nothing in paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof shall be construed as enabling any laws to be made which do not preserve the archives and records which are in existence at the date of commencement of this Constitution, and which are kept by authorities empowered to do so in any part of the Federation.
D. Collection of taxes
7. In the exercise of its powers to impose any tax or duty on –
(a) capital gains, incomes or profits or persons other than companies; and
(b) documents or transactions by way of stamp duties, the National Assembly may, subject to such conditions as it may prescribe, provide that the collection of any such tax or duty or the administration of the law imposing it shall be carried out by the Government of a State or other authority of a State.
8. Where an Act of the National Assembly provides for the collection of tax or duty on capital gains, incomes or profit or the administration of any law by an authority of a State in accordance with paragraph 7 hereof, it shall regulate the liability of persons to such tax or duty in such manner as to ensure that such tax or duty is not levied on the same person by more than one State.
9. A House of Assembly may, subject to such conditions as it may prescribe, make provisions for the collection of any tax, fee or rate or for the administration of the Law providing for such collection by a local government council.
10. Where a law of a House of Assembly provides for the collection of tax, fee or rate or for the administration of such law by a local government council in accordance with the provisions hereof, it shall regulate the liability of persons to the tax, fee or rate in such manner as to ensure that such tax, fee or rate is not levied on the same person in respect of the same liability by more than one local government council.
10A Correctional Services
(1) The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to –
(a) correctional service and the establishment in any part of the Federation of correctional centres and custodial facilities; and
[Paragraph 10A is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 15) Act, 2023]
(b) the establishment of any authority for the management of federal correctional centres and custodial facilities in any part of the Federation.
(2) A House of Assembly may make laws for the State with respect to –
(a) correctional service and the establishment in that State of correctional centres and custodial facilities; and
(b) the establishment in that State of any authority for the management of State correctional centres and custodial facilities in any part of that State.
E- Electoral law
11. The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation with respect to the registration of voters and the procedure regulating elections to a local government council.
12. Nothing in paragraph 11 hereof shall preclude a House of Assembly from making laws with respect to election to a local government council in addition to but not inconsistent with any law made by the National Assembly.
F- Electric power
13. The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to-
(a) electricity and the establishment of electric power stations;
(b) the generation and transmission of electricity in or to any part of the Federation and from one State to another State;
(c) the regulation of the right of any person or authority to dam up or otherwise interfere with the flow of water from sources in any part of the Federation;
(d) the participation of the Federation in any arrangement with another country for the generation, transmission and distribution of electricity for any area partly within and partly outside the Federation;
(e) the promotion and establishment of a national grid system;
and
(f) the regulation of the right of any person or authority to use, work or operate any plant, apparatus, equipment or work designed for the supply or use of electrical energy.
14. A House of Assembly may make laws for the State with respect to –
(a) electricity and the establishment in that State of electric power stations;
(b) the generation, transmission and distribution of electricity to areas not covered by a national grid system within that State;
[Second Schedule, Part II, Item 14(b) is altered by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 17) Act, 2023]
and
(c) the establishment within that State of any authority for the promotion and management of electric power stations established by the State.
15. In the foregoing provisions of this item, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions have the meanings respectively assigned to them –
“distribution” means the supply of electricity from a sub-station to the ultimate consumer;
“management” includes maintenance, repairs or replacement;
“power station” means an assembly of plant or equipment for the creation or generation of electrical energy; and
“transmission” means the supply of electricity from a power station to a sub-station or from one sub-station to another substation, and the reference to a “sub-station” herein is a reference to an assembly of plant, machinery or equipment for distribution of electricity.
G- Exhibition of cinematograph films
16. The National Assembly may make laws for the establishment of an authority with power to carry out censorship of cinematograph films and to prohibit or restrict the exhibition of such films; and nothing herein shall –
(a) preclude a House of Assembly from making provision for a similar authority for that State; or
(b) authorise the exhibition of a cinematograph film in a State without the sanction of the authority established by the Law of that State for the censorship of such films.
H. Industrial, commercial and agricultural development
17. The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to –
(a) the health, safety and welfare of persons employed to work in factories, offices or other premises or in inter-State transportation and commerce including the training, supervision and qualification of such persons;
(b) the regulation of ownership and control of business enterprises throughout the Federation for the purpose of promoting, encouraging or facilitating such ownership and control by citizens of Nigeria;
(c) the establishment of research centres for agricultural studies;
and
(d) the establishment of institutions and bodies for the promotion or financing of industrial, commercial or agricultural projects.
18. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, a House of Assembly may make laws for that State with respect to industrial, commercial or agricultural development of the State.
19. Nothing in the foregoing paragraphs of this item shall be construed as precluding a House of Assembly from making laws with respect to any of the matters referred to in the foregoing paragraphs.
20. For the purposes of the foregoing paragraphs of this item, the word “agricultural” includes fishery.
20A. Railways
(1) The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to –
(a) construction and maintenance of inter-state railway tracks and infrastructures;
[Paragraph 20A is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 16) Act, 2023]
(b) establishment of a national railway agency for the regulation of railway operations throughout the Federation; and
(c) establishment and maintenance of a national railway carrier for inter-state transportation throughout the Federation.
(2) A House of Assembly of a State may make laws for the State with respect to the establishment, operation and maintenance of a State railway carrier within the State including the construction and maintenance of railway tracks and infrastructures within the State.
I- Scientific and technological research
21. The National Assembly may make laws to regulate or co-ordinate scientific and technological research throughout the Federation.
22. Nothing herein shall prelude a House of Assembly from establishing or making provisions for an institution or other arrangement for the purpose of scientific and technological research.
J- Statistics
23. The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to statistics so far as the subject matter relates to –
(a) any matter upon which the National Assembly has power to make laws; and
(b) the organisation of co-ordinated scheme of statistics for the Federation or any part thereof on any matter whether or not it has power to make laws with respect thereto.
24. A House of Assembly may make Laws for the State with respect to statistics and on any matter other than that referred to in paragraph 23 (a) of this item.
K- Trigonometrical, cadastral and topographical surveys
25. The National Assembly may make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to trigonometrical, cadastral and topographical surveys.
26. A House of Assembly may, subject to paragraph 25 hereof, make laws for that State or any part thereof with respect to trigonometrical, cadastral and topographical surveys.
L- University, technological and post-primary education
27. The National Assembly shall have power to make laws for the Federation or any part thereof with respect to university education, technological education or such professional education as may from time to time be designated by the National Assembly.
28. The power conferred on the National Assembly under paragraph
27 of this item shall include power to establish an institution for the purposes of university, post-primary, technological or professional education.
29. Subject as herein provided, a House of Assembly shall have power to make laws for the State with respect to the establishment of an institution for purposes of university, technological or professional education.
30. Nothing in the foregoing paragraphs of this item shall be construed so as to limit the powers of a House of Assembly to make laws for the State with respect to technical, vocational, post-primary, primary or other forms of education, including the establishment of institutions for the pursuit of such education.
PART III
Supplemental and Interpretation
1. Where by this Schedule the National Assembly is required to designate any matter or thing or to make any declaration, it may do so either by an Act of the National Assembly or by a resolution passed by both Houses of the National Assembly.
2. In this Schedule, references to incidental and supplementary matters include, without prejudice to their generality, references to –
(a) offences;
(b) the jurisdiction, powers, practice and procedure of courts of law; and
(c) the acquisition and tenure of land.

[Section 4]
ScheduleTHIRD SCHEDULE
PART I
Federal Executive Bodies
A – Code of Conduct Bureau

1. The Code of Conduct Bureau shall comprise the following members-
(a) a Chairman; and
(b) nine other members, each of whom at the time of appointment, shall not be less than fifty years of age and subject to the provisions of section 157 of this Constitution shall vacate his office on attaining the age of seventy years.
2. The Bureau shall establish such offices in each State of the Federation as it may require for the discharge of its functions under this Constitution.
3. The Bureau shall have power to –
(a) receive declarations by public officers made under paragraph 12 of Part I of the Fifth Schedule to this Constitution;
(b) examine the declarations in accordance with the requirements of the Code of Conduct or any law;
(c) retain custody of such declarations and make them available for inspection by any citizen of Nigeria on such terms and conditions as the National Assembly may prescribe;
(d) ensure compliance with and, where appropriate, enforce the provisions of the Code of Conduct of any law relating thereto;
(e) receive complaints about non-compliance with or breach of the provisions of the Code of Conduct or any law in relation thereto, investigate the complaint and, where appropriate, refer such matters to the Code of Conduct Tribunal;
(f) appoint, promote, dismiss and exercise disciplinary control over the staff of the Code of Conduct Bureau in accordance with the provisions of an Act of the National Assembly enacted in that behalf; and
(g) carry out such other functions as may be conferred upon it by the National Assembly.
4. The terms and conditions of service of the staff of the Code of Conduct Bureau shall be the same as those provided for public officers in the civil service of the Federation.
B – Council of State
5. The Council of State shall comprise the following persons –
(a) the President, who shall be the Chairman;
(b) the Vice-President, who shall be the Deputy Chairman;
(c) all former Presidents of the Federation and all former Heads of the Government of the Federation;
(d) all former Chief Justices of Nigeria;
(e) the President of the Senate;
(f) the Speaker of the House of Representatives;
(g) all the Governors of the States of the Federation; and
(h) the Attorney-General of the Federation.
6. The Council shall have power to-
(a) advise the President in the exercise of his powers with respect to the-
(i) national population census and compilation, publication and keeping of records and other information concerning the same;
(ii) prerogative of mercy;
(iii) award of national honours;
(iv) the Independent National Electoral Commission (including the appointment of members of that Commission);
(v) the National Judicial Council (including the appointment of the members, other than ex-officio members of that Council);
and
(vi) the National Population Commission (including the appointment of members of that Commission); and
(b) advise the President whenever requested to do so on the maintenance of public order within the Federation or any part thereof and on such other matters as the President may direct.
C – Federal Character Commission
7. Federal Character Commission
(1) The Federal Character Commission shall comprise the following members-
(a) a Chairman; and
(b) one person to represent each of the states of the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.
(2) The Chairman and members shall be appointed by the President, subject to confirmation by the Senate.
8. (1) In giving effect to the provisions of section 14(3) and (4) of this Constitution, the Commission shall have the power to-
(a) work out an equitable formula subject to the approval of the National Assembly for the distribution of all cadres of posts in the public service of the Federation and of the States, the armed forces of the Federation, the Nigeria Police Force and other government security agencies, government owned companies and parastatals of the States;
(b) promote, monitor and enforce compliance with the principles of proportional sharing of all bureaucratic, economic, media and political posts at all levels of government;
(c) take such legal measures, including the prosecution of the head or staff of any Ministry or government body or agency which fails to comply with any federal character principle or formula prescribed or adopted by the Commission; and
(d) carry out such other functions as may be conferred upon it by an Act of the National Assembly.
(2) The posts mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(a) and (b) of this paragraph shall include those of the Permanent Secretaries, Directors-General in Extra-Ministerial Departments and parastatals, Directors in Ministries and Extra-Ministerial Departments, senior military officers, senior diplomatic posts and managerial cadres in the Federal and State parastatals, bodies, agencies and institutions.
(3) Notwithstanding any provision in any other law or enactment, the Commission shall ensure that every public company or corporation reflects the federal character in the appointments of its directors and senior management staff.
9. Duty of Board of Directors
It shall be the duty of the Board of Directors of every State-owned enterprise to recognise and promote the principle of federal character in the ownership and management structure of the company.
D – Federal Civil Service Commission
10. Federal Civil Service Commission
The Federal Civil Service Commission shall comprise the following members –
(a) a Chairman; and
(b) not more than fifteen other members, who shall, in the opinion of the President, be persons of unquestionable integrity and sound political judgment.
11. (1) The Commission shall without prejudice to the powers vested in the President, the National Judicial Council, the Federal Judicial Service Commission, the National Population Commission and the Police Service Commission, have power –
(a) to appoint persons to offices in the Federal civil service; and
(b) to dismiss and exercise disciplinary control over persons holding such offices.
(2) The Commission shall not exercise any of its powers under subparagraph (1) of this paragraph in respect of such offices of heads of divisions of Ministries or of departments of the government of the Federation as may, from time to time, be designated by an order made by the President except after consultation with the Head of the Civil Service of the Federation.
E – Federal Judicial Service Commission
12. Federal Judicial Service Commission
The Federal Judicial Service Commission shall comprise the following members –
(a) the Chief Justice of Nigeria, who shall be the Chairman;
(b) the President of the Court of Appeal;
(c) the Attorney-General of the Federation;
(d) the Chief Judge of the Federal High Court;
(dd) the President of the National Industrial Court;
(e) two persons, each of whom has been qualified to practice as a legal practitioner in Nigeria for a period of not less than fifteen years, from a list of not less than four persons so qualified, recommended by the Nigerian Bar Association; and
(f) two other persons, not being legal practitioners, who in the opinion of the President are of unquestionable integrity.
13. The Commission shall have power to –
(a) advise the National Judicial Council in nominating persons for appointment, as respects appointments to the office of –
(i) the Chief Justice of Nigeria,
(ii) a Justice of the Supreme Court,
[Third Schedule, Item E, paragraph 12(dd) is inserted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
(iii) the President of the Court of Appeal,
(iv) a Justice of the Court of Appeal,
(v) the Chief Judge of the Federal High Court,
(vi) a Judge of the Federal High Court,
(via) the President of the National Industrial Court,
(vib) a Judge of the National Industrial Court, and
[Third Schedule, Item E, paragraph 13(via) and (vib) are inserted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
(vii) the Chairman and members of the Code of Conduct Tribunal;
(b) recommend to the National Judicial Council, the removal from office of the judicial officers specified in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph; and
(c) appoint, dismiss and exercise disciplinary control over the Chief Registrars and Deputy Chief Registrars of the Supreme Court, the Court of Appeal, the Federal High Court, the National Industrial Court and all other members of the staff of the judicial service of the Federation not otherwise specified in this Constitution and of the Federal Judicial Service Commission.
[Third Schedule, Item E, paragraph 13(c) is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
F – Independent National Electoral Commission
14. (1) The Independent National Electoral Commission shall comprise the following members –
(a) a Chairman, who shall be the Chief Electoral Commissioner;
and
(b) twelve other members to be known as National Electoral Commissioners.
(2) A member of the Commission shall-
(a) be non-partisan and a person of unquestionable integrity;
and
(b) be not less than 40 years of age in the case of the Chairman and not less than 35 years of age in the case of the National Commissioners.
(3) There shall be for each State of the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, a Resident Electoral Commissioner who shall –
[Third Schedule, Item F, paragraph 14 is substituted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]
(a) be appointed by the President subject to the confirmation by the Senate;
(b) be a person of unquestionable integrity and shall not be a member of any political party; and
(c) not be less than 35 years of age.
15. The Commission shall have power to –
(a) organise, undertake and supervise all elections to the offices of the President and Vice-President, the Governor and Deputy Governor of a State, and to the membership of the Senate, the House of Representatives and the House of Assembly of each State of the Federation;
(b) register political parties in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution and an Act of the National Assembly;
(c) monitor the organisation and operation of the political parties, including their finances, conventions, congresses and party primaries;
(d) arrange for the annual examination and auditing of the funds and accounts of political parties, and publish a report on such examination and audit for public information;
(e) arrange and conduct the registration of persons qualified to vote and prepare, maintain and revise the register of voters for the purpose of any election under this Constitution;
(f) monitor political campaigns and provide rules and regulations which shall govern the political parties;
(g) ensure that all Electoral Commissioners, Electoral and Returning Officers take and subscribe the oath of office prescribed by law;
(h) delegate any of its powers to any Resident Electoral Commissioner; and
[Third Schedule, Item F, paragraph 15(c) is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (First Alteration Act) 2010]
(i) carry out such other functions as may be conferred upon it by an Act of the National Assembly.
G – National Defence Council
16. National Defence Council
The National Defence Council shall comprise the following members –
(a) the President who shall be the Chairman;
(b) the Vice-President who shall be the Deputy Chairman;
(c) the Minister of the Government of the Federation responsible for defence;
(d) the Chief of Defence Staff;
(e) the Chief of Army Staff;
(f) the Chief of Naval Staff;
(g) the Chief of Air Staff; and
(h) such other members as the President may appoint.
17. The Council shall have power to advise the President on matters relating to the defence of the sovereignty and territorial integrity of Nigeria.
H – National Economic Council
18. National Economic Council
The National Economic Council shall comprise the following members –
(a) the Vice-President who shall be the Chairman;
(b) the Governor of each State of the Federation; and
(c) the Governor of the Central Bank of Nigeria established under the Central Bank of Nigeria Act 1991 or any enactment replacing that Act.
[1991 No. 24]
19. The National Economic Council shall have power to advise the President concerning the economic affairs of the Federation, and in particular on measures necessary for the co-ordination of the economic planning efforts or economic programmes of the various Governments of the Federation.
I – National Judicial Council
20. National Judicial Council
The National Judicial Council shall comprise the following members –
(a) the Chief Justice of Nigeria who shall be the Chairman;
(b) the next most senior Justice of the Supreme Court who shall be the Deputy Chairman;
(c) the President of the Court of Appeal;
(d) five retired Justices selected by the Chief Justice of Nigeria from the Supreme Court or Court of Appeal;
(e) the Chief Judge of the Federal High Court;
(ee) the President of the National Industrial Court;
(f) five Chief Judges of States to be appointed by the Chief Justice of Nigeria from among the Chief Judges of the States and of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja in rotation to serve for two years;
(g) one Grand Kadi to be appointed by the Chief Justice of Nigeria from among Grand Kadis of the Sharia Courts of Appeal to serve in rotation for two years;
(h) one President of the Customary Court of Appeal to be appointed by the Chief Justice of Nigeria from among the Presidents of the Customary Courts of Appeal to serve in rotation for two years;
(i) five members of the Nigerian Bar Association who have been qualified to practise for a period of not less than fifteen years, at least one of whom shall be a Senior Advocate of Nigeria, appointed by the Chief Justice of Nigeria on the recommendation of the National Executive Committee of the
[Third Schedule, Item E, paragraph 20(ee) is inserted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Third Alteration Act) 2010]
Nigerian Bar Association to serve for two years and subject to re-appointment:
Provided that the five members shall sit in the Council only for the purposes of considering the names of persons for appointment to the superior courts of record; and
(j) two persons not being legal practitioners, who in the opinion of the Chief Justice of Nigeria, are of unquestionable integrity.
21. The National Judicial Council shall have power to –
(a) recommend to the President from among the list of persons submitted to it by –
(i) the Federal Judicial Service Commission, persons for appointment to the offices of the Chief Justice of Nigeria, the Justices of the Supreme Court, the President and Justices of the Court of Appeal, the Chief Judge and Judges of the Federal High Court, the President and Judges of the National Industrial Court, and
(ii) the Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, persons for appointment to the offices of the Chief Judge and Judges of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, the Grand Kadi and Kadis of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja and the President and Judges of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja;
[Third Schedule, Item E, paragraph 21(a)(i) is altered by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria
(b) recommend to the President the removal from office of the judicial officers specified in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph and to exercise disciplinary control over such officers;
(c) recommend to the Governors from among the list of persons submitted to it by the State Judicial Service Commissions persons for appointments to the offices of the Chief Judges of the States and Judges of the High Courts of the States, the Grand Kadis and Kadis of the Sharia Courts of Appeal of the States and the Presidents and Judges of the Customary Courts of Appeal of the States;
(d) recommend to the Governors the removal from the office of the judicial officers in sub-paragraph (c) of this paragraph, and to exercise disciplinary control over such officers.
(e) collect, control and disburse all moneys, capital and recurrent, for the judiciary;
(f) advise the President and Governors or any matter pertaining to the judiciary as may be referred to the Council by the President or the Governors;
(g) appoint, dismiss and exercise disciplinary control over members and staff of the Council;
(h) control and disburse all monies, capital and recurrent, for the services of the Council; and
(i) deal with all other matters relating to broad issues of policy and administration.
22. The Secretary of the Council shall be appointed by the National Judicial Council on the recommendation of the Federal Judicial Service Commission and shall be a legal practitioner of at least fifteen years post call experience
J – National Population Commission
23. National Population Commission
The National Population Commission shall comprise the following members –
(a) a Chairman; and
(b) one person from each State of the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.
24. The Commission shall have power to –
(a) undertake periodical enumeration of population through sample surveys, censuses or otherwise;
(b) establish and maintain a machinery for continuous and universal registration of births and deaths throughout the Federation;
(c) advise the President on population matters;
(d) publish and provide information and data on population for the purpose of facilitating economic and development planning;
and
(e) appoint and train or arrange for the appointment and training of enumerators or the staff of the Commission.
K – National Security Council
25. National Security Council
The National Security Council shall comprise the following members –
(a) the President who shall be the Chairman;
(b) the Vice-President who shall be the Deputy Chairman;
(c) the Chief of Defence Staff;
(d) the Minister of the Government of the Federation charged with the responsibility for internal affairs;
(e) the Minister of the Government of the Federation charged with the responsibility for defence;
(f) the Minister of the Government of the Federation charged with the responsibility for foreign affairs;
(g) the National Security Adviser;
(h) the Inspector-General of Police; and
(i) such other persons as the President may in his discretion appoint.
26. The Council shall have power to advise the President on matters relating to public security including matters relating to any organisation or agency established by law for ensuring the security of the Federation.
L – Nigeria Police Council
27. Nigeria Police Council
The Nigeria Police Council shall comprise the following members –
(a) the President who shall be the Chairman;
(b) the Governor of each State of the Federation;
(c) the Chairman of the Police Service Commission; and
(d) the Inspector-General of Police.
28. The functions of the Nigeria Police Council shall include –
(a) the organisation and administration of the Nigeria Police Force and all other matters relating thereto (not being matters relating to the use and operational control of the Force or the appointment, disciplinary control and dismissal of members of the Force);
(b) the general supervision of the Nigeria Police Force; and
(c) advising the President on the appointment of the InspectorGeneral of Police.
M – Police Service Commission
29. Police Service Commission
The Police Service Commission shall comprise the following members –
(a) a Chairman; and
(b) such number of other persons, not less than seven but not more than nine, as may be prescribed by an Act of the National Assembly.
30. The Commission shall have power to –
(a) appoint persons to offices (other than office of the InspectorGeneral of Police) in the Nigeria Police Force; and
(b) dismiss and exercise disciplinary control over persons holding any office referred to in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph.
N – Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission
31. Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission
The Revenue Mobilisation Allocation and Fiscal Commission shall comprise the following members –
(a) a Chairman; and
(b) one member from each State of the Federation and the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja who in the opinion of the President are persons of unquestionable integrity with requisite qualifications and experience.
32. The Commission shall have power to –
(a) monitor the accruals to and disbursement of revenue from the Federation Account;
(b) review, from time to time, the revenue allocation formulae and principles in operation to ensure conformity with changing realities:
Provided that any revenue formula which has been accepted by an Act of the National Assembly shall remain in force for a period of not less than five years from the date of commencement of the Act;
(c) advise the Federal and State Governments on fiscal efficiency and methods by which their revenue can be increased;
(d) determine the remuneration appropriate for political office holders, including the President, Vice-President, Governors, Deputy Governors, Ministers, Commissioners, Special Advisers, legislators and the holders of the offices mentioned in sections 84 and 124 of this Constitution; and
(e) discharge such other functions as are conferred on the Commission by this Constitution or any Act of the National Assembly.
PART II
State Bodies (established by section 197)
A – State Civil Service Commission
1. Civil Service Commission of a State
A State Civil Service Commission shall comprise the following members –
(a) a Chairman; and
(b) not less than two and not more than four other persons, who shall, in the opinion of the Governor, be persons of unquestionable integrity and sound political judgment.
2. (1) The Commission shall have power without prejudice to the powers vested in the Governor and the State Judicial Service Commission to –
(a) appoint persons to offices in the State civil service; and
(b) dismiss and exercise disciplinary control over persons holding such offices.
(2) The Commission shall not exercise any of its powers under subparagraph (1) of this paragraph in respect of such offices of heads of divisions of Ministries or of departments of the Government of the State as may from time to time be designated by an order made by the Governor except after consultation with the head of the civil service of the State.
AA – State House of Assembly Service Commission
1A. The composition, tenure, structure, finance, functions, powers, and other proceedings of the Commission shall be as prescribed by a Law of the House of Assembly of the State.
[Third Schedule, Part II, Heading is substituted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 6) Act, 2023]
[Subheading AA is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 6) Act, 2023]
[Paragraph 1A is inserted by the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, 1999 (Fifth Alteration) (No. 6) Act, 2023]
B – State Independent Electoral Commission
3. State Independent Electoral Commission
A State Independent Electoral Commission shall comprise the following members –
(a) a Chairman; and
(b) not less than five but not more than seven other persons.
4. The Commission shall have power-
(a) to organise, undertake and supervise all elections to local government councils within the State;
(b) to render such advice as it may consider necessary to the Independent National Electoral Commission on the compilation of and the register of voters in so far as that register is applicable to local government elections in the State.
C – State Judicial Service Commission
5. State Judicial Service Commission
A State Judicial Service Commission shall comprise the following members –
(a) the Chief Judge of the State, who shall be the Chairman;
(b) the Attorney General of the State;
(c) the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the State, if any;
(d) the President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State, if any;
(e) two members, who are legal practitioners, and who have been qualified to practise as legal practitioners in Nigeria for not less than ten years; and
(f) two other persons, not being legal practitioners, who in the opinion of the Governor are of unquestionable integrity.
6. The Commission shall have power to –
(a) advise the National Judicial Council on suitable persons for nomination to the office of –
(i) the Chief Judge of the State,
(ii) the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the State, if any,
(iii) the President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State, if any,
(iv) Judges of the High Court of the State,
(v) Kadis of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the State, if any, and
(vi) Judges of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State, if any;
(b) subject to the provisions of this Constitution, to recommend to the National Judicial Council the removal from the office of the judicial officers specified in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph;
and
(c) to appoint, dismiss and exercise disciplinary control over the Chief Registrar and Deputy Chief Registrar of the High Court, the Chief Registrars of the Sharia Court of Appeal and Customary Court of Appeal, magistrates, judges and members of Area Courts and Customary Courts and all other members of the staff of the judicial service of the State not otherwise specified in this Constitution.
PART III
Federal Capital Territory, Abuja executive body (established under section 304)
Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
1. Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja
The Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja shall comprise the following members –
(a) the Chief Judge of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja who shall be the Chairman;
(b) the Attorney-General of the Federation;
(c) the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja;
(d) the President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja;
(e) one person who is a legal practitioner and who has been qualified to practise as a legal practitioner in Nigeria for a period of not less than twelve years; and
(f) one other person, not being a legal practitioner, who in the opinion of the President is of unquestionable integrity.
2. The Committee shall have power –
(a) to recommend to the National Judicial Council suitable persons for nomination for appointment to the office of –
(i) the Chief Judge of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja,
(ii) a Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja,
(iii) the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja,
(iv) the President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja,
(v) a Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja,
(vi) a Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja;
(b) subject to the provisions of this Constitution, to recommend to the National Judicial Council the removal from office of the judicial officers specified in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph;
(c) to appoint, promote and exercise disciplinary control over the Chief Registrar and Deputy Chief Registrars of the High Court, the Sharia Court of Appeal and the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, magistrates, the judges and members of the District and Area Courts of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja, if any, and all other members of the staff of the judicial service of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja not otherwise specified in this Constitution and of the Judicial Service Committee of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja.

(established by section 153)
ScheduleFOURTH SCHEDULE

Functions of a Local Government Council

1. The main functions of a local government council are as follows-
(a) the consideration and the making of recommendations to State commission on economic planning or any similar body on –
(i) the economic development of the State, particularly in so far as the areas of authority of the council and of the State are affected, and
(ii) proposals made by the said commission or body;
(b) collection of rates, radio and television licences;
(c) establishment and maintenance of cemeteries, burial grounds and homes for the destitute or infirm;
(d) licensing of bicycles, trucks (other than mechanically propelled trucks), canoes, wheel barrows and carts;
(e) establishment, maintenance and regulation of slaughter houses, slaughter slabs, markets, motor parks and public conveniences;
(f) construction and maintenance of roads, streets, other public highways, street lightings, drains, parks, gardens, open spaces, or such public facilities as may be prescribed from time to time by the House of Assembly of a State;
(g) naming of roads and streets and numbering of houses;
(h) provision and maintenance of public conveniences, sewage and refuse disposal;
(i) registration of all births, deaths and marriages;
(j) assessment of privately owned houses or tenements for the purpose of levying such rates as may be prescribed by the House of Assembly of a State; and
(k) control and regulation of –
(i) out-door advertising and hoarding;
(ii) movement and keeping of pets of all description;
(iii) shops and kiosks;
(iv) restaurants, bakeries and other places for sale of food to the public;
(v) laundries; and
(vi) licensing, regulation and control of the sale of liquor.
2. The functions of a local government council shall include participation of such council in the Government of a State as respects the following matters –
(a) the provision and maintenance of primary, adult and vocational education;
(b) the development of agriculture and natural resources, other than the exploitation of minerals;
(c) the provision and maintenance of health services; and
(d) such other functions as may be conferred on a local government council by the House of Assembly of the State.

[Section 7]
ScheduleFIFTH SCHEDULE

PART I
Code of Conduct for Public Officers General

1. Conflict of interest with duty
A public officer shall not put himself in a position where his personal interest conflicts with his duties and responsibilities.
2. Restrictions on specified officers
Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing paragraph, a public officer shall not-
(a) receive or be paid the emoluments of any public office at the same time as he receives or is paid the emoluments of any other public office; or
(b) except where he is not employed on full-time basis, engage or participate in the management or running of any private business, profession or trade but nothing in this sub-paragraph shall prevent a public officer from engaging in farming.
3. Prohibition of foreign accounts
The President, Vice-President, Governor, Deputy Governor, Ministers of the Government of the Federation and Commissioners of the Governments of the States, members of the National Assembly and of the Houses of Assembly of the States, and such other public officers or persons as the National Assembly may by law prescribe shall not maintain or operate a bank account in any country outside Nigeria.
4. Retired public officers
(1) A public officer shall not, after his retirement from public service and while receiving pension from public funds, accept more than one remuneration position as chairman, director or employee of –
(a) a company owned or controlled by the government; or
(b) any public authority.
(2) A retired public servant shall not receive any other remuneration from public funds in addition to his pension and the emolument of such one remunerative position.
5. Certain retired public officers
(1) Retired public officers who have held offices to which this paragraph applies are prohibited from service or employment in foreign companies or foreign enterprises.
(2) This paragraph applies to the offices of President, Vice-President, Chief Justice of Nigeria, Governor and Deputy Governor of a State.
6. Gifts or benefits in kind
(1) A public officer shall not ask for or accept property or benefits of any kind for himself or any other person on account of anything done or omitted to be done by him in the discharge of his duties.
(2) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph, the receipt by a public officer of any gifts or benefits from commercial firms, business enterprises or persons who have contracts with the government shall be presumed to have been received in contravention of the said sub-paragraph unless the contrary is proved.
(3) A public officer shall only accept personal gifts or benefits from relatives or personal friends to such extent and on such occasions as are recognised by custom:
Provided that any gift or donation to a public officer on any public or ceremonial occasion shall be treated as a gift to the appropriate institution represented by the public officer, and accordingly, the mere acceptance or receipt of any such gift shall not be treated as a contravention of this provision.
7. Restriction on loans, gifts or benefits to certain public officers
The President or Vice-President, Governor or Deputy Governor, Minister of the Government of the Federation or Commissioner of the Government of a State, or any other public officer who holds the office of a Permanent Secretary or head of any public corporation, university, or other parastatal organisation shall not accept –
(a) a loan, except from government or its agencies, a bank, building society, mortgage institution or other financial institution recognised by law; and
(b) any benefit of whatever nature from any company, contractor, or businessman, or the nominee or agent of such person:
Provided that the head of a public corporation or of a university or other parastatal organisation may, subject to the rules and regulations of the body, accept a loan from such body.
8. Bribery of public officers
No person shall offer a public officer any property, gift or benefit of any kind as an inducement or bribe for the granting of any favour or the discharge in his favour of the public officer’s duties.
9. Abuse of powers
A public officer shall not do or direct to be done, in abuse of his office, any arbitrary act prejudicial to the rights of any other person knowing that such act is unlawful or contrary to any government policy.
10. Membership of societies
A public officer shall not be a member of, belong to, or take part in any society the membership of which is incompatible with the functions or dignity of his office.
11. Declaration of assets
(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, every public officer shall within three months after the coming into force of this Code of Conduct or immediately after taking office and thereafter –
(a) at the end of every four years; and
(b) at the end of his term of office, submit to the Code of Conduct Bureau a written declaration of all his properties, assets, and liabilities and those of his unmarried children under the age of eighteen years.
(2) Any statement in such declaration that is found to be false by any authority or person authorised in that behalf to verify it shall be deemed to be a breach of this Code.
(3) Any property or assets acquired by a public officer after any declaration required under this Constitution and which is not fairly attributable to income, gift, or loan approved by this Code shall be deemed to have been acquired in breach of this Code unless the contrary is proved.
12. Allegation of breach of Code
Any allegation that a public officer has committed a breach of or has not complied with the provisions of this Code shall be made to the Code of Conduct Bureau.
13. Agents and nominees
A public officer who does any act prohibited by this Code through a nominee, trustee, or other agent shall be deemed ipso facto to have committed a breach of this Code.
14. Exemptions
In its application to public officers –
(a) members of legislative houses shall be exempt from the provisions of paragraph 4 of this Code; and
(b) the National Assembly may by law exempt any cadre of public officers from the provisions of paragraphs 4 and 11 of this Code if it appears to it that their position in the public service is below the rank which it considers appropriate for the application of those provisions.
Code of Conduct Tribunal
15. Code of Conduct Tribunal
(1) There shall be established a tribunal to be known as Code of Conduct Tribunal which shall consist of a Chairman and two other persons.
(2) The Chairman shall be a person who has held or is qualified to hold office as a Judge of a superior court of record in Nigeria and shall receive such remuneration as may be prescribed by law.
(3) The Chairman and members of the Code of Conduct Tribunal shall be appointed by the President in accordance with the recommendation of the National Judicial Council.
(4) The National Assembly may by law confer on the Code of Conduct Tribunal such additional powers as may appear to it to be necessary to enable it more effectively to discharge the functions conferred on it in this Schedule.
16. Staff
(1) The tenure of office of the staff of the Code of Conduct Tribunal shall, subject to the provisions of this Code, be the same as that provided for in respect of officers in the civil service of the Federation.
(2) The power to appoint the staff of the Code of Conduct Tribunal and to exercise disciplinary control over them shall vest in the members of the Code of Conduct Tribunal and shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of an Act of the National Assembly enacted in that behalf.
17. Tenure of office of Chairman and members
(1) Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, a person holding the office of Chairman or member of the Code of Conduct Tribunal shall vacate his office when he attains the age of seventy years.
(2) A person who has held office as Chairman or member of the Code of Conduct Tribunal for a period of not less than ten years shall, if he retires at the age of seventy years, be entitled to pension for life at a rate equivalent to his last annual salary in addition to other retirement benefits to which he may be entitled.
(3) A person holding the office of Chairman or member of the Code of Conduct Tribunal shall not be removed from his office or appointment by the President except upon an address supported by two-thirds majority of each House of the National Assembly praying that he be so removed for inability to discharge the functions of the office in question (whether arising from infirmity of mind or body) or for misconduct or for contravention of this Code.
(4) A person holding the office of Chairman or member of the Code of Conduct Tribunal shall not be removed from office before retiring age save in accordance with the provisions of this Code.
18. Powers
(1) Where the Code of Conduct Tribunal finds a public officer guilty of contravention of any of the provisions of this Code it shall impose upon that officer any of the punishments specified under sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph and such other punishment as may be prescribed by the National Assembly.
(2) The punishment which the Code of Conduct Tribunal may impose shall include any of the following –
(a) vacation of office or seat in any legislative house, as the case may be;
(b) disqualification from membership of a legislative house and from the holding of any public office for a period not exceeding ten years; and
(c) seizure and forfeiture to the State of any property acquired in abuse or corruption of office.
(3) The sanctions mentioned in sub-paragraph (2) hereof shall be without prejudice to the penalties that may be imposed by any law where the conduct is also a criminal offence.
(4) Where the Code of Conduct Tribunal gives a decision as to whether or not a person is guilty of a contravention of any of the provisions of this Code, an appeal shall lie as of right from such decision or from any punishment imposed on such person to the Court of Appeal at the instance of any party to the proceedings.
(5) Any right of appeal to the Court of Appeal from the decisions of the Code of Conduct Tribunal conferred by sub-paragraph (4) hereof shall be exercised in accordance with the provisions of an Act of the National Assembly and rules of court for the time being in force regulating the powers, practice and procedure of the Court of Appeal.
(6) Nothing in this paragraph shall prejudice the prosecution of a public officer punished under this paragraph or preclude such officer from being prosecuted or punished for an offence in a court of law.
(7) The provisions of this Constitution relating to prerogative of mercy shall not apply to any punishment imposed in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
Interpretation
19. Interpretation
In this Code, unless the context otherwise requires –
“assets” includes any property, movable and immovable and incomes owned by a person;
“business” means any profession, vocation, trade, or any adventure or concern in the nature of trade and excludes farming;
“child” includes a step-child, a lawfully adopted child, a child born out of wedlock and any child to whom any individual stands in place of a parent;
“emolument” means any salary, wage, over-time or leave pay, commission, fee, bonus, gratuity, benefit, advantage (whether or not that advantage is capable of being turned into money or money’s worth), allowance, pension or annuity paid, given or granted in respect of any employment or office;
“foreign companies” or “foreign enterprises” means companies or enterprises in which the controlling shares are owned by persons other than the Government, its agencies or citizens of Nigeria or whose policies are determined by persons or organisations outside Nigeria;
“liabilities” includes responsibilities according to law to satisfy a debt, duty or obligation quantifiable in monetary value, instant and contingent;
“misconduct” means breach of the Oath of Allegiance or oath of office of a member or breach of the provisions of this Constitution or a misconduct of such nature as amounts to bribery or corruption or false declaration of assets and liabilities;
“public officer” means a person holding any of the offices specified in Part II of this Schedule; and
“public office” shall not include the chairmanship or membership of ad hoc tribunals, commissions or committees.
PART II
Public Officers for the purposes of the Code of conduct
1. The President of the Federation.
2. The Vice-President of the Federation.
3. The President and Deputy President of the Senate, Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House of Representatives and Speakers and Deputy Speakers of Houses of Assembly of States, and all members and staff of legislative houses.
4. Governors and Deputy Governors of States.
5. Chief Justice of Nigeria, Justices of the Supreme Court, President and Justices of the Court of Appeal, all other judicial officers and all staff of courts of law.
6. Attorney-General of the Federation and Attorney-General of each State.
7. Ministers of the Government of the Federation and Commissioners of the Governments of the States.
8. Chief of Defence Staff, Chief of Army Staff, Chief of Naval Staff, Chief of Air Staff and all members of the armed forces of the Federation.
9. Inspector-General of Police, Deputy Inspector-General of Police and all members of the Nigeria Police Force and other government security agencies established by law.
10. Secretary to the Government of the Federation, Head of the Civil Service, Permanent Secretaries, Directors-General and all other persons in the civil service of the Federation or of the State.
11. Ambassadors, High Commissioners and other officers of Nigerian Missions abroad.
12. Chairman, members and staff of the Code of Conduct Bureau and Code of Conduct Tribunal.
13. Chairman, members and staff of local government councils.
14. Chairman and members of the Boards or other governing bodies and staff of statutory corporations and of companies in which the Federal or State Government has controlling interest.
15. All staff of universities, colleges and institutions owned and financed by the Federal or State Governments or local government councils.
16. Chairman, members and staff of permanent commissions or councils appointed on full time basis.

[Sections 66, 107, 172,173, 209, 292 and 318]
ScheduleSIXTH SCHEDULE

Election Tribunals
A-National and State Houses of Assembly Election Tribunal

1. (1) A National and State Houses of Assembly Election Tribunal shall consist of a Chairman and two other members.
(2) The Chairman shall be a Judge of a High Court and two other members shall be appointed from among Judges of a High Court, Kadis of a Sharia Court of Appeal, Judges of a Customary Court of Appeal or other members of the judiciary not below the rank of a Chief Magistrate.
(3) The Chairman and other members shall be appointed by the President of the Court of Appeal in consultation with the Chief Judge of the State, the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the State or the President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State, as the case may be.
B – Governorship Election Tribunal
2. (1) A Governorship Election Tribunal shall consist of a Chairman and two other members.
(2) The Chairman shall be a Judge of a High Court and two other members shall be appointed from among Judges of a High Court, Kadis of a Sharia Court of Appeal, Judges of a Customary Court of Appeal or members of the judiciary not below the rank of a Chief Magistrate.
(3) The Chairman and other members shall be appointed by the President of the Court of Appeal in consultation with the Chief Judge of the State, the Grand Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the State or the President of the Customary Court of Appeal of the State, as the case may be.
[Sixth Schedule is substituted by the Constitution of Federal Republic of Nigeria (Second Alteration Act) 2010]

[Section 285]
ScheduleSEVENTH SCHEDULE

Oaths
Oaths of Allegiance

I, ………. do solemnly swear/affirm that I will be faithful and bear true allegiance to the Federal Republic of Nigeria and that I will preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria
So help me God
Oath of office of President
I, ………….. do solemnly swear/affirm that I will be faithful and bear true allegiance to the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that as President of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, I will discharge my duties to the best of my ability, faithfully and in accordance with the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria and the law, and always in the interest of the sovereignty, integrity, solidarity, well-being and prosperity of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that I will strive to preserve the Fundamental Objectives and Directive Principles of State Policy contained in the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that I will not allow my personal interest to influence my official conduct or my official decisions; that I will to the best of my ability preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that I will abide by the Code of Conduct contained in the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that in all circumstances, I will do right to all manner of people, according to law, without fear or favour, affection or ill-will; that I will not directly or indirectly communicate or reveal to any person any matter which shall be brought under my consideration or shall become known to me as President of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, except as may be required for the due discharge of my duties as President; and that I will devote myself to the service and well-being of the people of Nigeria.
So help me God.
Oath of office of Governor of a State
I, ……… do solemnly swear/affirm that I will be faithful and bear true allegiance to the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that as the Governor of ……… State, I will discharge my duties to the best of my ability, faithfully and in accordance with the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria and the law, and always in the interest of the sovereignty, integrity, solidarity, well-being and prosperity of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that I will strive to preserve the Fundamental Objectives and Directive Principles of State Policy contained in the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria;
that I will exercise the authority vested in me as Governor so as not to impede or prejudice the authority lawfully vested in the President of the Federal Republic of Nigeria and so as not to endanger the continuance of Federal Government in Nigeria; that I will not allow my personal interest to influence my official conduct or my official decisions; that I will to the best of my ability preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that I will abide by the Code of Conduct contained in the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that in all circumstances, I will do right to all manner of people, according to law, without fear or favour, affection or ill-will; that I will not directly or indirectly communicate or reveal to any person any matter which shall be brought under my consideration or shall become known to me as Governor of ……… State, except as may be required for the due discharge of my duties as Governor; and that I will devote myself to the service and well-being of the people of Nigeria.
So help me God.
Oath of office of Vice-President, Deputy Governor, Minister,
Commissioner or Special Adviser
I, ………. do solemnly swear/affirm that I will be faithful and bear true allegiance to the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that as Vice-President of the Federal Republic of Nigeria/Deputy Governor of ……. State/Minister of the Government of the Federation/Commissioner of the Government of …….. State/Special Adviser to …….., I will discharge my duties to the best of my ability, faithfully and in accordance with the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria and the law, and always in the interest of the sovereignty, integrity, solidarity, well-being and prosperity of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that
I will strive to preserve the Fundamental Objectives and Directive Principles of State Policy contained in the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that I will not allow my personal interest to influence my official conduct or my official decisions, that I will to the best of my ability preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that I will abide by the Code of Conduct contained in the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that in all circumstances, I will do right to all manner of people, according to law, without fear or favour, affection or ill-will; that I will not directly or indirectly communicate or reveal to any person any matter which shall be brought under my consideration or shall become known to me as Vice-President of the Federal Republic of Nigeria/Deputy Governor of ….. State/Minister of the Government of the federation/Commissioner of …… State/Special Adviser to ……… except as may be required for the due discharge of my duties as Vice-President/Deputy Governor of ……. State/Minister/Commissioner/Special Adviser.
So help me God.
Oath of a member of the National Assembly or of a House of Assembly
I, ….. do solemnly swear/affirm that I will be faithful and bear true allegiance to the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that as a Member of the Senate/House of Representatives/ ….. House of Assembly, I will perform my functions honestly to the best of my ability, faithfully and in accordance with the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria and the law, and the rules of the Senate/House of Representatives/ …… House of Assembly and always in the interest of the sovereignty, integrity, solidarity, well-being and prosperity of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that I will strive to preserve the Fundamental Objectives and Directive Principles of State Policy contained in the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria;
and that I will preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; and that I will abide by the Code of Conduct contained in the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria.
So help me God.
Judicial Oath
I, …… do solemnly swear/affirm that I will be faithful and bear true allegiance to the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that as Chief Justice of Nigeria/Justice of the Supreme Court/President/Justice of the Court of Appeal/Chief Judge/Judge of the Federal High Court/President/Judge of the National Industrial Court/Chief Judge/Judge of the High Court of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja/Chief Judge of …… State/Judge of the High Court of …… State/Grand Kadi/Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja/ Grand Kadi/Kadi of the Sharia Court of Appeal of …. State/President/Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal of the Federal Capital Territory, Abuja/President/Judge of the Customary Court of Appeal of ……… State, I will discharge my duties, and perform my functions honestly, to the best of my ability and faithfully in accordance with the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria and the law; that I will abide by the Code of Conduct contained in the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria; that I will not allow my personal interest to influence my official conduct or my official decisions; that I will preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria.
So help me God

[Sections 26(1)(c), 27(2)(f), 52, 94, 135, 140, 142, 149, 180, 185, 187, 194 and 290]
Schedule

Schedule

Schedule

Schedule

Schedule

Add to LawKit (0)
Please login to bookmark Close